As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 26, 2013
Securities Act File No. 333-59745
Investment Company Act File No. 811-08895
U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM N-1A
Registration Statement Under The Securities Act Of 1933 | x | |||
Pre-Effective Amendment No. | ¨ | |||
Post-Effective Amendment No. 75 | x | |||
and/or | ||||
Registration Statement Under The Investment Company Act Of 1940 | x | |||
Amendment No. 76 (Check appropriate box or boxes) |
x |
ING FUNDS TRUST
(Exact Name of Registrant Specified in Charter)
7337 E. Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, AZ 85258
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
Registrants Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (800) 992-0180
Huey P. Falgout, Jr. ING Investments, LLC 7337 E. Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, AZ 85258 (Name and Address of Agent for Service) |
With copies to: Jeffrey S. Puretz, Esq. Dechert, LLP 1900 K Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20006 |
It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):
¨ | Immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) | x | on July 31, 2013 pursuant to paragraph (b) | |||
¨ | 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) | ¨ | on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) | |||
¨ | 75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) | ¨ | on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485 |
If appropriate, check the following box:
¨ This post-effective amendment designated a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.
ING FUNDS TRUST (REGISTRANT)
CONTENTS OF REGISTRATION STATEMENT
This Registration Statement consists of the following papers and documents:
* | Cover Sheet |
* | Contents of Registration Statement |
* | Explanatory Note |
* | Registrants Class A, Class B, Class C, Class I, Class O, Class P, Class R, and Class W shares Prospectus dated July 31, 2013 |
* | Registrants Class R6 shares Prospectus for ING Intermediate Bond Fund and ING Short Term Bond Fund dated July 31, 2013 |
* | Registrants Class A, Class C, Class I, Class R, and Class W shares Prospectus for ING Strategic Income Fund dated July 31, 2013 |
* | Registrants Class A, Class B, Class C, Class I, Class O, Class P, Class R, Class R6, and Class W shares Statement of Additional Information dated July 31, 2013 |
* | Registrants Class A, Class C, Class I, Class R, and Class W shares Statement of Additional Information for ING Strategic Income Fund dated July 31, 2013 |
* | Part C |
* | Signature Page |
ING FUNDS TRUST
EXPLANATORY NOTE
This Post-Effective Amendment No. 75 to the Registration Statement (Amendment) on Form N-1A of ING Funds Trust (Registrant) is being filed under Rule 485(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for the purpose of finalizing the disclosure in compliance with annual updating requirements to the Registrants Class A, Class B, Class C, Class I, Class O, Class P, Class R, Class R6, and Class W Prospectuses and the related Statements of Additional Information, each dated July 31, 2013, and for the purpose of registering a new class of shares, Class R6 shares, for ING Short Term Bond Fund.
Prospectus | July 31, 2013 |
|
|
Fixed Income Funds
* Patent Pending
|
E-Delivery Sign-up - details on back cover |
INVESTMENTS |
|
|
Table of Contents |
The Fund seeks to provide investors with a high level of current income.
These tables describe the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund. You may qualify for sales charge discounts if you and your family invest, or agree to invest in the future, at least $100,000 in ING Funds. More information about these and other discounts is available from your financial professional and in the discussion in the Sales Charges section of the Prospectus (page 45) or the Statement of Additional Information (page 157).
Shareholder
Fees
Fees paid directly from your investment
Class
Maximum sales charge (load) as a % of offering price
Maximum deferred sales charge as a % of purchase or sales price, whichever is less
A
2.50
None
1
C
None
1.00
I
None
None
P
None
None
R
None
None
W
None
None
Annual Fund
Operating Expenses
Expenses you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment
Class | A | C | I | P 2 | R | W |
Management Fees | % | 0.55 | 0.55 | 0.55 | 0.55 | 0.55 | 0.55 |
Distribution and/or Shareholder Services (12b-1) Fees | % | 0.25 | 1.00 | None | None | 0.50 | None |
Administrative Services Fees | % | 0.10 | 0.10 | 0.10 | 0.10 | 0.10 | 0.10 |
Other Expenses | % | 0.21 | 0.21 | 0.21 | 0.21 | 0.21 | 0.21 |
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses | % | 1.11 | 1.86 | 0.86 | 0.86 | 1.36 | 0.86 |
Waivers and Reimbursements 3, 4 | % | (0.10) | (0.10) | (0.10) | (0.75) | (0.10) | (0.10) |
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Waivers and Reimbursements | % | 1.01 | 1.76 | 0.76 | 0.11 | 1.26 | 0.76 |
1 | A contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% is assessed on certain redemptions of Class A shares made within 18 months after purchase where no initial sales charge was paid at the time of purchase as part of an investment of $1 million or more. |
2 | Based on Class A shares’ expenses adjusted or Class specific differences. |
3 | The adviser is contractually obligated to limit expenses to 1.00%, 1.75%, 0.75%, 0.15%, 1.25%, and 0.75% for Class A, Class C, Class I, Class P, Class R, and Class W shares, respectively, through August 1, 2014; the obligation does not extend to interest, taxes, brokerage commissions, other investment related costs, extraordinary expenses, fees and expenses of borrowings, and Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses. The obligation will automatically renew for one-year terms unless it is terminated by the Fund or the adviser upon written notice within 90 days of the end of the current term or upon termination of the management agreement and is subject to possible recoupment by the adviser within three years. |
4 | The adviser is contractually obligated to waive its management fee for Class P shares through August 1, 2014. The administrator is contractually obligated to waive its administrative services fee for Class P shares through August 1, 2014. There is no guarantee that the management fee waiver or the administrative services fee waiver will continue after August 1, 2014. The management fee and administrative services fee waiver will only renew if the adviser and/or the administrator elect to renew them and they are not eligible for recoupment. |
Expense Examples $
The Examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in shares of the Fund with the costs of investing in other mutual funds. The Examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated. The Examples show costs if you sold (redeemed) your shares at the end of the period or continued to hold them. The Examples also assume that your investment had a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
The Examples reflect applicable expense limitation agreements and/or waivers in effect, if any, for the one-year period and the first year of the three-, five-, and ten-year periods.
Portfolio Turnover% of average value of portfolio
The Fund pays transaction costs, such as assignment fees and commissions, when it buys and sells (or “turns over”) assets in its portfolio. A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transactions costs and may mean higher taxes if you are investing in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Expense Examples, affect the Fund’s performance.
During the most recent fiscal year, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 101% of the average value of its portfolio.
PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES
Under normal market conditions, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets (plus borrowings for investment purposes) in U.S.
dollar denominated floating rate loans and other floating rate debt instruments, including: floating rate bonds; floating
ING Floating Rate Fund
1
The Fund normally invests substantially in floating rate loans. The Fund generally invests in below investment-grade floating rate loans that either hold the most senior position in the capital structure of the borrower, hold an equal ranking with other senior debt, or have characteristics (such as a senior position secured by liens on a borrower’s assets) that the sub-adviser (“Sub-Adviser”) believes justify treatment as senior debt. Below investment-grade debt instruments are commonly known as “junk bonds.” In considering investments in floating rate loans, the Sub-Adviser seeks to invest in the largest and most liquid loans available. The Fund may invest in floating rate loans of companies whose financial condition is troubled or uncertain and that may be involved in bankruptcy proceedings, reorganizations, or financial restructurings.
Although the Fund has no restrictions on investment maturity, normally the floating rate loans will have remaining maturities of ten years or less.
The Fund may invest in the following derivative instruments: interest rate swaps and futures or forward contracts in order to seek to enhance returns or to attempt to hedge some of its investment risk.
The Fund may invest up to 20% of its assets, measured at the time of purchase, in a combination of one or more of the following types of U.S. dollar denominated investments: senior or subordinated fixed rate debt instruments, including notes and bonds, whether secured and unsecured; equity securities: (i) as an incident to the purchase or ownership of Floating Rate Debt or fixed rate debt instruments; (ii) in connection with a restructuring of a borrower or issuer or its debt; or (iii) if the Fund already owns Floating Rate Debt or a fixed rate debt instrument of the issuer of such equity; short-term debt obligations, repurchase agreements, cash and cash equivalents that do not otherwise qualify as Floating Rate Debt; and other investment companies, including exchange-traded funds, to the extent permitted under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules, regulations, and exemptive orders thereunder (“1940 Act”).
The Sub-Adviser may sell securities for a variety of reasons, such as to secure gains, limit losses, or redeploy assets into opportunities believed to be more promising, among others.
You could lose money on an investment in the Fund. Any of the following risks, among others, could affect Fund performance or cause the Fund to lose money or to underperform market averages of other funds.
Credit for Floating Rate Loan Funds The value of the Fund’s shares, and the Fund’s ability to pay dividends, is dependent upon the performance of the assets in its portfolio. Prices of the Fund’s investments can fall if the actual or perceived financial health of the borrowers on, or issuers of, such investments deteriorates, whether because of broad economic or issuer-specific reasons. In certain cases, the borrower or issuer could be late in paying interest or principal, or could fail to pay altogether.
In the event a borrower fails to pay scheduled interest or principal payments on an investment held by the Fund, the Fund will experience a reduction in its income and a decline in the market value of such investment. This will likely reduce the amount of dividends paid by the Fund and likely lead to a decline in the net asset value of the Fund’s shares.
The Fund generally invests in floating rate loans that are senior in the capital structure of the borrower or issuer, and that are secured with specific collateral. Loans that are senior and secured generally involve less risk than unsecured or subordinated debt and equity instruments of the same borrower because the payment of principal and interest on senior loans is an obligation of the borrower that, in most instances, takes precedence over the payment of dividends or the return of capital to the borrower’s shareholders, and payments to bond holders; and because of the collateral supporting the repayment of the debt instrument. However, the value of the collateral may not equal the Fund’s investment when the debt instrument is acquired or may decline below the principal amount of the debt instrument subsequent to the Fund’s investment. Also, to the extent that collateral consists of stock of the borrower, or its subsidiaries or affiliates, the Fund bears the risk that the stock may decline in value, be relatively illiquid, or may lose all or substantially all of its value, causing the Fund’s investment to be undercollateralized. Therefore, the liquidation of the collateral underlying a floating rate loan in which the Fund has invested, may not satisfy the borrower’s obligation to the Fund in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal, and the collateral may not be able to be readily liquidated.
In the event of the bankruptcy of a borrower or issuer, the Fund could experience delays and limitations on its ability to realize the benefits of the collateral securing the Fund’s investment. Among the risks involved in a bankruptcy are assertions that the pledge of collateral to secure a loan constitutes a fraudulent conveyance or preferential transfer that would have the effect of nullifying or subordinating the Fund’s rights to the collateral.
The Floating Rate
Debt in which the Fund invests is generally rated lower than investment-grade credit quality,
i.e.
, rated lower than Baa3 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or BBB- by Standard & Poor’s
Ratings Services (“S&P”), or have been made to borrowers who have issued debt securities that are rated lower than investment-grade in quality or, if unrated, would be rated lower than investment-grade credit quality. The
Fund’s investments in lower than investment-grade floating rate loans will generally be rated at the time of purchase between B3 and Ba1 by Moody’s, B- and BB+ by S&P or, if not rated, would be of similar credit quality. Investment
decisions for the Fund will be based largely on the credit analysis performed by the Sub-Adviser, and not on rating agency evaluation. This analysis may be difficult to perform. Information about a loan and its
2
ING Floating Rate Fund
Demand for Loans The loan market, as represented by the S&P/LSTA Leveraged Loan Index, experienced significant growth in terms of number and aggregate volume of loans outstanding since the inception of the index in 1997. In 1997, the total amount of loans in the market by par value aggregated less than $10 billion. By April of 2000, it had grown to over $100 billion, and by July of 2007 the market had grown to over $500 billion. The size of the market peaked in November of 2008 at par value of $594 billion. During this period, the demand for loans and the number of investors participating in the loan market also increased significantly.
Starting at the end of 2008, the senior loan market contracted during the global financial crisis. From the peak in November 2008 through March 2011, the overall size of the loan market contracted by approximately 13%. The number of market participants also decreased during that period. Since that time, the senior loan market has rebounded and, as of the end of July 2013, has returned to a level that is larger by par value than before the global financial crisis.
An increase in demand for loans may benefit the Fund by providing increased liquidity for such loans and higher sales prices, but it may also adversely affect the rate of interest payable on such loans acquired by the Fund and the rights provided to the Fund under the terms of the applicable loan agreement, and may increase the price of loans that the Fund wishes to purchase in the secondary market. A decrease in the demand for loans may adversely affect the price of loans in the Fund’s portfolio, which could cause the Fund’s net asset value to decline.
Derivative Instruments Derivative instruments are subject to a number of risks, including the risk of changes in the market price of the underlying securities, credit risk with respect to the counterparty, risk of loss due to changes in interest rates and liquidity risk. The use of certain derivatives may also have a leveraging effect which may increase the volatility of the Fund and reduce its returns. Derivatives may not perform as expected, so the Fund may not realize the intended benefits. When used for hedging, the change in value of a derivative may not correlate as expected with the currency, security or other risk being hedged. In addition, given their complexity, derivatives expose the Fund to the risk of improper valuation.
Equity Securities Incidental to Investments in Loans The value of equity securities in which the Fund invests may be affected more rapidly, and to a greater extent, by company-specific developments and general market conditions. These risks may increase fluctuations in the Fund’s net asset value. The Fund may frequently possess material non-public information about a borrower as a result of its ownership of a loan of such borrower. Because of prohibitions on trading in securities of issuers while in possession of such information the Fund might be unable to enter into a transaction in a security of such a borrower when it would otherwise be advantageous to do so.
Foreign Investments Investing in foreign (non-U.S.) securities may result in the Fund experiencing more rapid and extreme changes in value than a fund that invests exclusively in securities of U.S. companies due to: smaller markets; differing reporting, accounting, and auditing standards; nationalization, expropriation, or confiscatory taxation; foreign currency fluctuations, currency blockage, or replacement; potential for default on sovereign debt; or political changes or diplomatic developments. Markets and economies throughout the world are becoming increasingly interconnected, and conditions or events in one market, country or region may adversely impact investments or issuers in another market, country or region.
High-Yield Securities Investments rated below investment-grade (or of similar quality if unrated) are known as “high-yield securities” or “junk bonds.” High-yield securities are subject to greater levels of credit and liquidity risks. High-yield securities are considered primarily speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to make principal and interest payments.
Interest in Loans The value and the income streams of interests in loans (including participation interests in lease financings and assignments in secured variable or floating rate loans) will decline if borrowers delay payments or fail to pay altogether. A large rise in interest rates could increase this risk. Although loans are generally fully collateralized when purchased, the collateral may become illiquid or decline in value. Many loans themselves carry liquidity and valuation risks.
Interest Rate for Floating
Rate Loan Funds
Changes in short-term market interest rates will directly affect the yield on the shares of a fund whose
investments are normally invested in Floating Rate Debt. If short-term market interest rates fall, the yield on the Fund’s shares will also fall. Conversely, when short-term market interest rates rise, because of the lag between changes in
such short-term rates and the resetting of the floating rates on the Floating Rate Debt in the the Fund’s portfolio, the impact of rising rates will be delayed to the extent of such lag. The impact of market interest rate changes on the
Fund’s yield will also be affected by whether, and the extent to which, the Floating Rate Debt in the Fund’s portfolio is subject to floors on the LIBOR base rate on which interest is calculated for such loans (a “LIBOR
floor”). So long as the base rate for a loan remains under the LIBOR floor, changes in short-term interest rates will not affect the yield on such loans. In addition, to the extent that the interest rate spreads on Floating Rate Debt in the
Fund’s portfolio experience a general decline, the yield on the Fund’s shares will fall and the value of the Fund’s assets may decrease, which will cause the Fund’s net asset value to decrease. With respect to the
Fund’s investments in fixed rate instruments, a rise in interest rates generally causes values to fall. The values of fixed rate instruments with longer maturities or duration are more sensitive to changes in interest rates. As of the date of
ING Floating Rate Fund
3
Leverage for Floating Rate Loan Funds Certain transactions and investment strategies may give rise to leverage. Such transactions and investment strategies, include, but are not limited to: borrowing and the use of forward-commitment transactions. The use of certain derivatives may also increase leveraging risk. The use of leverage may increase the Fund’s expenses and increase the impact of the Fund’s other risks.
Limited Secondary Market for Floating Rate Loans Although the re-sale, or secondary market for floating rate loans has grown substantially over the past decade, both in overall size and number of market participants, there is no organized exchange or board of trade on which floating rate loans are traded. Instead, the secondary market for floating rate loans is a private, unregulated inter-dealer or inter-bank re-sale market.
Floating rate loans usually trade in large denominations. Trades can be infrequent and the market for floating rate loans may experience substantial volatility. In addition, the market for floating rate loans has limited transparency so that information about actual trades may be difficult to obtain. Accordingly, some of the floating rate loans in which the Fund invests will be relatively illiquid.
In addition, the floating rate loans in which the Fund invests may require the consent of the borrower and/or the agent prior to sale or assignment. These consent requirements can delay or impede the Fund’s ability to sell floating rate loans and can adversely affect the price that can be obtained. The Fund may have difficulty disposing of floating rate loans if it needs cash to repay debt, to fund redemptions, to pay dividends, to pay expenses or to take advantage of new investment opportunities.
These considerations may cause the Fund to sell floating rate loans at lower prices than it would otherwise consider to meet cash needs or cause the Fund to maintain a greater portion of its assets in money market instruments than it would otherwise, which could negatively impact performance. The Fund may seek to avoid the necessity of selling assets to meet redemption requests or liquidity needs by the use of borrowings. Such borrowings, even though they are for the purpose of satisfying redemptions or meeting liquidity needs and not to generate leveraged returns, nevertheless would produce leverage and the risks that are inherent in leverage. However, there can be no assurance that sales of floating rate loans at such lower prices can be avoided.
From time to time, the occurrence of one or more of the factors described above may create a cascading effect where the market for debt instruments (including the market for floating rate loans) first experiences volatility and then decreased liquidity. Such conditions, or other similar conditions, may then adversely affect the value of floating rate loans and other instruments, widening spreads against higher-quality debt instruments, and making it harder to sell floating rate loans at prices at which they have historically or recently traded, thereby further reducing liquidity. For example, during the global financial crisis in the second half of 2008, the average price of loans in the S&P/LSTA Leverage Loan Index (which includes loans of the type in which the Fund invests) declined by 32% (which included a decline of 3.06% on a single day). Since that time, prices have rebounded and, as of July 2013, have returned to pre-global financial crisis levels.
Declines in the Fund’s share price or other market developments (which could be more severe than these prior declines) may lead to increased redemptions, which could cause the Fund to have to sell floating rate loans and other instruments at disadvantageous prices and inhibit the ability of the Fund to retain its assets in the hope of greater stabilization in the secondary markets. In addition, these or similar circumstances could cause the Fund to sell its highest quality and most liquid floating rate loans and other investments in order to satisfy an initial wave of redemptions while leaving the Fund with a remaining portfolio of lower-quality and less liquid investments. In anticipation of such circumstances, the Fund may also need to maintain a larger portion of its assets in liquid instruments than usual. However, there can be no assurance that the Fund will foresee the need to maintain greater liquidity or that actual efforts to maintain a larger portion of assets in liquid investments would successfully mitigate the foregoing risks.
Liquidity for Floating Rate Loan Funds If a loan is illiquid, the Fund might be unable to sell the loan at a time when the Fund’s manager might wish to sell, thereby having the effect of decreasing the Fund’s overall level of liquidity. Further, as described in Valuation of Loans below, the lack of an established secondary market may make it more difficult to value illiquid loans, which could result in floating rate loans being assigned values which prove to be higher than the amounts that the Fund ultimately realizes upon its actual sales of those loans. The Fund may make investments that become less liquid in response to market developments or adverse investor perception, including but not limited to, those circumstances described in Limited Secondary Market for Floating Rate Loans above. The Fund could lose money if it cannot sell a loan at the time and price that would be most beneficial to the Fund.
Other Investment Companies The main risk of investing in other investment companies, including exchange-traded funds, is the risk that the value of the securities underlying an investment company might decrease. Because the Fund may invest in other investment companies, you will pay a proportionate share of the expenses of those other investment companies (including management fees, administration fees, and custodial fees) in addition to the expenses of the Fund.
Prepayment and Extension for Floating Rate Loans
Prepayment risk is the risk that principal on a debt obligation may be repaid earlier than anticipated. Floating rate loans typically do
not have call protection and may be prepaid partially or in full at any time without penalty. If a floating rate loan is prepaid, the Fund may realize proceeds that are less than the value that had been assigned to the loan and/or may be forced to
reinvest the proceeds in assets with lower yields than the loan that was repaid. For the Fund’s fixed rate investments,
4
ING Floating Rate Fund
Valuation of Loans The Fund values its assets daily. However, because the secondary market for floating rate loans is limited, it may be difficult to value loans. Reliable market value quotations may not be readily available for some loans and valuation of such loans may require more research than for liquid securities. In addition, elements of judgment may play a greater role in valuation of loans than for securities with a more developed secondary market because there is less reliable, objective market value data available. In addition, if the Fund purchases a relatively large portion of a loan, the limitations of the secondary market may inhibit the Fund from selling a portion of the loan and reducing its exposure to a borrower when the adviser or Sub-Adviser deems it advisable to do so. Even if the Fund itself does not own a relatively large portion of a particular loan, the Fund, in combination with other similar accounts under management by the same portfolio managers, may own large portions of loans. The combination of holdings could create similar risks if and when the portfolio managers decide to sell those loans. These risks could include, for example, the risk that the sale of an initial portion of the loan could be at a price lower than the price at which the loan was valued by the Fund, the risk that the initial sale could adversely impact the price at which additional portions of the loan are sold, and the risk that the foregoing events could warrant a reduced valuation being assigned to the remaining portion of the loan still owned by the Fund.
An investment in the Fund is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.
The following information is intended to help you understand the risks of investing in the Fund. The following bar chart shows the changes in the Fund’s performance from year to year, and the table compares the Fund’s performance to the performance of a broad-based securities market index/indices for the same period. The Fund’s performance information reflects applicable fee waivers and/or expense limitations in effect during the period presented. Absent such fee waivers/expense limitations, if any, performance would have been lower. The bar chart shows the performance of the Fund’s Class A shares. Sales charges are not reflected in the bar chart. If they were, returns would be less than those shown. However, the table includes all applicable fees and sales charges. Other class shares’ performance would be higher or lower than Class A shares’ performance because of the higher or lower expenses paid by Class A shares. The Fund’s past performance (before and after taxes) is no guarantee of future results. For the most recent performance figures, go to www.INGFunds.com/literature or call 1-800-992-0180.
Because Class P shares had not commenced operations as of December 31, 2012, no performance information for those shares is provided.
Calendar Year Total Returns Class A
(as of December 31 of each year)
Best quarter: 1st, 2012, 3.62% and Worst quarter: 3rd, 2011, (3.40)%
The Fund’s Class A shares’ year-to-date total return as of June 30, 2013: 2.37%
Average Annual Total
Returns%
(for the periods ended December 31, 2012)
1 Yr |
5 Yrs
(or since inception) |
10 Yrs |
Inception
Date |
Class A before taxes | % | 6.22 | 4.49 | N/A | 08/17/10 |
After tax on distributions | % | 4.48 | 2.80 | N/A | |
After tax on distributions with sale | % | 4.19 | 2.83 | N/A | |
S&P/LSTA Leveraged Loan Index 1 | % | 9.66 | 6.76 2 | N/A | |
Class C before taxes | % | 7.11 | 4.85 | N/A | 08/17/10 |
S&P/LSTA Leveraged Loan Index 1 | % | 9.66 | 6.76 2 | N/A | |
Class I before taxes | % | 9.18 | 5.89 | N/A | 08/17/10 |
S&P/LSTA Leveraged Loan Index 1 | % | 9.66 | 6.76 2 | N/A | |
Class R before taxes | % | 8.65 | 5.31 | N/A | 08/17/10 |
S&P/LSTA Leveraged Loan Index 1 | % | 9.66 | 6.76 2 | N/A | |
Class W before taxes | % | 9.16 | 5.96 | N/A | 08/17/10 |
S&P/LSTA Leveraged Loan Index 1 | % | 9.66 | 6.76 2 | N/A | |
1 | The index returns do not reflect deductions for fees, expenses, or taxes. |
2 | Reflects index performance since the date closest to the Class’ inception for which data is available. |
After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. In some cases the after-tax returns may exceed the return before taxes due to an assumed tax benefit from any losses on a sale of Fund shares at the end of the measurement period. After-tax returns are shown for Class A shares only. After-tax returns for other classes will vary.
ING Floating Rate Fund | 5 |
Investment Adviser
Sub-Adviser
ING Investments, LLC
ING Investment Management Co. LLC
Portfolio Managers
Jeffrey A. Bakalar
Daniel A. Norman
Portfolio Manager (since 08/10)
Portfolio Manager (since 08/10)
PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES
Shares of the Fund may be purchased or sold on any business day (normally any day when the New York Stock Exchange is open). You can buy or sell shares of the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary; by visiting our website at www.INGInvestment.com; by writing to us at ING Funds, 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100, Scottsdale, Arizona 85258; or by calling us at 1-800-992-0180.
Minimum Initial Investment $ by share class
Class | A, C | I | P | R | W |
Non-retirement accounts | $ | 1,000 | 250,000 | | | 1,000 |
Retirement accounts | $ | 250 | 250,000 | | | 1,000 |
Certain omnibus accounts | $ | 250 | | | | |
Pre-Authorized Investment Plan | $ | 1,000 | | | | |
There are no minimums for additional investments except that the Pre-Authorized Investment Plan requires a monthly investment of at least $100.
The Fund’s distributions are generally taxable to you as ordinary income, capital gains, or a combination of the two, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account. If you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, you may be taxed upon withdrawals from that arrangement.
PAYMENTS TO BROKER-DEALERS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES
If you purchase the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund and/or its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and/or related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
6 | ING Floating Rate Fund |
The Fund seeks a high level of current income consistent with liquidity and safety of principal through investment primarily in Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) mortgage-backed securities (also known as GNMA Certificates) that are guaranteed as to the timely payment of principal and interest by the U.S. government.
These tables describe the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund. You may qualify for sales charge discounts if you and your family invest, or agree to invest in the future, at least $100,000 in ING Funds. More information about these and other discounts is available from your financial professional and in the discussion in the Sales Charges section of the Prospectus (page 45) or the Statement of Additional Information (page 157).
Shareholder
Fees
Fees paid directly from your investment
Class
Maximum sales charge (load) as a % of offering price
Maximum deferred sales charge as a % of purchase or sales price, whichever is less
A
2.50
None
1
B
None
5.00
C
None
1.00
I
None
None
W
None
None
Annual Fund
Operating Expenses
Expenses you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment
Class | A | B | C | I | W |
Management Fees | % | 0.47 | 0.47 | 0.47 | 0.47 | 0.47 |
Distribution and/or Shareholder Services (12b-1) Fees | % | 0.25 | 1.00 | 1.00 | None | None |
Administrative Services Fees | % | 0.10 | 0.10 | 0.10 | 0.10 | 0.10 |
Other Expenses | % | 0.08 | 0.08 | 0.08 | 0.06 | 0.08 |
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses | % | 0.90 | 1.65 | 1.65 | 0.63 | 0.65 |
Waivers and Reimbursements 2 | % | None | None | None | None | None |
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses after Waivers and Reimbursements | % | 0.90 | 1.65 |
1.65
|
0.63 | 0.65 |
1 | A contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% is assessed on certain redemptions of Class A shares made within 18 months after purchase where no initial sales charge was paid at the time of purchase as part of an investment of $1 million or more. |
2 | The adviser is contractually obligated to limit expenses to 0.97%, 1.72%, 1.72%, 0.67%, and 0.72% for Class A, Class B, Class C, Class I, and Class W shares, respectively, through August 1, 2014; the obligation does not extend to interest, taxes, brokerage commissions, extraordinary expenses, and Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses. The obligation will automatically renew for one-year terms unless it is terminated by the Fund or the adviser upon written notice within 90 days of the end of the current term or upon termination of the management agreement and is subject to possible recoupment by the adviser within three years. |
Expense Examples $
The Examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in shares of the Fund with the costs of investing in other mutual funds. The Examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated. The Examples show costs if you sold (redeemed) your shares at the end of the period or continued to hold them. The Examples also assume that your investment had a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
The Examples reflect applicable expense limitation agreements and/or waivers in effect, if any, for the one-year period and the first year of the three-, five-, and ten-year periods.
Portfolio Turnover % of average value of portfolio
The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transactions costs and may mean higher taxes if you are investing in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Expense Examples, affect the Fund’s performance.
During the most recent fiscal year, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 352% of the average value of its portfolio.
PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES
Under normal market conditions, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets (plus borrowings for investment purposes) in GNMA
Certificates. The Fund will provide shareholders with at least 60 days’ prior notice of any change in this investment policy. The Fund may purchase or sell GNMA certificates on a delayed delivery or forward commitment basis through the
“to-be-announced” (“TBA”) market. With TBA transactions, the particular securities to be delivered are not identified at the trade date but the delivered securities must meet specified terms and standards. The remaining
assets of the Fund will be invested in other securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government,
ING GNMA Income Fund
7
The Fund may invest in debt securities of any maturity, although the sub-adviser (“Sub-Adviser”) expects to invest in securities with effective maturities in excess of one year.
Please refer to the Statement of Additional Information for a complete description of GNMA Certificates and Modified Pass Through GNMA Certificates. The Fund intends to use the proceeds from principal payments to purchase additional GNMA Certificates or other U.S. government guaranteed securities.
The Fund may invest in futures, including U.S. Treasury futures, to manage the duration of the Fund. Duration is the most commonly used measure of risk in fixed-income investment as it incorporates multiple features of the fixed-income instrument ( e.g ., yield, coupon, maturity, etc.) into one number. Duration is a measure of sensitivity of the price of a fixed-income instrument to a change in interest rates. Duration is a weighted average of the times that interest payments and the final return of principal are received. The weights are the amounts of the payments discounted by the yield-to-maturity of the fixed-income instrument. Duration is expressed as a number of years. The bigger the duration number, the greater the interest-rate risk or reward for the fixed-income instrument prices. For example, the price of a bond with an average duration of five years would be expected to fall approximately 5% if interest rates rose by one percentage point. Conversely, the price of a bond with an average duration of five years would be expected to rise approximately 5% if interest rates drop by one percentage point.
The Fund may invest in other investment companies, including exchange-traded funds, to the extent permitted under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules, regulations, and exemptive orders thereunder (“1940 Act”).
The Sub-Adviser may sell securities for a variety of reasons, such as to secure gains, limit losses, or redeploy assets into opportunities believed to be more promising, among others.
The Fund may lend portfolio securities on a short-term or long-term basis, up to 33 1 / 3 % of its total assets.
You could lose money on an investment in the Fund. Any of the following risks, among others, could affect Fund performance or cause the Fund to lose money or to underperform market averages of other funds.
Credit Prices of bonds and other debt instruments can fall if the issuer’s actual or perceived financial health deteriorates, whether because of broad economic or issuer-specific reasons. In certain cases, the issuer could be late in paying interest or principal, or could fail to pay altogether.
Derivative Instruments Derivative instruments are subject to a number of risks, including the risk of changes in the market price of the underlying securities, credit risk with respect to the counterparty, risk of loss due to changes in interest rates and liquidity risk. The use of certain derivatives may also have a leveraging effect which may increase the volatility of the Fund and reduce its returns. Derivatives may not perform as expected, so the Fund may not realize the intended benefits. When used for hedging, the change in value of a derivative may not correlate as expected with the currency, security or other risk being hedged. In addition, given their complexity, derivatives expose the Fund to the risk of improper valuation.
Interest Rate With bonds and other fixed rate debt instruments, a rise in interest rates generally causes values to fall; conversely, values generally rise as interest rates fall. The higher the credit quality of the instrument, and the longer its maturity or duration, the more sensitive it is likely to be to interest rate risk. In the case of inverse securities, the interest rate generally will decrease when the market rate of interest to which the inverse security is indexed decreases. As of the date of this Prospectus, interest rates in the United States are at or near historic lows, which may increase the Fund’s exposure to risks associated with rising interest rates.
Liquidity If a security is illiquid, the Fund might be unable to sell the security at a time when the Fund’s manager might wish to sell, and the security could have the effect of decreasing the overall level of the Fund’s liquidity. Further, the lack of an established secondary market may make it more difficult to value illiquid securities, which could vary from the amount the Fund could realize upon disposition. The Fund may make investments that become less liquid in response to market developments or adverse investor perception. The Fund could lose money if it cannot sell a security at the time and price that would be most beneficial to the Fund.
Mortgage- and/or Asset-Backed Securities Defaults on or the low credit quality or liquidity of the underlying assets of the asset-backed (including mortgage-backed) securities held by the Fund may impair the value of the securities. There may be limitations on the enforceability of any security interest granted with respect to those underlying assets. These securities also present a higher degree of prepayment and extension risk and interest rate risk than do other types of fixed-income securities.
Other Investment Companies The main risk of investing in other investment companies, including exchange-traded funds, is the risk that the value of the securities underlying an investment company might decrease. Because the Fund may invest in other investment companies, you will pay a proportionate share of the expenses of those other investment companies (including management fees, administration fees, and custodial fees) in addition to the expenses of the Fund.
Prepayment and Extension
Prepayment risk is the risk that principal on mortgages or other loan obligations underlying a security may be repaid prior to the stated
maturity date, which may reduce the market value of the security and the anticipated yield-to-maturity. Extension risk is the risk that an issuer will exercise
8
ING GNMA Income Fund
Repurchase Agreements In the event that the other party to a repurchase agreement defaults on its obligations, the Fund would generally seek to sell the underlying security serving as collateral for the repurchase agreement. However, the Fund may encounter delay and incur costs before being able to sell the security. Such a delay may involve loss of interest or a decline in price of the security, which could result in a loss for the Fund. In addition, if the Fund is characterized by a court as an unsecured creditor, it would be at risk of losing some or all of the principal and interest involved in the transaction.
Securities Lending Securities lending involves two primary risks: “investment risk” and “borrower default risk.” Investment risk is the risk that the Fund will lose money from the investment of the cash collateral received from the borrower. Borrower default risk is the risk that the Fund will lose money due to the failure of a borrower to return a borrowed security in a timely manner.
U.S. Government Securities and Obligations U.S. government securities are obligations of, or guaranteed by, the U.S. government, its agencies or government-sponsored enterprises. U.S. government securities are subject to market and interest rate risk, and may be subject to varying degrees of credit risk.
When Issued and Delayed Delivery Securities and Forward Commitments When issued securities, delayed delivery securities and forward commitments involve the risk that the security the Fund buys will lose value prior to its delivery. There also is the risk that the security will not be issued or that the other party will not meet its obligation. If this occurs, the Fund loses both the investment opportunity for the assets it set aside to pay for the security and any gain in the security’s price.
An investment in the Fund is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.
The following information is intended to help you understand the risks of investing in the Fund. The following bar chart shows the changes in the Fund’s performance from year to year, and the table compares the Fund’s performance to the performance of a broad-based securities market index/indices for the same period. The Fund’s performance information reflects applicable fee waivers and/or expense limitations in effect during the period presented. Absent such fee waivers/expense limitations, if any, performance would have been lower. The bar chart shows the performance of the Fund’s Class A shares. Sales charges are not reflected in the bar chart. If they were, returns would be less than those shown. However, the table includes all applicable fees and sales charges. Other class shares’ performance would be higher or lower than Class A shares’ performance because of the higher or lower expenses paid by Class A shares. The Fund’s past performance (before and after taxes) is no guarantee of future results. For the most recent performance figures, go to www.INGFunds.com/literature or call 1-800-992-0180.
Calendar Year Total Returns Class A
(as of December 31 of each year)
Best quarter: 4th, 2008, 3.94% and Worst quarter: 2nd, 2004, (1.64)%
The Fund’s Class A shares’ year-to-date total return as of June 30, 2013: (2.16)%
Average Annual Total
Returns%
(for the periods ended December 31, 2012)
1 Yr | 5 Yrs |
10 Yrs
(or since inception) |
Inception
Date |
Class A before taxes | % | 0.35 | 5.11 | 4.14 | 08/17/73 |
After tax on distributions | % | (1.10) | 3.59 | 2.50 | |
After tax on distributions with sale | % | 0.21 | 3.47 | 2.54 | |
Barclays GNMA Index 1 | % | 2.42 | 6.03 | 5.21 | |
Class B before taxes | % | (2.84) | 4.52 | 3.87 | 10/06/00 |
Barclays GNMA Index 1 | % | 2.42 | 6.03 | 5.21 | |
Class C before taxes | % | 1.15 | 4.86 | 3.87 | 10/13/00 |
Barclays GNMA Index 1 | % | 2.42 | 6.03 | 5.21 | |
Class I before taxes | % | 3.15 | 5.96 | 4.96 | 01/07/02 |
Barclays GNMA Index 1 | % | 2.42 | 6.03 | 5.21 | |
Class W before taxes | % | 3.12 | 5.93 | 6.06 | 12/17/07 |
Barclays GNMA Index 1 | % | 2.42 | 6.03 | 6.03 2 | |
1 | The index returns do not reflect deductions for fees, expenses, or taxes. |
2 | Reflects index performance since the date closest to the Class’ inception for which data is available. |
After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. In some cases the after-tax returns may exceed the return before taxes due to an assumed tax benefit from any losses on a sale of Fund shares at the end of the measurement period. After-tax returns are shown for Class A shares only. After-tax returns for other classes will vary.
ING GNMA Income Fund | 9 |
Investment Adviser
Sub-Adviser
ING Investments, LLC
ING Investment Management Co. LLC
Portfolio Managers
Jeff Dutra
Justin McWhorter
Portfolio Manager (since 05/09)
Portfolio Manager (since 05/09)
Peter Guan
Portfolio Manager (since 05/09)
PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES
Shares of the Fund may be purchased or sold on any business day (normally any day when the New York Stock Exchange is open). You can buy or sell shares of the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary; by visiting our website at www.INGInvestment.com; by writing to us at ING Funds, 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100, Scottsdale, Arizona 85258; or by calling us at 1-800-992-0180.
Minimum Initial Investment $ by share class
Class | A, C | I | W |
Non-retirement accounts | $ | 1,000 | 250,000 | 1,000 |
Retirement accounts | $ | 250 | 250,000 | 1,000 |
Certain omnibus accounts | $ | 250 | | |
Pre-Authorized Investment Plan | $ | 1,000 | | |
There are no minimums for additional investments except that the Pre-Authorized Investment Plan requires a monthly investment of at least $100.
The Fund’s distributions are generally taxable to you as ordinary income, capital gains, or a combination of the two, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account. If you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, you may be taxed upon withdrawals from that arrangement.
PAYMENTS TO BROKER-DEALERS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES
If you purchase the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund and/or its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and/or related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
10 | ING GNMA Income Fund |
The Fund seeks to provide investors with a high level of current income and total return.
These tables describe the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund. You may qualify for sales charge discounts if you and your family invest, or agree to invest in the future, at least $100,000 in ING Funds. More information about these and other discounts is available from your financial professional and in the discussion in the Sales Charges section of the Prospectus (page 45) or the Statement of Additional Information (page 157).
Shareholder
Fees
Fees paid directly from your investment
Class
Maximum sales charge (load) as a % of offering price
Maximum deferred sales charge as a % of purchase or sales price, whichever is less
A
2.50
None
1
B
None
5.00
C
None
1.00
I
None
None
P
None
None
W
None
None
Annual Fund
Operating Expenses
Expenses you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment
Class | A | B | C | I | P 2 | W |
Management Fees | % | 0.51 | 0.51 | 0.51 | 0.51 | 0.51 | 0.51 |
Distribution and/or Shareholder Services (12b-1) Fees | % | 0.25 | 1.00 | 1.00 | None | None | None |
Administrative Services Fees | % | 0.10 | 0.10 | 0.10 | 0.10 | 0.10 | 0.10 |
Other Expenses | % | 0.20 | 0.20 | 0.20 | 0.10 | 0.10 | 0.20 |
Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses | % | 0.01 | 0.01 | 0.01 | 0.01 | 0.01 | 0.01 |
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses 3 | % | 1.07 | 1.82 | 1.82 | 0.72 | 0.72 | 0.82 |
Waivers and Reimbursements 4, 5 | % | 0.04 | 0.04 | 0.04 | 0.04 | (0.57) | 0.04 |
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses after Waivers and Reimbursements | % | 1.11 | 1.86 | 1.86 | 0.76 | 0.15 | 0.86 |
1 | A contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% is assessed on certain redemptions of Class A shares made within 18 months after purchase where no initial sales charge was paid at the time of purchase as part of an investment of $1 million or more. |
2 | Based on Class A shares’ expenses adjusted for class specific differences. |
3 | Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses may be higher than the Fund’s ratio of expenses to average net assets shown in the Fund’s Financial Highlights, which reflects the operating expenses of the Fund and does not include Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses. |
4 | The adviser is contractually obligated to limit expenses to 1.10%, 1.85%, 1.85%, 0.85%, 0.15%, and 0.85% for Class A, Class B, Class C, Class I, Class P, and Class W shares, respectively, through August 1, 2014; the obligation does not extend to interest, taxes, brokerage commissions, extraordinary expenses, and Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses. The obligation will automatically renew for one-year terms unless it is terminated by the Fund or the adviser upon written notice within 90 days of the end of the current term or upon termination of the management agreement and is subject to possible recoupment by the adviser within three years. |
5 | The adviser is contractually obligated to waive its management fee for Class P shares through August 1, 2014. The administrator is contractually obligated to waive its administrative services fee for Class P shares through August 1, 2014. There is no guarantee that the management fee waiver or the administrative services fee waiver will continue after August 1, 2014. the management fee and administrative services fee waiver will only renew if the adviser and/or the administrator elects to renew them and they are not eligible for recoupment. |
Expense Examples $
The Examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in shares of the Fund with the costs of investing in other mutual funds. The Examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated. The Examples show costs if you sold (redeemed) your shares at the end of the period or continued to hold them. The Examples also assume that your investment had a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
The Examples reflect applicable expense limitation agreements and/or waivers in effect, if any, for the one-year period and the first year of the three-, five-, and ten-year periods.
Portfolio Turnover % of average value of portfolio
The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transactions costs and may mean higher taxes if you are investing in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Expense Examples, affect the Fund’s performance.
During the most recent fiscal year, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 109% of the average value of its portfolio.
ING High Yield Bond Fund | 11 |
PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES
Under normal market conditions, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets (plus borrowings for investment purposes) in a portfolio of high-yield (high risk) bonds, commonly referred to as “junk bonds.” The Fund will provide shareholders with at least 60 days’ prior notice of any change in this investment policy.
High-yield bonds are debt securities that, at the time of purchase, are not rated by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”) or are rated below investment-grade (for example, rated below BBB- by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or Baa3 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.) or have an equivalent rating by a NRSRO. The Fund defines high-yield bonds to include: bank loans; payment-in-kind securities; fixed and variable floating rate and deferred interest debt obligations; zero-coupon bonds and debt obligations provided they are unrated or rated below investment-grade. In evaluating the quality of a particular high-yield bond for investment by the Fund, the sub-adviser (“Sub-Adviser”) does not rely exclusively on ratings assigned by a NRSRO. The Sub-Adviser will utilize a security’s credit rating as simply one indication of an issuer’s creditworthiness and will principally rely upon its own analysis of any security. However, the Sub-Adviser does not have restrictions on the rating level of the securities in the Fund’s portfolio and may purchase and hold securities in default. There are no restrictions on the average maturity of the Fund or the maturity of any single investment. Maturities may vary widely depending on the Sub-Adviser’s assessment of interest rate trends and other economic or market factors.
Any remaining assets may be invested in investment-grade debt securities; common and preferred stocks; U.S. government securities; money market instruments; and debt securities of foreign issuers including securities of companies in emerging markets. The Fund may invest in derivatives, including, but not limited to structured debt obligations, dollar roll transactions and swap agreements, including credit default swaps. The Fund typically uses derivatives to reduce exposure to other risks, such as interest rate or currency risk, to substitute for taking a position in the underlying asset, and/or to enhance returns in the Fund. The Fund may invest in companies of any size.
The Fund may invest in other investment companies, including exchange-traded funds, to the extent permitted under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules, regulations, and exemptive orders thereunder (“1940 Act”).
In choosing investments for the Fund, the Sub-Adviser combines extensive company and industry research with relative value analysis to identify high-yield bonds expected to provide above-average returns. Relative value analysis is intended to enhance returns by moving from overvalued to undervalued sectors of the bond market. The Sub-Adviser’s approach to decision making includes contributions from individual portfolio managers responsible for specific industry sectors.
The Sub-Adviser may sell securities for a variety of reasons, such as to secure gains, limit losses, or redeploy assets into opportunities believed to be more promising, among others.
The Fund may lend portfolio securities on a short-term or long-term basis, up to 33 1 / 3 % of its total assets.
You could lose money on an investment in the Fund. Any of the following risks, among others, could affect Fund performance or cause the Fund to lose money or to underperform market averages of other funds.
Call During periods of falling interest rates, a bond issuer may “call” or repay its high-yielding bond before the bond’s maturity date. If forced to invest the unanticipated proceeds at lower interest rates, the Fund would experience a decline in income.
Company The price of a given company’s stock could decline or underperform for many reasons including, among others, poor management, financial problems, or business challenges. If a company declares bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, its stock could become worthless.
Credit Prices of bonds and other debt instruments can fall if the issuer’s actual or perceived financial health deteriorates, whether because of broad economic or issuer-specific reasons. In certain cases, the issuer could be late in paying interest or principal, or could fail to pay altogether.
Credit Default Swaps The Fund may enter into credit default swaps, either as a buyer or a seller of the swap. As a buyer of the swap, the Fund pays a fee to protect against the risk that a security held by the Fund will default. As a seller of the swap, the Fund receives payment(s) in return for its obligation to pay the counterparty an agreed upon value of a security in the event of a default of the security issuer. Credit default swaps are particularly subject to counterparty, credit, correlation, valuation, liquidity and leveraging risks. Certain standardized swaps are subject to mandatory central clearing. Central clearing is expected to reduce counterparty credit risk and increase liquidity, but central clearing does not make swap transactions risk free.
Currency To the extent that the Fund invests directly in foreign (non-U.S.) currencies or in securities denominated in, or that trade in, foreign (non-U.S.) currencies, it is subject to the risk that those foreign (non-U.S.) currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar or, in the case of hedging positions, that the U.S. dollar will decline in value relative to the currency being hedged.
Derivative Instruments Derivative instruments are subject to a number of risks, including the risk of changes in the market price of the underlying securities, credit risk with respect to the counterparty, risk of loss due to changes in interest rates and liquidity risk. The use of certain derivatives may also have a leveraging effect which may increase the volatility of the Fund and reduce its returns. Derivatives may not perform as expected, so the Fund may not realize the intended benefits. When used for hedging, the change in value of a derivative may not correlate as expected with the currency, security or other risk being hedged. In addition, given their complexity, derivatives expose the Fund to the risk of improper valuation.
12 | ING High Yield Bond Fund |
Foreign Investments/Developing and Emerging Markets Investing in foreign (non-U.S.) securities may result in the Fund experiencing more rapid and extreme changes in value than a fund that invests exclusively in securities of U.S. companies due to: smaller markets; differing reporting, accounting, and auditing standards; nationalization, expropriation, or confiscatory taxation; foreign currency fluctuations, currency blockage, or replacement; potential for default on sovereign debt; or political changes or diplomatic developments. Markets and economies throughout the world are becoming increasingly interconnected, and conditions or events in one market, country or region may adversely impact investments or issuers in another market, country or region. Foreign investment risks may be greater in developing and emerging markets than in developed markets.
High-Yield Securities Investments rated below investment-grade (or of similar quality if unrated) are known as “high-yield securities” or “junk bonds.” High-yield securities are subject to greater levels of credit and liquidity risks. High-yield securities are considered primarily speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to make principal and interest payments.
Interest Rate With bonds and other fixed rate debt instruments, a rise in interest rates generally causes values to fall; conversely, values generally rise as interest rates fall. The higher the credit quality of the instrument, and the longer its maturity or duration, the more sensitive it is likely to be to interest rate risk. In the case of inverse securities, the interest rate generally will decrease when the market rate of interest to which the inverse security is indexed decreases. As of the date of this Prospectus, interest rates in the United States are at or near historic lows, which may increase the Fund’s exposure to risks associated with rising interest rates.
Liquidity If a security is illiquid, the Fund might be unable to sell the security at a time when the Fund’s manager might wish to sell, and the security could have the effect of decreasing the overall level of the Fund’s liquidity. Further, the lack of an established secondary market may make it more difficult to value illiquid securities, which could vary from the amount the Fund could realize upon disposition. The Fund may make investments that become less liquid in response to market developments or adverse investor perception. The Fund could lose money if it cannot sell a security at the time and price that would be most beneficial to the Fund.
Market Stock prices may be volatile and are affected by the real or perceived impacts of such factors as economic conditions and political events. Stock markets tend to be cyclical, with periods when stock prices generally rise and periods when stock prices generally decline. Any given stock market segment may remain out of favor with investors for a short or long period of time, and stocks as an asset class may underperform bonds or other asset classes during some periods. Additionally, legislative, regulatory or tax policies or developments in these areas may adversely impact the investment techniques available to a manager, add to Fund costs and impair the ability of the Fund to achieve its investment objectives.
Market Capitalization Stocks fall into three broad market capitalization categories - large, mid, and small. Investing primarily in one category carries the risk that, due to current market conditions, that category may be out of favor with investors. If valuations of large-capitalization companies appear to be greatly out of proportion to the valuations of mid- or small-capitalization companies, investors may migrate to the stocks of mid- and small-sized companies causing the Fund that invests in these companies to increase in value more rapidly than a fund that invests in larger, fully-valued companies. Investing in mid- and small-capitalization companies may be subject to special risks associated with narrower product lines, more limited financial resources, smaller management groups, and a more limited trading market for their stocks as compared with larger companies. As a result, stocks of mid- and small-capitalization companies may decline significantly in market downturns.
Other Investment Companies The main risk of investing in other investment companies, including exchange-traded funds, is the risk that the value of the securities underlying an investment company might decrease. Because the Fund may invest in other investment companies, you will pay a proportionate share of the expenses of those other investment companies (including management fees, administration fees, and custodial fees) in addition to the expenses of the Fund.
Securities Lending Securities lending involves two primary risks: “investment risk” and “borrower default risk.” Investment risk is the risk that the Fund will lose money from the investment of the cash collateral received from the borrower. Borrower default risk is the risk that the Fund will lose money due to the failure of a borrower to return a borrowed security in a timely manner.
U.S. Government Securities and Obligations U.S. government securities are obligations of, or guaranteed by, the U.S. government, its agencies or government-sponsored enterprises. U.S. government securities are subject to market and interest rate risk, and may be subject to varying degrees of credit risk.
Zero-Coupon Bonds and Pay-in-Kind Securities Zero-coupon bonds and pay-in-kind securities may be subject to greater fluctuations in price from interest rate changes than conventional interest-bearing securities. The Fund may have to pay out the imputed income on zero-coupon bonds without receiving the actual cash currency. The values of interest-only and principal-only mortgage-related securities also are subject to prepayment risk and interest rate risks.
An investment in the Fund is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.
The following information is intended to help you understand the risks of investing in the Fund. The following bar chart shows the
changes in the Fund’s performance from year to year, and the table compares the Fund’s performance to the performance of a broad-based securities market index/indices for the same period. The Fund’s performance information reflects
applicable fee waivers and/or expense limitations in effect during the period
ING High Yield Bond Fund
13
Because Class P shares of the Fund had not commenced operations as of December 31, 2012, no performance information for Class P shares is provided below.
Calendar Year Total Returns Class A
(as of December 31 of each year)
Best quarter: 2nd, 2009, 18.20% and Worst quarter: 4th, 2008, (18.52)%
The Fund’s Class A shares’ year-to-date total return as of June 30, 2013: 1.78%
Average Annual
Total Returns%
(for the periods ended December 31, 2012)
1 Yr |
5 Yrs
(or since inception) |
10 Yrs |
Inception
Date |
Class A before taxes | % | 12.88 | 7.30 | 7.33 | 12/15/98 |
After tax on distributions | % | 10.41 | 4.28 | 4.57 | |
After tax on distributions with sale | % | 8.27 | 4.33 | 4.58 | |
Barclays High Yield Bond - 2% Issuer Constrained Composite Index 1 | % | 15.78 | 10.45 | 10.60 | |
Class B before taxes | % | 9.86 | 6.74 | 7.03 | 12/15/98 |
Barclays High Yield Bond - 2% Issuer Constrained Composite Index 1 | % | 15.78 | 10.45 | 10.60 | |
Class C before taxes | % | 13.72 | 7.03 | 7.04 | 12/15/98 |
Barclays High Yield Bond - 2% Issuer Constrained Composite Index 1 | % | 15.78 | 10.45 | 10.60 | |
Class I before taxes | % | 15.89 | 11.15 | N/A | 07/31/08 |
Barclays High Yield Bond - 2% Issuer Constrained Composite Index 1 | % | 15.78 | 12.50 2 | N/A | |
Class W before taxes | % | 16.41 | 11.41 | N/A | 07/29/11 |
Barclays High Yield Bond - 2% Issuer Constrained Composite Index 1 | % | 15.78 | 9.96 2 | N/A | |
1 | The index returns do not reflect deductions for fees, expenses, or taxes. |
2 | Reflects index performance since the date closest to the Class’ inception for which data is available. |
After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. In some cases the after-tax returns may exceed the return before taxes due to an assumed tax benefit from any losses on a sale of Fund shares at the end of the measurement period. After-tax returns are shown for Class A shares only. After-tax returns for other classes will vary.
Investment Adviser
Sub-Adviser
ING Investments, LLC
ING Investment Management Co. LLC
Portfolio Managers
Randall Parrish, CFA
Matthew Toms, CFA
Portfolio Manager (since 03/07)
Portfolio Manager (since 03/10)
PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES
Shares of the Fund may be purchased or sold on any business day (normally any day when the New York Stock Exchange is open). You can buy or sell shares of the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary; by visiting our website at www.INGInvestment.com; by writing to us at ING Funds, 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100, Scottsdale, Arizona 85258; or by calling us at 1-800-992-0180.
Minimum Initial Investment $ by share class
Class | A, C | I | P | W |
Non-retirement accounts | $ | 1,000 | 250,000 | | 1,000 |
Retirement accounts | $ | 250 | 250,000 | | 1,000 |
Certain omnibus accounts | $ | 250 | | | |
Pre-Authorized Investment Plan | $ | 1,000 | | | |
There are no minimums for additional investments except that the Pre-Authorized Investment Plan requires a monthly investment of at least $100.
The Fund’s distributions are generally taxable to you as ordinary income, capital gains, or a combination of the two, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account. If you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, you may be taxed upon withdrawals from that arrangement.
PAYMENTS TO BROKER-DEALERS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES
If you purchase the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund and/or its related
companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and/or related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest
14
ING High Yield Bond Fund
ING High Yield Bond Fund | 15 |
The Fund seeks to maximize total return through income and capital appreciation.
These tables describe the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund. You may qualify for sales charge discounts if you and your family invest, or agree to invest in the future, at least $100,000 in ING Funds. More information about these and other discounts is available from your financial professional and in the discussion in the Sales Charges section of the Prospectus (page 45) or the Statement of Additional Information (page 157).
Shareholder
Fees
Fees paid directly from your investment
Class
Maximum sales charge (load) as a % of offering price
Maximum deferred sales charge as a % of purchase or sales price, whichever is less
A
2.50
None
1
B
None
5.00
C
None
1.00
I
None
None
O
None
None
R
None
None
W
None
None
Annual Fund
Operating Expenses
Expenses you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment
Class | A | B | C | I |
Management Fees | % | 0.17 | 0.17 | 0.17 | 0.17 |
Distribution and/or Shareholder Services (12b-1) Fees | % | 0.25 | 1.00 | 1.00 | None |
Administrative Services Fees | % | 0.10 | 0.10 | 0.10 | 0.10 |
Other Expenses | % | 0.18 | 0.18 | 0.18 | 0.15 |
Acquired Fund Fees and Operating Expenses | % | 0.01 | 0.01 | 0.01 | 0.01 |
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses 2 | % | 0.71 | 1.46 | 1.46 | 0.43 |
Waivers and Reimbursements 3 | % | None | None | None | None |
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Waivers and Reimbursements | % | 0.71 | 1.46 | 1.46 | 0.43 |
Class | O | R | W |
Management Fees | % | 0.17 | 0.17 | 0.17 |
Distribution and/or Shareholder Services (12b-1) Fees | % | 0.25 | 0.50 | None |
Administrative Services Fees | % | 0.10 | 0.10 | 0.10 |
Other Expenses | % | 0.18 | 0.18 | 0.18 |
Acquired Fund Fees and Operating Expenses | % | 0.01 | 0.01 | 0.01 |
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses 2 | % | 0.71 | 0.96 | 0.46 |
Waivers and Reimbursements 3 | % | None | None | None |
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Waivers and Reimbursements | % | 0.71 | 0.96 | 0.46 |
1 | A contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% is assessed on certain redemptions of Class A shares made within 18 months after purchase where no initial sales charge was paid at the time of purchase as part of an investment of $1 million or more. |
2 | Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses may be higher than the Fund’s ratio of expenses to average net assets shown in the Fund’s Financial Highlights, which reflects the operating expenses of the Fund and does not include Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses. |
3 | The adviser is contractually obligated to limit expenses to 0.75%, 1.50%, 1.50%, 0.50%, 0.75%, 1.00%, and 0.50% for Class A, Class B, Class C, Class I, Class O, Class R, and Class W shares, respectively, through August 1, 2014; the obligation does not extend to interest, taxes, brokerage commissions, extraordinary expenses, and Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses. The obligation will automatically renew for one-year terms unless it is terminated by the Fund or the adviser upon written notice within 90 days of the end of the current term or upon termination of the management agreement and is subject to possible recoupment by the adviser within three years. |
Expense Examples $
The Examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in shares of the Fund with the costs of investing in other mutual funds. The Examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated. The Examples show costs if you sold (redeemed) your shares at the end of the period or continued to hold them. The Examples also assume that your investment had a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
The Examples reflect applicable expense limitation agreements and/or waivers in effect, if any, for the one-year period and the first year of the three-, five-, and ten-year periods.
Portfolio Turnover % of average value of portfolio
The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A
higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transactions costs
16
ING Intermediate Bond Fund
During the most recent fiscal year, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 490% of the average value of its portfolio.
PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES
Under normal market conditions, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets (plus borrowings for investment purposes) in a portfolio of bonds, including but not limited to corporate, government and mortgage bonds, which, at the time of purchase, are rated investment-grade ( e.g ., rated at least BBB- by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or Baa3 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.) or have an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization, or are of comparable quality if unrated. The Fund will provide shareholders with at least 60 days’ prior notice of any change in this investment policy.
Although the Fund may invest a portion of its assets in high-yield (high risk) debt instruments, commonly referred to as “junk bonds,” rated below investment-grade, the Fund will seek to maintain a minimum average portfolio quality rating of at least investment-grade. Generally, the sub-adviser (“Sub-Adviser”) maintains a dollar-weighted average duration between three and ten years. Duration is the most commonly used measure of risk in debt instruments as it incorporates multiple features of the debt instruments ( e.g. , yield, coupon, maturity, etc.) into one number. Duration is a measure of sensitivity of the price of a debt security to a change in interest rates. Duration is a weighted average of the times that interest payments and the final return of principal are received. The weights are the amounts of the payments discounted by the yield-to-maturity of the debt instrument. Duration is expressed as a number of years. The bigger the duration number, the greater the interest-rate risk or reward for the debt instrument prices. For example, the price of a bond with an average duration of five years would be expected to fall approximately 5% if interest rates rose by one percentage point. Conversely, the price of a bond with an average duration of five years would be expected to rise approximately 5% if interest rates drop by one percentage point.
The Fund may also invest in: preferred stocks; high quality money market instruments; municipal bonds; debt instruments of foreign issuers (including those located in emerging market countries); securities denominated in foreign currencies; foreign currencies; mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities; bank loans and floating rate secured loans (“Senior Loans”); and derivatives including futures, options, and swaps involving securities, securities indices and interest rates, which may be denominated in the U.S. dollar or foreign currencies. The Fund typically uses derivatives to reduce exposure to other risks, such as interest rate or currency risk, to substitute for taking a position in the underlying asset, and/or to enhance returns in the Fund.
The Fund may seek to obtain exposure to the securities in which it invests by entering into a series of purchase and sale contracts or through other investment techniques such as buy backs and dollar rolls.
The Fund may invest in other investment companies, including exchange-traded funds, to the extent permitted under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules, regulations, and exemptive orders thereunder (“1940 Act”).
The Sub-Adviser believes that relationships between the drivers of debt instrument returns change over time and that recognizing this is key to managing debt instrument assets. Therefore, the Sub-Adviser employs a dynamic investment process that balances top-down macro economic considerations and fundamental bottom-up analysis during the steps of its investment process - sector allocation, security selection, duration and yield curve management. This includes leveraging proprietary qualitative analysis along with quantitative tools throughout the portfolio construction process.
The Sub-Adviser may sell securities for a variety of reasons, such as to secure gains, limit losses, or redeploy assets into opportunities believed to be more promising, among others.
The Fund may lend portfolio securities on a short-term or long-term basis, up to 33 1 / 3 % of its total assets.
You could lose money on an investment in the Fund. Any of the following risks, among others, could affect Fund performance or cause the Fund to lose money or to underperform market averages of other funds.
Call During periods of falling interest rates, a bond issuer may “call” or repay its high-yielding bond before the bond’s maturity date. If forced to invest the unanticipated proceeds at lower interest rates, the Fund would experience a decline in income.
Company The price of a given company’s stock could decline or underperform for many reasons including, among others, poor management, financial problems, or business challenges. If a company declares bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, its stock could become worthless.
Credit Prices of bonds and other debt instruments can fall if the issuer’s actual or perceived financial health deteriorates, whether because of broad economic or issuer-specific reasons. In certain cases, the issuer could be late in paying interest or principal, or could fail to pay altogether.
Currency To the extent that the Fund invests directly in foreign (non-U.S.) currencies or in securities denominated in, or that trade in, foreign (non-U.S.) currencies, it is subject to the risk that those foreign (non-U.S.) currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar or, in the case of hedging positions, that the U.S. dollar will decline in value relative to the currency being hedged.
Derivative Instruments
Derivative instruments are subject to a number of risks, including the risk of changes in the market price of the underlying securities, credit risk with respect to the counterparty, risk of loss due to changes in interest rates and
liquidity risk. The use of certain derivatives may also have a leveraging effect which may increase the volatility of the Fund and reduce its returns. Derivatives may not perform as expected, so the Fund may not realize the intended benefits. When
used
ING Intermediate Bond Fund
17
Foreign Investments/Developing and Emerging Markets Investing in foreign (non-U.S.) securities may result in the Fund experiencing more rapid and extreme changes in value than a fund that invests exclusively in securities of U.S. companies due to: smaller markets; differing reporting, accounting, and auditing standards; nationalization, expropriation, or confiscatory taxation; foreign currency fluctuations, currency blockage, or replacement; potential for default on sovereign debt; or political changes or diplomatic developments. Markets and economies throughout the world are becoming increasingly interconnected, and conditions or events in one market, country or region may adversely impact investments or issuers in another market, country or region. Foreign investment risks may be greater in developing and emerging markets than in developed markets.
High-Yield Securities Investments rated below investment-grade (or of similar quality if unrated) are known as “high-yield securities” or “junk bonds.” High-yield securities are subject to greater levels of credit and liquidity risks. High-yield securities are considered primarily speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to make principal and interest payments.
Interest in Loans The value and the income streams of interests in loans (including participation interests in lease financings and assignments in secured variable or floating rate loans) will decline if borrowers delay payments or fail to pay altogether. A large rise in interest rates could increase this risk. Although loans are generally fully collateralized when purchased, the collateral may become illiquid or decline in value. Many loans themselves carry liquidity and valuation risks.
Interest Rate With bonds and other fixed rate debt instruments, a rise in interest rates generally causes values to fall; conversely, values generally rise as interest rates fall. The higher the credit quality of the instrument, and the longer its maturity or duration, the more sensitive it is likely to be to interest rate risk. In the case of inverse securities, the interest rate generally will decrease when the market rate of interest to which the inverse security is indexed decreases. As of the date of this Prospectus, interest rates in the United States are at or near historic lows, which may increase the Fund’s exposure to risks associated with rising interest rates.
Investment Model The manager’s proprietary model may not adequately allow for existing or unforeseen market factors or the interplay between such factors.
Liquidity If a security is illiquid, the Fund might be unable to sell the security at a time when the Fund’s manager might wish to sell, and the security could have the effect of decreasing the overall level of the Fund’s liquidity. Further, the lack of an established secondary market may make it more difficult to value illiquid securities, which could vary from the amount the Fund could realize upon disposition. The Fund may make investments that become less liquid in response to market developments or adverse investor perception. The Fund could lose money if it cannot sell a security at the time and price that would be most beneficial to the Fund.
Market Stock prices may be volatile and are affected by the real or perceived impacts of such factors as economic conditions and political events. Stock markets tend to be cyclical, with periods when stock prices generally rise and periods when stock prices generally decline. Any given stock market segment may remain out of favor with investors for a short or long period of time, and stocks as an asset class may underperform bonds or other asset classes during some periods. Additionally, legislative, regulatory or tax policies or developments in these areas may adversely impact the investment techniques available to a manager, add to Fund costs and impair the ability of the Fund to achieve its investment objectives.
Mortgage- and/or Asset-Backed Securities Defaults on or the low credit quality or liquidity of the underlying assets of the asset-backed (including mortgage-backed) securities held by the Fund may impair the value of the securities. There may be limitations on the enforceability of any security interest granted with respect to those underlying assets. These securities also present a higher degree of prepayment and extension risk and interest rate risk than do other types of fixed-income securities.
Municipal Obligations The municipal market in which the Fund invests is volatile and can be significantly affected by adverse tax, legislative, or political changes and the financial condition of the issuers of municipal securities.
Other Investment Companies The main risk of investing in other investment companies, including exchange-traded funds, is the risk that the value of the securities underlying an investment company might decrease. Because the Fund may invest in other investment companies, you will pay a proportionate share of the expenses of those other investment companies (including management fees, administration fees, and custodial fees) in addition to the expenses of the Fund.
Prepayment and Extension Prepayment risk is the risk that principal on mortgages or other loan obligations underlying a security may be repaid prior to the stated maturity date, which may reduce the market value of the security and the anticipated yield-to-maturity. Extension risk is the risk that an issuer will exercise its right to repay principal on an obligation held by the Fund later than expected, which may decrease the value of the obligation and prevent the Fund from investing expected repayment proceeds in securities paying yields higher than the yields paid by the securities that were expected to be repaid.
Securities Lending Securities lending involves two primary risks: “investment risk” and “borrower default risk.” Investment risk is the risk that the Fund will lose money from the investment of the cash collateral received from the borrower. Borrower default risk is the risk that the Fund will lose money due to the failure of a borrower to return a borrowed security in a timely manner.
18 | ING Intermediate Bond Fund |
U.S. Government Securities and Obligations U.S. government securities are obligations of, or guaranteed by, the U.S. government, its agencies or government-sponsored enterprises. U.S. government securities are subject to market and interest rate risk, and may be subject to varying degrees of credit risk.
An investment in the Fund is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.
The following information is intended to help you understand the risks of investing in the Fund. The following bar chart shows the changes in the Fund’s performance from year to year, and the table compares the Fund’s performance to the performance of a broad-based securities market index/indices for the same period. The Fund’s performance information reflects applicable fee waivers and/or expense limitations in effect during the period presented. Absent such fee waivers/expense limitations, if any, performance would have been lower. The bar chart shows the performance of the Fund’s Class A shares. Sales charges are not reflected in the bar chart. If they were, returns would be less than those shown. However, the table includes all applicable fees and sales charges. Other class shares’ performance would be higher or lower than Class A shares’ performance because of the higher or lower expenses paid by Class A shares. The Fund’s past performance (before and after taxes) is no guarantee of future results. For the most recent performance figures, go to www.INGFunds.com/literature or call 1-800-992-0180.
Calendar Year Total Returns Class A
(as of December 31 of each year)
Best quarter: 3rd, 2009, 7.77% and Worst quarter: 3rd, 2008, (5.12)%
The Fund’s Class A shares’ year-to-date total return as of June 30, 2013: (2.20)%
Average Annual
Total Returns%
(for the periods ended December 31, 2012)
1 Yr | 5 Yrs |
10 Yrs
(or since inception) |
Inception
Date |
Class A before taxes | % | 6.13 | 4.96 | 4.41 | 12/15/98 |
After tax on distributions | % | 4.42 | 2.91 | 2.57 | |
After tax on distributions with sale | % | 3.96 | 2.98 | 2.64 | |
BAB Index 1 | % | 4.21 | 5.95 | 5.18 | |
Class B before taxes | % | 3.05 | 4.36 | 4.11 | 12/15/98 |
BAB Index 1 | % | 4.21 | 5.95 | 5.18 | |
Class C before taxes | % | 6.95 | 4.67 | 4.12 | 12/15/98 |
BAB Index 1 | % | 4.21 | 5.95 | 5.18 | |
Class I before taxes | % | 9.07 | 5.79 | 5.25 | 01/08/02 |
BAB Index 1 | % | 4.21 | 5.95 | 5.18 | |
Class O before taxes | % | 8.86 | 5.46 | 4.96 | 08/13/04 |
BAB Index 1 | % | 4.21 | 5.95 | 5.54 2 | |
Class R before taxes | % | 8.58 | 5.20 | 4.46 | 03/16/04 |
BAB Index 1 | % | 4.21 | 5.95 | 5.14 2 | |
Class W before taxes | % | 9.17 | 6.19 | 6.30 | 12/17/07 |
BAB Index 1 | % | 4.21 | 5.95 | 5.95 2 | |
1 | The index returns do not reflect deductions for fees, expenses, or taxes. |
2 | Reflects index performance since the date closest to the Class’ inception for which data is available. |
After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. In some cases the after-tax returns may exceed the return before taxes due to an assumed tax benefit from any losses on a sale of Fund shares at the end of the measurement period. After-tax returns are shown for Class A shares only. After-tax returns for other classes will vary.
Investment Adviser
Sub-Adviser
ING Investments, LLC
ING Investment Management Co. LLC
Portfolio Managers
Christine Hurtsellers, CFA
Matthew Toms, CFA
Portfolio Manager (since 01/09)
Portfolio Manager (since 08/10)
PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES
Shares of the Fund may be purchased or sold on any business day (normally any day when the New York Stock Exchange is open). You can buy or sell shares of the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary; by visiting our website at www.INGInvestment.com; by writing to us at ING Funds, 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100, Scottsdale, Arizona 85258; or by calling us at 1-800-992-0180.
ING Intermediate Bond Fund | 19 |
Minimum Initial Investment $ by share class
Class | A, C | I | O | R | W |
Non-retirement accounts | $ | 1,000 | 250,000 | 1,000 | | 1,000 |
Retirement accounts | $ | 250 | 250,000 | 250 | | 1,000 |
Certain omnibus accounts | $ | 250 | | | | |
Pre-Authorized Investment Plan | $ | 1,000 | | 1,000 | | |
There are no minimums for additional investments except that the Pre-Authorized Investment Plan requires a monthly investment of at least $100. For Class O shares, if you are unable to invest at least $1,000 ($250 for retirement accounts/Coverdell Education Savings Accounts), you may open your account for $100 and invest an additional $100 per month using the Automatic Investment Plan. This allows you to invest regular amounts at regular intervals until you reach the required initial minimum.
The Fund’s distributions are generally taxable to you as ordinary income, capital gains, or a combination of the two, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account. If you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, you may be taxed upon withdrawals from that arrangement.
PAYMENTS TO BROKER-DEALERS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES
If you purchase the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund and/or its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and/or related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
20 | ING Intermediate Bond Fund |
The Fund seeks maximum total return.
These tables describe the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund. You may qualify for sales charge discounts if you and your family invest, or agree to invest in the future, at least $100,000 in ING Funds. More information about these and other discounts is available from your financial professional and in the discussion in the Sales Charges section of the Prospectus (page 45) or the Statement of Additional Information (page 157).
Shareholder
Fees
Fees paid directly from your investment
Class
Maximum sales charge (load) as a % of offering price
Maximum deferred sales charge as a % of purchase or sales price, whichever is less
A
2.50
None
1
C
None
1.00
I
None
None
W
None
None
Annual Fund
Operating Expenses
Expenses you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment
Class | A | C | I | W |
Management Fees | % | 0.35 | 0.35 | 0.35 | 0.35 |
Distribution and/or Shareholder Services (12b-1) Fees | % | 0.25 | 1.00 | None | None |
Administrative Services Fees | % | 0.10 | 0.10 | 0.10 | 0.10 |
Other Expenses 2 | % | 1.69 | 1.69 | 0.16 | 1.69 |
Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses | % | 0.01 | 0.01 | 0.01 | 0.01 |
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses 3 | % | 2.40 | 3.15 | 0.62 | 2.15 |
Waivers and Reimbursements 4 | % | (1.59) | (1.59) | (0.11) | (1.59) |
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses after Waivers and Reimbursements | % | 0.81 | 1.56 | 0.51 | 0.56 |
1 | A contingent deferred sales charge of 0.50% is assessed on certain redemptions of Class A shares made within 18 months after purchase where no initial sales charge was paid at the time of purchase as part of an investment of $500,000 or more. |
2 | Other Expenses are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year. |
3 | Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses may be higher than the Fund’s ratio of expenses to average net assets shown in the Fund’s Financial Highlights which reflects the operating expenses of the Fund and does not include Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses. |
4 | The adviser is contractually obligated to limit expenses to 0.80%, 1.55%, 0.50%, and 0.55% for Class A, Class C, Class I, and Class W shares, respectively, through August 1, 2014; the obligation does not extend to interest, taxes, brokerage commissions, extraordinary expenses, and Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses. The obligation will automatically renew for one-year terms unless it is terminated by the Fund or the adviser upon written notice within 90 days of the end of the current term or upon termination of the management agreement and is subject to possible recoupment by the adviser within three years. |
Expense Examples $
The Examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in shares of the Fund with the costs of investing in other mutual funds. The Examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated. The Examples show costs if you sold (redeemed) your shares at the end of the period or continued to hold them. The Examples also assume that your investment had a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
Class
Share Status
1 Yr
3 Yrs
A
Sold or Held
$
331
831
C
Sold
$
259
822
Held
$
159
822
I
Sold or Held
$
52
187
W
Sold or Held
$
57
519
The Examples reflect applicable expense limitation agreements and/or waivers in effect, if any, for the one-year period and the first year of the three-year period.
Portfolio Turnover % of average value of portfolio
The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transactions costs and may mean higher taxes if you are investing in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Expense Examples, affect the Fund’s performance.
During the most recent fiscal period from December 19, 2012 through March 31, 2013, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 85% of the average value of its portfolio.
PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES
Under normal market conditions, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets (plus borrowing for investment purposes) in a diversified portfolio of bonds or derivative instruments having economic characteristics similar to bonds. The Fund will provide shareholders with at least 60 days’ prior notice of any change in this investment policy. The average dollar-weighted maturity of the Fund will not exceed 3 years. Because of the Fund’s holdings in asset-backed, mortgage-backed and similar securities, the Fund’s average dollar-weighted maturity is equivalent to the average weighted maturity of the cash flows in the securities held by the Fund given certain prepayment assumptions (also known as weighted average life).
The Fund invests in non-government issued debt securities, issued by companies of all sizes, rated investment-grade, but may also
invest up to 10% of its total assets in high yield securities,
ING Short Term Bond Fund
21
The Fund may also invest in: preferred stocks; U.S. government securities, securities of foreign governments, and supranational organizations; mortgage-backed and asset-backed debt securities; municipal bonds, notes, and commercial paper; and debt securities of foreign issuers. The Fund may engage in dollar roll transactions and swap agreements, including credit default swaps. The Fund may use options and futures contracts involving securities, securities indices and interest rates to hedge against market risk, to enhance returns, and as a substitute for taking a position in the underlying asset.
In addition, private placements of debt securities (which are often restricted securities) are eligible for purchase along with other illiquid securities.
The Fund may invest in other investment companies, including exchange-traded funds, to the extent permitted under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules, regulations, and exemptive orders thereunder (“1940 Act”).
The Sub-Adviser believes that relationships between the drivers of fixed-income returns change over time and that recognizing this is key to managing fixed-income assets. Therefore, the Sub-Adviser employs a dynamic investment process that balances top-down macro economic considerations and fundamental bottom-up analysis during the steps of its investment process - sector allocation, security selection, duration and yield curve management. This includes leveraging proprietary qualitative analysis along with quantitative tools throughout the portfolio construction process.
The Sub-Adviser may sell securities for a variety of reasons, such as to secure gains, limit losses, or redeploy assets into opportunities believed to be more promising, among others.
The Fund may lend portfolio securities on a short-term or long-term basis, up to 33 1 / 3 % of its total assets.
You could lose money on an investment in the Fund. Any of the following risks, among others, could affect Fund performance or cause the Fund to lose money or to underperform market averages of other funds.
Call During periods of falling interest rates, a bond issuer may “call” or repay its high-yielding bond before the bond’s maturity date. If forced to invest the unanticipated proceeds at lower interest rates, the Fund would experience a decline in income.
Company The price of a given company’s stock could decline or underperform for many reasons including, among others, poor management, financial problems, or business challenges. If a company declares bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, its stock could become worthless.
Credit Prices of bonds and other debt instruments can fall if the issuer’s actual or perceived financial health deteriorates, whether because of broad economic or issuer-specific reasons. In certain cases, the issuer could be late in paying interest or principal, or could fail to pay altogether.
Credit Default Swaps The Fund may enter into credit default swaps, either as a buyer or a seller of the swap. As a buyer of the swap, the Fund pays a fee to protect against the risk that a security held by the Fund will default. As a seller of the swap, the Fund receives payment(s) in return for its obligation to pay the counterparty an agreed upon value of a security in the event of a default of the security issuer. Credit default swaps are particularly subject to counterparty, credit, correlation, valuation, liquidity and leveraging risks. Certain standardized swaps are subject to mandatory central clearing. Central clearing is expected to reduce counterparty credit risk and increase liquidity, but central clearing does not make swap transactions risk free.
Currency To the extent that the Fund invests directly in foreign (non-U.S.) currencies or in securities denominated in, or that trade in, foreign (non-U.S.) currencies, it is subject to the risk that those foreign (non-U.S.) currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar or, in the case of hedging positions, that the U.S. dollar will decline in value relative to the currency being hedged.
Derivative Instruments Derivative instruments are subject to a number of risks, including the risk of changes in the market price of the underlying securities, credit risk with respect to the counterparty, risk of loss due to changes in interest rates and liquidity risk. The use of certain derivatives may also have a leveraging effect which may increase the volatility of the Fund and reduce its returns. Derivatives may not perform as expected, so the Fund may not realize the intended benefits. When used for hedging, the change in value of a derivative may not correlate as expected with the currency, security or other risk being hedged. In addition, given their complexity, derivatives expose the Fund to the risk of improper valuation.
Foreign Investments Investing in foreign (non-U.S.) securities may result in the Fund experiencing more rapid and extreme changes in value than a fund that invests exclusively in securities of U.S. companies due to: smaller markets; differing reporting, accounting, and auditing standards; nationalization, expropriation, or confiscatory taxation; foreign currency fluctuations, currency blockage, or replacement; potential for default on sovereign debt; or political changes or diplomatic developments. Markets and economies throughout the world are becoming increasingly interconnected, and conditions or events in one market, country or region may adversely impact investments or issuers in another market, country or region.
22 | ING Short Term Bond Fund |
High-Yield Securities Investments rated below investment-grade (or of similar quality if unrated) are known as “high-yield securities” or “junk bonds.” High-yield securities are subject to greater levels of credit and liquidity risks. High-yield securities are considered primarily speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to make principal and interest payments.
Interest Rate With bonds and other fixed rate debt instruments, a rise in interest rates generally causes values to fall; conversely, values generally rise as interest rates fall. The higher the credit quality of the instrument, and the longer its maturity or duration, the more sensitive it is likely to be to interest rate risk. In the case of inverse securities, the interest rate generally will decrease when the market rate of interest to which the inverse security is indexed decreases. As of the date of this Prospectus, interest rates in the United States are at or near historic lows, which may increase the Fund’s exposure to risks associated with rising interest rates.
Investment Model The manager’s proprietary model may not adequately allow for existing or unforeseen market factors or the interplay between such factors.
Liquidity If a security is illiquid, the Fund might be unable to sell the security at a time when the Fund’s manager might wish to sell, and the security could have the effect of decreasing the overall level of the Fund’s liquidity. Further, the lack of an established secondary market may make it more difficult to value illiquid securities, which could vary from the amount the Fund could realize upon disposition. The Fund may make investments that become less liquid in response to market developments or adverse investor perception. The Fund could lose money if it cannot sell a security at the time and price that would be most beneficial to the Fund.
Market Stock prices may be volatile and are affected by the real or perceived impacts of such factors as economic conditions and political events. Stock markets tend to be cyclical, with periods when stock prices generally rise and periods when stock prices generally decline. Any given stock market segment may remain out of favor with investors for a short or long period of time, and stocks as an asset class may underperform bonds or other asset classes during some periods. Additionally, legislative, regulatory or tax policies or developments in these areas may adversely impact the investment techniques available to a manager, add to Fund costs and impair the ability of the Fund to achieve its investment objectives.
Mortgage- and/or Asset-Backed Securities Defaults on or the low credit quality or liquidity of the underlying assets of the asset-backed (including mortgage-backed) securities held by the Fund may impair the value of the securities. There may be limitations on the enforceability of any security interest granted with respect to those underlying assets. These securities also present a higher degree of prepayment and extension risk and interest rate risk than do other types of fixed-income securities.
Municipal Obligations The municipal market in which the Fund invests is volatile and can be significantly affected by adverse tax, legislative, or political changes and the financial condition of the issuers of municipal securities.
Other Investment Companies The main risk of investing in other investment companies, including exchange-traded funds, is the risk that the value of the securities underlying an investment company might decrease. Because the Fund may invest in other investment companies, you will pay a proportionate share of the expenses of those other investment companies (including management fees, administration fees, and custodial fees) in addition to the expenses of the Fund.
Prepayment and Extension Prepayment risk is the risk that principal on mortgages or other loan obligations underlying a security may be repaid prior to the stated maturity date, which may reduce the market value of the security and the anticipated yield-to-maturity. Extension risk is the risk that an issuer will exercise its right to repay principal on an obligation held by the Fund later than expected, which may decrease the value of the obligation and prevent the Fund from investing expected repayment proceeds in securities paying yields higher than the yields paid by the securities that were expected to be repaid.
Securities Lending Securities lending involves two primary risks: “investment risk” and “borrower default risk.” Investment risk is the risk that the Fund will lose money from the investment of the cash collateral received from the borrower. Borrower default risk is the risk that the Fund will lose money due to the failure of a borrower to return a borrowed security in a timely manner.
Sovereign Debt These securities are issued or guaranteed by foreign government entities. Investments in sovereign debt are subject to the risk that a government entity may delay payment, restructure its debt, or refuse to pay interest or repay principal on its sovereign debt. Some of these reasons may include cash flow problems, insufficient foreign currency reserves, political considerations, the relative size of its debt position to its economy or its failure to put in place economic reforms required by the International Monetary Fund or other multilateral agencies. If a government entity defaults, it may ask for more time in which to pay or for further loans. There is no legal process for collecting sovereign debts that a government does not pay or bankruptcy proceeding by which all or part of sovereign debt that a government entity has not repaid may be collected.
U.S. Government Securities and Obligations U.S. government securities are obligations of, or guaranteed by, the U.S. government, its agencies or government-sponsored enterprises. U.S. government securities are subject to market and interest rate risk, and may be subject to varying degrees of credit risk.
An investment in the Fund is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.
Because the Fund did not have a full calendar year of operations as of December 31, 2012, there is no annual performance information included.
ING Short Term Bond Fund | 23 |
Investment Adviser
Sub-Adviser
ING Investments, LLC
ING Investment Management Co. LLC
Portfolio Managers
Christine Hurtsellers, CFA
Matthew Toms, CFA
Portfolio Manager (since 05/13)
Portfolio Manager (since (12/12)
PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES
Shares of the Fund may be purchased or sold on any business day (normally any day when the New York Stock Exchange is open). You can buy or sell shares of the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary; by visiting our website at www.INGInvestment.com; by writing to us at ING Funds, 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100, Scottsdale, Arizona 85258; or by calling us at 1-800-992-0180.
Minimum Initial Investment $ by share class
Class | A, C | I | W |
Non-retirement accounts | $ | 1,000 | 250,000 | 1,000 |
Retirement accounts | $ | 250 | 250,000 | 1,000 |
Certain omnibus accounts | $ | 250 | | |
Pre-Authorized Investment Plan | $ | 1,000 | | |
There are no minimums for additional investments except that the Pre-Authorized Investment Plan requires a monthly investment of at least $100.
The Fund’s distributions are generally taxable to you as ordinary income, capital gains, or a combination of the two, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account. If you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, you may be taxed upon withdrawals from that arrangement.
PAYMENTS TO BROKER-DEALERS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES
If you purchase the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund and/or its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and/or related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
24 | ING Short Term Bond Fund |
This Prospectus contains information about the Funds and is designed to provide you with important information to help you with your investment decisions. Please read it carefully and keep it for future reference.
The Funds’ Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is incorporated by reference into (legally made a part of) this Prospectus. It identifies investment restrictions, more detailed risk descriptions, a description of how the bond rating system works, and other information that may be helpful to you in your decision to invest. You may obtain a copy, without charge, from the Funds.
Other ING Funds may also be offered to the public that have similar names, investment objectives, and principal investment strategies as those of the Funds. You should be aware that a Fund is likely to differ from these other ING Funds in size and cash flow pattern. Accordingly, the performance of a Fund can be expected to vary from those of other ING Funds.
Other mutual funds and/or funds-of-funds may invest in the Funds. So long as the Funds accept investments by other investment companies, they will not purchase securities of other investment companies, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or under the terms of an exemptive order granted by the SEC.
Each Fund is a series of ING Funds Trust (“Trust”), a Delaware statutory trust. Each Fund is managed by ING Investments, LLC (“ING Investments” or “Adviser”).
Fundamental investment policies contained in the SAI may not be changed without shareholder approval. The Board of Trustees (“Board”) and/or the Adviser may change any other policies and investment strategies.
Non-Fundamental Investment Policies
The Funds have adopted non-fundamental investment policies to invest the Fund’s assets in securities that are consistent with the Fund’s name. For more information about these policies, please consult the SAI.
Each Fund is diversified, as such term is defined in the 1940 Act. A diversified fund may not, as to 75% of its total assets, invest more than 5% of its total assets in any one issuer and may not purchase more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities, or other investment companies). A non-diversified fund is not limited by the 1940 Act in the proportion of its assets that it may invest in the obligations of a single issuer.
Although the Funds are designed to serve as a component of a diversified investment portfolio of securities, no single mutual fund can provide an appropriate investment program for all investors. You should evaluate each Fund in the context of your personal financial situation, investment objectives, and other investments.
Temporary Defensive Strategies
When the Adviser or sub-adviser (if applicable) to a Fund anticipates unusual market, economic, political, or other conditions, the Fund may temporarily depart from its principal investment strategies as a defensive measure. In such circumstances, that Fund may invest in securities believed to present less risk, such as cash, cash equivalents, money market fund shares and other money market instruments, debt securities that are high quality or higher quality than normal, more liquid securities, or others. While a Fund invests defensively, it may not achieve its investment objective. A Fund’s defensive investment position may not be effective in protecting its value. It is impossible to predict accurately how long such alternative strategies may be utilized. The types of defensive positions in which a Fund may engage are identified and discussed in the SAI.
Percentage and Rating Limitations
The percentage and rating limitations on Fund investments listed in this Prospectus apply at the time of investment.
Please note your investment is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board, or any other government agency.
KEY FUND INFORMATION (continued)Each Fund’s fiscal year ends March 31. Each Fund will send financial statements to its shareholders at least semi-annually. An annual shareholder report containing financial statements audited by an independent registered public accounting firm will be sent to shareholders every year.
Additional Information About the Investment Objectives
Each Fund’s investment objective is non-fundamental and may be changed by a vote of the Fund’s Board, without shareholder approval. A Fund will provide 60 days’ prior written notice of any change in a non-fundamental investment objective. There is no guarantee the Funds will achieve their respective investment objectives.
Additional Information About Principal Investment Strategies
For a complete description of each Fund’s principal investment strategies, please see the Fund’s summary prospectus or the summary section of this Prospectus.
Fundamental Diversification Policies
Industry Diversification. The Fund may invest in any industry. The Fund may not invest more than 25% of its total assets, measured at the time of investment, in any single industry.
Borrower Diversification. As a diversified investment company, the Fund may not make investments in any one issuer (other than the U.S. government) if, immediately after such purchase or acquisition, more than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in such issuer, or the Fund would own more than 25% of any outstanding issue. The Fund will consider the borrower on a loan, including a loan participation, to be the issuer of such loan.
These fundamental diversification policies may only be changed with approval by a majority of all shareholders.
Additional Information About the Risks
All mutual funds involve risk - some more than others - and there is always the chance that you could lose money or not earn as much as you hope. A Fund’s risk profile is largely a factor of the principal securities in which it invests and investment techniques that it uses. Below is a discussion of the risks associated with certain of the types of securities in which the Funds may invest and certain of the investment practices that the Funds may use. For more information about these and other types of securities and investment techniques that may be used by the Funds, see the SAI.
Many of the investment techniques and strategies discussed in this Prospectus and in the SAI are discretionary, which means that the Adviser or sub-adviser can decide whether to use them. The Funds may invest in these securities or use these techniques as part of the Funds’ principal investment strategies. However, the Adviser or sub-adviser may also use these investment techniques or make investments in securities that are not a part of the Funds’ principal investment strategies.
The discussions below expand on the risks included in a Fund’s summary section of the Prospectus. Please see the SAI for a further discussion of the principal and other investment strategies employed by each Fund.
Call. During periods of falling interest rates, a bond issuer may “call” or repay its high-yielding bond before the bond’s maturity date. If forced to invest the unanticipated proceeds at lower interest rates, a fund would experience a decline in income.
Company. The price of a given company’s stock could decline or underperform for many reasons including, among others, poor management, financial problems, or business challenges. If a company declares bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, its stock could become worthless.
Credit. Prices of bonds and other debt instruments can fall if the issuer’s actual or perceived financial health deteriorates, whether because of broad economic or issuer-specific reasons. In certain cases, the issuer could be late in paying interest or principal, or could fail to pay altogether.
Credit Default Swaps. A fund may enter into credit default swaps, either as a buyer or a seller of the swap. As a buyer of the swap, a fund pays a fee to protect against the risk that a security held by the fund will default. As a seller of the swap, a fund receives payment(s) in return for its obligation to pay the counterparty an agreed upon value of a security in the event of a default of the security issuer. Credit default swaps are particularly subject to counterparty, credit, correlation, valuation, liquidity and leveraging risks. Certain standardized swaps are subject to mandatory central clearing. Central clearing is expected to reduce counterparty credit risk and increase liquidity, but central clearing does not make swap transactions risk free.
MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUNDS (continued)Credit for Floating Rate Loan Funds. The value of a fund’s shares, and the fund’s ability to pay dividends, is dependent upon the performance of the assets in its portfolio. Prices of a fund’s investments can fall if the actual or perceived financial health of the borrowers on, or issuers of, such investments deteriorates, whether because of broad economic or issuer-specific reasons. In certain cases, the borrower or issuer could be late in paying interest or principal, or could fail to pay altogether.
In the event a borrower fails to pay scheduled interest or principal payments on an investment held by a fund, the fund will experience a reduction in its income and a decline in the market value of such investment. This will likely reduce the amount of dividends paid by a fund and likely lead to a decline in the net asset value of the fund’s shares.
A fund generally invests in floating rate loans that are senior in the capital structure of the borrower or issuer, and that are secured with specific collateral. Loans that are senior and secured generally involve less risk than unsecured or subordinated debt and equity instruments of the same borrower because the payment of principal and interest on senior loans is an obligation of the borrower that, in most instances, takes precedence over the payment of dividends or the return of capital to the borrower’s shareholders, and payments to bond holders; and because of the collateral supporting the repayment of the debt instrument. However, the value of the collateral may not equal a fund’s investment when the debt instrument is acquired or may decline below the principal amount of the debt instrument subsequent to the fund’s investment. Also, to the extent that collateral consists of stocks of the borrower, or its subsidiaries or affiliates, a fund bears the risk that the stocks may decline in value, be relatively illiquid, or may lose all or substantially all of their value, causing the fund’s investment to be undercollateralized. Therefore, the liquidation of the collateral underlying a floating rate loan in which a fund has invested, may not satisfy the borrower’s obligation to the fund in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal, and the collateral may not be able to be readily liquidated.
In the event of the bankruptcy of a borrower or issuer, a fund could experience delays and limitations on its ability to realize the benefits of the collateral securing the fund’s investment. Among the risks involved in a bankruptcy are assertions that the pledge of collateral to secure a loan constitutes a fraudulent conveyance or preferential transfer that would have the effect of nullifying or subordinating a fund’s rights to the collateral.
The Floating Rate Debt in which a fund invests is generally rated lower than investment-grade credit quality, i.e. , rated lower than Baa3 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or BBB- by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”), or have been made to borrowers who have issued debt securities that are rated lower than investment-grade in quality or, if unrated, would be rated lower than investment-grade credit quality. A fund’s investments in lower than investment-grade floating rate loans will generally be rated at the time of purchase between B3 and Ba1 by Moody’s, B- and BB+ by S&P or, if not rated, would be of similar credit quality. Investment decisions for a fund will be based largely on the credit analysis performed by the sub-adviser, and not on rating agency evaluation. This analysis may be difficult to perform. Information about a loan and its borrower generally is not in the public domain. Many borrowers have not issued securities to the public and are not subject to reporting requirements under federal securities laws. Generally, however, borrowers are required to provide financial information to lenders and information may be available from other loan market participants or agents that originate or administer loans.
Currency. To the extent that a fund invests directly in foreign (non-U.S.) currencies or in securities denominated in, or that trade in, foreign (non-U.S.) currencies, it is subject to the risk that those foreign (non-U.S.) currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar or, in the case of hedging positions, that the U.S. dollar will decline in value relative to the currency being hedged. Currency rates may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time. Currency rates may be affected by changes in interest rates, intervention (or the failure to intervene) by U.S. or foreign governments, central banks or supranational entities such as the International Monetary Fund, by the imposition of currency controls, or other political or economic developments in the United States or abroad. As a result, a fund’s investments in foreign currency or foreign currency-denominated securities may reduce the value of the fund’s assets.
Demand for Loans. The loan market, as represented by the S&P/LSTA Leveraged Loan Index, experienced significant growth in terms of number and aggregate volume of loans outstanding since the inception of the index in 1997. In 1997, the total amount of loans in the market by par value aggregated less than $10 billion. By April of 2000, it had grown to over $100 billion, and by July of 2007 the market had grown to over $500 billion. The size of the market peaked in November of 2008 at par value of $594 billion. During this period, the demand for loans and the number of investors participating in the loan market also increased significantly.
MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUNDS (continued)Starting at the end of 2008, the senior loan market contracted during the global financial crisis. From the peak in November 2008 through March 2011, the overall size of the loan market contracted by approximately 13%. The number of market participants also decreased during that period. Since that time, the senior loan market has rebounded and, as of the end of July 2013, has returned to a level that is larger by par value than before the global financial crisis.
An increase in demand for loans may benefit a fund by providing increased liquidity for such loans and higher sales prices, but it may also adversely affect the rate of interest payable on such loans acquired by the fund and the rights provided to the fund under the terms of the applicable loan agreement, and may increase the price of loans that the fund wishes to purchase in the secondary market. A decrease in the demand for loans may adversely affect the price of loans in a fund’s portfolio, which could cause the fund’s net asset value to decline.
Derivative Instruments. Derivative instruments are subject to a number of risks, including the risk of changes in the market price of the underlying securities, credit risk with respect to the counterparty, risk of loss due to changes in interest rates and liquidity risk. The use of certain derivatives may also have a leveraging effect which may increase the volatility of a fund and reduce its returns. Derivatives may not perform as expected, so a fund may not realize the intended benefits. When used for hedging, the change in value of a derivative may not correlate as expected with the currency, security or other risk being hedged. In addition, given their complexity, derivatives expose a fund to the risk of improper valuation. Generally, derivatives are sophisticated financial instruments whose performance is derived, at least in part, from the performance of an underlying asset or assets. Derivatives include, among other things, swap agreements, options, forwards and futures. The investment of a fund’s assets required to purchase certain derivatives may be small relative to the magnitude of exposure assumed by the fund; therefore, the purchase of certain derivatives may have an economic leveraging effect on the fund; thus exaggerating any increase or decrease in the net asset value of the fund. Investments in derivatives are generally negotiated over-the-counter with a single counterparty and as a result are subject to credit risks related to the counterparty’s ability to perform its obligations and further that any deterioration in the counterparty’s creditworthiness could adversely affect the value of the derivative. In addition, derivatives and their underlying securities may experience periods of illiquidity which could cause a fund to hold a security it might otherwise sell, or to sell a security it otherwise might hold at inopportune times or for prices that do not reflect current market value. A fund’s adviser or sub-adviser might imperfectly judge the direction of the market. For instance, if a derivative is used as a hedge to offset investment risk in another security, the hedge might not correlate to the market’s movements and may have unexpected or undesired results such as a loss or a reduction in gains to a fund.
Equity Securities Incidental to Investments in Loans. The value of equity securities in which a fund invests may be affected more rapidly, and to a greater extent, by company-specific developments and general market conditions. These risks may increase fluctuations in a fund’s net asset value. A fund may frequently possess material non-public information about a borrower as a result of its ownership of a loan of such borrower. Because of prohibitions on trading in securities of issuers while in possession of such information a fund might be unable to enter into a transaction in a security of such a borrower when it would otherwise be advantageous to do so.
Foreign Investments/Developing and Emerging Markets. To the extent a fund invests in securities of issuers in markets outside the United States, its share price may be more volatile than if it invested in securities of issuers in the U.S. market due to, among other things, the following factors: comparatively unstable political, social and economic conditions, and limited or ineffectual judicial systems; comparatively small market sizes, making securities less liquid and securities prices more sensitive to the movements of large investors and more vulnerable to manipulation; governmental policies or actions, such as high taxes, restrictions on currency movements, replacement of currency, potential for default on sovereign debt, trade or diplomatic disputes, creation of monopolies, and the seizure of private property through confiscatory taxation and expropriation or nationalization of company assets; incomplete, outdated, or unreliable information about securities issuers due to less stringent market regulation and accounting standards; comparatively undeveloped markets and weak banking and financial systems; market inefficiencies, such as higher transaction costs, and administrative difficulties, such as delays in processing transactions; and fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, which could reduce gains or widen losses. In addition, foreign taxes could reduce the income available to distribute to shareholders, and special U.S. tax considerations could apply to foreign investments. Depositary receipts are subject to risks of foreign investments and might not always track the price of the underlying foreign security. Markets and economies throughout the world are becoming increasingly interconnected, and conditions or events in one market, country or region may adversely impact investments or issuers in another market, country or region.
MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUNDS (continued)Foreign investment risks typically are greater in developing and emerging markets than in developed markets, for such reasons as social or political unrest, heavy economic dependence on agriculture or exports (particularly commodities), undeveloped or overburdened infrastructures, vulnerability to natural disasters, significant and unpredictable government intervention in markets or the economy, currency devaluations, runaway inflation, environmental problems, and business practices that depart from norms for developed countries and less developed or liquid markets for securities generally.
High-Yield Securities. Investments rated below investment-grade (or of similar quality if unrated) are known as “high-yield securities” or “junk bonds.” High-yield securities are subject to greater levels of credit and liquidity risks. High-yield securities are considered primarily speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to make principal and interest payments. Investments in high-yield securities generally provide greater income and increased opportunity for capital appreciation than investments in higher quality debt instruments, but they also typically entail greater potential price volatility and principal and income risk. The prices of high-yield securities have been found to be less sensitive to interest rate changes than higher rated investments, but more sensitive to adverse economic downturns or individual corporate developments. High-yield securities structured as zero-coupon or pay-in-kind securities tend to be more volatile. The secondary market in which high-yield securities are traded is generally less liquid than the market for higher grade bonds. At times of less liquidity, it may be more difficult to value high-yield securities.
Interest in Loans. The value and the income streams of interests in loans (including participation interests in lease financings and assignments in secured variable or floating rate loans) will decline if borrowers delay payments or fail to pay altogether. A large rise in interest rates could increase this risk. Although loans are generally fully collateralized when purchased, the collateral may become illiquid or decline in value. Many loans themselves carry liquidity and valuation risks.
Interest Rate. With bonds and other fixed rate debt instruments, a rise in interest rates generally causes values to fall; conversely, values generally rise as interest rates fall. The higher the credit quality of the instrument, and the longer its maturity or duration, the more sensitive it is likely to be to interest rate risk. In the case of inverse securities, the interest rate generally will decrease when the market rate of interest to which the inverse security is indexed decreases. As of the date of this Prospectus, interest rates in the United States are at or near historic lows, which may increase a fund’s exposure to risks associated with rising interest rates.
Interest Rate for Floating Rate Loan Funds. Changes in short-term market interest rates will directly affect the yield on the shares of a fund whose investments are normally invested in Floating Rate Debt. If short-term market interest rates fall, the yield on the fund’s shares will also fall. Conversely, when short-term market interest rates rise, because of the lag between changes in such short-term rates and the resetting of the floating rates on the Floating Rate Debt in a fund’s portfolio, the impact of rising rates will be delayed to the extent of such lag. The impact of market interest rate changes on a fund’s yield will also be affected by whether, and the extent to which, the Floating Rate Debt in the fund’s portfolio is subject to floors on the LIBOR base rate on which interest is calculated for such loans (a “LIBOR floor”). So long as the base rate for a loan remains under the LIBOR floor, changes in short-term interest rates will not affect the yield on such loans. In addition, to the extent that the interest rate spreads on Floating Rate Debt in a fund’s portfolio experience a general decline, the yield on the fund’s shares will fall and the value of the fund’s assets may decrease, which will cause the fund’s net asset value to decrease. With respect to a fund’s investments in fixed rate instruments, a rise in interest rates generally causes values to fall. The values of fixed rate instruments with longer maturities or duration are more sensitive to changes in interest rates. As of the date of this Prospectus, interest rates in the United States are at or near historic lows, which may increase a fund’s exposure to risks associated with rising interest rates.
Investment Model. The manager’s proprietary model may not adequately allow for existing or unforeseen market factors or the interplay between such factors. The proprietary models used by a manager to evaluate securities or securities markets are based on the manager’s understanding of the interplay of market factors and do not assure successful investment. The markets, or the price of individual securities, may be affected by factors not foreseen in developing the models.
Leverage for Floating Rate Funds. Certain transactions and investment strategies may give rise to leverage. Such transactions and investment strategies include, among others: borrowing and the use of forward-commitment transactions. The use of certain derivatives may also create leveraging risk. The use of leverage may increase a fund’s expenses and increase the impact of the fund’s other risks. The use of leverage may exaggerate any increase or decrease in the net asset value of a fund. To mitigate leveraging risk, a fund will segregate liquid assets or otherwise cover the fund’s obligation under transactions such as reverse repurchase agreements; when issued and delayed delivery securities, and forward commitment
MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUNDS (continued) transactions. The use of leverage may cause a fund to liquidate portfolio positions when it may not be advantageous to do so to satisfy its obligations or to meet segregation requirements resulting in increased volatility of returns. Leverage, including borrowing, may cause a fund to be more volatile than if the fund had not been leveraged.Limited Secondary Market for Floating Rate Loans. Although the re-sale, or secondary market for floating rate loans has grown substantially over the past decade, both in overall size and number of market participants, there is no organized exchange or board of trade on which floating rate loans are traded. Instead, the secondary market for floating rate loans is a private, unregulated inter-dealer or inter-bank re-sale market.
Floating rate loans usually trade in large denominations. Trades can be infrequent and the market for floating rate loans may experience substantial volatility. In addition, the market for floating rate loans has limited transparency so that information about actual trades may be difficult to obtain. Accordingly, some of the floating rate loans in which a fund invests will be relatively illiquid.
In addition, the floating rate loans in which a fund invests may require the consent of the borrower and/or the agent prior to sale or assignment. These consent requirements can delay or impede a fund’s ability to sell floating rate loans and can adversely affect the price that can be obtained. A fund may have difficulty disposing of floating rate loans if it needs cash to repay debt, to fund redemptions, to pay dividends, to pay expenses or to take advantage of new investment opportunities.
These considerations may cause a fund to sell floating rate loans at lower prices than it would otherwise consider to meet cash needs or cause the fund to maintain a greater portion of its assets in money market instruments than it would otherwise, which could negatively impact performance. A fund may seek to avoid the necessity of selling assets to meet redemption requests or liquidity needs by the use of borrowings. Such borrowings, even though they are for the purpose of satisfying redemptions or meeting liquidity needs and not to generate leveraged returns, nevertheless would produce leverage and the risks that are inherent in leverage. However, there can be no assurance that sales of floating rate loans at such lower prices can be avoided.
From time to time, the occurrence of one or more of the factors described above may create a cascading effect where the market for debt instruments (including the market for floating rate loans) first experiences volatility and then decreased liquidity. Such conditions, or other similar conditions, may then adversely affect the value of floating rate loans and other instruments, widening spreads against higher-quality debt instruments, and making it harder to sell floating rate loans at prices at which they have historically or recently traded, thereby further reducing liquidity. For example, during the global financial crisis in the second half of 2008, the average price of loans in the S&P/LSTA Leverage Loan Index declined by 32% (which included a decline of 3.06% on a single day). Since that time, prices have rebounded and, as of July 2013, have returned to pre-global financial crisis levels.
Declines in a fund’s share price or other market developments (which could be more severe than these prior declines) may lead to increased redemptions, which could cause the fund to have to sell floating rate loans and other instruments at disadvantageous prices and inhibit the ability of the fund to retain its assets in the hope of greater stabilization in the secondary markets. In addition, these or similar circumstances could cause a fund to sell its highest quality and most liquid floating rate loans and other investments in order to satisfy an initial wave of redemptions while leaving the fund with a remaining portfolio of lower-quality and less liquid investments. In anticipation of such circumstances, a fund may also need to maintain a larger portion of its assets in liquid instruments than usual. However, there can be no assurance that a fund will foresee the need to maintain greater liquidity or that actual efforts to maintain a larger portion of assets in liquid investments would successfully mitigate the foregoing risks.
Liquidity. If a security is illiquid, the adviser or sub-adviser might be unable to sell the security at a time when a fund’s manager might wish to sell, and the security could have the effect of decreasing the overall level of the fund’s liquidity. Further, the lack of an established secondary market may make it more difficult to value illiquid securities, which could vary from the amount a fund could realize upon disposition. A fund may make investments that become less liquid in response to market developments or adverse investor perception. A fund could lose money if it cannot sell a security at the time and price that would be most beneficial to the fund.
Liquidity for Floating Rate Loan Funds. If a loan is illiquid, a fund might be unable to sell the loan at a time when a fund’s manager might wish to sell, thereby having the effect of decreasing the fund’s overall level of liquidity. Further, as described in Valuation of Loans below, the lack of an established secondary market may make it more difficult to value illiquid loans, which could result in floating rate loans being assigned values which prove to be higher than the amounts
MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUNDS (continued) that a fund ultimately realizes upon its actual sales of those loans. A fund may make investments that become less liquid in response to market developments or adverse investor perception, including but not limited to, those circumstances described in Limited Secondary Market for Floating Rate Loans above. A fund could lose money if it cannot sell a loan at the time and price that would be most beneficial to the fund.Market. Stock prices may be volatile and are affected by the real or perceived impacts of such factors as economic conditions and political events. Stock markets tend to be cyclical, with periods when stock prices generally rise and periods when stock prices generally decline. Any given stock market segment may remain out of favor with investors for a short or long period of time, and stocks as an asset class may underperform bonds or other asset classes during some periods. Additionally, legislative, regulatory or tax policies or developments in these areas may adversely impact the investment techniques available to a manager, add to fund costs and impair the ability of a fund to achieve its investment objectives.
Market Capitalization. Stocks fall into three broad market capitalization categories - large, mid, and small. Investing primarily in one category carries the risk that, due to current market conditions, that category may be out of favor with investors. If valuations of large-capitalization companies appear to be greatly out of proportion to the valuations of mid- or small-capitalization companies, investors may migrate to the stocks of mid- and small-sized companies causing a fund that invests in these companies to increase in value more rapidly than a fund that invests in larger, fully-valued companies. Investing in mid- and small-capitalization companies may be subject to special risks associated with narrower product lines, more limited financial resources, smaller management groups, and a more limited trading market for their stocks as compared with larger companies. As a result, stocks of mid- and small-capitalization companies may decline significantly in market downturns.
Mortgage- and/or Asset-Backed Securities. Defaults on or low credit quality or liquidity of the underlying assets of the asset-backed (including mortgage-backed) securities held by a fund may impair the value of the securities. There may be limitations on the enforceability of any security interest granted with respect to those underlying assets. These securities also present a higher degree of prepayment and extension risk and interest rate risk than do other types of fixed-income securities. Because of prepayment risk and extension risk, small movements in interest rates (both increases and decreases) may quickly and significantly reduce the value of certain asset-backed securities. The value of longer-term securities generally changes more in response to changes in interest rates than shorter term securities.
During an economic downturn, the mortgages, commercial or consumer loans, trade or credit card receivables, installment purchase obligations, leases, or other debt obligations underlying an asset-backed security may experience an increase in defaults as borrowers experience difficulties in repaying their loans which may cause the valuation of such securities to be more volatile and may reduce the value of such securities. These risks are particularly heightened for investments in asset-backed securities that contain sub-prime loans which are loans made to borrowers with weakened credit histories and often have higher default rates.
Municipal Obligations. The municipal market in which a fund invests is volatile and can be significantly affected by adverse tax, legislative, or political changes and the financial condition of the issuers of municipal securities. Municipal revenue obligations are backed by the revenues generated from a specific project or facility and include industrial development bonds and private activity bonds. Private activity and industrial development bonds are dependent on the ability of the facility’s user to meet its financial obligations and the value of any real or personal property pledged as security for such payment. Many municipal securities are issued to finance projects relating to education, health care, transportation and utilities. Conditions in those sectors may affect the overall municipal market. In addition, municipal securities backed by current or anticipated revenues from a specific project or specific asset may be adversely affected by the discontinuance of the taxation supporting the project or asset or the inability to collect revenues for the project or from assets. If an issuer of a municipal security does not comply with applicable tax requirements, interest from the security may become taxable and the security could decline in value.
Other Investment Companies. The main risk of investing in other investment companies, including exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”), is the risk that the value of the securities underlying an investment company might decrease. Because a fund may invest in other investment companies, you will pay a proportionate share of the expenses of those other investment companies (including management fees, administration fees, and custodial fees) in addition to the expenses of the fund.
Other investment companies include ETFs and Holding Company Depositary Receipts (“HOLDRs”), among others. ETFs are exchange-traded investment companies that are, in many cases, designed to provide investment results corresponding to an index. The value of the underlying securities can fluctuate in response to activities of individual companies or in
MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUNDS (continued) response to general market and/or economic conditions. Additional risks of investments in ETFs include: (i) the market price of an ETF’s shares may trade at a discount to its net asset value; (ii) an active trading market for an ETF’s shares may not develop or be maintained; or (iii) trading may be halted if the listing exchanges’ officials deem such action appropriate, the shares are delisted from the exchange, or the activation of market-wide “circuit breakers” (which are tied to large decreases in stock prices) halts trading generally. Because HOLDRs concentrate in the stocks of a particular industry, trends in that industry may have a dramatic impact on their value.Prepayment and Extension. Prepayment risk is the risk that principal on mortgages or other loan obligations underlying a security may be repaid prior to the stated maturity date, which may reduce the market value of the security and the anticipated yield-to-maturity. Extension risk is the risk that an issuer will exercise its right to repay principal on an obligation held by a fund later than expected, which may decrease the value of the obligation and prevent the fund from investing expected repayment proceeds in securities paying yields higher than the yields paid by the securities that were expected to be repaid.
Prepayment and Extension for Floating Rate Loans. Prepayment risk is the risk that principal on a debt obligation may be repaid earlier than anticipated. Floating rate loans typically do not have call protection and may be prepaid partially or in full at any time without penalty. If a floating rate loan is prepaid, a fund may realize proceeds that are less than the value that had been assigned to the loan and/or may be forced to reinvest the proceeds in assets with lower yields than the loan that was repaid. For a fund’s fixed rate investments, prepayment risk is the risk that principal on mortgages or other loan obligations underlying a security may be repaid prior to the stated maturity date, which may reduce the market value of the security and the anticipated yield-to-maturity. Extension risk is the risk that an issuer will exercise its right to repay principal on a fixed rate obligation held by a fund later than expected, which may decrease the value of the obligation and may prevent the fund from investing expected repayment proceeds in securities paying yields higher than the yields paid by the securities that were expected to be repaid.
Repurchase Agreements. In the event that the other party to a repurchase agreement defaults on its obligations, a fund would generally seek to sell the underlying security serving as collateral for the repurchase agreement. However, a fund may encounter delay and incur costs before being able to sell the security. Such a delay may involve loss of interest or a decline in price of the security, which could result in a loss for a fund. In addition, if a fund is characterized by a court as an unsecured creditor, it would be at risk of losing some or all of the principal and interest involved in the transaction.
Securities Lending. Securities lending involves two primary risks: “investment risk” and “borrower default risk.” Investment risk is the risk that a fund will lose money from the investment of the cash collateral received from the borrower. Borrower default risk is the risk that a fund will lose money due to the failure of a borrower to return a borrowed security in a timely manner.
To generate additional income, a fund may lend securities to financial institutions that are believed to be creditworthy by the adviser. When lending securities, a fund will receive cash or U.S. government securities as collateral.
When a fund lends its securities, it is responsible for investing the cash it receives as collateral from the borrower, and the fund could incur losses in connection with the investment of such collateral, often referred to as “investment risk.” A fund will minimize investment risk by limiting the investment of cash collateral to high-quality instruments of short maturity.
A fund may also lose money from the failure of a borrower to return a borrowed security in a timely manner, often referred to as “borrower default risk.” In the event of a borrower default, a fund will be protected to the extent the fund is able to exercise its rights in the collateral promptly and the value of such collateral is sufficient to purchase replacement securities. In addition, a fund will be protected by its securities lending agent, which has agreed to indemnify the fund from losses resulting from borrower default.
Sovereign Debt. These securities are issued or guaranteed by foreign government entities. Investments in sovereign debt are subject to the risk that a government entity may delay payment, restructure its debt, or refuse to pay interest or repay principal on its sovereign debt. Some of these reasons may include cash flow problems, insufficient foreign currency reserves, political considerations, the relative size of its debt position to its economy or its failure to put in place economic reforms required by the International Monetary Fund or other multilateral agencies. If a government entity defaults, it may ask for more time in which to pay or for further loans. There is no legal process for collecting sovereign debts that a government does not pay or bankruptcy proceeding by which all or part of sovereign debt that a government entity has not repaid may be collected.
MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUNDS (continued)U.S. Government Securities and Obligations. U.S. government securities are obligations of, or guaranteed by, the U.S. government, its agencies or government-sponsored enterprises. U.S. government securities are subject to market and interest rate risk, and may be subject to varying degrees of credit risk. Some U.S. government securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government and are guaranteed as to both principal and interest by the U.S. Treasury. These include direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury such as U.S. Treasury notes, bills and bonds, as well as indirect obligations including certain securities of the Government National Mortgage Association, the Small Business Administration, and the Farmers Home Administration, among others. Other U.S. government securities are not direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury, but rather are backed by the ability to borrow directly from the U.S. Treasury, including certain securities of the Federal Financing Bank, the Federal Home Loan Bank, and the U.S. Postal Service. Still other agencies and instrumentalities are supported solely by the credit of the agency or instrumentality itself and are neither guaranteed nor insured by the U.S. government. These include securities issued by the Federal Home Loan Bank, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, and the Federal Farm Credit Bank, among others. Consequently, the investor must look principally to the agency issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment. No assurance can be given that the U.S. government would provide financial support to such agencies if it is not obligated to do so by law. U.S. government securities may be subject to varying degrees of credit risk and all U.S. government securities may be subject to price declines due to changing interest rates. Securities directly supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government have less credit risk.
Valuation of Loans. A fund values its assets daily. However, because the secondary market for floating rate loans is limited, it may be difficult to value loans. Reliable market value quotations may not be readily available for some loans and valuation of such loans may require more research than for liquid securities. In addition, elements of judgment may play a greater role in valuation of loans than for securities with a more developed secondary market because there is less reliable, objective market value data available. In addition, if a fund purchases a relatively large portion of a loan, the limitations of the secondary market may inhibit the fund from selling a portion of the loan and reducing its exposure to a borrower when the adviser or sub-adviser deems it advisable to do so. Even if a fund itself does not own a relatively large portion of a particular loan, the fund, in combination with other similar accounts under management by the same portfolio managers, may own large portions of loans. The combination of holdings could create similar risks if and when the portfolio managers decide to sell those loans. These risks could include, for example, the risk that the sale of an initial portion of the loan could be at a price lower than the price at which the loan was valued by a fund, the risk that the initial sale could adversely impact the price at which additional portions of the loan are sold, and the risk that the foregoing events could warrant a reduced valuation being assigned to the remaining portion of the loan still owned by the fund.
When Issued and Delayed Delivery Securities and Forward Commitments. When issued securities, delayed delivery securities and forward commitments involve the risk that the security a fund buys will lose value prior to its delivery. There also is the risk that the security will not be issued or that the other party will not meet its obligation. If this occurs, a fund loses both the investment opportunity for the assets it set aside to pay for the security and any gain in the security’s price.
Zero-Coupon Bonds and Pay-in-Kind Securities. Zero-coupon bonds and pay-in-kind securities may be subject to greater fluctuations in price from interest rate changes than conventional interest-bearing securities. A fund may have to pay out the imputed income on zero-coupon bonds without receiving the actual cash currency. The values of interest-only and principal-only mortgage-related securities also are subject to prepayment risk and interest rate risks.
The discussion below also includes risks that are not considered to be principal risks of a Fund, but are considered to be relevant to each Fund.
Counterparty. The entity with which a fund conducts portfolio-related business (such as trading or securities lending), or that underwrites, distributes or guarantees investments or agreements that the fund owns or is otherwise exposed to, may refuse or may become unable to honor its obligations under the terms of a transaction or agreement. As a result, that fund may sustain losses and be less likely to achieve its investment objective. These risks may be greater when engaging in over-the-counter transactions.
Duration. One measure of risk for fixed-income securities is duration. Duration measures the sensitivity of a bond’s price to interest rate movements and is one of the tools used by a portfolio manager in selection of fixed-income securities. Historically, the maturity of a bond was also used as a proxy for the sensitivity of a bond’s price to changes in interest rates, otherwise known as a bond’s interest rate risk or volatility. According to this measure, the longer the maturity of a bond, the more its price will change for a given change in market interest rates. However, this method ignores the amount and timing of all cash flows from the bond prior to final maturity. Duration is a measure of average life of a bond
MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUNDS (continued) on a present value basis which was developed to incorporate a bond’s yield, coupons, final maturity and call features into one measure. As a point of reference, the duration of a noncallable 7% coupon bond with a remaining maturity of 5 years is approximately 4.5 years and the duration of a noncallable 7% coupon bond with a remaining maturity of 10 years is approximately 8 years. Material changes in interest rates may impact the duration calculation. For example, the price of a bond with an average duration of 4.5 years would be expected to fall approximately 4.5% if interest rates rose by one percentage point. Conversely, the price of a bond with an average duration of 4.5 years would be expected to rise approximately 4.5% if interest rates drop by one percentage point.Increase in Expenses. Your actual cost of investing in a fund may be higher or lower than the expenses shown in the fund’s Annual Fund Operating Expenses for a variety of reasons. For example, expense ratios may be higher than those shown if the fund’s assets decrease. The fund’s assets may decrease and fund expense ratios increase for many reasons, including volatility in the fund’s net asset value caused by volatility in the secondary markets for assets in which the fund invests.
Investment by Other Funds. Various other mutual funds and/or funds-of-funds, including some ING funds, may invest in a fund. If investments by these other funds result in large inflows or outflows of cash from the fund, the fund’s performance or realization of capital gains could be affected. While it is very difficult to predict the overall impact of these transactions over time, there could be adverse effects on portfolio management. For example, these transactions could also increase transaction costs or portfolio turnover. The adviser or sub-adviser will monitor transactions by the funds-of-funds and will attempt to minimize any adverse effects on a fund and funds-of-funds as a result of these transactions.
Manager. A fund is subject to manager risk because it is an actively managed investment portfolio. The adviser, the sub-adviser or each individual portfolio manager will apply investment techniques and risk analyses in making investment decisions for a fund, but there can be no guarantee that these will produce the desired results.
PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS INFORMATION
Portfolio Holdings Information
A description of each Fund’s policies and procedures regarding the release of portfolio holdings information is available in the Funds’ SAI. Portfolio holdings information can be reviewed online at www.INGInvestment.com.
ING Investments, an Arizona limited liability company, serves as the investment adviser to the Funds. ING Investments has overall responsibility for the management of the Funds. ING Investments oversees all investment advisory and portfolio management services for the Funds. ING Investments is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser.
The Adviser is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of ING U.S., Inc. (“ING U.S.”). ING U.S. is a U.S.-based financial institution whose subsidiaries operate in the retirement, investment, and insurance industries. As of the date of this Prospectus, ING U.S. is a majority-owned subsidiary of ING Groep N.V. (“ING Groep”). ING Groep is a global financial institution of Dutch origin, with operations in more than 40 countries.
In October 2009, ING Groep submitted a restructuring plan (the “Restructuring Plan”) to the European Commission in order to receive approval for state aid granted to ING Groep by the Kingdom of the Netherlands in November 2008 and March 2009. To receive approval for this state aid, ING Groep was required to divest its insurance and investment management businesses, including ING U.S., before the end of 2013. In November 2012, the Restructuring Plan was amended to permit ING Groep additional time to complete the divestment. Pursuant to the amended Restructuring Plan, ING Groep must divest at least 25% of ING U.S. by the end of 2013, more than 50% by the end of 2014, and the remaining interest by the end of 2016 (such divestment, the “Separation Plan”).
On November 9, 2012, ING U.S. filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Form S-1”) with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) to register an initial public offering of ING U.S. common stock (the “IPO”). On May 1, 2013, this Registration Statement including subsequent amendments became effective and the IPO was priced. The IPO closed on May 7, 2013. The over allotment option was exercised on May 28, 2013 and closed on May 31, 2013. ING Groep continues to own a majority of the common stock of ING U.S. ING Groep intends to sell its remaining controlling ownership interest in ING U.S. over time. While the base case for the remainder of the Separation Plan is the divestment of ING Groep’s remaining interest in one or more broadly distributed offerings, all options remain open and it is possible that ING Groep’s divestment of its remaining interest in ING U.S. may take place by means of a sale to a single buyer or group of buyers.
It is anticipated that one or more of the transactions contemplated by the Separation Plan would result in the automatic termination of the existing advisory and sub-advisory agreements under which the Adviser and sub-adviser(s) provide services to each Fund. In order to ensure that the existing investment advisory and sub-advisory services can continue uninterrupted, the Board approved new advisory and sub-advisory agreements for the Funds, as applicable, in connection with the IPO. In addition, shareholders of each Fund approved new investment advisory and sub-advisory agreements prompted by the IPO, as well as any future advisory and sub-advisory agreements prompted by the Separation Plan that are approved by the Board and whose terms are not be materially different from the current agreements. This means that shareholders may not have another opportunity to vote on a new agreement with the Adviser or an affiliated sub-adviser even if they undergo a change of control, as long as no single person or group of persons acting together gains “control” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of ING U.S.
The Separation Plan, whether implemented through public offerings or other means, may be disruptive to the businesses of ING U.S. and its subsidiaries, including the Adviser and affiliated entities that provide services to the Funds, and may cause, among other things, interruption of business operations or services, diversion of management’s attention from day-to-day operations, reduced access to capital, and loss of key employees or customers. The completion of the Separation Plan is expected to result in the Adviser’s loss of access to the resources of ING Groep, which could adversely affect its business. Since a portion of the shares of ING U.S., as a standalone entity, are publicly held, it is subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as well as other U.S. government and state regulations, and subject to the risk of changing regulation.
The Separation Plan may be implemented in phases. During the time that ING Groep retains a majority interest in ING U.S., circumstances affecting ING Groep, including restrictions or requirements imposed on ING Groep by European and other authorities, may also affect ING U.S. A failure to complete the Separation Plan could create uncertainty about the nature of the relationship between ING U.S. and ING Groep, and could adversely affect ING U.S. and the Adviser and its affiliates. Currently, the Adviser and its affiliates do not anticipate that the Separation Plan will have a material adverse impact on their operations or the Funds and their operations.
ING Investments’ principal office is located at 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100, Scottsdale, Arizona 85258. As of June 30, 2013, ING Investments managed approximately $48.3 billion in assets.
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS (continued)The Adviser receives an annual fee for its advisory services to the Funds payable in monthly installments based on the average daily net assets of each of the Funds.
The following table shows the aggregate annual management fee paid by each Fund for the most recent fiscal year as a percentage of that Fund’s average daily net assets. The Adviser is contractually obligated to waive its management fee for Class P shares of ING Floating Rate Fund and ING High Yield Bond Fund through August 1, 2014. There is no guarantee this waiver will continue after that date.
Management Fees
ING Floating Rate Fund
0.55%
ING GNMA Income Fund
0.47%
ING High Yield Bond Fund
0.51%
ING Intermediate Bond Fund
0.17%
ING Short Term Bond Fund
0.35%
For information regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the investment advisory and investment sub-advisory relationships (if applicable), please refer to the Funds’ annual shareholder report dated March 31, 2013.
The Sub-Adviser and Portfolio Managers
The Adviser has engaged a sub-adviser to provide the day-to-day management of each Fund’s portfolio. The sub-adviser is an affiliate of ING Investments.
The Adviser acts as a “manager-of-managers” for the Funds. The Adviser delegates to the sub-advisers of the Funds the responsibility for investment management, subject to the Adviser’s oversight. The Adviser is responsible for monitoring the investment program and performance of the sub-advisers of the Funds.
From time to time, the Adviser may also recommend the appointment of additional sub-advisers or replacement of non-affiliated sub-advisers to the Funds’ Board. It is not expected that ING Investments would normally recommend replacement of an affiliated sub-adviser as part of its oversight responsibilities. The Funds and the Adviser have received exemptive relief from the SEC to permit the Adviser, with the approval of the Funds’ Board, to appoint an additional non-affiliated sub-adviser or to replace an existing sub-adviser with a non-affiliated sub-adviser, as well as change the terms of a contract with a non-affiliated sub-adviser, without submitting the contract to a vote of the Funds’ shareholders. The Funds will notify shareholders of any change in the identity of a sub-adviser of the Funds, the addition of a sub-adviser to the Funds, or any change in the terms of a contract with a non-affiliated sub-adviser. In this event, the names of the Funds and their investment strategies may also change.
Under the terms of each sub-advisory agreement, the agreement can be terminated by the Adviser or a Fund’s Board. In the event a sub-advisory agreement is terminated, the sub-adviser may be replaced subject to any regulatory requirements or the Adviser may assume day-to-day investment management of a Fund.
ING Investment Management Co. LLC
ING Investment Management Co. LLC (“ING IM” or “Sub-Adviser”), a Delaware limited liability company, was founded in 1972 and is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser. ING IM is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of ING U.S. and is an affiliate of ING Investments. ING IM has acted as adviser or sub-adviser to mutual funds since 1994 and has managed institutional accounts since 1972. The principal office of ING IM is located at 230 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10169. As of June 30, 2013, ING IM managed approximately $73.1 billion in assets.
The following individuals are responsible for the day-to-day management of ING Floating Rate Fund.
Jeffrey A. Bakalar, Managing Director and Group Head of the ING IM Senior Loan Group, since January 2000.
Daniel A. Norman, Managing Director and Group Head of the ING IM Senior Loan Group, since January 2000.
The following individuals are responsible for the day-to-day management of ING GNMA Income Fund.
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS (continued)Jeff Dutra, Portfolio Manager, has been with ING IM since 2000 and is currently a senior portfolio manager for the residential mortgage-backed securities portfolios. Mr. Dutra also has experience managing the operations and accounting groups at ING responsible for financial and mortgage derivatives. Prior to joining ING IM, he was with Metropolitan Life Insurance from 1996 to 2000 and Salomon Brothers from 1994 to 1996.
Peter Guan, Ph.D, Portfolio Manager, has been with ING IM since October 2004 as a senior portfolio manager of residential mortgage products. Prior to joining ING IM, Mr. Guan was with Citigroup Alternative Investments during most of 2004, where he initiated a managed product platform for mortgage-backed investments. Previously, Dr. Guan worked at the Clinton Group, a New York based hedge fund, where he traded mortgage products.
Justin McWhorter, Portfolio Manager, has been with ING IM since 2001 and is currently a portfolio manager for the residential mortgage-backed securities portfolios. Mr. McWhorter also has experience in investment accounting. Prior to joining ING IM, he was with Arthur Andersen LLP from 1999 to 2001.
The following individuals are responsible for the day-to-day management of ING High Yield Bond Fund.
Randall Parrish, CFA, serves as Senior Portfolio Manager and head of U.S. high-yield at ING IM. Before being named a portfolio manager in 2006, Mr. Parrish served as a high-yield analyst focused on the media and retail/consumer sectors. Prior to joining ING IM, Mr. Parrish was a corporate banker in leveraged finance with Sun Trust Bank and predecessors to Bank of America.
Matthew Toms, CFA, Portfolio Manager, joined ING IM in September, 2009 as Senior Vice President and Head of U.S. Public Fixed-Income Investments. In this role, Mr. Toms directly oversees the investment teams responsible for investment-grade corporate, high-yield corporate, structured product, and money market strategies for the general account as well as external client business; as well as ensures coordination of credit strategies across developed and emerging markets. Prior to joining ING IM, Mr. Toms was employed by Calamos Investments from March, 2007 to September, 2009, where he established and grew their fixed-income business. From May, 2000 to March, 2007, Mr. Toms was employed by Northern Trust and Lincoln National in various different roles.
The following individuals are responsible for the day-to-day management of ING Intermediate Bond Fund.
Christine Hurtsellers, CFA, Portfolio Manager, has been with ING IM since 2005 and leads the fixed-income business for ING IM. From 1999 to 2005, Ms. Hurtsellers worked at Freddie Mac ® where she managed adjustable-rate mortgages, mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations, and mortgage derivatives portfolios. Ms. Hurtsellers also managed portfolios for Alliance Capital Management and Banc One.
Matthew Toms, CFA, Portfolio Manager, joined ING IM in September, 2009 as Senior Vice President and Head of U.S. Public Fixed-Income Investments. In this role, Mr. Toms directly oversees the investment teams responsible for investment-grade corporate, high-yield corporate, structured product, and money market strategies for the general account as well as external client business; as well as ensures coordination of credit strategies across developed and emerging markets. Prior to joining ING IM, Mr. Toms was employed by Calamos Investments from March, 2007 to September, 2009, where he established and grew their fixed-income business. From May, 2000 to March, 2007, Mr. Toms was employed by Northern Trust and Lincoln National in various different roles.
The following individuals are responsible for the day-to-day management of ING Short Term Bond Fund.
Christine Hurtsellers, CFA, Portfolio Manager, has been with ING IM since 2005 and leads the fixed-income business for ING IM. From 1999 to 2005, Ms. Hurtsellers worked at Freddie Mac ® where she managed adjustable-rate mortgages, mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations, and mortgage derivatives portfolios. Ms. Hurtsellers also managed portfolios for Alliance Capital Management and Banc One.
Matthew Toms, CFA, Portfolio Manager, joined ING IM in September, 2009 as Senior Vice President and Head of U.S. Public Fixed-Income Investments. In this role, Mr. Toms directly oversees the investment teams responsible for investment-grade corporate, high-yield corporate, structured product, and money market strategies for the general account as well as external client business; as well as ensures coordination of credit strategies across developed and emerging markets. Prior to joining
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS (continued) ING IM, Mr. Toms was employed by Calamos Investments from March, 2007 to September, 2009, where he established and grew their fixed-income business. From May, 2000 to March, 2007, Mr. Toms was employed by Northern Trust and Lincoln National in various different roles.Additional Information Regarding the Portfolio Managers
The SAI provides additional information about each portfolio manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by each portfolio manager, and each portfolio manager’s ownership of securities in the Funds.
ING Funds Services, LLC (“Administrator”) serves as administrator to each Fund and receives an annual administrative services fee equal to 0.10% of each Fund’s average daily net assets. The Administrator has agreed to waive its administrative services fee for Class P shares of ING Floating Rate Fund and ING High Yield Bond Fund through August 1, 2014. There is no guarantee this waiver will continue after that date.
Subject to the supervision of the Board, the Administrator provides all administrative services reasonably necessary for the ordinary operation of each Fund other than the investment advisory services performed by the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser including, but not limited to, acting as a liaison among the various service providers to the Funds, including the custodian, transfer agent, and such other service providers as may be retained by the Funds. The Administrator provides each Fund, at the Administrator’s expense, with adequate personnel, office space, communications facilities, and other facilities necessary for operation of the Funds.
ING Investments Distributor, LLC (“Distributor”) is the principal underwriter and distributor of each Fund. It is a Delaware limited liability company with its principal offices at 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100, Scottsdale, Arizona 85258.
The Distributor is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”). To obtain information about FINRA member firms and their associated persons, you may contact FINRA at www.finra.org or the Public Disclosure Hotline at 800-289-9999.
When choosing between classes, you should carefully consider: (1) how long you plan to hold shares of a Fund; (2) the amount of your investment; (3) the expenses you’ll pay for each class, including ongoing annual expenses along with the initial sales charge or the contingent deferred sales charges (“CDSC”); and (4) whether you qualify for any sales charge discounts. Please review the disclosure about all of the available share classes carefully. Before investing, you should discuss with your financial intermediary which share class may be right for you.
The tables below summarize the features of the classes of shares available through this Prospectus. Class B shares are closed to new investors and additional investments from existing shareholders, except in connection with the reinvestment of any distributions and permitted exchanges. Specific Fund charges may vary so you should review each Fund’s fee table as well as the section entitled “Sales Charges” in this Prospectus.
Summary of primary differences among share classes:
Class A
Initial Sales Charge
Up to 2.50% (reduced for purchases of $100,000 or more and eliminated for purchases of $1 million or more ($500,000 or more for ING Short Term Bond Fund))
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge
None (except that with respect to purchases of $1 million or more ($500,000 or more for ING Short Term Bond Fund) for which the initial sales charge was waived, a charge of 1.00% (0.50% for ING Short
Term Bond Fund) applies to redemptions made within 18 months)
1
Distribution and/or Shareholder Services (12b-1) Fees
0.25% annually
Purchase Maximum
None
Minimum Initial Purchase/Minimum Account Size
$1,000 ($250 for IRAs)/$1,000 ($250 for IRAs)
Minimum Subsequent Purchases
None
Minimum Initial Account Balance for Systematic Exchange Privilege
$5,000
Conversion
None
Class B
Initial Sales Charge
None
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge
5.00% declining to 0% after six years from the date of purchase
Distribution and/or Shareholder Services (12b-1) Fees
1.00% annually
Purchase Maximum
May not be purchased or acquired except by the reinvestment of dividends and permitted exchanges
Minimum Account Size
$1,000 ($250 for IRAs)
Minimum Subsequent Purchases
None
Minimum Initial Account Balance for Systematic Exchange Privilege
$5,000
Conversion
Automatic conversion to Class A shares after eight years, so annual expenses decrease
Class C
Initial Sales Charge
None
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge
1.00% if the shares are sold within one year from the date of purchase
Distribution and/or Shareholder Services (12b-1) Fees
1.00% annually
Purchase Maximum
$1,000,000
Minimum Initial Purchase/Minimum Account Size
$1,000 ($250 for IRAs)/$1,000 ($250 for IRAs)
Minimum Subsequent Purchases
None
Minimum Initial Account Balance for Systematic Exchange Privilege
$5,000
Conversion
None
Class I
Initial Sales Charge
None
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge
None
Distribution and/or Shareholder Services (12b-1) Fees
None
Purchase Maximum
None
Minimum Initial Purchase*/Minimum Account Size
$250,000/$250,000
Minimum Subsequent Purchases
None
Minimum Initial Account Balance for Systematic Exchange Privilege
None
Conversion
None
Class O
Initial Sales Charge
None
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge
None
Distribution and/or Shareholder Services (12b-1) Fees
0.25% Annually
Purchase Maximum
$1,000,000
Minimum Initial Purchase/Minimum Account Size
$1,000 ($250 for IRAs)/$1,000 ($250 for IRAs)
Minimum Subsequent Purchases
None
Minimum Initial Account Balance for Systematic Exchange Privilege
None
Conversion
None
Class P
Initial Sales Charge
None
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge
None
Distribution and/or Shareholder Services (12b-1) Fees
None
Purchase Maximum
None
Minimum Initial Purchase/Minimum Account Size
None/None
Minimum Subsequent Purchases
None
Minimum Initial Account Balance for Systematic Exchange Privilege
None
Conversion
None
Class R
Initial Sales Charge
None
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge
None
Distribution and/or Shareholder Services (12b-1) Fees
0.50% annually
Purchase Maximum
None
Minimum Initial Purchase/Minimum Account Size
None/None
Minimum Subsequent Purchases
None
Minimum Initial Account Balance for Systematic Exchange Privilege
None
Conversion
None
1 | There is no front-end sales charge if you purchase Class A shares in an amount of $1 million or more ($500,000 or more for ING Short Term Bond Fund). However, these shares will be subject to a 1.00% CDSC (0.50% CDSC for ING Short Term Bond Fund) if they are redeemed within 18 months of purchase. |
* | Minimum investment amounts may not be waived for individual accounts that are managed by an investment adviser representative, as defined in Rule 203A-3(a) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. |
Please refer to the minimum investments table on page 52 for additional information.
The relative impact of the initial sales charge, if applicable, and ongoing annual expenses will depend on the length of time a share is held. Higher distribution fees mean a higher expense ratio, so Class B shares, Class C shares and Class R shares pay correspondingly lower dividends and may have a lower net asset value (“NAV”) than Class A shares and Class O shares.
Because the Funds may not be able to identify an individual investor’s trading activities when investing through omnibus account arrangements, you and/or your financial intermediary are responsible for ensuring that your investment in Class C shares does not exceed $1,000,000. The Funds cannot ensure that they will identify purchase orders that would cause your investment in Class C shares to exceed the maximum allowed amount. When investing through such arrangements, you and/or your financial intermediary should be diligent in determining that you have selected the appropriate share class for you.
You and/or your financial intermediary should also take care to assure that you are receiving any sales charge reductions or other benefits to which you may be entitled. As an example, as is discussed below, you may be able to reduce a Class A sales charge payable by aggregating purchases to achieve breakpoint discounts. Each Fund uses the net amount invested when determining whether a shareholder has reached the required investment amount in order to be eligible for a breakpoint discount. In order to ensure that you are receiving any applicable sales charge reduction, it may be necessary for you to inform the Funds or your financial intermediary of the existence of other accounts that may be eligible to be aggregated. The SAI discusses specific classes of investors who may be eligible for a reduced sales charge. Before investing you should discuss which share class may be right for you with your financial intermediary.
CLASSES OF SHARES (continued)Distribution and Service (12b-1) Fees
The Funds pay fees to the Distributor on an ongoing basis as compensation for the services the Distributor provides and the expenses it bears in connection with the sale and distribution of Fund shares (“distribution fees”) and/or in connection with personal services rendered to Fund shareholders and the maintenance of shareholder accounts (“service fees”). These payments are made pursuant to distribution and/or shareholder servicing plans adopted by each Fund pursuant to Rule 12b-1 of the 1940 Act (“12b-1 Plan”). Because these fees are paid on an ongoing basis, over time these fees will increase the cost of your investment and cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.
Each Fund has adopted a 12b-1 Plan for Class A, Class B, Class C, Class O, and Class R shares. The following table lists the maximum annual rates at which the distribution and/or servicing fees may be paid under each 12b-1 Plan (calculated as a percentage of each Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to the particular class of shares):
1 | The Fund does not offer this class of shares. |
The Funds make available in a clear and prominent format, free of charge, on their website, (www.INGInvestment.com), information regarding applicable sales loads, reduced sales charges ( i.e ., breakpoint discounts), sales load waivers, eligibility minimums and purchases of the Funds’ shares. The website includes hyperlinks that facilitate access to the information.
Class A Shares
This section includes important information about sales charges and sales charge reduction programs available to investors in the Funds’ Class A shares and describes the information or records you may need to provide to the Distributor or your financial intermediary in order to be eligible for sales charge reduction programs.
Unless you are eligible for a waiver, the public offering price you pay when you buy Class A shares of the Funds is the NAV of the shares at the time of purchase, plus an initial sales charge. The initial sales charge varies depending on the size of your purchase, as set forth in the following tables. No sales charge is imposed when Class A shares are issued to you pursuant to the automatic reinvestment of income dividends or capital gains distributions. For investors investing in Class A shares of the Funds through a financial intermediary, it is the responsibility of the financial intermediary to ensure that the investor obtains the proper breakpoint discount, if any.
Because the offering price is calculated to two decimal places, the dollar amount of the sales charge as a percentage of the offering price and your net amount invested for any particular purchase of Fund shares may be higher or lower depending on whether downward or upward rounding was required during the calculation process.
Class A shares of the Funds (except ING Short Term Bond Fund) are sold subject to the following sales charge:
Your Investment |
As a % of
the offering price |
As a % of net
asset value |
Less than $100,000 | 2.50 | 2.56 |
$100,000 - $499,999 | 2.00 | 2.04 |
$500,000 - $999,999 | 1.25 | 1.27 |
$1,000,000 and over 1 | N/A | N/A |
Class A shares of ING Short Term Bond Fund are sold subject to the following sales charge:
Your Investment |
As a % of
the offering price |
As a % of net
asset value |
Less than $100,000 | 2.50% | 2.56% |
$100,000 - $499,999 | 2.00% | 2.04% |
$500,000 and over 1 | N/A | N/A |
1 | See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charges (”CDSCs“) - Class A Shares” below. |
Shareholders that purchased funds that were a part of the Lexington family of funds or the Aetna family of funds prior to February 2, 1998, at the time of purchase, are not subject to sales charges for the life of their account on purchases made directly with the Funds.
Contingent Deferred Sales Charges (“CDSCs”) - Class A Shares
Investments of $1 Million or More ($500,000 or More for ING Short Term Bond Fund). There is no front-end sales charge if you purchase Class A shares in an amount of $1 million or more ($500,000 or more for ING Short Term Bond Fund). However, these shares will be subject to a 1.00% CDSC (0.50% CDSC for ING Short Term Bond Fund) if they are redeemed within 18 months of purchase.
CDSC - Class B and Class C Shares
Unless you are eligible for a waiver, if you sell your Class B or Class C shares within the time periods specified below, you will pay a CDSC according to the following schedules. It is the responsibility of your financial intermediary to ensure that you are credited with the proper holding period for the shares redeemed.
Class B and Class C shares are offered at their NAV per share without any initial sales charge. However, you may be charged a CDSC on shares that you sell within a certain period of time after you bought them. The amount of the CDSC is based on the lesser of the NAV of the shares at the time of purchase or redemption. The CDSCs are as follows:
Class B CDSC
Years after purchase | CDSC on shares being sold |
1st year | 5.00% |
2nd year | 4.00% |
3rd year | 3.00% |
4th year | 3.00% |
5th year | 2.00% |
6th year | 1.00% |
After 6th year | none |
Class C CDSC
Years after purchase | CDSC on shares being sold |
1st year | 1.00% |
After 1st year | none |
To keep your CDSC as low as possible, each time you place a request to redeem shares, the Funds will first redeem shares in your account that are not subject to a CDSC and then will sell shares that have the lowest CDSC.
There is no CDSC on shares acquired through the reinvestment of dividends and capital gains distributions.
CDSC on Exchange into ING Senior Income Fund
You are not required to pay an applicable CDSC upon an exchange from the Funds described in this Prospectus into ING Senior Income Fund. However, if you exchange into ING Senior Income Fund and subsequently offer your common shares for repurchase by ING Senior Income Fund, the Fund’s CDSC will apply. After an exchange into ING Senior Income Fund, the time period for application of the CDSC will be calculated based on the first date you acquired your shares in the Fund.
Reduced or Waived Front-End Sales Charges
Investors in a Fund could reduce or eliminate sales charges applicable to the purchase of Class A shares through utilization of the Letter of Intent, Rights of Accumulation, or Combination Privilege. These programs are summarized below and are described in greater detail in the SAI.
You may reduce the initial sales charge on a purchase of Class A shares of a Fund by combining multiple purchases to take advantage of the breakpoints in the sales charge schedules. You may do this by:
In addition, certain investors may be eligible for special purchases of Class A shares at NAV. This may be done by:
See the Account Application or the SAI for additional information regarding the reduction of Class A shares’ charges, or contact your financial intermediary or a Shareholder Services Representative for more information.
Required Shareholder Information and Records. In order for investors in Class A shares of a Fund to take advantage of sales charge reductions, an investor or his/her financial intermediary must notify the Distributor that the investor qualifies for such reduction. If the Distributor is not notified that the investor is eligible for these reductions, the Distributor will be unable to ensure that the reduction is applied to the investor’s account. An investor may have to provide certain information or records, including account statements, to his/her financial intermediary or to the Distributor to verify the investor’s eligibility for breakpoint privileges or other sales charge waivers.
CDSC Waivers. If you notify the Funds’ transfer agent, BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. (“Transfer Agent”), at the time of redemption, the CDSC for Class A, Class B, and Class C shares will be waived in the following cases:
If you think you may be eligible for a CDSC waiver, contact your financial intermediary or a Shareholder Services Representative.
Reinstatement Privilege. If you sell Class A or Class C shares of a Fund you may be eligible for a full or prorated credit of the CDSC paid on the sale when you make an investment up to the amount redeemed in the same share class within 90 days of the eligible sale. Reinstated Class C shares will retain their original cost and purchase date for purposes of the CDSC. This privilege can be used only once per calendar year. If you want to use the Reinstatement Privilege, contact your financial intermediary or a Shareholder Services Representative, or see the SAI for more information. An investor may be asked to provide information or records, including account statements, regarding shares of a Fund held in all of the investor’s accounts held directly with the Trust or through a financial intermediary; any account of the investor at another financial intermediary; and accounts of related parties of the investor; such as members of the same family or household, at any financial intermediary.
When you buy shares, you pay the NAV plus any applicable sales charge. When you sell
shares, you receive the NAV minus any applicable CDSC. Exchange orders are effected at NAV.
The NAV per share for each class of each Fund is determined each business day as of the close of regular trading (“Market Close”) on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) (normally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time unless otherwise designated by the NYSE). The Funds are open for business every day the NYSE is open. The NYSE is closed on all weekends and on all national holidays and Good Friday. Fund shares will not be priced on those days. The NAV per share of each class of each Fund is calculated by taking the value of the Fund’s assets attributable to that class, subtracting the Fund’s liabilities attributable to that class, and dividing by the number of shares of that class that are outstanding. To the extent a Fund invests in other open-end funds (other than ETFs), the Fund will calculate its NAV using the NAV of the funds in which it invests as described in that fund’s prospectus.
In general, assets are valued based on actual or estimated market value, with special provisions for assets not having readily available market quotations and short-term debt securities, and for situations where market quotations are deemed unreliable. Investments in securities maturing in 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost which, when combined with accrued interest, approximates market value. Securities prices may be obtained from automated pricing services. Shares of investment companies held by the Funds (other than ETF shares) will generally be valued at the latest NAV reported by that investment company. The prospectuses for those investment companies explain the circumstances under which they will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing.
Trading of foreign securities may not take place every day the NYSE is open. Also, trading in some foreign markets and on some electronic trading networks may occur on weekends or holidays when a Fund’s NAV is not calculated. As a result, the NAV of a Fund may change on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or redeem a Fund’s shares. When market quotations are not available or are deemed unreliable, a Fund will use a fair value for an asset that is determined in accordance with procedures adopted by the Fund’s Board. The types of assets for which such fair value pricing might be required include, but are not limited to:
The Funds or the Adviser may rely on the recommendations of a fair value pricing service approved by the Funds’ Board in valuing foreign securities. Valuing securities at fair value involves greater reliance on judgment than valuing securities that have readily available market quotations. The Adviser will make such determinations in good faith in accordance with procedures adopted by the Funds’ Board. Fair value determinations can also involve reliance on quantitative models employed by a fair value pricing service. There can be no assurance that a Fund could obtain the fair value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the time at which the Fund determines its NAV per share.
Valuation of Floating Rate Loans
A majority of ING Floating Rate Fund’s floating rate loans are valued using quotations supplied by a third party loan pricing service. However, the floating rate loans in which the Fund invests are not listed on any securities exchange or board of trade. Some floating rate loans are traded by institutional investors in an over-the-counter secondary market that has developed in the past several years, which generally has fewer trades and less liquidity than the secondary markets for other types of securities. Some floating rate loans have few or no trades. Accordingly, determinations of the value of floating loans may be based on infrequent and dated trades. Because there is less reliable, objective market value data available, elements of judgment may play a greater role in valuation of floating rate loans than for other types of securities. For further information, see “Additional Information About The Funds’ Risks - Limited Secondary Market for Floating Rate Loans.”
HOW SHARES ARE PRICED (continued)Floating rate loans are normally valued at the mean of the means of one or more bid and asked quotations obtained from a pricing service or other sources believed to be reliable. It is expected that most of the floating rate loans held by the Fund will be valued with reference to quotations from an independent pricing service or other sources believed to be reliable. These quotations may be indicative quotes provided by dealers and may not reflect actual trades. The Adviser or Sub-Adviser may believe that the price for a floating rate loan derived from quotations is not reliable or accurate. Among other reasons, this may be the result of information about a particular floating rate loan or borrower known to the Adviser or Sub-Adviser that they believe may not be known to the pricing service or reflected in a price quote. Floating rate loans for which reliable market value quotations are not readily available from a pricing service may be valued with reference to another floating rate loan or a group of floating rate loans for which reliable market value quotations are readily available and whose characteristics are comparable to the floating rate loan being valued. Under this approach, the comparable floating rate loan or loans serve as a proxy for changes in value of the floating rate loan being valued. The Fund has engaged independent pricing services to provide quotations from dealers in floating rate loans and to calculate values under this proxy procedure. In other cases, the floating rate loan may be valued at fair value under procedures approved by the Fund’s Board and in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act.
Under these procedures, fair value is determined by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser and monitored by the Fund’s Board through its Compliance Committee. In fair valuing a loan, consideration is given to several factors, which may include, among others, the following:
To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person that opens an account, and to determine whether such person’s name appears on government lists of known or suspected terrorists and terrorist organizations.
What this means for you: the Funds, the Distributor, or a third-party selling you the Funds, must obtain the following information for each person that opens an account:
You may also be asked to show your driver’s license, passport, or other identifying documents in order to verify your identity. In addition, it may be necessary to verify your identity by cross-referencing your identification information with a consumer report or other electronic database. Additional information may be required to open accounts for corporations and other non-natural persons.
Federal law prohibits the Funds, the Distributor, and other financial institutions from opening accounts unless they receive the minimum identifying information listed above. They also may be required to close your account if they are unable to verify your identity within a reasonable time.
If you are a participant in a qualified retirement plan, you should make purchases through your plan administrator or sponsor, who is responsible for transmitting orders.
The Funds, the Distributor, or Capital One ShareBuilder, Inc. (“Capital One ShareBuilder”) (formerly, ShareBuilder Securities Corporation) reserve the right to reject any purchase order. Please note that cash, traveler’s checks, third-party checks, money orders, and checks drawn on non-U.S. banks (even if payment may be effected through a U.S. bank) generally will not be accepted. The Funds and the Distributor reserve the right to waive minimum investment amounts. Waiver of the minimum investment amount can increase operating expenses of the Funds. Minimum investment amounts may not be waived for individual accounts that are managed by an investment adviser representative, as defined in Rule 203A-3(a) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. The Funds and the Distributor reserve the right to liquidate sufficient shares to recover annual transfer agent fees or to close your account and redeem your shares should you fail to maintain your account value minimum.
The Funds reserve the right to suspend the offering of shares or to reject any specific purchase order. The Funds may suspend redemptions or postpone payments when the NYSE is closed or when trading is restricted for any reason or under emergency circumstances as determined by the SEC.
Class A and Class C shares may be purchased and sold by contacting any financial intermediary (who may impose transaction charges in addition to those described in this Prospectus) authorized to sell Fund shares. You may purchase additional shares in various ways, including through your financial adviser and by mail, telephone, on-line, and bank wire.
Class B shares are closed to new investors and additional investments from existing shareholders except in connection with the reinvestment of any distributions and permitted exchanges.
Class I shares may be purchased without a sales charge by: (1) qualified retirement plans such as 401(a), 401(k), or other defined contribution plans and defined benefit plans; (2) 529 college savings plans; (3) insurance companies and foundations investing for their own account; (4) wrap programs offered by broker-dealers and financial institutions; (5) accounts of, or managed by, trust departments; (6) individuals whose accounts are managed by an investment adviser representative, as stated above; (7) retirement plans affiliated with ING Groep; (8) ING Groep affiliates for purposes of corporate cash management; and (9) other registered investment companies.
Class O shares may only be purchased and sold through Capital One ShareBuilder.
HOW TO BUY SHARES (continued)Class P* shares may only be purchased by ING-affiliated products, including: (1) other funds in the ING Funds complex; and (2) collective investment trusts, common investment trusts, and separate accounts sponsored or managed by ING-affiliated entities. Such availablity is subject to management’s determination of the appropriateness of investment in Class P shares in light of the level at which advisory fees are charged to the investor.
Share certificates will not be issued.
* | Patent Pending |
Class R shares may be purchased without a sales charge. Class R shares of the Fund are continuously offered to qualified retirement plans (“Retirement Plans”) including, but not limited to, 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer sponsored 403(b) plans, IRAs, Simplified Employee Pension Plans (“SEPs”), and other accounts or plans whereby Class R shares are held on the books of the Fund through omnibus accounts (either at the plan level or the level of the plan administrator). Purchases and redemptions of shares may be made only by eligible Retirement Plans for the purpose of funding qualified retirement plans. Please refer to the plan document for information on how to direct investments in, or redemptions from, an investment option corresponding to the Fund and any fees that may apply.
The administrator of a Retirement Plan or employee benefits office can provide participants with detailed information on how to participate in the plan and how to elect the Fund as an investment option, alter the amounts contributed to the plan, or reallocate contributions. Eligible Retirement Plans generally may open an account and purchase Class R shares by contacting any broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (“Financial Service Firm”) authorized to sell Class R shares of the Fund. Additional shares may be purchased through a Retirement Plan’s administrator or recordkeeper. Financial Service Firms may provide or arrange for the provision of some or all of the shareholder servicing and account maintenance services required by Retirement Plan accounts and their plan participants including, without limitation, transfers of registration and dividend payee changes. Financial Service Firms may also perform other functions, including generating confirmation statements, and may arrange with plan administrators for other investment or administrative services.
Financial Service Firms may independently establish and charge Retirement Plans and plan participants transaction fees and/or other additional amounts for such services, which may change over time. Similarly, Retirement Plans may charge plan participants for certain expenses. These fees and additional amounts could reduce the investment return in Class R shares of the Fund.
Class W shares may be purchased without a sales charge by: (1) qualified retirement plans such as 401(a), 401(k), or other defined contribution plans and defined benefit plans; (2) insurance companies and foundations investing for their own account; (3) wrap programs offered by broker-dealers and financial institutions; (4) accounts of, or managed by, trust departments; (5) individuals whose accounts are managed by an investment adviser representative, as stated above; (6) retirement plans affiliated with ING Groep; (7) ING Groep affiliates for purposes of corporate cash management; and (8) by other ING Funds in the ING Family of Funds.
In addition, Class W shares are available to the following persons through direct investment (not through broker-dealers that are not approved by ING) into an ING Fund or through an ING approved broker-dealer (currently, ING Financial Partners, Inc.): (1) current and retired officers and directors/trustees of the ING Funds; (2) current and retired officers, directors, and full-time employees of ING Investments, LLC, Directed Services LLC; any ING Fund’s sub-adviser; ING Investments Distributor, LLC; and any of their affiliates; (3) family members of the foregoing persons (defined as current spouse, children, parents, grandparents, grandchildren, uncles, aunts, siblings, nephews, nieces, step-relations, relations at-law, and cousins); (4) any trust, pension, profit-sharing, or other benefit plan for such persons (including family members); and (5) discretionary advisory accounts of ING Investments, LLC, Directed Services LLC, any ING Fund’s sub-adviser, or ING Investments Distributor, LLC.
HOW TO BUY SHARES (continued)The Funds have available prototype qualified retirement plans for corporations and self-employed individuals. They also have available prototype IRA, Roth IRA and Simple IRA plans (for both individuals and employers), Simplified Employee Pension Plans and Pension and Profit Sharing Plans. BNY Mellon Investment Servicing Trust Company acts as the custodian under these plans. For further information, contact a Shareholder Services Representative at 1-800-992-0180. BNY Mellon Investment Servicing Trust Company currently receives a $12 custodial fee annually for the maintenance of each such account.
Make your investment using the purchase minimum guidelines in the following table.
Minimum Investments | Class | Initial Purchase | Subsequent Purchases |
Non-retirement accounts |
A/C/O
1
/W
2
I 2 P/R |
$1,000
$250,000 No minimum |
No minimum |
Retirement accounts |
A/C/O
1
I 2 P/R W 2 |
$250
$250,000 No minimum $1,000 |
No minimum |
Coverdell Education Savings Accounts | O 1 | $250 | No minimum |
Pre-Authorized Investment Plan | A/C/O 1 | $1,000 | At least $100/month |
Certain omnibus accounts | A/C | $250 | No minimum |
1 | For Class O shares, if you are unable to invest at least $1,000 per Fund ($250 for retirement accounts/ESAs), you may open your account for $100 and $100 per month using the Automatic Investment Plan. This allows you to invest regular amounts at regular intervals until you reach the required initial minimum. |
2 | Minimum investment amounts may not be waived for individual accounts that are managed by an investment adviser representative, as defined in Rule 203A-3(a) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. |
Make your investment using the methods outlined in the following table. Investors wishing to purchase Class R shares should contact their plan administrator. Please refer to the plan document for information regarding buying and selling shares.
You may sell shares by using the methods outlined in the following table. Under unusual circumstances, a Fund may suspend the right of redemption as allowed by the SEC or federal securities laws.
If you are a participant in a qualified retirement plan, you should make redemptions through your plan administrator or sponsor, who is responsible for transmitting orders.
You may elect to make periodic withdrawals from your account on a regular basis.
Class A, Class B, and Class C
Class I and Class W
For additional information, contact a Shareholder Services Representative or refer to the Account Application or the SAI.
Purchase and sale requests are executed at the next NAV determined after the order is received in proper form by the Transfer Agent or the Distributor. A purchase order will be deemed to be in proper form when all of the required steps set forth under “How to Buy Shares” have been completed. If you purchase by wire, however, the order will be deemed to be in proper form after the telephone notification and the federal funds wire have been received. If you purchase by wire, you must submit an application form in a timely fashion. If an order or payment by wire is received after Market Close, the shares will not be credited until the next business day. For your transaction to be counted on the day you place your order with your broker-dealer or other financial institution, they must receive your order before Market Close and promptly transmit the order to the Transfer Agent or the Distributor.
You will receive a confirmation of each new transaction in your account, which also will show you the number of shares you own including the number of shares being held in safekeeping by the Transfer Agent for your account. You may rely on these confirmations in lieu of certificates as evidence of your ownership.
Normally, payment for shares redeemed will be made within three days after receipt by the Transfer Agent of a request in good order. Each Fund has the right to take up to seven days to pay your redemption proceeds and may postpone payment longer in the event of an economic emergency as determined by the SEC. When you place a request to redeem shares for which the purchase money has not yet been collected, the request will be executed at the next determined NAV, but a Fund will not release the proceeds until your purchase payment clears. This may take up to 15 days or more. A redemption request made within 30 calendar days after submission of a change of address is permitted only if the request is in writing and is accompanied by a medallion signature guarantee. Redemption requests of an amount of $10 million or more must be submitted in writing by an authorized person.
A medallion signature guarantee may be required in certain circumstances. A request to change the bank designated to receive wire redemption proceeds must be received in writing, signed by an authorized person, and accompanied by a medallion signature guarantee from any eligible guarantor institution. In addition, if you wish to have your redemption proceeds transferred by wire to an account other than your designated bank account, paid to someone other than the shareholder of record, or sent somewhere other than the shareholder’s address of record, you must provide a medallion signature guarantee with your written redemption instructions. Please see the SAI for more details on the medallion signature guarantee program.
Each Fund normally intends to pay in cash for all shares redeemed but under abnormal conditions that make payment in cash unwise, a Fund may make payment wholly or partly in securities at their then current market value equal to the redemption price. In such a case, a Fund could elect to make payment in securities for redemptions in excess of $250,000 or 1% of its net assets during any 90-day period for any one shareholder. An investor may incur brokerage costs in converting such securities to cash.
The Funds and their Transfer Agent will not be responsible for the authenticity of phone instructions or losses, if any, resulting from unauthorized shareholder transactions if they reasonably believe that such instructions were genuine. The Funds and their Transfer Agent have established reasonable procedures to confirm that instructions communicated by telephone are genuine. These procedures include recording telephone instructions for exchanges and expedited redemptions, requiring the caller to give certain specific identifying information, and providing written confirmation to shareholders of record not later than five days following any such telephone transactions. If the Funds and their Transfer Agent do not employ these procedures, they may be liable for any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent telephone instructions.
Due to the relatively high cost of handling small investments, a Fund reserves the right, upon 30 days’ prior written notice, to redeem at NAV (less any applicable deferred sales charge), the shares of any shareholder whose account (except for IRAs) has a total value that is less than a Fund’s minimum. Before a Fund redeems such shares and sends the proceeds to the shareholder, it will notify the shareholder that the value of the shares in the account is less than the minimum
HOW TO SELL SHARES (continued) amount allowed and will allow the shareholder 30 days to make an additional investment in an amount that will increase the value of the account to the minimum before the redemption is processed. Your account will not be closed if its drop in value is due to Fund performance.Exchanges Between Shares of ING Funds
You may exchange shares of a Fund for shares of the same class of any other ING Fund, except for ING Corporate Leaders Trust Fund (ING GNMA Fund may also exchange shares for the same class of shares of ING Corporate Leaders Trust Fund), without paying any additional sales charge, if you otherwise meet the eligibility requirements of the class of shares of the ING Fund to be received in the exchange. If you purchase Class A shares of ING Money Market Fund and did not pay a sales charge, you must pay the applicable sales charge on an exchange into Class A shares of another ING Fund. Additionally, Class L shares of ING Money Market Fund may be exchanged for Class C shares of any other ING Fund.
If you exchange shares of a Fund that are subject to a CDSC into shares of another ING Fund that are subject to a CDSC, the CDSC will continue to apply to your new shares at the same CDSC rate that was applicable to your original shares. Your new shares will continue to age for CDSC purposes from the date that the original shares were purchased.
If you acquired Class L shares of ING Money Market Fund through an exchange from Class C shares of an ING Fund that were subject to a CDSC and then exchange your Class L shares of ING Money Market Fund for Class C shares of another ING Fund you will continue to be subject to the CDSC that applied to your original shares. The time you held the Class L shares of ING Money Market Fund will not count toward the CDSC holding period.
If you acquired Class L shares of ING Money Market Fund through a purchase (not through an exchange) and then exchange your Class L shares of ING Money Market Fund into Class C shares of another ING Fund, you will become subject to any CDSC that applies to the ING Fund into which you exchange. The time you held your Class L shares of ING Money Market Fund will not count toward the CDSC holding period of the ING Fund into which you exchanged.
Exchanges Between Classes of Shares of the Same Fund
You may exchange Class B, Class C, and Class W shares of a Fund for Class I shares of the same Fund, or you may exchange Class A shares and Class I shares of a Fund for any other class of the same Fund, if you otherwise meet the eligibility requirements of the class of shares to be received in the exchange, except that: (1) you may not exchange shares that are subject to a CDSC until the CDSC period has expired; and (2) you may not exchange Class A shares for Class W shares unless you acquired the Class A shares through an ING approved broker-dealer (currently, ING Financial Partners, Inc.) All exchanges within the same Fund are subject to the discretion of the Distributor to permit or reject such exchanges.
Exchanges between classes of shares of the same Fund are not subject to the frequent trading and market timing policies of ING Funds.
Additional Information About Exchanges
Fees and expenses differ among ING Funds and among share classes of the same Fund. Please read the prospectus for the ING Fund and share class you are interested in prior to exchanging into that ING Fund or share class. Contact your financial intermediary or consult your plan documents for additional information.
An exchange of shares of a Fund for shares of another ING Fund is treated as a sale and purchase of shares and may result in the recognition of a gain or loss for federal and state income tax purposes. For exchanges among ING Funds and among classes of shares of the same Fund, you should consult your own tax advisor for advice about the particular federal, state, and local tax consequences to you of the exchange. The total value of shares being exchanged must at least equal the minimum investment requirement of the ING Fund into which they are being exchanged.
If you exchange into ING Senior Income Fund, your ability to sell or liquidate your investment will be limited. ING Senior Income Fund is a closed-end interval fund and does not redeem its shares on a daily basis. It is not expected that a secondary market for ING Senior Income Fund’s shares will develop, so you will not be able to sell them through a broker or other investment professional. To provide a measure of liquidity, ING Senior Income Fund will normally make monthly repurchase offers for not less than 5% of its outstanding common shares. If more than 5% of ING Senior Income Fund’s common shares are tendered, you may not be able to completely liquidate your holdings in any one month. You also would not have liquidity between these monthly repurchase dates. Investors exercising the exchange privilege into ING Senior Income Fund should carefully review the prospectus of that fund. Investors may obtain a copy of the ING Senior Income Fund prospectus or any other ING Fund prospectus by calling 1-800-992-0180 or by going to www.INGInvestment.com.
In addition to each Fund available in this Prospectus, the Distributor offers many other funds. Shareholders exercising the exchange privilege with any other ING Fund should carefully review the prospectus of that fund before exchanging their shares. Investors may obtain a copy of a prospectus of any ING Fund not discussed in this Prospectus by calling 1-800-992-0180 or by going to www.INGInvestment.com.
HOW TO EXCHANGE SHARES (continued)You will automatically have the ability to request an exchange between ING Funds by calling a Shareholder Services Representative unless you mark the box on the Account Application that indicates that you do not wish to have the telephone exchange privilege. A Fund may change or cancel its exchange policies at any time, upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders.
Subject to the information and limitations outlined above, you may elect to have a specified dollar amount of shares systematically exchanged, monthly, quarterly, semi-annually, or annually from your account to an identically registered account in the same class of any other open-end ING Fund, except for ING Corporate Leaders Trust Fund. This exchange privilege may be modified at any time or terminated upon 60 days’ prior written notice to shareholders.
FREQUENT TRADING - MARKET TIMING
The Funds are intended for long-term investment and not as short-term trading vehicles. Accordingly, organizations or individuals that use market timing investment strategies should not purchase shares of the Funds. The Funds reserve the right, in their sole discretion and without prior notice, to reject, restrict, or refuse purchase orders whether directly or by exchange, including purchase orders that have been accepted by a shareholder’s or retirement plan participant’s intermediary, that the Funds determine not to be in the best interest of the Funds. Such action may include, but not be limited to: rejecting additional purchase orders, whether directly or by exchange; extending settlement of a redemption up to seven days; rejecting all purchase orders from broker-dealers or their registered representatives suspected of violating the Funds’ frequent trading policy; or termination of the selling group agreement or other agreement with broker-dealers or other financial intermediaries associated with frequent trading. The Funds will not be liable for any loss resulting from rejected orders or other actions as described above.
The Funds believe that market timing or frequent, short-term trading in any account, including a retirement plan account, is not in the best interest of the Funds or their shareholders. Due to the disruptive nature of this activity, it can adversely affect the ability of the Adviser or Sub-Adviser (if applicable) to invest assets in an orderly, efficient manner. Frequent trading can raise Fund expenses through: increased trading and transaction costs; increased administrative costs; and lost opportunity costs. This in turn can have an adverse effect on Fund performance.
Funds that invest in foreign securities may present greater opportunities for market timers and thus be at a greater risk for excessive trading. If an event occurring after the close of a foreign market, but before the time a Fund computes its current NAV, causes a change in the price of the foreign security and such price is not reflected in the Fund’s current NAV, investors may attempt to take advantage of anticipated price movements in securities held by the Fund based on such pricing discrepancies. This is often referred to as “price arbitrage.” Such price arbitrage opportunities may also occur in Funds which do not invest in foreign securities. For example, if trading in a security held by a Fund is halted and does not resume prior to the time the Fund calculates its NAV such “stale pricing” presents an opportunity for investors to take advantage of the pricing discrepancy. Similarly, Funds that hold thinly-traded securities, such as certain small-capitalization securities, may be exposed to varying levels of pricing arbitrage. The Funds have adopted fair valuation policies and procedures intended to reduce the Funds’ exposure to price arbitrage, stale pricing and other potential pricing discrepancies. Currently, Interactive Data Pricing and Reference Data, Inc. provides such services to the Funds. However, to the extent that a Fund does not immediately reflect these changes in market conditions, short-term trading may dilute the value of the Funds’ shares which negatively affects long-term shareholders.
The Funds’ Board has adopted policies and procedures designed to deter frequent, short-term trading in shares of the Funds. In general, shareholders may make exchanges among their accounts with ING Funds once every thirty (30) days. However, the Funds prohibit frequent trading. The Funds have defined frequent trading as follows:
The following transactions are excluded when determining whether trading activity is excessive:
Please note that while money market funds permit short-term trading, an exchange between a money market fund and another fund that does not permit short-term trading will count as an exchange for purposes of this policy.
If a violation of the policy is identified, the following action will be taken:
On the next business day following the end of the ninety (90) or one hundred and eighty (180) day suspension, any trading restrictions placed on the account(s) shall be removed.
The Funds reserve the right to modify this policy at any time without prior notice.
Although the restrictions described above are designed to discourage frequent, short-term trading, none of them alone, nor all of them taken together, can eliminate the possibility that frequent, short-term trading activity in the Funds will occur. Moreover, in enforcing such restrictions, the Funds are often required to make decisions that are inherently subjective. The Funds strive to make these decisions to the best of their abilities in a manner that they believe is in the best interest of shareholders.
Shareholders may invest in the Funds through omnibus account arrangements with financial intermediaries. Omnibus accounts permit intermediaries to aggregate their clients’ transactions and in these circumstances, the identity of the shareholder is often unknown. Such intermediaries include broker-dealers, banks, investment advisers, record keepers, retirement plans, and fee-based accounts such as wrap fee programs. Omnibus accounts generally do not identify customers’ trading activity on an individual basis. The Funds’ Administrator has agreements in place with intermediaries which require such intermediaries to provide detailed account information, including trading history, upon request of the Funds. There is no assurance that the Funds’ Administrator will request such information with sufficient frequency to detect or deter excessive trading or that review of such information will be sufficient to detect or deter excessive trading in omnibus accounts effectively.
In some cases, the Funds will rely on the intermediaries’ excessive trading policies and such policies shall define the trading activity in which the shareholder may engage. This shall be the case where the Funds are used in certain retirement plans offered by affiliates. With trading information received as a result of the agreements, the Funds may make a determination that certain trading activity is harmful to the Funds and their shareholders even if such activity is not strictly prohibited by the intermediaries’ excessive trading policy. As a result, a shareholder investing directly or indirectly in one of the Funds may have their trading privileges suspended without violating the stated excessive trading policy of the intermediary.
PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES
ING mutual funds are distributed by the Distributor. The Distributor is a broker-dealer that is licensed to sell securities. The Distributor generally does not sell directly to the public but sells and markets its products through intermediaries such as other broker-dealers. Each ING mutual fund also has an investment adviser which is responsible for managing the money invested in each of the mutual funds. Both of these entities (collectively, “ING”) may compensate an intermediary for selling ING mutual funds.
Only persons licensed with FINRA as a registered representative (often referred to as a broker or financial adviser) and associated with a specific broker-dealer may sell an ING mutual fund to you. The Distributor has agreements in place with each broker-dealer selling a Fund defining specifically what those broker-dealers will be paid for the sale of a particular ING mutual fund. Those broker-dealers then pay the registered representative who sold you the mutual fund some or all of what they receive from ING. They may receive a payment when the sale is made and can, in some cases, continue to receive payments while you are invested in the mutual fund.
The Funds’ Adviser or the Distributor, out of its own resources and without additional cost to a Fund or its shareholders, may provide additional cash or non-cash compensation to intermediaries selling shares of a Fund, including affiliates of the Adviser and the Distributor. These amounts would be in addition to the distribution payments made by a Fund under the distribution agreements. The payments made under these arrangements are paid by the Adviser or the Distributor. Additionally, if a fund is not sub-advised or is sub-advised by an ING entity, ING may retain more revenue than on those funds it must pay to have sub-advised by non-affiliated entities. Management personnel of ING may receive additional compensation if the overall amount of investments in funds advised by ING meets certain target levels or increases over time.
The Distributor may pay, from its own resources, additional fees to these broker-dealers or other financial institutions including affiliated entities. These additional fees paid to intermediaries may take the following forms: (1) a percentage of that entity’s customer assets invested in ING mutual funds; (2) a percentage of that entity’s gross sales; or (3) some combination of these payments. These payments may, depending on the broker-dealer’s satisfaction of the required conditions, be periodic and may be up to: (1) 0.30% per annum of the value of a Fund’s shares held by the broker-dealer’s customers; or (2) 0.30% of the value of a Fund’s shares sold by the broker-dealer during a particular period. In accordance with these practices, if that initial investment averages a value of $10,000 over the year, the Distributor could pay a maximum of $30 on those assets. If you invested $10,000, the Distributor could pay a maximum of $30 for that sale.
The Funds’ Adviser or the Distributor may provide additional cash or non-cash compensation to third parties selling our mutual funds including affiliated companies. This may take the form of cash incentives and non-cash compensation and may include, but is not limited to: cash; merchandise; trips; occasional entertainment; meals or tickets to a sporting event; client appreciation events; payment for travel expenses (including meals and lodging) to pre-approved training and education seminars; and payment for advertising and sales campaigns. The Distributor may also pay concessions in addition to those described above to broker-dealers so that ING mutual funds are made available by those broker-dealers for their customers. The Sub-Adviser of a Fund may contribute to non-cash compensation arrangements.
Not all mutual funds pay the same amount to the broker-dealers who sell their mutual funds. Broker-dealers can receive different payments based on the mutual funds they offer, the companies with whom they are doing business and how much they sell. What these broker-dealers are paid also varies depending on the class of mutual fund you purchase.
The top 25 firms we paid to sell our mutual funds as of the last calendar year are:
Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc.; Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.; Commonwealth Financial Network; Directed Services LLC; Edward D. Jones & Co., L.P.; Financial Network Investment Corporation; First Clearing, LLC; Capital One ShareBuilder, Inc. (formerly, ING Direct Investing, Inc.); ING Financial Partners, Inc.; ING Life Insurance & Annuity; ING Variable Annuity; Janney Montgomery Scott LLC; LPL Financial LLC; Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Inc.; Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC; National Financial Services Corporation; Oppenheimer & Co., Inc.; Pershing, LLC; Raymond James & Associates, Inc.; RBC Capital Markets, LLC; Robert W. Baird & Co. Inc.; SagePoint Financial, Inc.; Stifel Nicolaus & Co., Inc.; TD Ameritrade, Inc.; and UBS Financial Services, LLC.
Your registered representative or broker-dealer could have a financial interest in selling you a particular mutual fund, or the mutual funds of a particular company, to increase the compensation they receive. Please make sure you read fully each mutual fund prospectus and discuss any questions you have with your registered representative.
The Funds generally distribute most or all of their net earnings in the form of dividends, consisting of ordinary income and capital gains distributions. Each Fund distributes capital gains, if any annually. Each Fund (except for ING GNMA Income Fund) also declares dividends daily and pays dividends consisting of ordinary income, if any, monthly.
ING GNMA Income Fund declares and pays dividends consisting of ordinary income, if any, monthly.
To comply with federal tax regulations, the Funds may also pay an additional capital gains distribution.
Unless you instruct a Fund to pay you dividends in cash, dividends and distributions paid by a Fund will be reinvested in additional shares of the Fund. You may, upon written request or by completing the appropriate section of the Account Application, elect to have all dividends and other distributions paid on shares of a Fund invested in another ING Fund that offers the same class of shares. If you are a shareholder of ING Prime Rate Trust, whose shares are not held in a broker or nominee account, you may, upon written request, elect to have all dividends invested into a pre-existing Class A shares account of any open-end ING Fund.
The tax discussion in this Prospectus is only a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax issues generally affecting the Funds and their shareholders. The following assumes that each Fund’s shares will be capital assets in the hands of a shareholder. Circumstances among investors may vary, so you are encouraged to discuss investment in the Funds with your tax advisor.
The Funds will distribute all, or substantially all, of their net investment income and net capital gains to their shareholders each year. Although the Funds will not be taxed on amounts they distribute, most shareholders will be taxed on amounts they receive.
Distributions, whether received as cash or reinvested in additional shares, may be subject to federal income taxes and may also be subject to state or local taxes. For mutual funds generally, dividends from net investment income (other than qualified dividend income, exempt interest dividends, and capital gain dividends) and distributions of net short-term capital gains are taxable to you as ordinary income under federal income tax laws whether paid in cash or in additional shares. Distributions from net long-term gains are taxable as long-term taxable gains regardless of the length of time you have held the shares and whether you were paid in cash or additional shares.
Distributions made to a non-corporate shareholder out of “qualified dividend income,” if any, received by a Fund will be subject to tax at the lower rates applicable to net capital gains, provided that the shareholder meets certain holding period and other requirements with respect to its shares.
Selling or exchanging your Fund shares is a taxable event and may result in capital gain or loss. A capital gain or capital loss may be realized from an ordinary redemption of shares or an exchange of shares between two mutual funds. Any capital loss incurred on the sale or exchange of Fund shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term loss to the extent of long-term capital gain dividends received with respect to such shares. Additionally, any loss realized on a sale, redemption or exchange of shares of a Fund may be disallowed under “wash sale” rules to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced with other shares of that same Fund within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the shares are disposed of, such as pursuant to a dividend reinvestment in shares of the Fund. If disallowed, the loss will be reflected in an adjustment to the tax basis of the shares acquired. You are responsible for any tax liabilities generated by your transactions.
You will be notified after each calendar year of the amount of income, dividends and net capital gains distributed. If you purchase shares of a Fund through a financial intermediary, that entity will provide this information to you.
Each Fund intends to qualify each year as a regulated investment company. A regulated investment company generally is not subject to tax at the fund level on income and gains from investments that are distributed to shareholders. However, a Fund’s failure to qualify as a regulated investment company would result in fund level taxation and therefore, a reduction in income available for distribution.
DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS, AND TAXES (continued)For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, an additional 3.8% Medicare tax will be imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from a Fund and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of Fund shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds certain threshold amounts.
Each Fund is required to withhold a portion, currently 28%, of all taxable dividends, distributions, and redemption proceeds payable to any noncorporate shareholder that does not provide the Funds with a shareholder’s correct taxpayer identification number or certification that the shareholder is not subject to backup withholding. This is not an additional tax but can be credited against your tax liability.
Shareholders that invest in a Fund through a tax-deferred account, such as a qualified retirement plan, generally will not have to pay tax on dividends until they are distributed from the account. These accounts are subject to complex tax rules, and you should consult your tax advisor about investing through such an account.
Foreign shareholders invested in a Fund should consult with their tax advisors as to if and how the U.S. federal income tax law and its withholding requirements apply to them. Generally, a Fund will withhold 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate) on distributions to foreign shareholders.
Foreign Income Taxes . Investment income received by a Fund from sources within foreign countries may be subject to foreign income taxes withheld at the source. The United States has entered into tax treaties with many foreign countries which may entitle a Fund to a reduced rate of such taxes or exemption from taxes on such income. It is impossible to determine the effective rate of foreign tax for a Fund in advance since the amount of the assets to be invested within various countries is not known.
Cost Basis Reporting. The Internal Revenue Service requires mutual fund companies and brokers to report on Form 1099-B the cost basis on the sale or exchange of Fund shares acquired on or after January 1, 2012 (“covered shares”). If you acquire and hold shares directly through a Fund and not through a financial intermediary, the Fund will use an average cost single category methodology for tracking and reporting your cost basis on covered shares, unless you request, in writing, another cost basis reporting methodology. Information regarding the methods available for cost basis reporting are included in the SAI.
Please see the SAI for further information regarding tax matters.
Unless your Fund shares are held through a third-party fiduciary or in an omnibus registration at your bank or brokerage firm, you may be able to access your account information over the Internet at www.INGInvestment.com or via a touch tone telephone by calling 1-800-992-0180. Should you wish to speak with a Shareholder Services Representative, you may call the toll-free number listed above.
The Funds have adopted a policy concerning investor privacy. To review the privacy policy, contact a Shareholder Services Representative at 1-800-992-0180, obtain a policy over the Internet at www.INGInvestment.com, or see the privacy promise that accompanies any Prospectus obtained by mail.
To reduce expenses, we may mail only one copy of a Fund’s Prospectus and each annual and semi-annual shareholder report to those addresses shared by two or more accounts. If you wish to receive individual copies of these documents, please call a Shareholder Services Representative at 1-800-992-0180 or speak to your investment professional. We will begin sending you individual copies 30 days after receiving your request.
The Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond (“BAB”) Index is a widely recognized, unmanaged index of publicly issued, investment-grade U.S. Government, mortgage-backed, asset-backed, and corporate debt securities.
The Barclays GNMA Index is an unmanaged index comprised of all fixed securities mortgage pools by GNMA, including GNMA Graduated Payment Mortgages.
The Barclays High Yield Bond - 2% Issuer Constrained Composite Index is an unmanaged index that measures the performance of fixed-income securities.
The Standard and Poor’s/Loan Syndications and Trading Association (“S&P/LSTA”) Leveraged Loan Index tracks the current outstanding balance and spread over LIBOR for fully funded term loans. The facilities included represent a broad cross section of leveraged loans syndicated in the U.S., including dollar-denominated loans to overseas issuers.
The following financial highlights are intended to help you understand the financial performance of each applicable share class of each Fund for the past five years or, if shorter, the period of the share class’ operations. Certain information reflects financial results for a single share. The total returns represent the rate that an investor would have earned (or lost) on an investment in a share of the Funds (assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions). This information has been derived from the Funds’ financial statements that were audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. The report of KPMG LLP, along with the financial statements included in the annual shareholder report dated March 31, 2013, are incorporated herein by reference. Because Class P shares of ING Floating Rate Fund and ING High Yield Bond Fund had not commenced operations as of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, no financial highlights have been included.
Selected data for a share of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year or period.
Income (loss)
from
investment
operations
Less distributions
Ratios to average net assets
Supplemental
data
Net asset value, beginning
of year or period
Net investment income (loss)
Net realized and unrealized
gain (loss)
Total from investment
operations
From net investment income
From net realized gains
From return of capital
Total distributions
Payments from distribution settlement/affiliate
Net asset value,
end of year or period
Total Return
(1)
Expenses before
reductions/additions
(2)(3)
Expenses net of fee waivers
and/or recoupments, if any
(2)(3)
Expenses net of all
reductions/additions
(2)(3)
Net investment income
(loss)
(2)(3)
Net assets, end of year or
period
Portfolio turnover rate
Year or Period ended
($)
($)
($)
($)
($)
($)
($)
($)
($)
($)
(%)
(%)
(%)
(%)
(%)
($000’s)
(%)
ING Floating Rate Fund
Class A
03-31-13
10.10
0.52
•
0.21
0.73
0.53
0.02
—
0.55
—
10.28
7.41
1.11
1.01
1.01
5.08
35,918
101
03-31-12
10.26
0.43
•
(0.08)
0.35
0.45
0.06
—
0.51
—
10.10
3.58
1.12
1.01
1.01
4.23
10,266
79
08-17-10
(4)
- 03-31-11
10.00
0.21
•
0.25
0.46
0.19
0.01
—
0.20
—
10.26
4.57
1.30
1.02
1.02
3.49
18,411
73
Class C
03-31-13
10.10
0.44
•
0.21
0.65
0.45
0.02
—
0.47
—
10.28
6.61
1.86
1.76
1.76
4.33
26,367
101
03-31-12
10.26
0.36
•
(0.09)
0.27
0.37
0.06
—
0.43
—
10.10
2.80
1.87
1.76
1.76
3.71
7,409
79
08-17-10
(4)
- 03-31-11
10.00
0.19
•
0.22
0.41
0.14
0.01
—
0.15
—
10.26
4.11
2.05
1.77
1.77
3.46
3,356
73
Class I
03-31-13
10.10
0.54
•
0.21
0.75
0.55
0.02
—
0.57
—
10.28
7.67
0.86
0.76
0.76
5.33
165,936
101
03-31-12
10.27
0.47
•
(0.10)
0.37
0.48
0.06
—
0.54
—
10.10
3.74
0.87
0.76
0.76
4.65
173,722
79
08-17-10
(4)
- 03-31-11
10.00
0.25
•
0.23
0.48
0.20
0.01
—
0.21
—
10.27
4.83
1.05
0.77
0.77
3.93
170,660
73
Class R
03-31-13
10.09
0.49
•
0.21
0.70
0.50
0.02
—
0.52
—
10.27
7.15
1.36
1.26
1.26
4.84
32,371
101
03-31-12
10.26
0.41
•
(0.09)
0.32
0.43
0.06
—
0.49
—
10.09
3.22
1.37
1.26
1.26
4.26
16,515
79
08-17-10
(4)
- 03-31-11
10.00
0.21
•
0.23
0.44
0.17
0.01
—
0.18
—
10.26
4.39
1.55
1.27
1.27
3.87
7,897
73
Class W
03-31-13
10.12
0.54
•
0.21
0.75
0.55
0.02
—
0.57
—
10.30
7.66
0.86
0.76
0.76
5.34
86,844
101
03-31-12
10.27
0.45
•
(0.06)
0.39
0.48
0.06
—
0.54
—
10.12
3.93
0.87
0.76
0.76
4.74
52,351
79
08-17-10
(4)
- 03-31-11
10.00
0.24
0.24
0.48
0.20
0.01
—
0.21
—
10.27
4.83
1.05
0.77
0.77
4.49
3,319
73
Income (loss)
from investment operations |
Less distributions
|
Ratios to average net assets
|
Supplemental
data |
||||||||||||||
Net asset value, beginning
of year or period |
Net investment income (loss)
|
Net realized and unrealized
gain (loss) |
Total from investment
operations |
From net investment income
|
From net realized gains
|
From return of capital
|
Total distributions
|
Payments from distribution settlement/affiliate
|
Net asset value,
end of year or period |
Total Return
(1)
|
Expenses before
reductions/additions (2)(3) |
Expenses net of fee waivers
and/or recoupments, if any (2)(3) |
Expenses net of all
reductions/additions (2)(3) |
Net investment income
(loss) (2)(3) |
Net assets, end of year or
period |
Portfolio turnover rate
|
|
Year or Period ended
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
(%)
|
(%)
|
(%)
|
(%)
|
(%)
|
($000’s)
|
(%)
|
ING GNMA Income Fund | |||||||||||||||||
Class A | |||||||||||||||||
03-31-13 | 9.09 | 0.22 | 0.00 * | 0.22 | 0.29 | 0.05 | 0.02 | 0.36 | — | 8.95 | 2.51 | 0.90 | 0.90 | 0.90 | 2.38 | 727,058 | 352 |
03-31-12 | 8.84 | 0.23 • | 0.37 | 0.60 | 0.34 | 0.01 | — | 0.35 | — | 9.09 | 6.87 | 0.93 | 0.93 | 0.93 | 2.58 | 681,900 | 335 |
03-31-11 | 8.75 | 0.32 | 0.13 | 0.45 | 0.36 | — | — | 0.36 | — | 8.84 | 5.26 | 0.93 | 0.93 | 0.93 | 3.63 | 593,080 | 193 |
03-31-10 | 8.71 | 0.33 • | 0.07 | 0.40 | 0.36 | — | — | 0.36 | — | 8.75 | 4.68 | 0.94 | 0.94 | 0.94 | 3.83 | 589,813 | 114 |
03-31-09 | 8.54 | 0.37 | 0.18 | 0.55 | 0.38 | — | — | 0.38 | — | 8.71 | 6.62 | 0.96 | 0.96 | 0.96 | 4.33 | 606,856 | 39 |
Class B | |||||||||||||||||
03-31-13 | 9.04 | 0.14 • | 0.01 | 0.15 | 0.22 | 0.05 | 0.02 | 0.29 | — | 8.90 | 1.74 | 1.65 | 1.65 | 1.65 | 1.59 | 1,430 | 352 |
03-31-12 | 8.79 | 0.17 • | 0.36 | 0.53 | 0.27 | 0.01 | — | 0.28 | — | 9.04 | 6.08 | 1.68 | 1.68 | 1.68 | 1.87 | 3,676 | 335 |
03-31-11 | 8.70 | 0.26 • | 0.13 | 0.39 | 0.30 | — | — | 0.30 | — | 8.79 | 4.48 | 1.68 | 1.68 | 1.68 | 2.90 | 11,262 | 193 |
03-31-10 | 8.66 | 0.27 • | 0.06 | 0.33 | 0.29 | — | — | 0.29 | — | 8.70 | 3.89 | 1.69 | 1.69 | 1.69 | 3.08 | 25,704 | 114 |
03-31-09 | 8.49 | 0.30 | 0.18 | 0.48 | 0.31 | — | — | 0.31 | — | 8.66 | 5.86 | 1.71 | 1.71 | 1.71 | 3.57 | 38,718 | 39 |
Class C | |||||||||||||||||
03-31-13 | 9.04 | 0.16 | 0.00 * | 0.16 | 0.23 | 0.05 | 0.02 | 0.30 | — | 8.90 | 1.78 | 1.65 | 1.65 | 1.65 | 1.63 | 177,823 | 352 |
03-31-12 | 8.79 | 0.16 • | 0.37 | 0.53 | 0.27 | 0.01 | — | 0.28 | — | 9.04 | 6.12 | 1.68 | 1.68 | 1.68 | 1.82 | 138,543 | 335 |
03-31-11 | 8.71 | 0.25 | 0.13 | 0.38 | 0.30 | — | — | 0.30 | — | 8.79 | 4.38 | 1.68 | 1.68 | 1.68 | 2.88 | 104,196 | 193 |
03-31-10 | 8.67 | 0.27 • | 0.06 | 0.33 | 0.29 | — | — | 0.29 | — | 8.71 | 3.92 | 1.69 | 1.69 | 1.69 | 3.09 | 103,103 | 114 |
03-31-09 | 8.50 | 0.30 | 0.18 | 0.48 | 0.31 | — | — | 0.31 | — | 8.67 | 5.88 | 1.71 | 1.71 | 1.71 | 3.59 | 73,209 | 39 |
Class I | |||||||||||||||||
03-31-13 | 9.10 | 0.25 | 0.00 * | 0.25 | 0.32 | 0.05 | 0.02 | 0.39 | — | 8.96 | 2.79 | 0.63 | 0.63 | 0.63 | 2.64 | 206,100 | 352 |
03-31-12 | 8.85 | 0.26 • | 0.36 | 0.62 | 0.36 | 0.01 | — | 0.37 | — | 9.10 | 7.16 | 0.65 | 0.65 | 0.65 | 2.83 | 144,678 | 335 |
03-31-11 | 8.76 | 0.34 | 0.14 | 0.48 | 0.39 | — | — | 0.39 | — | 8.85 | 5.57 | 0.63 | 0.63 | 0.63 | 3.92 | 68,996 | 193 |
03-31-10 | 8.72 | 0.36 • | 0.07 | 0.43 | 0.39 | — | — | 0.39 | — | 8.76 | 5.00 | 0.64 | 0.64 | 0.64 | 4.15 | 52,880 | 114 |
03-31-09 | 8.55 | 0.39 | 0.18 | 0.57 | 0.40 | — | — | 0.40 | — | 8.72 | 6.95 | 0.65 | 0.65 | 0.65 | 4.64 | 38,908 | 39 |
Class W | |||||||||||||||||
03-31-13 | 9.11 | 0.25 • | (0.01) | 0.24 | 0.31 | 0.05 | 0.02 | 0.38 | — | 8.97 | 2.76 | 0.65 | 0.65 | 0.65 | 2.72 | 37,682 | 352 |
03-31-12 | 8.86 | 0.26 • | 0.36 | 0.62 | 0.36 | 0.01 | — | 0.37 | — | 9.11 | 7.12 | 0.68 | 0.68 | 0.68 | 2.83 | 11,700 | 335 |
03-31-11 | 8.77 | 0.35 | 0.13 | 0.48 | 0.39 | — | — | 0.39 | — | 8.86 | 5.51 | 0.68 | 0.68 | 0.68 | 3.88 | 7,221 | 193 |
03-31-10 | 8.73 | 0.36 • | 0.06 | 0.42 | 0.38 | — | — | 0.38 | — | 8.77 | 4.97 | 0.66 | 0.66 | 0.66 | 4.15 | 8,204 | 114 |
03-31-09 | 8.55 | 0.39 | 0.19 | 0.58 | 0.40 | — | — | 0.40 | — | 8.73 | 7.03 | 0.65 | 0.65 | 0.65 | 4.70 | 4,180 | 39 |
Income (loss)
from investment operations |
Less distributions
|
Ratios to average net assets
|
Supplemental
data |
||||||||||||||
Net asset value, beginning
of year or period |
Net investment income (loss)
|
Net realized and unrealized
gain (loss) |
Total from investment
operations |
From net investment income
|
From net realized gains
|
From return of capital
|
Total distributions
|
Payments from distribution settlement/affiliate
|
Net asset value,
end of year or period |
Total Return
(1)
|
Expenses before
reductions/additions (2)(3) |
Expenses net of fee waivers
and/or recoupments, if any (2)(3) |
Expenses net of all
reductions/additions (2)(3) |
Net investment income
(loss) (2)(3) |
Net assets, end of year or
period |
Portfolio turnover rate
|
|
Year or Period ended
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
(%)
|
(%)
|
(%)
|
(%)
|
(%)
|
($000’s)
|
(%)
|
ING High Yield Bond Fund | |||||||||||||||||
Class A | |||||||||||||||||
03-31-13 | 7.80 | 0.49 | 0.54 | 1.03 | 0.49 | — | — | 0.49 | — | 8.34 | 13.69 | 1.06 | 1.10 | 1.10 | 6.20 | 85,429 | 109 |
03-31-12 | 7.82 | 0.52 | (0.02) | 0.50 | 0.52 | — | — | 0.52 | — | 7.80 | 6.72 | 1.14 | 1.10 | 1.10 | 6.73 | 98,123 | 100 |
03-31-11 | 7.38 | 0.56 | 0.45 | 1.01 | 0.55 | — | 0.02 | 0.57 | — | 7.82 | 14.22 | 1.13 | 1.10 † | 1.10 † | 7.43 † | 86,017 | 87 |
03-31-10 | 5.52 | 0.62 | 1.89 | 2.51 | 0.63 | — | 0.02 | 0.65 | — | 7.38 | 46.88 | 1.24 | 1.10 † | 1.10 † | 9.17 † | 83,034 | 103 |
03-31-09 | 7.89 | 0.62 | (2.32) | (1.70) | 0.54 | — | 0.13 | 0.67 | — | 5.52 | (22.36) | 1.25 | 1.10 † | 1.10 † | 9.30 † | 59,307 | 75 |
Class B | |||||||||||||||||
03-31-13 | 7.79 | 0.43 | 0.54 | 0.97 | 0.43 | — | — | 0.43 | — | 8.33 | 12.85 | 1.81 | 1.85 | 1.85 | 5.47 | 1,629 | 109 |
03-31-12 | 7.81 | 0.46 | (0.02) | 0.44 | 0.46 | — | — | 0.46 | — | 7.79 | 5.89 | 1.89 | 1.85 | 1.85 | 6.00 | 2,370 | 100 |
03-31-11 | 7.37 | 0.51 • | 0.44 | 0.95 | 0.49 | — | 0.02 | 0.51 | — | 7.81 | 13.35 | 1.88 | 1.85 † | 1.85 † | 6.74 † | 6,864 | 87 |
03-31-10 | 5.52 | 0.57 | 1.87 | 2.44 | 0.57 | — | 0.02 | 0.59 | — | 7.37 | 45.58 | 1.99 | 1.85 † | 1.85 † | 8.46 † | 12,099 | 103 |
03-31-09 | 7.88 | 0.58 | (2.32) | (1.74) | 0.49 | — | 0.13 | 0.62 | — | 5.52 | (22.86) | 2.00 | 1.85 † | 1.85 † | 8.38 † | 12,289 | 75 |
Class C | |||||||||||||||||
03-31-13 | 7.80 | 0.44 | 0.53 | 0.97 | 0.43 | — | — | 0.43 | — | 8.34 | 12.85 | 1.81 | 1.85 | 1.85 | 5.43 | 14,354 | 109 |
03-31-12 | 7.81 | 0.46 | (0.01) | 0.45 | 0.46 | — | — | 0.46 | — | 7.80 | 6.05 | 1.89 | 1.85 | 1.85 | 6.00 | 12,727 | 100 |
03-31-11 | 7.38 | 0.50 | 0.44 | 0.94 | 0.49 | — | 0.02 | 0.51 | — | 7.81 | 13.22 | 1.88 | 1.85 † | 1.85 † | 6.66 † | 11,938 | 87 |
03-31-10 | 5.52 | 0.57 | 1.89 | 2.46 | 0.58 | — | 0.02 | 0.60 | — | 7.38 | 45.82 | 1.99 | 1.85 † | 1.85 † | 8.40 † | 11,038 | 103 |
03-31-09 | 7.89 | 0.58 | (2.33) | (1.75) | 0.49 | — | 0.13 | 0.62 | — | 5.52 | (22.95) | 2.00 | 1.85 † | 1.85 † | 8.57 † | 7,101 | 75 |
Class I | |||||||||||||||||
03-31-13 | 7.80 | 0.52 • | 0.53 | 1.05 | 0.52 | — | — | 0.52 | — | 8.33 | 13.98 | 0.71 | 0.75 | 0.75 | 6.40 | 101,387 | 109 |
03-31-12 | 7.81 | 0.55 | (0.01) | 0.54 | 0.55 | — | — | 0.55 | — | 7.80 | 7.30 | 0.71 | 0.67 | 0.67 | 7.09 | 24,849 | 100 |
03-31-11 | 7.37 | 0.57 • | 0.48 | 1.05 | 0.59 | — | 0.02 | 0.61 | — | 7.81 | 14.86 | 0.76 | 0.73 † | 0.73 † | 7.53 † | 21,590 | 87 |
03-31-10 | 5.51 | 0.64 • | 1.90 | 2.54 | 0.66 | — | 0.02 | 0.68 | — | 7.37 | 47.55 | 0.92 | 0.78 † | 0.78 † | 8.99 † | 1,582 | 103 |
07-31-08 (4) - 03-31-09 | 7.64 | 0.37 • | (1.92) | (1.55) | 0.49 | — | 0.09 | 0.58 | — | 5.51 | (20.35) | 0.95 | 0.80 † | 0.80 † | 9.61 † | 2 | 75 |
Class W | |||||||||||||||||
03-31-13 | 7.81 | 0.51 • | 0.55 | 1.06 | 0.52 | — | — | 0.52 | — | 8.35 | 14.11 | 0.81 | 0.85 | 0.85 | 6.30 | 14,703 | 109 |
07-29-11 (4) - 03-31-12 | 7.82 | 0.36 • | 0.07 | 0.43 | 0.44 | — | — | 0.44 | — | 7.81 | 5.77 | 0.89 | 0.85 | 0.85 | 6.93 | 1,552 | 100 |
Income (loss)
from investment operations |
Less distributions
|
Ratios to average net assets
|
Supplemental
data |
||||||||||||||
Net asset value, beginning
of year or period |
Net investment income (loss)
|
Net realized and unrealized
gain (loss) |
Total from investment
operations |
From net investment income
|
From net realized gains
|
From return of capital
|
Total distributions
|
Payments from distribution settlement/affiliate
|
Net asset value,
end of year or period |
Total Return
(1)
|
Expenses before
reductions/additions (2)(3) |
Expenses net of fee waivers
and/or recoupments, if any (2)(3) |
Expenses net of all
reductions/additions (2)(3) |
Net investment income
(loss) (2)(3) |
Net assets, end of year or
period |
Portfolio turnover rate
|
|
Year or Period ended
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
(%)
|
(%)
|
(%)
|
(%)
|
(%)
|
($000’s)
|
(%)
|
ING Intermediate Bond Fund | |||||||||||||||||
Class A | |||||||||||||||||
03-31-13 | 9.90 | 0.34 | 0.33 | 0.67 | 0.48 | — | — | 0.48 | — | 10.09 | 6.83 | 0.70 | 0.70 | 0.70 | 3.38 | 301,544 | 490 |
03-31-12 | 9.53 | 0.38 | 0.42 | 0.80 | 0.43 | — | — | 0.43 | — | 9.90 | 8.61 | 0.68 | 0.68 | 0.68 | 3.99 | 293,277 | 500 |
03-31-11 | 9.23 | 0.47 • | 0.26 | 0.73 | 0.43 | — | — | 0.43 | — | 9.53 | 8.00 | 0.68 | 0.68 † | 0.68 † | 4.97 † | 316,000 | 384 |
03-31-10 | 8.31 | 0.45 • | 1.09 | 1.54 | 0.62 | — | — | 0.62 | — | 9.23 | 18.95 | 0.71 | 0.69 † | 0.69 † | 5.04 † | 348,871 | 540 |
03-31-09 | 10.13 | 0.45 | (1.60) | (1.15) | 0.45 | 0.22 | — | 0.67 | — | 8.31 | (11.65) | 0.72 | 0.70 † | 0.70 † | 4.84 † | 471,185 | 674 |
Class B | |||||||||||||||||
03-31-13 | 9.88 | 0.27 • | 0.32 | 0.59 | 0.40 | — | — | 0.40 | — | 10.07 | 6.02 | 1.45 | 1.45 | 1.45 | 2.63 | 1,928 | 490 |
03-31-12 | 9.51 | 0.32 • | 0.41 | 0.73 | 0.36 | — | — | 0.36 | — | 9.88 | 7.77 | 1.43 | 1.43 | 1.43 | 3.30 | 4,144 | 500 |
03-31-11 | 9.21 | 0.40 • | 0.26 | 0.66 | 0.36 | — | — | 0.36 | — | 9.51 | 7.21 | 1.43 | 1.43 † | 1.43 † | 4.24 † | 9,379 | 384 |
03-31-10 | 8.30 | 0.38 • | 1.08 | 1.46 | 0.55 | — | — | 0.55 | — | 9.21 | 17.96 | 1.46 | 1.44 † | 1.44 † | 4.31 † | 18,605 | 540 |
03-31-09 | 10.11 | 0.38 | (1.59) | (1.21) | 0.38 | 0.22 | — | 0.60 | — | 8.30 | (12.26) | 1.47 | 1.45 † | 1.45 † | 4.08 † | 23,721 | 674 |
Class C | |||||||||||||||||
03-31-13 | 9.89 | 0.27 | 0.31 | 0.58 | 0.40 | — | — | 0.40 | — | 10.07 | 5.93 | 1.45 | 1.45 | 1.45 | 2.63 | 35,308 | 490 |
03-31-12 | 9.52 | 0.32 | 0.41 | 0.73 | 0.36 | — | — | 0.36 | — | 9.89 | 7.78 | 1.43 | 1.43 | 1.43 | 3.22 | 35,256 | 500 |
03-31-11 | 9.22 | 0.40 • | 0.26 | 0.66 | 0.36 | — | — | 0.36 | — | 9.52 | 7.21 | 1.43 | 1.43 † | 1.43 † | 4.22 † | 33,994 | 384 |
03-31-10 | 8.30 | 0.38 • | 1.09 | 1.47 | 0.55 | — | — | 0.55 | — | 9.22 | 18.08 | 1.46 | 1.44 † | 1.44 † | 4.31 † | 45,016 | 540 |
03-31-09 | 10.12 | 0.38 | (1.60) | (1.22) | 0.38 | 0.22 | — | 0.60 | — | 8.30 | (12.35) | 1.47 | 1.45 † | 1.45 † | 4.08 † | 53,534 | 674 |
Class I | |||||||||||||||||
03-31-13 | 9.90 | 0.37 • | 0.32 | 0.69 | 0.51 | — | — | 0.51 | — | 10.08 | 7.04 | 0.42 | 0.42 | 0.42 | 3.64 | 531,681 | 490 |
03-31-12 | 9.53 | 0.41 | 0.42 | 0.83 | 0.46 | — | — | 0.46 | — | 9.90 | 8.90 | 0.40 | 0.40 | 0.40 | 4.26 | 331,423 | 500 |
03-31-11 | 9.23 | 0.50 | 0.26 | 0.76 | 0.46 | — | — | 0.46 | — | 9.53 | 8.35 | 0.38 | 0.38 † | 0.38 † | 5.25 † | 332,193 | 384 |
03-31-10 | 8.31 | 0.48 • | 1.09 | 1.57 | 0.65 | — | — | 0.65 | — | 9.23 | 19.33 | 0.39 | 0.37 † | 0.37 † | 5.37 † | 316,209 | 540 |
03-31-09 | 10.14 | 0.48 | (1.61) | (1.13) | 0.48 | 0.22 | — | 0.70 | — | 8.31 | (11.42) | 0.39 | 0.37 † | 0.37 † | 5.17 † | 362,162 | 674 |
Class O | |||||||||||||||||
03-31-13 | 9.90 | 0.34 • | 0.33 | 0.67 | 0.48 | — | — | 0.48 | — | 10.09 | 6.83 | 0.70 | 0.70 | 0.70 | 3.38 | 41,596 | 490 |
03-31-12 | 9.54 | 0.39 | 0.40 | 0.79 | 0.43 | — | — | 0.43 | — | 9.90 | 8.49 | 0.68 | 0.68 | 0.68 | 3.98 | 42,500 | 500 |
03-31-11 | 9.24 | 0.47 • | 0.26 | 0.73 | 0.43 | — | — | 0.43 | — | 9.54 | 8.00 | 0.68 | 0.68 † | 0.68 † | 4.96 † | 41,335 | 384 |
03-31-10 | 8.32 | 0.46 • | 1.08 | 1.54 | 0.62 | — | — | 0.62 | — | 9.24 | 18.94 | 0.71 | 0.69 † | 0.69 † | 5.09 † | 41,860 | 540 |
03-31-09 | 10.14 | 0.45 | (1.60) | (1.15) | 0.45 | 0.22 | — | 0.67 | — | 8.32 | (11.62) | 0.72 | 0.70 † | 0.70 † | 4.84 † | 39,188 | 674 |
Class R | |||||||||||||||||
03-31-13 | 9.91 | 0.30 | 0.35 | 0.65 | 0.46 | — | — | 0.46 | — | 10.10 | 6.57 | 0.95 | 0.95 | 0.95 | 3.14 | 14,401 | 490 |
03-31-12 | 9.54 | 0.35 | 0.43 | 0.78 | 0.41 | — | — | 0.41 | — | 9.91 | 8.33 | 0.93 | 0.93 | 0.93 | 3.73 | 12,323 | 500 |
03-31-11 | 9.24 | 0.45 • | 0.25 | 0.70 | 0.40 | — | — | 0.40 | — | 9.54 | 7.72 | 0.93 | 0.93 † | 0.93 † | 4.72 † | 14,339 | 384 |
03-31-10 | 8.32 | 0.43 • | 1.09 | 1.52 | 0.60 | — | — | 0.60 | — | 9.24 | 18.64 | 0.96 | 0.94 † | 0.94 † | 4.83 † | 18,417 | 540 |
03-31-09 | 10.15 | 0.43 | (1.61) | (1.18) | 0.43 | 0.22 | — | 0.65 | — | 8.32 | (11.93) | 0.97 | 0.95 † | 0.95 † | 4.59 † | 18,240 | 674 |
Class W |
Income (loss)
from investment operations |
Less distributions
|
Ratios to average net assets
|
Supplemental
data |
||||||||||||||
Net asset value, beginning
of year or period |
Net investment income (loss)
|
Net realized and unrealized
gain (loss) |
Total from investment
operations |
From net investment income
|
From net realized gains
|
From return of capital
|
Total distributions
|
Payments from distribution settlement/affiliate
|
Net asset value,
end of year or period |
Total Return
(1)
|
Expenses before
reductions/additions (2)(3) |
Expenses net of fee waivers
and/or recoupments, if any (2)(3) |
Expenses net of all
reductions/additions (2)(3) |
Net investment income
(loss) (2)(3) |
Net assets, end of year or
period |
Portfolio turnover rate
|
|
Year or Period ended
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
(%)
|
(%)
|
(%)
|
(%)
|
(%)
|
($000’s)
|
(%)
|
03-31-13 | 9.89 | 0.37 • | 0.32 | 0.69 | 0.51 | — | — | 0.51 | — | 10.07 | 7.04 | 0.45 | 0.45 | 0.45 | 3.64 | 225,738 | 490 |
03-31-12 | 9.52 | 0.40 • | 0.53 | 0.93 | 0.56 | — | — | 0.56 | — | 9.89 | 10.09 | 0.43 | 0.43 | 0.43 | 4.17 | 108,016 | 500 |
03-31-11 | 9.22 | 0.48 | 0.27 | 0.75 | 0.45 | — | — | 0.45 | — | 9.52 | 8.29 | 0.43 | 0.43 | 0.43 | 5.21 | 2,276 | 384 |
03-31-10 | 8.31 | 0.48 • | 1.08 | 1.56 | 0.65 | — | — | 0.65 | — | 9.22 | 19.15 | 0.42 | 0.40 † | 0.40 † | 5.42 † | 2,087 | 540 |
03-31-09 | 10.12 | 0.45 | (1.53) | (1.08) | 0.51 | 0.22 | — | 0.73 | — | 8.31 | (11.03) | 0.39 | 0.37 † | 0.37 † | 5.09 † | 2,079 | 674 |
ING Short Term Bond Fund | |||||||||||||||||
Class A | |||||||||||||||||
12-19-12 (4) - 03-31-13 | 10.00 | 0.02 | (0.01) | 0.01 | 0.00 * | — | — | 0.00 * | — | 10.01 | 0.13 | 2.39 | 0.80 | 0.80 | 0.63 | 4 | 85 |
Class C | |||||||||||||||||
12-19-12 (4) - 03-31-13 | 10.00 | (0.01) | 0.00 * | (0.01) | — | — | — | — | — | 9.99 | (0.10) | 3.14 | 1.55 | 1.55 | (0.39) | 3 | 85 |
Class I | |||||||||||||||||
12-19-12 (4) - 03-31-13 | 10.00 | 0.02 | 0.00 * | 0.02 | 0.02 | — | — | 0.02 | — | 10.00 | 0.22 | 0.61 | 0.50 | 0.50 | 0.84 | 177,653 | 85 |
Class W | |||||||||||||||||
12-19-12 (4) - 03-31-13 | 10.00 | 0.02 | 0.00 * | 0.02 | 0.01 | — | — | 0.01 | — | 10.01 | 0.17 | 2.14 | 0.55 | 0.55 | 0.59 | 3 | 85 |
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Highlights
ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
(1) | Total return is calculated assuming reinvestment of all dividends, capital gain distributions and return of capital distributions, if any, at net asset value and excluding the deduction of sales charges, if applicable. Total return for periods less than one year is not annualized. |
(2) | Annualized for periods less than one year. |
(3) | Expense ratios reflect operating expenses of a Fund. Expenses before reductions/additions do not reflect amounts reimbursed by the Investment Adviser and/or Distributor or reductions from brokerage service arrangements or other expense offset arrangements and do not represent the amount paid by a Fund during periods when reimbursements or deductions occur. Expenses net of fee waivers reflect expenses after reimbursement by the Investment Adviser and/or Distributor but prior to reductions from brokerage service arrangements or other expense offset arrangements. Expenses net of all reductions/additions represent the net expenses paid by a Fund. Net investment income (loss) is net of all such additions or reductions. |
(4) | Commencement of operations. |
• | Calculated using average number of shares outstanding throughout the period. |
† | Impact of waiving the advisory fee for the ING Institutional Prime Money Market Fund holding has less then 0.005% impact on the expense ratio and net investment income or loss ratio. |
* | Amount is less than $0.005 or 0.005% or more than $(0.005) or (0.005)%. |
TO OBTAIN MORE INFORMATION
You’ll find more information about the Funds in our:
ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL SHAREHOLDER REPORTS
In the Funds’ annual/semi-annual shareholder reports, you will find a discussion of the recent market conditions and principal
investment strategies that significantly affected the Funds’ performance during the last fiscal year, the financial statements and the independent registered public accounting firm’s reports (in the annual shareholder report
only).
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
The SAI contains more detailed information about the Funds. The SAI is legally part of this Prospectus (it is incorporated by
reference). A copy has been filed with the SEC.
Please write, call or visit our website for a free copy of the current annual/semi-annual shareholder reports, the SAI, or other Fund information.
To make
shareholder inquiries contact:
The ING Funds
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034
1-800-992-0180
or visit our website at
www.INGInvestment.com
This information may also be reviewed or obtained from the SEC. In order to review the information in person, you will need to visit the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. or call 202-551-8090 for information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Otherwise, you may obtain the information for a fee, by contacting the SEC at:
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission Public Reference Sectionor at the e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov
Or obtain the information at no cost by visiting the SEC’s Internet website at www.sec.gov.
When contacting the SEC, you will want to refer to the Funds’ SEC file number. The file number is as follows:
ING Funds Trust
811-8895
ING Floating Rate Fund
ING GNMA Income Fund
ING High Yield Bond Fund
ING Intermediate Bond Fund
ING Short Term Bond Fund
|
PRO-08895 (0713-073113) | |
|
|
Prospectus | July 31, 2013 |
|
|
|
E-Delivery Sign-up - details on back cover |
INVESTMENTS |
|
|
Table of Contents |
The Fund seeks to maximize total return through income and capital appreciation.
These tables describe the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund.
Shareholder Fees
Fees paid directly from your investment
Class | Maximum sales charge (load) as a % of offering price | Maximum deferred sales charge as a % of purchase or sales price, whichever is less |
R6 | None | None |
Annual Fund Operating
Expenses
Expenses you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment
Class | R6 |
Management Fee | 0.17% |
Distribution and/or Shareholder Services (12b-1) Fees | None |
Administrative Services Fee | 0.10% |
Other Expenses 1 | 0.07% |
Acquired Fund Fees and Operating Expenses | 0.01% |
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses 2 | 0.35% |
Waivers and Reimbursements 3 | None |
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Waivers and Reimbursements | 0.35% |
1 | Other Expenses are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year. |
2 | Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses may be higher than the Fund’s ratio of expenses to average net assets shown in the Fund’s Financial Highlights, which reflects the operating expenses of the Fund and does not include Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses. |
3 | The adviser is contractually obligated to limit expenses to 0.50% through August 1, 2014; the obligation does not extend to interest, taxes, brokerage commissions, extraordinary expenses, and Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses. The obligation will automatically renew for one-year terms unless it is terminated by the Fund or the adviser upon written notice within 90 days of the end of the current term or upon termination of the management agreement and is subject to possible recoupment by the adviser within three years. |
Expense Example $
The Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in shares of the Fund with the costs of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated. The Example show costs if you sold (redeemed) your shares at the end of the period or continued to hold them. The Example also assumes that your investment had a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
Class
Share Status
1 Yr
3 Yrs
5 Yr
10 Yrs
R6
Sold or Held
$
36
113
197
443
The Example reflects applicable expense limitation agreements and/or waivers in effect, if any, for the one-year period and the first year of the three-, five-, and ten-year periods.
Portfolio Turnover % of average value of portfolio
The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transactions costs and may mean higher taxes if you are investing in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Expense Example, affect the Fund’s performance.
During the most recent fiscal year, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 490% of the average value of its portfolio.
PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES
Under normal market conditions, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets (plus borrowings for investment purposes) in a portfolio of bonds, including but not limited to corporate, government and mortgage bonds, which, at the time of purchase, are rated investment-grade ( e.g ., rated at least BBB- by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or Baa3 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.) or have an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization, or are of comparable quality if unrated. The Fund will provide shareholders with at least 60 days’ prior notice of any change in this investment policy.
Although the Fund may invest a portion of its assets in high-yield (high risk) debt instruments, commonly referred to as “junk bonds,” rated below investment-grade, the Fund will seek to maintain a minimum average portfolio quality rating of at least investment-grade. Generally, the sub-adviser (“Sub-Adviser”) maintains a dollar-weighted average duration between three and ten years. Duration is the most commonly used measure of risk in debt instruments as it incorporates multiple features of the debt instruments ( e.g. , yield, coupon, maturity, etc.) into one number. Duration is a measure of sensitivity of the price of a debt security to a change in interest rates. Duration is a weighted average of the times that interest payments and the final return of principal are received. The weights are the amounts of the payments discounted by the yield-to-maturity of the debt instrument. Duration is expressed as a number of years. The bigger the duration number, the greater the interest-rate risk or reward for the debt instrument prices. For example, the price of a bond with an average duration of five years would be expected to fall approximately 5% if interest rates rose by one percentage point. Conversely, the price of a bond with an average duration of five years would be expected to rise approximately 5% if interest rates drop by one percentage point.
The Fund may also invest in: preferred stocks; high quality money market instruments; municipal bonds; debt instruments of foreign issuers (including those located in emerging market countries);
ING Intermediate Bond Fund
1
The Fund may seek to obtain exposure to the securities in which it invests by entering into a series of purchase and sale contracts or through other investment techniques such as buy backs and dollar rolls.
The Fund may invest in other investment companies, including exchange-traded funds, to the extent permitted under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules, regulations, and exemptive orders thereunder (“1940 Act”).
The Sub-Adviser believes that relationships between the drivers of debt instrument returns change over time and that recognizing this is key to managing debt instrument assets. Therefore, the Sub-Adviser employs a dynamic investment process that balances top-down macro economic considerations and fundamental bottom-up analysis during the steps of its investment process - sector allocation, security selection, duration and yield curve management. This includes leveraging proprietary qualitative analysis along with quantitative tools throughout the portfolio construction process.
The Sub-Adviser may sell securities for a variety of reasons, such as to secure gains, limit losses, or redeploy assets into opportunities believed to be more promising, among others.
The Fund may lend portfolio securities on a short-term or long-term basis, up to 33 1 / 3 % of its total assets.
You could lose money on an investment in the Fund. Any of the following risks, among others, could affect Fund performance or cause the Fund to lose money or to underperform market averages of other funds.
Call During periods of falling interest rates, a bond issuer may “call” or repay its high-yielding bond before the bond’s maturity date. If forced to invest the unanticipated proceeds at lower interest rates, the Fund would experience a decline in income.
Company The price of a given company’s stock could decline or underperform for many reasons including, among others, poor management, financial problems, or business challenges. If a company declares bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, its stock could become worthless.
Credit Prices of bonds and other debt instruments can fall if the issuer’s actual or perceived financial health deteriorates, whether because of broad economic or issuer-specific reasons. In certain cases, the issuer could be late in paying interest or principal, or could fail to pay altogether.
Currency To the extent that the Fund invests directly in foreign (non-U.S.) currencies or in securities denominated in, or that trade in, foreign (non-U.S.) currencies, it is subject to the risk that those foreign (non-U.S.) currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar or, in the case of hedging positions, that the U.S. dollar will decline in value relative to the currency being hedged.
Derivative Instruments Derivative instruments are subject to a number of risks, including the risk of changes in the market price of the underlying securities, credit risk with respect to the counterparty, risk of loss due to changes in interest rates and liquidity risk. The use of certain derivatives may also have a leveraging effect which may increase the volatility of the Fund and reduce its returns. Derivatives may not perform as expected, so the Fund may not realize the intended benefits. When used for hedging, the change in value of a derivative may not correlate as expected with the currency, security or other risk being hedged. In addition, given their complexity, derivatives expose the Fund to the risk of improper valuation.
Foreign Investments/Developing and Emerging Markets Investing in foreign (non-U.S.) securities may result in the Fund experiencing more rapid and extreme changes in value than a fund that invests exclusively in securities of U.S. companies due to: smaller markets; differing reporting, accounting, and auditing standards; nationalization, expropriation, or confiscatory taxation; foreign currency fluctuations, currency blockage, or replacement; potential for default on sovereign debt; or political changes or diplomatic developments. Markets and economies throughout the world are becoming increasingly interconnected, and conditions or events in one market, country or region may adversely impact investments or issuers in another market, country or region. Foreign investment risks may be greater in developing and emerging markets than in developed markets.
High-Yield Securities Investments rated below investment-grade (or of similar quality if unrated) are known as “high-yield securities” or “junk bonds.” High-yield securities are subject to greater levels of credit and liquidity risks. High-yield securities are considered primarily speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to make principal and interest payments.
Interest in Loans The value and the income streams of interests in loans (including participation interests in lease financings and assignments in secured variable or floating rate loans) will decline if borrowers delay payments or fail to pay altogether. A large rise in interest rates could increase this risk. Although loans are generally fully collateralized when purchased, the collateral may become illiquid or decline in value. Many loans themselves carry liquidity and valuation risks.
Interest Rate
With bonds and other fixed rate debt instruments, a rise in interest rates generally causes values to fall; conversely, values generally rise as interest rates fall. The higher the credit quality of the instrument, and the longer its
maturity or duration, the more sensitive it is likely to be to interest rate risk. In the case of inverse securities, the interest rate generally will decrease when the market rate of interest to which the inverse security
2
ING Intermediate Bond Fund
Investment Model The manager’s proprietary model may not adequately allow for existing or unforeseen market factors or the interplay between such factors.
Liquidity If a security is illiquid, the Fund might be unable to sell the security at a time when the Fund’s manager might wish to sell, and the security could have the effect of decreasing the overall level of the Fund’s liquidity. Further, the lack of an established secondary market may make it more difficult to value illiquid securities, which could vary from the amount the Fund could realize upon disposition. The Fund may make investments that become less liquid in response to market developments or adverse investor perception. The Fund could lose money if it cannot sell a security at the time and price that would be most beneficial to the Fund.
Market Stock prices may be volatile and are affected by the real or perceived impacts of such factors as economic conditions and political events. Stock markets tend to be cyclical, with periods when stock prices generally rise and periods when stock prices generally decline. Any given stock market segment may remain out of favor with investors for a short or long period of time, and stocks as an asset class may underperform bonds or other asset classes during some periods. Additionally, legislative, regulatory or tax policies or developments in these areas may adversely impact the investment techniques available to a manager, add to Fund costs and impair the ability of the Fund to achieve its investment objectives.
Mortgage- and/or Asset-Backed Securities Defaults on or the low credit quality or liquidity of the underlying assets of the asset-backed (including mortgage-backed) securities held by the Fund may impair the value of the securities. There may be limitations on the enforceability of any security interest granted with respect to those underlying assets. These securities also present a higher degree of prepayment and extension risk and interest rate risk than do other types of fixed-income securities.
Municipal Obligations The municipal market in which the Fund invests is volatile and can be significantly affected by adverse tax, legislative, or political changes and the financial condition of the issuers of municipal securities.
Other Investment Companies The main risk of investing in other investment companies, including exchange-traded funds, is the risk that the value of the securities underlying an investment company might decrease. Because the Fund may invest in other investment companies, you will pay a proportionate share of the expenses of those other investment companies (including management fees, administration fees, and custodial fees) in addition to the expenses of the Fund.
Prepayment and Extension Prepayment risk is the risk that principal on mortgages or other loan obligations underlying a security may be repaid prior to the stated maturity date, which may reduce the market value of the security and the anticipated yield-to-maturity. Extension risk is the risk that an issuer will exercise its right to repay principal on an obligation held by the Fund later than expected, which may decrease the value of the obligation and prevent the Fund from investing expected repayment proceeds in securities paying yields higher than the yields paid by the securities that were expected to be repaid.
Securities Lending Securities lending involves two primary risks: “investment risk” and “borrower default risk.” Investment risk is the risk that the Fund will lose money from the investment of the cash collateral received from the borrower. Borrower default risk is the risk that the Fund will lose money due to the failure of a borrower to return a borrowed security in a timely manner.
U.S. Government Securities and Obligations U.S. government securities are obligations of, or guaranteed by, the U.S. government, its agencies or government-sponsored enterprises. U.S. government securities are subject to market and interest rate risk, and may be subject to varying degrees of credit risk.
An investment in the Fund is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.
The following information is intended to help you understand the risks of investing in the Fund. Because Class R6 shares of the Fund had not commenced operations as of the calendar year ended December 31, 2012, the following bar chart shows the changes in the Fund’s Class A shares’ performance from year to year, and the table compares the Fund’s Class A shares’ performance to the performance of a broad-based securities market index/indices for the same period. Class R6 shares and Class A shares of the Fund would have substantially similar performance because they invest in the same portfolio of securities. However, Class R6 shares’ performance would be higher than Class A shares’ performance because of the higher expenses paid by Class A shares. The Fund’s performance information reflects applicable fee waivers and/or expense limitations in effect during the period presented. Absent such fee waivers/expense limitations, if any, performance would have been lower. The bar chart shows the performance of the Fund’s Class A shares, but does not reflect the impact of contingent deferred sales charges. If it did, returns would be lower than those shown. The Fund’s past performance (before and after taxes) is no guarantee of future results. For the most recent performance figures, go to www.INGFunds.com/literature or call 1-800-992-0180.
Calendar Year Total Returns Class A
(as of
December 31 of each year)
ING Intermediate Bond Fund | 3 |
Best quarter: 3rd, 2009, 7.77% and Worst quarter: 3rd, 2008, (5.12)%
The Fund’s Class A shares’ year-to-date total return as of June 30, 2013: (2.20)%
Average Annual Total Returns%
(for the periods ended December 31, 2012)
1 Yr | 5 Yrs | 10 Yrs |
Inception
Date |
Class A before taxes | % | 6.13 | 4.96 | 4.41 | 12/15/98 |
After tax on distributions | % | 4.42 | 2.91 | 2.57 | |
After tax on distributions with sale | % | 3.96 | 2.98 | 2.64 | |
BAB Index 1 | % | 4.21 | 5.95 | 5.18 | |
1 | The index returns do not reflect deductions for fees, expenses, or taxes. |
After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. In some cases the after-tax returns may exceed the return before taxes due to an assumed tax benefit from any losses on a sale of Fund shares at the end of the measurement period.
Investment Adviser
Sub-Adviser
ING Investments, LLC
ING Investment Management Co. LLC
Portfolio Managers
Christine Hurtsellers, CFA
Matthew Toms, CFA
Portfolio Manager (since 01/09)
Portfolio Manager (since 08/10)
PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES
Shares of the Fund may be purchased or sold on any business day (normally any day when the New York Stock Exchange is open). You can buy or sell shares of the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary; by visiting our website at www.INGInvestment.com; by writing to us at ING Funds, 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100, Scottsdale, Arizona 85258; or by calling us at 1-800-992-0180.
Minimum Initial Investment $ by share class
Class | R6 |
Certain institutional accounts | $1,000,000 |
Certain retirement plans | None |
Non-qualified deferred compensation plans | None |
Certain omnibus accounts | N/A |
Pre-Authorized Investment Plan | N/A |
The minimum initial investment requirement for Class R6 shares of the Fund is $1 million for certain institutional accounts. There is no minimum initial investment requirement for certain retirement plans and non-qualified deferred compensation plans. There are no minimums for additional investments.
The Fund’s distributions are generally taxable to you as ordinary income, capital gains, or a combination of the two, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account. If you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, you may be taxed upon withdrawals from that arrangement.
4 | ING Intermediate Bond Fund |
The Fund seeks maximum total return.
These tables describe the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund.
Shareholder Fees
Fees paid directly from your investment
Class | Maximum sales charge (load) as a % of offering price | Maximum deferred sales charge as a % of purchase or sales price, whichever is less |
R6 | None | None |
Annual Fund Operating Expenses
Expenses you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment
Class | R6 |
Management Fee | % | 0.35 |
Distribution and/or Shareholder Services (12b-1) Fees | % | None |
Administrative Services Fee | % | 0.10 |
Other Expenses 1 | % | 0.14 |
Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses | % | 0.01 |
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses 2 | % | 0.60 |
Waivers and Reimbursements 3 | % | (0.12) |
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Waivers and Reimbursements | % | 0.48 |
1 | Other Expenses are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year. |
2 | Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses may be higher than the Fund’s ratio of expenses to average net assets shown in the Fund’s Financial Highlights which reflects the operating expenses of the Fund and does not include Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses. |
3 | The adviser is contractually obligated to limit expenses to 0.47% through August 1, 2014; the obligation does not extend to interest, taxes, brokerage commissions, extraordinary expenses, and Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses. The obligation will automatically renew for one-year terms unless it is terminated by the Fund or the adviser upon written notice within 90 days prior to the end of the then current agreement or upon termination of the advisory agreement and is subject to recoupment by the adviser within three years. |
Expense Example $
The Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in shares of the Fund with the costs of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated. The Example show costs if you sold (redeemed) your shares at the end of the period or continued to hold them. The Example also assumes that your investment had a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
Class
Share Status
1 Yr
3 Yrs
R6
Sold or Held
$
49
180
The Example reflects applicable expense limitation agreements and/or waivers in effect, if any, for the one-year period and the first year of the three-year period.
Portfolio Turnover % of average value of portfolio
The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transactions costs and may mean higher taxes if you are investing in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Expense Example, affect the Fund’s performance.
During the most recent fiscal period from December 19, 2012 through March 31, 2013, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 85% of the average value of its portfolio.
PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES
Under normal market conditions, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets (plus borrowing for investment purposes) in a diversified portfolio of bonds or derivative instruments having economic characteristics similar to bonds. The Fund will provide shareholders with at least 60 days’ prior notice of any change in this investment policy. The average dollar-weighted maturity of the Fund will not exceed 3 years. Because of the Fund’s holdings in asset-backed, mortgage-backed and similar securities, the Fund’s average dollar-weighted maturity is equivalent to the average weighted maturity of the cash flows in the securities held by the Fund given certain prepayment assumptions (also known as weighted average life).
The Fund invests in non-government issued debt securities, issued by companies of all sizes, rated investment-grade, but may also invest up to 10% of its total assets in high yield securities, (commonly referred to as “junk bonds,”) rated B or better by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or equivalently rated by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”) or by Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”) or, if not rated by Moody’s, S&P or Fitch, if the sub-adviser (“Sub-Adviser”) determines at the time of purchase that they are of comparable quality. Money market securities must be rated in the two highest rating categories by Moody’s (P-1 or P-2), S&P (A-1+, A-1 or A-2) or Fitch (A-1+, A-1 or A-2), or determined, at the time of purchase, to be of comparable quality by the Sub-Adviser.
The Fund may also invest in: preferred stocks; U.S. government securities, securities of
foreign governments, and supranational organizations; mortgage-backed and asset-backed debt securities; municipal bonds, notes, and commercial paper; and debt securities of foreign issuers. The Fund may engage in dollar roll transactions and swap
agreements, including credit default swaps. The Fund
ING Short Term Bond Fund
5
In addition, private placements of debt securities (which are often restricted securities) are eligible for purchase along with other illiquid securities.
The Fund may invest in other investment companies, including exchange-traded funds, to the extent permitted under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules, regulations, and exemptive orders thereunder (“1940 Act”).
The Sub-Adviser believes that relationships between the drivers of fixed-income returns change over time and that recognizing this is key to managing fixed-income assets. Therefore, the Sub-Adviser employs a dynamic investment process that balances top-down macro economic considerations and fundamental bottom-up analysis during the steps of its investment process - sector allocation, security selection, duration and yield curve management. This includes leveraging proprietary qualitative analysis along with quantitative tools throughout the portfolio construction process.
The Sub-Adviser may sell securities for a variety of reasons, such as to secure gains, limit losses, or redeploy assets into opportunities believed to be more promising, among others.
The Fund may lend portfolio securities on a short-term or long-term basis, up to 33 1 / 3 % of its total assets.
You could lose money on an investment in the Fund. Any of the following risks, among others, could affect Fund performance or cause the Fund to lose money or to underperform market averages of other funds.
Call During periods of falling interest rates, a bond issuer may “call” or repay its high-yielding bond before the bond’s maturity date. If forced to invest the unanticipated proceeds at lower interest rates, the Fund would experience a decline in income.
Company The price of a given company’s stock could decline or underperform for many reasons including, among others, poor management, financial problems, or business challenges. If a company declares bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, its stock could become worthless.
Credit Prices of bonds and other debt instruments can fall if the issuer’s actual or perceived financial health deteriorates, whether because of broad economic or issuer-specific reasons. In certain cases, the issuer could be late in paying interest or principal, or could fail to pay altogether.
Credit Default Swaps The Fund may enter into credit default swaps, either as a buyer or a seller of the swap. As a buyer of the swap, the Fund pays a fee to protect against the risk that a security held by the Fund will default. As a seller of the swap, the Fund receives payment(s) in return for its obligation to pay the counterparty an agreed upon value of a security in the event of a default of the security issuer. Credit default swaps are particularly subject to counterparty, credit, correlation, valuation, liquidity and leveraging risks. Certain standardized swaps are subject to mandatory central clearing. Central clearing is expected to reduce counterparty credit risk and increase liquidity, but central clearing does not make swap transactions risk free.
Currency To the extent that the Fund invests directly in foreign (non-U.S.) currencies or in securities denominated in, or that trade in, foreign (non-U.S.) currencies, it is subject to the risk that those foreign (non-U.S.) currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar or, in the case of hedging positions, that the U.S. dollar will decline in value relative to the currency being hedged.
Derivative Instruments Derivative instruments are subject to a number of risks, including the risk of changes in the market price of the underlying securities, credit risk with respect to the counterparty, risk of loss due to changes in interest rates and liquidity risk. The use of certain derivatives may also have a leveraging effect which may increase the volatility of the Fund and reduce its returns. Derivatives may not perform as expected, so the Fund may not realize the intended benefits. When used for hedging, the change in value of a derivative may not correlate as expected with the currency, security or other risk being hedged. In addition, given their complexity, derivatives expose the Fund to the risk of improper valuation.
Foreign Investments Investing in foreign (non-U.S.) securities may result in the Fund experiencing more rapid and extreme changes in value than a fund that invests exclusively in securities of U.S. companies due to: smaller markets; differing reporting, accounting, and auditing standards; nationalization, expropriation, or confiscatory taxation; foreign currency fluctuations, currency blockage, or replacement; potential for default on sovereign debt; or political changes or diplomatic developments. Markets and economies throughout the world are becoming increasingly interconnected, and conditions or events in one market, country or region may adversely impact investments or issuers in another market, country or region.
High-Yield Securities Investments rated below investment-grade (or of similar quality if unrated) are known as “high-yield securities” or “junk bonds.” High-yield securities are subject to greater levels of credit and liquidity risks. High-yield securities are considered primarily speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to make principal and interest payments.
Interest Rate With bonds and other fixed rate debt instruments, a rise in interest rates generally causes values to fall; conversely, values generally rise as interest rates fall. The higher the credit quality of the instrument, and the longer its maturity or duration, the more sensitive it is likely to be to interest rate risk. In the case of inverse securities, the interest rate generally will decrease when the market rate of interest to which the inverse security is indexed decreases. As of the date of this Prospectus, interest rates in the United States are at or near historic lows, which may increase the Fund’s exposure to risks associated with rising interest rates.
6 | ING Short Term Bond Fund |
Investment Model The manager’s proprietary model may not adequately allow for existing or unforeseen market factors or the interplay between such factors.
Liquidity If a security is illiquid, the Fund might be unable to sell the security at a time when the Fund’s manager might wish to sell, and the security could have the effect of decreasing the overall level of the Fund’s liquidity. Further, the lack of an established secondary market may make it more difficult to value illiquid securities, which could vary from the amount the Fund could realize upon disposition. The Fund may make investments that become less liquid in response to market developments or adverse investor perception. The Fund could lose money if it cannot sell a security at the time and price that would be most beneficial to the Fund.
Market Stock prices may be volatile and are affected by the real or perceived impacts of such factors as economic conditions and political events. Stock markets tend to be cyclical, with periods when stock prices generally rise and periods when stock prices generally decline. Any given stock market segment may remain out of favor with investors for a short or long period of time, and stocks as an asset class may underperform bonds or other asset classes during some periods. Additionally, legislative, regulatory or tax policies or developments in these areas may adversely impact the investment techniques available to a manager, add to Fund costs and impair the ability of the Fund to achieve its investment objectives.
Mortgage- and/or Asset-Backed Securities Defaults on or the low credit quality or liquidity of the underlying assets of the asset-backed (including mortgage-backed) securities held by the Fund may impair the value of the securities. There may be limitations on the enforceability of any security interest granted with respect to those underlying assets. These securities also present a higher degree of prepayment and extension risk and interest rate risk than do other types of fixed-income securities.
Municipal Obligations The municipal market in which the Fund invests is volatile and can be significantly affected by adverse tax, legislative, or political changes and the financial condition of the issuers of municipal securities.
Other Investment Companies The main risk of investing in other investment companies, including exchange-traded funds, is the risk that the value of the securities underlying an investment company might decrease. Because the Fund may invest in other investment companies, you will pay a proportionate share of the expenses of those other investment companies (including management fees, administration fees, and custodial fees) in addition to the expenses of the Fund.
Prepayment and Extension Prepayment risk is the risk that principal on mortgages or other loan obligations underlying a security may be repaid prior to the stated maturity date, which may reduce the market value of the security and the anticipated yield-to-maturity. Extension risk is the risk that an issuer will exercise its right to repay principal on an obligation held by the Fund later than expected, which may decrease the value of the obligation and prevent the Fund from investing expected repayment proceeds in securities paying yields higher than the yields paid by the securities that were expected to be repaid.
Securities Lending Securities lending involves two primary risks: “investment risk” and “borrower default risk.” Investment risk is the risk that the Fund will lose money from the investment of the cash collateral received from the borrower. Borrower default risk is the risk that the Fund will lose money due to the failure of a borrower to return a borrowed security in a timely manner.
Sovereign Debt These securities are issued or guaranteed by foreign government entities. Investments in sovereign debt are subject to the risk that a government entity may delay payment, restructure its debt, or refuse to pay interest or repay principal on its sovereign debt. Some of these reasons may include cash flow problems, insufficient foreign currency reserves, political considerations, the relative size of its debt position to its economy or its failure to put in place economic reforms required by the International Monetary Fund or other multilateral agencies. If a government entity defaults, it may ask for more time in which to pay or for further loans. There is no legal process for collecting sovereign debts that a government does not pay or bankruptcy proceeding by which all or part of sovereign debt that a government entity has not repaid may be collected.
U.S. Government Securities and Obligations U.S. government securities are obligations of, or guaranteed by, the U.S. government, its agencies or government-sponsored enterprises. U.S. government securities are subject to market and interest rate risk, and may be subject to varying degrees of credit risk.
An investment in the Fund is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.
Because the Fund did not have a full calendar year of operations as of December 31, 2012, there is no annual performance information included.
Investment Adviser
Sub-Adviser
ING Investments, LLC
ING Investment Management Co. LLC
Portfolio Managers
Christine Hurtsellers, CFA
Matthew Toms, CFA
Portfolio Manager (since 05/13)
Portfolio Manager (since (12/12)
PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES
Shares of the Fund may be purchased or sold on any business day (normally any day when the New York Stock Exchange is open). You can buy or sell shares of the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary; by visiting our website at www.INGInvestment.com; by writing to us at ING Funds, 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100, Scottsdale, Arizona 85258; or by calling us at 1-800-992-0180.
ING Short Term Bond Fund | 7 |
Minimum Initial Investment $ by share class
Class | R6 |
Certain institutional accounts | $1,000,000 |
Certain retirement plans | None |
Non-qualified deferred compensation plans | None |
Certain omnibus accounts | N/A |
Pre-Authorized Investment Plan | N/A |
The minimum initial investment requirement for Class R6 shares of the Fund is $1 million for certain institutional accounts. There is no minimum initial investment requirement for certain retirement plans and non-qualified deferred compensation plans. There are no minimums for additional investments.
The Fund’s distributions are generally taxable to you as ordinary income, capital gains, or a combination of the two, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account. If you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, you may be taxed upon withdrawals from that arrangement.
8 | ING Short Term Bond Fund |
This Prospectus contains information about the Funds and is designed to provide you with important information to help you with your investment decisions. Please read it carefully and keep it for future reference.
The Funds’ Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is incorporated by reference into (legally made a part of) this Prospectus. It identifies investment restrictions, more detailed risk descriptions, a description of how the bond rating system works, and other information that may be helpful to you in your decision to invest. You may obtain a copy, without charge, from the Funds.
Other ING Funds may also be offered to the public that have similar names, investment objectives, and principal investment strategies as those of the Funds. You should be aware that a Fund is likely to differ from these other ING Funds in size and cash flow pattern. Accordingly, the performance of a Fund can be expected to vary from those of other ING Funds.
Other mutual funds and/or funds-of-funds may invest in the Funds. So long as the Funds accept investments by other investment companies, they will not purchase securities of other investment companies, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or under the terms of an exemptive order granted by the SEC.
Each Fund is a series of ING Funds Trust (“Trust”), a Delaware statutory trust, and is managed by ING Investments, LLC (“ING Investments” or “Adviser”).
Fundamental investment policies contained in the SAI may not be changed without shareholder approval. The Board of Trustees (“Board”) and/or the Adviser may change any other policies and investment strategies.
Non-Fundamental Investment Policies
The Funds have adopted non-fundamental investment policies to invest the Fund’s assets in securities that are consistent with the Fund’s name. For more information about these policies, please consult the SAI.
Each Fund is diversified, as such term is defined in the 1940 Act. A diversified fund may not, as to 75% of its total assets, invest more than 5% of its total assets in any one issuer and may not purchase more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities, or other investment companies). A non-diversified fund is not limited by the 1940 Act in the proportion of its assets that it may invest in the obligations of a single issuer.
Although the Funds are designed to serve as a component of a diversified investment portfolio of securities, no single mutual fund can provide an appropriate investment program for all investors. You should evaluate each Fund in the context of your personal financial situation, investment objectives, and other investments.
Temporary Defensive Strategies
When the Adviser or sub-adviser (if applicable) to a Fund anticipates unusual market, economic, political, or other conditions, the Fund may temporarily depart from its principal investment strategies as a defensive measure. In such circumstances, that Fund may invest in securities believed to present less risk, such as cash, cash equivalents, money market fund shares and other money market instruments, debt securities that are high quality or higher quality than normal, more liquid securities, or others. While a Fund invests defensively, it may not achieve its investment objective. A Fund’s defensive investment position may not be effective in protecting its value. It is impossible to predict accurately how long such alternative strategies may be utilized. The types of defensive positions in which a Fund may engage are identified and discussed in the SAI.
Percentage and Rating Limitations
The percentage and rating limitations on Fund investments listed in this Prospectus apply at the time of investment.
Please note your investment is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board, or any other government agency.
KEY FUND INFORMATION (continued)Each Fund’s fiscal year ends March 31. Each Fund will send financial statements to its shareholders at least semi-annually. An annual shareholder report containing financial statements audited by an independent registered public accounting firm will be sent to shareholders every year.
Additional Information About the Investment Objectives
Each Fund’s investment objective is non-fundamental and may be changed by a vote of the Fund’s Board, without shareholder approval. A Fund will provide 60 days’ prior written notice of any change in a non-fundamental investment objective. There is no guarantee the Funds will achieve their respective investment objectives.
Additional Information About Principal Investment Strategies
For a complete description of each Fund’s principal investment strategies, please see the Fund’s summary prospectus or the summary section of this Prospectus.
Additional Information About the Risks
All mutual funds involve risk - some more than others - and there is always the chance that you could lose money or not earn as much as you hope. A Fund’s risk profile is largely a factor of the principal securities in which it invests and investment techniques that it uses. Below is a discussion of the risks associated with certain of the types of securities in which the Funds may invest and certain of the investment practices that the Funds may use. For more information about these and other types of securities and investment techniques that may be used by the Funds, see the SAI.
Many of the investment techniques and strategies discussed in this Prospectus and in the SAI are discretionary, which means that the Adviser or sub-adviser can decide whether to use them. The Funds may invest in these securities or use these techniques as part of the Funds’ principal investment strategies. However, the Adviser or sub-adviser may also use these investment techniques or make investments in securities that are not a part of the Funds’ principal investment strategies.
The discussions below expand on the risks included in a Fund’s summary section of the Prospectus. Please see the SAI for a further discussion of the principal and other investment strategies employed by each Fund.
Call. During periods of falling interest rates, a bond issuer may “call” or repay its high-yielding bond before the bond’s maturity date. If forced to invest the unanticipated proceeds at lower interest rates, a fund would experience a decline in income.
Company. The price of a given company’s stock could decline or underperform for many reasons including, among others, poor management, financial problems, or business challenges. If a company declares bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, its stock could become worthless.
Credit. Prices of bonds and other debt instruments can fall if the issuer’s actual or perceived financial health deteriorates, whether because of broad economic or issuer-specific reasons. In certain cases, the issuer could be late in paying interest or principal, or could fail to pay altogether.
Credit Default Swaps. A fund may enter into credit default swaps, either as a buyer or a seller of the swap. As a buyer of the swap, a fund pays a fee to protect against the risk that a security held by the fund will default. As a seller of the swap, a fund receives payment(s) in return for its obligation to pay the counterparty an agreed upon value of a security in the event of a default of the security issuer. Credit default swaps are particularly subject to counterparty, credit, correlation, valuation, liquidity and leveraging risks. Certain standardized swaps are subject to mandatory central clearing. Central clearing is expected to reduce counterparty credit risk and increase liquidity, but central clearing does not make swap transactions risk free.
Currency. To the extent that a fund invests directly in foreign (non-U.S.) currencies or in securities denominated in, or that trade in, foreign (non-U.S.) currencies, it is subject to the risk that those foreign (non-U.S.) currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar or, in the case of hedging positions, that the U.S. dollar will decline in value relative to the currency being hedged. Currency rates may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time. Currency rates may be affected by changes in interest rates, intervention (or the failure to intervene) by U.S. or foreign governments, central banks or supranational entities such as the International Monetary Fund, by the imposition of currency controls, or other political or economic developments in the United States or abroad. As a result, a fund’s investments in foreign currency or foreign currency-denominated securities may reduce the value of the fund’s assets.
Derivative Instruments. Derivative instruments are subject to a number of risks, including the risk of changes in the market price of the underlying securities, credit risk with respect to the counterparty, risk of loss due to changes in interest rates and liquidity risk. The use of certain derivatives may also have a leveraging effect which may increase the volatility of a fund and reduce its returns. Derivatives may not perform as expected, so a fund may not realize the intended benefits. When used for hedging, the change in value of a derivative may not correlate as expected with the currency, security or
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS (continued) other risk being hedged. In addition, given their complexity, derivatives expose a fund to the risk of improper valuation. Generally, derivatives are sophisticated financial instruments whose performance is derived, at least in part, from the performance of an underlying asset or assets. Derivatives include, among other things, swap agreements, options, forwards and futures. The investment of a fund’s assets required to purchase certain derivatives may be small relative to the magnitude of exposure assumed by the fund; therefore, the purchase of certain derivatives may have an economic leveraging effect on the fund; thus exaggerating any increase or decrease in the net asset value of the fund. Investments in derivatives are generally negotiated over-the-counter with a single counterparty and as a result are subject to credit risks related to the counterparty’s ability to perform its obligations and further that any deterioration in the counterparty’s creditworthiness could adversely affect the value of the derivative. In addition, derivatives and their underlying securities may experience periods of illiquidity which could cause a fund to hold a security it might otherwise sell, or to sell a security it otherwise might hold at inopportune times or for prices that do not reflect current market value. A fund’s adviser or sub-adviser might imperfectly judge the direction of the market. For instance, if a derivative is used as a hedge to offset investment risk in another security, the hedge might not correlate to the market’s movements and may have unexpected or undesired results such as a loss or a reduction in gains to a fund.Foreign Investments. To the extent a fund invests in securities of issuers in markets outside the United States, its share price may be more volatile than if it invested in securities of issuers in the U.S. market due to, among other things, the following factors: comparatively unstable political, social and economic conditions and limited or ineffectual judicial systems; comparatively small market sizes, making securities less liquid and securities prices more sensitive to the movements of large investors and more vulnerable to manipulation; governmental policies or actions, such as high taxes, restrictions on currency movements, replacement of currency, potential for default on sovereign debt, trade or diplomatic disputes, creation of monopolies, and seizure of private property through confiscatory taxation and expropriation or nationalization of company assets; incomplete, outdated, or unreliable information about securities issuers due to less stringent market regulation and accounting standards; comparatively undeveloped markets and weak banking and financial systems; market inefficiencies, such as higher transaction costs, and administrative difficulties, such as delays in processing transactions; and fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, which could reduce gains or widen losses. In addition, foreign taxes could reduce the income available to distribute to shareholders, and special U.S. tax considerations could apply to foreign investments. Depositary receipts are subject to risks of foreign investments and might not always track the price of the underlying foreign security. Markets and economies throughout the world are becoming increasingly interconnected, and conditions or events in one market, country or region may adversely impact investments or issuers in another market, country or region.
High-Yield Securities. Investments rated below investment-grade (or of similar quality if unrated) are known as “high-yield securities” or “junk bonds.” High-yield securities are subject to greater levels of credit and liquidity risks. High-yield securities are considered primarily speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to make principal and interest payments. Investments in high-yield securities generally provide greater income and increased opportunity for capital appreciation than investments in higher quality debt instruments, but they also typically entail greater potential price volatility and principal and income risk. The prices of high-yield securities have been found to be less sensitive to interest rate changes than higher rated investments, but more sensitive to adverse economic downturns or individual corporate developments. High-yield securities structured as zero-coupon or pay-in-kind securities tend to be more volatile. The secondary market in which high-yield securities are traded is generally less liquid than the market for higher grade bonds. At times of less liquidity, it may be more difficult to value high-yield securities.
Interest in Loans. The value and the income streams of interests in loans (including participation interests in lease financings and assignments in secured variable or floating rate loans) will decline if borrowers delay payments or fail to pay altogether. A large rise in interest rates could increase this risk. Although loans are generally fully collateralized when purchased, the collateral may become illiquid or decline in value. Many loans themselves carry liquidity and valuation risks.
Interest Rate. With bonds and other fixed rate debt instruments, a rise in interest rates generally causes values to fall; conversely, values generally rise as interest rates fall. The higher the credit quality of the instrument, and the longer its maturity or duration, the more sensitive it is likely to be to interest rate risk. In the case of inverse securities, the interest rate generally will decrease when the market rate of interest to which the inverse security is indexed decreases. As of the date of this Prospectus, interest rates in the United States are at or near historic lows, which may increase a fund’s exposure to risks associated with rising interest rates.
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS (continued)Investment Model. The manager’s proprietary model may not adequately allow for existing or unforeseen market factors or the interplay between such factors. The proprietary models used by a manager to evaluate securities or securities markets are based on the manager’s understanding of the interplay of market factors and do not assure successful investment. The markets, or the price of individual securities, may be affected by factors not foreseen in developing the models.
Liquidity. If a security is illiquid, the adviser or sub-adviser might be unable to sell the security at a time when a fund’s manager might wish to sell, and the security could have the effect of decreasing the overall level of the fund’s liquidity. Further, the lack of an established secondary market may make it more difficult to value illiquid securities, which could vary from the amount a fund could realize upon disposition. A fund may make investments that become less liquid in response to market developments or adverse investor perception. A fund could lose money if it cannot sell a security at the time and price that would be most beneficial to the fund.
Market. Stock prices may be volatile and are affected by the real or perceived impacts of such factors as economic conditions and political events. Stock markets tend to be cyclical, with periods when stock prices generally rise and periods when stock prices generally decline. Any given stock market segment may remain out of favor with investors for a short or long period of time, and stocks as an asset class may underperform bonds or other asset classes during some periods. Additionally, legislative, regulatory or tax policies or developments in these areas may adversely impact the investment techniques available to a manager, add to fund costs and impair the ability of a fund to achieve its investment objectives.
Mortgage- and/or Asset-Backed Securities. Defaults on or low credit quality or liquidity of the underlying assets of the asset-backed (including mortgage-backed) securities held by a fund may impair the value of the securities. There may be limitations on the enforceability of any security interest granted with respect to those underlying assets. These securities also present a higher degree of prepayment and extension risk and interest rate risk than do other types of fixed-income securities. Because of prepayment risk and extension risk, small movements in interest rates (both increases and decreases) may quickly and significantly reduce the value of certain asset-backed securities. The value of longer-term securities generally changes more in response to changes in interest rates than shorter term securities.
During an economic downturn, the mortgages, commercial or consumer loans, trade or credit card receivables, installment purchase obligations, leases, or other debt obligations underlying an asset-backed security may experience an increase in defaults as borrowers experience difficulties in repaying their loans which may cause the valuation of such securities to be more volatile and may reduce the value of such securities. These risks are particularly heightened for investments in asset-backed securities that contain sub-prime loans which are loans made to borrowers with weakened credit histories and often have higher default rates.
Municipal Obligations. The municipal market in which a fund invests is volatile and can be significantly affected by adverse tax, legislative, or political changes and the financial condition of the issuers of municipal securities. Municipal revenue obligations are backed by the revenues generated from a specific project or facility and include industrial development bonds and private activity bonds. Private activity and industrial development bonds are dependent on the ability of the facility’s user to meet its financial obligations and the value of any real or personal property pledged as security for such payment. Many municipal securities are issued to finance projects relating to education, health care, transportation and utilities. Conditions in those sectors may affect the overall municipal market. In addition, municipal securities backed by current or anticipated revenues from a specific project or specific asset may be adversely affected by the discontinuance of the taxation supporting the project or asset or the inability to collect revenues for the project or from assets. If an issuer of a municipal security does not comply with applicable tax requirements, interest from the security may become taxable and the security could decline in value.
Other Investment Companies. The main risk of investing in other investment companies, including exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”), is the risk that the value of the securities underlying an investment company might decrease. Because a fund may invest in other investment companies, you will pay a proportionate share of the expenses of those other investment companies (including management fees, administration fees, and custodial fees) in addition to the expenses of the fund.
Other investment companies include ETFs and Holding Company Depositary Receipts (“HOLDRs”), among others. ETFs are exchange-traded investment companies that are, in many cases, designed to provide investment results corresponding to an index. The value of the underlying securities can fluctuate in response to activities of individual companies or in response to general market and/or economic conditions. Additional risks of investments in ETFs include: (i) the market price of an ETF’s shares may trade at a discount to its net asset value; (ii) an active trading market for an ETF’s shares may not develop or be maintained; or (iii) trading may be halted if the listing exchanges’ officials deem such action appropriate,
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS (continued) the shares are delisted from the exchange, or the activation of market-wide “circuit breakers” (which are tied to large decreases in stock prices) halts trading generally. Because HOLDRs concentrate in the stocks of a particular industry, trends in that industry may have a dramatic impact on their value.Prepayment and Extension. Prepayment risk is the risk that principal on mortgages or other loan obligations underlying a security may be repaid prior to the stated maturity date, which may reduce the market value of the security and the anticipated yield-to-maturity. Extension risk is the risk that an issuer will exercise its right to repay principal on an obligation held by a fund later than expected, which may decrease the value of the obligation and prevent the fund from investing expected repayment proceeds in securities paying yields higher than the yields paid by the securities that were expected to be repaid.
Securities Lending. Securities lending involves two primary risks: “investment risk” and “borrower default risk.” Investment risk is the risk that a fund will lose money from the investment of the cash collateral received from the borrower. Borrower default risk is the risk that a fund will lose money due to the failure of a borrower to return a borrowed security in a timely manner.
To generate additional income, a fund may lend securities to financial institutions that are believed to be creditworthy by the adviser. When lending securities, a fund will receive cash or U.S. government securities as collateral.
When a fund lends its securities, it is responsible for investing the cash it receives as collateral from the borrower, and the fund could incur losses in connection with the investment of such collateral, often referred to as “investment risk.” A fund will minimize investment risk by limiting the investment of cash collateral to high-quality instruments of short maturity.
A fund may also lose money from the failure of a borrower to return a borrowed security in a timely manner, often referred to as “borrower default risk.” In the event of a borrower default, a fund will be protected to the extent the fund is able to exercise its rights in the collateral promptly and the value of such collateral is sufficient to purchase replacement securities. In addition, a fund will be protected by its securities lending agent, which has agreed to indemnify the fund from losses resulting from borrower default.
Sovereign Debt. These securities are issued or guaranteed by foreign government entities. Investments in sovereign debt are subject to the risk that a government entity may delay payment, restructure its debt, or refuse to pay interest or repay principal on its sovereign debt. Some of these reasons may include cash flow problems, insufficient foreign currency reserves, political considerations, the relative size of its debt position to its economy or its failure to put in place economic reforms required by the International Monetary Fund or other multilateral agencies. If a government entity defaults, it may ask for more time in which to pay or for further loans. There is no legal process for collecting sovereign debts that a government does not pay or bankruptcy proceeding by which all or part of sovereign debt that a government entity has not repaid may be collected.
U.S. Government Securities and Obligations. U.S. government securities are obligations of, or guaranteed by, the U.S. government, its agencies or government-sponsored enterprises. U.S. government securities are subject to market and interest rate risk, and may be subject to varying degrees of credit risk. Some U.S. government securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government and are guaranteed as to both principal and interest by the U.S. Treasury. These include direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury such as U.S. Treasury notes, bills and bonds, as well as indirect obligations including certain securities of the Government National Mortgage Association, the Small Business Administration, and the Farmers Home Administration, among others. Other U.S. government securities are not direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury, but rather are backed by the ability to borrow directly from the U.S. Treasury, including certain securities of the Federal Financing Bank, the Federal Home Loan Bank, and the U.S. Postal Service. Still other agencies and instrumentalities are supported solely by the credit of the agency or instrumentality itself and are neither guaranteed nor insured by the U.S. government. These include securities issued by the Federal Home Loan Bank, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, and the Federal Farm Credit Bank, among others. Consequently, the investor must look principally to the agency issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment. No assurance can be given that the U.S. government would provide financial support to such agencies if it is not obligated to do so by law. U.S. government securities may be subject to varying degrees of credit risk and all U.S. government securities may be subject to price declines due to changing interest rates. Securities directly supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government have less credit risk.
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS (continued)The discussion below also includes risks that are not considered to be principal risks of the Fund, but are considered to be relevant to the Fund.
Counterparty. The entity with which a fund conducts portfolio-related business (such as trading or securities lending), or that underwrites, distributes or guarantees investments or agreements that the fund owns or is otherwise exposed to, may refuse or may become unable to honor its obligations under the terms of a transaction or agreement. As a result, that fund may sustain losses and be less likely to achieve its investment objective. These risks may be greater when engaging in over-the-counter transactions.
Duration. One measure of risk for fixed-income securities is duration. Duration measures the sensitivity of a bond’s price to interest rate movements and is one of the tools used by a portfolio manager in selection of fixed-income securities. Historically, the maturity of a bond was also used as a proxy for the sensitivity of a bond’s price to changes in interest rates, otherwise known as a bond’s interest rate risk or volatility. According to this measure, the longer the maturity of a bond, the more its price will change for a given change in market interest rates. However, this method ignores the amount and timing of all cash flows from the bond prior to final maturity. Duration is a measure of average life of a bond on a present value basis which was developed to incorporate a bond’s yield, coupons, final maturity and call features into one measure. As a point of reference, the duration of a noncallable 7% coupon bond with a remaining maturity of 5 years is approximately 4.5 years and the duration of a noncallable 7% coupon bond with a remaining maturity of 10 years is approximately 8 years. Material changes in interest rates may impact the duration calculation. For example, the price of a bond with an average duration of 4.5 years would be expected to fall approximately 4.5% if interest rates rose by one percentage point. Conversely, the price of a bond with an average duration of 4.5 years would be expected to rise approximately 4.5% if interest rates drop by one percentage point.
Increase in Expenses. Your actual cost of investing in a fund may be higher or lower than the expenses shown in the fund’s Annual Fund Operating Expenses for a variety of reasons. For example, expense ratios may be higher than those shown if the fund’s assets decrease. The fund’s assets may decrease and fund expense ratios increase for many reasons, including volatility in the fund’s net asset value caused by volatility in the secondary markets for assets in which the fund invests.
Investment by Other Funds. Various other mutual funds and/or funds-of-funds, including some ING funds, may invest in a fund. If investments by these other funds result in large inflows or outflows of cash from the fund, the fund’s performance or realization of capital gains could be affected. While it is very difficult to predict the overall impact of these transactions over time, there could be adverse effects on portfolio management. For example, these transactions could also increase transaction costs or portfolio turnover. The adviser or sub-adviser will monitor transactions by the funds-of-funds and will attempt to minimize any adverse effects on a fund and funds-of-funds as a result of these transactions.
Manager. A fund is subject to manager risk because it is an actively managed investment portfolio. The adviser, the sub-adviser or each individual portfolio manager will apply investment techniques and risk analyses in making investment decisions for a fund, but there can be no guarantee that these will produce the desired results. Many managers of equity funds employ styles that are characterized as “value” or “growth.” However, these terms can have different application by different managers. One manager’s value approach may be different from another, and one manager’s growth approach may be different from another. For example, some value managers employ a style in which they seek to identify companies that they believe are valued at a more substantial or “deeper discount” to a company’s net worth than other value managers. Therefore, some funds that are characterized as growth or value can have greater volatility than other funds managed by other managers in a growth or value style.
PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS INFORMATION
Portfolio Holdings Information
A description of each Fund’s policies and procedures regarding the release of portfolio holdings information is available in the Funds’ SAI. Portfolio holdings information can be reviewed online at www.INGInvestment.com.
ING Investments, an Arizona limited liability company, serves as the investment adviser to the Funds. ING Investments has overall responsibility for the management of the Funds. ING Investments oversees all investment advisory and portfolio management services for the Funds. ING Investments is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser.
The Adviser is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of ING U.S., Inc. (“ING U.S.”). ING U.S. is a U.S.-based financial institution whose subsidiaries operate in the retirement, investment, and insurance industries. As of the date of this Prospectus, ING U.S. is a majority-owned subsidiary of ING Groep N.V. (“ING Groep”). ING Groep is a global financial institution of Dutch origin, with operations in more than 40 countries.
In October 2009, ING Groep submitted a restructuring plan (the “Restructuring Plan”) to the European Commission in order to receive approval for state aid granted to ING Groep by the Kingdom of the Netherlands in November 2008 and March 2009. To receive approval for this state aid, ING Groep was required to divest its insurance and investment management businesses, including ING U.S., before the end of 2013. In November 2012, the Restructuring Plan was amended to permit ING Groep additional time to complete the divestment. Pursuant to the amended Restructuring Plan, ING Groep must divest at least 25% of ING U.S. by the end of 2013, more than 50% by the end of 2014, and the remaining interest by the end of 2016 (such divestment, the “Separation Plan”).
On November 9, 2012, ING U.S. filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Form S-1”) with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) to register an initial public offering of ING U.S. common stock (the “IPO”). On May 1, 2013, this Registration Statement including subsequent amendments became effective and the IPO was priced. The IPO closed on May 7, 2013. The over allotment option was exercised on May 28, 2013 and closed on May 31, 2013. ING Groep continues to own a majority of the common stock of ING U.S. ING Groep intends to sell its remaining controlling ownership interest in ING U.S. over time. While the base case for the remainder of the Separation Plan is the divestment of ING Groep’s remaining interest in one or more broadly distributed offerings, all options remain open and it is possible that ING Groep’s divestment of its remaining interest in ING U.S. may take place by means of a sale to a single buyer or group of buyers.
It is anticipated that one or more of the transactions contemplated by the Separation Plan would result in the automatic termination of the existing advisory and sub-advisory agreements under which the Adviser and sub-adviser(s) provide services to each Fund. In order to ensure that the existing investment advisory and sub-advisory services can continue uninterrupted, the Board approved new advisory and sub-advisory agreements for the Funds, as applicable, in connection with the IPO. In addition, shareholders of each Fund approved new investment advisory and sub-advisory agreements prompted by the IPO, as well as any future advisory and sub-advisory agreements prompted by the Separation Plan that are approved by the Board and whose terms are not be materially different from the current agreements. This means that shareholders may not have another opportunity to vote on a new agreement with the Adviser or an affiliated sub-adviser even if they undergo a change of control, as long as no single person or group of persons acting together gains “control” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of ING U.S.
The Separation Plan, whether implemented through public offerings or other means, may be disruptive to the businesses of ING U.S. and its subsidiaries, including the Adviser and affiliated entities that provide services to the Funds, and may cause, among other things, interruption of business operations or services, diversion of management’s attention from day-to-day operations, reduced access to capital, and loss of key employees or customers. The completion of the Separation Plan is expected to result in the Adviser’s loss of access to the resources of ING Groep, which could adversely affect its business. Since a portion of the shares of ING U.S., as a standalone entity, are publicly held, it is subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as well as other U.S. government and state regulations, and subject to the risk of changing regulation.
The Separation Plan may be implemented in phases. During the time that ING Groep retains a majority interest in ING U.S., circumstances affecting ING Groep, including restrictions or requirements imposed on ING Groep by European and other authorities, may also affect ING U.S. A failure to complete the Separation Plan could create uncertainty about the nature of the relationship between ING U.S. and ING Groep, and could adversely affect ING U.S. and the Adviser and its affiliates. Currently, the Adviser and its affiliates do not anticipate that the Separation Plan will have a material adverse impact on their operations or the Funds and their operations.
ING Investments’ principal office is located at 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100, Scottsdale, Arizona 85258. As of June 30, 2013, ING Investments managed approximately $48.3 billion in assets.
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS (continued)The Adviser receives an annual fee for its advisory services to the Funds payable in monthly installments based on the average daily net assets of the Funds.
The following table shows the aggregate annual management fee paid by each Fund for the most recent fiscal year as a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets.
Management Fee
ING Intermediate Bond Fund
0.17%
ING Short Term Bond Fund
0.35%
For information regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the investment advisory and investment sub-advisory relationships (if applicable), please refer to the Funds’ annual shareholder report dated March 31, 2013.
The Adviser has engaged a sub-adviser to provide the day-to-day management of each Fund’s portfolio. The sub-adviser is an affiliate of ING Investments.
The Adviser acts as a “manager-of-managers” for the Funds (collectively, “Manager-of-Managers Funds”). The Adviser delegates to the sub-adviser of the Funds the responsibility for investment management, subject to the Adviser’s oversight. The Adviser is responsible for monitoring the investment program and performance of the sub-adviser of the Funds.
From time to time, the Adviser may also recommend the appointment of additional sub-advisers or replacement of non-affiliated sub-advisers to the Funds’ Board. It is not expected that ING Investments would normally recommend replacement of an affiliated sub-adviser as part of its oversight responsibilities. The Funds and the Adviser have received exemptive relief from the SEC to permit the Adviser, with the approval of the Funds’ Board, to appoint an additional non-affiliated sub-adviser or to replace an existing sub-adviser with a non-affiliated sub-adviser, as well as change the terms of a contract with a non-affiliated sub-adviser, without submitting the contract to a vote of the Funds’ shareholders. The Funds will notify shareholders of any change in the identity of a sub-adviser of the Funds, the addition of a sub-adviser to the Funds, or any change in the terms of a contract with a non-affiliated sub-adviser. In this event, the names of the Funds and their investment strategies may also change.
Under the terms of the sub-advisory agreement, the agreement can be terminated by the Adviser or a Fund’s Board. In the event the sub-advisory agreement is terminated, the sub-adviser may be replaced subject to any regulatory requirements or the Adviser may assume day-to-day investment management of a Fund.
ING Investment Management Co. LLC
ING Investment Management Co. LLC (“ING IM” or “Sub-Adviser”), a Delaware limited liability company, was founded in 1972 and is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser. ING IM is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of ING U.S. and is an affiliate of ING Investments. ING IM has acted as adviser or sub-adviser to mutual funds since 1994 and has managed institutional accounts since 1972. The principal office of ING IM is located at 230 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10169. As of June 30, 2013, ING IM managed approximately $73.1 billion in assets.
The following individuals are jointly responsible for the day-to-day management of the Funds.
Christine Hurtsellers, CFA, Portfolio Manager, has been with ING IM since 2005 and leads the fixed-income business for ING IM. From 1999 to 2005, Ms. Hurtsellers worked at Freddie Mac ® where she managed adjustable-rate mortgages, mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations, and mortgage derivatives portfolios. Ms. Hurtsellers also managed portfolios for Alliance Capital Management and Banc One.
Matthew Toms, CFA, Portfolio Manager, joined ING IM in September, 2009 as Senior Vice President and Head of U.S. Public Fixed-Income Investments. In this role, Mr. Toms directly oversees the investment teams responsible for investment-grade corporate, high-yield corporate, structured product, and money market strategies for the general account as well as external client business; as well as ensures coordination of credit strategies across developed and emerging markets. Prior to joining ING IM, Mr. Toms was employed by Calamos Investments from March, 2007 to September, 2009, where he established and grew their fixed-income business. From May, 2000 to March, 2007, Mr. Toms was employed by Northern Trust and Lincoln National in various different roles.
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS (continued)Additional Information Regarding the Portfolio Managers
The SAI provides additional information about each portfolio manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by each portfolio manager, and each portfolio manager’s ownership of securities in the Funds.
ING Funds Services, LLC (“Administrator”) serves as administrator to each Fund and receives an annual administrative services fee equal to 0.10% of each Fund’s average daily net assets.
Subject to the supervision of the Board, the Administrator provides all administrative services reasonably necessary for the ordinary operation of each Fund other than the investment advisory services performed by the Adviser including, but not limited to, acting as a liaison among the various service providers to the Funds, including the custodian, transfer agent, and such other service providers as may be retained by the Funds. The Administrator provides each Fund, at the Administrator’s expense, with adequate personnel, office space, communications facilities, and other facilities necessary for operation of the Funds.
ING Investments Distributor, LLC (“Distributor”) is the principal underwriter and distributor of each Fund. It is a Delaware limited liability company with its principal offices at 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100, Scottsdale, Arizona 85258.
The Distributor is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”). To obtain information about FINRA member firms and their associated persons, you may contact FINRA at www.finra.org or the Public Disclosure Hotline at 800-289-9999.
When choosing between classes, you should carefully consider: (1) how long you plan to hold shares of a Fund; (2) the amount of your investment; and (3) the expenses you’ll pay for each class. Please review the disclosure about all of the available share classes carefully. Before investing, you should discuss with your financial intermediary which share class may be right for you.
The tables below summarize the features of the class of shares available through this Prospectus.
Class R6 |
Initial Sales Charge | None |
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge | None |
Distribution and/or Shareholder Services (12b-1) Fees | None |
Purchase Maximum | None |
Minimum Initial Purchase/Minimum Account Size* | $1,000,000/$1,000,000 |
Minimum Subsequent Purchases | None |
Minimum Initial Account Balance for Systematic Exchange Privilege | None |
Conversion | None |
* The minimum initial investment requirement for Class R6 shares is $1 million for certain institutional accounts. There is no minimum initial investment requirement for certain retirement plans and non-qualified deferred compensation plans. Please refer to the section of this Prospectus entitled “How to Buy Shares” for further details.
Please refer to the minimum investments table on page 23 for additional information.
The NAV per share of each Fund is determined each business day as of the close of regular trading (“Market Close”) on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) (normally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time unless otherwise designated by the NYSE). The Funds are open for business every day the NYSE is open. The NYSE is closed on all weekends and on all national holidays and Good Friday. Fund shares will not be priced on those days. The NAV per share of each class of each Fund is calculated by taking the value of the Fund’s assets attributable to that class, subtracting the Fund’s liabilities attributable to that class, and dividing by the number of shares of that class that are outstanding. To the extent a Fund invests in other open-end funds (other than ETFs), the Fund will calculate its NAV using the NAV of the funds in which it invests as described in that fund’s prospectus.
In general, assets are valued based on actual or estimated market value, with special provisions for assets not having readily available market quotations and short-term debt securities, and for situations where market quotations are deemed unreliable. Investments in securities maturing in 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost which, when combined with accrued interest, approximates market value. Securities prices may be obtained from automated pricing services. Shares of investment companies held by the Funds (other than ETF shares) will generally be valued at the latest NAV reported by that investment company. The prospectuses for those investment companies explain the circumstances under which they will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing.
Trading of foreign securities may not take place every day the NYSE is open. Also, trading in some foreign markets and on some electronic trading networks may occur on weekends or holidays when a Fund’s NAV is not calculated. As a result, the NAV of a Fund may change on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or redeem a Fund’s shares. When market quotations are not available or are deemed unreliable, a Fund will use a fair value for an asset that is determined in accordance with procedures adopted by the Fund’s Board. The types of assets for which such fair value pricing might be required include, but are not limited to:
The Funds or the Adviser may rely on the recommendations of a fair value pricing service approved by the Funds’ Board in valuing foreign securities. Valuing securities at fair value involves greater reliance on judgment than valuing securities that have readily available market quotations. The Adviser will make such determinations in good faith in accordance with procedures adopted by the Funds’ Board. Fair value determinations can also involve reliance on quantitative models employed by a fair value pricing service. There can be no assurance that a Fund could obtain the fair value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the time at which the Fund determines its NAV per share.
To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person that opens an account, and to determine whether such person’s name appears on government lists of known or suspected terrorists and terrorist organizations.
What this means for you: the Funds, the Distributor, or a third-party selling you the Funds, must obtain the following information for each person that opens an account:
You may also be asked to show your driver’s license, passport, or other identifying documents in order to verify your identity. In addition, it may be necessary to verify your identity by cross-referencing your identification information with a consumer report or other electronic database. Additional information may be required to open accounts for corporations and other non-natural persons.
Federal law prohibits the Funds, the Distributor, and other financial institutions from opening accounts unless they receive the minimum identifying information listed above. They also may be required to close your account if they are unable to verify your identity within a reasonable time.
If you are a participant in a qualified retirement plan, you should make purchases through your plan administrator or sponsor, who is responsible for transmitting orders.
The Funds and the Distributor reserve the right to reject any purchase order. Please note that cash, traveler’s checks, third-party checks, money orders, and checks drawn on non-U.S. banks (even if payment may be effected through a U.S. bank) generally will not be accepted. The Funds and the Distributor reserve the right to liquidate sufficient shares to recover annual transfer agent fees or to close your account and redeem your shares should you fail to maintain your account value minimum.
The Funds reserve the right to suspend the offering of shares or to reject any specific purchase order. The Funds may suspend redemptions or postpone payments when the NYSE is closed or when trading is restricted for any reason or under emergency circumstances as determined by the SEC.
Class R6 shares may be purchased without a sales charge. Class R6 shares are offered to the following investors, provided that these investors do not require a Fund or an affiliate of a Fund (including the Fund’s Adviser and any affiliate of the Adviser) to make, and the Fund or affiliate does not pay, any type of servicing, administrative, or revenue sharing payments with respect to Class R6 shares: (1) qualified retirement plans, including, but not limited to 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer sponsored 403(b) plans, defined benefit plans and other accounts or plans whereby Class R6 shares are held on the books of the Fund through omnibus accounts (either at the plan level or the level of the plan administrator); (2) non-qualified deferred compensation plans; (3) other Funds in the ING Funds complex; and (4) other institutional investors (including, for example, endowment funds and foundations) that: (a) meet a $1 million minimum initial investment requirement and ( b) hold interests in the relevant Fund through a single plan level account held directly through the Fund and not traded through an intermediary. Such availability will be subject to management’s determination of appropriateness of investment in Class R6 shares.
Class R6 shares are not available to retail non-retirement accounts, traditional and Roth individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”), Coverdell Education Savings Accounts, SEPs, SARSEPs, SIMPLE IRAs and 529 college savings plans. Class R6 shares also are not available to retail, advisory fee-based wrap programs or to adviser-sold donor-advised funds.
In addition to the above investors, certain existing Class I shareholders of a Fund may exchange all of their Class I shares for Class R6 shares of the Fund within one year after the commencement of operations of Class R6 shares of the Fund provided: (1) the shareholder meets the requirements for investment in Class R6 shares as stated above; and (2) the shareholder
HOW TO BUY SHARES (continued) does not require the Fund or an affiliate of the Fund to make, and the Fund or affiliate (including the Fund’s adviser and any affiliate of the adviser) does not pay, any type of servicing, administrative, or revenue sharing payments with respect to Class R6 shares. All exchanges within the same Fund are subject to the discretion of the Distributor to permit or reject such exchanges.Make your investment using the purchase minimum guidelines in the following table.
Minimum Investments | Class | Initial Purchase | Subsequent Purchases |
Certain institutional accounts | R6 | $1,000,000 | No minimum |
Certain retirement plans | R6 | None | No minimum |
Non-qualified deferred compensation plan | R6 | None | No minimum |
Certain omnibus accounts | N/A | N/A | N/A |
Pre-Authorized Investment Plan | N/A | N/A | N/A |
The minimum initial investment requirement for Class R6 shares is $1 million for certain institutional accounts. There is no minimum initial investment requirement for certain retirement plans and non-qualified deferred compensation plans.
Make your investment using the methods outlined in the following table. Investors wishing to purchase Class R6 shares should contact their plan administrator. Please refer to the plan document for information regarding buying and selling shares.
Buying Shares
Opening an Account
Adding to an Account
By Contacting Your Financial Intermediary
A financial intermediary with an authorized firm can help you establish and maintain your account.
Contact your financial intermediary.
By Mail
Make your check payable to ING Funds and mail it with a completed Account Application. Please indicate your financial intermediary on the New Account
Application.
Fill out the Account Additions form at the bottom of your account statement and mail it along with your check payable to ING Funds to the address on the
account statement. Please write your account number on the check.
By Wire
Call Shareholder Services at (800) 992-0180 to obtain an account number and indicate your financial intermediary on the account.
Instruct your
bank to wire funds to the Fund in the care of:
Bank of New York Mellon
ABA # 011001234
credit to: BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. as Agent for ING Funds
A/C #0000733938; for further credit to Shareholder A/C
#
(A/C # you received over the telephone)
Shareholder Name:
(Your Name Here)
After wiring funds you must complete the Account Application and send it to:
ING Funds
P.O. Box 9772
Providence, RI
02940-9772
Wire the funds in the same manner described under “Opening an Account.”
You may sell shares by using the methods outlined in the following table. Under unusual circumstances, a Fund may suspend the right of redemption as allowed by the SEC or federal securities laws.
If you are a participant in a qualified retirement plan, you should make redemptions through your plan administrator or sponsor, who is responsible for transmitting orders.
Selling Shares
To Sell Some or All of Your Shares
By Contacting Your Financial Intermediary
You may sell shares by contacting your financial intermediary. Financial intermediaries may charge for their services in connection with your redemption
request but neither the Fund nor the Distributor imposes any such charge.
By Mail
Send a written request specifying the Fund name and share class, your account number, the name(s) in which the account is registered, and the dollar value
or number of shares you wish to redeem to:
ING Funds
P.O. Box 9772
Providence, RI 02940-9772
If certificated shares have been issued, the certificate must accompany the written request. Corporate investors and other
associations must have an appropriate certification on file authorizing redemptions. A suggested form of such certification is provided on the Account Application. A signature guarantee may be required.
By Telephone - Expedited Redemption
You may sell shares by telephone on all accounts, other than retirement accounts, unless you check the box on the Account Application which signifies that
you do not wish to use telephone redemptions. To redeem by telephone, call a Shareholder Services Representative at 1-800-992-0180.
Receiving Proceeds By Check:
You may have redemption proceeds (up to a maximum
of $100,000) mailed to an address which has been on record with ING Funds for at least 30 days.
Receiving Proceeds By Wire:
You may have redemption proceeds (subject to a minimum of $5,000) wired to
your pre-designated bank account. You will not be able to receive redemption proceeds by wire unless you check the box on the Account Application which signifies that you wish to receive redemption proceeds by wire and attach a voided check. Under
normal circumstances, proceeds will be transmitted to your bank on the business day following receipt of your instructions, provided redemptions may be made. In the event that share certificates have been issued, you may not request a wire
redemption by telephone.
Purchase and sale requests are executed at the next NAV determined after the order is received in proper form by the transfer agent or the Distributor. A purchase order will be deemed to be in proper form when all of the required steps set forth under “How to Buy Shares” have been completed. If you purchase by wire, however, the order will be deemed to be in proper form after the telephone notification and the federal funds wire have been received. If you purchase by wire, you must submit an application form in a timely fashion. If an order or payment by wire is received after Market Close, the shares will not be credited until the next business day. For your transaction to be counted on the day you place your order with your broker-dealer or other financial institution, they must receive your order before Market Close and promptly transmit the order to the transfer agent or the Distributor.
You will receive a confirmation of each new transaction in your account, which also will show you the number of shares you own including the number of shares being held in safekeeping by the transfer agent for your account. You may rely on these confirmations in lieu of certificates as evidence of your ownership.
HOW TO SELL SHARES (continued)Normally, payment for shares redeemed will be made within three days after receipt by the transfer agent of a request in good order. Each Fund has the right to take up to seven days to pay your redemption proceeds and may postpone payment longer in the event of an economic emergency as determined by the SEC. When you place a request to redeem shares for which the purchase money has not yet been collected, the request will be executed at the next determined NAV, but a Fund will not release the proceeds until your purchase payment clears. This may take up to 15 days or more. A redemption request made within 30 calendar days after submission of a change of address is permitted only if the request is in writing and is accompanied by a medallion signature guarantee. Redemption requests of an amount of $10 million or more must be submitted in writing by an authorized person.
A medallion signature guarantee may be required in certain circumstances. A request to change the bank designated to receive wire redemption proceeds must be received in writing, signed by an authorized person, and accompanied by a medallion signature guarantee from any eligible guarantor institution. In addition, if you wish to have your redemption proceeds transferred by wire to an account other than your designated bank account, paid to someone other than the shareholder of record, or sent somewhere other than the shareholder’s address of record, you must provide a medallion signature guarantee with your written redemption instructions. Please see the SAI for more details on the medallion signature guarantee program.
Each Fund normally intends to pay in cash for all shares redeemed but under abnormal conditions that make payment in cash unwise, a Fund may make payment wholly or partly in securities at its then current market value equal to the redemption price. In such a case, a Fund could elect to make payment in securities for redemptions in excess of $250,000 or 1% of its net assets during any 90-day period for any one shareholder. An investor may incur brokerage costs in converting such securities to cash.
Due to the relatively high cost of handling small investments, a Fund reserves the right, upon 30 days’ prior written notice, to redeem at NAV, the shares of any shareholder whose account (except for IRAs) has a total value that is less than a Fund’s minimum. Before a Fund redeems such shares and sends the proceeds to the shareholder, it will notify the shareholder that the value of the shares in the account is less than the minimum amount allowed and will allow the shareholder 30 days to make an additional investment in an amount that will increase the value of the account to the minimum before the redemption is processed. Your account will not be closed if its drop in value is due to Fund performance.
Exchanges Between Shares of ING Funds
You may exchange shares of a Fund for shares of the same class of any ING Fund, except for ING Corporate Leaders Trust Fund, if you otherwise meet the eligibility requirements of the class of shares of the ING Fund to be received in the exchange.
In addition, certain existing Class I shareholders of a Fund may exchange their Class I shares for Class R6 shares of the Fund within one year after the commencement of operations of Class R6 shares of the Fund provided: (1) the shareholder meets the requirements for investment in Class R6 shares as stated in the section of this Prospectus entitled “How to Buy Shares”; and (2) the shareholder does not require the Fund or an affiliate (including the Fund’s Adviser and any affiliate Adviser) of the Fund to make, and the Fund or affiliate does not pay, any type of servicing, administrative, or revenue sharing payments with respect to Class R6 shares. All exchanges within the same Fund are subject to the discretion of the Distributor to permit or reject such exchanges.
Exchanges between classes of shares of the same Fund are not subject to the frequent trading and market timing policies of ING Funds.
Additional Information About Exchanges
Fees and expenses differ among ING Funds and among share classes of the same Fund. Please read the prospectus for the ING Fund and share class you are interested in prior to exchanging into that ING Fund or share class. Contact your financial intermediary or consult your plan documents for additional information.
An exchange of shares of a Fund for shares of another ING Fund is treated as a sale and purchase of shares and may result in the recognition of a gain or loss for federal and state income tax purposes. For exchanges among ING Funds and among classes of shares of the same Fund, you should consult your own tax advisor for advice about the particular federal, state, and local tax consequences to you of the exchange. The total value of shares being exchanged must at least equal the minimum investment requirement of the ING Fund into which they are being exchanged.
If you exchange into ING Senior Income Fund, your ability to sell or liquidate your investment will be limited. ING Senior Income Fund is a closed-end interval fund and does not redeem its shares on a daily basis. It is not expected that a secondary market for ING Senior Income Fund’s shares will develop, so you will not be able to sell them through a broker or other investment professional. To provide a measure of liquidity, ING Senior Income Fund will normally make monthly repurchase offers for not less than 5% of its outstanding common shares. If more than 5% of ING Senior Income Fund’s common shares are tendered, you may not be able to completely liquidate your holdings in any one month. You also would not have liquidity between these monthly repurchase dates. Investors exercising the exchange privilege into ING Senior Income Fund should carefully review the prospectus of that fund. Investors may obtain a copy of the ING Senior Income Fund prospectus or any other ING Fund prospectus by calling 1-800-992-0180 or by going to www.INGInvestment.com.
In addition to each Fund available in this Prospectus, the Distributor offers many other funds. Shareholders exercising the exchange privilege with any other ING Fund should carefully review the prospectus of that fund before exchanging their shares. Investors may obtain a copy of a prospectus of any ING Fund not discussed in this Prospectus by calling 1-800-992-0180 or by going to www.INGInvestment.com.
You will automatically have the ability to request an exchange between ING Funds by calling a Shareholder Services Representative unless you mark the box on the Account Application that indicates that you do not wish to have the telephone exchange privilege. A Fund may change or cancel its exchange policies at any time, upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders.
FREQUENT TRADING - MARKET TIMING
The Funds are intended for long-term investment and not as short-term trading vehicles. Accordingly, organizations or individuals that use market timing investment strategies should not purchase shares of the Funds. The Funds reserve the right, in their sole discretion and without prior notice, to reject, restrict, or refuse purchase orders whether directly or by exchange, including purchase orders that have been accepted by a shareholder’s or retirement plan participant’s intermediary, that the Funds determine not to be in the best interest of the Funds. Such action may include, but not be limited to: rejecting additional purchase orders, whether directly or by exchange; extending settlement of a redemption up to seven days; rejecting all purchase orders from broker-dealers or their registered representatives suspected of violating the Funds’ frequent trading policy; or termination of the selling group agreement or other agreement with broker-dealers or other financial intermediaries associated with frequent trading. The Funds will not be liable for any loss resulting from rejected orders or other actions as described above.
The Funds believe that market timing or frequent, short-term trading in any account, including a retirement plan account, is not in the best interest of the Funds or their shareholders. Due to the disruptive nature of this activity, it can adversely affect the ability of the Adviser or Sub-Adviser (if applicable) to invest assets in an orderly, efficient manner. Frequent trading can raise Fund expenses through: increased trading and transaction costs; increased administrative costs; and lost opportunity costs. This in turn can have an adverse effect on Fund performance.
Funds that invest in foreign securities may present greater opportunities for market timers and thus be at a greater risk for excessive trading. If an event occurring after the close of a foreign market, but before the time a Fund computes its current NAV, causes a change in the price of the foreign security and such price is not reflected in the Fund’s current NAV, investors may attempt to take advantage of anticipated price movements in securities held by the Fund based on such pricing discrepancies. This is often referred to as “price arbitrage.” Such price arbitrage opportunities may also occur in Funds which do not invest in foreign securities. For example, if trading in a security held by a Fund is halted and does not resume prior to the time the Fund calculates its NAV such “stale pricing” presents an opportunity for investors to take advantage of the pricing discrepancy. Similarly, Funds that hold thinly-traded securities, such as certain small-capitalization securities, may be exposed to varying levels of pricing arbitrage. The Funds have adopted fair valuation policies and procedures intended to reduce the Funds’ exposure to price arbitrage, stale pricing and other potential pricing discrepancies. Currently, Interactive Data Pricing and Reference Data, Inc. provides such services to the Funds. However, to the extent that a Fund does not immediately reflect these changes in market conditions, short-term trading may dilute the value of the Funds’ shares which negatively affects long-term shareholders.
The Funds’ Board has adopted policies and procedures designed to deter frequent, short-term trading in shares of the Funds. In general, shareholders may make exchanges among their accounts with ING Funds once every thirty (30) days. However, the Funds prohibit frequent trading. The Funds have defined frequent trading as follows:
The following transactions are excluded when determining whether trading activity is excessive:
Please note that while money market funds permit short-term trading, an exchange between a money market fund and another fund that does not permit short-term trading will count as an exchange for purposes of this policy.
If a violation of the policy is identified, the following action will be taken:
On the next business day following the end of the ninety (90) or one hundred and eighty (180) day suspension, any trading restrictions placed on the account(s) shall be removed.
The Funds reserve the right to modify this policy at any time without prior notice.
Although the restrictions described above are designed to discourage frequent, short-term trading, none of them alone, nor all of them taken together, can eliminate the possibility that frequent, short-term trading activity in the Funds will occur. Moreover, in enforcing such restrictions, the Funds are often required to make decisions that are inherently subjective. The Funds strive to make these decisions to the best of their abilities in a manner that they believe is in the best interest of shareholders.
Shareholders may invest in the Funds through omnibus account arrangements with financial intermediaries. Omnibus accounts permit intermediaries to aggregate their clients’ transactions and in these circumstances, the identity of the shareholder is often unknown. Such intermediaries include broker-dealers, banks, investment advisers, record keepers, retirement plans, and fee-based accounts such as wrap fee programs. Omnibus accounts generally do not identify customers’ trading activity on an individual basis. The Funds’ Administrator has agreements in place with intermediaries which require such intermediaries to provide detailed account information, including trading history, upon request of the Funds. There is no assurance that the Funds’ Administrator will request such information with sufficient frequency to detect or deter excessive trading or that review of such information will be sufficient to detect or deter excessive trading in omnibus accounts effectively.
In some cases, the Funds will rely on the intermediaries’ excessive trading policies and such policies shall define the trading activity in which the shareholder may engage. This shall be the case where the Funds are used in certain retirement plans offered by affiliates. With trading information received as a result of the agreements, the Funds may make a determination that certain trading activity is harmful to the Funds and their shareholders even if such activity is not strictly prohibited by the intermediaries’ excessive trading policy. As a result, a shareholder investing directly or indirectly in one of the Funds may have their trading privileges suspended without violating the stated excessive trading policy of the intermediary.
PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES
ING mutual funds are distributed by the Distributor. The Distributor is a broker-dealer that is licensed to sell securities. The Distributor generally does not sell directly to the public but sells and markets its products through intermediaries such as other broker-dealers. Each ING mutual fund also has an investment adviser which is responsible for managing the money invested in each of the mutual funds. No dealer compensation is paid from the sale of Class R6 shares of a Fund. Class R6 shares do not have sales commissions, pay 12b-1 fees, or make payments to financial intermediaries/broker-dealers for assisting the Distributor in promoting the sales of a Fund’s shares. In addition, neither a Fund nor its affiliates make any type of administrative, service, or revenue sharing payments in connection with Class R6 shares.
The Funds generally distribute most or all of their net earnings in the form of dividends, consisting of ordinary income and capital gains distributions. Each Fund distributes capital gains, if any annually. Each Fund also declares dividends daily and pays dividends consisting of ordinary income, if any, monthly.
To comply with federal tax regulations, the Funds may also pay an additional capital gains distribution.
Unless you instruct a Fund to pay you dividends in cash, dividends and distributions paid by a Fund will be reinvested in additional shares of the Fund. You may, upon written request or by completing the appropriate section of the Account Application, elect to have all dividends and other distributions paid on shares of a Fund invested in another ING Fund that offers the same class of shares. If you are a shareholder of ING Prime Rate Trust, whose shares are not held in a broker or nominee account, you may, upon written request, elect to have all dividends invested into a pre-existing Class A shares account of any open-end ING Fund.
The tax discussion in this Prospectus is only a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax issues generally affecting the Funds and their shareholders. The following assumes that each Fund’s shares will be capital assets in the hands of a shareholder. Circumstances among investors may vary, so you are encouraged to discuss investment in the Funds with your tax advisor.
The Funds will distribute all, or substantially all, of their net investment income and net capital gains to their shareholders each year. Although the Funds will not be taxed on amounts they distribute, most shareholders will be taxed on amounts they receive.
Distributions, whether received as cash or reinvested in additional shares, may be subject to federal income taxes and may also be subject to state or local taxes. For mutual funds generally, dividends from net investment income (other than qualified dividend income, exempt interest dividends, and capital gain dividends) and distributions of net short-term capital gains are taxable to you as ordinary income under federal income tax laws whether paid in cash or in additional shares. Distributions from net long-term gains are taxable as long-term taxable gains regardless of the length of time you have held the shares and whether you were paid in cash or additional shares.
Distributions made to a non-corporate shareholder out of “qualified dividend income,” if any, received by a Fund will be subject to tax at the lower rates applicable to net capital gains, provided that the shareholder meets certain holding period and other requirements with respect to its shares.
Selling or exchanging your Fund shares is a taxable event and may result in capital gain or loss. A capital gain or capital loss may be realized from an ordinary redemption of shares or an exchange of shares between two mutual funds. Any capital loss incurred on the sale or exchange of Fund shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term loss to the extent of long-term capital gain dividends received with respect to such shares. Additionally, any loss realized on a sale, redemption or exchange of shares of a Fund may be disallowed under “wash sale” rules to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced with other shares of that same Fund within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the shares are disposed of, such as pursuant to a dividend reinvestment in shares of the Fund. If disallowed, the loss will be reflected in an adjustment to the tax basis of the shares acquired. You are responsible for any tax liabilities generated by your transactions.
You will be notified after each calendar year of the amount of income, dividends and net capital gains distributed. If you purchase shares of a Fund through a financial intermediary, that entity will provide this information to you.
Each Fund intends to qualify each year as a regulated investment company. A regulated investment company generally is not subject to tax at the fund level on income and gains from investments that are distributed to shareholders. However, a Fund’s failure to qualify as a regulated investment company would result in fund level taxation and therefore, a reduction in income available for distribution.
For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, an additional 3.8% Medicare tax will be imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from a Fund and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of Fund shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds certain threshold amounts.
DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS, AND TAXES (continued)Each Fund is required to withhold a portion, currently 28%, of all taxable dividends, distributions, and redemption proceeds payable to any noncorporate shareholder that does not provide the Funds with a shareholder’s correct taxpayer identification number or certification that the shareholder is not subject to backup withholding. This is not an additional tax but can be credited against your tax liability.
Shareholders that invest in a Fund through a tax-deferred account, such as a qualified retirement plan, generally will not have to pay tax on dividends until they are distributed from the account. These accounts are subject to complex tax rules, and you should consult your tax advisor about investing through such an account.
Foreign shareholders invested in a Fund should consult with their tax advisors as to if and how the U.S. federal income tax law and its withholding requirements apply to them. Generally, a Fund will withhold 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate) on distributions to foreign shareholders.
Foreign Income Taxes . Investment income received by a Fund from sources within foreign countries may be subject to foreign income taxes withheld at the source. The United States has entered into tax treaties with many foreign countries which may entitle a Fund to a reduced rate of such taxes or exemption from taxes on such income. It is impossible to determine the effective rate of foreign tax for a Fund in advance since the amount of the assets to be invested within various countries is not known.
Cost Basis Reporting. The Internal Revenue Service requires mutual fund companies and brokers to report on Form 1099-B the cost basis on the sale or exchange of Fund shares acquired on or after January 1, 2012 (“covered shares”). If you acquire and hold shares directly through a Fund and not through a financial intermediary, the Fund will use an average cost single category methodology for tracking and reporting your cost basis on covered shares, unless you request, in writing, another cost basis reporting methodology. Information regarding the methods available for cost basis reporting are included in the SAI.
Please see the SAI for further information regarding tax matters.
Unless your Fund shares are held through a third-party fiduciary or in an omnibus registration at your bank or brokerage firm, you may be able to access your account information over the Internet at www.INGInvestment.com or via a touch tone telephone by calling 1-800-992-0180. Should you wish to speak with a Shareholder Services Representative, you may call the toll-free number listed above.
The Funds have adopted a policy concerning investor privacy. To review the privacy policy, contact a Shareholder Services Representative at 1-800-992-0180, obtain a policy over the Internet at www.INGInvestment.com, or see the privacy promise that accompanies any Prospectus obtained by mail.
To reduce expenses, we may mail only one copy of a Fund’s Prospectus and each annual and semi-annual shareholder report to those addresses shared by two or more accounts. If you wish to receive individual copies of these documents, please call a Shareholder Services Representative at 1-800-992-0180 or speak to your investment professional. We will begin sending you individual copies 30 days after receiving your request.
^The following financial highlights are intended to help you understand each Fund’s financial performance for the past five years or, if shorter, the period of the share class’ operations. Certain information reflects financial results for a single share. The total returns represent the rate that an investor would have earned (or lost) on an investment in a share of the Funds (assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions). This information has been derived from the Funds’ financial statements that were audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. The report of KPMG LLP, along with the financial statements included in the annual shareholder report dated March 31, 2013, are incorporated herein by reference.
Because Class R6 shares of the Funds had not commenced operations as of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, financial highlights for Class A shares are presented for the Funds. Annual returns would differ only to the extent that Class R6 and Class A shares have different expenses.
Selected data for a share of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year or period.
Income (loss)
from investment operations |
Less distributions
|
Ratios to average net assets
|
Supplemental
data |
||||||||||||||
Net asset value, beginning
of year or period |
Net investment income (loss)
|
Net realized and unrealized
gain (loss) |
Total from investment
operations |
From net investment income
|
From net realized gains
|
From return of capital
|
Total distributions
|
Payments from distribution settlement/affiliate
|
Net asset value,
end of year or period |
Total Return
(1)
|
Expenses before
reductions/additions (2)(3) |
Expenses, net of fee waivers
and/or recoupments, if any (2)(3) |
Expenses, net of all
reductions/additions (2)(3) |
Net investment income
(loss) (2)(3) |
Net assets, end of year or
period |
Portfolio turnover rate
|
|
Year or Period ended
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
(%)
|
(%)
|
(%)
|
(%)
|
(%)
|
($000’s)
|
(%)
|
ING Intermediate Bond Fund | |||||||||||||||||
Class A | |||||||||||||||||
03-31-13 | 9.90 | 0.34 | 0.33 | 0.67 | 0.48 | | | 0.48 | | 10.09 | 6.83 | 0.70 | 0.70 | 0.70 | 3.38 | 301,544 | 490 |
03-31-12 | 9.53 | 0.38 | 0.42 | 0.80 | 0.43 | — | — | 0.43 | — | 9.90 | 8.61 | 0.68 | 0.68 | 0.68 | 3.99 | 293,277 | 500 |
03-31-11 | 9.23 | 0.47 • | 0.26 | 0.73 | 0.43 | — | — | 0.43 | — | 9.53 | 8.00 | 0.68 | 0.68 † | 0.68 † | 4.97 † | 316,000 | 384 |
03-31-10 | 8.31 | 0.45 • | 1.09 | 1.54 | 0.62 | — | — | 0.62 | — | 9.23 | 18.95 | 0.71 | 0.69 † | 0.69 † | 5.04 † | 348,871 | 540 |
03-31-09 | 10.13 | 0.45 | (1.60) | (1.15) | 0.45 | 0.22 | — | 0.67 | — | 8.31 | (11.65) | 0.72 | 0.70 † | 0.70 † | 4.84 † | 471,185 | 674 |
ING Short Term Bond Fund | |||||||||||||||||
Class A | |||||||||||||||||
12-19-12 (4) - 03-31-13 | 10.00 | 0.02 | (0.01) | 0.01 | 0.00 * | — | — | 0.00 * | — | 10.01 | 0.13 | 2.39 | 0.80 | 0.80 | 0.63 | 4 | 85 |
ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
(1) | Total return is calculated assuming reinvestment of all dividends, capital gain distributions and return of capital distributions, if any, at net asset value and excluding the deduction of sales charges. Total return for periods less than one year is not annualized. |
(2) | Annualized for periods less than one year. |
(3) | Expense ratios reflect operating expenses of the Fund. Expenses before reductions/additions do not reflect amounts reimbursed by the Investment Adviser and/or Distributor or reductions from brokerage service arrangements or other expense offset arrangements and do not represent the amount paid by the Fund during periods when reimbursements or reductions occur. Expenses net of fee waivers reflect expenses after reimbursement by the Investment Adviser and/or Distributor but prior to reductions from brokerage service arrangements or other expense offset arrangements. Expenses net of all reductions/additions represent the net expenses paid by the Fund. Net investment income (loss) is net of all such additions or reductions. |
(4) | Commencement of operations. |
• | Calculated using average number of shares outstanding throughout the period. |
† | Impact of waiving the advisory fee for the ING Institutional Prime Money Market Fund holding has less then 0.005% impact on the expense ratio and net investment income or loss ratio. |
* | Amount is less than $0.005 or 0.005% or more than $(0.005) or (0.005)%. |
TO OBTAIN MORE
INFORMATION
You’ll find more information about the Funds in our:
ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL SHAREHOLDER REPORTS
In the Funds’ annual/semi-annual shareholder reports, you will find a discussion of the recent market conditions and principal
investment strategies that significantly affected the Funds’ performance during the last fiscal year, the financial statements and the independent registered public accounting firm’s reports (in the annual shareholder report
only).
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION
The SAI contains more detailed information about the Funds. The SAI is legally part of this
Prospectus (it is incorporated by reference). A copy has been filed with the SEC.
Please write, call or visit our website for a free copy of the current annual/semi-annual shareholder reports, the SAI, or other Fund information.
To make shareholder inquiries contact:
The ING Funds
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034
1-800-992-0180
or visit our website at
www.INGInvestment.com
This information may also be reviewed or obtained from the SEC. In order to review the information in person, you will need to visit the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. or call 202-551-8090 for information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Otherwise, you may obtain the information for a fee, by contacting the SEC at:
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission Public Reference Sectionor at the e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov
Or obtain the information at no cost by visiting the SEC’s Internet website at www.sec.gov.
When contacting the SEC, you will want to refer to the Funds’ SEC file number. The file number is as follows:
ING Funds Trust
811-8895
ING Intermediate Bond Fund
ING Short Term Bond Fund
|
PRO-08895-R6 (0713-073113) | |
|
|
Prospectus | July 31, 2013 |
|
|
|
E-Delivery Sign-up - details on back cover |
INVESTMENTS |
|
|
Table of Contents |
The Fund seeks a high level of current income. Long-term capital appreciation is a secondary objective.
These tables describe the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund. You may qualify for sales charge discounts if you and your family invest, or agree to invest in the future, at least $100,000 in ING Funds. More information about these and other discounts is available from your financial professional and in the discussion in the Sales Charges section of the Prospectus (page 26) or the Statement of Additional Information (page 144).
Shareholder
Fees
Fees paid directly from your investment
Class
Maximum sales charge (load) as a % of offering price
Maximum deferred sales charge as a % of purchase or sales price, whichever is less
A
2.50
None
1
C
None
1.00
I
None
None
R
None
None
W
None
None
Annual Fund
Operating Expenses
Expenses you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment
Class | A | C | I | R | W |
Management Fees | % | 0.55 | 0.55 | 0.55 | 0.55 | 0.55 |
Distribution and/or Shareholder Services (12b-1) Fees | % | 0.25 | 1.00 | None | 0.50 | None |
Administrative Services Fees | % | 0.10 | 0.10 | 0.10 | 0.10 | 0.10 |
Other Expenses | % | 2.88 | 2.88 | 2.68 | 2.88 | 2.88 |
Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses | % | 0.33 | 0.33 | 0.33 | 0.33 | 0.33 |
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses 2 | % | 4.11 | 4.86 | 3.66 | 4.36 | 3.86 |
Waivers and Reimbursements 3 | % | (2.96) | (2.96) | (2.96) | (2.96) | (2.96) |
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Waivers and Reimbursements | % | 1.15 | 1.90 | 0.70 | 1.40 | 0.90 |
1 | A contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% is assessed on certain redemptions of Class A shares made within 18 months after purchase where no initial sales charge was paid at the time of purchase as part of an investment of $1 million or more. |
2 | Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses may be higher than the Fund’s ratio of expenses to average net assets shown in the Fund’s Financial Highlights, which reflects the operating expenses of the Fund and does not include Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses. |
3 | The adviser is contractually obligated to limit expenses to 1.15%, 1.90%, 0.70%, 1.40%, and 0.90% for Class A, Class C, Class I, Class R, and Class W shares, respectively, through August 1, 2014; the obligation does not extend to interest, taxes, brokerage commissions, other investment related costs, extraordinary expenses, fees and expenses of borrowings. The obligation will automatically renew for one-year terms unless it is terminated by the Fund or the adviser upon written notice within 90 days of the end of the current term or upon termination of the management agreement and is subject to possible recoupment by the adviser within three years. |
Expense Examples $
The Examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in shares of the Fund with the costs of investing in other mutual funds. The Examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated. The Examples show costs if you sold (redeemed) your shares at the end of the period or continued to hold them. The Examples also assume that your investment had a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
The Examples reflect applicable expense limitation agreements and/or waivers in effect, if any, for the one-year period and the first year of the three-year period.
Portfolio Turnover % of average value of portfolio
The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transactions costs and may mean higher taxes if you are investing in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Expense Examples, affect the Fund’s performance.
During the most recent fiscal period from November 2, 2012 through March 31, 2013 , the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 193% of the average value of its portfolio.
PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES
The Fund invests in a combination of Underlying Funds which are actively managed funds that invest in domestic and foreign (including emerging markets) fixed-income instruments, floating rate loans, and other floating rate debt instruments. In addition to investing in these Underlying Funds, the Fund invests directly in fixed-income securities, including investment-grade securities and below investment-grade securities, commonly referred to as “junk bonds,” asset-backed securities, and mortgage-backed securities.
ING Strategic Income Fund | 1 |
Fixed-income instruments in which the Underlying Funds may also invest include bonds, debt securities, and other similar instruments issued by various U.S. and non-U.S. public- or private-sector entities. Debt securities may include, without limitation, bonds, debentures, notes, convertible securities, commercial paper, loans and related assignments and participations, corporate debt, asset-backed securities, bank certificates of deposit, fixed time deposits, bankers’ acceptances and money market instruments, including money market funds denominated in U.S. dollars or other currencies. Floating rate loans and other floating rate debt instruments include floating rate bonds, floating rate notes, floating rate debentures, and tranches of floating rate asset-backed securities, including structured notes, made to, or issued by, U.S. and non-U.S. corporations or other business entities.
The Fund may also invest in derivatives, including options, futures, swaps (including interest rate swaps, total return swaps, and credit default swaps), and currency forwards, as a substitute for taking a position in an underlying asset, to make tactical asset allocations, seek to minimize risk, to enhance returns, and/or assist in managing cash.
The Fund may invest in other investment companies, including exchange-traded funds, to the extent permitted under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules, regulations, and exemptive orders thereunder (“1940 Act”).
The Sub-Adviser may sell securities for a variety of reasons, such as to secure gains, limit losses, or redeploy assets into opportunities believed to be more promising, among others.
The Fund may lend portfolio securities on a short-term or long-term basis, up to 33 1 / 3 % of its total assets.
You could lose money on an investment in the Fund. Any of the following risks, among others, could affect the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s performance or cause the Fund or an Underlying Fund to lose money or to underperform market averages of other funds. The value of your investment in the Fund will also change with the values of the Underlying Funds and their investments.
Asset Allocation The success of the Fund’s strategy depends on the Adviser’s or Sub-Adviser’s skill in allocating Fund assets between the asset classes and in choosing investments within those categories. There is a risk that the Fund may allocate assets to an asset class that underperforms other asset classes.
Call During periods of falling interest rates, a bond issuer may “call” or repay its high-yielding bond before the bond’s maturity date. If forced to invest the unanticipated proceeds at lower interest rates, the Fund or an Underlying Fund would experience a decline in income.
Company The price of a given company’s stock could decline or underperform for many reasons including, among others, poor management, financial problems, or business challenges. If a company declares bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, its stock could become worthless.
Convertible Securities Convertible securities are securities that are convertible into or exercisable for common stocks at a stated price or rate. Convertible securities are subject to the usual risks associated with debt securities, such as interest rate and credit risk. In addition, because convertible securities react to changes in the value of the stocks into which they convert, they are subject to market risk.
Credit Prices of bonds and other debt instruments can fall if the issuer’s actual or perceived financial health deteriorates, whether because of broad economic or issuer-specific reasons. In certain cases, the issuer could be late in paying interest or principal, or could fail to pay altogether.
Currency To the extent that the Fund or an Underlying Fund invests directly in foreign (non-U.S.) currencies or in securities denominated in, or that trade in, foreign (non-U.S.) currencies, it is subject to the risk that those foreign (non-U.S.) currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar or, in the case of hedging positions, that the U.S. dollar will decline in value relative to the currency being hedged.
Derivative Instruments Derivative instruments are subject to a number of risks, including the risk of changes in the market price of the underlying securities, credit risk with respect to the counterparty, risk of loss due to changes in interest rates and liquidity risk. The use of certain derivatives may also have a leveraging effect which may increase the volatility of the Fund or an Underlying Fund and reduce its returns. Derivatives may not perform as expected, so the Fund or an Underlying Fund may not realize the intended benefits. When used for hedging, the change in value of a derivative may not correlate as expected with the currency, security or other risk being hedged. In addition, given their complexity, derivatives expose the Fund or an Underlying Fund to the risk of improper valuation.
Foreign Investments/Developing and Emerging Markets Investing in foreign (non-U.S.) securities may result in the Fund or the Underlying Funds experiencing more rapid and extreme changes in value than a fund that invests exclusively in securities of U.S. companies due to: smaller markets; differing reporting, accounting, and auditing standards; nationalization, expropriation, or confiscatory taxation; foreign currency fluctuations, currency blockage, or replacement; potential for default on sovereign debt; or political changes or diplomatic developments. Foreign investment risks may be greater in developing and emerging markets than in developed markets. Markets and economies throughout the world are becoming increasingly interconnected, and conditions or events in one market, country or region may adversely impact investments or issuers in another market, country or region.
High-Yield Securities Investments rated below investment-grade (or of similar quality if unrated) are known as “high-yield securities” or “junk bonds.” High-yield securities are subject to greater levels of credit and liquidity risks. High-yield securities are considered primarily speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to make principal and interest payments.
2 | ING Strategic Income Fund |
Interest in Loans The value and the income streams of interests in loans (including participation interests in lease financings and assignments in secured variable or floating rate loans) will decline if borrowers delay payments or fail to pay altogether. A large rise in interest rates could increase this risk. Although loans are generally fully collateralized when purchased, the collateral may become illiquid or decline in value. Many loans themselves carry liquidity and valuation risks.
Interest Rate With bonds and other fixed rate debt instruments, a rise in interest rates generally causes values to fall; conversely, values generally rise as interest rates fall. The higher the credit quality of the instrument, and the longer its maturity or duration, the more sensitive it is likely to be to interest rate risk. In the case of inverse securities, the interest rate generally will decrease when the market rate of interest to which the inverse security is indexed decreases. As of the date of this Prospectus, interest rates in the United States are at or near historic lows, which may increase the Fund’s exposure to risks associated with rising interest rates.
Leverage Certain transactions and investment strategies may give rise to leverage. Such transactions and investment strategies, include, but are not limited to: borrowing, dollar rolls, reverse repurchase agreements, loans of portfolio securities and the use of when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward-commitment transactions. The use of certain derivatives may also increase leveraging risk. The use of leverage may increase the Fund or an Underlying Fund’s expenses and increase the impact of the the Fund or an Underlying Fund’s other risks.
Liquidity If a security is illiquid, the Fund or an Underlying Fund might be unable to sell the security at a time when the manager might wish to sell, and the security could have the effect of decreasing the overall level of the Fund or an Underlying Fund’s liquidity. Further, the lack of an established secondary market may make it more difficult to value illiquid securities, which could vary from the amount the Fund or an Underlying Fund could realize upon disposition. The Fund or an Underlying Fund may make investments that become less liquid in response to market developments or adverse investor perception. The Fund or an Underlying Fund could lose money if it cannot sell a security at the time and price that would be most beneficial to the Fund or an Underlying Fund.
Market Stock prices may be volatile and are affected by the real or perceived impacts of such factors as economic conditions and political events. Stock markets tend to be cyclical, with periods when stock prices generally rise and periods when stock prices generally decline. Any given stock market segment may remain out of favor with investors for a short or long period of time, and stocks as an asset class may underperform bonds or other asset classes during some periods. Additionally, legislative, regulatory or tax policies or developments in these areas may adversely impact the investment techniques available to a manager, add to Fund costs and impair the ability of the Fund to achieve its investment objectives.
Market Capitalization Stocks fall into three broad market capitalization categories - large, mid, and small. Investing primarily in one category carries the risk that, due to current market conditions, that category may be out of favor with investors. If valuations of large-capitalization companies appear to be greatly out of proportion to the valuations of mid- or small-capitalization companies, investors may migrate to the stocks of mid- and small-sized companies causing the Fund or an Underlying Fund that invests in these companies to increase in value more rapidly than a fund that invests in larger, fully-valued companies. Investing in mid- and small-capitalization companies may be subject to special risks associated with narrower product lines, more limited financial resources, smaller management groups, and a more limited trading market for their stocks as compared with larger companies. As a result, stocks of mid- and small-capitalization companies may decline significantly in market downturns.
Mortgage- and/or Asset-Backed Securities Defaults on or the low credit quality or liquidity of the underlying assets of the asset-backed (including mortgage-backed) securities held by the Fund or an Underlying Fund may impair the value of the securities. There may be limitations on the enforceability of any security interest granted with respect to those underlying assets. These securities also present a higher degree of prepayment and extension risk and interest rate risk than do other types of fixed-income securities.
Other Investment Companies The main risk of investing in other investment companies, including exchange-traded funds, is the risk that the value of the securities underlying an investment company might decrease. Because the Fund or an Underlying Fund may invest in other investment companies, you will pay a proportionate share of the expenses of those other investment companies (including management fees, administration fees, and custodial fees) in addition to the expenses of the Fund and a proportionate share of the expenses of each Underlying Fund.
Prepayment and Extension Prepayment risk is the risk that principal on mortgages or other loan obligations underlying a security may be repaid prior to the stated maturity date which may reduce the market value of the security and the anticipated yield-to-maturity. Extension risk is the risk that an issuer will exercise its right to repay principal on an obligation held by the Fund or an Underlying Fund later than expected which may decrease the value of the obligation and prevent the Fund or an Underlying Fund from investing expected repayment proceeds in securities paying yields higher than the yields paid by the securities that were expected to be repaid.
Securities Lending Securities lending involves two primary risks: “investment risk” and “borrower default risk.” Investment risk is the risk that the Fund will lose money from the investment of the cash collateral received from the borrower. Borrower default risk is the risk that the Fund will lose money due to the failure of a borrower to return a borrowed security in a timely manner.
Sovereign Debt
These securities are issued or guaranteed by foreign government entities. Investments in sovereign debt are subject to the risk that a government entity may delay payment, restructure its debt, or refuse to pay interest or repay
principal
ING Strategic Income Fund
3
An investment in the Fund is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.
Because the Fund did not have a full calendar year of operations as of December 31, 2012, there is no annual performance information included.
Investment Adviser
Sub-Adviser
ING Investments, LLC
ING Investment Management Co. LLC
Portfolio Managers
Christine Hurtsellers
Michael Mata
Portfolio Manager (since 11/12)
Portfolio Manager (since 11/12)
Matthew Toms
Portfolio Manager (since 11/12)
PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES
Shares of the Fund may be purchased or sold on any business day (normally any day when the New York Stock Exchange is open). You can buy or sell shares of the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary; by visiting our website at www.INGInvestment.com; by writing to us at ING Funds, 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100, Scottsdale, Arizona 85258; or by calling us at 1-800-992-0180.
Minimum Initial Investment $ by share class
Class | A, C | I | R | W |
Non-retirement accounts | $ | 1,000 | 250,000 | | 1,000 |
Retirement accounts | $ | 250 | 250,000 | | 1,000 |
Certain omnibus accounts | $ | 250 | | | |
Pre-Authorized Investment Plan | $ | 1,000 | | | |
There are no minimums for additional investments except that the Pre-Authorized Investment Plan requires a monthly investment of at least $100.
The Fund’s distributions are generally taxable to you as ordinary income, capital gains, or a combination of the two, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account. If you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, you may be taxed upon withdrawals from that arrangement.
PAYMENTS TO BROKER-DEALERS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES
If you purchase the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund and/or its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and/or related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
4 | ING Strategic Income Fund |
This Prospectus contains information about the Fund and is designed to provide you with important information to help you with your investment decisions. Please read it carefully and keep it for future reference.
The Fund’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is incorporated by reference into (legally made a part of) this Prospectus. It identifies investment restrictions, more detailed risk descriptions, a description of how the bond rating system works, and other information that may be helpful to you in your decision to invest. You may obtain a copy, without charge, from the Fund.
Other ING Funds may also be offered to the public that have similar names, investment objectives, and principal investment strategies as those of the Fund. You should be aware that the Fund is likely to differ from these other ING Funds in size and cash flow pattern. Accordingly, the performance of the Fund can be expected to vary from those of other ING Funds.
The Fund is a series of ING Funds Trust (“Trust”), a Delaware statutory trust. The Fund is managed by ING Investments, LLC (“ING Investments” or “Adviser”). ING Investment Management Co. LLC (“ING IM” or “Sub-Adviser”) is the Sub-Adviser to the Fund.
The Adviser and the Sub-Adviser are indirect, wholly-owned subsidiaries of ING U.S., Inc. For more information about the Fund, the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, please read “Management of the Fund” later in this Prospectus and the SAI.
The Adviser and Sub-Adviser have the authority to select and substitute Underlying Funds. The Adviser and Sub-Adviser may be subject to potential conflicts of interest in selecting Underlying Funds because the fees paid to them by some Underlying Funds are higher than fees paid by other Underlying Funds. However, the Adviser and Sub-Adviser have a fiduciary duty to the Fund and are legally obligated to act in the Fund’s best interests when selecting Underlying Funds.
In making decisions on the allocation of the assets of the Fund among the Underlying Funds, the Adviser and Sub-Adviser are subject to several conflicts of interest because they serve as the Adviser and Sub-Adviser to the Fund and to the Underlying Funds and an affiliate may also serve as sub-adviser to some of the Underlying Funds. These conflicts could arise because the Adviser and Sub-Adviser or their affiliates earn higher net advisory fees (the advisory fee received less any sub-advisory fee paid and fee waivers or expense subsidies) on some of the Underlying Funds than others. For example, where the Underlying Funds have a sub-adviser that is affiliated with the Adviser or Sub-Adviser, the entire advisory fee is retained by an ING company. Even where the net advisory fee is not higher for Underlying Funds sub-advised by an affiliate of the Adviser or Sub-Adviser, the Adviser and Sub-Adviser may have an incentive to prefer affiliated sub-advisers for other reasons, such as increasing assets under management or supporting new investment strategies, which in turn would lead to increased income to ING. Further, the Adviser and Sub-Adviser may believe that redemption from an Underlying Fund will be harmful to that Underlying Fund, the Adviser and Sub-Adviser or an affiliate. Therefore, the Adviser and Sub-Adviser may have incentives to allocate and reallocate in a fashion that would advance its own economic interests, the economic interests of an affiliate or the interests of an Underlying Fund rather than the Fund.
The Adviser has developed an investment process using a Sub-Adviser that it believes will ensure the Fund is managed in the best interests of the shareholders of the Fund. Further, the Adviser and Sub-Adviser have adopted various policies and procedures that are intended to identify, monitor and address actual or potential conflicts of interest. Nonetheless, investors bear the risk that the Adviser’s and Sub-Adviser’s allocation decisions may be affected by their conflicts of interest.
Fundamental investment policies contained in the SAI may not be changed without shareholder approval. The Board of Trustees (“Board”) and/or the Adviser may change any other policies and investment strategies.
The Fund is diversified, as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940 as amended, and the rules, regulations, and exemptive orders thereunder (“1940 Act”).
KEY FUND INFORMATION (continued)Although the Fund is designed to serve as a component of a diversified investment portfolio of securities, and an investor may achieve the same level of diversification by investing directly in a variety of Underlying Funds, no single mutual fund can provide an appropriate investment program for all investors. You should evaluate the Fund in the context of your personal financial situation, investment objectives, and other investments. For more information about the Underlying Funds in which the Fund invests, please see “Key Information About the Underlying Funds” later in this Prospectus.
Temporary Defensive Strategies
When the Adviser or sub-adviser (if applicable) to the Fund or an Underlying Fund anticipates unusual market, economic, political, or other conditions, the Fund or Underlying Fund may temporarily depart from its principal investment strategies as a defensive measure. In such circumstances, the Fund or Underlying Fund may invest in securities believed to present less risk, such as cash, cash equivalents, money market fund shares and other money market instruments, debt securities that are high quality or higher quality than normal, more liquid securities, or others. While the Fund or Underlying Fund invests defensively, it may not achieve its investment objective. The Fund’s or Underlying Fund’s defensive investment position may not be effective in protecting its value. It is impossible to predict accurately how long such alternative strategies may be utilized. The types of defensive positions in which the Fund may engage are identified and discussed in the SAI.
Percentage and Rating Limitations
The percentage and rating limitations on Fund investments listed in this Prospectus apply at the time of investment.
Please note your investment is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board, or any other government agency.
The Fund’s fiscal year ends March 31. The Fund will send financial statements to its shareholders at least semi-annually. An annual shareholder report containing financial statements audited by the independent registered public accounting firm will be sent to shareholders every year.
Additional Information About the Investment Objective
The Fund’s investment objective is non-fundamental and may be changed by a vote of the Fund’s Board, without shareholder approval. The Fund will provide 60 days’ prior written notice of any change in the non-fundamental investment objective. There is no guarantee the Fund will achieve its investment objective.
Additional Information About Principal Investment Strategies
For a complete description of the Fund’s principal investment strategies, please see the Fund’s summary prospectus or the summary section of this Prospectus. The Fund also invests in a combination of Underlying Funds that, in turn, invest directly in a wide range of stocks and fixed-income securities of various types and uses asset allocation strategies to determine how much to invest in the Underlying Funds. The Fund is designed to meet the needs of investors who wish to seek exposure to various types of stocks and fixed-income securities of various types through a single diversified investment.
Performance of the Fund Will Vary
The performance of the Fund also depends upon the performance of the asset classes in which it invests, which are affected by changes in the economy and financial markets. We note that exposure to the asset classes can be achieved through investment in Underlying Funds, and the value of the Fund changes as the asset values of the Underlying Funds the Fund holds go up or down. The value of your Fund shares will fluctuate and may be worth more or less than the original cost. The timing of your investment may also affect performance.
Additional Information About the Fund’s Risks
All mutual funds involve risk - some more than others - and there is always the chance that you could lose money or not earn as much as you hope. The Fund’s risk profile is largely a factor of the principal securities in which it invests and investment techniques that it uses.
Below is a discussion of the risks associated with certain of the types of securities in which the Fund may invest and certain of the investment practices that the Fund may use. For more information about these and other types of securities and investment techniques that may be used by the Fund, see the SAI.
Many of the investment techniques and strategies discussed in this Prospectus and in the SAI are discretionary, which means that the adviser or sub-adviser of the Fund can decide whether to use them. The Fund may invest in these securities or use these techniques as part of its principal investment strategies. However, the adviser or sub-adviser may also use these investment techniques or make investments in securities that are not a part of the Fund’s principal investment strategies.
As we note in this Prospectus, when the Fund invests in Underlying Funds to gain exposure to asset classes in which it may invest, the Fund’s performance will be affected by the investment techniques implemented by the Underlying Funds. Therefore, the discussion below also applies to an Underlying Fund’s investments.
For more information about principal risks that apply only to the Underlying Funds, please see “Key Information About the Underlying Funds.”
Asset Allocation. The success of a fund’s strategy depends on the adviser’s or sub-adviser’s skill in allocating fund assets between the asset classes in which the fund invests and in choosing investments within those categories. There is a risk that fund may allocate assets to an asset class that underperforms other asset classes.
Call. During periods of falling interest rates, a bond issuer may “call” or repay its high-yielding bond before the bond’s maturity date. If forced to invest the unanticipated proceeds at lower interest rates, a fund or an Underlying Fund would experience a decline in income.
Company. The price of a given company’s stock could decline or underperform for many reasons including, among others, poor management, financial problems, or business challenges. If a company declares bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, its stock could become worthless.
Convertible Securities. Convertible securities are securities that are convertible into or exercisable for common stocks at a stated price or rate. Convertible securities are subject to the usual risks associated with debt securities, such as interest rate and credit risk. In addition, because convertible securities react to changes in the value of the stocks into which they convert, they are subject to market risk.
MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUND (continued)The value of a convertible security will normally fluctuate in some proportion to changes in the value of the underlying security because of the conversion or exercise feature. However, the value of a convertible security may not increase or decrease as rapidly as the underlying security. A convertible security may also provide income and be subject to interest rate risk. Convertible securities may be lower-rated securities subject to greater levels of credit risk. In the event the issuer of a convertible security is unable to meet its financial obligations, declares bankruptcy, or becomes insolvent, an Underlying Fund could lose money. An Underlying Fund may be forced to convert a convertible security before it otherwise would do so, which may decrease the Underlying Fund’s returns.
Credit. Prices of bonds and other debt instruments can fall if the issuer’s actual or perceived financial health deteriorates, whether because of broad economic or issuer-specific reasons. In certain cases, the issuer could be late in paying interest or principal, or could fail to pay altogether.
Currency. To the extent that a fund or an Underlying Fund invests directly in foreign (non-U.S.) currencies or in securities denominated in, or that trade in, foreign (non-U.S.) currencies, it is subject to the risk that those foreign (non-U.S.) currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar or, in the case of hedging positions, that the U.S. dollar will decline in value relative to the currency being hedged. Currency rates may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time. Currency rates may be affected by changes in interest rates, intervention (or the failure to intervene) by U.S. or foreign governments, central banks or supranational entities such as the International Monetary Fund, by the imposition of currency controls, or other political or economic developments in the United States or abroad. As a result, a fund or an Underlying Fund’s investments in foreign currency or foreign currency-denominated securities may reduce the value of a fund or an Underlying Fund’s assets.
Derivative Instruments. Derivative instruments are subject to a number of risks, including the risk of changes in the market price of the underlying securities, credit risk with respect to the counterparty, risk of loss due to changes in interest rates and liquidity risk. The use of certain derivatives may also have a leveraging effect which may increase the volatility of an Underlying Fund and reduce its returns. Derivatives may not perform as expected, so an Underlying Fund may not realize the intended benefits. When used for hedging, the change in value of a derivative may not correlate as expected with the currency, security or other risk being hedged. In addition, given their complexity, derivatives expose an Underlying Fund to the risk of improper valuation. Generally, derivatives are sophisticated financial instruments whose performance is derived, at least in part, from the performance of an underlying asset or assets. Derivatives include, among other things, swap agreements, options, forwards and futures. The investment of an Underlying Fund’s assets required to purchase certain derivatives may be small relative to the magnitude of exposure assumed by an Underlying Fund; therefore, the purchase of certain derivatives may have an economic leveraging effect on an Underlying Fund; thus exaggerating any increase or decrease in the net asset value of an Underlying Fund. Investments in derivatives are generally negotiated over-the-counter with a single counterparty and as a result are subject to credit risks related to the counterparty’s ability to perform its obligations and further that any deterioration in the counterparty’s creditworthiness could adversely affect the value of the derivative. In addition, derivatives and their underlying securities may experience periods of illiquidity which could cause an Underlying Fund to hold a security it might otherwise sell, or to sell a security it otherwise might hold at inopportune times or for prices that do not reflect current market value. An Underlying Fund’s adviser or sub-adviser might imperfectly judge the direction of the market. For instance, if a derivative is used as a hedge to offset investment risk in another security, the hedge might not correlate to the market’s movements and may have unexpected or undesired results such as a loss or a reduction in gains to an Underlying Fund.
Foreign Investments/Developing and Emerging Markets. To the extent a fund or an Underlying Fund invests in securities of issuers in markets outside the United States, its share price may be more volatile than if it invested in securities of issuers in the U.S. market due to, among other things, the following factors: comparatively unstable political, social and economic conditions, and limited or ineffectual judicial systems; comparatively small market sizes, making securities less liquid and securities prices more sensitive to the movements of large investors and more vulnerable to manipulation; governmental policies or actions, such as high taxes, restrictions on currency movements, replacement of currency, potential for default on sovereign debt, trade or diplomatic disputes, creation of monopolies, and the seizure of private property through confiscatory taxation and expropriation or nationalization of company assets; incomplete, outdated, or unreliable information about securities issuers due to less stringent market regulation and accounting standards; comparatively undeveloped markets and weak banking and financial systems; market inefficiencies, such as higher transaction costs, and administrative difficulties, such as delays in processing transactions; and fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, which could reduce gains or widen losses. In addition, foreign taxes could reduce the income available to distribute to shareholders, and special U.S. tax considerations could apply to foreign investments. Depositary receipts are subject to risks of foreign
MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUND (continued) investments and might not always track the price of the underlying foreign security. Markets and economies throughout the world are becoming increasingly interconnected, and conditions or events in one market, country or region may adversely impact investments or issuers in another market, country or region.Foreign investment risks typically are greater in developing and emerging markets than in developed markets, for such reasons as social or political unrest, heavy economic dependence on agriculture or exports (particularly commodities), undeveloped or overburdened infrastructures, vulnerability to natural disasters, significant and unpredictable government intervention in markets or the economy, currency devaluations, runaway inflation, environmental problems, and business practices that depart from norms for developed countries and less developed or liquid markets for securities generally.
High-Yield Securities. Investments rated below investment-grade (or of similar quality if unrated) are known as “high-yield securities” or “junk bonds.” High-yield securities are subject to greater levels of credit and liquidity risks. High-yield securities are considered primarily speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to make principal and interest payments. Investments in high-yield securities generally provide greater income and increased opportunity for capital appreciation than investments in higher quality debt instruments, but they also typically entail greater potential price volatility and principal and income risk. The prices of high-yield securities have been found to be less sensitive to interest rate changes than higher rated investments, but more sensitive to adverse economic downturns or individual corporate developments. High-yield securities structured as zero-coupon or pay-in-kind securities tend to be more volatile. The secondary market in which high-yield securities are traded is generally less liquid than the market for higher grade bonds. At times of less liquidity, it may be more difficult to value high-yield securities.
Interest in Loans. The value and the income streams of interests in loans (including participation interests in lease financings and assignments in secured variable or floating rate loans) will decline if borrowers delay payments or fail to pay altogether. A large rise in interest rates could increase this risk. Although loans are generally fully collateralized when purchased, the collateral may become illiquid or decline in value. Many loans themselves carry liquidity and valuation risks.
Interest Rate. With bonds and other fixed rate debt instruments, a rise in interest rates generally causes values to fall; conversely, values generally rise as interest rates fall. The higher the credit quality of the instrument, and the longer its maturity or duration, the more sensitive it is likely to be to interest rate risk. In the case of inverse securities, the interest rate generally will decrease when the market rate of interest to which the inverse security is indexed decreases. As of the date of this Prospectus, interest rates in the United States are at or near historic lows, which may increase a fund’s exposure to risks associated with rising interest rates.
Leverage. Certain transactions and investment strategies may give rise to leverage. Such transactions and investment strategies include, among others: borrowing, dollar rolls, reverse repurchase agreements, loans of portfolio securities and the use of when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward-commitment transactions. The use of certain derivatives may also create leveraging risk. The use of leverage may increase a fund or an Underlying Fund’s expenses and increase the impact of a fund or an Underlying Fund’s other risks. The use of leverage may exaggerate any increase or decrease in the net asset value of a fund or an Underlying Fund. To mitigate leveraging risk, a fund or an Underlying Fund will segregate liquid assets or otherwise cover the transactions that may give rise to such risk. The use of leverage may cause a fund or an Underlying Fund to liquidate portfolio positions when it may not be advantageous to do so to satisfy its obligations or to meet segregation requirements resulting in increased volatility of returns. Leverage, including borrowing, may cause a fund or an Underlying Fund to be more volatile than if a fund or an Underlying Fund had not been leveraged.
Liquidity. If a security is illiquid, an Underlying Fund might be unable to sell the security at a time when an Underlying Fund’s manager might wish to sell, and the security could have the effect of decreasing the overall level of an Underlying Fund’s liquidity. Further, the lack of an established secondary market may make it more difficult to value illiquid securities, which could vary from the amount an Underlying Fund could realize upon disposition. An Underlying Fund may make investments that become less liquid in response to market developments or adverse investor perception. An Underlying Fund could lose money if it cannot sell a security at the time and price that would be most beneficial to the Underlying Fund.
Market. Stock prices may be volatile and are affected by the real or perceived impacts of such factors as economic conditions and political events. Stock markets tend to be cyclical, with periods when stock prices generally rise and periods when stock prices generally decline. Any given stock market segment may remain out of favor with investors for a short
MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUND (continued) or long period of time, and stocks as an asset class may underperform bonds or other asset classes during some periods. Additionally, legislative, regulatory or tax policies or developments in these areas may adversely impact the investment techniques available to a manager, add to fund costs and impair the ability of a fund to achieve its investment objectives.Market Capitalization. Stocks fall into three broad market capitalization categories - large, mid, and small. Investing primarily in one category carries the risk that, due to current market conditions, that category may be out of favor with investors. If valuations of large-capitalization companies appear to be greatly out of proportion to the valuations of mid- or small-capitalization companies, investors may migrate to the stocks of mid- and small-sized companies causing a fund or an Underlying Fund that invests in these companies to increase in value more rapidly than a fund that invests in larger, fully-valued companies. Investing in mid- and small-capitalization companies may be subject to special risks associated with narrower product lines, more limited financial resources, smaller management groups, and a more limited trading market for their stocks as compared with larger companies. As a result, stocks of mid- and small-capitalization companies may decline significantly in market downturns.
Mortgage- and/or Asset-Backed Securities. Defaults on or low credit quality or liquidity of the underlying assets of the asset-backed (including mortgage-backed) securities held by a fund or an Underlying Fund may impair the value of the securities. There may be limitations on the enforceability of any security interest granted with respect to those underlying assets. These securities also present a higher degree of prepayment and extension risk and interest rate risk than do other types of fixed-income securities. Because of prepayment risk and extension risk, small movements in interest rates (both increases and decreases) may quickly and significantly reduce the value of certain asset-backed securities. The value of longer-term securities generally changes more in response to changes in interest rates than shorter term securities.
During an economic downturn, the mortgages, commercial or consumer loans, trade or credit card receivables, installment purchase obligations, leases, or other debt obligations underlying an asset-backed security may experience an increase in defaults as borrowers experience difficulties in repaying their loans which may cause the valuation of such securities to be more volatile and may reduce the value of such securities. These risks are particularly heightened for investments in asset-backed securities that contain sub-prime loans which are loans made to borrowers with weakened credit histories and often have higher default rates.
Other Investment Companies. The main risk of investing in other investment companies, including exchange-traded funds, is the risk that the value of the securities underlying an investment company might decrease. Because a fund or an Underlying Fund may invest in other investment companies, you will pay a proportionate share of the expenses of those other investment companies (including management fees, administration fees, and custodial fees) in addition to the expenses of a fund and a proportionate share of the Underlying Fund.
Other investment companies include exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) and Holding Company Depositary Receipts (“HOLDRs”), among others. ETFs are exchange-traded investment companies that are, in many cases, designed to provide investment results corresponding to an index. The value of the underlying securities can fluctuate in response to activities of individual companies or in response to general market and/or economic conditions. Additional risks of investments in ETFs include: (i) the market price of an ETF’s shares may trade at a discount to its net asset value; (ii) an active trading market for an ETF’s shares may not develop or be maintained; or (iii) trading may be halted if the listing exchanges’ officials deem such action appropriate, the shares are delisted from the exchange, or the activation of market-wide “circuit breakers” (which are tied to large decreases in stock prices) halts trading generally. Because HOLDRs concentrate in the stocks of a particular industry, trends in that industry may have a dramatic impact on their value.
Prepayment and Extension. Prepayment risk is the risk that principal on mortgages or other loan obligations underlying a security may be repaid prior to the stated maturity date, which may reduce the market value of the security and the anticipated yield-to-maturity. Extension risk is the risk that an issuer will exercise its right to repay principal on an obligation held by a fund or an Underlying Fund later than expected, which may decrease the value of the obligation and prevent a fund or an Underlying Fund from investing expected repayment proceeds in securities paying yields higher than the yields paid by the securities that were expected to be repaid.
Securities Lending. Securities lending involves two primary risks: “investment risk” and “borrower default risk.” Investment risk is the risk that a fund or an Underlying Fund will lose money from the investment of the cash collateral received from the borrower. Borrower default risk is the risk that a fund or an Underlying Fund will lose money due to the failure of a borrower to return a borrowed security in a timely manner.
MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUND (continued)To generate additional income, a fund or an Underlying Fund may lend securities to financial institutions that are believed to be creditworthy by its adviser. When lending securities, a fund or an Underlying Fund will receive cash or U.S. government securities as collateral.
When a fund or an Underlying Fund lends its securities, it is responsible for investing the cash it receives as collateral from the borrower, and a fund or an Underlying Fund could incur losses in connection with the investment of such collateral, often referred to as “investment risk.” A fund or an Underlying Fund will minimize investment risk by limiting the investment of cash collateral to high quality instruments of short maturity.
A fund or an Underlying Fund may also lose money from the failure of a borrower to return a borrowed security in a timely manner, often referred to as “borrower default risk.” In the event of a borrower default, a fund or an Underlying Fund will be protected to the extent a fund or an Underlying Fund is able to exercise its rights in the collateral promptly and the value of such collateral is sufficient to purchase replacement securities. In addition, a fund or an Underlying Fund will be protected by its securities lending agent, which has agreed to indemnify the fund from losses resulting from borrower default.
Sovereign Debt. These securities are issued or guaranteed by foreign government entities. Investments in sovereign debt are subject to the risk that a government entity may delay payment, restructure its debt, or refuse to pay interest or repay principal on its sovereign debt. Some of these reasons may include cash flow problems, insufficient foreign currency reserves, political considerations, the relative size of its debt position to its economy or its failure to put in place economic reforms required by the International Monetary Fund or other multilateral agencies. If a government entity defaults, it may ask for more time in which to pay or for further loans. There is no legal process for collecting sovereign debts that a government does not pay or bankruptcy proceeding by which all or part of sovereign debt that a government entity has not repaid may be collected.
The discussion below also includes risks that are not considered to be principal risks of the Fund, but are considered to be relevant to the Fund.
Counterparty. The entity with which a fund or an Underlying Fund conducts portfolio-related business (such as trading or securities lending), or that underwrites, distributes or guarantees investments or agreements that the fund or the Underlying Fund owns or is otherwise exposed to, may refuse or may become unable to honor its obligations under the terms of a transaction or agreement. As a result, a fund or an Underlying Fund may sustain losses and be less likely to achieve its investment objective. These risks may be greater when engaging in over-the-counter transactions.
Duration. One measure of risk for fixed-income securities is duration. Duration measures the sensitivity of a bond’s price to interest rate movements and is one of the tools used by a portfolio manager in selection of fixed-income securities. Historically, the maturity of a bond was also used as a proxy for the sensitivity of a bond’s price to changes in interest rates, otherwise known as a bond’s interest rate risk or volatility. According to this measure, the longer the maturity of a bond, the more its price will change for a given change in market interest rates. However, this method ignores the amount and timing of all cash flows from the bond prior to final maturity. Duration is a measure of average life of a bond on a present value basis which was developed to incorporate a bond’s yield, coupons, final maturity and call features into one measure. As a point of reference, the duration of a noncallable 7% coupon bond with a remaining maturity of 5 years is approximately 4.5 years and the duration of a noncallable 7% coupon bond with a remaining maturity of 10 years is approximately 8 years. Material changes in interest rates may impact the duration calculation. For example, the price of a bond with an average duration of 4.5 years would be expected to fall approximately 4.5% if interest rates rose by one percentage point. Conversely, the price of a bond with an average duration of 4.5 years would be expected to rise approximately 4.5% if interest rates drop by one percentage point.
Increase in Expenses. Your actual cost of investing in a fund may be higher or lower than the expenses shown in the fund’s “Annual Fund Operating Expenses” for a variety of reasons. For example, expense ratios may be higher than those shown if a fund’s Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses increase as a result of the decrease in the Underlying Funds’ assets. The Underlying Funds’ assets may decrease and Underlying Funds expense ratios increase for many reasons, including volatility in the Underlying Funds’ net asset value caused by volatility in the secondary markets for assets in which the Underlying Funds invests.
MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUND (continued)Manager. A fund, and each Underlying Fund (except index funds), is subject to manager risk because it is an actively managed investment portfolio. The adviser, the sub-adviser or each individual portfolio manager will apply investment techniques and risk analyses in making investment decisions for a fund or an Underlying Fund, but there can be no guarantee that these will produce the desired results. Many managers of equity funds employ styles that are characterized as “value” or “growth.” However, these terms can have different application by different managers. One manager’s value approach may be different from another, and one manager’s growth approach may be different from another. For example, some value managers employ a style in which they seek to identify companies that they believe are valued at a more substantial or “deeper discount” to a company’s net worth than other value managers. Therefore, some funds that are characterized as growth or value can have greater volatility than other funds managed by other managers in a growth or value style.
KEY INFORMATION ABOUT THE UNDERLYING FUNDS
The Fund seeks to meet its investment objectives by also allocating its assets among the Underlying Funds. Because the Fund invests in the Underlying Funds, shareholders will be affected by the investment strategies of each Underlying Fund. Information is provided below as of the date of this Prospectus regarding each Underlying Fund, including its investment adviser, sub-adviser, investment objective, main investments and main risks. This information is intended to provide potential investors in the Fund with information that they may find useful in understanding the investment history and risks of the Underlying Funds.
You should note that the adviser or sub-adviser (if applicable) may or may not invest in each of the Underlying Funds listed. Further, over time, the Fund will alter its allocation of assets among the Underlying Funds and may add or remove Underlying Funds that are considered for investment. Therefore, it is not possible to predict the extent to which the Fund will be invested in each Underlying Fund at any one time. As a result, the degree to which the Fund may be subject to the risks of a particular Underlying Fund will depend on the extent to which the Fund has invested in the Underlying Fund.
Underlying Fund: ING Emerging Markets Corporate Debt Fund
Investment Adviser: ING Investments, LLC
Sub-Adviser: ING Investment Management Co. LLC
Investment Objective: Maximize total return through a combination of current income and capital appreciation.
Main Investments: The fund invests at least 80% of its net assets (plus borrowings made for investment purposes) in fixed-income and floating rate debt instruments of corporate issuers in emerging market countries. The fund may invest in all types of foreign and emerging market fixed-income and floating rate debt instruments and will invest primarily in fixed-income and floating rate debt instruments of corporations. The fund’s holdings may be denominated in U.S. dollars and foreign currencies. The fund’s investments in derivatives and other synthetic instruments that have economic characteristics similar to these investments will be counted toward satisfaction of the 80% policy. The fund may also invest in other types of securities including, but not limited to, fixed-income and floating rate debt instruments of non-emerging market foreign issuers. The fund may concentrate its portfolio investments under certain circumstances. Generally, the fund will not invest in a security if, after the investment, more than 25% of its total assets would be invested in any one industry or group of industries, provided that the Fund may invest between 25% and 35% of its total assets (or such other percentage to the extent permitted under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules, regulations, and exemptive orders thereunder) in the securities of any one industry group or group of industries, if at the time of investment, that industry or group of industries represents 20% or more of the Fund’s primary benchmark index. The fund’s primary benchmark index is the J.P. Morgan Corporate Emerging Markets Bond Index Diversified Index. As of June 30, 2013, the primary benchmark index was concentrated in the banking industry and the Fund may concentrate in the banking industry. Fixed-income and floating rate debt instruments include bonds, debt securities, and other similar instruments. Debt securities may include, without limitation, bonds, debentures, notes, convertible securities, commercial paper, loans and related assignments and participations, corporate debt, asset-backed securities, bank certificates of deposit, fixed time deposits, bankers’ acceptances, and money market instruments including money market funds denominated in U.S. dollars or other currencies. In addition, the fund may invest in dividend-paying convertible stocks and convertible bonds, and preferred stocks. Emerging market countries include most countries in the world except Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Cyprus, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, Japan, Malta, The Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, the United Kingdom, and the United States. An emerging market issuer is one: (i) that is organized under the laws of, or has a principal place of business in an emerging market country; (ii) where the principal securities market is in an emerging market country; (iii) that derives at least 50% of its total revenues or profits from goods that are produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in emerging market countries; or (iv) at least 50% of the assets of which are located in emerging market countries. The fund may invest in companies of any market capitalization. The fund may engage in leveraging by borrowing money and investing the proceeds of such loans in portfolio securities to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act. The fund may invest in obligations of any credit quality and may invest without limit in debt securities that are below investment-grade (commonly referred to as “junk bonds”). The fund normally expects to maintain a weighted average portfolio duration of between 4 and 10 years. The fund may utilize various derivative instruments and related strategies for various purposes, including, to increase or decrease exposure to a particular market, segment of the market, or security; to increase or decrease interest rate or currency exposure, or as alternatives to direct investments. The fund may utilize derivatives of all types and may invest in, without
KEY INFORMATION ABOUT THE UNDERLYING FUNDS (continued) limitation, call and put options (including options on futures contracts); futures and forward contracts, and swap agreements (including total return, interest rate, credit default, and currency swaps); credit linked notes, structured notes and other related instruments with respect to individual bonds and other securities; indices and baskets of securities; interest rates; and currencies as part of its principal investment strategies. Currency hedging to the U.S. dollar is permitted, but not required. The fund is non-diversified, which means it may invest a significant portion of its assets in a single issuer. The fund may also invest a large percentage of its assets in a small number of countries or in a particular region. The fund will not invest more than 25% of its net assets in any one emerging market country as measured at the time of purchase. The fund may invest in securities of other investment companies, including exchange-traded funds, to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act. The fund may lend portfolio securities on a short-term or long-term basis, up to 33 1 / 3 % of its total assets.Main Risks: Call, company, concentration, convertible securities, credit, currency, derivative instruments, foreign investments/developing and emerging markets, high-yield securities, interest in loans, interest rate, issuer non-diversification, leverage, liquidity, market, market capitalization, mortgage- and/or asset-backed securities, other investment companies, prepayment and extension, and securities lending.
Underlying Fund: ING Emerging Markets Hard Currency Debt Fund
Investment Adviser: ING Investments, LLC
Sub-Adviser: ING Investment Management Co. LLC
Investment Objective: Maximize total return through a combination of current income and capital appreciation.
Main Investments: The fund invests at least 80% of its net assets (plus borrowings made for investment purposes) in fixed-income and floating rate debt instruments of governments (“Sovereigns”) and governmental entities, agencies, and other issuers the obligations of which are guaranteed by Sovereigns (“Quasi-Sovereigns”) of emerging market countries which are denominated in U.S. dollars and foreign hard currencies. Hard currencies are currencies in which investors have confidence and are typically currencies of economically and politically stable industrialized nations. The fund’s investments in derivatives and other synthetic instruments that have economic characteristics similar to these investments will be counted toward satisfaction of the 80% policy. The fund may also invest up to 20% of its assets in fixed-income and floating rate debt instruments of emerging market companies denominated in U.S. dollars and foreign hard currencies. Fixed-income and floating rate debt instruments include bonds, debt securities, and other similar instruments issued by Sovereigns, Quasi-Sovereigns, and companies denominated in hard currency. Debt securities may include, without limitation, bonds, debentures, notes, convertible securities, commercial paper, loans and related assignments and participations, corporate debt, asset-backed securities, bank certificates of deposit, fixed time deposits, bankers’ acceptances, and money market instruments including money market funds denominated in U.S. dollars or other currencies. Emerging market countries include most countries in the world except Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Cyprus, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, Japan, Malta, The Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, the United Kingdom, and the United States. An emerging market issuer is one: (i) that is organized under the laws of, or has a principal place of business in an emerging market country; (ii) where the principal securities market is in an emerging market country; (iii) that derives at least 50% of its total revenues or profits from goods that are produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in emerging market countries; or (iv) at least 50% of the assets of which are located in emerging market countries. The fund may invest in companies of any market capitalization. The fund may engage in leveraging by borrowing money and investing the proceeds of such loans in portfolio securities to the extent permitted under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules, regulations, and exemptive orders thereunder. The fund may invest in obligations of any credit quality and may invest without limit in debt securities that are below investment-grade (commonly referred to as “junk bonds”). The fund normally expects to maintain a weighted average portfolio duration of between 4 and 10 years. The fund may utilize various derivative instruments and related strategies for various purposes, including, to increase or decrease exposure to a particular market, segment of the market, or security; to increase or decrease interest rate or currency exposure, or as alternatives to direct investments. The fund may utilize derivatives of all types and may invest in, without limitation, call and put options (including options on futures contracts); futures and forward contracts, and swap agreements (including total return, interest rate, and credit default swaps); credit linked notes, structured notes, and other related instruments with respect to individual bonds and other securities; indices and baskets of securities; interest rates; and currencies as part of its principal investment strategies. The fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in fixed-income and floating rate debt instruments denominated
KEY INFORMATION ABOUT THE UNDERLYING FUNDS (continued) in U.S. dollars and foreign currencies that do not meet the criteria of hard currencies, including currencies issued by emerging market countries. The fund is non-diversified, which means it may invest a significant portion of its assets in a single issuer. The fund may also invest a large percentage of its assets in a small number of countries or in a particular region. The fund will not invest more than 25% of its net assets in any one emerging market country as measured at the time of purchase. The fund may invest in securities of other investment companies, including exchange-traded funds, to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act. The fund may lend portfolio securities on a short-term or long-term basis, up to 33 1 / 3 % of its total assets.Main Risks: Call, company, convertible securities, credit, currency, derivative instruments, foreign investments/developing and emerging markets, high-yield securities, interest in loans, interest rate, issuer non-diversification, leverage, liquidity, market, market capitalization, mortgage- and/or asset-backed securities, other investment companies, prepayment and extension, securities lending, and sovereign debt.
Underlying Fund: ING Emerging Markets Local Currency Debt Fund
Investment Adviser: ING Investments, LLC
Sub-Adviser: ING Investment Management Co. LLC
Investment Objective: Maximize total return through a combination of current income and capital appreciation.
Main Investments: The fund invests at least 80% of its net assets (plus borrowings made for investment purposes) in fixed-income and floating rate debt instruments of issuers in emerging market countries which are denominated in emerging market currencies; and in derivative instruments that provide investment exposure to such securities. The fund normally invests primarily in fixed-income and floating rate debt instruments that are issued by governments, governmental agencies, supranational organizations, and corporations. Fixed-income and floating rate debt instruments include bonds, debt securities, and other similar instruments issued by governments, governmental agencies, supranational organizations,and corporations denominated in U.S. dollars, foreign hard currencies, and emerging market currencies. Debt securities may include, without limitation, bonds, debentures, notes, convertible securities, commercial paper, loans and related assignments and participations, corporate debt, asset-backed securities, bank certificates of deposit, fixed time deposits, bankers’ acceptances, and money market instruments including money market funds denominated in U.S. dollars or other currencies. Emerging market countries include most countries in the world except Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Cyprus, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, Japan, Malta, The Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, the United Kingdom, and the United States. An emerging market issuer is one: (i) that is organized under the laws of, or has a principal place of business in an emerging market country; (ii) where the principal securities market is in an emerging market country; (iii) that derives at least 50% of its total revenues or profits from goods that are produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in emerging market countries; or (iv) at least 50% of the assets of which are located in emerging market countries. The fund may invest in companies of any market capitalization. The fund may engage in leveraging by borrowing money and investing the proceeds of such loans in portfolio securities to the extent permitted under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules, regulations, and exemptive orders thereunder. The fund may invest in obligations of any credit quality and may invest without limit in debt securities that are below investment-grade (commonly referred to as “junk bonds”). While the fund expects to maintain a weighted average portfolio duration of between 2 and 6 years, there are no maturity restrictions on the overall portfolio. The fund may utilize various derivative instruments and related strategies for various purposes, including, to increase or decrease exposure to a particular market, segment of the market, or security; to increase or decrease interest rate or currency exposure, or as alternatives to direct investments. The fund may utilize derivatives of all types and may invest in, without limitation, call and put options (including options on futures contracts); futures and forward contracts, and swap agreements (including total return, interest rate, credit default, and currency swaps); credit linked notes, structured notes, and other related instruments with respect to individual bonds and other securities; indices and baskets of securities; interest rates; and currencies as part of its principal investment strategies. Currency hedging into the U.S. dollar is permitted, but not required, and the fund will be heavily exposed to foreign currencies. The fund is permitted to take short positions in currencies (including the U.S. dollar). In addition, the fund may use currency forwards, interest rate swaps, and futures in order to take long or short positions with respect to its exposure to a particular country, subject to the fund’s restrictions on currency forwards, futures, and swaps. The fund may also invest up to 20% of its assets in fixed-income and floating rate debt instruments denominated in U.S. dollars and foreign currencies that do not meet the criteria of local currencies, including currencies issued by emerging market countries. The fund is non-diversified,
KEY INFORMATION ABOUT THE UNDERLYING FUNDS (continued) which means it may invest a significant portion of its assets in a single issuer. The fund may also invest a large percentage of its assets in a small number of countries or in a particular region. The fund will not invest more than 25% of its net assets in any one emerging market country as measured at the time of purchase. The fund may invest in securities of other investment companies, including exchange-traded funds, to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act. The fund may lend portfolio securities on a short-term or long-term basis, up to 33 1 / 3 % of its total assets.Main Risks: Call, company, convertible securities, credit, currency, derivative instruments, foreign investments/developing and emerging markets, high-yield securities, interest in loans, interest rate, issuer non-diversification, leverage, liquidity, market, market capitalization, mortgage- and/or asset-backed securities, other investment companies, prepayment and extension, securities lending, and sovereign debt.
Underlying Fund: ING Floating Rate Fund
Investment Adviser: ING Investments, LLC
Sub-Adviser: ING Investment Management Co. LLC
Investment Objective: High level of current income.
Main Investments: The fund invests at least 80% of its net assets (plus borrowing for investment purposes) in U.S. dollar denominated floating rate loans and other floating rate debt instruments, including: floating rate bonds; floating rate notes; money market instruments with a remaining maturity of 60 days or less; floating rate debentures; and tranches of floating rate asset-backed securities, including structured notes, made to, or issued by, U.S. and non-U.S. corporations or other business entities (collectively “Floating Rate Debt”). The fund normally invests substantially in floating rate loans. The fund generally invests in below investment-grade floating rate loans that either hold the most senior position in the capital structure of the borrower, hold an equal ranking with other senior debt, or have characteristics (such as a senior position secured by liens on a borrower’s assets) that the sub-adviser believes justify treatment as senior debt. The fund may invest in floating rate loans of companies whose financial condition is troubled or uncertain and that may be involved in bankruptcy proceedings, reorganizations, or financial restructurings. Although the fund has no restrictions on investment maturity, normally the floating rate loans will have remaining maturities of ten years or less. The fund may invest in the following derivative instruments: interest rate swaps and futures or forward contracts. The fund may invest up to 20% of its assets, measured at the time of purchase, in a combination of one or more of the following types of U.S. dollar denominated investments: senior or subordinated fixed rate debt instruments, including notes and bonds, whether secured and unsecured; equity securities: (i) as an incident to the purchase or ownership of Floating Rate Debt or fixed rate debt instruments; (ii) in connection with a restructuring of a borrower or issuer or its debt; or (iii) if the fund already owns Floating Rate Debt or a fixed rate debt instrument of the issuer of such equity; short-term debt obligations, repurchase agreements, cash and cash equivalents that do not otherwise qualify as Floating Rate Debt; and other investment companies, including exchange-traded funds, to the extent permitted under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules, regulations, and exemptive orders thereunder.
Main Risks: Credit for floating rate loan funds, demand for loans, derivative instruments, equity securities incidental to investments in loans, foreign investments for floating rate loan funds, high-yield securities, interest in loans, interest rate for floating rate loan funds, leverage for floating rate loan funds, limited secondary market for floating rate loans, liquidity for floating rate loan funds, other investment companies, prepayment and extension for floating rate loans, and valuation of loans.
Underlying Fund: ING High Yield Bond Fund
Investment Adviser: ING Investments, LLC
Sub-Adviser: ING Investment Management Co. LLC
Investment Objective: High level of current income and total return.
Main Investments: The fund invests at least 80% of its net assets (plus borrowings for investment purposes) in a portfolio of high-yield (high risk) bonds, commonly referred to as “junk bonds.” The fund defines high-yield bonds to include: bank loans; payment-in-kind securities; fixed and variable floating rate and deferred interest debt obligations; zero-coupon bonds and debt obligations provided they are unrated or rated below investment-grade. There are no restrictions on the
KEY INFORMATION ABOUT THE UNDERLYING FUNDS (continued) rating level of the securities in the fund’s portfolio and the fund may purchase and hold securities in default. There are no restrictions on the average maturity of the fund or the maturity of any single investment. The fund may invest in investment-grade debt securities; common and preferred stocks; U.S. government securities; money market instruments; and debt securities of foreign issuers including securities of companies in emerging markets. The fund may invest in derivatives, including, but not limited to structured debt obligations, dollar roll transactions and swap agreements, including credit default swaps. The fund may invest in companies of any size. The fund may invest in other investment companies, including exchange-traded funds, to the extent permitted under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules, regulations, and exemptive orders thereunder. The fund may lend portfolio securities on a short-term or long-term basis, up to 33 1 / 3 % of its total assets.Main Risks: Call, company, credit, credit default swaps, currency, derivative instruments, foreign investments/developing and emerging markets, high-yield securities, interest rate, liquidity, market, market capitalization, other investment companies, securities lending, U.S. government securities and obligations, and zero-coupon bonds and pay-in-kind securities.
Underlying Fund: ING Investment Grade Credit Fund (formerly, ING SPorts Core Fixed Income Fund)
Investment Adviser: ING Investment Management Co. LLC
Investment Objective: Maximize total return. Total return is a combination of income and capital appreciation.
Main Investments: The fund invests at least 80% of its net assets (plus borrowings for investment purposes) in investment-grade fixed-income securities. Investment-grade fixed-income securities are securities rated at least BBB- by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, Baa3 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., BBB- by Fitch Ratings, or have an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization, or are deemed by the adviser to be of comparable quality if unrated. The Fund may concentrate its portfolio investments under certain circumstances. Generally, the Fund will not invest in a security if, after the investment, more than 25% of its total assets would be invested in any one industry or group of industries, provided that the Fund may invest between 25% and 35% of its total assets (or such other percentage to the extent permitted under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules, regulations, and exemptive orders thereunder) in the securities of any one industry group or group of industries, if at the time of investment, that industry or group of industries represents 20% or more of the Fund’s primary benchmark index. The Fund’s primary benchmark index is the Barclays U.S. Corporate Index. As of June 30, 2013, the primary benchmark index was not concentrated in any one industry or group of industries and the Fund was not concentrated in any one industry or group of industries. The securities that the fund may invest in include, but are not limited to, the following: fixed-income securities issued by U.S. and foreign entities that are denominated in U.S. or foreign currencies, including, but not limited to, collateralized debt obligations, collateralized loan obligations, convertible bonds, collateralized mortgage obligations and U.S. and foreign mortgage-backed and asset-backed fixed-income securities; debt obligations that are denominated in U.S. or foreign currencies and issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government and foreign governments and their agencies and instrumentalities; preferred stocks; money market instruments; and municipal bonds. Generally, the adviser maintains a dollar-weighted average duration between three and ten years for the fund. The fund may also engage in dollar roll transactions, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements, options, futures and forward contracts involving securities, securities indices, foreign currencies, interest rates, and swap agreements, including credit default swaps. The fund typically uses derivatives to reduce exposure to other risks, such as interest rate or currency risk, to substitute for taking a position in the underlying asset, and/or to enhance returns in the fund.The fund may invest in other investment companies, including exchange-traded funds, to the extent permitted under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules, regulations, and exemptive orders thereunder. The fund may lend portfolio securities on a short-term or long-term basis, up to 33 1 / 3 % of its total assets.
Main Risks: Company, convertible securities, credit, credit default swaps, currency, derivative instruments, foreign investments, interest rate, investment model, liquidity, market, mortgage- and/or asset-backed securities, municipal obligations, other investment companies, prepayment and extension, securities lending, sovereign debt, and U.S. government securities and obligations.
MORE INFORMATION ABOUT PRINCIPAL RISKS THAT APPLY ONLY TO THE UNDERLYING FUNDS
The following are principal risks that apply only to the Underlying Funds:
KEY INFORMATION ABOUT THE UNDERLYING FUNDS (continued)Concentration in Banking Industry. As a result of an Underlying Fund “concentrating,” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act, its assets in securities related to a particular industry, the Underlying Fund may be subject to greater market fluctuations than a fund that has securities representing a broader range of investment alternatives. If securities of the particular industry as a group fall out of favor, an Underlying Fund could underperform funds that have greater industry diversification. When an Underlying Fund is concentrated in the banking industry, the risks include, but are not limited to, credit risk, interest rate risk, and regulatory risk. Banks and other financial institutions can be affected by such factors as downturns in the U.S. and foreign economies, the deterioration or failure of other financial institutions, and changes in banking or securities regulations. Changes in legislation in past years have increased competition in the industry. Interest rate changes can have a significant impact on the banking industry, particularly on banks that face exposure to credit losses.
Investment Model. Certain Underlying Funds invest based on a model implemented by the Underlying Fund’s manager. The manager’s proprietary model may not adequately address existing or unforeseen market factors or the interplay between such factors. The proprietary models used by an Underlying Fund’s manager to evaluate securities or securities markets are based on the manager’s understanding of the interplay of market factors and do not assure successful investment. The markets, or the price of individual securities, may be affected by factors not foreseen in developing the models.
Municipal Obligations. The municipal market in which an Underlying Fund invests is volatile and can be significantly affected by adverse tax, legislative, or political changes and the financial condition of the issuers of municipal securities. Municipal revenue obligations are backed by the revenues generated from a specific project or facility and include industrial development bonds and private activity bonds. Private activity and industrial development bonds are dependent on the ability of the facility’s user to meet its financial obligations and the value of any real or personal property pledged as security for such payment. Many municipal securities are issued to finance projects relating to education, health care, transportation and utilities. Conditions in those sectors may affect the overall municipal market. In addition, municipal securities backed by current or anticipated revenues from a specific project or specific asset may be adversely affected by the discontinuance of the taxation supporting the project or asset or the inability to collect revenues for the project or from assets. If an issuer of a municipal security does not comply with applicable tax requirements, interest from the security may become taxable and the security could decline in value.
U.S. Government Securities and Obligations. U.S. government securities are obligations of, or guaranteed by, the U.S. government, its agencies or government-sponsored enterprises. U.S. government securities are subject to market and interest rate risk, and may be subject to varying degrees of credit risk. Some U.S. government securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government and are guaranteed as to both principal and interest by the U.S. Treasury. These include direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury such as U.S. Treasury notes, bills and bonds, as well as indirect obligations including certain securities of the Government National Mortgage Association, the Small Business Administration, and the Farmers Home Administration, among others. Other U.S. government securities are not direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury, but rather are backed by the ability to borrow directly from the U.S. Treasury, including certain securities of the Federal Financing Bank, the Federal Home Loan Bank, and the U.S. Postal Service. Still other agencies and instrumentalities are supported solely by the credit of the agency or instrumentality itself and are neither guaranteed nor insured by the U.S. government. These include securities issued by the Federal Home Loan Bank, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, and the Federal Farm Credit Bank, among others. Consequently, the investor must look principally to the agency issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment. No assurance can be given that the U.S. government would provide financial support to such agencies if it is not obligated to do so by law. U.S. government securities may be subject to varying degrees of credit risk and all U.S. government securities may be subject to price declines due to changing interest rates. Securities directly supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government have less credit risk.
PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS INFORMATION
Portfolio Holdings Information
A description of the Fund’s policies and procedures regarding the release of portfolio holdings information is available in the Fund’s SAI. Portfolio holdings information can be reviewed online at www.INGInvestment.com.
ING Investments, an Arizona limited liability company, serves as the investment adviser to the Fund. ING Investments has overall responsibility for the management of the Fund. ING Investments oversees all investment advisory and portfolio management services for the Fund. ING Investments is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser.
The Adviser is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of ING U.S., Inc. (“ING U.S.”). ING U.S. is a U.S.-based financial institution whose subsidiaries operate in the retirement, investment, and insurance industries. As of the date of this Prospectus, ING U.S. is a majority-owned subsidiary of ING Groep N.V. (“ING Groep”). ING Groep is a global financial institution of Dutch origin, with operations in more than 40 countries.
In October 2009, ING Groep submitted a restructuring plan (the “Restructuring Plan”) to the European Commission in order to receive approval for state aid granted to ING Groep by the Kingdom of the Netherlands in November 2008 and March 2009. To receive approval for this state aid, ING Groep was required to divest its insurance and investment management businesses, including ING U.S., before the end of 2013. In November 2012, the Restructuring Plan was amended to permit ING Groep additional time to complete the divestment. Pursuant to the amended Restructuring Plan, ING Groep must divest at least 25% of ING U.S. by the end of 2013, more than 50% by the end of 2014, and the remaining interest by the end of 2016 (such divestment, the “Separation Plan”).
On November 9, 2012, ING U.S. filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Form S-1”) with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) to register an initial public offering of ING U.S. common stock (the “IPO”). On May 1, 2013, this Registration Statement including subsequent amendments became effective and the IPO was priced. The IPO closed on May 7, 2013. The over allotment option was exercised on May 28, 2013 and closed on May 31, 2013. ING Groep continues to own a majority of the common stock of ING U.S. ING Groep intends to sell its remaining controlling ownership interest in ING U.S. over time. While the base case for the remainder of the Separation Plan is the divestment of ING Groep’s remaining interest in one or more broadly distributed offerings, all options remain open and it is possible that ING Groep’s divestment of its remaining interest in ING U.S. may take place by means of a sale to a single buyer or group of buyers.
It is anticipated that one or more of the transactions contemplated by the Separation Plan would result in the automatic termination of the existing advisory and sub-advisory agreements under which the Adviser and sub-adviser(s) provide services to the Fund. In order to ensure that the existing investment advisory and sub-advisory services can continue uninterrupted, the Board approved new advisory and sub-advisory agreements for the Fund, as applicable, in connection with the IPO. In addition, shareholders of the Fund approved new investment advisory and sub-advisory agreements prompted by the IPO, as well as any future advisory and sub-advisory agreements prompted by the Separation Plan that are approved by the Board and whose terms are not be materially different from the current agreements. This means that shareholders may not have another opportunity to vote on a new agreement with the Adviser or an affiliated sub-adviser even if they undergo a change of control, as long as no single person or group of persons acting together gains “control” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of ING U.S.
The Separation Plan, whether implemented through public offerings or other means, may be disruptive to the businesses of ING U.S. and its subsidiaries, including the Adviser and affiliated entities that provide services to the Fund, and may cause, among other things, interruption of business operations or services, diversion of management’s attention from day-to-day operations, reduced access to capital, and loss of key employees or customers. The completion of the Separation Plan is expected to result in the Adviser’s loss of access to the resources of ING Groep, which could adversely affect its business. Since a portion of the shares of ING U.S., as a standalone entity, are publicly held, it is subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as well as other U.S. government and state regulations, and subject to the risk of changing regulation.
The Separation Plan may be implemented in phases. During the time that ING Groep retains a majority interest in ING U.S., circumstances affecting ING Groep, including restrictions or requirements imposed on ING Groep by European and other authorities, may also affect ING U.S. A failure to complete the Separation Plan could create uncertainty about the nature of the relationship between ING U.S. and ING Groep, and could adversely affect ING U.S. and the Adviser and its affiliates. Currently, the Adviser and its affiliates do not anticipate that the Separation Plan will have a material adverse impact on their operations or the Fund and its operations.
ING Investments’ principal office is located at 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100, Scottsdale, Arizona 85258. As of June 30, 2013, ING Investments managed approximately $48.3 billion in assets.
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND (continued)The Adviser receives an annual fee payable in monthly installments of 0.55% as a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets.
The Adviser is responsible for all of its own costs, including costs of its personnel required to carry out its investment advisory duties.
For information regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the investment advisory and investment sub-advisory relationships (if applicable), please refer to the Fund’s annual shareholder report to be dated March 31, 2013.
The Sub-Adviser and Portfolio Managers
The Adviser has engaged a sub-adviser to provide the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio. The sub-adviser is an affiliate of ING Investments.
The Adviser acts as a “manager-of-managers” for the Fund. The Adviser delegates to the sub-adviser of the Fund the responsibility for investment management and asset allocation amongst the Underlying Funds, subject to the Adviser’s oversight. The Adviser is responsible for monitoring the investment program and performance of the sub-adviser of the Fund.
From time to time, the Adviser may also recommend the appointment of additional sub-advisers or replacement of sub-advisers to the Fund’s Board. It is not expected that ING Investments would normally recommend replacement of an affiliated sub-adviser as part of its oversight responsibilities. The Fund and the Adviser have received exemptive relief from the SEC to permit the Adviser, with the approval of the Fund’s Board, to appoint an additional non-affiliated sub-adviser or to replace an existing sub-adviser with a non-affiliated sub-adviser, as well as change the terms of a contract with a non-affiliated sub-adviser, without submitting the contract to a vote of the Fund’s shareholders. The Fund will notify shareholders of any change in the identity of the sub-adviser of the Fund, the addition of a sub-adviser to the Fund, or any change in the terms of a contract with a non-affiliated sub-adviser. In this event, the name of the Fund and its investment strategies may also change.
Under the terms of the sub-advisory agreement, the agreement can be terminated by the Adviser or the Fund’s Board. In the event the sub-advisory agreement is terminated, the sub-adviser may be replaced subject to any regulatory requirements or the Adviser may assume day-to-day investment management of the Fund.
ING Investment Management Co. LLC
ING IM, a Delaware limited liability company, was founded in 1972 and is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser. ING IM is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of ING U.S. and is an affiliate of ING Investments. ING IM has acted as adviser or sub-adviser to mutual funds since 1994 and has managed institutional accounts since 1972. ING IM’s principal office is located at 230 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10169. As of June 30, 2013, ING IM managed approximately $73.1 billion in assets.
The following individuals are jointly responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund.
Christine Hurtsellers, CFA, Portfolio Manager, has been with ING IM since 2005 and leads the fixed-income business for ING IM. From 1999 to 2005, Ms. Hurtsellers worked at Freddie Mac ® where she managed adjustable-rate mortgages, mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations, and mortgage derivatives portfolios. Ms. Hurtsellers also managed portfolios for Alliance Capital Management and Banc One.
Michael Mata, Portfolio Manager, joined ING IM in 2004, and is head of multi-sector fixed-income strategies for the ING IM fixed-income group, that includes our U.S. core, core plus, and global bond strategies. Prior to joining ING IM, Mr. Mata was employed by Putnam Investments, where he was the senior risk manager for fixed-income portfolios. His previous experience includes risk management for fixed-income derivative and bond arbitrage trading at Lehman Brothers.
Matthew Toms, CFA, Portfolio Manager, joined ING IM in September, 2009 as Senior Vice President and Head of U.S. Public Fixed-Income Investments. In this role, Mr. Toms directly oversees the investment teams responsible for investment-grade corporate, high-yield corporate, structured product, and money market strategies for the general account as well as external client business; as well as ensures coordination of credit strategies across developed and emerging markets. Prior to joining ING IM, Mr. Toms was employed by Calamos Investments from March, 2007 to September, 2009, where he established and grew their fixed-income business. From May, 2000 to March, 2007, Mr. Toms was employed by Northern Trust and Lincoln National in various different roles.
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND (continued)Additional Information Regarding the Portfolio Managers
The SAI provides additional information about each portfolio manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by each portfolio manager, and each portfolio manager’s ownership of securities in the Fund.
ING Funds Services, LLC (“Administrator”) serves as administrator to the Fund and receives an annual administrative services fee equal to 0.10% of the Fund’s average daily net assets.
Subject to the supervision of the Board, the Administrator provides all administrative services reasonably necessary for the ordinary operation of the Fund other than the investment advisory services performed by the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser including, but not limited to, acting as a liaison among the various service providers to the Fund, including the custodian, transfer agent, and such other service providers as may be retained by the Fund. The Administrator provides the Fund, at the Administrator’s expense, with adequate personnel, office space, communications facilities, and other facilities necessary for operation of the Fund.
ING Investments Distributor, LLC (“Distributor”) is the principal underwriter and distributor of the Fund. It is a Delaware limited liability company with its principal offices at 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100, Scottsdale, Arizona 85258.
The Distributor is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”). To obtain information about FINRA member firms and their associated persons, you may contact FINRA at www.finra.org or the Public Disclosure Hotline at 800-289-9999.
When choosing between classes, you should carefully consider: (1) how long you plan to hold shares of the Fund; (2) the amount of your investment; (3) the expenses you’ll pay for each class, including ongoing annual expenses along with the initial sales charge or the contingent deferred sales charges (“CDSC”); and (4) whether you qualify for any sales charge discounts. Please review the disclosure about all of the available share classes carefully. Before investing, you should discuss with your financial intermediary which share class may be right for you.
The tables below summarize the features of the classes of shares available through this Prospectus. Fund charges may vary so you should review the Fund’s fee table as well as the section entitled “Sales Charges” in this Prospectus.
Summary of primary differences among share classes:
Class A
Initial Sales Charge
Up to 2.50% (reduced for purchases of $100,000 or more and eliminated for purchases of $1 million or more)
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge
None (except that with respect to purchases of $1 million or more for which the initial sales charge was waived, a charge of 1.00% applies to redemptions made within 18 months)
1
Distribution and/or Shareholder Services (12b-1) Fees
0.25% annually
Purchase Maximum
None
Minimum Initial Purchase/Minimum Account Size
$1,000 ($250 for IRAs)/$1,000 ($250 for IRAs)
Minimum Subsequent Purchases
None
Minimum Initial Account Balance for Systematic Exchange Privilege
$5,000
Conversion
None
Class C
Initial Sales Charge
None
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge
1.00% if the shares are sold within one year from the date of purchase
Distribution and/or Shareholder Services (12b-1) Fees
1.00% annually
Purchase Maximum
$1,000,000
Minimum Initial Purchase/Minimum Account Size
$1,000 ($250 for IRAs)/$1,000 ($250 for IRAs)
Minimum Subsequent Purchases
None
Minimum Initial Account Balance for Systematic Exchange Privilege
$5,000
Conversion
None
Class I
Initial Sales Charge
None
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge
None
Distribution and/or Shareholder Services (12b-1) Fees
None
Purchase Maximum
None
Minimum Initial Purchase*/Minimum Account Size
$250,000/$250,000
Minimum Subsequent Purchases
None
Minimum Initial Account Balance for Systematic Exchange Privilege
None
Conversion
None
Class R
Initial Sales Charge
None
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge
None
Distribution and/or Shareholder Services (12b-1) Fees
0.50% annually
Purchase Maximum
None
Minimum Initial Purchase/Minimum Account Size
None/None
Minimum Subsequent Purchases
None
Minimum Initial Account Balance for Systematic Exchange Privilege
None
Conversion
None
1 | There is no front-end sales charge if you purchase Class A shares in an amount of $1 million or more but will be subject to a 1.00% CDSC if they are redeemed within 18 months of purchase. |
* | Minimum investment amounts may not be waived for individual accounts that are managed by an investment adviser representative, as defined in Rule 203A-3(a) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. |
Please refer to the minimum investments table on page 32 for additional information.
The relative impact of the initial sales charge, if applicable, and ongoing annual expenses will depend on the length of time a share is held. Higher distribution fees mean a higher expense ratio, so Class C shares pay correspondingly lower dividends and may have a lower net asset value (“NAV”) than Class A shares.
Because the Fund may not be able to identify an individual investor’s trading activities when investing through omnibus account arrangements, you and/or your financial intermediary are responsible for ensuring that your investment in Class C shares does not exceed $1,000,000. The Fund cannot ensure that they will identify purchase orders that would cause your investment in Class C shares to exceed the maximum allowed amount. When investing through such arrangements, you and/or your financial intermediary should be diligent in determining that you have selected the appropriate share class for you.
You and/or your financial intermediary should also take care to assure that you are receiving any sales charge reductions or other benefits to which you may be entitled. As an example, as is discussed below, you may be able to reduce a Class A sales charge payable by aggregating purchases to achieve breakpoint discounts. The Fund uses the net amount invested when determining whether a shareholder has reached the required investment amount in order to be eligible for a breakpoint discount. In order to ensure that you are receiving any applicable sales charge reduction, it may be necessary for you to inform the Fund or your financial intermediary of the existence of other accounts that may be eligible to be aggregated. The SAI discusses specific classes of investors who may be eligible for a reduced sales charge. Before investing you should discuss which share class may be right for you with your financial intermediary.
Distribution and Service (12b-1) Fees
The Fund pays fees to the Distributor on an ongoing basis as compensation for the services the Distributor provides and the expenses it bears in connection with the sale and distribution of Fund shares (“distribution fees”) and/or in connection with personal services rendered to Fund shareholders and the maintenance of shareholder accounts (“service fees”). These
CLASSES OF SHARES (continued) payments are made pursuant to distribution and/or shareholder servicing plans adopted by the Fund pursuant to Rule 12b-1 of the 1940 Act (“12b-1 Plan”). Because these fees are paid on an ongoing basis, over time these fees will increase the cost of your investment and cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.The Fund has adopted a 12b-1 Plan for Class A, Class C, and Class R shares. The following table lists the maximum annual rates at which the distribution and/or servicing fees may be paid under each 12b-1 Plan (calculated as a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to the particular class of shares):
Fund
Class A
Class C
Class R
ING Strategic Income
0.25%
1.00%
0.50%
The Fund makes available in a clear and prominent format, free of charge, on its website, (www.INGInvestment.com), information regarding applicable sales loads, reduced sales charges ( i.e ., breakpoint discounts), sales load waivers, eligibility minimums and purchases of the Fund’s shares. The website includes hyperlinks that facilitate access to the information.
Class A Shares
This section includes important information about sales charges and sales charge reduction programs available to investors in the Fund’s Class A shares and describes the information or records you may need to provide to the Distributor or your financial intermediary in order to be eligible for sales charge reduction programs.
Unless you are eligible for a waiver, the public offering price you pay when you buy Class A shares of the Fund is the NAV of the shares at the time of purchase, plus an initial sales charge. The initial sales charge varies depending on the size of your purchase, as set forth in the following tables. No sales charge is imposed when Class A shares are issued to you pursuant to the automatic reinvestment of income dividends or capital gains distributions. For investors investing in Class A shares of the Fund through a financial intermediary, it is the responsibility of the financial intermediary to ensure that the investor obtains the proper breakpoint discount, if any.
Because the offering price is calculated to two decimal places, the dollar amount of the sales charge as a percentage of the offering price and your net amount invested for any particular purchase of Fund shares may be higher or lower depending on whether downward or upward rounding was required during the calculation process.
Class A shares of the Fund are sold subject to the following sales charge:
Your Investment |
As a % of
the offering price |
As a % of net
asset value |
Less than $100,000 | 2.50% | 2.56% |
$100,000 - $499,999 | 2.00% | 2.04% |
$500,000 - $999,999 | 1.25% | 1.27% |
$1,000,000 and over 1 | N/A | N/A |
1 | See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charges (”CDSCs“) - Class A Shares” below. |
Shareholders that purchased funds that were a part of the Lexington family of funds or the Aetna family of funds prior to February 2, 1998, at the time of purchase, are not subject to sales charges for the life of their account on purchases made directly with the Fund.
Contingent Deferred Sales Charges (“CDSCs”) - Class A Shares
Investments of $1 Million or More. There is no front-end sales charge if you purchase Class A shares in an amount of $1 million or more. However, shares will be subject to a 1.00% CDSC if they are redeemed within 18 months of purchase.
CDSC - Class C Shares
Unless you are eligible for a waiver, if you sell your Class C shares within the time periods specified below, you will pay a CDSC according to the following schedules. It is the responsibility of your financial intermediary to ensure that you are credited with the proper holding period for the shares redeemed.
Class C shares are offered at their NAV per share without any initial sales charge. However, you may be charged a CDSC on shares that you sell within a certain period of time after you bought them. The amount of the CDSC is based on the lesser of the NAV of the shares at the time of purchase or redemption. The CDSCs are as follows:
Class C CDSC
Years after purchase | CDSC on shares being sold |
1st year | 1.00% |
After 1st year | none |
To keep your CDSC as low as possible, each time you place a request to redeem shares, the Fund will first redeem shares in your account that are not subject to a CDSC and then will sell shares that have the lowest CDSC.
There is no CDSC on shares acquired through the reinvestment of dividends and capital gains distributions.
SALES CHARGES (continued)CDSC on Exchange into ING Senior Income Fund
You are not required to pay an applicable CDSC upon an exchange from the Fund described in this Prospectus into ING Senior Income Fund. However, if you exchange into ING Senior Income Fund and subsequently offer your common shares for repurchase by ING Senior Income Fund, the Fund’s CDSC will apply. After an exchange into ING Senior Income Fund, the time period for application of the CDSC will be calculated based on the first date you acquired your shares in the Fund.
Reduced or Waived Front-End Sales Charges
Investors in the Fund could reduce or eliminate sales charges applicable to the purchase of Class A shares through utilization of the Letter or Intent, Rights of Accumulation, or Combination Privilege. These programs are summarized below and are described in greater detail in the SAI.
You may reduce the initial sales charge on a purchase of Class A shares of the Fund by combining multiple purchases to take advantage of the breakpoints in the sales charge schedules. You may do this by:
In addition, certain investors may be eligible for special purchases of Class A shares at NAV. This may be done by:
See the Account Application or the SAI for additional information regarding the reduction of Class A shares’ charges, or contact your financial intermediary or a Shareholder Services Representative for more information.
Required Shareholder Information and Records. In order for investors in Class A shares of the Fund to take advantage of sales charge reductions, an investor or his/her financial intermediary must notify the Distributor that the investor qualifies for such reduction. If the Distributor is not notified that the investor is eligible for these reductions, the Distributor will be unable to ensure that the reduction is applied to the investor’s account. An investor may have to provide certain information or records, including account statements, to his/her financial intermediary or to the Distributor to verify the investor’s eligibility for breakpoint privileges or other sales charge waivers.
CDSC Waivers. If you notify the Fund’s transfer agent, BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. (“Transfer Agent”), at the time of redemption, the CDSC for Class A and Class C shares will be waived in the following cases:
If you think you may be eligible for a CDSC waiver, contact your financial intermediary or a Shareholder Services Representative.
Reinstatement Privilege. If you sell Class A or Class C shares of the Fund you may be eligible for a full or prorated credit of the CDSC paid on the sale when you make an investment up to the amount redeemed in the same share class within 90 days of the eligible sale. Reinstated Class C shares will retain their original cost and purchase date for purposes of the CDSC. This privilege can be used only once per calendar year. If you want to use the Reinstatement Privilege, contact your financial intermediary or a Shareholder Services Representative, or see the SAI for more information. An investor may be asked to provide information or records, including account statements, regarding shares of the Fund held in all of the investor’s accounts held directly with the Trust or through a financial intermediary; any account of the investor at another financial intermediary; and accounts of related parties of the investor, such as members of the same family or household, at any financial intermediary.
When you buy shares, you pay the NAV plus any applicable sales charge. When you sell shares, you receive the NAV minus any applicable CDSC. Exchange orders are effected at NAV.
The NAV per share for each class of the Fund is determined each business day as of the close of regular trading (“Market Close”) on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) (normally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time unless otherwise designated by the NYSE). The Fund is open for business every day the NYSE is open. The NYSE is closed on all weekends and on all national holidays and Good Friday. Fund shares will not be priced on those days. The NAV per share of each class of the Fund is calculated by taking the value of the Fund’s assets attributable to that class, subtracting the Fund’s liabilities attributable to that class, and dividing by the number of shares of that class that are outstanding.
The NAV of the Fund is also based upon the NAVs of the Underlying Funds. In general, assets of the Underlying Funds are valued based on actual or estimated market value, with special provisions for assets not having readily available market quotations and short-term debt securities, and for situations where market quotations are deemed unreliable. Investments in securities maturing in 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost which, when combined with accrued interest, approximates market value. Securities prices may be obtained from automated pricing services. Shares of investment companies held by the Underlying Funds will generally be valued at the latest NAV reported by that investment company. The prospectuses for those investment companies explain the circumstances under which they will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing.
Trading of foreign securities may not take place every day the NYSE is open. Also, trading in some foreign markets and on some electronic trading networks may occur on weekends or holidays when the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s NAV is not calculated. As a result, the NAV of the Fund or an Underlying Fund may change on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or redeem the Fund’s shares. When market quotations are not available or are deemed unreliable, a sub-adviser to the Fund or an Underlying Fund will use a fair value for an asset that is determined in accordance with procedures adopted by the Fund or an Underlying Fund’s board. The types of assets for which such fair value pricing might be required include, but are not limited to:
The Fund and each Underlying Fund’s adviser or sub-adviser may rely on the recommendations of a fair value pricing service approved by the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s board in valuing foreign securities. Valuing securities at fair value involves greater reliance on judgment than valuing securities that have readily available market quotations. The Fund’s and each Underlying Fund’s adviser or sub-adviser will make such determinations in good faith in accordance with procedures adopted by the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s board. Fair value determinations can also involve reliance on quantitative models employed by a fair value pricing service. There can be no assurance that the Fund or an Underlying Fund could obtain the fair value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the time at which the Fund or an Underlying Fund determines its NAV per share. Please refer to the prospectus for each Underlying Fund for an explanation of the circumstances under which an Underlying Fund will use fair value pricing and the effect of fair value pricing.
To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person that opens an account, and to determine whether such person’s name appears on government lists of known or suspected terrorists and terrorist organizations.
What this means for you: the Fund, the Distributor, or a third-party selling you the Fund, must obtain the following information for each person that opens an account:
You may also be asked to show your driver’s license, passport, or other identifying documents in order to verify your identity. In addition, it may be necessary to verify your identity by cross-referencing your identification information with a consumer report or other electronic database. Additional information may be required to open accounts for corporations and other non-natural persons.
Federal law prohibits the Fund, the Distributor, and other financial institutions from opening accounts unless they receive the minimum identifying information listed above. They also may be required to close your account if they are unable to verify your identity within a reasonable time.
If you are a participant in a qualified retirement plan, you should make purchases through your plan administrator or sponsor, who is responsible for transmitting orders.
The Fund and the Distributor reserve the right to reject any purchase order. Please note that cash, traveler’s checks, third-party checks, money orders, and checks drawn on non-U.S. banks (even if payment may be effected through a U.S. bank) generally will not be accepted. The Fund and the Distributor reserve the right to waive minimum investment amounts. Waiver of the minimum investment amount can increase operating expenses of the Fund. Minimum investment amounts may not be waived for individual accounts that are managed by an investment adviser representative, as defined in Rule 203A-3(a) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. The Fund and the Distributor reserve the right to liquidate sufficient shares to recover annual transfer agent fees or to close your account and redeem your shares should you fail to maintain your account value minimum.
The Fund reserves the right to suspend the offering of shares or to reject any specific purchase order. The Fund may suspend redemptions or postpone payments when the NYSE is closed or when trading is restricted for any reason or under emergency circumstances as determined by the SEC.
Class A and Class C shares may be purchased and sold by contacting any financial intermediary (who may impose transaction charges in addition to those described in this Prospectus) authorized to sell Fund shares. You may purchase additional shares in various ways, including through your financial adviser and by mail, telephone, on-line, and bank wire.
Class I shares may be purchased without a sales charge by: (1) qualified retirement plans such as 401(a), 401(k), or other defined contribution plans and defined benefit plans; (2) 529 college savings plans; (3) insurance companies and foundations investing for their own account; (4) wrap programs offered by broker-dealers and financial institutions; (5) accounts of, or managed by, trust departments; (6) individuals whose accounts are managed by an investment adviser representative, as stated above; (7) retirement plans affiliated with ING Groep; (8) ING Groep affiliates for purposes of corporate cash management; and (9) other registered investment companies.
Class R shares may be purchased without a sales charge. Class R shares of the Fund are continuously offered to qualified retirement plans (“Retirement Plans”) including, but not limited to, 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer sponsored 403(b) plans, IRAs, Simplified Employee Pension Plans (“SEPs”), and other accounts or plans whereby Class R shares are held on the books of the Fund through omnibus accounts (either at the plan level or the level of the plan administrator). Purchases
HOW TO BUY SHARES (continued) and redemptions of shares may be made only by eligible Retirement Plans for the purpose of funding qualified retirement plans. Please refer to the plan document for information on how to direct investments in, or redemptions from, an investment option corresponding to the Fund and any fees that may apply.The administrator of a Retirement Plan or employee benefits office can provide participants with detailed information on how to participate in the plan and how to elect the Fund as an investment option, alter the amounts contributed to the plan, or reallocate contributions. Eligible Retirement Plans generally may open an account and purchase Class R shares by contacting any broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (“Financial Service Firm”) authorized to sell Class R shares of the Fund. Additional shares may be purchased through a Retirement Plan’s administrator or recordkeeper. Financial Service Firms may provide or arrange for the provision of some or all of the shareholder servicing and account maintenance services required by Retirement Plan accounts and their plan participants including, without limitation, transfers of registration and dividend payee changes. Financial Service Firms may also perform other functions, including generating confirmation statements, and may arrange with plan administrators for other investment or administrative services.
Financial Service Firms may independently establish and charge Retirement Plans and plan participants transaction fees and/or other additional amounts for such services, which may change over time. Similarly, Retirement Plans may charge plan participants for certain expenses. These fees and additional amounts could reduce the investment return in Class R shares of the Fund.
Class W shares may be purchased without a sales charge by: (1) qualified retirement plans such as 401(a), 401(k), or other defined contribution plans and defined benefit plans; (2) insurance companies and foundations investing for their own account; (3) wrap programs offered by broker-dealers and financial institutions; (4) accounts of, or managed by, trust departments; (5) individuals whose accounts are managed by an investment adviser representative, as stated above; (6) retirement plans affiliated with ING Groep; (7) ING Groep affiliates for purposes of corporate cash management; and (8) by other ING Funds in the ING Family of Funds.
In addition, Class W shares are available to the following persons through direct investment (not through broker-dealers that are not approved by ING) into an ING Fund or through an ING approved broker-dealer (currently, ING Financial Partners, Inc.): (1) current and retired officers and directors/trustees of the ING Funds; (2) current and retired officers, directors, and full-time employees of ING Investments, LLC, Directed Services LLC; any ING Fund’s sub-adviser; ING Investments Distributor, LLC; and any of their affiliates; (3) family members of the foregoing persons (defined as current spouse, children, parents, grandparents, grandchildren, uncles, aunts, siblings, nephews, nieces, step-relations, relations at-law, and cousins); (4) any trust, pension, profit-sharing, or other benefit plan for such persons (including family members); and (5) discretionary advisory accounts of ING Investments, LLC, Directed Services LLC, any ING Fund’s sub-adviser, or ING Investments Distributor, LLC.
The Fund has available prototype qualified retirement plans for corporations and self-employed individuals. It also has available prototype IRA, Roth IRA and Simple IRA plans (for both individuals and employers), Simplified Employee Pension Plans and Pension and Profit Sharing Plans. BNY Mellon Investment Servicing Trust Company acts as the custodian under these plans. For further information, contact a Shareholder Services Representative at 1-800-992-0180. BNY Mellon Investment Servicing Trust Company currently receives a $12 custodial fee annually for the maintenance of each such account.
Make your investment using the purchase minimum guidelines in the following table.
Minimum Investments | Class | Initial Purchase | Subsequent Purchases |
Non-retirement accounts |
A/C/W
1
I 1 R |
$1,000
$250,000 No minimum |
No minimum |
Retirement accounts |
A/C
I 1 R W 1 |
$250
$250,000 No minimum $1,000 |
No minimum |
Pre-Authorized Investment Plan | A/C | $1,000 | At least $100/month |
Certain omnibus accounts | A/C | $250 | No minimum |
1 | Minimum investment amounts may not be waived for individual accounts that are managed by an investment adviser representative, as defined in Rule 203A-3(a) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. |
Make your investment using the methods outlined in the following table. Investors wishing to purchase Class R shares should contact their plan administrator. Please refer to the plan document for information regarding buying and selling shares.
Buying Shares
Opening an Account
Adding to an Account
By Contacting Your Financial Intermediary
A financial intermediary with an authorized firm can help you establish and maintain your account.
Contact your financial intermediary.
By Mail
Make your check payable to ING Funds and mail it with a completed Account Application. Please indicate your financial intermediary on the New Account
Application.
Fill out the Account Additions form at the bottom of your account statement and mail it along with your check payable to ING Funds to the address on the
account statement. Please write your account number on the check.
By Wire
Call Shareholder Services at (800) 992-0180 to obtain an account number and indicate your financial intermediary on the account.
Instruct your
bank to wire funds to the Fund in the care of:
Bank of New York Mellon
ABA # 011001234
credit to: BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. as Agent for ING Funds
A/C #0000733938; for further credit to Shareholder A/C
#
(A/C # you received over the telephone)
Shareholder Name:
(Your Name Here)
After wiring funds you must complete the Account Application and send it to:
ING Funds
P.O. Box 9772
Providence, RI
02940-9772
Wire the funds in the same manner described under “Opening an Account.”
You may sell shares by using the methods outlined in the following table. Under unusual circumstances, the Fund may suspend the right of redemption as allowed by the SEC or federal securities laws.
If you are a participant in a qualified retirement plan, you should make redemptions through your plan administrator or sponsor, who is responsible for transmitting orders.
Selling Shares
To Sell Some or All of Your Shares
By Contacting Your Financial Intermediary
You may sell shares by contacting your financial intermediary. Financial intermediaries may charge for their services in connection with your redemption
request but neither the Fund nor the Distributor imposes any such charge.
By Mail
Send a written request specifying the Fund name and share class, your account number, the name(s) in which the account is registered, and the dollar value
or number of shares you wish to redeem to:
ING Funds
P.O. Box 9772
Providence, RI 02940-9772
If certificated shares have been issued, the certificate must accompany the written request. Corporate investors and other
associations must have an appropriate certification on file authorizing redemptions. A suggested form of such certification is provided on the Account Application. A signature guarantee may be required.
By Telephone - Expedited Redemption
You may sell shares by telephone on all accounts, other than retirement accounts, unless you check the box on the Account Application which signifies that
you do not wish to use telephone redemptions. To redeem by telephone, call a Shareholder Services Representative at 1-800-992-0180.
Receiving Proceeds By Check:
You may have redemption proceeds (up to a maximum
of $100,000) mailed to an address which has been on record with ING Funds for at least 30 days.
Receiving Proceeds By Wire:
You may have redemption proceeds (subject to a minimum of $5,000) wired to
your pre-designated bank account. You will not be able to receive redemption proceeds by wire unless you check the box on the Account Application which signifies that you wish to receive redemption proceeds by wire and attach a voided check. Under
normal circumstances, proceeds will be transmitted to your bank on the business day following receipt of your instructions, provided redemptions may be made. In the event that share certificates have been issued, you may not request a wire
redemption by telephone.
You may elect to make periodic withdrawals from your account on a regular basis.
Class A and Class C
Class I and Class W
For additional information, contact a Shareholder Services Representative or refer to the Account Application or the SAI.
HOW TO SELL SHARES (continued)Purchase and sale requests are executed at the next NAV determined after the order is received in proper form by the Transfer Agent or the Distributor. A purchase order will be deemed to be in proper form when all of the required steps set forth under “How to Buy Shares” have been completed. If you purchase by wire, however, the order will be deemed to be in proper form after the telephone notification and the federal funds wire have been received. If you purchase by wire, you must submit an application form in a timely fashion. If an order or payment by wire is received after Market Close, the shares will not be credited until the next business day. For your transaction to be counted on the day you place your order with your broker-dealer or other financial institution, they must receive your order before Market Close and promptly transmit the order to the Transfer Agent or the Distributor.
You will receive a confirmation of each new transaction in your account, which also will show you the number of shares you own including the number of shares being held in safekeeping by the Transfer Agent for your account. You may rely on these confirmations in lieu of certificates as evidence of your ownership.
Normally, payment for shares redeemed will be made within three days after receipt by the Transfer Agent of a request in good order. The Fund has the right to take up to seven days to pay your redemption proceeds and may postpone payment longer in the event of an economic emergency as determined by the SEC. When you place a request to redeem shares for which the purchase money has not yet been collected, the request will be executed at the next determined NAV, but the Fund will not release the proceeds until your purchase payment clears. This may take up to 15 days or more. A redemption request made within 30 calendar days after submission of a change of address is permitted only if the request is in writing and is accompanied by a medallion signature guarantee. Redemption requests of an amount of $10 million or more must be submitted in writing by an authorized person.
A medallion signature guarantee may be required in certain circumstances. A request to change the bank designated to receive wire redemption proceeds must be received in writing, signed by an authorized person, and accompanied by a medallion signature guarantee from any eligible guarantor institution. In addition, if you wish to have your redemption proceeds transferred by wire to an account other than your designated bank account, paid to someone other than the shareholder of record, or sent somewhere other than the shareholder’s address of record, you must provide a medallion signature guarantee with your written redemption instructions. Please see the SAI for more details on the medallion signature guarantee program.
The Fund normally intends to pay in cash for all shares redeemed but under abnormal conditions that make payment in cash unwise, the Fund may make payment wholly or partly in securities at its then current market value equal to the redemption price. In such a case, the Fund could elect to make payment in securities for redemptions in excess of $250,000 or 1% of its net assets during any 90-day period for any one shareholder. An investor may incur brokerage costs in converting such securities to cash.
The Fund and the Transfer Agent will not be responsible for the authenticity of phone instructions or losses, if any, resulting from unauthorized shareholder transactions if they reasonably believe that such instructions were genuine. The Fund and the Transfer Agent have established reasonable procedures to confirm that instructions communicated by telephone are genuine. These procedures include recording telephone instructions for exchanges and expedited redemptions, requiring the caller to give certain specific identifying information, and providing written confirmation to shareholders of record not later than five days following any such telephone transactions. If the Fund and the Transfer Agent do not employ these procedures, they may be liable for any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent telephone instructions.
Due to the relatively high cost of handling small investments, the Fund reserves the right, upon 30 days’ prior written notice, to redeem at NAV (less any applicable deferred sales charge), the shares of any shareholder whose account (except for IRAs) has a total value that is less than the Fund’s minimum. Before the Fund redeems such shares and sends the proceeds to the shareholder, it will notify the shareholder that the value of the shares in the account is less than the minimum amount allowed and will allow the shareholder 30 days to make an additional investment in an amount that will increase the value of the account to the minimum before the redemption is processed. Your account will not be closed if its drop in value is due to Fund performance.
Exchanges Between Shares of ING Funds
You may exchange shares of the Fund for shares of the same class of any other ING Fund, except for ING Corporate Leaders Trust Fund, without paying any additional sales charge, if you otherwise meet the eligibility requirements of the class of shares of the ING Fund to be received in the exchange. If you purchase Class A shares of ING Money Market Fund and did not pay a sales charge, you must pay the applicable sales charge on an exchange into Class A shares of another ING Fund. Additionally, Class L shares of ING Money Market Fund may be exchanged for Class C shares of any other ING Fund.
If you exchange shares of the Fund that are subject to a CDSC into shares of another ING Fund that are subject to a CDSC, the CDSC will continue to apply to your new shares at the same CDSC rate that was applicable to your original shares. Your new shares will continue to age for CDSC purposes from the date that the original shares were purchased.
If you acquired Class L shares of ING Money Market Fund through an exchange from Class C shares of an ING Fund that were subject to a CDSC and then exchange your Class L shares of ING Money Market Fund for Class C shares of another ING Fund you will continue to be subject to the CDSC that applied to your original shares. The time you held the Class L shares of ING Money Market Fund will not count toward the CDSC holding period.
If you acquired Class L shares of ING Money Market Fund through a purchase (not through an exchange) and then exchange your Class L shares of ING Money Market Fund into Class C shares of another ING Fund, you will become subject to any CDSC that applies to the ING Fund into which you exchange. The time you held your Class L shares of ING Money Market Fund will not count toward the CDSC holding period of the ING Fund into which you exchanged.
Exchanges Between Classes of Shares of the Fund
You may exchange Class C and Class W shares of the Fund for Class I shares of the Fund, or you may exchange Class A shares and Class I shares of the Fund for any other class of the Fund, if you otherwise meet the eligibility requirements of the class of shares to be received in the exchange, except that: (1) you may not exchange shares that are subject to a CDSC until the CDSC period has expired; and (2) you may not exchange Class A shares for Class W shares unless you acquired the Class A shares through an ING approved broker-dealer (currently, ING Financial Partners, Inc.) All exchanges within the same Fund are subject to the discretion of the Distributor to permit or reject such exchanges.
Exchanges between classes of shares of the same Fund are not subject to the frequent trading and market timing policies of ING Funds.
Additional Information About Exchanges
Fees and expenses differ among ING Funds and among share classes of the Fund. Please read the prospectus for the ING Fund and share class you are interested in prior to exchanging into that ING Fund or share class. Contact your financial intermediary or consult your plan documents for additional information.
An exchange of shares of the Fund for shares of another ING Fund is treated as a sale and purchase of shares and may result in the recognition of a gain or loss for federal and state income tax purposes. For exchanges among ING Funds and among classes of shares of the Fund, you should consult your own tax advisor for advice about the particular federal, state, and local tax consequences to you of the exchange. The total value of shares being exchanged must at least equal the minimum investment requirement of the ING Fund into which they are being exchanged.
If you exchange into ING Senior Income Fund, your ability to sell or liquidate your investment will be limited. ING Senior Income Fund is a closed-end interval fund and does not redeem its shares on a daily basis. It is not expected that a secondary market for ING Senior Income Fund’s shares will develop, so you will not be able to sell them through a broker or other investment professional. To provide a measure of liquidity, ING Senior Income Fund will normally make monthly repurchase offers for not less than 5% of its outstanding common shares. If more than 5% of ING Senior Income Fund’s common shares are tendered, you may not be able to completely liquidate your holdings in any one month. You also would not have liquidity between these monthly repurchase dates. Investors exercising the exchange privilege into ING Senior Income Fund should carefully review the prospectus of that fund. Investors may obtain a copy of the ING Senior Income Fund prospectus or any other ING Fund prospectus by calling 1-800-992-0180 or by going to www.INGInvestment.com.
In addition to the Fund available in this Prospectus, the Distributor offers many other funds. Shareholders exercising the exchange privilege with any other ING Fund should carefully review the prospectus of that fund before exchanging their shares. Investors may obtain a copy of a prospectus of any ING Fund not discussed in this Prospectus by calling 1-800-992-0180 or by going to www.INGInvestment.com.
HOW TO EXCHANGE SHARES (continued)You will automatically have the ability to request an exchange between ING Funds by calling a Shareholder Services Representative unless you mark the box on the Account Application that indicates that you do not wish to have the telephone exchange privilege. The Fund may change or cancel its exchange policies at any time, upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders.
Subject to the information and limitations outlined above, you may elect to have a specified dollar amount of shares systematically exchanged, monthly, quarterly, semi-annually, or annually from your account to an identically registered account in the same class of any other open-end ING Fund, except for ING Corporate Leaders Trust Fund. This exchange privilege may be modified at any time or terminated upon 60 days’ prior written notice to shareholders.
FREQUENT TRADING - MARKET TIMING
The Fund is intended for long-term investment and not as a short-term trading vehicle. Accordingly, organizations or individuals that use market timing investment strategies should not purchase shares of the Fund. The Fund reserves the right, in its sole discretion and without prior notice, to reject, restrict, or refuse purchase orders whether directly or by exchange, including purchase orders that have been accepted by a shareholder’s or retirement plan participant’s intermediary, that the Fund determines not to be in the best interest of the Fund. Such action may include, but not be limited to: rejecting additional purchase orders, whether directly or by exchange; extending settlement of a redemption up to seven days; rejecting all purchase orders from broker-dealers or their registered representatives suspected of violating the Fund’s frequent trading policy; or termination of the selling group agreement or other agreement with broker-dealers or other financial intermediaries associated with frequent trading. The Fund will not be liable for any loss resulting from rejected orders or other actions as described above.
The Fund believes that market timing or frequent, short-term trading in any account, including a retirement plan account, is not in the best interest of the Fund or its shareholders. Due to the disruptive nature of this activity, it can adversely affect the ability of the Adviser or Sub-Adviser (if applicable) to invest assets in an orderly, efficient manner. Frequent trading can raise Fund expenses through: increased trading and transaction costs; increased administrative costs; and lost opportunity costs. This in turn can have an adverse effect on Fund performance.
Because the Fund and some Underlying Funds invest in foreign securities it may present greater opportunities for market timers and thus be at a greater risk for excessive trading. If an event occurring after the close of a foreign market, but before the time the Fund or an Underlying Fund computes its current NAV, causes a change in the price of the foreign security and such price is not reflected in the Fund’s or Underlying Fund’s current NAV, investors may attempt to take advantage of anticipated price movements in securities held by the Fund or the Underlying Fund based on such pricing discrepancies. This is often referred to as “price arbitrage.” Such price arbitrage opportunities may also occur in funds or Underlying Funds which do not invest in foreign securities. For example, if trading in a security held by a fund or an Underlying Fund is halted and does not resume prior to the time the fund or Underlying Fund calculates its NAV such “stale pricing” presents an opportunity for investors to take advantage of the pricing discrepancy. Similarly, funds or Underlying Funds that hold thinly-traded securities, such as certain small-capitalization securities, may be exposed to varying levels of pricing arbitrage. The Fund and Underlying Funds have adopted fair valuation policies and procedures intended to reduce the Fund’s and Underlying Funds’ exposure to price arbitrage, stale pricing and other potential pricing discrepancies. Currently, Interactive Data Pricing and Reference Data, Inc. provides such services to the Fund. However, to the extent that the Fund or an Underlying Fund does not immediately reflect these changes in market conditions, short-term trading may dilute the value of the Fund’s or Underlying Funds’ shares which negatively affects long-term shareholders.
The Fund’s Board and each Underlying Fund’s Board of Directors/Trustees have adopted policies and procedures designed to deter frequent, short-term trading in shares of the Fund and Underlying Funds. In general, shareholders may make exchanges among their accounts with ING Funds once every thirty (30) days. However, the Fund prohibits frequent trading. The Fund has defined frequent trading as follows:
The following transactions are excluded when determining whether trading activity is excessive:
Please note that while money market funds permit short-term trading, an exchange between a money market fund and another fund that does not permit short-term trading will count as an exchange for purposes of this policy.
If a violation of the policy is identified, the following action will be taken:
On the next business day following the end of the ninety (90) or one hundred eighty (180) day suspension, any trading restrictions placed on the account(s) shall be removed.
The Fund reserves the right to modify this policy at any time without prior notice.
Although the restrictions described above are designed to discourage frequent, short-term trading, none of them alone, nor all of them taken together, can eliminate the possibility that frequent, short-term trading activity in the Fund and Underlying Funds will occur. Moreover, in enforcing such restrictions, the Fund and Underlying Funds are often required to make decisions that are inherently subjective. The Fund and Underlying Funds strive to make these decisions to the best of their abilities in a manner that they believe is in the best interest of shareholders.
Shareholders may invest in the Fund and Underlying Funds through omnibus account arrangements with financial intermediaries. Omnibus accounts permit intermediaries to aggregate their clients’ transactions and in these circumstances, the identity of the shareholder is often unknown. Such intermediaries include broker-dealers, banks, investment advisers, record keepers, retirement plans, and fee-based accounts such as wrap fee programs. Omnibus accounts generally do not identify customers’ trading activity on an individual basis. The Fund’s Administrator has agreements in place with intermediaries which require such intermediaries to provide detailed account information, including trading history, upon request of the Fund. There is no assurance that the Fund’s Administrator will request such information with sufficient frequency to detect or deter excessive trading or that review of such information will be sufficient to detect or deter excessive trading in omnibus accounts effectively.
In some cases, the Fund will rely on the intermediaries’ excessive trading policies and such policies shall define the trading activity in which the shareholder may engage. This shall be the case where the Fund is used in certain retirement plans offered by affiliates. With trading information received as a result of the agreements, the Fund may make a determination that certain trading activity is harmful to the Fund and its shareholders even if such activity is not strictly prohibited by the intermediaries’ excessive trading policy. As a result, a shareholder investing directly or indirectly in the Fund may have their trading privileges suspended without violating the stated excessive trading policy of the intermediary.
PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES
ING mutual funds are distributed by the Distributor. The Distributor is a broker-dealer that is licensed to sell securities. The Distributor generally does not sell directly to the public but sells and markets its products through intermediaries such as other broker-dealers. Each ING mutual fund also has an investment adviser which is responsible for managing the money invested in each of the mutual funds. Both of these entities (collectively, “ING”) may compensate an intermediary for selling ING mutual funds.
Only persons licensed with FINRA as a registered representative (often referred to as a broker or financial adviser) and associated with a specific broker-dealer may sell an ING mutual fund to you. The Distributor has agreements in place with each broker-dealer selling the Fund defining specifically what those broker-dealers will be paid for the sale of a particular ING mutual fund. Those broker-dealers then pay the registered representative who sold you the mutual fund some or all of what they receive from ING. They may receive a payment when the sale is made and can, in some cases, continue to receive payments while you are invested in the mutual fund.
The Fund’s Adviser or the Distributor, out of its own resources and without additional cost to the Fund or its shareholders, may provide additional cash or non-cash compensation to intermediaries selling shares of the Fund, including affiliates of the Adviser and the Distributor. These amounts would be in addition to the distribution payments made by the Fund under the distribution agreements. The payments made under these arrangements are paid by the Adviser or the Distributor. Additionally, if a fund is not sub-advised or is sub-advised by an ING entity, ING may retain more revenue than on those funds it must pay to have sub-advised by non-affiliated entities. Management personnel of ING may receive additional compensation if the overall amount of investments in funds advised by ING meets certain target levels or increases over time.
The Distributor may pay, from its own resources, additional fees to these broker-dealers or other financial institutions including affiliated entities. These additional fees paid to intermediaries may take the following forms: (1) a percentage of that entity’s customer assets invested in ING mutual funds; (2) a percentage of that entity’s gross sales; or (3) some combination of these payments. These payments may, depending on the broker-dealer’s satisfaction of the required conditions, be periodic and may be up to: (1) 0.30% per annum of the value of the Fund’s shares held by the broker-dealer’s customers; or (2) 0.30% of the value of the Fund’s shares sold by the broker-dealer during a particular period. In accordance with these practices, if that initial investment averages a value of $10,000 over the year, the Distributor could pay a maximum of $30 on those assets. If you invested $10,000, the Distributor could pay a maximum of $30 for that sale.
The Fund’s Adviser or the Distributor may provide additional cash or non-cash compensation to third parties selling our mutual funds including affiliated companies. This may take the form of cash incentives and non-cash compensation and may include, but is not limited to: cash; merchandise; trips; occasional entertainment; meals or tickets to a sporting event; client appreciation events; payment for travel expenses (including meals and lodging) to pre-approved training and education seminars; and payment for advertising and sales campaigns. The Distributor may also pay concessions in addition to those described above to broker-dealers so that ING mutual funds are made available by those broker-dealers for their customers. The Sub-Adviser of the Fund may contribute to non-cash compensation arrangements.
Not all mutual funds pay the same amount to the broker-dealers who sell their mutual funds. Broker-dealers can receive different payments based on the mutual funds they offer, the companies with whom they are doing business and how much they sell. What these broker-dealers are paid also varies depending on the class of mutual fund you purchase.
The top 25 firms we paid to sell our mutual funds as of the last calendar year are:
Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc.; Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.; Commonwealth Financial Network; Directed Services LLC; Edward D. Jones & Co., L.P.; Financial Network Investment Corporation; First Clearing, LLC; Capital One ShareBuilder, Inc. (formerly, ING Direct Investing, Inc.); ING Financial Partners, Inc.; ING Life Insurance & Annuity; ING Variable Annuity; Janney Montgomery Scott LLC; LPL Financial LLC; Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Inc.; Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC; National Financial Services Corporation; Oppenheimer & Co., Inc.; Pershing, LLC; Raymond James & Associates, Inc.; RBC Capital Markets, LLC; Robert W. Baird & Co. Inc.; SagePoint Financial, Inc.; Stifel Nicolaus & Co., Inc.; TD Ameritrade, Inc.; and UBS Financial Services, LLC.
Your registered representative or broker-dealer could have a financial interest in selling you a particular mutual fund, or the mutual funds of a particular company, to increase the compensation they receive. Please make sure you read fully each mutual fund prospectus and discuss any questions you have with your registered representative.
The Fund generally distributes most or all of its net earnings in the form of dividends, consisting of ordinary income and capital gains distributions. The Fund distributes capital gains, if any, annually. The Fund also declares dividends and pays dividends consisting of ordinary income, if any, annually.
To comply with federal tax regulations, the Fund may also pay an additional capital gains distribution.
Unless you instruct the Fund to pay you dividends in cash, dividends and distributions paid by the Fund will be reinvested in additional shares of the Fund. You may, upon written request or by completing the appropriate section of the Account Application, elect to have all dividends and other distributions paid on shares of the Fund invested in another ING Fund that offers the same class of shares. If you are a shareholder of ING Prime Rate Trust, whose shares are not held in a broker or nominee account, you may, upon written request, elect to have all dividends invested into a pre-existing Class A shares account of any open-end ING Fund.
The tax discussion in this Prospectus is only a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax issues generally affecting the Fund and its shareholders. The following assumes that the Fund’s shares will be capital assets in the hands of a shareholder. Circumstances among investors may vary, so you are encouraged to discuss investment in the Fund with your tax advisor.
The Fund will distribute all, or substantially all, of its net investment income and net capital gains to its shareholders each year. Although the Fund will not be taxed on amounts it distributes, most shareholders will be taxed on amounts they receive.
Distributions, whether received as cash or reinvested in additional shares, may be subject to federal income taxes and may also be subject to state or local taxes. For mutual funds generally, dividends from net investment income (other than qualified dividend income, exempt interest dividends, and capital gain dividends) and distributions of net short-term capital gains are taxable to you as ordinary income under federal income tax laws whether paid in cash or in additional shares. Distributions from net long-term gains are taxable as long term taxable gains regardless of the length of time you have held the shares and whether you were paid in cash or additional shares.
Distributions made to a non-corporate shareholder out of “qualified dividend income,” if any, received by the Fund will be subject to tax at the lower rates applicable to net capital gains, provided that the shareholder meets certain holding period and other requirements with respect to its shares.
Selling or exchanging your Fund shares is a taxable event and may result in capital gain or loss. A capital gain or capital loss may be realized from an ordinary redemption of shares or an exchange of shares between two mutual funds. Any capital loss incurred on the sale or exchange of Fund shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term loss to the extent of long-term capital gain dividends received with respect to such shares. Additionally, any loss realized on a sale, redemption or exchange of shares of the Fund may be disallowed under “wash sale” rules to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced with other shares of that same Fund within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the shares are disposed of, such as pursuant to a dividend reinvestment in shares of the Fund. If disallowed, the loss will be reflected in an adjustment to the tax basis of the shares acquired. You are responsible for any tax liabilities generated by your transactions.
You will be notified after each calendar year of the amount of income, dividends and net capital gains distributed. If you purchase shares of the Fund through a financial intermediary, that entity will provide this information to you.
The Fund intends to qualify each year as a regulated investment company. A regulated investment company generally is not subject to tax at the fund level on income and gains from investments that are distributed to shareholders. However, the Fund’s failure to qualify as a regulated investment company would result in fund level taxation and therefore, a reduction in income available for distribution.
For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, an additional 3.8% Medicare tax will be imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from the Fund and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of Fund shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds certain threshold amounts.
DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS, AND TAXES (continued)The Fund is required to withhold a portion, currently 28%, of all taxable dividends, distributions, and redemption proceeds payable to any noncorporate shareholder that does not provide the Fund with a shareholder’s correct taxpayer identification number or certification that the shareholder is not subject to backup withholding. This is not an additional tax but can be credited against your tax liability.
Because most of the Fund’s investments are shares of Underlying Funds, the tax treatment of the Fund’s gains, losses, and distributions may differ from the tax treatment that would apply if either the Fund invested directly in the types of securities held by the Underlying Funds or the Fund shareholders invested directly in the Underlying Funds. As a result, you may receive taxable distributions earlier and recognize higher amounts of capital gain or ordinary income than you otherwise would.
Shareholders that invest in the Fund through a tax-deferred account, such as a qualified retirement plan, generally will not have to pay tax on dividends until they are distributed from the account. These accounts are subject to complex tax rules, and you should consult your tax advisor about investing through such an account.
Foreign shareholders invested in the Fund should consult with their tax advisors as to if and how the U.S. federal income tax law and its withholding requirements apply to them. Generally, the Fund will withhold 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate) on distributions to foreign shareholders.
Foreign Income Taxes . Investment income received by the Fund from sources within foreign countries may be subject to foreign income taxes withheld at the source. The United States has entered into tax treaties with many foreign countries which may entitle the Fund to a reduced rate of such taxes or exemption from taxes on such income. It is impossible to determine the effective rate of foreign tax for the Fund in advance since the amount of the assets to be invested within various countries is not known.
If more than 50% in value of the Fund’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of stock or securities of foreign corporations, or if at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets at the close of each quarter of its taxable year is represented by interests in other regulated investment companies, the Fund may elect (the “Foreign Election”) to “pass through” to its shareholders the amount of foreign taxes paid or deemed paid by it. If the Fund so elects, each of its shareholders would be required to include in gross income, even though not actually received, its pro rata share of the foreign taxes paid or deemed paid by the Fund, but would be treated as having paid its pro rata share of such foreign taxes and would therefore be allowed to either deduct such amount in computing taxable income or use such amount (subject to various limitations) as a foreign tax credit against federal income tax (but not both). It is anticipated that the Fund will qualify to make the Foreign Election; however, the Fund cannot be certain that it will be eligible to make such an election or that you will be eligible for the foreign tax credit.
Cost Basis Reporting. The Internal Revenue Service requires mutual fund companies and brokers to report on Form 1099-B the cost basis on the sale or exchange of Fund shares acquired on or after January 1, 2012 (“covered shares”). If you acquire and hold shares directly through the Fund and not through a financial intermediary, the Fund will use an average cost single category methodology for tracking and reporting your cost basis on covered shares, unless you request, in writing, another cost basis reporting methodology. Information regarding the methods available for cost basis reporting are included in the SAI.
Please see the SAI for further information regarding tax matters.
Unless your Fund shares are held through a third-party fiduciary or in an omnibus registration at your bank or brokerage firm, you may be able to access your account information over the Internet at www.INGInvestment.com or via a touch tone telephone by calling 1-800-992-0180. Should you wish to speak with a Shareholder Services Representative, you may call the toll-free number listed above.
The Fund has adopted a policy concerning investor privacy. To review the privacy policy, contact a Shareholder Services Representative at 1-800-992-0180, obtain a policy over the Internet at www.INGInvestment.com, or see the privacy promise that accompanies any Prospectus obtained by mail.
To reduce expenses, we may mail only one copy of the Fund’s Prospectus and each annual and semi-annual shareholder report to those addresses shared by two or more accounts. If you wish to receive individual copies of these documents, please call a Shareholder Services Representative at 1-800-992-0180 or speak to your investment professional. We will begin sending you individual copies 30 days after receiving your request.
The following financial highlights are intended to help you understand the financial performance of each applicable share class of the Fund for the past five years or, if shorter, the period of the share class’ operations. Certain information reflects financial results for a single share. The total returns represent the rate that an investor would have earned (or lost) on an investment in a share of the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions). This information has been derived from the Fund’s financial statements that were audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. The report of KPMG LLP, along with the financial statements included in the annual shareholder report dated March 31, 2013, are incorporated herein by reference.
Selected data for a share of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year or period.
Income (loss)
from investment operations |
Less distributions
|
Ratios to average net assets
|
Supplemental
data |
||||||||||||||
Net asset value, beginning
of year or period |
Net investment income (loss)
|
Net realized and unrealized
gain (loss) |
Total from investment
operations |
From net investment income
|
From net realized gains
|
From return of capital
|
Total distributions
|
Payments from distribution settlement/affiliate
|
Net asset value,
end of year or period |
Total Return
(1)
|
Expenses before
reductions/additions (2) |
Expenses, net of fee waivers
and/or recoupments, if any (2)(3) |
Expenses net of all
reductions/additions (2)(3) |
Net investment income
(loss) (2)(3) |
Net assets, end of year or
period |
Portfolio turnover rate
|
|
Year or Period ended
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
($)
|
(%)
|
(%)
|
(%)
|
(%)
|
(%)
|
($000’s)
|
(%)
|
ING Strategic Income Fund | |||||||||||||||||
Class A | |||||||||||||||||
11-02-12 (4) - 03-31-13 | 10.00 | 0.12 | 0.10 | 0.22 | 0.06 | — | — | 0.06 | — | 10.16 | 2.21 | 3.78 | 0.83 | 0.83 | 3.26 | 4 | 193 |
Class C | |||||||||||||||||
11-02-12 (4) - 03-31-13 | 10.00 | 0.11 | 0.08 | 0.19 | 0.05 | — | — | 0.05 | — | 10.14 | 1.91 | 4.53 | 1.58 | 1.58 | 2.69 | 3 | 193 |
Class I | |||||||||||||||||
11-02-12 (4) - 03-31-13 | 10.00 | 0.16 | 0.08 | 0.24 | 0.07 | — | — | 0.07 | — | 10.17 | 2.36 | 3.33 | 0.38 | 0.38 | 3.87 | 5,107 | 193 |
Class R | |||||||||||||||||
11-02-12 (4) - 03-31-13 | 10.00 | 0.13 | 0.08 | 0.21 | 0.06 | — | — | 0.06 | — | 10.15 | 2.08 | 4.03 | 1.08 | 1.08 | 3.20 | 3 | 193 |
Class W | |||||||||||||||||
11-02-12 (4) - 03-31-13 | 10.00 | 0.15 | 0.09 | 0.24 | 0.07 | — | — | 0.07 | — | 10.17 | 2.36 | 3.53 | 0.58 | 0.58 | 3.68 | 3 | 193 |
ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
(1) | Total return is calculated assuming reinvestment of all dividends, capital gain distributions and return of capital distributions, if any, at net asset value and excluding the deduction of sales charges, if applicable. Total return for periods less than one year is not annualized. |
(2) | Annualized for periods less than one year. |
(3) | Expense ratios reflect operating expenses of a Fund. Expenses before reductions/additions do not reflect amounts reimbursed by the Investment Adviser and/or Distributor or reductions from brokerage service arrangements or other expense offset arrangements and do not represent the amount paid by a Fund during periods when reimbursements or deductions occur. Expenses net of fee waivers reflect expenses after reimbursement by the Investment Adviser and/or Distributor but prior to reductions from brokerage service arrangements or other expense offset arrangements. Expenses net of all reductions/additions represent the net expenses paid by a Fund. Net investment income (loss) is net of all such additions or reductions. |
(4) | Commencement of operations. |
You’ll find more information about the Fund in our:
ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL SHAREHOLDER REPORTS
In the Fund’s annual/semi-annual shareholder reports, you will find a discussion of the recent market conditions and principal investment strategies that significantly affected the Fund’s performance during the last fiscal year, the financial statements and the independent registered public accounting firm’s reports (in the annual shareholder report only).
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
The SAI contains more detailed information about the Fund. The SAI is legally part of this Prospectus (it is incorporated by reference). A copy has been filed with the SEC.
Please write, call or visit our website for a free copy of the current annual/semi-annual shareholder reports, the SAI, or other Fund information.
To make
shareholder inquiries contact:
The ING Funds
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034
1-800-992-0180
or visit our website at
www.INGInvestment.com
This information may also be reviewed or obtained from the SEC. In order to review the information in person, you will need to visit the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. or call 202-551-8090 for information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Otherwise, you may obtain the information for a fee, by contacting the SEC at:
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission Public Reference Sectionor at the e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov
Or obtain the information at no cost by visiting the SEC’s Internet website at www.sec.gov.
When contacting the SEC, you will want to refer to the Fund’s SEC file number. The file number is as follows:
ING Funds Trust
811-8895
ING Strategic Income Fund
|
PRO-473423 (0713-073113) | |
|
|
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
July 31, 2013
ING FUNDS TRUST
ING SEPARATE PORTFOLIOS TRUST
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona 85258-2034
(800) 992-0180
ING FUNDS TRUST
ING Floating Rate Fund
Class /Ticker: A /IFRAX; C /IFRCX; I /IFRIX; P* /IFRPX; R /IFRRX; W /IFRWX
ING GNMA Income Fund
Class /Ticker: A /LEXNX; B /LEXBX; C /LEGNX; I /LEINX; W /IGMWX
ING High Yield Bond Fund
Class /Ticker: A /IHYAX; B /INYBX; C /IMYCX; I /IHYIX; P* /IHYPX; W /IHYWX
ING Intermediate Bond Fund
Class /Ticker: A /IIBAX; B /IIBBX; C /IICCX; I /IICIX; O /IDBOX; R /IIBOX; R6 /IIBZX W /IIBWX
ING Short Term Bond Fund
Class /Ticker; A /IASBX; C /ICSBX; I /IISBX; R6/ IGZAX ; W /IWSBX
ING SEPARATE PORTFOLIOS TRUST
ING Investment Grade Credit Fund (formerly, ING SPorts Core Fixed Income Fund)
Class /Ticker: P* /IIGPX; R6 1 /IIGZX; SMA /ISCFX
* Patent Pending
This Statement of Additional Information (SAI) relates to the series listed above (each, a Fund and collectively, the Funds) of each investment company listed above (each a Trust and collectively, the Trusts). A prospectus or prospectuses for the Funds dated July 31, 2013 (each, a Prospectus and collectively, the Prospectuses) that provide the basic information you should know before investing in the Funds, may be obtained without charge from the Funds or the Funds principal underwriter, ING Investments Distributor, LLC (Distributor) at the address or phone number written above. This SAI is not a prospectus, but is incorporated therein by reference and should be read in conjunction with the Prospectuses dated July 31, 2013, which have been filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).
The information in this SAI expands on the information contained in the Prospectuses and any supplements thereto. The Funds financial statements and the independent registered public accounting firms report thereon, included in the Funds annual shareholder report dated March 31, 2013, are incorporated herein by reference. Copies of the Funds Prospectuses and annual or unaudited semi-annual shareholder reports may be obtained upon request and without charge by contacting the Funds at the address or phone number written above. Investors holding Class O shares of ING Intermediate Bond Fund may obtain copies of its Prospectuses and annual or unaudited semi-annual shareholder reports by calling Capital One ShareBuilder, Inc. (Capital One ShareBuilder) at 1-800-747-2537. Capitalized terms used, but not defined, in this SAI have the same meaning as in the Prospectuses and some additional terms are defined particularly for this SAI.
1 |
Class R6 shares of ING Investment Grade Credit Fund are not currently being offered. |
1
3 | ||||
3 | ||||
5 | ||||
99 | ||||
105 | ||||
106 | ||||
109 | ||||
125 | ||||
133 | ||||
133 | ||||
134 | ||||
139 | ||||
143 | ||||
144 | ||||
148 | ||||
148 | ||||
149 | ||||
150 | ||||
154 | ||||
157 | ||||
164 | ||||
168 | ||||
170 | ||||
178 | ||||
180 | ||||
184 | ||||
A-1 | ||||
B-1 |
2
This SAI is designed to expand upon information contained in the Funds Prospectuses, including the discussion of certain securities and investment techniques. The more detailed information contained in this SAI is intended for investors who have read the Prospectuses and are interested in a more detailed explanation of certain aspects of the Funds securities and investment techniques. Some of the Funds investment techniques are described only in the Prospectuses and are not repeated herein.
ING Funds Trust
The Trust is a Delaware statutory trust registered as an open-end management investment company. The Trust was organized on August 6, 1998, and was established under a Trust Instrument dated, July 30, 1998. On February 28, 2001, the name of the Trust was changed to Pilgrim Funds Trust.
On December 17, 2001, the Board of Trustees of each of various ING Funds approved plans of reorganization, which were intended to decrease the number of corporate entities under which the ING Funds are organized and align the open-end funds with similar open-end funds that share the same prospectus (Reorganization). The Reorganization resulted only in a change in corporate form of some of the ING Funds, with no change in the substance or investment aspects of the ING Funds. The Reorganization was consummated to align the ING Funds corporate structures and expedite the ING Funds required filings with the SEC.
As a result of the Reorganization, the following ING Fund reorganized into a series of the Trust: ING GNMA Income Fund (Reorganizing Fund). In this regard, the Board of Trustees approved the creation of a new series of the Trust to serve as a shell (Shell Fund) into which the Reorganizing Fund was reorganized. The plans of reorganization provided for, among other things, the transfer of assets and liabilities of the Reorganizing Fund to the Shell Fund. Prior to September 21, 2002, the effective date of the Reorganization, the Shell Fund had only nominal assets. For accounting purposes, the Reorganized Fund is considered the surviving entity. ING Floating Rate Fund, ING High Yield Bond Fund, and ING Intermediate Bond Fund were originally organized as series of the Trust and were not involved in the Reorganization. Following the Reorganization, the Trust consisted of nine diversified series.
On March 1, 2002, the name of the Trust changed from Pilgrim Funds Trust to ING Funds Trust.
On September 6, 2012, ING Short Term Bond Fund was organized as a separate series of the Trust.
The Trust is authorized to issue multiple series and classes of shares each with different objectives, policies, and restrictions. The Trust currently consists of six diversified series.
Fund Classes
Fund | Class A | Class B | Class C | Class I | Class O | Class P | Class R | R6 | Class W | |||||||||
ING Floating Rate |
X | X | X | X | X | X | ||||||||||||
ING GNMA Income |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||||||||
ING High Yield Bond |
X | X | X | X | X | X | ||||||||||||
ING Intermediate Bond |
X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | ||||||||||
ING Short Term Bond Fund |
X | X | X | X | X |
Effective December 3, 2012, Class P shares were added to the Trust.
3
Fund Name Changes
Current Name | Former Name | Date of Change | ||
ING Intermediate Bond Fund | Pilgrim Intermediate Bond Fund | March 1, 2002 | ||
ING GNMA Income Fund | Pilgrim GNMA Income Fund | March 1, 2002 | ||
Lexington GNMA Income Fund | July 26, 2000 | |||
Lexington Income Fund | December 22, 1980 | |||
ING High Yield Bond Fund | Pilgrim High Yield Bond Fund | March 1, 2002 |
Prior to the Reorganization, ING GNMA Income Fund was the sole series of ING GNMA Income Fund, Inc. ING GNMA Income Fund, Inc. was a Maryland corporation registered as an open-end management investment company on August 15, 1973.
ING Separate Portfolios Trust
The Trust is a Delaware statutory trust registered as an open-end management investment company on March 2, 2007 and was established under a Declaration of Trust dated March 2, 2007. The Trust currently consists of thirteen (13) series, one of which is ING Investment Grade Credit Fund.
Class SMA shares for ING Investment Grade Credit Fund are designed for exclusive use within separately managed accounts (wrap accounts).
Fund Classes
Fund | Class P | Class R6 | Class SMA | |||
ING Investment Grade Credit Fund |
X | X | X |
Effective December 3, 2012, Class P shares were added to the Trust.
Fund Name Change
Current Name | Former Name | Date of Change | ||
ING Investment Grade Credit Fund |
ING SPorts Core Fixed Income Fund |
November 16, 2012 |
ING Service Providers
The following table reflects various ING services providers, their historical names, and the service they provide to the funds in the ING Fund Complex.
Current Name | Previous Name(s) | Date of Name Change | Service | |||
ING Investments, LLC | ING Pilgrim Investments, LLC | March 1, 2003 | Investment Adviser | |||
ING Pilgrim Investments, Inc. | February 26, 2001 | |||||
Pilgrim American Investments | ||||||
Directed Services LLC | Directed Services, Inc. | Investment Adviser | ||||
ING Investment Management Co. LLC |
ING Investment Management Co. |
December 31, 2011 |
Sub-Adviser to certain funds in the ING Fund Complex |
|||
ING Investments Distributor, LLC | ING Funds Distributor, LLC | Distributor | ||||
ING Funds Distributor, Inc. | ||||||
ING Pilgrim Securities, Inc. | ||||||
Pilgrim America Securities, Inc. | ||||||
ING Funds Services, LLC | ING Pilgrim Group, LLC | Administrator | ||||
ING Pilgrim Group, Inc. | ||||||
Pilgrim Group, Inc. | ||||||
Pilgrim Group America, Inc. |
4
SUPPLEMENTAL DESCRIPTION OF FUND INVESTMENTS AND RISKS
Diversification
Each Fund is classified as a diversified fund as that term is defined under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended and the rules, regulations, and exemptive orders thereunder (1940 Act). The 1940 Act generally requires that a diversified fund may not, with respect to 75% of its total assets, invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one issuer and may not purchase more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities or investments in securities of other investment companies).
A non-diversified fund under the 1940 Act means that a fund is not limited by the 1940 Act in the proportion of its assets that it may invest in the obligations of a single issuer. The investment of a large percentage of a funds assets in the securities of a small number of issuers may cause a funds share price to fluctuate more than that of a diversified fund. When compared to a diversified fund, a non-diversified fund may invest a greater portion of its assets in a particular issuer and, therefore, has greater exposure to the risk of poor earnings or losses by an issuer.
Concentration
For purposes of the 1940 Act, concentration occurs when at least 25% of a funds assets are invested in any one industry. Each Fund has a fundamental policy against concentration.
Investments, Investment Strategies, and Risks
The table on the following pages identifies various securities and investment techniques that the adviser or the sub-adviser may use in managing the Funds and provides a more detailed description of those securities and investment techniques along with the risks associated with them. A Fund may use any or all of these techniques at any one time, and the fact that a Fund may use a technique does not mean that the technique will be used. A Funds transactions in a particular type of security or use of a particular technique is subject to the limitations imposed by the Funds investment objective, policies, and restrictions described in the Funds Prospectuses and/or in this SAI, as well as the federal securities laws. There can be no assurance that a Fund will achieve its investment objective. Each Funds investment objective, policies, investment strategies, and practices are non-fundamental unless otherwise indicated. The descriptions of the securities and investment techniques in this section supplement the discussion of principal investment strategies contained in each Funds Prospectuses. Where a particular type of security or investment technique is not discussed in a Funds Prospectuses that security or investment technique is not a principal investment strategy; and the Fund will not invest more than 5% of its assets in such security or investment technique.
Please refer to the fundamental and non-fundamental investment restrictions following the description of securities for more information on any applicable limitations.
5
Asset Classes/ Investment Techniques (1) |
ING GNMA Income Fund |
ING High Yield Bond Fund |
ING Floating Rate Fund |
ING Intermediate Bond Fund |
ING Short Term Bond Fund |
ING Investment Grade Credit Fund |
||||||
Equity Securities |
||||||||||||
Common Stocks |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Convertible Securities |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Initial Public Offerings |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Mid- and/or Small-Capitalization Companies |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Other Investment Companies (2) |
X | X | X | X | X | X | ||||||
Exchange-Traded Funds |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Holding Company Depositary Receipts |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Index-Related Securities |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Preferred Stocks |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Private Funds |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Real Estate Securities |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Stock Purchase Rights |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Unseasoned Companies |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Fixed-Income Investments |
||||||||||||
Asset-Backed Securities |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Corporate Asset-Backed Securities |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Banking Industry Obligations, Savings Industry Obligations, and Other Short-Term Investments |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Certificates of Deposit and Bankers Acceptances |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Commercial Paper |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Corporate Obligations |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Fixed Time Deposits |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Corporate Debt Securities |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Credit-Linked Notes |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Floating and Variable Rate Instruments |
X | X | X | X | X | X | ||||||
Government Trust Certificates |
X | X | X | X | X | X | ||||||
Guaranteed Investment Contracts (3) |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
High-Yield Bonds |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Loans |
X | X | X | |||||||||
Hybrid Loans |
X | X | ||||||||||
Subordinated and Unsecured Loans |
X | X | ||||||||||
Mortgage-Backed Securities |
X | X | X | X | X | X | ||||||
Adjustable Rate Mortgage Securities |
X | X | X | X | X | X | ||||||
Collateralized Mortgage Obligations |
X | X | X | X | X | X | ||||||
Interest/Principal Only Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Privately Issued Mortgage-Backed Securities |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Subordinated Mortgage Securities |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Municipal Securities (5) |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Industrial Development and Pollution Control Bonds |
X | X | X | X |
6
Asset Classes/ Investment Techniques (1) |
ING GNMA Income Fund |
ING High Yield Bond Fund |
ING Floating Rate Fund |
ING Intermediate Bond Fund |
ING Short Term Bond Fund |
ING Investment Grade Credit Fund |
||||||
Moral Obligation Securities |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Municipal Lease Obligations and Certificates of Participation |
X | X | X | X | ||||||||
Short-Term Municipal Obligations |
X | X | X | X | ||||||||
Trust Preferred Securities |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
U.S. Government Securities |
X | X | X | X | X | X | ||||||
Zero-Coupon Bonds and Pay-In-Kind Bonds |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Foreign/Emerging Market Equity and Debt Investments (6) |
||||||||||||
Depositary Receipts |
X | X | X | X | ||||||||
Eurodollar and Yankee Dollar Instruments |
X | X | X | X | ||||||||
Eurodollar Convertible Securities (7) |
X | X | X | X | ||||||||
Foreign Bank Obligations |
X | X | X | X | ||||||||
Foreign Currency Transactions Securities |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Foreign Mortgage-Backed Securities |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Sovereign Debt Securities/Brady Bonds |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Supranational Agencies |
X | X | X | X | ||||||||
Derivative Instruments |
||||||||||||
Forwards, Futures, and Options | ||||||||||||
Forward and Futures Contracts |
X | X | X | X | X | X | ||||||
Options ( 8 ) |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Exchange-Traded Options |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Foreign Currency Options |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Over-the-Counter Options (3) |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Stock Index Option ( 9 ) |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Index- and Commodity-Linked Notes and Currency- and Equity Linked Debt Securities |
X | X | X | X | ||||||||
Straddles |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Structured Notes |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Swap Transactions and Options on Swap Transactions |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Credit Default Swaps |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Cross-Currency Swaps |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Interest Rate Swaps |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Securities Swaps |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Swap Options |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Total Return Swaps |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Synthetic Convertible Securities (3)( 10 ) |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Warrants |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Foreign Currency Warrants |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Index Warrants |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Investment Techniques |
||||||||||||
Borrowing ( 11 ) |
X | X | X | X | X | X | ||||||
Currency Management |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Forward Commitment Transactions |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Portfolio Hedging |
X | X | X | X | X |
7
Asset Classes/ Investment Techniques (1) |
ING GNMA Income Fund |
ING High Yield Bond Fund |
ING Floating Rate Fund |
ING Intermediate Bond Fund |
ING Short Term Bond Fund |
ING Investment Grade Credit Fund |
||||||
Repurchase Agreements (3)( 12 ) |
X | X | X | X | X | X | ||||||
Restricted Securities, Illiquid Securities, and Liquidity Requirements ( 13 ) |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Dollar Roll Transactions ( 14 ) |
X | X | X | X | X | X | ||||||
Securities Lending ( 15 ) |
X | X | X | X | X | X | ||||||
Segregated Accounts |
X | X | X | X | X | X | ||||||
Short Sales ( 16 ) |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
Short Sales Against the Box |
X | X | X | X | X | |||||||
To Be Announced Sale Commitments |
X | X | X | X | X | X | ||||||
When issued Securities and Delayed Delivery Transactions ( 17 ) |
X | X | X | X | X | X |
1 |
See each Funds Fundamental Investment Restrictions for further information. The investment strategy contained in the Prospectuses may be modified by each Funds Fundamental Investment Restrictions. The Fundamental Investment Restrictions for each Fund follows this Supplemental Description of Fund Investments and Risks. |
2 |
Subject to the limitations on investment in other investment companies under the 1940 Act. A Fund may make indirect foreign investments through other investment companies that have comparable investment objectives and policies as that Fund. ING GNMA Income Fund may only purchase such securities in the open market and if no profit (other than the customary brokers commission) is paid. |
3 |
These investments are subject to a Funds limitation on investment in illiquid securities measured at the time of purchase. |
4 |
ING GNMA Income Fund will purchase modified pass through type Government National Mortgage Association Certificates. ING GNMA Income Fund may purchase construction loan securities. ING GNMA Income Fund will use principal payments to purchase additional Government National Mortgage Association Certificates or other governmental guaranteed securities. The balance of ING GNMA Income Funds assets will be invested in other securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, including Treasury Bills, Notes or Bonds. ING GNMA Income Fund may also invest in repurchase agreements secured by such U.S. government securities or Government National Mortgage Association Certificates. |
5 |
ING High Yield Bond Fund and ING Intermediate Bond Fund may purchase insured municipal debt. |
6 |
ING High Yield Bond Fund and ING Intermediate Bond Fund may not invest more than 15% in securities of foreign issuers which are not listed on a recognized domestic or foreign securities exchange. |
7 |
ING High Yield Bond Fund and ING Intermediate Bond Fund may invest without limitation in Eurodollar Convertible Securities that are convertible into foreign equity securities listed or represented by American Depositary Receipts listed on either exchange or converted into publicly traded common stock of U.S. companies. |
8 |
ING Intermediate Bond Fund and ING High Yield Bond Fund may buy or sell put and call options on foreign currencies. |
9 |
ING High Yield Bond Fund and ING Intermediate Bond Fund will purchase and write put and call options on stock index options only for hedging purposes and only if a secondary market exists on an exchange or over-the-counter. Each Fund may invest in currency and interest rate options for non-hedging purposes. |
10 |
ING Intermediate Bond Fund may only invest in synthetic securities of companies with corporate debt rated A or higher |
11 |
ING High Yield Bond Fund and ING Intermediate Bond Fund may borrow from banks up to 1/3 of its total assets for temporary or emergency purchases or to purchase securities. |
12 |
ING GNMA Income Fund may invest in repurchase agreements secured by securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government (including Treasury Bills, Notes or Bonds), Government National Mortgage Association Certificates, and securities issued by other agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government. No more than 10% of ING GNMA Income Funds assets may be invested in repurchase agreements which mature in more than 7 days. |
13 |
Each Fund may not invest more than 15% of their net assets in illiquid securities, measured at the time of investment. |
14 |
Reverse repurchase agreements, together with other permitted borrowings, may constitute up to 33 1/3% of a Funds total assets. |
15 |
Each Fund may lend Fund securities in an amount up to 33 1/3% of its total asset to broker-dealers, major banks, or other recognized domestic institutional borrowers of securities. |
16 |
ING Intermediate Bond Fund may not make short sales of securities if to do so would create liabilities or require collateral deposits and segregation of assets aggregating more than 25% of the Funds total assets (taken at market value). No more than 25% of ING Intermediate Bond Funds assets may be subject to short sales against the box (determined at the time of the short sale). |
17 |
Each Fund may purchase or sell securities on a when-issued (for the purposes of acquiring portfolio securities and not for the purpose of leverage) or a delayed delivery basis (generally 15 to 45 days after the commitment is made). Each Fund, except ING GNMA Income Fund, may make contracts to purchase securities for a fixed price at a future date beyond customary settlement time forward commitments. |
8
EQUITY SECURITIES
The market price of equity securities, such as common stocks and preferred stocks, owned by a fund may go up or down, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably. The value of such securities may decline due to factors affecting equity securities markets generally or to factors affecting a particular industry or industries. The value of an equity security may also decline for a number of reasons which directly relate to the issuer, such as management performance, financial leverage, and reduced demand for the issuers goods or services. Equity securities generally have greater price volatility than fixed-income securities.
Common Stocks
Common stocks represent an equity (ownership) interest in a company. This ownership interest generally gives a fund the right to vote on issues affecting the companys organization and operations. Except for a fund that is non-diversified or concentrated, such investments will be diversified over a cross-section of industries and individual companies. Some of these companies will be organizations with market capitalizations of $500 million or less or companies that have limited product lines, markets, and financial resources and are dependent upon a limited management group. Examples of possible investments include emerging growth companies employing new technology, cyclical companies, initial public offerings of companies offering high growth potential, or other corporations offering good potential for high growth in market value. The securities of such companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than larger, more established companies because the securities typically are traded in lower volume and because the issuers typically are subject to a greater degree to changes in earnings and prospects.
Other types of equity securities may also be purchased, including convertible securities, preferred stocks, rights, warrants, or other securities that are exchangeable for, or otherwise provide similar exposure to, shares of common stock.
Convertible Securities
A convertible security is a security that may be converted either at a stated price or rate within a specified period of time into a specified number of shares of common stock. A convertible bond or convertible preferred stock gives the holder the option of converting these securities into common stock. Some convertible securities contain a call feature whereby the issuer may redeem the security at a stipulated price, thereby limiting the possible appreciation. Convertible securities include corporate notes or preferred stocks but are ordinarily long-term debt obligations of the issuer, convertible at a stated exchange rate into common or preferred stocks of the issuer.
By investing in convertible securities, a fund seeks the opportunity, through the conversion feature, to participate in the capital appreciation of the common stocks into which the securities are convertible, while investing at a better price than may be available on the common stocks, or obtaining a higher fixed rate of return than is available on the common stocks.
The value of a convertible security is a function of its investment value (determined by its yield in comparison with the yields of other securities of comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion privilege) and its conversion value (the securitys worth, at market value, if converted into the underlying common stock). The credit standing of the issuer and other factors may also affect the investment value of a convertible security. The conversion value of a convertible security is determined by the market price of the underlying common stock. If the conversion value is low relative to the investment value, the price of the convertible security is governed principally by its investment value. To the extent the market price of the underlying common stock approaches or exceeds the conversion price, the price of the convertible security will be increasingly influenced by its conversion value.
9
Before conversion, convertible securities have characteristics similar to nonconvertible debt securities in that they ordinarily provide a stable stream of income with generally higher yields than those of common stocks of the same or similar issuers. However, when the market price of the common stock underlying a convertible security exceeds the conversion price, the price of the convertible security tends to reflect the value of the underlying common stock. As the market price of the underlying common stock declines, the convertible security tends to trade increasingly on a yield basis and thus may not depreciate to the same extent as the underlying common stock. Convertible securities generally rank senior to common stock in an issuers capital structure and consequently entail less risk than the issuers common stock.
The market value of convertible securities tends to vary inversely with the level of interest rates. The value of the security declines as interest rates increase and will increase as interest rates decline. Although under normal market conditions longer-term debt securities have greater yields than do shorter-term debt securities of similar quality, they are subject to greater price fluctuations. A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the instrument governing the convertible security. If a convertible security held by a fund is called for redemption, the fund must permit the issuer to redeem the security, convert it into the underlying common stock or sell it to a third party. Rating requirements do not apply to convertible debt securities purchased by a fund, because the fund purchases such securities for their equity characteristics.
Initial Public Offerings (IPOs)
IPOs occur when a company first offers its securities to the public. Although companies can be any age or size at the time of their IPO, they are often smaller and have a limited operating history, which involves a greater potential for the value of their securities to be impaired following the IPO.
Investors in IPOs can be adversely affected by substantial dilution in the value of their shares, by sales of additional shares and by concentration of control in existing management and principal shareholders. In addition, all of the factors that affect stock market performance may have a greater impact on the shares of IPO companies.
The price of a companys securities may be highly unstable at the time of its IPO and for a period thereafter due to market psychology prevailing at the time of the IPO, the absence of a prior public market, the small number of shares available and limited availability of investor information. As a result of this or other factors, a funds adviser or sub-adviser might decide to sell an IPO security more quickly than it would otherwise, which may result in a significant gain or loss and greater transaction costs to the fund. Any gains from shares held for one (1) year or less will be treated as short-term gains, taxable as ordinary income to a funds shareholders. In addition, IPO securities may be subject to varying patterns of trading volume and may, at times, be difficult to sell without an unfavorable impact on prevailing prices.
The effect of an IPO investment can have a magnified impact on a funds performance when the funds asset base is small. Consequently, IPOs may constitute a significant portion of a funds returns particularly when the fund is small. Since the number of securities issued in an IPO is limited, it is likely that IPO securities will represent a smaller component of a funds assets as it increases in size and therefore have a more limited effect on the funds performance in the future.
There can be no assurance that IPOs will be available for a fund to purchase. The number or quality of IPOs available for purchase by a fund may vary, decrease or entirely disappear. In some cases, a fund may not be able to purchase IPOs at the offering price, but may have to purchase the shares in the aftermarket at a price greatly exceeding the offering price, making it more difficult for the fund to realize a profit.
10
Mid- and/or Small-Capitalization Companies
Investments in mid- and/or small-capitalization companies involve greater risk than is customarily associated with larger, more established companies due to the greater business risks of small size, limited markets, limited product lines, limited financial resources, and the frequent lack of depth of management. The securities of smaller companies are often traded over-the-counter and may not be traded in volumes typical on a national securities exchange. Consequently, the securities of smaller companies may have limited market stability and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than securities of larger, more established companies or the market averages in general. The trading volume of securities of mid-capitalization and small-capitalization companies is normally less than that of larger companies and, therefore, may disproportionately affect their market price, tending to make them rise more in response to buying demand and fall more in response to selling pressure than is the case with larger companies.
There may be less publicly available information about the issuers of these securities or less market interest in such securities than in the case of larger companies and it may take a longer period of time for the prices of such securities to reflect the full value of their issuers underlying earnings potential or assets.
Some securities of smaller issuers may be restricted as to resale or may otherwise be highly illiquid. The ability of a fund to dispose of such securities may be greatly limited, and the fund may have to continue to hold such securities during periods when the adviser or sub-adviser would otherwise have sold the security. It is possible that an adviser or sub-adviser, or its affiliates or clients, may hold securities issued by the same issuers and may, in some cases, have acquired the securities at different times, on more favorable terms, or at more favorable prices than a fund which it manages.
Other Investment Companies
An investment company is a company engaged in the business of pooling investors money and trading in securities for them. Examples include face-amount certificate companies, unit investment trusts, and management companies.
Generally a fund is limited in the degree to which it may invest in shares of another investment company in that it may not, at the time of purchase: (i) acquire more than 3% of the outstanding voting shares of the investment company; (ii) invest more than 5% of the funds total assets in the investment company; or (iii) invest more than 10% of the funds total assets in all investment company holdings. A fund may invest beyond these limits to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act or operates under exemptive order exempting it from the provisions of the 1940 Act.
For so long as shares of a fund are purchased by another fund in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act, the fund may not purchase securities of a registered open-end investment company or registered unit investment trust in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) or Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act.
There are some potential disadvantages associated with investing in other investment companies. In addition to the advisory and operational fees and expenses a fund bears directly in connection with its own operation, the fund would also bear its pro rata portions of each other investment companys advisory and operational expenses (including management fees, administration fees, and custodian fees).
Exchange-Traded Funds (ETFs)
An ETF is an investment company that is traded on exchanges and is traded similarly to a publicly traded company. Consequently, the risks and costs are similar to that of a publicly traded company. The goal of certain ETFs is to correspond generally to the price and yield performance, before fees and expenses, of an underlying index. The risk of not correlating to that index is an additional risk to the investors of such ETFs. Because ETFs trade on an
11
exchange, they may not trade at net asset value (NAV). Sometimes, the price of an ETF may vary significantly from the NAVs of the ETFs underlying securities. Additionally, if a fund elects to redeem its ETF shares rather than selling them on the secondary market, the fund may receive the underlying securities which it would then have to sell in order to obtain cash. Additionally, when a fund invests in an ETF, shareholders of the fund bear their proportionate share of the underlying ETFs fees and expenses.
Market Trading Risks for ETFs
Absence of Active Market - Although shares of an ETF are listed for trading on one or more stock exchanges, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for such shares will develop or be maintained.
Risks of Secondary Listings - An ETFs shares may be listed or traded on U.S. and non-U.S. stock exchanges other than the U.S. stock exchange where the ETFs primary listing is maintained. There can be no assurance that the ETFs shares will continue to trade on any such stock exchange or in any market or that the ETFs shares will continue to meet the requirements for listing or trading on any exchange or in any market. The ETFs shares may be less actively traded in certain markets than others, and investors are subject to the execution and settlement risks and market standards of the market where they, or their broker, direct their trades for execution. Certain information available to investors who trade ETF shares on a U.S. stock exchange during regular U.S. market hours may not be available to investors who trade in other markets, which may result in secondary market prices in such markets being less efficient.
Secondary Market Trading Risks - Shares of an ETF may trade in the secondary market at times when an ETF does not accept orders to purchase or redeem shares. At such times, shares may trade in the secondary market with more significant premiums or discounts than might be experienced at times when an ETF accepts purchase and redemption orders. Secondary market trading in ETF shares may be halted by a stock exchange because of market conditions or other reasons. In addition, trading in ETF shares on a stock exchange or in any market may be subject to trading halts caused by extraordinary market volatility pursuant to circuit breaker rules on the exchange or market. There can be no assurance that the requirements necessary to maintain the listing or trading of ETF shares will continue to be met or will remain unchanged.
Holding Company Depositary Receipts (HOLDRs)
HOLDRs are trust-issued receipts that represent a funds beneficial ownership of a specific group of stocks. HOLDRs involve risks similar to the risks of investing in common stocks. For example, a funds investments will decline in value if the underlying stocks decline in value. Because HOLDRs are not subject to concentration limits, the relative weight of an individual stock may increase substantially, causing the HOLDRs to be less diverse and creating more risk.
Index-Related Securities (Equity Equivalents)
Equity Equivalents are securities that enable investors to purchase or sell shares in a portfolio of securities that seeks to track the performance of an underlying index or a portion of an index. Such Equity Equivalents include, among others, DIAMONDS (interests in a portfolio of securities that seeks to track the performance of the Dow Jones Industrial Average), Standard & Poors Depositary Receipts (SPDRs) (interests in a portfolio of securities that seeks to track the performance of the S&P 500 ® Index, iShares MSCI Index Shares (iShares) (interests in a portfolio of securities that seeks to track the performance of a benchmark index of a particular foreign countrys stocks), and PowerShares QQQ TM (interests in a portfolio of securities of the largest and most actively traded non-financial companies listed on the NASDAQ Stock Market). Such securities are similar to index mutual funds, but they are traded on various stock exchanges or secondary markets. The value of these securities is dependent upon the performance of the underlying index on which they are based. Thus, these securities are subject to the same
12
risks as their underlying indices as well as the securities that make up those indices. For example, if the securities comprising an index that an Equity Equivalent seeks to track perform poorly, the Equity Equivalent security will lose value.
Equity Equivalents may be used for several purposes including, to simulate full investment in the underlying index while retaining a cash balance for portfolio management purposes, to facilitate trading, to reduce transaction costs or to seek higher investment returns when an Equity Equivalent is priced more attractively than securities in the underlying index. Because the expense associated with an investment in Equity Equivalents may be substantially lower than the expense of small investments directly in the securities comprising the indices they seek to track, investments in Equity Equivalents may provide a cost-effective means of diversifying a funds assets across a broad range of equity securities.
To the extent a fund invests in securities of other investment companies, fund shareholders would indirectly pay a portion of the operating costs of such companies in addition to the expenses of its own operation. These costs include management, brokerage, shareholder servicing, and other operational expenses. Indirectly, shareholders of a fund may pay higher operational costs than if they owned the underlying investment companies directly. Additionally, a funds investments in such investment companies are subject to limitations under the 1940 Act and market availability.
The prices of Equity Equivalents are derived and based upon the securities held by the particular investment company. Accordingly, the level of risk involved in the purchase or sale of an Equity Equivalent is similar to the risk involved in the purchase or sale of traditional common stock, with the exception that the pricing mechanism for such instruments is based on a basket of stocks. The market prices of Equity Equivalents are expected to fluctuate in accordance with both changes in the NAVs of their underlying indices and the supply and demand for the instruments on the exchanges on which they are traded. Substantial market or other disruptions affecting an Equity Equivalent could adversely affect the liquidity and value of the shares of a fund.
iShares track the performance of several international equity indices. Each country index series invests in an optimized portfolio of common stocks based on that countrys MSCI benchmark country index. The market prices of iShares are expected to fluctuate in accordance with changes in the NAVs of their underlying indices and supply and demand of iShares on the NYSE Amex Equities (AMEX). To date, iShares have traded at relatively modest discounts and premiums to their NAVs. However, iShares have a limited operating history and information is lacking regarding the actual performance and trading liquidity of iShares for extended periods or over complete market cycles. In addition, there is no assurance that the requirements of the AMEX necessary to maintain the listing of iShares will continue to be met or will remain unchanged. In the event substantial market or other disruptions affecting iShares should occur in the future, the liquidity and value of a funds shares could also be substantially and adversely affected. If such disruptions were to occur, a fund could be required to reconsider the use of iShares as part of its investment strategy.
SPDRs are securities traded on the AMEX that represent ownership in the SPDR Trust, a trust which has been established to accumulate and hold a portfolio of common stocks that is intended to track the price performance and dividend yield of the S&P 500 ® Index. The SPDR Trust is sponsored by a subsidiary of the AMEX. SPDRs may be used for several reasons including, but not limited to, facilitating the handling of cash flows or trading, or reducing transaction costs. The price movement of SPDRs may not perfectly parallel the price action of the S&P 500 ® Index.
Preferred Stocks
Preferred stock represents an equity (or ownership) interest in a company that generally entitles the holder to receive, in preference to the holders of other stocks such as common stocks, dividends and a fixed share of the proceeds resulting from a liquidation of the company. Preferred stocks may pay fixed or adjustable rates of return. Preferred stocks are subject to issuer specific and market risks applicable generally to equity securities. In addition,
13
a companys preferred stock generally pays dividends only after the company makes required payments to holders of its bonds and other debt. For this reason, the value of preferred stock will usually react more strongly than bonds and other debt to actual or perceived changes in the companys financial condition or prospects.
Unlike common stock, preferred stocks typically may offer a stated dividend rate payable from a corporations earnings. Such preferred stock dividends may be cumulative or non-cumulative, participating, or auction rate. If interest rates rise, the fixed dividend on preferred stocks may be less attractive, causing the price of preferred stocks to decline. Preferred stocks may have mandatory sinking fund provisions as well as call/redemption provisions prior to maturity, a negative feature when interest rates decline. Dividends on some preferred stocks may be cumulative, requiring all or a portion of prior unpaid dividends to be paid before dividends are paid on the issuers common stock. Preferred stocks also generally have a preference over common stock on the distribution of a corporations assets in the event of liquidation of the corporation, and may be participating, meaning that it may be entitled to a dividend exceeding the stated dividend in certain cases. The rights of preferred stock on the distribution of a corporations assets in the event of liquidation are generally subordinate to the rights associated with a corporations debt securities.
Private Funds
Private funds are U.S. or foreign private limited partnerships or other investment funds. Investments in private funds may be highly speculative and volatile. Because private funds generally are investment companies for purposes of the 1940 Act, or would be but for the exemptions provided in Sections 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7), a funds ability to invest in them will be limited. In addition, shareholders of a fund will remain subject to the funds expenses while also bearing their pro rata share of the operating expenses of the private funds. The ability of a fund to dispose of interests in private funds is very limited and involves risks, including loss of the funds entire investment in the private fund.
Private funds include a variety of pooled investments. Generally, these pooled investments are structured as a trust, a special purpose vehicle, and are exempted from registration under the 1940 Act. As an investor, a fund owns a proportionate share of the trust. Typically, the trust does not employ a professional investment manager. Instead, the pooled investment tracks some index by investing in the issuers or securities that comprise the index. A fund receives a stream of cash flows in the form of interest payments from the underlying assets or the proceeds from the sale of the underlying assets in the event those underlying assets are sold. However, some pooled investments may not dispose of the underlying securities regardless of the adverse events affecting the issuers, depending on the investment strategy utilized. In this type of strategy, the pooled investment continues to hold the underlying securities as long as the issuers of the securities remain members of the tracked index.
The pooled investments allow a fund to synchronize the receipt of interest and principal payments and also, diversify some of the risks involved with investing in fixed-income securities. Because the pooled investments hold securities of many issuers, the default of a few issuers would not impact a fund significantly. However, a fund bears its proportionate share of any expenses incurred by the pooled investments. In addition, a fund assumes the liquidity risks generally associated with the privately offered pooled investments.
Pooled investments that are structured as a trust contain many similarities to private funds that are structured as limited partnerships. The primary difference between the trust and the limited partnership structure is the redemption of the ownership interests. Typically, the ownership interests in a typical private fund are redeemable only by the general partners and thus, are restricted from transferring from one party to another. Conversely, the ownership interests in the trust are generally not redeemable by the trust, except under certain circumstances, and are transferable among the general public for publicly offered securities and qualified purchasers or qualified institutional buyers for privately offered securities.
14
A fund cannot assure that it can achieve better results by investing in a pooled investment versus investing directly in the individual underlying assets.
Real Estate Securities
Real estate securities include investments in real estate operating companies (REOCs) and companies engaged in other real estate related businesses, and real estate investment trusts (REITs). A REOC is a company that derives at least 50% of its gross revenues or net profits from either: (i) the ownership, development, construction, financing, management or sale of commercial, industrial, or residential real estate; or (ii) products or services related to the real estate industry, such as building supplies or mortgage servicing. REITs are trusts that sell securities to investors and use the proceeds to invest in real estate or interests in real estate. A REIT may focus on a particular project, such as apartment complexes, or a geographic region, such as the northeastern United States, or both.
A REIT is a corporation or business trust that meets the definitional requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (Code). The Code permits a qualifying REIT to deduct from taxable income the dividends paid, thereby effectively eliminating corporate level federal income tax and making the REIT a pass-through vehicle for federal income tax purposes. To meet the definitional requirements of the Code, a REIT must, among other things, invest substantially all of its assets in interests in real estate (including mortgages and other REITs), cash and government securities; derive most of its income from rents from real property or interest on loans secured by mortgages on real property; and distribute annually 90% or more of its otherwise taxable income to shareholders.
REITs are sometimes informally characterized as equity REITs, mortgage REITs, or a combination of equity REITs and mortgage REITs. Equity REITs invest most of their assets directly in real estate property and derive income primarily from the collection of rents. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. Mortgage REITs invest most of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive income from interest payments. Like investment companies, REITs are not taxed on income distributed to shareholders if they comply with several requirements of the Code. A fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any expenses (such as operating expenses and advisory fees) paid by REITs in which it invests, in addition to the expenses paid by the fund.
Risks Associated with Investing in REITs and the Real Estate Industry in General
Investing in REITs involves risks similar to those associated with investing in small-capitalization companies. REITs may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume, and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities. Furthermore, REITs are dependent upon specialized management skills, have limited diversification and are, therefore, subject to risks inherent in operating and financing a limited number of projects. By investing in REITs indirectly through a fund, a shareholder will bear not only his or her proportionate share of the expenses of the fund but also, indirectly, similar expenses of the REITs. REITs generally depend on their ability to generate cash flow to make distributions to shareholders.
To the extent that assets underlying a REITs investments are concentrated geographically, by property type or in certain other respects, the REIT may be subject to certain of the foregoing risks to a greater extent. Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the REITs, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended. REITs are dependent upon management skills, are not diversified, and are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, default by borrowers, and self-liquidation. REITs are also subject to the possibilities of failing to qualify for tax-free pass-through of income under the Code and failing to maintain their exemptions from registration under the 1940 Act.
REITs (especially mortgage REITs) are also subject to interest rate risks. When interest rates decline, the value of a REITs investments in fixed rate obligations can be expected to rise. During periods of declining interest rates,
15
certain mortgage REITs may hold mortgages that the mortgagors elect to prepay, which prepayment may diminish the yield on the securities issued by such mortgage REITs. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a REITs investments in fixed rate obligations can be expected to decline. In contrast, as interest rates on adjustable rate mortgage loans are reset periodically, yields on a REITs investments in such loans will gradually align themselves to reflect changes in market interest rates, causing the value of such investments to fluctuate less dramatically in response to interest rate fluctuations than would investments in fixed rate obligations.
Additionally, rising interest rates may cause investors in REITs to demand a higher annual yield from future distributions, which may in turn decrease market prices for equity securities issued by REITs. Mortgage REITs may also be affected by the ability of borrowers to repay the debt extended by the REIT when due and equity REITs may be affected by the ability of tenants to pay rent.
Risks of real estate securities and REITs also include those risks that are more closely associated with investing in real estate securities directly than with investing in the stock market generally. These risks include, among others: (i) possible periodic declines in the value of real estate generally, or in the rents and other income generated by real estate; (ii) risks related to general and local economic conditions; (iii) possible lack of availability of mortgage funds; (iv) periodic overbuilding, which creates gluts in the market; (v) extended vacancies of properties; (vi) increases in competition, property taxes, and operating expenses; (vii) changes in laws (such as zoning laws) that impair the property rights of real estate owners; (viii) costs resulting from the cleanup of, and liability to, third parties for damages resulting from environmental problems; (ix) casualty or condemnation losses; (x) uninsured damages from floods, earthquakes, or other natural disasters; (xi) limitations on, and variations in, rents; (xii) changes in interest rates; (xiii) acts of terrorism, war, or other acts of violence; and (xiv) adverse developments in the real estate industry.
To the extent a fund invests in international REITs, such a REIT may be considered a passive foreign investment company which may result in an adverse situation for the fund.
Stock Purchase Rights
Stock purchase rights are instruments, frequently distributed to an issuers shareholders as a dividend, that entitle the holder to purchase a specific number of shares of common stock on a specific date or during a specific period of time. The exercise price on the stock purchase rights is normally at a discount from market value of the common stock at the time of distribution. The stock purchase rights do not carry with them the right to dividends or to vote, and may or may not be transferable. Stock purchase rights are frequently used outside of the United States as a means of raising additional capital from an issuers current shareholders.
As a result, an investment in stock purchase rights may be considered more speculative than certain other types of investments. In addition, the value of a stock purchase right does not necessarily change with the value of the underlying securities, and they expire worthless if they are not exercised on or prior to their expiration date.
Unseasoned Companies
Unseasoned companies are companies with a record of less than three years of continuous operation, including the operations of any predecessors and parents. These companies have only a limited operating history that can be used for evaluating the companys growth prospects. As a result, investment decisions for these securities may place a greater emphasis on current or planned product lines and the reputation and experience of the companys management, and less emphasis on fundamental valuation factors than would be the case for more mature companies. The securities of such companies may have limited liquidity, which can result in their being priced higher or lower than might otherwise be the case. In addition, investments in unseasoned companies are more speculative and entail greater risk than do investments in companies with an established operating record.
16
FIXED-INCOME SECURITIES
The value of fixed-income securities (also known as debt securities) may be affected by changes in general interest rates and in the creditworthiness of the issuer. Debt securities with longer maturities ( e.g. , over ten years) are more affected by changes in interest rates and provide less price stability than securities with short term maturities (for example, one to ten years). Also, for each debt security, there is a risk of principal and interest default, which will be greater with higher-yielding, lower-grade securities.
While some countries or companies may be regarded as favorable investments, pure fixed-income opportunities may be unattractive or limited due to insufficient supply, legal, or technical restrictions. In such cases, a fund may consider convertible securities or equity securities to gain exposure to such investments.
At times, in connection with the restructuring of a preferred stock or fixed-income security either outside of bankruptcy court or in the context of bankruptcy court proceedings, a fund may determine, or be required, to accept equity securities, such as common stocks, in exchange for all or a portion of a preferred stock or fixed-income security. Depending upon, among other things, the advisers or sub-advisers evaluation of the potential value of such securities in relation to the price that could be obtained by a fund at any given time upon sale thereof, the fund may determine to hold such securities in its portfolio.
Debt obligations that are deemed investment-grade carry a rating of at least Baa3 from Moodys Investor Services, Inc. (Moodys) or BBB- from Standard & Poors Ratings Services (S&P), or a comparable rating from another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization (NRSRO) or, if not rated by a NRSRO, are determined by the adviser or sub-adviser to be of comparable quality. Bonds rated Baa3 or BBB- have speculative characteristics and changes in economic circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make interest and principal payments than higher rated bonds.
Asset-Backed Securities
Asset-backed securities represent individual interests in pools of consumer loans, home equity loans, trade receivables, credit card receivables, and other debt and are similar in structure to mortgage-backed securities. The assets are securitized either in a pass-through structure (similar to a mortgage pass-through structure) or in a pay-through structure (similar to a collateralized mortgage obligation (CMO) structure). Asset-backed securities may be subject to more rapid repayment than their stated maturity date would indicate as a result of the pass-through of prepayments of principal on the underlying loans. During periods of declining interest rates, prepayment of certain types of loans underlying asset-backed securities can be expected to accelerate. Accordingly, a funds ability to maintain positions in these securities will be affected by reductions in the principal amount of the securities resulting from prepayments, and the fund must reinvest the returned principal at prevailing interest rates, which may be lower. Asset-backed securities may also be subject to extension risk during periods of rising interest rates.
Asset-backed securities entail certain risks not presented by mortgage-backed securities. The collateral underlying asset-backed securities may be less effective as security for payments than real estate collateral. Debtors may have the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards or other obligations underlying the asset-backed security, or the debt holder may not have a first (or proper) security interest in all of the obligations backing the receivable because of the nature of the receivable or state or federal laws protecting the debtor. Certain collateral may be difficult to locate in the event of default, and recoveries on depreciated or damaged collateral may not fully cover payments due on these securities.
Asset-backed securities can also include collateralized putable notes (CPNs). CPNs represent interests in the most senior tranche of collateralized debt obligations and benefit from a put option provided by a highly rated counterparty. CPNs are also backed by interests in various assets, including other asset-backed securities, residential mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage-backed securities, and other instruments.
17
It is expected that governmental, government-related, or private entities may create mortgage loan pools and other mortgage-backed securities offering mortgage pass-through and mortgage-collateralized investments in addition to those described above. As new types of mortgage-backed securities are developed and offered to investors, investments in such new types of mortgage-backed securities may be considered for a fund.
Non-mortgage-related asset-backed securities include, but are not limited to, interests in pools of receivables, such as credit card and accounts receivables and motor vehicle and other installment purchase obligations and leases. Interests in these pools are not backed by the U.S. government and may or may not be secured.
The credit characteristics of asset-backed securities differ in a number of respects from those of traditional debt securities. Asset-backed securities generally do not have the benefit of a security interest in collateral that is comparable to other debt obligations, and there is a possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not be available to support payment on these securities.
The principal on asset-backed securities, like mortgage-related securities, may normally be prepaid at any time, which will reduce the yield and market value of these securities. Asset-backed securities and commercial mortgage-backed securities generally experience less prepayment than residential mortgage-related securities. In periods of falling interest rates when liquidity is available to borrowers, the rate of prepayments tends to increase (as does price fluctuation) as borrowers are motivated to pay off debt and refinance at new lower rates. During such periods, reinvestment of the prepayment proceeds by a fund will generally be at lower rates of return than the return on the assets which were prepaid. Certain commercial mortgage-backed securities are issued in several classes with different levels of yield and credit protection. A funds investments in commercial mortgage-backed securities with several classes may be in the lower classes that have greater risks than the higher classes, including greater interest rate, credit and prepayment risks. While asset-backed securities are designed to allocate risk from pools of their underlying assets, the risk allocation techniques may not be successful, which could lead to the credit risk of these investments being greater than indicated by their ratings. The value of asset-backed securities may be further affected by downturns in the credit markets or the real estate market. It may be difficult to value these instruments because of the transparency or liquidity of some underlying investments, and these instruments may not be liquid. Finally, certain asset-backed securities are based on loans that are unsecured, which means that there is no collateral to seize if the underlying borrower defaults.
The coupon rate of interest on mortgage-related and asset-backed securities is lower than the interest rates paid on the mortgages included in the underlying pool by the amount of the fees paid to the mortgage pooler, issuer, and/or guarantor. Actual yield may vary from the coupon rate. However, if such securities are purchased at a premium or discount, traded in the secondary market at a premium or discount, or to the extent that the underlying assets are prepaid as noted above.
Corporate Asset-Backed Securities
Corporate asset-backed securities are often backed by a pool of assets representing the obligations of a number of different parties. To lessen the effect of failures by obligors on underlying assets to make payments, the securities may contain elements of credit support which fall into two categories: (i) liquidity protection; and (ii) protection against losses resulting from ultimate default by an obligor on the underlying assets. Liquidity protection refers to the provision of advances, generally by the entity administering the pool of assets, to ensure that the receipt of payments on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion. Protection against losses resulting from ultimate default ensures payment through insurance policies or letters of credit obtained by the issuer or sponsor from third parties. A fund will not pay any additional or separate fees for credit support. The degree of credit support provided for each issue is generally based on historical information respecting the level of credit risk associated with the underlying assets. Delinquency or loss in excess of that anticipated or failure of credit support could adversely affect the return on an investment in such a security. Privately issued asset-backed securities will not be treated as constituting a single, separate industry.
18
Corporate asset-backed securities present certain risks. For instance, in the case of credit card receivables, these securities may not have the benefit of any security interest in the related collateral. Credit card receivables are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give such debtors the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due. Most issuers of automobile receivables permit the servicers to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the related automobile receivables. In addition, because of the large number of vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical requirements under state laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile receivables may not have a proper security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables. Therefore, there is the possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments on these securities. The underlying assets ( e.g ., loans) are also subject to prepayments which shorten the securities weighted average life and may lower their return.
Banking Industry Obligations, Savings Industry Obligations, and Other Short-Term Investments
Banking industry and savings industry obligations include, but are not limited to: (i) certificates of deposit; (ii) fixed time deposits; (iii) bankers acceptances; and (iv) other short-term debt obligations issued by commercial banks. A fund will not invest in obligations issued by a bank unless: (i) the bank is a U.S. bank and a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC); and (ii) the bank has total assets of at least $1 billion (U.S.) or, if not, the funds investment is limited to the FDIC-insured amount of $250,000. Certificates of deposit and bankers acceptances acquired by a fund will be dollar-denominated obligations of domestic or foreign banks or financial institutions which, at the time of purchase, have capital, surplus, and undivided profits in excess of $100 million, based on latest published reports, or less than $100 million if the principal amount of such bank obligations is fully insured by the U.S. government.
Limitations on Investment
Unless otherwise indicated in a funds investment policies, the fund may invest in commercial paper and short-term notes: (i) rated, at the date of investment, Prime-1 or Prime-2 by Moodys or A-1 or A-2 by S&P; (ii) if not rated by either Moodys or S&P, issued by a corporation having an outstanding debt issue rated A or better by Moodys or S&P; or (iii) if not rated, are determined to be of an investment quality comparable to rated commercial paper and short-term notes in which a fund may invest. These rating symbols are described in Appendix A.
When a fund holds instruments of foreign banks or financial institutions, it may be subject to additional investment risks that are different in some respects from those incurred by a fund which invests only in debt obligations of U.S. domestic issuers. Domestic banks and foreign banks are subject to extensive but different governmental regulations, which may limit both the amount and types of loans which may be made, and interest rates which may be charged. In addition, the profitability of the banking industry is largely dependent upon the availability and cost of funds for the purpose of financing lending operations under prevailing money market conditions. General economic conditions as well as exposure to credit losses arising from possible financial difficulties of borrowers play an important part in the operations of the banking industry. Federal and state laws and regulations require domestic banks to maintain specified levels of reserves, limit the amount which they can loan to a single borrower, and subject them to other regulations designed to promote financial soundness. However, such laws and regulations do not necessarily apply to foreign bank obligations that a fund may acquire.
For foreign banks, there is a possibility that liquidity could be impaired because of: (i) future political and economic developments; (ii) the obligations may be less marketable than comparable obligations of U.S. banks; (iii) a foreign jurisdiction might impose withholding taxes on interest income payable on those obligations; (iv) foreign
19
deposits may be seized or nationalized; (v) foreign governmental restrictions (such as foreign exchange controls) may be adopted which might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on those obligations; and (vi) the selection of those obligations may be more difficult because there may be less publicly available information concerning foreign banks. In addition, the accounting, auditing, and financial reporting standards, practices, and requirements applicable to foreign banks may differ from those applicable to U.S. banks. In that connection, foreign banks are not subject to examination by any U.S. government agency or instrumentality.
Certificates of Deposit and Bankers Acceptances
Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds deposited in a commercial bank for a definite period of time and earning a specified return. Bankers acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of exchange, normally drawn by an importer or exporter to pay for specific merchandise, which are accepted by a bank, meaning that the bank unconditionally agrees to pay the face value of the instrument on maturity.
Commercial Paper
Commercial paper consists of short term (usually from 1 to 270 days) unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations in order to finance their current operations. A variable amount master demand note (which is a type of commercial paper) represents a direct borrowing arrangement involving periodically fluctuating rates of interest under a letter agreement between a commercial paper issuer and an institutional lender, pursuant to which, the lender may determine to invest varying amounts.
Commercial paper obligations may include variable rate master demand notes. These notes are obligations that permit investment of fluctuating amounts, at varying rates of interest, pursuant to direct arrangements between a fund, as lender, and the borrower. These notes permit daily changes in the amounts borrowed. The lender has the right to increase or decrease the amount under the note, at any time, up to the full amount provided by the note agreement; and the borrower may prepay up to the full amount of the note without penalty. Because variable amount master demand notes are direct lending arrangements between the lender and borrower, and because no secondary market exists for those notes, such instruments will probably not be traded. However, the notes are redeemable (and thus immediately repayable by the borrower) at face value, plus accrued interest, at any time. In connection with master demand note arrangements, a funds adviser or sub-adviser will monitor, on an ongoing basis, the earning power, cash flow, and other liquidity ratios of the borrower and its ability to pay principal and interest on demand. A funds adviser or sub-adviser will also consider the extent to which the variable rate master demand notes are backed by bank letters of credit. These notes generally are not rated by Moodys or S&P. A fund may invest in them only if the adviser or sub-adviser believes that, at the time of investment, the notes are of comparable quality to the other commercial paper in which the fund may invest. Master demand notes are considered by a fund to have a maturity of one day unless the adviser or sub-adviser has reason to believe that the borrower could not make immediate repayment upon demand. For purposes of limitations on purchases of restricted securities, commercial paper issued pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (1933 Act) as part of a private placement that meets liquidity standards under procedures adopted by each Trusts Board of Trustees (Board) shall not be considered to be restricted.
Corporate Obligations
Corporate obligations include bonds and notes issued by corporations to finance longer-term credit needs than supported by commercial paper. While such obligations generally have maturities of ten years or more, a fund may purchase corporate obligations which have remaining maturities of one year or less from the date of purchase and which are rated Aa or higher by Moodys, AA or higher by S&P, or have received a comparable rating by another NRSRO, or if not rated by a NRSRO, are determined by the adviser or sub-adviser to be of comparable quality.
20
Fixed Time Deposits
Fixed time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained at a banking institution for a specified period of time at a specified interest rate. Fixed time deposits are bank obligations payable at a stated maturity date and bearing interest at a fixed rate. Fixed time deposits may be withdrawn on demand by the investor, but may be subject to early withdrawal penalties that vary depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation. There are no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a beneficial interest in a fixed time deposit to a third party because there is no market for such deposits. A fund will not invest in fixed time deposits which: (i) are not subject to prepayment; or (ii) provide for withdrawal penalties upon prepayment (other than overnight deposits) if, in the aggregate, such investment would mean that the fund would exceed its limitation in illiquid securities.
Corporate Debt Securities
Corporate debt securities include corporate bonds, debentures, notes, and other similar corporate debt instruments, including convertible securities.
The investment return on a corporate debt security reflects interest earnings and changes in the market value of the security. The market value of a corporate debt security will generally increase when interest rates decline and decrease when interest rates rise. There is also the risk that the issuer of a debt security may not be able to meet its obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for by the instrument.
Debt securities rated BBB or Baa, which are considered medium-grade category bonds, do not have economic characteristics that provide the high degree of security with respect to payment of principal and interest associated with higher rated bonds, and generally have some speculative characteristics. A bond will be placed in this rating category where interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present, but economic characteristics that provide longer term protection may be lacking. Bonds, particularly those rated BBB- or Baa3, have speculative characteristics and may be susceptible to changing conditions, particularly to economic downturns, which could lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and principal. Bonds rated below BBB- or Baa- have speculative characteristics and changes in economic circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make interest and principal payments than higher rated bonds.
New issues of certain debt securities are often offered on a when issued or firm-commitment basis; meaning, the payment obligation and the interest rate are fixed at the time the buyer enters into the commitment, but delivery and payment for the securities normally take place after the customary settlement time. The value of when issued securities or securities purchased on a firm-commitment basis may vary prior to and after delivery depending on market conditions and changes in interest rate levels. However, a fund will not accrue any income on these securities prior to delivery. A fund will maintain in a segregated account with its custodian, or earmark on its records, an amount of cash or high quality debt securities, assets equal (on a daily marked-to-market basis) to the amount of its commitment to purchase of the when issued securities or securities purchased on a firm-commitment basis.
Moodys and S&P do not rate many securities of foreign issuers; therefore, the selection of such securities depends, to a large extent, on the credit analysis performed or used by a funds adviser or sub-adviser.
Credit-Linked Notes (CLNs)
A CLN is generally issued by one party with a credit option or risk linked to a second party. The embedded credit option allows the first party to shift a specific credit risk to the CLN holder, or a fund in this case. A CLN is issued by a trust, a special purpose vehicle, and is collateralized by AAA-rated securities. A CLNs price or coupon is linked to the performance of the reference asset of the second party. Generally, a CLN holder receives either a
21
fixed or a floating coupon rate during the life of the CLN, and par at maturity. The cash flows are dependent on specific credit-related events. Should the second party default or declare bankruptcy, the CLN holder will receive an amount equivalent to the recovery rate. A CLN holder bears the risk of default by the second party and any unforeseen movements in the reference asset, which could lead to loss of principal and receipt of interest payments. In return for these risks, a CLN holder receives a higher yield. As with most derivative instruments, valuation of a CLN is difficult due to the complexity of the security ( i.e. , the embedded option is not easily priced). A fund cannot assure that it can implement a successful strategy regarding this type of investment.
Floating and Variable Rate Instruments
Floating and variable rate instruments normally provide that the holder can demand payment of the obligation on short notice at par with accrued interest. Such instruments are frequently secured by letters of credit or other credit support arrangements provided by banks. Floating and variable rate instruments provide for adjustments in the interest rate at specified intervals (weekly, monthly, semi-annually, etc.). A fund would anticipate using these bonds as cash equivalents, pending longer-term investment of its funds. Other longer term fixed rate bonds, with a right of the holder to request redemption at certain times (often annually, after the lapse of an intermediate term), may also be purchased by a fund. These bonds are more defensive than conventional long-term bonds in that they protect, to some degree, against a rise in interest rates while providing greater opportunity than comparable intermediate-term bonds since a fund may retain the bond if interest rates decline. By acquiring these types of instruments, a fund obtains the contractual right to require the issuer of the security, or some other person (other than a broker or dealer), to purchase the security at an agreed upon price, which right is contained in the obligation itself rather than in a separate agreement with the seller or some other person.
Variable rate instruments held by a fund may have maturities of more than one year, provided: (i) the fund is entitled to the payment of principal at any time, or during specified intervals not exceeding one year, upon giving the prescribed notice (which may not exceed 30 days); and (ii) the rate of interest on such instruments is adjusted at periodic intervals not to exceed one year. In determining whether a variable rate instrument has a remaining maturity of one year or less, each instrument will be deemed to have a maturity equal to the longer of the period remaining until its next interest rate adjustment or the period remaining until the principal amount can be recovered through demand. A fund will be able (at any time or during specified periods not exceeding one year, depending upon the note involved) to demand payment of the principal of a note. If an issuer of a variable rate instrument defaulted on its payment obligations, a fund might be unable to dispose of the note and a loss would be incurred to the extent of the default. A fund may invest in variable rate instruments only when the investment is deemed to involve minimal credit risk. The continuing creditworthiness of issuers of these instruments will be monitored to determine whether such notes should continue to be held.
Credit rating agencies frequently do not rate floating and variable rate instruments; however, a funds adviser or sub-adviser will determine what unrated and variable and floating rate instruments are of comparable quality at the time of the purchase to rated instruments eligible for purchase by the fund. An active secondary market may not exist with respect to particular variable or floating rate instruments purchased by a fund. The absence of such an active secondary market could make it difficult for a fund to dispose of the variable or floating rate instrument involved if the issuer of the instrument defaults on its payment obligation or during periods in which the fund is not entitled to exercise its demand rights, and the fund could, for these or other reasons, suffer a loss to the extent of the default. Variable and floating rate instruments may be secured by bank letters of credit. Money market instruments with a maturity of 60 days or less provide duration exposure similar to the floating rate debt in which a fund may invest. Such money market instruments are considered, for the purposes of a funds investment, to be floating rate debt.
By acquiring these instruments, a fund obtains the contractual right to require the issuer of the security, or some other person (other than a broker or dealer) to purchase the security at an agreed-upon price, which rights is contained in the obligation itself rather than in a separate agreement with the seller or some other person. If an
22
issuer of a variable rate demand note defaulted on its payment obligation, a fund might be unable to dispose of the note and a loss would be incurred to the extent of the default. A fund may invest in variable rate demand notes only when the investment is deemed to involve minimal credit risk. The continuing creditworthiness of issuers of variable rate demand notes held by a fund will also be monitored to determine whether such notes should continue to be held. Variable and floating rate instruments with demand periods in excess of seven days, which cannot be disposed of promptly within seven business days in the usual course of business without taking a reduced price, will be treated as illiquid securities.
Government Trust Certificates
Government trust certificates represent an interest in a government trust, the property of which consists of: (i) a promissory note of a foreign government no less than 90% of which is backed by the full faith and credit guaranty issued by the U.S. government (issued pursuant to Title III of the Foreign Operations, Export, Financing and Related Borrowers Programs Appropriations Act of 1998); and (ii) a security interest in obligations of the U.S. Treasury backed by the full faith and credit of the United States sufficient to support the remaining balance (no more than 10%) of all payments of principal and interest on such promissory note; provided that such obligations shall not be rated less than Aaa by Moodys or less than AAA by S&P, or have received a comparable rating by another NRSRO.
Guaranteed Investment Contracts (GICs)
GICs are issued by insurance companies. Pursuant to such contracts, a fund makes cash contributions to a deposit fund of the insurance companys general account. The insurance company then credits to that fund, on a monthly basis, guaranteed interest, which is based on an index. The GICs provide that this guaranteed interest will not be less than a certain minimum rate. The insurance company may assess periodic charges against a GIC for expense and service costs allocable to it, and the charges will be deducted from the value of the deposit fund. In addition, because a fund may not receive the principal amount of a GIC from the insurance company on seven days notice or less, the GIC is considered an illiquid investment and, together with other instruments invested in by a fund which are not readily marketable, may not exceed the funds allowable limit for illiquid securities. The term of a GIC will be one year or less. In determining average weighted portfolio maturity, a GIC will be deemed to have a maturity equal to the period of time remaining until the next readjustment of the guaranteed interest rate. GICs are not backed by the U.S. government nor are they insured by the FDIC. GICs are generally guaranteed only by the insurance companies that issue them.
High-Yield Bonds
High-yield bonds often are referred to as junk bonds and include certain corporate debt obligations, higher yielding preferred stock, mortgage-backed securities, and securities convertible into the foregoing. Investments in high-yield bonds generally provide greater income and increased opportunity for capital appreciation than investments in higher quality debt securities, but they also typically entail greater potential price volatility and principal and income risk.
High-yield bonds are not considered to be investment grade. They are regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuing companys continuing ability to meet principal and interest payments. Also, their yields and market values tend to fluctuate more than higher rated securities. Fluctuations in value do not affect the cash income from the securities, but are reflected in a funds NAV. The greater risks and fluctuations in yield and value occur, in part, because investors generally perceive issuers of lower-rated and unrated securities to be less creditworthy.
23
Certain securities held by a fund may permit the issuer, at its option, to call or redeem its securities. If an issuer were to redeem securities held by a fund during a time of declining interest rates, the fund may not be able to reinvest the proceeds in securities providing the same investment return as the securities redeemed.
While the adviser or sub-adviser may refer to ratings issued by established credit rating agencies, it is not a funds policy to rely exclusively on ratings issued by these rating agencies but rather to supplement such ratings with the advisers or sub-advisers own independent and ongoing review of credit quality. To the extent a fund invests in these lower rated securities, the achievement of its investment objective may be more dependent on the advisers or sub-advisers own credit analysis than in the case of a fund investing in higher quality fixed-income securities. These lower rated securities may also include zero-coupon bonds, deferred interest bonds, and pay-in-kind bonds.
Risks Associated With Investing in High-Yield Bonds
Medium to lower rated and unrated securities tend to offer higher yields than those of other securities with the same maturities because of the additional risks associated with them. These risks include:
High-Yield Bond Market - A severe economic downturn or increase in interest rates might increase defaults in high-yield bonds issued by highly leveraged companies. An increase in the number of defaults could adversely affect the value of all outstanding high-yield bonds, thus disrupting the market for such securities.
Sensitivity to Interest Rate and Economic Changes - High-yield bonds are more sensitive to adverse economic changes or individual corporate developments but less sensitive to interest rate changes than are U.S. Treasury or investment grade bonds. As a result, when interest rates rise causing bond prices to fall, the value of high-yield bonds tend not to fall as much as U.S. Treasury or investment grade bonds. Conversely, when interest rates fall, high-yield bonds tend to underperform U.S. Treasury and investment grade bonds because high-yield bond prices tend not to rise as much as the prices of these bonds.
The financial stress resulting from an economic downturn or adverse corporate developments could have a greater negative effect on the ability of issuers of high-yield bonds to service their principal and interest payments, to meet projected business goals, and to obtain additional financing than on more creditworthy issuers. Holders of high-yield bonds could also be at greater risk because high-yield bonds are generally unsecured and subordinate to senior debt holders and secured creditors. If the issuer of a high-yield bond owned by a fund defaults, the fund may incur additional expenses in seeking recovery. In addition, periods of economic uncertainty and changes can be expected to result in increased volatility of market prices of high-yield bonds. Furthermore, in the case of high-yield bonds structured as zero-coupon or pay-in-kind bonds, their market prices are affected to a greater extent by interest rate changes and thereby tend to be more speculative and volatile than securities which pay in cash.
Payment Expectations - High-yield bonds present risks based on payment expectations. For example, high-yield bonds may contain redemption or call provisions. If an issuer exercises these provisions in a declining interest rate market, a fund may have to replace the security with a lower yielding security, resulting in a decreased return for investors. In addition, there is a higher risk of non-payment of interest and/or principal by issuers of high - yield bonds than in the case of investment-grade bonds.
Liquidity and Valuation Risks - Lower rated bonds are typically traded among a smaller number of broker dealers rather than in a broad secondary market. Purchasers of high-yield bonds tend to be institutions, rather than individuals, a factor that further limits the secondary market. To the extent that no established retail secondary market exists, many high-yield bonds may not be as liquid as U.S. Treasury and investment - grade bonds. The ability of a fund to value or sell high-yield bonds will be adversely affected to the extent that such securities are thinly traded or illiquid. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the values and liquidity of high-yield bonds more than other securities, especially in a thinly traded market. To the extent a fund owns illiquid or restricted high - yield bonds these securities may involve special
24
registration responsibilities, liabilities and costs, and liquidity and valuation difficulties. At times of less liquidity, it may be more difficult to value high-yield bonds because this valuation may require more research, and elements of judgment may play a greater role in the valuation since there is less reliable, objective data available.
Taxation - Special tax considerations are associated with investing in high-yield securities structured as zero - coupon or pay-in-kind securities. A fund reports the interest on these securities as income even though it receives no cash interest until the securitys maturity or payment date.
Limitations of Credit Ratings - The credit ratings assigned to high-yield securities may not accurately reflect the true risks of an investment. Credit ratings typically evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments, rather than the market value risk of high-yield bonds. In addition, credit agencies may fail to adjust credit ratings to reflect rapid changes in economic or company conditions that affect a securitys market value. Although the ratings of recognized rating services such as Moodys and S&P are considered, the adviser or sub-adviser primarily relies on its own credit analysis, which includes a study of existing debt, capital structure, ability to service debts and to pay dividends, the issuers sensitivity to economic conditions, its operating history, and the current trend of earnings. Thus, the achievement of a funds investment objective may be more dependent on the advisers or sub - advisers own credit analysis than might be the case for a fund which invests in higher quality bonds. The adviser or sub-adviser continually monitors the investments in a funds portfolio and carefully evaluates whether to dispose of or retain high - yield bonds whose credit ratings have changed. A fund may retain a security whose rating has been changed.
Congressional Proposals - New laws and proposed laws may negatively affect the market for high-yield bonds. As examples, recent legislation requires federally insured savings and loan associations to divest themselves of their investments in high-yield bonds, and pending proposals are designed to limit the use of, or tax and eliminate other advantages of high-yield bonds. Any such proposals, if enacted, could have negative affect on a funds NAV.
Loans
Investment Quality and Credit Analysis
Variable or floating rate loans or notes (Senior Loans) in which a fund may invest generally are rated below investment-grade credit quality or are unrated. In acquiring a loan, the adviser or sub-adviser will consider some or all of the following factors concerning the borrower: ability to service debt from internally generated funds; adequacy of liquidity and working capital; appropriateness of capital structure; leverage consistent with industry norms; historical experience of achieving business and financial projections; the quality and experience of management; and adequacy of collateral coverage. The adviser or sub-adviser performs its own independent credit analysis of each borrower. In so doing, the adviser or sub-adviser may utilize information and credit analyses from agents that originate or administer loans, other lenders investing in a loan, and other sources. The adviser or sub-adviser also may communicate directly with management of the borrowers. These analyses continue on a periodic basis for any Senior Loan held by a fund.
Senior Loan Characteristics
Senior Loans are loans that are typically made to business borrowers to finance leveraged buy-outs, recapitalizations, mergers, stock repurchases, and internal growth. Senior Loans generally hold the most senior position in the capital structure of a borrower and are usually secured by liens on the assets of the borrowers; including tangible assets such as cash, accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment, common and/or preferred stocks of subsidiaries; and intangible assets including trademarks, copyrights, patent rights, and franchise value. They may also provide guarantees as a form of collateral. Senior Loans are typically structured to include two or more types of loans within a single credit agreement. The most common structure is to have a revolving loan and a term loan. A revolving loan is a loan that can be drawn upon, repaid fully or partially, and then the repaid portions can be drawn upon again. A term loan is a loan that is fully drawn upon immediately and once repaid it cannot be drawn upon again.
25
Sometimes there may be two or more term loans and they may be secured by different collateral, have different repayment schedules and maturity dates. In addition to revolving loans and term loans, Senior Loan structures can also contain facilities for the issuance of letters of credit and may contain mechanisms for lenders to pre-fund letters of credit through credit-linked deposits.
By virtue of their senior position and collateral, Senior Loans typically provide lenders with the first right to cash flows or proceeds from the sale of a borrowers collateral if the borrower becomes insolvent (subject to the limitations of bankruptcy law, which may provide higher priority to certain claims such as employee salaries, employee pensions, and taxes). This means Senior Loans are generally repaid before unsecured bank loans, corporate bonds, subordinated debt, trade creditors, and preferred or common stockholders.
Senior Loans typically pay interest at least quarterly at rates which equal a fixed percentage spread over a base rate such as the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (LIBOR). For example, if LIBOR were 3% and the borrower was paying a fixed spread of 2.50%, the total interest rate paid by the borrower would be 5.50%. Base rates, and therefore the total rates paid on Senior Loans, float, i.e ., they change as market rates of interest change.
Although a base rate such as LIBOR can change every day, loan agreements for Senior Loans typically allow the borrower the ability to choose how often the base rate for its loan will change. A single loan may have multiple reset periods at the same time, with each reset period applicable to a designated portion of the loan. Such periods can range from one day to one year, with most borrowers choosing monthly or quarterly reset periods. During periods of rising interest rates, borrowers will tend to choose longer reset periods, and during periods of declining interest rates, borrowers will tend to choose shorter reset periods. The fixed spread over the base rate on a Senior Loan typically does not change.
Senior Loans generally are arranged through private negotiations between a borrower and several financial institutions represented by an agent who is usually one of the originating lenders. In larger transactions, it is common to have several agents; however, generally only one such agent has primary responsibility for ongoing administration of a Senior Loan. Agents are typically paid fees by the borrower for their services.
The agent is primarily responsible for negotiating the loan agreement which establishes the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan and the rights of the borrower and the lenders. The agent also is responsible for monitoring collateral and for exercising remedies available to the lenders such as foreclosure upon collateral.
Loan agreements may provide for the termination of the agents agency status in the event that it fails to act as required under the relevant loan agreement, becomes insolvent, enters FDIC receivership or, if not FDIC insured, enters into bankruptcy. Should such an agent, lender or assignor with respect to an assignment inter-positioned between a fund and the borrower become insolvent or enter FDIC receivership or bankruptcy, any interest in the Senior Loan of such person and any loan payment held by such person for the benefit of the fund should not be included in such persons or entitys bankruptcy estate. If, however, any such amount were included in such persons or entitys bankruptcy estate, a fund would incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment or could suffer a loss of principal or interest. In this event, a fund could experience a decrease in the NAV.
A fund typically invests in Senior Loans by purchasing an assignment of a portion of a Senior Loan from a third party, either in connection with the original loan transaction ( i.e ., in the primary market) or after the initial loan transaction ( i.e ., in the secondary market). When a fund purchases a Senior Loan in the primary market, it may share in a fee paid to the original lender. When a fund purchases a Senior Loan in the secondary market, it may pay a fee to, or forego a portion of interest payments from, the lender making the assignment. A fund may also make its
26
investments in Senior Loans through the use of derivative instruments such as participations, credit-linked notes, credit default swaps, and total return swaps as long as the reference obligation for any such instrument is a Senior Loan.
Investments through the use of such derivative instruments involve counterparty risk, i.e ., the risk that the party from which such instrument is purchased will not perform as agreed. Unlike an assignment as described below, a fund does not have a direct contractual relationship with the borrower. A fund seeks to minimize such counter party risk by purchasing such investments only from large, well established and highly rated counter parties.
Assignments
When a fund is a purchaser of an assignment, it succeeds to all the rights and obligations under the loan agreement of the assigning lender and becomes a lender under the loan agreement with the same rights and obligations as the assigning lender. These rights include the ability to vote along with the other lenders on such matters as enforcing the terms of the loan agreement ( e.g ., declaring defaults, initiating collection action, etc.). Taking such actions typically requires at least a vote of the lenders holding a majority of the investment in the loan and may require a vote by lenders holding two-thirds or more of the investment in the loan. Because a fund usually does not hold a majority of the investment in any loan, it will not be able by itself to control decisions that require a vote by the lenders.
Acquisition Costs
When a fund acquires an interest in a Senior Loan in the primary market, it typically acquires the loan at par, less its portion of the fee paid to all originating lenders. When a fund acquires an interest in a Senior Loan in the secondary market, it may be at par, but typically the fund will do so at premium or discount to par.
Loan Participation and Assignments
A funds investment in loan participations typically will result in the fund having a contractual relationship only with the lender and not with the borrower. A fund will have the right to receive payments of principal, interest, and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the participation and only upon receipt by the lender of the payments from the borrower. In connection with purchasing participation, a fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement relating to the loan, nor any right of set-off against the borrower, and the fund may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the loan in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, a fund may be subject to the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the participation. In the event of the insolvency of the lender selling the participation, a fund may be treated as a general creditor of the lender and may not benefit from any set-off between the lender and the borrower.
When a fund purchases a loan assignment from lenders, it will acquire direct rights against the borrowers on the loan. However, because assignments are arranged through private negotiations between potential assignees and potential assignors, the rights and obligations acquired by a fund as the purchaser of an assignment may differ from, and be more limited than, those held by the assigning lender. Because there is no liquid market for such assets, a fund anticipates that such assets could be sold only to a limited number of institutional investors. The lack of a liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the value of such assets and a funds ability to dispose of particular assignments or participations when necessary to meet redemption of fund shares, to meet the funds liquidity needs or, in response to a specific economic event such as deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower. The lack of a liquid secondary market for assignments and participations also may make it more difficult for a fund to value these assets for purposes of calculating its NAV.
27
Originating Loans
A fund has the ability to act as an agent in originating and administering a loan on behalf of all lenders or as one of a group of co-agents in originating loans. An agent for a loan is required to administer and manage the loan and to service or monitor the collateral. The agent is also responsible for the collection of principal, interest, and fee payments from the borrower and the apportionment of these payments to the credit of all lenders which are parties to the loan agreement. The agent is charged with the responsibility of monitoring compliance by the borrower with the restrictive covenants in the loan agreement and of notifying the lenders of any adverse change in the borrowers financial condition. In addition, the agent generally is responsible for determining that the lenders have obtained a perfected security interest in the collateral securing the loan.
Lenders generally rely on the agent to collect their portion of the payments on a loan and to use the appropriate creditor remedies against the borrower. Typically under loan agreements, the agent is given broad discretion in enforcing the loan agreement and is obligated to use the same care it would use in the management of its own property. The borrower compensates the agent for these services. Such compensation may include special fees paid on structuring and funding the loan and other fees on a continuing basis. The precise duties and rights of an agent are defined in the loan agreement.
When a fund is an agent it has, as a party to the loan agreement, a direct contractual relationship with the borrower and, prior to allocating portions of the loan to the lenders if any, assumes all risks associated with the loan. The agent may enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement. Agents also have voting and consent rights under the applicable loan agreement. Action subject to agent vote or consent generally requires the vote or consent of the holders of some specified percentage of the outstanding principal amount of the loan, which percentage varies depending on the relative loan agreement. Certain decisions, such as reducing the amount or increasing the time for payment of interest on or repayment of principal of a loan, or relating collateral therefor, frequently require the unanimous vote or consent of all lenders affected. When a fund participates as an original lender, it typically acquires the loan at par.
Pursuant to the terms of a loan agreement, the agent typically has sole responsibility for servicing and administering a loan on behalf of the other lenders. Each lender in a loan is generally responsible for performing its own credit analysis and its own investigation of the financial condition of the borrower. Generally, loan agreements will hold the agent liable for any action taken or omitted that amounts to gross negligence or willful misconduct. In the event of a borrowers default on a loan, the loan agreements provide that the lenders do not have recourse against a fund for its activities as agent. Instead, lenders will be required to look to the borrower for recourse.
In a typical interest in a Senior Loan, the agent administers the loan and has the right to monitor the collateral. The agent is also required to segregate the principal and interest payments received from the borrower and to hold these payments for the benefit of the lenders. A fund normally looks to the agent to collect and distribute principal of, and interest on, a Senior Loan. Furthermore, a fund looks to the agent to use normal credit remedies, such as to foreclose on collateral, monitor credit loan covenants, and notify the lenders of any adverse changes in the borrowers financial condition or declarations of insolvency. At times a fund may also negotiate with the agent regarding the agents exercise of credit remedies under a Senior Loan. The agent is compensated for these services by the borrower as set forth in the loan agreement. Such compensation may take the form of a fee or other amount paid upon the making of the Senior Loan and/or an ongoing fee or other amount.
Additional Information on Loans
The loans in which a fund may invest usually include restrictive covenants which must be maintained by the borrower. Such covenants, in addition to the timely payment of interest and principal, may include mandatory prepayment provisions arising from free cash flow and restrictions on dividend payments, and usually state that a borrower must maintain specific minimum financial ratios as well as establishing limits on total debt. A breach of
28
covenant, which is not waived by the agent, is normally an event of acceleration, i.e ., the agent has the right to call the loan. In addition, loan covenants may include mandatory prepayment provisions stemming from free cash flow. Free cash flow is cash that is in excess of capital expenditures plus debt service requirements of principal and interest. The free cash flow shall be applied to prepay the loan in an order of maturity described in the loan documents. Under certain interests in loans, a fund may have an obligation to make additional loans upon demand by the borrower. A fund generally ensures its ability to satisfy such demands by segregating sufficient assets in high quality short term liquid investments or borrowing to cover such obligations.
A principal risk associated with acquiring loans from another lender is the credit risk associated with the borrower of the underlying loan. Additional credit risk may occur when a fund acquires a participation in a loan from another lender because the fund must assume the risk of insolvency or bankruptcy of the other lender from which the loan was acquired. However, in acquiring loans, the adviser or sub-adviser conducts an analysis and evaluation of the financial condition of each such lender. In this regard, loans are considered if the lenders have a long-term debt rating, the long-term debt of all such participants is rated BBB- or better by S&P or Baa3 or better by Moodys, or has received a comparable rating by another NRSRO. In the absence of rated long-term debt, loans are considered if the lenders or, with respect to a bank, the holding company of such lenders have commercial paper outstanding which is rated at least A-1 by S&P or P-1 by Moodys. In the absence of such rated long-term debt or rated commercial paper, a fund may acquire participations in loans from lenders whose long-term debt and commercial paper is of comparable quality to the foregoing rating standards as determined by the adviser or sub-adviser.
Loans, unlike certain bonds, usually do not have call protection. This means that investments, while having a stated one to ten year term, may be prepaid, often without penalty. A fund generally holds loans to maturity unless it becomes necessary to sell them to satisfy any shareholder repurchase offers or to adjust the funds portfolio in accordance with the advisers or sub-advisers view of current or expected economics or specific industry or borrower conditions.
Loans frequently require full or partial prepayment of a loan when there are asset sales or a securities issuance. Prepayments on loans may also be made by the borrower at its election. The rate of such prepayments may be affected by, among other things, general business and economic conditions, as well as the financial status of the borrower. Prepayment would cause the actual duration of a loan to be shorter than its stated maturity. Prepayment may be deferred by a fund. This should; however, allow a fund to reinvest in a new loan and recognize as income any unamortized loan fees. In many cases this will result in a new facility fee payable to a fund.
Because interest rates paid on these loans fluctuate periodically with the market, it is expected that the prepayment and a subsequent purchase of a new loan by a fund will not have a material adverse impact on the yield of the portfolio.
A fund may be required to pay and receive various fees and commissions in the process of purchasing, selling, and holding loans. The fee component may include any, or a combination of, the following elements: arrangement fees, non-use fees, facility fees, letter of credit fees, and ticking fees. Arrangement fees are paid at the commencement of a loan as compensation for the initiation of the transaction. A non-use fee is paid based upon the amount committed but not used under the loan. Facility fees are on-going annual fees paid in connection with a loan. Letter of credit fees are paid if a loan involves a letter of credit. Ticking fees are paid from the initial commitment indication until loan closing if for an extended period. The amount of fees is negotiated at the time of closing.
Hybrid Loans
The growth of the syndicated loan market has produced loan structures with characteristics similar to Senior Loans but which resemble bonds in some respects, and generally offer less covenant or other protections than traditional Senior Loans, while still being collateralized (Hybrid Loans). With Hybrid Loans, a fund may not possess a
29
senior claim to all of the collateral securing the Hybrid Loan. Hybrid Loans also may not include covenants that are typical of Senior Loans, such as covenants requiring the maintenance of minimum interest coverage ratios. As a result, Hybrid Loans present additional risks besides those associated with traditional Senior Loans, although they may provide a relatively higher yield. Because the lenders in Hybrid Loans waive or forego certain loan covenants, their negotiating power or voting rights in the event of a default may be diminished. As a result, the lenders interests may not be represented as significantly as in the case of a conventional Senior Loan. In addition, because a funds security interest in some of the collateral may be subordinate to other creditors, the risk of nonpayment of interest or loss of principal may be greater than would be the case with conventional Senior Loans.
Subordinated and Unsecured Loans
The primary risk arising in connection with subordinated loans is that, because the interest is subordinated, there is the potential for loss in the event of default by the issuer of the loans. Subordinated loans in insolvency bear an increased share, relative to senior secured lenders, of the ultimate risk that the borrowers assets are insufficient to meet its obligations to its creditors. Unsecured loans are not secured by any specific collateral of the borrower. They do not enjoy the security associated with collateralization and may pose a greater risk of nonpayment of interest or loss of principal than secured loans.
Mortgage-Backed Securities
Mortgage-backed securities represent participation interests in pools of adjustable and fixed rate mortgage loans secured by real property. The types of mortgage-backed securities a fund may invest in include adjustable rate mortgage securities, agency related mortgage-backed securities, CMOs, interest/principal only stripped mortgage-backed securities (SMBS), REMICS, and subordinated mortgage securities. Most mortgage-backed securities are pass-through securities, which means that investors receive payments consisting of a pro rata share of both principal and interest (less servicing and other fees), as well as unscheduled prepayments, as mortgages in the underlying mortgage pool are paid off by borrowers. A fund may invest only in those mortgage-backed securities that meet its credit quality and portfolio maturity requirements.
Mortgage-backed securities issued by commercial banks, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers, and other secondary market issuers create pass-through pools of conventional residential mortgage loans. In addition, such issuers may be the originators of the underlying mortgage loans as well as the guarantors of the pass-through certificates. Pools created by such non-governmental issuers generally offer a higher rate of return than governmental pools because there are no direct or indirect governmental guarantees of payments in the former pools. However, timely payment of interest and principal of these pools may be supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool, and hazard insurance. The insurance and guarantees are issued by government entities, private insurers, and the mortgage poolers.
It is expected that governmental or private entities may create mortgage loan pools offering pass-through investments in addition to those described herein. As new types of pass-through securities are developed and offered to investors, the adviser or sub-adviser may, consistent with a funds investment objective, policies, and restrictions, consider making investments in such new types of securities.
Other types of mortgage-backed securities in which a fund may invest include debt securities that are secured, directly or indirectly, by mortgages on commercial real estate or residential rental properties, or by first liens on residential manufactured homes (as defined in section 603(6) of the National Manufactured Housing Construction and Safety Standards Act of 1974), whether such manufactured homes are considered real or personal property under the laws of the states in which they are located. Securities in this investment category include, among others, standard mortgage-backed bonds and newer CMOs. Mortgage-backed bonds are secured by pools of mortgages, but
30
unlike pass-through securities, payments to bondholders are not determined by payments on the mortgages. The bonds consist of a single class, with interest payable periodically and principal payable on the stated date of maturity.
An additional class of mortgage-backed securities includes parallel-pay CMOs and Planned Amortization Class CMOs (PAC Bonds). Parallel-pay CMOs are structured to provide payments of principal on each payment date to more than one class. These simultaneous payments are taken into account in calculating the stated maturity date or final distribution date of each class which, as with other CMO structures, must be retired by its stated maturity date or final distribution date, but may be retired earlier. PAC Bonds generally call for payments of a specified amount of principal on each payment date.
Unlike conventional debt obligations, mortgage-backed securities provide monthly payments derived from the monthly interest and principal payments (including any prepayments) made by the individual borrowers on the pooled mortgage loans. The mortgage loans underlying mortgage-backed securities are generally subject to a greater rate of principal prepayments in a declining interest rate environment and to a lesser rate of principal prepayments in an increasing interest rate environment. Under certain interest rate and prepayment scenarios, a fund may fail to recover the full amount of its investment in mortgage-backed securities notwithstanding any direct or indirect governmental or agency guarantee. Since faster than expected prepayments must usually be invested in lower yielding securities, mortgage-backed securities are less effective than conventional bonds in locking in a specified interest rate. In a rising interest rate environment, a declining prepayment rate may extend the average life of many mortgage-backed securities. Extending the average life of a mortgage-backed security reduces its value and increases the risk of depreciation due to future increases in market interest rates.
Risks of Investing in Mortgage-Backed Securities
Investments in mortgage-backed securities involve certain risks. Due to the possibility of prepayments of the underlying mortgage instruments, mortgage-backed securities generally do not have a known maturity. In the absence of a known maturity, market participants generally refer to an estimated average life. An average life estimate is a function of an assumption regarding anticipated prepayment patterns, based upon current interest rates, current conditions in the relevant housing markets, and other factors. The assumption is necessarily subjective, and thus different market participants can produce different average life estimates with regard to the same security. There can be no assurance that estimated average life will be a securitys actual average life.
In periods of declining interest rates, prices of fixed-income securities tend to rise. However, during such periods, the rate of prepayment of mortgages underlying mortgage-backed securities tends to increase, with the result that such prepayments must be reinvested by the issuer at lower rates. Rising interest rates also tend to discourage refinancing of home mortgages, with the result that the average life of mortgage-backed securities held by a fund may be lengthened.
The rate of prepayments on underlying mortgages will affect the price and volatility of a mortgage-backed security and may have the effect of shortening or extending the effective maturity of the security beyond what was anticipated at the time of the purchase. Unanticipated rates of prepayment on underlying mortgages can be expected to increase the volatility of such securities.
In addition, the value of these securities may fluctuate in response to the markets perception of the creditworthiness of the issuers of mortgage-backed securities owned by a fund. Because investments in mortgage-backed securities are interest rate sensitive, the ability of the issuer to reinvest favorably in underlying mortgages may be limited by government regulation or tax policy. For example, action by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to limit the growth of the nations money supply may cause interest rates to rise and thereby reduce the volume of new residential mortgages.
31
Additionally, although mortgages and mortgage-backed securities are generally supported by some form of government or private guarantees, and/or insurance, there is no assurance that guarantors or insurers will be able to meet their obligations.
Further, SMBS are likely to experience greater price volatility than other types of mortgage securities. The yield to maturity on the interest only (IO) class is extremely sensitive, both to changes in prevailing interest rates and to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the underlying mortgage assets. In addition, if a series of a CMO includes a class that bears interest at an adjustable rate, the yield to maturity on the related CMO residual will also be extremely sensitive to changes in the level of the index upon which interest rate adjustments are made. A fund could fail to fully recover its initial investment in a CMO residual or a SMBS.
Some of these mortgage-backed securities may have exposure to subprime loans or subprime mortgages, which are loans to persons with impaired credit ratings. However, it may be difficult to determine which securities have exposure to subprime loans or mortgages. Furthermore, the risk allocation techniques employed by these instruments may not be successful, which could lead to the credit risk of these instruments being greater than indicated by their ratings. The value of these instruments may be further affected by downturns in the credit markets or the real estate market. It may be difficult to value these instruments because of concerns about their transparency. These instruments may not be liquid.
Adjustable Rate Mortgage Securities (ARMS)
ARMS are pass-through mortgage securities collateralized by mortgages with adjustable rather than fixed rates. The adjustments usually are determined in accordance with a predetermined interest rate index and may be subject to certain limits. The adjustment feature of ARMS tends to make their values less sensitive to interest rate changes. As the interest rates on the mortgages underlying ARMS are reset periodically, yields of such portfolio securities will gradually align themselves to reflect changes in market rates. Unlike fixed rate mortgages, which generally decline in value during periods of rising interest rates, ARMS allow a fund to participate in increases in interest rates through periodic adjustments in the coupons of the underlying mortgages, resulting in both higher current yields and low price fluctuations. Furthermore, if prepayments of principal are made on the underlying mortgages during periods of rising interest rates, a fund may be able to reinvest such amounts in securities with a higher current rate of return. During periods of declining interest rates, the coupon rates may readjust downward, resulting in lower yields to a fund. Further, because of this feature, the values of ARMS are unlikely to rise during periods of declining interest rates to the same extent as fixed rate instruments.
Generally, ARMS have a specified maturity date and amortize principal over their life. In periods of declining interest rates, there is a reasonable likelihood that ARMS will experience increased rates of prepayment of principal. However, the major difference between ARMS and fixed rate mortgage securities is that the interest rate and the rate of amortization of principal of ARMS can, and do, change in accordance with movements in a particular, pre-specified, published interest rate index.
The amount of interest on ARMS is calculated by adding a specified amount (the margin) to the index, subject to limitations on the maximum and minimum interest that can be charged to the mortgagor during the life of the mortgage, or to maximum and minimum changes to that interest rate during a given period. Because the interest rates on ARMS generally move in the same direction as market interest rates, the market value of ARMS tends to be more stable than that of long-term fixed rate securities.
There are two main categories of indices which serve as benchmarks for periodic adjustments to coupon rates on ARMS: (i) those based on U.S. Treasury securities; and (ii) those derived from a calculated measure, such as a cost of funds index or a moving average of mortgage rates. Commonly utilized indices include the one-year and five-year constant maturity Treasury Note rates, the three-month Treasury Bill rate, the 180-day Treasury Bill rate, rates on longer-term Treasury securities, the 11 th District Federal Home Loan Bank Cost of Funds, the National Median
32
Cost of Funds, the one-month or three-month LIBOR, the prime rate of a specific bank, or commercial paper rates. Some indices, such as the one-year constant maturity Treasury Note rate, closely mirror changes in market interest rate levels. Others, such as the 11 th District Home Loan Bank Cost of Funds index, which is often related to ARMS issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), tend to lag changes in market rate levels and tend to be somewhat less volatile.
Agency Mortgage-Backed Securities
Agency mortgage-backed securities are issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, foreign governments or any of their agencies, instrumentalities, or sponsored enterprises. There are several types of agency mortgage-backed securities currently available including, but not limited to, guaranteed mortgage pass-through certificates and multiple class securities. The dominant issuers or guarantors of mortgage-backed securities today are the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA), FNMA, and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC). GNMA creates pass-through securities from pools of U.S. government guaranteed or insured (such as by the Federal Housing Authority (FHA) or Veterans Administration (VA) mortgages originated by mortgage bankers, commercial banks, and savings associations. FNMA and FHLMC issue pass-through securities from pools of conventional and federally insured and/or guaranteed residential mortgages obtained from various entities including, savings associations, savings banks, commercial banks, credit unions, and mortgage bankers. These instruments might be considered derivatives. The primary risk associated with these instruments is the risk that their value will change with changes in interest rates and prepayment risk. (See U.S. Government Securities.)
FNMA - FNMA (also known as FannieMae) is a federally chartered and privately owned corporation established under the Federal National Mortgage Association Charter Act. FNMA provides funds to the mortgage market primarily by purchasing home mortgage loans from local lenders, thereby providing them with funds for additional lending. FNMA uses its funds to purchase loans from investors that may not ordinarily invest in mortgage loans directly, thereby expanding the total amount of funds available for housing.
Each FNMA pass-through security represents a proportionate interest in one or more pools of loans, including conventional mortgage loans (mortgage loans that are not insured or guaranteed by any U.S. government agency). The pools consist of one or more of the following types of loans: (i) fixed rate level payment mortgage loans; (ii) fixed rate growing equity mortgage loans; (iii) fixed rate graduated payment mortgage loans; (iv) variable rate mortgage loans; (v) other adjustable rate mortgage loans; and (vi) fixed rate mortgage loans secured by multifamily projects.
FHLMC Securities - The operations of FHLMC (also known as FreddieMac) currently consist primarily of the purchase of first lien, conventional, residential mortgage loans, and participation interests in mortgage loans and the resale of the mortgage loans in the form of mortgage-backed securities.
The mortgage loans underlying FHLMC securities typically consist of fixed rate or adjustable rate mortgage loans with original terms to maturity of between 10 to 30 years, substantially all of which are secured by first liens on one-to-four-family residential properties or multifamily projects. Each mortgage loan must be whole loans, participation interests in whole loans, and undivided interests in whole loans or participation in another FHLMC security.
FHLMC issues certificates representing interests in mortgage loans. FHLMC guarantees to each holder of a FHLMC certificate, timely payment of the amounts representing a holders proportionate share in: (i) interest payments, less servicing and guarantee fees; (ii) principal prepayments; and (iii) the ultimate collection of amounts representing the holders proportionate interest in principal payments on the mortgage loans in the pool represented
33
by the FHLMC certificate, in each case whether or not such amounts are actually received. FHLMC securities are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States; however, they generally are considered to present minimal credit risks.
GNMA Securities - GNMA is a wholly-owned corporate instrumentality of the U.S. government within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. In order to meet its obligations under a guarantee, GNMA is authorized to borrow from the U.S. Treasury with no limitations as to amount.
GNMA pass-through securities may represent a proportionate interest in one or more pools of the following types of mortgage loans: (i) fixed rate level payment mortgage loans; (ii) fixed rate graduated payment mortgage loans; (iii) fixed rate growing equity mortgage loans; (iv) fixed rate mortgage loans secured by manufactured (mobile) homes; (v) mortgage loans on multifamily residential properties under construction; (vi) mortgage loans on completed multifamily projects; (vii) fixed rate mortgage loans as to which escrowed funds are used to reduce the borrowers monthly payments during the early years of the mortgage loans (buy down mortgage loans); (viii) mortgage loans that provide for adjustments on payments based on periodic changes in interest rates or in other payment terms of the mortgage loans; and (ix) mortgage-backed serial notes.
The principal and interest on GNMA pass-through securities are guaranteed by GNMA and backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.
Life of GNMA Certificates . The average life of a GNMA certificate is likely to be substantially less than the stated maturity of the mortgages underlying the securities. Prepayments of principal by mortgagors and mortgage foreclosures will usually result in the return of the greater part of principal investment long before the maturity of the mortgages in the pool. Foreclosures impose no risk of loss of the principal balance of a certificate, because of the GNMA guarantee, but foreclosure may impact the yield to shareholders because of the need to reinvest proceeds of foreclosure. As prepayment rates of individual mortgage pools vary widely, it is not possible to predict accurately the average life of a particular issue of GNMA certificates. However, statistics published by FHA indicate that the average life of single family dwelling mortgages with 25 to 30 year maturities, the type of mortgages backing the vast majority of GNMA certificates, is approximately 12 years. Prepayments are likely to increase in periods of falling interest rates. It is customary to treat GNMA certificates as 30 year mortgage-backed securities that prepay fully in the twelfth year.
Yield Characteristics of GNMA Certificates. The coupon rate of interest of GNMA certificates is lower than the interest rate paid on VA guaranteed or FHA insured mortgages underlying the certificates by the amount of the fees paid to GNMA and the issuer. The coupon rate by itself; however, does not indicate the yield that will be earned on GNMA certificates. First, GNMA certificates may be issued at a premium or discount rather than at par and, after issuance, GNMA certificates may trade in the secondary market at a premium or discount. Second, interest is earned monthly, rather than semi-annually as with traditional bonds; monthly compounding raises the effective yield earned. Finally, the actual yield of a GNMA certificate is influenced by the prepayment experience of the mortgage pool underlying it. For example, if interest rates decline, prepayments may occur faster than had been originally projected and the yield to maturity and the investment income of a fund would be reduced.
Collateralized Mortgage Obligations
A CMO is a hybrid between a mortgage-backed bond and a mortgage pass-through security. Similar to a bond, interest and prepaid principal are paid, in most cases, semi-annually. CMOs may be collateralized by whole mortgage loans, but are more typically collateralized by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities guaranteed by GNMA, FHLMC, or FNMA, and their income streams.
CMOs have characteristics of both pass-through securities and mortgage-backed bonds. CMOs are secured by pools of mortgages, typically in the form of guaranteed pass-through certificates such as GNMA, FHLMC, or FNMA
34
securities. The payments on the collateral securities determine the payments to bondholders but there is not a direct pass-through of payments. CMOs are structured into multiple classes or tranches, each bearing a different date of maturity. Each class of a CMO is issued at a specific fixed or floating coupon rate and has a stated maturity or final distribution date. Principal prepayments on the collateral pool may cause the various classes of a CMO to be retired substantially earlier than their stated maturities or final distribution dates. The principal of, and interest on, the collateral pool may be allocated among the several classes of a CMO in a number of different ways. Generally, the purpose of the allocation of the cash flow of a CMO to the various classes is to obtain a more predictable cash flow to some of the individual tranches than exists with the underlying collateral of the CMO. As a general rule, the more predictable the cash flow is on a CMO tranche, the lower the anticipated yield will be on that tranche at the time of issuance, relative to prevailing market yields on mortgage-backed securities. Certain classes of CMOs may have priority over others with respect to the receipt of prepayments on the mortgages.
CMOs are issued by entities that operate under order of the SEC exempting such issuers from the provisions of the 1940 Act. Until recently, the staff of the SEC had taken the position that such issuers were investment companies and that, accordingly, an investment by an investment company (such as a fund) in the securities of such issuers was subject to the limitations imposed by Section 12 of the 1940 Act. However, in reliance on SEC staff interpretations, a fund may invest in securities issued by certain exempted issuers without regard to the limitations of Section 12 of the 1940 Act. In its interpretation, the SEC staff defined exempted issuers as unmanaged, fixed asset issuers that: (i) invest primarily in mortgage-backed securities; (ii) do not issue redeemable securities as defined in Section 2(a)(32) of the 1940 Act; (iii) operate under the general exemptive orders exempting them from all provisions of the 1940 Act; and (iv) are not registered or regulated under the 1940 Act as investment companies.
Privately issued CMOs are arrangements in which the underlying mortgages are held by the issuer, which then issues debt collateralized by the underlying mortgage assets. Such securities may be backed by mortgage insurance, letters of credit, or other credit enhancing features. However, they are not guaranteed by any government agency and are secured by the collateral held by the issuer. Privately issued CMOs are subject to prepayment risk due to the possibility that prepayments on the underlying assets will alter the cash flow.
CMOs are structured into multiple classes, each bearing a different stated maturity. Actual maturity and average life will depend upon the prepayment experience of the collateral. CMOs provide for a modified form of call protection through a de facto breakdown of the underlying pool of mortgages according to how quickly the loans are repaid. Monthly payment of principal received from the pool of underlying investors, including prepayments, is first returned to investors holding the shortest maturity class. Investors holding the longer maturity classes receive principal only after the first class has been retired. An investor is partially guarded against a sooner-than-desired return of principal because of the sequential payments.
In a typical CMO transaction, a corporation issues multiple portfolios ( e.g ., A, B, C, and Z) of CMO bonds (Bonds). Proceeds of the CMO bond offering are used to purchase mortgages or mortgage pass-through certificates (Collateral). The Collateral is pledged to a third-party trustee as security for the Bonds. Principal and interest payments from the Collateral are used to pay principal on the Bonds in the order A, B, C, and Z. A funds A, B, and C Bonds all bear current interest. Interest on a funds Z Bond is accrued and added to the principal; a like amount is paid as principal on the funds A, B, and C Bonds currently being paid off. When a funds A, B, and C Bonds are paid in full, interest and principal on the funds Z Bond begins to be paid currently. With some CMOs, the issuer serves as a conduit to allow loan originators (primarily builders or S&Ls) to borrow against their loan portfolios.
Interest/Principal Only Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities
SMBS are derivative multi-class mortgage securities. SMBS may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, or by private originators of or investors in, mortgage loans, including S&Ls, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks, and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing.
35
SMBS are usually structured with two or more classes of securities that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of SMBS will have one class receiving only a small portion of the interest and a larger portion of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other class will receive primarily interest and only a small portion of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest (the Interest Only or IO class), while the other class will receive the entire principal (the principal-only or PO class). The yield to maturity on an IO class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on such securitys yield to maturity. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, a fund may fail to recoup fully its initial investment in these securities even if the security is in one of the highest rating categories. The determination of whether a particular government-issued IO or PO backed by fixed rate mortgages is liquid is made by a funds adviser or sub-adviser under guidelines and standards established by the funds Board. Such a security may be deemed liquid if it can be disposed of promptly in the ordinary course of business at a value reasonably close to that used in the calculation of NAV per share.
Although SMBS are purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers, these securities were only recently developed. As a result, established trading markets have not yet developed and accordingly, these securities may be deemed illiquid and subject to a funds limitations on investment in illiquid securities.
Privately Issued Mortgage-Backed Securities
Mortgage-backed securities offered by private issuers include pass-through securities for pools of conventional residential mortgage loans; mortgage pay-through obligations and mortgage-backed bonds, which are considered to be obligations of the institution issuing the bonds and are collateralized by mortgage loans; and bonds and CMOs which are collateralized by mortgage-backed securities issued by GNMA, FHLMC, and FNMA or by pools of conventional mortgages. A fund will limit its investments in privately issued mortgage-backed securities to mortgage related securities within the meaning of the Secondary Mortgage Market Enhancement Act of 1984, as amended.
A fund may invest in, among other things, parallel pay CMOs, Planned Amortization Class CMOs (PAC Bonds), and REMICs. A REMIC is a CMO that qualifies for special tax treatment under the Code and invests in certain mortgages principally secured by interests in real property. The beneficial interests in REMICs in which a fund may invest are known as regular interests. Guaranteed REMIC pass-through certificates (REMIC Certificates) issued by GNMA, FHLMC, or FNMA represent beneficial ownership interests in a REMIC trust consisting principally of mortgage loans or GNMA, FHLMC, or FNMA guaranteed mortgage pass-through certificates. For FHLMC REMIC Certificates, FHLMC guarantees the timely payment of interest and also guarantees the payment of principal, as payments are required to be made on the underlying mortgage participation certificates. FNMA REMIC Certificates are issued and guaranteed as to timely distribution of principal and interest by FNMA. GNMA REMIC Certificates are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury.
Parallel pay CMOs, as well as REMICs, are structured to provide payments of principal on each payment date to more than one class. These simultaneous payments are taken into account in calculating the stated maturity date or final distribution date of each class which, like the other CMO structures, must be retired by its stated maturity date or final distribution date, but may be retired earlier.
PAC Bonds are parallel pay CMOs that generally require payments of a specified amount of principal on each payment date. The required principal payment on PAC Bonds have the highest priority after interest has been paid to all classes.
36
Privately issued Mortgage-backed securities generally offer a higher rate of interest (and greater credit and interest rate risk) than U.S. government mortgage-backed securities because they offer no direct or indirect government guarantees of payments. However, many issuers or servicers of mortgage-backed securities guarantee, or provide insurance for, timely payment of interest and principal on such securities. Privately issued mortgage-backed securities will not be treated as constituting a single, separate industry.
Privately issued mortgage-backed securities are not guaranteed by an entity having the credit standing of a U.S. government agency. In order to receive a high quality rating, they normally are structured with one or more types of credit enhancement. These credit enhancements fall generally into two categories: (i) liquidity protection; and (ii) protection against losses resulting after default by a borrower and liquidation of the collateral. Liquidity protection refers to the providing of cash advances to holders of mortgage-backed securities when a borrower on an underlying mortgage fails to make its monthly payment on time. Protection against losses resulting after default and liquidation is designed to cover losses resulting when, for example, the proceeds of a foreclosure sale are insufficient to cover the outstanding amount on the mortgage. This protection may be provided through guarantees, insurance policies, or letters of credit through various means of structuring the transaction or through a combination of such approaches.
Subordinated Mortgage Securities
Subordinated mortgage securities have certain characteristics and certain associated risks. In general, the subordinated mortgage securities in which a fund may invest consist of a series of certificates issued in multiple classes with a stated maturity or final distribution date. One or more classes of each series may be entitled to receive distributions allocable only to principal, principal prepayments, interest, or any combination thereof prior to one or more other classes, or only after the occurrence of certain events; and may be subordinated in the right to receive such distributions on such certificates to one or more senior classes of certificates. The rights associated with each class of certificates are set forth in the applicable pooling and servicing agreement, form of certificate, and offering documents for the certificates.
The subordination terms are usually designed to decrease the likelihood that the holders of senior certificates will experience losses or delays in the receipt of their distributions and to increase the likelihood that the senior certificate holders will receive aggregate distributions of principal and interest in the amounts anticipated. Generally, pursuant to such subordination terms, distributions arising out of scheduled principal, principal prepayments, interest, or any combination thereof that otherwise would be payable to one or more other classes of certificates of such series ( i.e. , the subordinated certificates) are paid instead to holders of the senior certificates. Delays in receipt of scheduled payments on mortgage loans and losses on defaulted mortgage loans are typically borne first by the various classes of subordinated certificates, and then by the holders of senior certificates.
In some cases, the aggregate losses in respect of defaulted mortgage loans that must be borne by the subordinated certificates and the amount of the distributions otherwise distributable on the subordinated certificates that would, under certain circumstances, be distributable to senior certificate holders may be limited to a specified amount. All, or any portion of, distributions otherwise payable to holders of subordinated certificates may, in certain circumstances, be deposited into one or more reserve accounts for the benefit of the senior certificate holders. Since a greater risk of loss is borne by the subordinated certificate holders, such certificates generally have a higher stated yield than the senior certificates.
Interest on the certificates generally accrues on the aggregate principal balance of each class of certificates entitled to interest at an applicable rate. The certificate interest rate may be a fixed rate, a variable rate based on current values of an objective interest index, or a variable rate based on a weighted average of the interest rate on the mortgage loans underlying or constituting the mortgage assets. In addition, the underlying mortgage loans may have variable interest rates.
37
Generally, to the extent funds are available, interest accrued during each interest accrual period on each class of certificates entitled to interest, is distributable on certain distribution dates until the aggregate principal balance of the certificates of such class has been distributed in full. The amount of interest that accrues during any interest accrual period and over the life of the certificates depends primarily on the aggregate principal balance of the class of certificates which, unless otherwise specified, depends primarily on the principal balance of the mortgage assets for each such period and the rate of payment (including prepayments) of principal of the underlying mortgage loans over the life of the trust.
A series of certificates may consist of one or more classes as to which distributions allocable to principal will be allocated. The method by which the amount of principal to be distributed on the certificates on each distribution date is calculated and the manner in which such amount could be allocated among classes varies and could be effected pursuant to a fixed schedule, in relation to the occurrence of certain events or otherwise. Special distributions are also possible if distributions are received with respect to the mortgage assets, such as is the case when underlying mortgage loans are prepaid.
A mortgage-backed security that is senior to a subordinated residential mortgage security will not bear a loss resulting from the occurrence of a default on an underlying mortgage until all credit enhancements protecting such senior holder are exhausted. For example, the senior holder will only suffer a credit loss after all subordinated interests have been exhausted pursuant to the terms of the subordinated residential mortgage security. The primary credit risk to a fund investing in subordinated residential mortgage securities, is potential losses resulting from defaults by the borrowers under the underlying mortgages. A fund would generally realize such a loss in connection with a subordinated residential mortgage security only if the subsequent foreclosure sale of the property securing a mortgage loan does not produce an amount at least equal to the sum of the unpaid principal balance of the loan as of the date the borrower went into default, the interest that was not paid during the foreclosure period, and all foreclosure expenses.
A funds adviser or sub-adviser will seek to limit the risks presented by subordinated residential mortgage securities by reviewing and analyzing the characteristics of the mortgage loans that underlie the pool of mortgages securing both the senior and subordinated residential mortgage securities. The adviser or sub-adviser have developed a set of guidelines to assist in the analysis of the mortgage loans underlying subordinated residential mortgage securities. Each pool purchase is reviewed against the guidelines. A fund seeks opportunities to acquire subordinated residential mortgage securities where, in the view of the adviser or sub-adviser, the potential for a higher yield on such instruments outweighs any additional risk presented by the instruments. The adviser or sub-adviser may seek to increase yield to shareholders by taking advantage of perceived inefficiencies in the market for subordinated residential mortgage securities.
Credit enhancement for the senior certificates comprising a series is provided by the holders of the subordinated certificates to the extent of the specific terms of the subordination and, in some cases, by the establishment of reserve funds. Depending on the terms of a particular pooling and servicing agreement, additional or alternative credit enhancement may be provided by a pool insurance policy and/or other insurance policies, third party limited guaranties, letters of credit, or similar arrangements. Letters of credit may be available to be drawn upon with respect to losses due to mortgagor bankruptcy, with respect to losses due to the failure of a master service to comply with its obligations under a pooling and servicing agreement, if any, and to repurchase a mortgage loan as to which there was fraud or negligence on the part of the mortgagor or originator and subsequent denial of coverage under a pool insurance policy, if any. A master service may also be required to obtain a pool insurance policy to cover losses in an amount up to a certain percentage of the aggregate principal balance of the mortgage loans in the pool to the extent not covered by a primary mortgage insurance policy by reason of default in payments on mortgage loans.
A pooling and servicing agreement may provide that the depositor and master service could effect early termination of a trust, after a certain specified date or the date on which the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the underlying mortgage loans is less than a specific percentage of the original aggregate principal balance of the
38
underlying mortgage loans by purchasing all of such mortgage loans at a price, unless otherwise specified, equal to the greater of a specified percentage of the unpaid principal balance of such mortgage loans, plus accrued interest thereon at the applicable certificate interest rate, or the fair market value of such mortgage assets. Generally, the proceeds of such repurchase would be applied to the distribution of the specified percentage of the principal balance of each outstanding certificate of such series, plus accrued interest, thereby retiring such certificates. Notice of such optional termination would be given by the trustee prior to such distribution date.
The underlying trust assets are a mortgage pool generally consisting of mortgage loans on single, multi-family and mobile home park residential properties. The mortgage loans are originated by S&L associations, savings banks, commercial banks or similar institutions, and mortgage banking companies.
Various services provide certain customary servicing functions with respect to the mortgage loans pursuant to servicing agreements entered into between each service and the master service. A services duties generally include collection and remittance of principal and interest payments, administration of mortgage escrow accounts, collection of insurance claims, foreclosure procedures and, if necessary, the advance of funds to the extent certain payments are not made by the mortgagors and are recoverable under applicable insurance policies or from proceeds of liquidation of the mortgage loans.
The mortgage pool is administered by a master service who: (i) establishes requirements for each service; (ii) administers, supervises, and enforces the performance by the services of their duties and responsibilities under the servicing agreements; and (iii) maintains any primary insurance, standard hazard insurance, special hazard insurance, and any pool insurance required by the terms of the certificates. The master service may be an affiliate of the depositor and also may be the service with respect to all or a portion of the mortgage loans contained in a trust fund for a series of certificates.
Municipal Securities
Municipal securities are debt obligations issued by state and local governments, municipalities, territories and possessions of the United States, regional government authorities, and instrumentalities of states, and multi-state agencies or authorities, the interest of which, in the opinion of bond counsel to the issuer at the time of issuance, is exempt from federal income tax. From time to time, legislation restricting or limiting the federal income tax exemption for interest on municipal securities is introduced to Congress. Municipal securities include both notes (which have maturities of less than one year) and bonds (which have maturities of one year or more) that bear fixed or variable rates of interest.
In general, municipal securities are issued to obtain funds for a variety of public purposes, such as the construction, repair, or improvement of public facilities, including airports, bridges, housing, hospitals, mass transportation, schools, streets, water, and sewer works. Municipal securities may be issued to refinance outstanding obligations as well as to raise funds for general operating expenses and lending to other public institutions and facilities.
The two principal classifications of municipal securities are general obligation securities and revenue securities. General obligation securities are secured by the issuers pledge of its full faith, credit, and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. Characteristics and methods of enforcement of general obligation bonds vary according to the law applicable to a particular issuer, and the taxes that can be levied for the payment of debt securities may be limited or unlimited as to rates or amounts of special assessments. Revenue securities are payable only from the revenues derived from a particular facility, a class of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise tax. Revenue bonds are issued to finance a wide variety of capital projects, including electric, gas, water, and sewer systems; highways, bridges, and tunnels; port and airport facilities; colleges and universities; and hospitals. Although the principal security behind these bonds may vary, many provide additional security in the form of a debt service reserve fund, the assets of which may be used to make principal and interest payments on the
39
issuers obligations. Housing finance authorities have a wide range of security; including partially or fully insured mortgages, rent subsidized and collateralized mortgages, and the net revenues from housing or other public projects. Some authorities are provided further security in the form of a states assistance (although without obligation) to make up deficiencies in the debt service reserve fund.
Under the Code, certain limited obligation bonds are considered private activity bonds and interest paid on such bonds is treated as an item of tax preference for purposes of calculating federal alternative minimum tax liability. Some longer-term municipal bonds give the investor the right to put or sell the security at par (face value) within a specified number of days following the investors request, usually one to seven days. This demand feature enhances a securitys liquidity by shortening its effective maturity and enables it to trade at a price equal to or very close to par. If a demand feature terminates prior to being exercised, a fund would hold the longer-term security, which could experience substantially more volatility.
Insured municipal debt involves scheduled payments of interest and principal guaranteed by a private, non-governmental or governmental insurance company. The insurance does not guarantee the market value of the municipal debt or the value of the shares of a fund.
Risk of Investing in Municipal Securities
Municipal securities are subject to credit risk and market risk. Generally, prices of higher quality issuers tend to fluctuate less with changes in market interest rates than prices of lower quality issuers, and prices of longer maturity issues tend to fluctuate more than prices of shorter maturity issues. A fund may purchase and sell portfolio investments to take advantage of changes or anticipated changes in yield relationships, markets, or economic conditions. A fund may also purchase municipal bonds due to changes in the sub-advisers evaluation of the issuer or cash needs resulting from redemption requests for fund shares. The secondary market for municipal bonds typically has been less liquid than that for taxable debt/fixed-income securities and this may affect a funds ability to sell particular municipal bonds at then-current market prices, especially in periods when other investors are attempting to sell the same securities.
Prices and yields on municipal bonds are dependent on a variety of factors, including general money-market conditions, the financial condition of the issuer, general conditions of the municipal bond market, the size of a particular offering, the maturity of the obligation, and the rating of the issue. A number of these factors, including the ratings of particular issues, are subject to change from time to time. Information about the financial condition of an issuer of municipal bonds may not be as extensive as that which is made available by corporations whose securities are publicly traded.
A fund may purchase custodial receipts representing the right to receive either the principal amount or the periodic interest payments, or both, with respect to specific underlying municipal bonds. In a typical custodial receipt arrangement, an issuer or third party owner of municipal bonds deposits the bonds with a custodian in exchange for two classes of custodial receipts. The two classes have different characteristics but, in each case, payments on the two classes are based on payments received on the underlying municipal bonds. In no event will the aggregate interest paid with respect to the two classes exceed the interest paid by the underlying municipal bond. Custodial receipts are sold in private placements. The value of a custodial receipt may fluctuate more than the value of a municipal bond of comparable quality and maturity.
Securities of issuers of municipal securities are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency, and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, such as the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978. In addition, the obligations of such issuers may become subject to laws enacted in the future by Congress, state legislatures, or referenda extending the time for payment of principal or interest, or imposing other constraints upon enforcement of
40
such obligations or upon the ability of municipalities to levy taxes. Furthermore, as a result of legislation or other conditions, the power or ability of any issuer to pay when due, the principal of and interest on, its municipal obligations may be materially affected.
There is also the possibility that as a result of litigation or other conditions, the power or ability of issuers to meet their obligations for the payment of interest and principal on their municipal securities may be materially affected, or their obligations may be found to be invalid or unenforceable. Such litigation or conditions may, from time to time, have the effect of introducing uncertainties in the market for municipal bonds or certain segments thereof, or of materially affecting the credit risk with respect to particular bonds. Adverse economic, business, legal, or political developments might affect all or a substantial portion of a funds municipal bonds in the same manner.
Industrial Development Bonds and Pollution Control Bonds
Industrial development bonds and pollution control bonds are revenue bonds and generally are not payable from the unrestricted revenues of an issuer. They are issued by, or on behalf of, public authorities to raise money to finance privately operated facilities for business, manufacturing, housing, sport complexes, and pollution control. Consequently, the credit quality of these securities is dependent upon the ability of the user of the facilities financed by the bonds and any guarantor to meet its financial obligations.
Moral Obligation Securities
Moral obligation securities are usually issued by special purpose public authorities. A moral obligation security is a type of state issued municipal bond which is backed by a moral, not a legal, obligation. If the issuer of a moral obligation security cannot fulfill its financial responsibilities from current revenues, it may draw upon a reserve fund, the restoration of which is a moral commitment, but not a legal obligation, of the state or municipality that created the issuer.
Municipal Lease Obligations and Certificates of Participation
Municipal lease obligations are lease obligations or installment purchase contract obligations of municipal authorities or entities. Although lease obligations do not constitute general obligations of the municipality for which its taxing power is pledged, they are ordinarily backed by the municipalitys covenant to budget for, appropriate, and make the payment due under the lease obligation.
Certificates of participation are securities issued by a particular municipality or municipal authority to evidence a proportionate interest in base rental or lease payments relating to a specific project to be made by the municipality, agency, or authority. However, certain lease obligations contain non-appropriation clauses, which provide that the municipality has no obligation to make lease or installment purchase payments in any year unless money is appropriated for such purpose for such year. Although non-appropriation lease obligations are secured by the leased property, any disposition of the property in the event of default and foreclosure might prove difficult. In addition, these securities represent a relatively new type of financing and certain lease obligations may therefore be considered to be illiquid securities.
A fund may attempt to minimize the special risks inherent in municipal lease obligations and certificates of participation by purchasing only lease obligations which meet the following criteria: (i) rated A or better by at least one NRSRO; (ii) secured by payments from a governmental lessee which has actively traded debt obligations; (iii) determined by the adviser or sub-adviser to be critical to the lessees ability to deliver essential services; and (iv) contain legal features which the funds adviser or sub-adviser deems appropriate, such as covenants to make lease payments without the right of offset or counterclaim, requirements for insurance policies, and adequate debt service reserve funds.
41
Short Term Municipal Obligations
These securities include the following:
Tax anticipation notes are used to finance working capital needs of municipalities and are issued in anticipation of various seasonal tax revenues, to be payable from these specific future taxes. They are usually general obligations of the issuer, secured by the taxing power of the municipality for the payment of principal and interest when due.
Revenue anticipation notes are issued in expectation of receipt of other kinds of revenue, such as federal revenues available under the Federal Revenue Sharing Program. They also are usually general obligations of the issuer.
Bond anticipation notes normally are issued to provide interim financing until long-term financing can be arranged. The long-term bonds then provide the money for the repayment of the notes.
Construction loan notes are sold to provide construction financing for specific projects. After successful completion and acceptance, many projects receive permanent financing through FNMA or GNMA.
Short term discount notes (tax-exempt commercial paper) are short term (365 days or less) promissory notes issued by municipalities to supplement their cash flow.
Structured Securities
Private funds also include investments in certain structured securities. Structured securities include notes, bonds or debentures that provide for the payment of principal of, and/or interest in, amounts determined by reference to changes in the value of specific currencies, interest rates, commodities, indices or other financial indicators (the Reference) or the relative change in two or more References. The interest rate or the principal amount payable upon maturity or redemption may be increased or decreased depending upon changes in the applicable Reference. The terms of structured securities may provide that under certain circumstances no principal is due at maturity and, therefore, may result in the loss of a funds investment. Structured securities may be positively or negatively indexed, so that appreciation of the Reference may produce an increase or decrease in the interest rate or value of the security at maturity. In addition, the change in interest rate or the value of the security at maturity may be a multiple of the change in the value of the Reference. Consequently, leveraged structured securities entail a greater degree of market risk than other types of debt obligations. Structured securities may also be more volatile, less liquid, and more difficult to accurately price than less complex fixed-income investments.
Rules governing the federal income tax aspects of commodity-linked structured securities are in a developing stage and are not entirely clear in certain respects, particularly in light of 2006 IRS revenue rulings that held that income from certain derivative contracts with respect to a commodity index or individual commodities was not qualifying income for a RIC. A fund intends to limit its investments in commodity-linked structured securities in a manner designed to maintain its qualification as a RIC under the Code. However, these investment decisions involve judgment and the IRS may not agree with the determinations made by a fund. If the IRS does not agree, the status of a fund as a RIC might be jeopardized. The IRS has announced an internal review of its position with respect to the tax treatment of RICs that invest in commodity-related investments, and a moratorium on the issuance of new private letter rulings to RICs with respect to these investments. Future developments in this area could necessitate a future change to a funds investment strategies.
Trust-Preferred Securities
Trust-preferred securities, also known as trust-issued securities, are securities that have the characteristics of both debt and equity instruments and are treated by a fund as debt investment. Generally, trust-preferred securities are cumulative preferred stocks issued by a trust that is wholly-owned by a financial institution, usually a bank holding
42
company. The financial institution creates the trust and will subsequently own the trusts common securities, which represents three percent of the trusts assets. The remaining 97% of the trusts assets consists of trust-preferred securities, which are then sold to investors. The trust will use the sales proceeds to purchase a subordinated debt issued by the financial institution. The financial institution will use the proceeds from the subordinated debt sale to increase its capital while the trust will receive periodic interest payments from the financial institution for holding the subordinated debt. The trust will use the interest received to make dividend payments to the holders of the trust-preferred securities. These dividends are generally paid on a quarterly basis and are higher than the dividends offered by the financial institutions common stocks. Additionally, the holders of the trust-preferred securities are senior to the common stockholders in the event the financial institution is liquidated. The primary benefit for the financial institution in using this structure is that the trust preferred securities are treated by the financial institution as debt securities for tax purposes ( i.e. , interest expense is tax deductible) and as equity securities for calculation of capital requirements.
In certain instances, the structure involves more than one financial institution and thus, more than one trust. In this pooled offering, a separate trust is created. This trust will issue securities to investors and use the proceeds to purchase the trust-preferred securities issued by the trust subsidiaries of the participating financial institutions. Accordingly, the trust-preferred securities held by the investors are backed by the trust-preferred securities issued by the trust subsidiaries.
In identifying the risks associated with trust-preferred securities, a portfolio manager will evaluate the financial condition of the financial institution, as the trust typically has no business operations other than issuing the trust-preferred securities. If the financial institution is financially unsound and defaults on the interest payments to the trust, the trust will not be able to make dividend payments to a fund.
U.S. Government Securities
U.S. government securities include instruments issued by the U.S. Treasury and federal agencies. U.S. Treasury securities include direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury, such as bills, notes, and bonds. These instruments are direct obligations of the U.S. government and, as such, are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. They differ primarily in interest rate, the lengths of maturity, and the dates of issuance. Federal agency securities are securities of certain U.S. government agencies and government-sponsored entities which are also backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. Such agencies and entities include The Federal Financing Bank (FFB), GNMA, VA, FHA, the Export-Import Bank (Exim Bank), the Overseas Private Investment Corporation (OPIC), the Commodity Credit Corporation (CCC), and the Small Business Administration (SBA).
Additional federal agency securities are neither direct obligations of, nor guaranteed by, the U.S. government. These obligations include securities issued by certain U.S. government agencies and government-sponsored entities. However, they generally involve some form of federal sponsorship. Some operate under a government charter; some are backed by specific types of collateral; some are supported by the issuers right to borrow from the Treasury; and others are supported only by the credit of the issuing government agency or entity. These agencies and entities include, but are not limited to: the Federal Home Loan Bank, the FHLMC, the FNMA, the Tennessee Valley Authority, and the Federal Farm Credit Bank System.
While these securities are issued, in general, under the authority of an Act of Congress, the U.S. government is not obligated to provide financial support to the issuing instrumentalities, although under certain conditions certain of these authorities may borrow from the U.S. Treasury. In the case of securities not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, a fund must look principally to the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment, and may not be able to assert a claim against the United States itself if the agency or instrumentality does not meet its commitment. A fund will invest in securities of such agencies or
43
instrumentalities only when the adviser or sub-adviser is satisfied that the credit risk with respect to any instrumentality is comparable to the credit risk of U.S. government securities backed by the full faith and credit of the United States.
On September 7, 2008, FHLMC and FNMA were placed into conservatorship by their new regulator, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA), an agency of the U.S. government, with a stated purpose to preserve and conserve FHLMCs and FNMAs assets and property and to put them in a sound and solvent condition. The U.S. Treasury has made a commitment of indefinite duration to maintain the positive net worth of FHLMC and FNMA in exchange for senior preferred stock and warrants for common stock of the entities. No assurance can be given that the purposes of the conservatorship and related actions under the authority of FHFA will be met or that the U.S. Treasurys initiative will be successful.
The future status and role of FHLMC and FNMA could be impacted by (among other things) the actions taken and restrictions placed on FHLMC and FNMA by the FHFA in its role as conservator, the restrictions placed on FHLMCs and FNMAs operations and activities under stock purchase agreements with the FHFA, market responses to developments at FHLMC and FNMA, and future legislative and regulatory action that alters the operations, ownership, structure, and/or mission of these institutions, each of which may, in turn, impact the value of, and cash flows on, any securities guaranteed by FHLMC and FNMA.
On August 5, 2011, S&P lowered the long-term sovereign credit rating assigned to the United States to AA+ with a negative outlook. On August 8, 2011, S&P downgraded the long-term senior debt rating of FHLMC and FNMA to AA with a negative outlook. The long-term impacts of the downgrades or the impacts of any future downgrade are unknown. However, the downgrades could have a material adverse impact on global financial markets and worldwide economic conditions, and could negatively impact a fund.
Zero-Coupon Bonds and Pay-in-Kind Bonds
Zero-coupon bonds, or deferred interest securities, are debt obligations that do not entitle the holder to any periodic payment of interest prior to maturity or a specified date when the securities begin paying current interest (the cash payment date) and therefore are issued and traded at a discount from their face amounts or par value and pay interest only at maturity rather than at intervals during the life of the security. Pay-in-Kind (PIK) bonds allow the issuer, at its option, to make current interest payments on the bonds either in cash or in additional bonds. The values of zero-coupon bonds and PIK bonds are subject to greater fluctuation in response to changes in market interest rates than bonds which pay interest currently and may involve greater credit risk than such bonds.
The discount of zero-coupon bonds and PIK bonds approximates the total amount of interest the bonds will accrue and compound over the period until maturity, or the first interest payment date, at a rate of interest reflecting the market rate of the security at the time of issuance. While zero-coupon bonds do not require the periodic payment of interest, PIK bonds provide that the issuer thereof may, at its option, pay interest on such bonds in cash or in the form of additional debt obligations. Such investments benefit the issuer by mitigating its need for cash to meet debt service, but also require a higher rate of return to attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of such cash. Such investments may experience greater volatility in market value due to changes in interest rates than debt obligations that make regular payments of interest. A fund will accrue income on such investments for tax and accounting purposes, as required, which is distributable to shareholders and which, because no cash is received at the time of accrual, may require the liquidation of other portfolio securities to satisfy the funds distribution obligations.
The discount varies depending on the time remaining until maturity or cash payment date, prevailing interest rates, liquidity of the security, and the perceived credit quality of the issuer. The discount, in the absence of financial difficulties of the issuer, decreases as the final maturity or cash payment date of the security approaches. A PIK bond pays interest during the initial few years in additional bonds rather than in cash. Later the bond may pay cash
44
interest. PIK bonds are typically callable at about the time they begin paying cash interest. The market prices of zero-coupon and delayed interest securities generally are more volatile than the market prices of securities with similar maturities that pay interest periodically, and are likely to respond to changes in interest rates to a greater degree than do non-zero-coupon securities having similar maturities and credit quality. Current federal income tax law requires holders of zero-coupon securities to report as interest income each year, the portion of the original issue discount on such securities (other than tax-exempt original issue discount from a zero-coupon security) that accrues that year, even though the holders receive no cash payments of interest during the year. While zero-coupon bonds do not require the periodic payment of interest, deferred interest bonds provide for a period of delay before the regular payment of interest begins. Under certain circumstances, a Fund could also be required to include accrued market discount or capital gain with respect to its PIK securities.
A PIK bond is a debt obligation which provides that the issuer of the security may, at its option, pay interest or dividends on such security in cash or in the form of additional debt obligations. Such investments benefit the issuer by mitigating its need for cash to meet debt service, but also require a higher rate of return to attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of such cash. Such investments may experience greater volatility in market value than debt obligations that make regular payments of interest.
The risks associated with lower rated debt securities apply to these securities. Zero-coupon and PIK securities are also subject to the risk that in the event of a default, a fund may realize no return on its investment because these securities do not pay cash interest.
FOREIGN/EMERGING MARKET EQUITY AND DEBT INVESTMENTS
Foreign securities include both U.S. dollar denominated and non-U.S. dollar denominated securities of foreign issuers. Foreign securities include securities issued by companies that are organized under the laws of countries other than the United States as well as securities that are issued or guaranteed by foreign governments or by foreign supranational entities. They also include securities issued by companies whose principal trading market is in a country other than the United States and companies that derive a significant portion of their revenue or profits from foreign businesses, investments, or sales or that have a majority of their assets outside the United States. Foreign securities may be traded on foreign securities exchanges or in the foreign over-the-counter (OTC) markets. Foreign securities markets generally are not as developed or efficient as those in the United States.
Foreign debt securities represent debt obligations (which may be denominated in U.S. dollar or in non-U.S. currencies) of any rating issued or guaranteed by foreign corporations, certain supranational entities (such as the World Bank), and foreign governments (including political subdivisions having taxing authority) or their agencies or instrumentalities, including American Depositary Receipts (ADRs). These debt obligations may be bonds (including sinking fund and callable bonds), debentures and notes, together with preferred stocks, PIK securities, and zero-coupon bonds.
In determining whether to invest in debt obligations of foreign issuers, a fund will consider the relative yields of foreign and domestic debt securities, the economies of foreign countries, the condition of such countries financial markets, the interest rate climate of such countries, and the relationship of such countries currency to the U.S. dollar. These factors are judged on the basis of fundamental economic criteria ( e.g ., relative inflation levels and trends, growth rate forecasts, balance of payments status, and economic policies) as well as technical and political data. Subsequent foreign currency losses may result in a fund having previously distributed more income in a particular period than was available from investment income, which could result in a return of capital to shareholders. A funds portfolio of foreign securities may include those of a number of foreign countries or, depending upon market conditions, those of a single country.
Investments in foreign securities offers potential benefits not available in securities of domestic issuers by offering the opportunity to invest in foreign issuers that appear to offer growth potential, or in foreign countries with economic policies or business cycles different from those of the United States, or to reduce fluctuations in portfolio value by taking advantage of foreign stock markets that may not move in a manner parallel to U.S. markets.
45
A funds investments in foreign currency denominated debt obligations and hedging activities will likely produce a difference between its book income and its taxable income. This difference may cause a portion of a funds income distributions to constitute returns of capital for tax purposes or require a fund to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a regulated investment companies (RIC) for federal tax purposes.
Restrictions on Foreign Investments
Some developing countries prohibit or impose substantial restrictions on investments in their capital markets, particularly their equity markets, by foreign entities such as a fund. For example, certain countries may require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons, limit the amount of investment by foreign persons in a particular company, or limit the investment by foreign persons to only a specific class of securities of a company that may have less advantageous terms (including price) than securities of the company available for purchase by nationals. Certain countries may restrict investment opportunities in issuers or industries deemed important to national interests.
The manner in which foreign investors may invest in companies in certain developing countries, as well as limitations on such investments, also may have an adverse impact on the operations of a fund that invests in such countries. For example, a fund may be required, in certain of such countries, to invest initially through a local broker or other entity and then have the shares purchased and re-registered in the name of the fund. Re-registration may, in some instances, not be able to occur on timely basis resulting in a delay during which a fund may be denied certain of its rights as an investor, including rights as to dividends or to be made aware of certain corporate actions. There also may be instances where a fund places a purchase order but is subsequently informed, at the time of re-registration, that the permissible allocation of the investment to foreign investors has been filled, depriving the fund of the ability to make its desired investment at that time.
Substantial limitations may exist in certain countries with respect to a funds ability to repatriate investment income, capital, or the proceeds of sales of securities by foreign investors. A fund could be adversely affected by delays in, or a refusal to grant, any required governmental approval for repatriation of capital, as well as by the application to the fund of any restrictions on investments. Even where there is no outright restriction on repatriation of capital, the mechanics of repatriation may affect certain aspects of the operations of a fund. For example, funds may be withdrawn from the Peoples Republic of China only in U.S. or Hong Kong dollars and only at an exchange rate established by the government once each week.
In certain countries, banks or other financial institutions may be among the leading companies or have actively traded securities. The 1940 Act restricts a funds investments in any equity securities of an issuer that, in its most recent fiscal year, derived more than 15% of its revenues from securities related activities, as defined by the rules thereunder. The provisions may restrict a funds investments in certain foreign banks and other financial institutions.
Risks of Investing in Foreign Securities
Investments in securities of foreign issuers, as well as instruments that provide investment exposure to foreign securities and markets, involve certain risks that are not typically associated with investments in U.S. dollar-denominated securities of domestic issuers. Certain of these risks are inherent in any mutual fund investing in foreign securities while others relate more to the countries and regions in which a fund invests.
46
Many of the risks are more pronounced for investments in emerging market countries, such as Russia and many of the countries of Africa, Asia, Eastern Europe, Latin America, and the Middle East. There are no universally accepted criteria used to determine which countries are considered developed markets and which are considered emerging markets.
Securities traded in certain emerging market countries, including the emerging market countries in Eastern Europe, may be subject to risks in addition to risks typically posed by international investing due to the inexperience of financial intermediaries, the lack of modern technology, and the lack of a sufficient capital base to expand business operations. Additionally, former Communist regimes of a number of Eastern European countries previously expropriated a large amount of property, the claims on which have not been entirely settled. There can be no assurance that a funds investments in Eastern Europe will not also be expropriated, nationalized, or otherwise confiscated. Although a portion of a funds investment income may be received or realized in foreign currencies, the fund would be required to compute and distribute its income in U.S. dollars and absorb the cost of currency fluctuations and the cost of currency conversions.
Investments in foreign securities involve certain inherent risks, including the following:
Costs - The expense ratios of a fund that invests in foreign securities is likely to be higher than those of investment companies investing in domestic securities, since the cost of maintaining the custody of foreign securities is higher. In considering whether to invest in the securities of a foreign company, the adviser or sub-adviser considers such factors as the characteristics of the particular company, differences between economic trends and the performance of securities markets within the United States and those within other countries, and also factors relating to the general economic, governmental, and social conditions of the country or countries where the company is located. The extent to which a fund will be invested in foreign companies and countries and depositary receipts will fluctuate from time to time within the limitations described in the Prospectuses, depending on the advisers or sub-advisers assessment of prevailing market, economic, and other conditions.
Currency Risks - Changes in foreign currency exchange rates will affect the value of securities denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and the realized appreciation or depreciation of investments so far as U.S. investors are concerned.
Economic Risks - The economies of many of the countries in which a fund may invest are not as developed as the U.S., and individual foreign economies can differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross national product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency, and balance of payments position. In addition, war and terrorism have affected many countries, especially those in Africa and the Middle East. Many countries throughout the world are dependent on a healthy U.S. economy and are adversely affected when the U.S. economy weakens or its markets decline. For example, in 2007 and 2008, the meltdown in the U.S. subprime mortgage market quickly spread throughout global credit markets, triggering a liquidity crisis that affected debt and equity markets around the world.
European Union - European Union (EU) member countries that have adopted the euro could abandon the euro and replace their currency through means that could include a return to their national currencies. It is possible that the euro will cease to exist as a single currency in its current form. The effects of such an abandonment of the euro or a countrys forced expulsion from the euro on that country, the rest of the EU, and global markets could be adverse to the market values of various securities, currencies, and derivatives, and could create conditions of volatility and limited liquidity in various currency, securities, and other markets. The exit of any country out of the euro could have a destabilizing effect on that country and all eurozone countries and their economies, and could have an adverse effect on the global economy and on global markets. In addition, under these circumstances, it may be difficult to value investments denominated in euros or in a replacement currency.
47
Legal and Regulatory Matters - In addition to nationalization, foreign governments may take other actions that could have a significant effect on market prices of securities and payment of interest, including restrictions on foreign investment, expropriation of goods and imposition of taxes, currency restrictions, and exchange control regulations. If foreign securities are not registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (1933 Act), the issuer generally does not have to comply with the disclosure requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (1934 Act), as amended.
Litigation - A fund may encounter substantial difficulties in obtaining and enforcing judgments again individuals and companies located in certain developing countries. It may be difficult or impossible to obtain or enforce legislation or remedies against governments, their agencies, and sponsored entities.
Market Characteristics - Foreign financial markets, while growing in volume have, for the most part, substantially less volume than U.S. markets, and securities of many foreign companies are less liquid and their prices more volatile than securities of comparable domestic companies. Clearing and settlement practices for transactions in foreign markets may differ from those in U.S. markets and may include delays beyond periods customary in the United States. Foreign security trading practices, including those involving securities settlement where fund assets may be released prior to receipt of payment or securities, may expose a fund to increased risk in the event of a failed trade or the insolvency of a foreign broker-dealer. Delivery of securities may not occur at the same time as payment in some foreign markets. Delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when a portion of the assets of a fund is not invested and no return is earned thereon. The inability of a fund to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems could cause the fund to miss attractive investment opportunities. Transactions in options on securities, futures contracts, futures options, and currency contracts may not be regulated as effectively on foreign exchanges as similar transactions in the United States, and may not involve clearing mechanisms and related guarantees. The value of such positions also could be adversely affected by the imposition of different exercise terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the United States. The value of a funds position may also be adversely impacted by delays in its ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets during non-business hours in the United States.
Taxes - The interest payable on certain of a funds foreign securities may be subject to foreign withholding taxes, thus reducing the net amount of income available for distribution to a funds shareholders.
Depositary Receipts
Securities of foreign issuers may take the form of ADRs, European Depositary Receipts (EDRs), Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs), or other similar securities representing interests in securities of foreign issuers (collectively, Depositary Receipts). These securities are typically dollar denominated although their market price is subject to fluctuations of the foreign currencies in which the underlying securities are denominated.
ADRs are receipts typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing ownership of the underlying foreign securities and are typically designed for U.S. investors. ADRs may be sponsored or unsponsored. A sponsored ADR is issued by a depository which has an exclusive relationship with the issuer of the underlying security. An unsponsored ADR may be issued by any number of U.S. depositories. Holders of unsponsored ADRs generally bear all the costs of the unsponsored facility. Under the terms of most sponsored arrangements, depositories agree to distribute notices of shareholder meetings and voting instructions, and to provide shareholder communications and other information to the ADR holders at the request of the issuer of the deposited securities. The depository of an unsponsored ADR, on the other hand, is under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the issuer of the deposited securities or to pass through voting rights to ADR holders in respect of the deposited securities. Although the U.S. investor holds a substitute receipt of ownership rather than direct stock certificates, the use of Depositary Receipts in the United States can reduce costs and delays as well as potential currency exchange and other difficulties. A fund may purchase securities in local markets and direct delivery of these ordinary shares to the local depository of an ADR agent bank in the foreign country. Simultaneously, the
48
ADR agents create a certificate that settles at a funds custodian in five days. A fund may also execute trades on the U.S. markets using existing ADRs. A foreign issuer of the security underlying an ADR is generally not subject to the same reporting requirements in the United States as a domestic issuer. Accordingly, the information available to a U.S. investor will be limited to the information the foreign issuer is required to disclose in its own country and the market value of an ADR may not reflect undisclosed material information concerning the issuer of the underlying security. ADRs may also be subject to exchange rate risks if the underlying foreign securities are traded in foreign currency.
EDRs are similar to ADRs but may be listed and traded on a European exchange as well as in the United States. Typically these securities are traded on the Luxembourg exchange in Europe. Generally, ADRs, in registered form, are designed for use in the U.S. securities markets, and EDRs, in bearer form, are designed for use in European securities markets.
GDRs are similar to EDRs although they may be held through foreign clearing agents such as EuroClear Bank and other foreign depositaries.
Depositary Receipts may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as the underlying securities into which they may be converted. In addition, the issuers of the securities underlying unsponsored Depositary Receipts are not obligated to disclose material information in the United States and, therefore, there may be less information available regarding such issuers and there may not be a correlation between such information and the market value of the Depositary Receipts. Depositary Receipts also involve the risks of other investments in foreign securities. Nonvoting Depositary Receipts evidence nonvoting equity interests in a foreign issuer.
Eurodollar and Yankee Dollar Instruments
Eurodollar instruments are bonds that pay interest and principal in U.S. dollars held in banks outside the United States, primarily in Europe. Eurodollar instruments are usually issued on behalf of multinational companies and foreign governments by large underwriting groups composed of banks and issuing houses from many countries. Yankee Dollar instruments are U.S. dollar-denominated bonds issued in the United States by foreign banks and corporations. These investments involve risks that are different from investments in securities issued by U.S. issuers and may carry the same risks as investing in foreign securities.
Eurodollar Convertible Securities
Eurodollar convertible securities are fixed-income securities of a U.S. issuer or a foreign issuer that are issued outside the United States and are convertible into equity securities of the same or a different issuer. Interest and dividends on Eurodollar securities are payable in U.S. dollars outside of the United States. A fund may invest without limitation in Eurodollar convertible securities that are convertible into foreign equity securities listed, or represented by ADRs listed, on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) or the AMEX or that are convertible into publicly traded common stocks of U.S. companies. A fund may also invest up to 15% of its total assets in Eurodollar convertible securities, taken at market value, that are convertible into foreign equity securities which are not listed, or represented by ADRs listed, on such exchanges.
Foreign Bank Obligations
Obligations of foreign banks and foreign branches of U.S. banks involve somewhat different investment risks from those affecting obligations of U.S. banks, including the possibilities that liquidity could be impaired because of future political and economic developments; the obligations may be less marketable than comparable obligations of U.S. banks; a foreign jurisdiction might impose withholding taxes on interest income payable on those obligations; foreign deposits may be seized or nationalized; foreign governmental restrictions (such as foreign exchange controls) may be adopted that might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on those obligations; and
49
the selection of those obligations may be more difficult because there may be less publicly available information concerning foreign banks. In addition, the accounting, auditing, and financial reporting standards, practices, and requirements applicable to foreign banks may differ from those applicable to U.S. banks. In that connection, foreign banks are not subject to examination by any U.S. government agency or instrumentality.
Foreign Currency Transactions
Foreign currency transactions involve buying and selling securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and receive interest, dividends, and sale proceeds in other currencies. A fund may enter into foreign currency exchange transactions to convert foreign currencies to and from the U.S. dollar. A fund may enter into foreign currency exchange transactions either on a spot ( i.e. cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market, or use forward foreign currency contracts to purchase or sell the foreign currencies.
Foreign Mortgage-Backed Securities
Foreign mortgage-backed securities are interests in pools of mortgage loans made to residential home buyers domiciled in a foreign country. These include mortgage loans made by trust and mortgage loan companies, credit unions, chartered banks, and others. Pools of mortgage loans are assembled as securities for sale to investors by various governmental, government-related, and private organizations ( e.g. , Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation and First Australian National Mortgage Acceptance Corporation Limited). The mechanics of these mortgage-backed securities are generally the same as those issued in the United States. However, foreign mortgage markets may differ materially from the U.S. mortgage market with respect to matters such as the sizes of loan pools, prepayment experience, and maturities of loans.
Sovereign Debt Securities/Brady Bonds
Sovereign debt securities are issued by governments of foreign countries. The sovereign debt securities in which a fund may invest may be rated below investment-grade. These securities usually offer higher yields than higher rated securities but are also subject to greater risk than higher rated securities.
Brady Bonds represent a type of sovereign debt. These obligations were created through the exchange of existing commercial bank loans to sovereign entities for new obligations in connection with the debt restructuring plan introduced by former U.S. Secretary of the Treasury, Nicholas F. Brady (Brady Plan). Brady Plan debt restructurings have been implemented in a number of countries including: Argentina, Brazil, Bulgaria, Costa Rica, the Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Jordan, Mexico, Morocco, Niger, Nigeria, the Philippines, Poland, Uruguay, and Venezuela, and may be issued by other emerging countries.
Brady Bonds may be collateralized or uncollateralized, and are issued in various currencies (primarily the U.S. dollar), and are actively traded in the OTC secondary market. Brady Bonds are not considered to be U.S. government securities and are considered to be speculative. U.S. dollar-denominated, collateralized Brady Bonds, which may be fixed rate par bonds or floating rate discount bonds, are generally collateralized in full as to principal by U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds having the same maturity as the Brady Bonds. Interest payments on these Brady Bonds generally are collateralized on a one year or longer rolling forward basis by cash or securities in an amount that, in the case of fixed rate bonds, is equal to at least one year of interest payments or, in the case of floating rate bonds, initially is equal to at least one years interest payments based on the applicable interest rate at that time and is adjusted at regular intervals thereafter.
Certain Brady Bonds are entitled to value recovery payments in certain circumstances, which in effect constitute supplemental interest payments but generally are not collateralized. Brady Bonds are often viewed as having three or four valuation components: (i) the collateralized repayment of principal at final maturity; (ii) the collateralized interest payments; (iii) the uncollateralized interest payments; and (iv) any uncollateralized repayment of principal at maturity (these uncollateralized amounts constitute the residual risk).
50
Most Mexican Brady Bonds issued to date have principal repayments at final maturity fully collateralized by U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds (or comparable collateral denominated in other currencies) and interest coupon payments collateralized on an 18 month rolling forward basis by funds held in escrow by an agent for the bondholders. A significant portion of the Venezuelan Brady Bonds and the Argentine Brady Bonds issued to date have principal repayments at final maturity collateralized by U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds (or comparable collateral denominated in other currencies) and/or interest coupon payments collateralized on a 14 month (for Venezuela) or 12 month (for Argentina) rolling forward basis by securities held by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as collateral agent.
Risks of Investing In Sovereign Debt/Brady Bonds
Investment in sovereign debt can involve a high degree of risk. The governmental entity that controls the repayment of sovereign debt may not be able or willing to repay the principal and/or interest when due in accordance with the terms of the debt. A governmental entitys willingness or ability to repay principal and interest due in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation, the extent of its foreign reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the governmental entitys policy toward the International Monetary Fund, and the political constraints to which a governmental entity may be subject. Governmental entities may also depend upon expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral agencies, and others abroad to reduce principal and interest arrearages on their debt. The commitment on the part of these governments, agencies, and others to make such disbursements may be conditioned on a governmental entitys implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance, and the timely service of such debtors obligations. Failure to implement such reforms, achieve such levels of economic performance, or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of such third parties commitments to lend funds to the governmental entity, which may further impair such debtors ability or willingness to service its debts in a timely manner. Consequently, governmental entities may default on their sovereign debt. Holders of sovereign debt (including a fund) may be requested to participate in the rescheduling of such debt and to extend further loans to governmental entities. There is no bankruptcy proceeding by which sovereign debt on which governmental entities have defaulted may be collected in whole or in part. Dividend and interest income from foreign securities may generally be subject to withholding taxes by the country in which the issuer is located and may not be recoverable by a fund or its investors.
A funds investments in foreign currency denominated debt obligations and hedging activities will likely produce a difference between its book income and its taxable income. This difference may cause a portion of a funds income distributions to constitute returns of capital for tax purposes or require the fund to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a RIC for federal tax purposes.
Sovereign debt issued or guaranteed by emerging market governmental entities, and corporate issuers in which a fund may invest, potentially involves a high degree of risk and may be deemed the equivalent in terms of quality to high risk, low rated securities ( i.e. , high-yield bonds) and subject to many of the same risks as such securities. A fund may have difficulty disposing of certain of these debt obligations because there may be a thin trading market for such securities. In the event a governmental issuer defaults on its obligations, a fund may have limited legal recourse against the issuer or guarantor, if any. Remedies must, in some cases, be pursued in the courts in the jurisdiction in which the defaulting party itself operates, and the ability of the holder of foreign government debt securities to obtain recourse may be subject to the political climate in the relevant country.
51
Brady Bonds involve various risk factors including residual risk and the history of defaults with respect to commercial bank loans by public and private entities of countries issuing Brady Bonds. There can be no assurance that Brady Bonds in which a fund may invest will not be subject to restructuring arrangements or to requests for new credit, which may cause a fund to suffer a loss of interest or principal on any of its holdings.
Supranational Agencies
Securities of supranational agencies are not considered government securities and are not supported directly or indirectly by the U.S. government. Examples of supranational agencies include, but are not limited to, the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (commonly referred to as the World Bank), which was chartered to finance development projects in developing member countries; the European Union, which is an organization of European countries engaged in cooperative economic activities; and the Asian Development Bank, which is an international development bank established to lend funds, promote investment and provide technical assistance to member nations in the Asian and Pacific regions.
DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS
A derivative is a financial instrument whose value is dependent upon the value of an underlying asset or assets. These underlying assets may include bonds, commodities, currency exchange rates, interest rates, stocks, or related indices. Types of derivatives include, but are not limited to, options, futures contracts, options on futures, forward currency contracts, swaps, and warrants. Derivative instruments may be used for a variety of reasons, including enhancing returns, hedging against certain market risks, or providing a substitute for purchasing or selling particular securities. Derivatives may provide a cheaper, quicker or more specifically focused way for a fund to invest than traditional securities would.
Transactions in derivative instruments may include:
|
the purchase and writing of options on securities (including index options) and options on foreign currencies; |
|
the purchase and sale of futures contracts based on financial, interest rate, and securities indices, equity securities, or fixed-income securities; and |
|
entering into forward contracts, swaps, and swap related products, such as equity index, interest rate, or currency swaps, credit default swaps (long and short), and related caps, collars, floors, and swaps. |
Some derivatives may be used for hedging, meaning that they may be used when the adviser or sub-adviser seeks to protect a funds investments from a decline in value, which could result from changes in interest rates, market prices, currency fluctuations, and other market factors. Derivatives may also be used when the adviser or sub-adviser seeks to maintain or increase liquidity, implement a cash management strategy, invest in a particular stock, bond, or segment of the market in a more efficient or less expensive way; modify the characteristics of a funds portfolio investments; and/or to enhance return. However derivatives are used, their successful use is not assured and will depend upon the advisers or sub-advisers ability to predict and understand relevant market movements. In addition, in the event that non-exchange-traded derivatives are used; they could result in a loss if the counterparty to the transaction does not perform as promised.
Derivatives may be purchased on established exchanges or through privately negotiated transactions referred to as OTC derivatives. Exchange-traded derivatives generally are guaranteed by the clearing agency which is the issuer or counterparty to such derivatives. This guarantee usually is supported by a daily payment system ( i.e. , margin requirements) operated by the clearing agency in order to reduce overall credit risk. As a result, unless the clearing agency defaults, there is relatively little counterparty credit risk associated with derivatives purchased on an
52
exchange. By contrast, no clearing agency guarantees OTC derivatives. Therefore, each party to an OTC counter derivative bears the risk that the counterparty will default. Accordingly, a fund will consider the creditworthiness of counterparties to OTC derivatives in the same manner as they would review the credit quality of a security to be purchased by the fund. OTC derivatives are less liquid than exchange-traded derivatives since the other party to the transaction may be the only investor with sufficient understanding of the derivative to be interested in bidding for it.
Risks of Derivatives in General
Derivatives can be volatile and involve various types and degrees of risk depending upon the characteristics of the particular derivative and the portfolio as a whole. Derivatives permit a fund to increase or decrease the level of risk, or change the character of the risk, to which its portfolio is exposed in much the same way as the fund can by making investments in specific securities.
The success of transactions in derivative instruments depends on a funds advisers or sub-advisers judgment as to their potential risk and rewards. A fund might not employ any of the strategies described, and no assurance can be given that any strategy used will succeed. Use of these instruments exposes a fund to additional investment risks and transactions costs. If a funds adviser or sub-adviser incorrectly forecasts interest rates, market values or other economic factors in utilizing a derivatives strategy for a fund, the fund might have been in a better position if it had not entered into the transaction at all. Also, suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances. The use of these strategies involves certain special risks, including a possible imperfect correlation, or even no correlation, between price movements of derivative instruments and price movements of related investments. While some strategies involving derivative instruments can reduce the risk of loss, they can also reduce the opportunity for gain or even result in losses by offsetting favorable price movements in related investments or otherwise. This is due to the possible inability of a fund to purchase or sell the security at a time that otherwise would be favorable, or the possible need to sell the security at a disadvantageous time because the fund is required to maintain asset coverage or offsetting positions in connection with transactions in derivative instruments, and the possible inability of the fund to close out or to liquidate its derivatives positions. In addition, a funds use of such instruments may cause the fund to realize higher amounts of short term capital gains (generally taxed at ordinary income tax rates) than if it had not used such instruments. The loss from investing in derivative instruments is potentially unlimited.
Commodity Pool Operator (CPO) Exclusion
A fund has claimed an exclusion from the definition of a CPO under the Commodity Exchange Act and therefore is not subject to registration or regulation as a CPO.
In February 2012, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) adopted regulatory changes that may impact a fund by subjecting a funds adviser or sub-adviser to registration with the CFTC as a CPO and commodity trading adviser (CTA) of the fund, unless the fund is able to comply with certain trading and marketing limitations on its investments in futures, many OTC derivatives, and certain other instruments. A related CFTC proposal to harmonize applicable CFTC and SEC regulations could, if adopted, mitigate certain disclosure and operational burdens if CPO registration were required for a funds adviser or sub-adviser. Compliance with these additional registration and regulatory requirements may increase fund expenses.
Forwards, Futures, and Options
A forward contract obligates its purchaser to buy a given amount of a specified asset at some stated time in the future at the forward price. Similarly, the seller of the contract is obligated to deliver the asset at the forward price. Forward contracts are not traded on exchanges and are considered OTC contracts.
53
Futures contracts are created and traded on organized futures exchanges. Futures contracts are highly standardized in terms of the amount and type of the underlying asset involved and the available dates in which it can be delivered. The exchanges themselves provide assurances that contracts will be honored through clearinghouses.
An option is a derivative security that gives the buyer (holder) the right, but not the obligation, to buy or sell a specified quantity of a specified asset within a specified time period. An option contract differs from the futures contract in that the option contract gives the buyer the price, but not the obligation, to purchase or sell a security at a later date at the specified price.
Risks Associated with Investing in Forwards, Futures, and Options
Imperfect Correlation of Hedging Instruments - A funds abilities to effectively hedge all or a portion of its portfolio through transactions in options, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, forward contracts, and options on foreign currencies depends on the degree to which price movements in the underlying index or instrument correlate with price movements in the relevant portion of the funds securities. In the case of futures and options based on an index, a fund will not duplicate the components of the index, and in the case of futures and options on fixed-income securities, the portfolio securities that are being hedged may not be the same type of obligation underlying such contract. The use of forward contracts for cross-hedging purposes may involve greater correlation risks. As a result, the correlation probably will not be exact. Consequently, a fund bears the risk that the price of the portfolio securities being hedged will not move in the same amount or direction as the underlying index or obligation.
For example, if a fund purchases a put option on an index and the index decreases less than the value of the hedged securities, a fund would experience a loss that is not completely offset by the put option. It is also possible that there may be a negative correlation between the index or obligation underlying an option or futures contract in which a fund has a position and the portfolio securities a fund is attempting to hedge, which could result in a loss on both the fund and the hedging instrument. In addition, a fund may enter into transactions in forward contracts or options on foreign currencies in order to hedge against exposure arising from the currencies underlying such forwards. In such instances, a fund will be subject to the additional risk of imperfect correlation between changes in the value of the currencies underlying such forwards or options and changes in the value of the currencies being hedged.
It should be noted that stock index futures contracts or options based upon a narrower index of securities, such as those of a particular industry group, may present greater risk than options or futures based on a broad market index. This is due to the fact that a narrower index is more susceptible to rapid and extreme fluctuations as a result of changes in the value of a small number of securities. Nevertheless, where a fund enters into transactions in options or futures on narrow based indices for hedging purposes, movements in the value of the index should, if the hedge is successful, correlate closely with the portion of the funds portfolio or the intended acquisitions being hedged.
The trading of futures contracts, options, and forward contracts for hedging purposes entails the additional risk of imperfect correlation between movements in the futures or option price and the price of the underlying index or obligation. The anticipated spread between the prices may be distorted due to the differences in the nature of the markets, such as differences in margin requirements, the liquidity of such markets and the participation of speculators in the options, futures, and forward markets. In this regard, trading by speculators in options, futures, and forward contracts has, in the past, occasionally resulted in market distortions, which may be difficult or impossible to predict, particularly near the expiration of contracts.
The trading of options on futures contracts also entails the risk that changes in the value of the underlying futures contract will not be fully reflected in the value of the option. The risk of imperfect correlation, however, generally tends to diminish as the maturity date of the futures contract or expiration date of the option approaches.
54
Further, with respect to options on securities, options on stock indices, options on currencies, and options on futures contracts, a fund is subject to the risk of market movements between the time that the option is exercised and the time of performance thereunder. This could increase the extent of any loss suffered by a fund in connection with such transactions.
In selling a covered call option on a security, index or futures contract, a fund also incurs the risk that changes in the value of the instruments used to cover the position will not correlate closely with changes in the value of the option or underlying index or instrument. For example, where a fund sells a call option on a stock index and segregates securities, such securities may not match the composition of the index and the fund may not be fully covered. As a result, a fund could be subject to risk of loss in the event of adverse market movements.
The selling of options on securities, options on stock indices or options on futures contracts constitutes only a partial hedge against fluctuations in value of a funds holdings. When a fund sells an option, it will receive premium income in return for the holders purchase of the right to acquire or dispose of the underlying obligation. In the event that the price of such obligation does not rise sufficiently above the exercise price of the option, in the case of a call, or fall below the exercise price, in the case of a put, the option will not be exercised and a fund will retain the amount of the premium, less related transaction costs, which will constitute a partial hedge against any decline that may have occurred in the funds portfolio holdings or any increase in the cost of the instruments to be acquired.
When the price of the underlying obligation moves sufficiently in favor of the holder to warrant exercise of the option; however, and the option is exercised, a fund will incur a loss which may only be partially offset by the amount of the premium it received. Moreover, by selling an option, a fund may be required to forgo the benefits which might otherwise have been obtained from an increase in the value of portfolio securities or other assets or a decline in the value of securities or assets to be acquired.
In the event of the occurrence of any of the foregoing adverse market events, a funds overall return may be lower than if it had not engaged in the hedging transactions.
It should also be noted that a fund may enter into transactions in options (except for options on foreign currencies), futures contracts, options on futures contracts, and forward contracts not only for hedging purposes, but also for non-hedging purposes intended to increase portfolio returns. Non-hedging transactions in such investments involve greater risks and may result in losses which may not be offset by increases in the value of portfolio securities or declines in the cost of securities to be acquired. A fund will only sell covered options, such that liquid securities with an aggregate value equal to an amount necessary to satisfy an option exercise will be segregated at all times, unless the option is covered in such other manner as may be in accordance with the rules of the exchange on which the option is traded and applicable laws and regulations. Nevertheless, the method of covering an option employed by a fund may not fully protect it against risk of loss and, in any event, the fund could suffer losses on the option position, which might not be offset by corresponding portfolio gains.
A fund may also enter into transactions in futures contracts, options on futures contracts, and forward contracts for other than hedging purposes, which could expose a fund to significant risk of loss if foreign currency exchange rates do not move in the direction or to the extent anticipated. In this regard, the foreign currency may be extremely volatile from time to time, as discussed in the Prospectuses and in this SAI, and the use of such transactions for non-hedging purposes could therefore involve significant risk of loss.
With respect to entering into straddles on securities, a fund incurs the risk that the price of the underlying security will not remain stable, that one of the options sold will be exercised, and that the resulting loss will not be offset by the amount of the premiums received. Such transactions, therefore, create an opportunity for increased return by providing a fund with two simultaneous premiums on the same security, but involve additional risk, since the fund may have an option exercised against it regardless of whether the price of the security increases or decreases.
55
Margin - Because of low initial margin deposits made upon the opening of a futures or forward position and the selling of an option, such transactions involve substantial leverage. As a result, relatively small movements in the price of the contract can result in substantial unrealized gains or losses. Where a fund enters into such transactions for hedging purposes, any losses incurred in connection therewith should, if the hedging strategy is successful, be offset in whole or in part by increases in the value of securities or other assets held by the fund or decreases in the prices of securities or other assets the fund intends to acquire. Where a fund enters into such transactions for other than hedging purposes, the margin requirements associated with such transactions could expose the fund to greater risk.
Options on Futures Contracts - The amount of risk a fund assumes when it purchases an option on a futures contract is the premium paid for the option, plus related transaction costs. In order to profit from an option purchased, it may be necessary to exercise the option and to liquidate the underlying futures contract subject to the risks of the availability of a liquid offset market described herein. The seller of an option on a futures contract is subject to the risks of commodity futures trading, including the requirement of initial and variation margin payments, as well as the additional risk that movements in the price of the option may not correlate with movements in the price underlying security, index, currency, or futures contracts.
Potential Lack of a Liquid Secondary Market - Prior to exercise or expiration, a futures or option position can only be terminated by entering into a closing purchase or sale transaction. This requires a secondary market for such instruments on the exchange on which the initial transaction was entered into. While a fund will enter into options or futures positions only if there appears to be a liquid secondary market, there can be no assurance that such a market will exist for any particular contracts at any specific time. In that event, it may not be possible to close out a position held by a fund, and the fund could be required to purchase or sell the instrument underlying an option, make or receive a cash settlement, or meet ongoing variation margin requirements. Under such circumstances, if a fund has insufficient cash available to meet margin requirements, it will be necessary to liquidate portfolio securities or other assets at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so. The inability to close out options and futures positions, could have an adverse impact on a funds ability to effectively hedge its portfolio, and could result in trading losses.
The liquidity of a secondary market in the futures contract or option thereon may be adversely affected by daily price fluctuation limits established by exchanges, which limit the amount of fluctuation in the price of a contract during a single trading day. Once the daily limit has been reached in the contract, no trades may be entered into at a price beyond the limit, thus preventing the liquidation of open futures or option positions, and requiring traders to make additional margin deposits. Prices have in the past moved the daily limit on a number of consecutive trading days.
The trading of futures contracts and options is also subject to the risk of trading halts, suspensions, exchange or clearinghouse equipment failures, government intervention, insolvency of a brokerage firm or clearinghouse, or other disruptions of normal trading activity, which could at times make it difficult or impossible to liquidate existing positions or to recover excess variation margin payments.
Trading and Position Limits - The exchanges on which futures and options are traded may impose limitations governing the maximum number of positions on the same side of the market and involving the same underlying instrument which may be held by a single investor, whether acting alone or in concert with others (regardless of whether such contracts are held on the same or different exchanges or held or written in one or more accounts or through one or more brokers). Further, the CFTC and the various boards of trade have established limits referred to as speculative position limits on the maximum net long or net short position which any person may hold or control in a particular futures or option contract. An exchange may order the liquidation of positions found to be in violation of these limits and it may impose other sanctions or restrictions.
56
Transactions Related to Foreign Currencies and Transactions Not Conducted on U.S. Exchanges - Transactions in forward contracts on foreign currencies, as well as futures and options on foreign currencies and transactions executed on foreign exchanges, are subject to all of the correlation, liquidity, and other risks outlined herein. In addition, such transactions are subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading in, or the prices of, currencies underlying such contracts, which could restrict or eliminate trading and could have a substantial adverse effect on the value of positions held by a fund. Further, the value of such positions could be adversely affected by a number of other complex political and economic factors applicable to the countries issuing the underlying currencies.
Further, unlike trading in most other types of instruments, there is no systematic reporting of last sale information with respect to the foreign currencies underlying contracts thereon. As a result, the available information on which trading systems will be based may not be as complete as the comparable data on which a fund makes investment and trading decisions in connection with other transactions. Moreover, because the foreign currency market is a global, 24-hour market, events could occur in that market which will not be reflected in the forward, futures, or options markets until the following day, thereby making it more difficult for a fund to respond to such events in a timely manner.
Settlements of exercises of OTC forward contracts or foreign currency options generally must occur within the country issuing the underlying currency, which in turn requires traders to accept or make delivery of such currencies in conformity with any U.S. or foreign restrictions and regulations regarding the maintenance of foreign banking relationships, fees, taxes, or other charges.
Unlike many transactions entered into by a fund in futures contracts and exchange-traded options, options on foreign currencies, forward contracts, and OTC options on securities are not traded on markets regulated by the CFTC or the SEC (with the exception of certain foreign currency options). To the contrary, such instruments are traded through financial institutions acting as market-makers, although foreign currency options are also traded on certain national securities exchanges, such as the Philadelphia Stock Exchange and the Chicago Board Options Exchange, subject to SEC regulation. In an over the counter trading environment, many of the protections afforded to exchange participants will not be available. For example, there are no daily price fluctuation limits, and adverse market movements could therefore continue to an unlimited extent over a period of time. Although the purchaser of an option cannot lose more than the amount of the premium plus related transaction costs, this entire amount could be lost. Moreover, the option seller and a trader of forward contracts could lose amounts substantially in excess of their initial investments, due to the margin and collateral requirements associated with such positions.
In addition, OTC transactions can only be entered into with a financial institution willing to take the opposite side, as principal, of a Funds position unless the institution acts as broker and is able to find another counterparty willing to enter into the transaction with the fund. Where no such counterparty is available, it will not be possible to enter into a desired transaction. There also may be no liquid secondary market in the trading of OTC contracts and a fund could be required to retain options purchased or sold, or forward contracts entered into until exercise, expiration, or maturity. This in turn could limit a funds ability to profit from open positions or to reduce losses experienced, and could result in greater losses.
Further, OTC transactions are not subject to the guarantee of an exchange clearinghouse, and a fund will therefore be subject to the risk of default by, or the bankruptcy of, the financial institution serving as its counterparty. One or more of such institutions also may decide to discontinue their role as market-makers in a particular currency or security, thereby restricting a funds ability to enter into desired hedging transactions. A fund will enter into an OTC transaction only with parties whose creditworthiness has been reviewed and found satisfactory by the adviser or sub-adviser.
Options on securities, options on stock indices, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, and options on foreign currencies may be traded on exchanges located in foreign countries. Such transactions may not be
57
conducted in the same manner as those entered into on U.S. exchanges and may be subject to different margin, exercise, settlement, or expiration procedures. As a result, many of the risks of OTC trading may be present in connection with such transactions.
Options on foreign currencies traded on national securities exchanges are within the jurisdiction of the SEC, as are other securities traded on such exchanges. As a result, many of the protections provided to traders on organized exchanges will be available with respect to such transactions. In particular, all foreign currency option positions entered into on a national securities exchange are cleared and guaranteed by the Option Clearing Corporation (OCC), thereby reducing the risk of counterparty default. Further, a liquid secondary market in options traded on a national securities exchange may be more readily available than in the OTC market, potentially permitting a fund to liquidate open positions at a profit prior to exercise or expiration, or to limit losses in the event of adverse market movements.
The purchase and sale of exchange-traded foreign currency options is subject to the risks of the availability of a liquid secondary market described above, as well as the risks regarding adverse market movements, margining of options written, the nature of the foreign currency market, possible intervention by governmental authorities and the effects of other political and economic events. In addition, exchange-traded options on foreign currencies involve certain risks not presented by the OTC market. For example, exercise and settlement of such options must be made exclusively through the OCC, which has established banking relationships in applicable foreign countries for this purpose. As a result, the OCC may, if it determines that foreign governmental restrictions or taxes would prevent the orderly settlement of foreign currency option exercises, or would result in undue burdens on the OCC or its clearing member, impose special procedures on exercise and settlement, such as technical changes in the mechanics of delivery of currency, the fixing of dollar settlement prices, or prohibitions on exercise.
Policies on the Use of Futures and Options on Futures Contracts - A fund may engage in futures and related options transactions for bona fide hedging or to seek to increase total return as permitted by CFTC regulations, which permit principals of an investment company registered under the 1940 Act to engage in a de minimis amount of transactions in futures and related options transactions for non-bona fide hedging without registering as commodity pool operators.
Forward and Futures Contracts
Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts:
A fund that invests in foreign securities may buy and sell securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and receive interest, dividends, and sale proceeds in currencies other than the U.S. dollar; Therefore, a fund may enter into foreign currency exchange transactions to convert to and from different foreign currencies and to convert foreign currencies to and from the U.S. dollar.
Forward contracts for foreign currency (forward foreign currency exchange contracts) obligate the seller to deliver, and the purchaser to take a specific amount of a specified foreign currency at a future date at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts are generally traded in the interbank market conducted directly between currency traders and their customers.
These contracts may be used for hedging to attempt to minimize the risk to a fund from adverse changes in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies.
A fund may enter into a forward foreign currency exchange contract in order to lock in the U.S. dollar price of a security denominated in a foreign currency, which it has purchased or sold but which has not yet settled (a transaction hedge); or to lock in the value of an existing portfolio security (a position hedge); or to protect against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and a foreign currency.
58
Forward foreign currency exchange contracts include standardized foreign currency futures contracts which are traded on exchanges and are subject to procedures and regulations applicable to futures. A fund may also enter into a forward exchange contract to sell a foreign currency that differs from the currency in which the underlying security is denominated. This is done in the expectation that there is a greater correlation between the foreign currency of the forward exchange contract and the foreign currency of the underlying investment than between the U.S. dollar and the foreign currency of the underlying investment. This technique is referred to as cross hedging. The success of cross hedging is dependent on many factors, including the ability of the sub-adviser to correctly identify and monitor the correlation between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar. To the extent that the correlation is not identical, a fund may experience losses or gains on both the underlying security and the cross currency hedge.
Forward foreign currency exchange contracts may be used to protect against uncertainty in the level of future exchange rates. The use of forward foreign currency exchange contracts does not eliminate fluctuations in the prices of the underlying securities a fund owns or intends to acquire, but it does fix a rate of exchange in advance. In addition, although forward exchange contracts limit the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currencies, at the same time they limit any potential gain that might result should the value of the currencies increase.
The precise matching of the forward foreign currency exchange contract amounts and the value of the securities involved will not generally be possible because the future value of such securities in foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value of these securities between the date the forward contract is entered into and the date it is sold. Accordingly, it may be necessary for a fund to purchase additional foreign currency on the spot market ( i.e ., cash) (and bear the expense of such purchase), if the market value of the security is less than the amount of foreign currency the fund is obligated to deliver and if a decision is made to sell the security and make delivery of the foreign currency. Conversely, it may be necessary to sell on the spot market some of the foreign currency received upon the sale of the portfolio security if its market value exceeds the amount of foreign currency a fund is obligated to deliver. The projection of short-term currency market movements is extremely difficult, and the successful execution of a short-term hedging strategy is highly uncertain. Forward foreign currency exchange contracts involve the risk that anticipated currency movements will not be accurately predicted, causing a fund to sustain losses on these contracts and transaction costs.
At or before the maturity of a forward foreign currency exchange contract requiring a fund to sell a foreign currency exchange currency, the fund may either sell a portfolio security and use the sale proceeds to make delivery of the currency or retain the security and offset its contractual obligation to deliver the currency by purchasing a second contract pursuant to which the fund will obtain, on the same maturity date, the same amount of the currency that it is obligated to deliver. Similarly, a fund may close out a forward contract requiring it to purchase a specified currency by entering into a second contract entitling it to sell the same amount of the same currency on the maturity date of the first contract. A fund would realize a gain or loss as a result of entering into such an offsetting forward contract under either circumstance to the extent the exchange rate(s) between the currencies involved moved between the execution dates of the first contract and the offsetting contract.
The cost of engaging in forward foreign currency exchange contracts varies with factors such as currencies involved, the length of the contract period and the market conditions then prevailing. Because forward contracts are usually entered into on a principal basis, no fees or commissions are involved. Because such contracts are not traded on an exchange, the adviser or sub-adviser must evaluate the credit and performance risk of each particular counterparty under a forward contract.
Although a fund values its assets daily in terms of U.S. dollars, it does not intend to convert their holdings of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars on a daily basis. A fund may convert foreign currency from time to time. Foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, but they do seek to realize a profit based on the difference between the prices at which they buy and sell various currencies. Thus, a dealer may offer to sell a foreign currency to a fund at one rate, while offering a lesser rate of exchange should the fund desire to resell that currency to the dealer.
59
If a hedging transaction in forward contracts is successful, the decline in the value of portfolio securities or other assets or the increase in the cost of securities or other assets to be acquired may be offset, at least in part, by profits on the forward contract. Nevertheless, by entering into such forward contracts, a fund may be required to forgo all or a portion of the benefits which otherwise could have been obtained from favorable movements in exchange rates. A fund will usually seek to close out positions in such contracts by entering into offsetting transactions, which will serve to fix the funds profit or loss based upon the value of the contracts at the time the offsetting transaction is executed.
Alternatively, when a sub-adviser believes that the currency of a particular foreign country may suffer a substantial decline against the U.S. dollar, it may enter into a forward foreign currency exchange contract for a fixed amount of dollars to sell the amount of foreign currency approximating the value of some or all of a funds securities denominated in, or exposed, to such foreign currency. The precise matching of the forward foreign currency exchange contract amounts and the value of the securities involved will not generally be possible since the future value of securities in foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value of these securities between the date on which the forward foreign currency exchange contract is entered into and the date it matures. The projection of short-term currency market movement is extremely difficult and the successful execution of a short-term hedging strategy is highly uncertain.
A fund will also enter into transactions in forward foreign currency exchange contracts for other than hedging purposes, which present greater profit potential but also involve increased risk. For example, a fund may purchase a given foreign currency through a forward foreign currency exchange contract if, in the judgment of the sub-adviser, the value of such currency is expected to rise relative to the U.S. dollar. Conversely, a fund may sell the currency through a forward foreign currency exchange contract if the adviser or a sub-adviser believes that its value will decline relative to the dollar.
A fund will profit if the anticipated movements in foreign currency exchange rates occur which will increase its gross income. Where exchange rates do not move in the direction or to the extent anticipated, however, a fund may sustain losses which will reduce its gross income. Such transactions, therefore, could be considered speculative and could involve significant risk of loss.
A fund will have established procedures consistent with statements by the SEC and its staff regarding the use of forward foreign currency exchange contracts by registered investment companies, which require the use of segregated assets or cover in connection with the purchase and sale of such contracts. In those instances in which a fund satisfies this requirement through segregation of assets, it will maintain, in a segregated account (or earmark on its records) cash, cash equivalents or other liquid securities, which will be marked to market on a daily basis, in an amount equal to the value of its commitments under forward foreign currency exchange contracts. While these contracts are not presently regulated by the CFTC, the CFTC may in the future assert authority to regulate forward foreign currency exchange contracts. In such event a funds ability to utilize forward contracts in the manner set forth above may be restricted.
A fund may hold foreign currency received in connection with investments in foreign securities when, in the judgment of the adviser or a sub-adviser, it would be beneficial to convert such currency into U.S. dollars at a later date, based on anticipated changes in the relevant exchange rate. A fund may also hold foreign currency in anticipation of purchasing foreign securities. Currency positions are not considered to be an investment in a foreign government for industry concentration purposes.
The cost of engaging in forward foreign currency exchange contracts varies with factors such as currencies involved, the length of the contract period and the market conditions then prevailing. Because forward contracts are
60
usually entered into on a principal basis, no fees or commissions are involved. Because such contracts are not traded on an exchange, the adviser or sub-adviser must evaluate the credit and performance risk of each particular counterparty under a forward contract.
Although a fund values its assets daily in terms of U.S. dollars, it does not intend to convert their holdings of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars on a daily basis. A fund may convert foreign currency from time to time. Foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, but they do seek to realize a profit based on the difference between the prices at which they buy and sell various currencies. Thus, a dealer may offer to sell a foreign currency to a fund at one rate, while offering a lesser rate of exchange should the fund desire to resell that currency to the dealer.
If a hedging transaction in forward foreign currency exchange contracts is successful, the decline in the value of portfolio securities or other assets or the increase in the cost of securities or other assets to be acquired may be offset, at least in part, by profits on the forward contract. Nevertheless, by entering into such forward contracts, a fund may be required to forgo all or a portion of the benefits which otherwise could have been obtained from favorable movements in exchange rates. A fund will usually seek to close out positions in such contracts by entering into offsetting transactions, which will serve to fix the funds profit or loss based upon the value of the contracts at the time the offsetting transaction is executed.
Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts:
A fund may enter into futures contracts, including futures contracts related to stock indices and interest rates among others. In addition, a fund may purchase and sell options to buy or sell futures contracts in which they may invest (options on futures contracts). Such investment strategies will be used for hedging purposes and for non-hedging purposes, subject to applicable law.
A futures contract is an agreement between two parties providing for the purchase and sale of a specified type and amount of a financial instruments or for the making and acceptance of a cash settlement, at a stated time in the future for a fixed price. By its terms, a futures contract provides for a specified settlement date on which, in the case of stock index futures contracts, the difference between the price at which the contract was entered into and the contracts closing value is settled between the purchaser and seller in cash. Futures contracts differ from options in that they are bilateral agreements, with both the purchaser and the seller equally obligated to complete the transaction. Futures contracts generally call for settlement only on a certain date and cannot be exercised at any other time during their term. Futures contracts are traded on exchanges, so that, in most cases, either party can close out its position on the exchange for cash, without delivering the security or commodity.
Put and call options on futures contracts may be traded by a fund in order to protect against declines in the values of portfolio securities or against increases in the cost of securities to be acquired, to act as a substitute for an underlying investment, or to enhance yield.
An option on a futures contract provides the holder with the right to enter into a long position in the underlying futures contract, in the case of a call option, or a short position in the underlying futures contract, in the case of a put option, at a fixed exercise price up to a stated expiration date or, in the case of certain options, on such date. Upon exercise of the option by the holder, the contract market clearinghouse establishes a corresponding short position for the writer of the option, in the case of a call option, or a corresponding long position in the case of a put option. In the event that an option is exercised, the parties will be subject to all the risks associated with the trading of futures contracts. In addition, the seller of an option on a futures contract, unlike the holder, is subject to initial and variation margin requirements on the option position.
61
A fund may use options on futures contracts in connection with hedging strategies. Generally these strategies would be employed under the same market conditions in which a fund would use put and call options on debt securities, as described hereafter in Options on Securities and Securities Indices.
(i) |
if a fund is attempting to purchase equity positions in issues which it had or was having difficulty purchasing at prices considered by its adviser or a sub-adviser to be fair value based upon the price of the stock at the time it qualified for inclusion in the fund; or |
(ii) |
to close out stock index futures sales transactions. |
Futures options possess many of the same characteristics as options on securities and indices (discussed below). A futures option gives the holder the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a long position (call) or short position (put) in a futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time during the period of the option. Upon exercise of a call option, the holder acquires a long position in the futures contract and the writer is assigned the opposite short position. In the case of a put option, the opposite is true.
Futures contracts and options on futures contracts include such contracts or options with respect to, but not limited to, interest rates, commodities, and security or commodity indices. To the extent that a fund may invest in foreign currency-denominated securities, it may also invest in foreign currency futures contracts and options thereon.
The purchase or sale of a futures contract differs from the purchase or sale of a security or the purchase of an option in that no purchase price is paid or received. Instead, an amount of cash or cash equivalents, which varies but may be as low as 5% or less of the value of the contract, must be deposited with the broker as initial margin. The initial margin required for a futures contract is set by the exchange or board of trade on which the contract is traded and may be modified during the term of the contract. The initial margin is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the futures contract that is returned to a fund upon termination of the contract, assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied. A fund expects to earn interest income on its initial margin deposits.
Subsequent payments to and from the broker, referred to as variation margin, are made on a daily basis as the value of the index or instrument underlying the futures contract fluctuates, making positions in the futures contract more or less valuablea process known as marking to the market.
Although interest rate futures contracts typically require actual future delivery of and payment for the underlying instruments, those contracts are usually closed out before the delivery date. Stock index futures contracts do not contemplate actual future delivery and will be settled in cash at expiration or closed out prior to expiration. Closing out an open futures contract sale or purchase is achieved by entering into an offsetting futures contract purchase or sale, respectively, for the same aggregate amount of the identical type of underlying instrument and the same delivery date. There can be no assurance, however, that a fund will be able to enter into an offsetting transaction with respect to a particular contract at a particular time. If a fund is not able to enter into an offsetting transaction, it will continue to be required to maintain the margin deposits on the contract.
Although some futures contracts call for making or taking delivery of the underlying securities, generally these obligations are closed out prior to delivery by offsetting purchases or sales of matching futures contracts (same exchange, underlying security or index, and delivery month). Closing out a futures contract sale is effected by purchasing a futures contract for the same aggregate amount of the specific type of financial instrument with the same delivery date. If an offsetting purchase price is less than the original sale price, a fund realizes a capital gain, or if it is more, the fund realizes a capital loss. Conversely, if an offsetting sale price is more than the original purchase price, a fund realizes a capital gain, or if it is less, the fund realizes a capital loss. The transaction costs must also be included in these calculations.
62
Interest rate, commodity, foreign currency or index futures contract provides for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified quantity of a financial instrument, commodity, foreign currency, or the cash value of an index at a specified price and time. A futures contract on an index is an agreement pursuant to which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to the difference between the value of the index at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the index contract was originally written. Although the value of an index might be a function of the value of certain specified securities, no physical delivery of these securities is made. A public market exists in futures contracts covering a number of indices as well as financial instruments and foreign currencies including: the S&P 500 ® Index; the S&P MidCap 400; the Nikkei 225; the NYSE composite; U.S. Treasury bonds; U.S. Treasury notes; GNMA Certificates; three-month U.S. Treasury bills; 90-day commercial paper; bank certificates of deposit; Eurodollar certificates of deposit; the Australian dollar; and the Canadian and certain multinational currencies, such as the euro. It is expected that other futures contracts will be developed and traded in the future.
Limitations and Policies on the Use of Futures and Futures Options
In general, a fund intends to enter into positions in futures contracts and related options only for bona fide hedging purposes as such term is defined in applicable regulations, interpretations and practice. For example, a fund might use futures contracts to hedge against anticipated changes in interest rates that might adversely affect either the value of the funds securities or the price of the securities, which the fund intends to purchase. A funds hedging activities may include sales of futures contracts as an offset against the effect of expected increases in interest rates, and purchases of futures contracts as an offset against the effect of expected declines in interest rates. Although other techniques could be used to reduce that funds exposure to interest rate fluctuations, the fund may be able to hedge its exposure more effectively and perhaps at a lower cost by using futures contracts and futures options. The Trust reserves the right to engage in other types of futures transactions in the future and to use futures and related options for other than hedging purposes to the extent permitted by regulatory authorities.
A fund will only enter into futures contracts and futures options, which are standardized and traded on a U.S. or foreign exchange, board of trade, or similar entity, or quoted on an automated quotation system.
When a purchase or sale of a futures contract is made by a fund, the fund is required to deposit with its custodian (or broker, if legally permitted) a specified amount of assets determined to be liquid by the sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board (initial margin). The margin required for a futures contract is set by the exchange on which the contract is traded and may be modified during the term of the contract. Margin requirements on foreign exchanges may be different than U.S. exchanges. The initial margin is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the futures contract, which is returned to the fund upon termination of the contract, assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied. A fund expects to earn interest income on its initial margin deposits. A futures contract held by a fund is valued daily at the official settlement price of the exchange on which it is traded. Each day a fund pays or receives cash called variation margin equal to the daily change in value of the futures contract. This process is known as marking-to-market. Variation margin does not represent a borrowing or loan by a fund but is instead a settlement between the fund and the broker of the amount one would owe the other if the futures contract expired. In computing daily NAV, a fund will mark-to-market its open futures positions.
A fund is also required to deposit and maintain margin with respect to put and call options on futures contracts written by it. Such margin deposits will vary depending on the nature of the underlying futures contract (and the related initial margin requirements), the current market value of the option, and other futures positions held by a fund.
When purchasing a futures contract, a fund will maintain with its custodian (and mark-to-market on a daily basis) assets determined to be liquid by the sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board, that, when added to the amounts deposited with a futures commission merchant as margin, are equal to the market value of the futures contract. Alternatively, a fund may cover its position by purchasing a put option on the same futures contract with a strike price as high as or higher than the price of the contract held by the fund.
63
When selling a futures contract, a fund will maintain with its custodian (and mark-to-market on a daily basis) assets determined to be liquid by the sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board, that are equal to the market value of the instruments underlying the contract. Alternatively, a fund may cover its position by owning the instruments underlying the contract (or, in the case of an index futures contract, the fund with a volatility substantially similar to that of the index on which the futures contract is based), or by holding a call option permitting the fund to purchase the same futures contract at a price no higher than the price of the contract written by the fund (or at a higher price if the difference is maintained in liquid assets with a Trusts custodian).
When selling a call option on a futures contract, a fund will maintain with its custodian (and mark-to-market on a daily basis) assets determined to be liquid by the sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board, that equal the purchase price of the futures contract, less any margin on deposit. Alternatively, the fund may cover the position either by entering into a short position in the same futures contract, or by owning a separate put option permitting it to sell the same futures contract so long as the strike price of the purchased put option is the same or higher than the strike price of the put option sold by the fund.
When selling a put option on a futures contract, a fund will maintain with its custodian (and mark-to-market on a daily basis) assets determined to be liquid by the sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board, that equal the purchase price of the futures contract, less any margin on deposit. Alternatively, a fund may cover the position either by entering into a short position in the same futures contract, or by owning a separate put option permitting it to sell the same futures contract so long as the strike price of the purchased put option is the same or higher than the strike price of the put option sold by the fund.
To the extent that securities with maturities greater than one year are used to segregate assets to cover a funds obligations under the futures contracts and related options, such use will not eliminate the risk of a form of leverage, which may tend to exaggerate the effect on NAV of any increase or decrease in the market value of a funds portfolio, and may require liquidation of fund positions when it is not advantageous to do so. However, any potential risk of leverage resulting from the use of securities with maturities greater than one year may be mitigated by the overall duration limit on a funds portfolio securities. Thus, the use of a longer-term security may require a fund to hold offsetting short-term securities to balance the funds portfolios such that the funds duration does not exceed the maximum permitted for the fund in the Prospectuses.
The staff of the SEC has taken the position that OTC options and assets used to cover sold OTC options are illiquid and, therefore, together with other illiquid securities held by a fund, cannot exceed 15% of the funds assets (the SEC illiquidity ceiling). Although the funds sub-adviser may disagree with this position, each funds sub-adviser intends to limit the funds selling of OTC options in accordance with the following procedure. Also, the contracts a fund has in place with such primary dealers provide that the fund has the absolute right to repurchase an option it sells at a maximum price to be calculated by a pre-determined formula. A fund will treat all or a portion of the formula as illiquid for purposes of the SEC illiquidity ceiling test. A fund may also sell OTC options with non-primary dealers, including foreign dealers (where applicable), and will treat the assets used to cover these options as illiquid for purposes of such SEC illiquidity ceiling test.
The requirements for qualification as a RIC also may limit the extent to which a fund may enter into futures, futures options, or forward contracts.
Risks Associated with Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts
The value of a futures contract may decline. While a funds transactions in futures may protect the fund against adverse movements in the general level of interest rates or other economic conditions, such transactions could also
64
preclude the fund from the opportunity to benefit from favorable movements in the level of interest rates or other economic conditions. With respect to transactions for hedging, there can be no guarantee that there will be correlation between price movements in the hedging vehicle and in a funds securities being hedged. An incorrect correlation could result in a loss on both the hedged securities and the hedging vehicle so that a funds return might have been better if hedging had not been attempted. The degree to which price movements do not correlate depends on circumstances such as variations in speculative market demand for futures and futures options on securities, including technical influences in futures trading and futures options, and differences between the financial instruments being hedged and the instruments underlying the standard contracts available for trading in such respects as interest rate levels, maturities, and creditworthiness of issuers. A decision as to whether, when, and how to hedge involves the exercise of skill and judgment and even a well conceived hedge may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected interest rate trends.
There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist at a time when a fund seeks to close out a futures contract or a futures option position. Most futures exchanges and boards of trade limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single day; once the daily limit has been reached on a particular contract, no trades may be made that day at a price beyond that limit. In addition, certain of these instruments are relatively new and without a significant trading history. As a result, there is no assurance that an active secondary market will develop or continue to exist. The daily limit governs only price movements during a particular trading day and therefore does not limit potential losses because the limit may work to prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions. For example, futures prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of positions and subjecting some holders of futures contracts to substantial losses. Lack of a liquid market for any reason may prevent a fund from liquidating an unfavorable position and the fund would remain obligated to meet margin requirements and continue to incur losses until the position is closed.
Most funds will only enter into futures contracts or futures options that are standardized and traded on a U.S. exchange or board of trade or, in the case of futures options, for which an established OTC market exists. Foreign markets may offer advantages such as trading in indexes that are not currently traded in the United States. However, foreign markets may have greater risk potential than domestic markets. Unlike trading on domestic commodity exchanges, trading on foreign commodity markets is not regulated by the CFTC and may be subject to greater risk than trading on domestic exchanges. For example, some foreign exchanges are principal markets so that no common clearing facility exists and a trader may look only to the broker for performance of the contract. Trading in foreign futures or foreign options contracts may not be afforded certain of the protective measures provided by the Commodity Exchange Act, the CFTCs regulations, and the rules of the National Futures Association (NFA) and any domestic exchange, including the right to use reparations proceedings before the CFTC and arbitration proceedings provided by the NFA or any domestic futures exchange. Amounts received for foreign futures or foreign options transactions may not be provided the same protections as funds received in respect of transactions on U.S. futures exchanges. A fund could incur losses or lose any profits that had been realized in trading by adverse changes in the exchange rate of the currency in which the transaction is denominated. Transactions on foreign exchanges may include both commodities that are traded on domestic exchanges and boards of trade, and those that are not.
A purchase or sale of a futures contract may result in losses in excess of the amount invested in the futures contract. There can be no guarantee that there will be a correlation between price movements in the hedging vehicle and in a fund securities being hedged. In addition, there are significant differences between the securities and futures markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between the markets, causing a given hedge not to achieve its objectives. The degree of imperfection of correlation depends on circumstances such as variations in speculative market demand for futures and futures options on securities, including technical influences in futures trading and futures options, and differences between the financial instruments being hedged and the instruments underlying the standard contracts available for trading in such respects as interest rate levels, maturities, and creditworthiness of
65
issuers. A decision as to whether, when and how to hedge involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived hedge may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected interest rate trends.
Future exchanges may limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in certain futures contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount that the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous days settlement price at the end of the current trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a futures contract subject to the limit, no more trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only price movements during a particular trading day and therefore does not limit potential losses because the limit may work to prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions. For example, futures prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of positions and subjecting some holder of futures contracts to substantial losses.
There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist at a time when a fund seeks to close out a futures or a futures option position, and that fund would remain obligated to meet margin requirements until the position is closed. In addition, many of the contracts discussed above are relatively new instruments without a significant trading history. As a result, there can be no assurance that an active secondary market will develop or continue to exist.
There are several risks in connection with the use of futures contracts as a hedging device. While hedging can provide protection against an adverse movement in market prices, it can also preclude a hedgers opportunity to benefit from a favorable market movement. In addition, investing in futures contracts and options on futures contracts will cause the fund to incur additional brokerage commissions and may cause an increase in the funds portfolio turnover rate. The successful use of futures contracts and related options also depends on the ability of the adviser or the sub-adviser to forecast correctly the direction and extent of market movements within a given time frame. To the extent market prices remain stable during the period a futures contract or option is held by a fund or such prices move in a direction opposite to that anticipated, the fund may realize a loss on the hedging transaction that is not offset by an increase in the value of its portfolio securities. As a result, the return of a fund for the period may be less than if it had not engaged in the hedging transaction.
The use of futures contracts involves the risk of imperfect correlation in movements in the price of futures contracts and movements in the price of the securities that are being hedged. If the price of the futures contract moves more or less than the price of the securities being hedged, a fund will experience a gain or loss that will not be completely offset by movements in the price of the securities. It is possible that, where a fund has sold futures contracts to hedge its portfolio against a decline in the market, the market may advance and the value of securities held in the funds portfolio may decline. If this occurred, a fund would lose money on the futures contract and would also experience a decline in value in its portfolio securities. Where futures are purchased to hedge against a possible increase in the prices of securities before a fund is able to invest its cash (or cash equivalents) in securities (or options) in an orderly fashion, it is possible that the market may decline; if the fund then determines not to invest in securities (or options) at that time because of concern as to possible further market decline or for other reasons, the fund will realize a loss on the futures that would not be offset by a reduction in the price of the securities purchased.
The market prices of futures contracts may be affected if participants in the futures market elect to close out their contracts through off-setting transactions rather than to meet margin deposit requirements. In such a case, distortions in the normal relationship between the cash and futures markets could result. Price distortions could also result if investors in futures contracts opt to make or take delivery of the underlying securities rather than to engage in closing transactions due to the resultant reduction in the liquidity of the futures market. In addition, due to the fact that, from the point of view of speculators, the deposit requirements in the futures markets are less onerous than margin requirements in the cash market, increased participation by speculators in the futures market could cause temporary price distortions. Due to the possibility of price distortions in the futures market and because of the imperfect correlation between movements in the prices of securities and movements in the prices of futures contracts, a correct forecast of market trends may still not result in a successful transaction.
66
Compared to the purchase or sale of futures contracts, the purchase of put or call options on futures contracts involves less potential risk for a fund because the maximum amount at risk is the premium paid for the options plus transaction costs. However, there may be circumstances when the purchase of an option on a futures contract would result in a loss to a fund while the purchase or sale of the futures contract would not have resulted in a loss, such as when there is no movement in the price of the underlying securities.
Interest Rate Futures Contracts:
An interest rate futures contract obligates the seller of the contract to deliver and the purchaser to take delivery of the interest rate securities called for in the contract at a specified future time and at a specified price. A stock index assigns relative values to the common stocks included in the index, and the index fluctuates with changes in the market values of the common stocks so included.
A fund may purchase and sell interest rate futures as a hedge against adverse changes in debt instruments and other interest rate sensitive securities. As a hedging strategy a fund might employ, the fund would purchase an interest rate futures contract when it is not fully invested in long-term debt securities but wishes to defer its purchase for some time until it can orderly invest in such securities or because short-term yields are higher than long-term yields. Such a purchase would enable a fund to earn the income on a short-term security while at the same time minimizing the effect of all, or part, of an increase in the market price of the long-term debt security, that the fund intends to purchase in the future. A rise in the price of the long-term debt security prior to its purchase either would be offset by an increase in the value of the futures contract purchased by a fund or avoided by taking delivery of the debt securities under the futures contract.
A fund would sell an interest rate futures contract in order to continue to receive the income from a long-term debt security, while endeavoring to avoid part or all of the decline in market value of that security that would accompany an increase in interest rates. If interest rates did rise, a decline in the value of the debt security held by a fund would be substantially offset by the ability of the fund to repurchase at a lower price the interest rate futures contract previously sold. While a fund could sell the long-term debt security and invest in a short-term security, ordinarily the fund would give up income on its investment, since long-term rates normally exceed short-term rates.
Stock Index Futures Contracts:
A fund may enter into stock index futures contracts, including futures contracts related to stock indices and interest rates among others. Such investment strategies will be used for hedging purposes and for non-hedging purposes, subject to applicable law. Purchases or sales of stock index futures contracts for hedging purposes may be used to attempt to protect a funds current or intended stock investments from broad fluctuations in stock prices, to act as a substitute for an underlying investment, or to enhance yield (speculation).
A stock index futures contract is an agreement pursuant to which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to a specified dollar amount times the difference between the stock index value at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the futures contract is originally struck.
A stock index assigns relative values to the common stocks included in an index (for example, the S&P 500 ® Index or the New York Stock Exchange Composite Index), and the index fluctuates with changes in the market values of such stocks. A stock index futures contract is a bilateral agreement to accept or make payment, depending on whether a contract is purchased or sold, of an amount of cash equal to a specified dollar amount multiplied by the difference between the stock index value at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the futures contract is originally purchased or sold.
67
Purchases or sales of stock index futures contracts are used to attempt to protect a funds current or intended stock investments from broad fluctuations in stock prices. For example, a fund may sell stock index futures contracts in anticipation of, or during a market decline to attempt to offset the decrease in market value of the funds portfolio securities that might otherwise result if such decline occurs, because the loss in value of portfolio securities may be offset, in whole or part, by gains on the futures position. When a fund is not fully invested in the securities market and anticipates a significant market advance, it may purchase stock index futures contracts in order to gain rapid market exposure that may, in part or entirely, offset increases in the cost of securities that the fund intends to purchase. As such purchases are made, the corresponding position in stock index futures contracts will be closed out. In a substantial majority of these transactions, a fund will purchase such securities upon termination of the futures position, but under usual market conditions, a long futures position may be terminated without a related purchase of securities.
To the extent that changes in the value of a fund corresponds to changes in a given stock index, the sale of futures contracts on that index (short hedge) would substantially reduce the risk to a fund of a market decline and, by so doing, provide an alternative to a liquidation of securities position, which may be difficult to accomplish in a rapid and orderly fashion. Stock index futures contracts might also be sold:
(i) |
when a sale of portfolio securities at that time would appear to be disadvantageous in the long term because such liquidation would: |
(a) |
forego possible price appreciation; |
(b) |
create a situation in which the securities would be difficult to repurchase; or |
(c) |
create substantial brokerage commissions. |
(ii) |
when a liquidation of a fund has commenced or is contemplated, but there is, in the advisers or a sub-advisers determination, a substantial risk of a major price decline before liquidation can be completed; or |
(iii) |
to close out stock index futures purchase transactions. |
Where a fund anticipates a significant market or market sector advance, the purchase of a stock index futures contract (long hedge) affords a hedge against not participating in such advance at a time when the fund is not fully invested. Stock index futures might also be purchased:
(i) |
if a fund is attempting to purchase equity positions in issues which it had, or was having, difficulty purchasing at prices considered by the adviser or a sub-adviser to be fair value based upon the price of the stock at the time it qualified for inclusion in the fund; or |
(ii) |
to close out stock index futures sales transactions. |
Options
A fund may purchase and sell put and call options on fixed-income or other securities or indices in standardized contracts traded on foreign or domestic securities exchanges, boards of trade, or similar entities, or quoted on NASDAQ or on an OTC market, and agreements, sometimes called cash puts, which may accompany the purchase of a new issue of bonds from a dealer.
An option on a security (or index) is a contract that gives the holder of the option, in return for a premium, the right to buy from (in the case of a call) or sell to (in the case of a put) the writer of the option the security underlying the option (or the cash value of the index) at a specified exercise price at any time during the term of the option. The writer of an option on a security has the obligation upon exercise of the option to deliver the underlying security upon payment of the exercise price or to pay the exercise price upon delivery of the underlying security. Upon
68
exercise, the writer of an option on an index is obligated to pay the difference between the cash value of the index and the exercise price multiplied by the specified multiplier for the index option. (An index is designed to reflect features of a particular financial or securities market, a specific group of financial instruments or securities, or certain economic indicators.)
A fund may purchase these securities for the purpose of increasing its return on such securities and/or to protect the value of its portfolio. A fund may also write combinations of put and call options on the same security, known as straddles. Such transactions can generate additional premium income but also present increased risk. A fund may also purchase put or call options in anticipation of market fluctuations which may adversely affect the value of its portfolio or the prices of securities that a fund wants to purchase at a later date. A fund may sell call and put options only if it takes certain steps to cover such options or segregates assets, in accordance with regulatory requirements, as described below.
A call option gives the holder (buyer) the right to buy and to obligate the writer (seller) to sell a security or financial instrument at a stated price (strike price) at any time until a designated future date when the option expires (expiration date). A put option gives the holder (buyer) the right to sell and to obligate the writer (seller) to purchase a security or financial instrument at a stated price at any time until the expiration date. A fund may write or purchase put or call options listed on national securities exchanges in standard contracts or may write or purchase put or call options with or directly from investment dealers meeting the creditworthiness criteria of a sub-adviser.
In the case of a call option on a security, the option is covered if a fund owns the security underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, cash or other assets determined to be liquid by a funds adviser or sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board, in such amount are segregated by its custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other securities held by the fund. For a call option on an index, the option is covered if a fund maintains with its custodian assets determined to be liquid by the adviser or sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board, in an amount equal to the contract value of the index. A call option is also covered if a fund holds a call on the same security or index as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is: (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written; or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided the difference is maintained by the fund in segregated assets determined to be liquid by the sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board. A put option on a security or an index is covered if a fund segregates assets determined to be liquid the sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board equal to the exercise price. A put option is also covered if a fund holds a put on the same security or index as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is: (i) equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written; or (ii) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided the difference is maintained by the fund in segregated assets determined to be liquid by the funds adviser or sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board.
Effecting a closing transaction in the case of a sold call option will permit a fund to sell another call option on the underlying security with either a different exercise price or expiration date or both, or in the case of a sold put option will permit a fund to sell another put option to the extent that the exercise price thereof is secured by liquid securities in a segregated account (or earmarked on its records). Such transactions permit a fund to generate additional premium income, which will partially offset declines in the value of portfolio securities or increases in the cost of securities to be acquired. Also, completing a closing transaction will permit the cash or proceeds from the concurrent sale of any subject to the option to be used for other investments of a fund, provided that another option on such security is not sold.
A fund will realize a profit from a closing transaction if the premium paid in connection with the closing of an option sold by a fund is less than the premium received from selling the option, or if the premium received in connection with the closing of an option by a fund is more than the premium paid for the original purchase. Conversely, a fund will suffer a loss if the premium paid or received in connection with a closing transaction is
69
more or less, respectively, than the premium received or paid in establishing the option position. Because increases in the market price of a call option will generally reflect increases in the market price of the underlying security, any loss resulting from the repurchase of a call option previously sold by a fund is likely to be offset in whole or in part by appreciation of the underlying security owned by a fund.
If an option written by a fund expires unexercised, the fund realizes a capital gain equal to the premium received at the time the option was written. If an option purchased by a fund expires unexercised, the fund realizes a capital loss equal to the premium paid. Prior to the earlier of exercise or expiration, an exchange traded option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same series (type, exchange, underlying security or index, exercise price, and expiration). There can be no assurance, however, that a closing purchase or sale transaction can be affected when a fund desires.
A fund may sell options in connection with buy-and-write transactions; that is, the fund may purchase a security and then sell a call option against that security. The exercise price of the call a fund determines to sell will depend upon the expected price movement of the underlying security. The exercise price of a call option may be below (in-the-money), equal to (at-the-money), or above (out-of-the-money) the current value of the underlying security at the time the option is sold. Buy-and-write transactions using in-the-money call options may be used when it is expected that the price of the underlying security will decline moderately during the option period. Buy-and-write transactions using out-of-the-money call options may be used when it is expected that the premiums received from selling the call option plus the appreciation in the market price of the underlying security, up to the exercise price, will be greater than the appreciation in the price of the underlying security alone. If the call options are exercised in such transactions, a funds maximum gain will be the premium received by it for selling the option, adjusted upwards or downwards by the difference between the funds purchase price of the security and the exercise price, less related transaction costs. If the options are not exercised and the price of the underlying security declines, the amount of such decline will be offset in part, or entirely, by the premium received.
The selling of put options is similar in terms of risk/return characteristics to buy-and-write transactions. If the market price of the underlying security rises or otherwise is above the exercise price, the put option will expire worthless and the funds gain will be limited to the premium received. If the market price of the underlying security declines or otherwise is below the exercise price, a fund may elect to close the position or retain the option until it is exercised, at which time a fund will be required to take delivery of the security at the exercise price; the funds return will be the premium received from the put option minus the amount by which the market price of the security is below the exercise price, which could result in a loss. Out-of-the-money, at-the-money and in-the-money put options may be used by a fund in the same market environments that call options are used in equivalent buy-and-write transactions.
By selling a call option, a fund limits its opportunity to profit from any increase in the market value of the underlying security, above the exercise price of the option. By selling a put option, a fund assumes the risk that it may be required to purchase the underlying security for an exercise price above its then current market value, resulting in a capital loss unless the security subsequently appreciates in value. The selling of options on securities will not be undertaken by a fund solely for hedging purposes, and could involve certain risks which are not present in the case of hedging transactions. Moreover, even where options are sold for hedging purposes, such transactions constitute only a partial hedge against declines in the value of portfolio securities or against increases in the value of securities to be acquired, up to the amount of the premium.
A fund may purchase options for hedging purposes or to increase its return. Put options may be purchased to hedge against a decline in the value of portfolio securities. If such decline occurs, the put options will permit a fund to sell the securities at the exercise price, or to close out the options at a profit. By using put options in this way, a fund will reduce any profit it might otherwise have realized in the underlying security by the amount of the premium paid for the put option and by transaction costs.
70
A fund may purchase call options to hedge against an increase in the price of securities that a fund anticipates purchasing in the future. If such increase occurs, the call option will permit a fund to purchase the securities at the exercise price, or to close out the options at a profit. The premium paid for the call option plus any transaction costs will reduce the benefit, if any, realized by a fund upon exercise of the option, and, unless the price of the underlying security rises sufficiently, the option may expire worthless to a fund.
In certain instances, a fund may enter into options on U.S. Treasury securities which provide for periodic adjustment of the strike price and may also provide for the periodic adjustment of the premium during the term of each such option. Like other types of options, these transactions, which may be referred to as reset options or adjustable strike options, grant the purchaser the right to purchase (in the case of a call), or sell (in the case of a put), a specified type and series of U.S. Treasury security at any time up to a stated expiration date (or, in certain instances, on such date). In contrast to other types of options, however, the price at which the underlying security may be purchased or sold under a reset option is determined at various intervals during the term of the option, and such price fluctuates from interval to interval based on changes in the market value of the underlying security. As a result, the strike price of a reset option, at the time of exercise, may be less advantageous to a fund than if the strike price had been fixed at the initiation of the option. In addition, the premium paid for the purchase of the option may be determined at the termination, rather than the initiation, of the option. If the premium is paid at termination, a fund assumes the risk that: (i) the premium may be less than the premium which would otherwise have been received at the initiation of the option because of such factors as the volatility in yield of the underlying U.S. Treasury security over the term of the option and adjustments made to the strike price of the option; and (ii) the option purchaser may default on its obligation to pay the premium at the termination of the option.
A fund will not write call options on when issued securities. A fund purchases call options primarily as a temporary substitute for taking positions in certain securities or in the securities that comprise a relevant index. A fund may also purchase call options on an index to protect against increases in the price of securities underlying that index that the fund intends to purchase pending its ability to invest in such securities in an orderly manner.
So long as the obligation of the writer of a call option continues, the writer may be assigned an exercise notice by the broker dealer through which such option was settled, requiring the writer to deliver the underlying security against payment of the exercise price. This obligation terminates upon the expiration of the call option, by the exercise of the call option, or by entering into an offsetting transaction.
When writing a call option, in return for the premium, the writer gives up the opportunity to profit from the price increase in the underlying security above the exercise price, but conversely retains the risk of loss should the price of the security decline. If a call option expires unexercised, the writer will realize a gain in the amount of the premium; however, such a gain may be offset by a decline in the market value of the underlying security during the option period. If the call option is exercised, the writer would realize a gain or loss from the transaction depending on what it received from the call and what it paid for the underlying security.
An option on an index (or a particular security) is a contract that gives the purchaser of the option, in return for the premium paid, the right to receive from the writer of the option cash equal to the difference between the closing price of the index (or security) and the exercise price of the option, expressed in dollars, times a specified multiple (the multiplier).
A fund may write calls on and futures contracts provided that it enters into an appropriate offsetting position or that it designates liquid assets or high-quality debt instruments in an amount sufficient to cover the underlying obligation in accordance with regulatory requirements. The risk involved in writing call options on futures contracts or market indices is that a fund would not benefit from any increase in value above the exercise price. Usually, this risk can be eliminated by entering into an offsetting transaction. However, the cost to do an offsetting transaction and
71
terminate a funds obligation might be more or less than the premium received when it originally wrote the option. Further, a fund might occasionally not be able to close the option because of insufficient activity in the options market.
In the case of a put option, as long as the obligation of the put writer continues, it may be assigned an exercise notice by the broker dealer through which such option was sold, requiring the writer to take delivery of the underlying security against payment of the exercise price. A writer has no control over when it may be required to purchase the underlying security, since it may be assigned an exercise notice at any time prior to the expiration date. This obligation terminates earlier if the writer effects a closing purchase transaction by purchasing a put of the same series as that previously sold.
If a put option is sold by a fund, the fund will designate liquid securities with a value equal to the exercise price, or else will hold an offsetting position in accordance with regulatory requirements. In writing puts, there is the risk that the writer may be required to by the underlying security at a disadvantageous price. The premium the writer receives from writing a put option represents a profit, as long as the price of the underlying instrument remains above the exercise price. However, if the put is exercised, the writer is obligated during the option period to buy the underlying instrument from the buyer of the put at exercise price, even though the value of the investment may have fallen below the exercise price. If the put lapse unexercised, the writer realizes a gain in the amount of the premium. If the put is exercised, the writer may incur a loss, equal to the difference between the exercise price and the current market value of the underlying instrument.
The purchase of put options may be used to protect a funds holdings in an underlying security against a substantial decline in market value. Such protection, of course, only provided during the life of the put option when a fund, as the holder of the put option, is able to sell the underlying security at the put exercise price regardless of any decline in the underlying securitys market price. By using put options in this manner, a fund will reduce any profit it might otherwise have realized in its underlying security by the premium paid for the put option and by transaction costs. The purchase of put options also may be used by the fund when it does not hold the underlying security.
The premium received from writing a call or put option, or paid for purchasing a call or put option will reflect, among other things, the current market price of the underlying security, the relationship of the exercise price to such market price, the historical price volatility of the underlying security, the length of the option period, and the general interest rate environment. The premium received by a fund for writing call options will be recorded as a liability in the statement of assets and liabilities of that fund. This liability will be adjusted daily to the options current market value. The liability will be extinguished upon expiration of the option, by the exercise of the option, or by entering into an offsetting transaction. Similarly, the premium paid by a fund when purchasing a put option will be recorded as an asset in the statement of assets and liabilities of that fund. This asset will be adjusted daily to the options current market value. The asset will be extinguished upon expiration of the option, by selling an identical option in a closing transaction, or by exercising the option.
Closing transactions will be effected in order to realize a profit on an outstanding call or put option, to prevent an underlying security from being called or put, or to permit the exchange or tender of the underlying security. Furthermore, effecting a closing transaction will permit a fund to write another call option, or purchase another call option, on the underlying security with either a different exercise price or expiration date or both. If a fund desires to sell a particular security from its portfolio on which it has written a call option, or purchased a put option, it will seek to effect a closing transaction prior to, or concurrently with, the date of the security. There is, of course, no assurance that a fund will be able to effect a closing transaction at a favorable price. If a fund cannot either enter into such a transaction, it may be required to hold a security that it might otherwise have sold, in which case it would continue to be at market risk on the security. A fund will pay brokerage commissions in connection with the sale or purchase of options to close out previously established option positions. These brokerage commissions are normally higher as a percentage of underlying asset values than those applicable to purchases and sales of portfolio securities.
72
The performance of indexed securities depends to a great extent on the performance of the security, currency, or other instrument to which they are indexed, and may also be influenced by interest rate changes in the United States and abroad. At the same time, indexed securities are subject to the credit risks associated with the issuer of the security, and their values may decline substantially if the issuers creditworthiness deteriorates. Recent issuers of indexed securities have included banks, corporations and certain U.S. government agencies.
Risks Associated with Options
There are several risks associated with transactions in options. For example, there are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. A decision as to whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived transaction may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected events.
Options may be more volatile than the underlying instruments and, therefore, on a percentage basis, an investment in options may be subject to greater fluctuation than an investment in the underlying instruments themselves. There are also significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objective. In addition, a liquid secondary market for particular options may be absent for reasons which include the following: there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of option of underlying securities; unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; the facilities of an exchange or clearing corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options that had been issued by a clearing corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.
During the option period, the covered call writer has, in return for the premium on the option, given up the opportunity to profit from a price increase in the underlying security above the exercise price, but, as long as its obligation as a writer continues, has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline. The writer of an option has no control over the time when it may be required to fulfill its obligation as a writer of the option. Once an option writer has received an exercise notice, it cannot effect a closing purchase transaction in order to terminate its obligation under the option and must deliver the underlying security at the exercise price. If a put or call option purchased by a fund is not sold when it has remaining value, and if the market price of the underlying security remains equal to or greater than the exercise price (in the case of a put), or remains less than or equal to the exercise price (in the case of a call), the fund will lose its entire investment in the option. Also, where a put or call option on a particular security is purchased to hedge against price movements in a related security, the price of the put or call option may move more or less than the price of the related security.
In addition, foreign option exchanges do not afford to participants many of the protections available in U.S. option exchanges. For example, there may be no daily price fluctuation limits in such exchanges or markets, and adverse market movements could therefore continue to an unlimited extent over a period of time. Although the purchaser of an option cannot lose more than the amount of the premium plus related transaction costs, this entire amount could be lost. Moreover, a fund as an option writer could lose amounts substantially in excess of its initial investment, due to the margin and collateral requirements typically associated with such option writing. (See Exchange-Traded/OTC Options.)
73
There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when a fund seeks to close out an option position. If a fund were unable to close out an option that it had purchased on a security, it would have to exercise the option in order to realize any profit or the option may expire worthless. If a fund were unable to close out a covered call option that it had written on a security, it would not be able to sell the underlying security unless the option expired without exercise. As the writer of a covered call option, a fund forgoes, during the options life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security covering the call option above the sum of the premium and the exercise price of the call.
If trading were suspended in an option purchased by a fund, the fund would not be able to close out the option. If restrictions on exercise were imposed, the fund might be unable to exercise an option it has purchased. Except to the extent that a call option on an index written by the fund is covered by an option on the same index purchased by the fund, movements in the index may result in a loss to the fund; however, such losses may be mitigated by changes in the value of the funds securities during the period the option was outstanding.
Options on securities, futures contracts, and options on currencies may be traded on foreign exchanges. Such transactions may not be regulated as effectively as similar transactions in the United States; may not involve a clearing mechanism and related guarantees, and are subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading in, or the prices of, foreign securities. The value of such positions also could be adversely affected by: (i) other complex foreign political, legal, and economic factors; (ii) lesser availability than in the United States of data on which to make trading decisions; (iii) delays in the funds ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets during non-business hours in the United States; (iv) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the United States; and (v) lesser trading volume.
The purchase of options involves certain risks. If a put option purchased by a fund is not sold when it has remaining value, and if the market price of the underlying security remains equal to or greater than the exercise price, the fund will lose its entire investment in the option. Also, where a put option is purchased to hedge against price movements in a particular security, the price of the put option may move more or less than the price of the related security. There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when a fund seeks to close out an option position. Furthermore, if trading restrictions or suspensions are imposed on the options markets, a fund may be unable to close out a position. Positions in futures contracts and related options may be closed out only on an exchange that provides a secondary market for such contracts or options. A fund will enter into an option or futures position only if there appears to be a liquid secondary market. However, there can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular option or futures contract at any specific time. Thus, it may not be possible to close out a futures or related option position. In the case of a futures position, in the event of adverse price movements a fund would continue to be required to make daily margin payments. In this situation, if the fund has insufficient cash to meet daily margin requirements it may have to sell portfolio securities at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. In addition, a fund may be required to take or make delivery of the securities underlying the futures contracts it holds. The inability to close out futures positions also could have an adverse impact on a funds ability to hedge its portfolio effectively.
Covered Call Options:
In order to earn additional income on its portfolio securities or to protect partially against declines in the value of such securities, a fund may write covered call options. The exercise price of a call option may be below, equal to, or above the current market value of the underlying security at the time the option is written. During the option period, a covered call option writer may be assigned an exercise notice by the broker-dealer through whom such call option was sold requiring the writer to deliver the underlying security against payment of the exercise price. This obligation is terminated upon the expiration of the option period or at such earlier time in which the writer effects a closing purchase transaction. Closing purchase transactions will ordinarily be effected to realize a profit on an
74
outstanding call option, to prevent an underlying security from being called, to permit the sale of the underlying security, or to enable a fund to write another call option on the underlying security with either a different exercise price or expiration date or both.
In order to earn additional income or to facilitate its ability to purchase a security at a price lower than the current market price of such security, a fund may write secured put options. During the option period, the writer of a put option may be assigned an exercise notice by the broker-dealer through whom the option was sold requiring the writer to purchase the underlying security at the exercise price.
A fund may write a call or put option only if the option is covered or secured by a fund holding a position in the underlying securities. This means that so long as a fund is obligated as the writer of a call option, it will own the underlying securities subject to the option or hold a call with the same exercise price, the same exercise period, and on the same securities as the written call. Alternatively, a fund may maintain, in a segregated account with the Companys custodian (or earmark on its records), cash and/or liquid securities with a value sufficient to meet its obligation as writer of the option. A put is secured if a fund maintains cash and/or liquid securities with a value equal to the exercise price in a segregated account, or holds a put on the same underlying security at an equal or greater exercise price. A fund may also cover its obligation by holding a put where the exercise price of the put is less than that of the written put provided the difference is segregated in the form of liquid securities. Prior to exercise or expiration, an option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same fund.
Exchange-Traded/OTC Options:
A fund may purchase and sell options that are traded on U.S. and foreign exchanges and options traded OTC with broker-dealers who make markets in these options. The ability to terminate OTC options is more limited than with exchange-traded options and may involve the risk that broker-dealers participating in such transactions will not fulfill their obligations. Transactions by a fund in options will be subject to limitations established by each of the exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities on which such options are traded governing the maximum number of options in each class which may be written or purchased by a single investor or group of investors acting in concert regardless of whether the options are written or purchased on the same or different exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facility or are held in one or more accounts or through one or more brokers. Thus, the number of options which a fund may write or purchase may be affected by options written or purchased by other investment advisory clients. An exchange, board of trade or other trading facility may order the liquidation of positions found to be in excess of these limits, and it may impose certain other sanctions. While a fund seeks to enter into OTC options only with dealers who can enter into closing transactions with the fund, no assurance exists that the fund will at any time be able to liquidate an OTC option at a favorable price at any time prior to expiration. If a fund, as a covered OTC/call option writer, cannot effect a closing purchase transaction, it will not be able to liquidate securities (or other assets) used as cover until the option expires or is exercised. In the event of insolvency of the other party, a fund may be unable to liquidate an OTC option. With respect to options written by a fund, the inability to enter into a closing transaction may result in material losses to the fund. For example, because a fund must maintain a secured position with respect to any call option on a security it writes, the fund may not sell the assets that it has segregated to secure the position while it is obligated under the option. This requirement may impair a funds ability to sell fund securities at a time when such sale might be advantageous. For thinly traded derivative instruments, the only source of price quotations may be the selling dealer or counterparty.
Foreign Currency Options:
Options on foreign currencies may be purchased and sold for hedging purposes in a manner similar to that in which forward contracts will be utilized. For example, a decline in the dollar value of a foreign currency in which portfolio securities are denominated will reduce the dollar value of such securities, even if their value in the foreign currency remains constant. In order to protect against such diminution in the value of portfolio securities, a fund may purchase put options on the foreign currency. If the value of the currency does decline, a fund will have the right to sell such currency for a fixed amount in dollars and will thereby offset, in whole or in part, the adverse effect on its portfolio which otherwise would have resulted.
75
Conversely, where a rise in the dollar value of a currency in which securities to be acquired are denominated is projected, thereby increasing the cost of such securities, a fund may purchase call options thereon. The purchase of such options could offset, at least partially, the effects of the adverse movements in exchange rates. As in the case of other types of options, however, the benefit to a fund deriving from purchases of foreign currency options will be reduced by the amount of the premium and related transaction costs. In addition, where currency exchange rates do not move in the direction or to the extent anticipated, a fund could sustain losses on transactions in foreign currency options which would require it to forgo a portion or all of the benefits of advantageous changes in such rates.
A fund may sell options on foreign currencies for the same types of hedging purposes. For example, where a fund anticipates a decline in the dollar value of foreign-denominated securities due to adverse fluctuations in exchange rates it could, instead of purchasing a put option, sell a call option on the relevant currency. If the expected decline occurs, the option will most likely not be exercised, and the diminution in value of portfolio securities will be offset by the amount of the premium received.
As in the case of other types of options, however, the selling of an option on foreign currency will constitute only a partial hedge, up to the amount of the premium received, and a fund could be required to purchase or sell foreign currencies at disadvantageous exchange rates, thereby incurring losses. The purchase of an option on foreign currency may constitute an effective hedge against fluctuations in exchange rates although, in the event of rate movements adverse to the funds position, it may forfeit the entire amount of the premium plus related transaction costs. As in the case of forward contracts, certain options on foreign currencies are traded over the counter and involve risks which may not be present in the case of exchange-traded instruments.
Similarly, instead of purchasing a call option to hedge against an anticipated increase in the dollar cost of securities to be acquired, a fund could sell a put option on the relevant currency which, if rates move in the manner projected, will expire unexercised and allow a fund to hedge such increased cost up to the amount of the premium. Foreign currency options sold by a fund will generally be covered in a manner similar to the covering of other types of options. As in the case of other types of options, however, the selling of a foreign currency option will constitute only a partial hedge up to the amount of the premium, and only if rates move in the expected direction. If this does not occur, the option may be exercised and a fund would be required to purchase or sell the underlying currency at a loss which may not be offset by the amount of the premium. Through the selling of options on foreign currencies, a fund also may be required to forgo all or a portion of the benefits, which might otherwise have been obtained from favorable movements in exchange rates. A fund may also use foreign currency options to increase exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one country to another.
Put and Call Options:
An option on a security (or index) is a contract that gives the holder of the option, in return for a premium, the right to buy from (in the case of a call) or sell to (in the case of a put) the writer of the option the security underlying the option (or the cash value of the index) at a specified exercise price at any time during the term of the option. The writer of an option on a security has the obligation upon exercise of the option to deliver the underlying security upon payment of the exercise price or to pay the exercise price upon delivery of the underlying security. Upon exercise, the writer of an option on an index is obligated to pay the difference between the cash value of the index and the exercise price multiplied by the specified multiplier for the index option. (An index is designed to reflect features of a particular financial or securities market, a specific group of financial instruments or securities, or certain economic indicators.)
A call option gives the holder (buyer) the right to buy and to obligate the writer (seller) to sell a security or financial instrument at a stated price (strike price) at any time until a designated future date when the option expires
76
(expiration date). A put option gives the holder (buyer) the right to sell and to obligate the writer (seller) to purchase a security or financial instrument at a stated price at any time until the expiration date. A fund may write or purchase put or call options listed on national securities exchanges in standard contracts or may write or purchase put or call options with or directly from investment dealers meeting the creditworthiness criteria of the sub-adviser.
Put and call options are derivative securities traded on U.S. and foreign exchanges, including the AMEX, Chicago Board Options Exchange, Philadelphia Stock Exchange, Pacific Stock Exchange, and NYSE. A fund will engage in trading of such derivative securities exclusively for non-speculative hedging purposes.
A fund may, to the extent specified herein or in the Prospectuses, purchase and sell both put and call options on fixed-income or other securities or indices in standardized contracts traded on foreign or domestic securities exchanges, boards of trade, or similar entities, or quoted on NASDAQ or on an over-the-counter market, and agreements, sometimes called cash puts, which may accompany the purchase of a new issue of bonds from a dealer.
A fund will write call options and put options only if they are covered. In the case of a call option on a security, the option is covered if the fund owns the security underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, cash or other assets determined to be liquid by the sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board, in such amount are segregated by its custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other securities held by the fund. For a call option on an index, the option is covered if the fund maintains with its custodian assets determined to be liquid by the sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board, in an amount equal to the contract value of the index. A call option is also covered if the fund holds a call on the same security or index as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is: (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written; or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided the difference is maintained by the fund in segregated assets determined to be liquid by the sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board. A put option on a security or an index is covered if the fund segregates assets determined to be liquid the sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board equal to the exercise price. A put option is also covered if the fund holds a put on the same security or index as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is: (i) equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written; or (ii) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided the difference is maintained by the fund in segregated assets determined to be liquid by the sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board.
If a put option is purchased, a fund acquires the right to sell the underlying security at a specified price at any time during the term of the option (for American-style options) or on the option expiration date (for European-style options). Purchasing put options may be used as a portfolio investment strategy when the adviser or the sub-adviser perceives significant short-term risk but substantial long-term appreciation for the underlying security. The put option acts as an insurance policy, as it protects against significant downward price movement while it allows full participation in any upward movement. If a fund holds a stock which the adviser or the sub-adviser believes has strong fundamentals, but for some reason may be weak in the near term, the fund may purchase a put option on such security, thereby giving itself the right to sell such security at a certain strike price throughout the term of the option. Consequently, a fund will exercise the put only if the price of such security falls below the strike price of the put. The difference between the puts strike price and the market price of the underlying security on the date a fund exercises the put, less transaction costs, is the amount by which the fund hedges against a decline in the underlying security. If during the period of the option the market price for the underlying security remains at or above the puts strike price, the put will expire worthless, representing a loss of the price a fund paid for the put, plus transaction costs. If the price of the underlying security increases, the premium paid for the put option less any amount for which the put may be sold reduces the profit a fund realizes on the sale of the securities.
If a put option is sold by a fund, the fund will designate liquid securities with a value equal to the exercise price, or else will hold an offsetting position in accordance with regulatory requirements. In writing puts, there is the risk that the writer may be required to by the underlying security at a disadvantageous price. The premium the writer
77
receives from writing a put option represents a profit, as long as the price of the underlying instrument remains above the exercise price. If the put is exercised, however, the writer is obligated during the option period to buy the underlying instrument from the buyer of the put at exercise price, even though the value of the investment may have fallen below the exercise price. If the put lapse unexercised, the writer realizes a gain in the amount of the premium. If the put is exercised, the writer may incur a loss, equal to the difference between the exercise price and the current market value of the underlying instrument.
If a call option is purchased, it acquires the right to purchase the underlying security at a specified price at any time during the term of the option. The purchase of a call option is a type of insurance policy to hedge against losses that could occur if a fund has a short position in the underlying security and the security thereafter increases in price. A fund will exercise a call option only if the price of the underlying security is above the strike price at the time of exercise. If during the option period the market price for the underlying security remains at or below the strike price of the call option, the option will expire worthless, representing a loss of the price paid for the option, plus transaction costs. If a fund purchases the call option to hedge a short position in the underlying security and the price of the underlying security thereafter falls, the premium paid for the call option less any amount for which such option may be sold reduces the profit the fund realizes on the cover of the short position in the security.
Prior to exercise or expiration, an option may be sold when it has remaining value by a purchaser through a closing sale transaction, which is accomplished by selling an option of the same series as the option previously purchased. A fund generally will purchase only those options for which the adviser or the sub-adviser believes there is an active secondary market to facilitate closing transactions.
If an option written by a fund expires unexercised, the fund realizes a capital gain equal to the premium received at the time the option was written. If an option purchased by a fund expires unexercised, the fund realizes a capital loss equal to the premium paid. Prior to the earlier of exercise or expiration, an exchange traded option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same series (type, exchange, underlying security or index, exercise price, and expiration). There can be no assurance, however, that a closing purchase or sale transaction can be effected when the fund desires.
A fund will not write call options on when issued securities. A fund may purchase call options primarily as a temporary substitute for taking positions in certain securities or in the securities that comprise a relevant index. A fund may also purchase call options on an index to protect against increases in the price of securities underlying that index that the fund intends to purchase pending its ability to invest in such securities in an orderly manner.
So long as the obligation of the writer of a call option continues, the writer may be assigned an exercise notice by the broker-dealer, through which such option was settled, requiring the writer to deliver the underlying security against payment of the exercise price. This obligation terminates upon the expiration of the call option, by the exercise of the call option, or by entering into an offsetting transaction.
A fund may write call options on futures contracts provided that it enters into an appropriate offsetting position or that it designates liquid assets or high-quality debt instruments in an amount sufficient to cover the underlying obligation in accordance with regulatory requirements. The risk involved in writing call options on futures contracts or market indices is that a fund would not benefit from any increase in value above the exercise price. Usually, this risk can be eliminated by entering into an offsetting transaction. However, the cost to do an offsetting transaction and terminate a funds obligation might be more or less than the premium received when it originally wrote the option. Further, a fund might occasionally not be able to close the option because of insufficient activity in the options market.
A fund may well sell put or call options it has previously purchased, which could result in a net gain or loss depending on whether the amount realized on the sale is more or less than the premium and other transaction costs paid on the put or call option which is sold. Prior to exercise or expiration, an option may be closed out by an
78
offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same series. A fund will realize a capital gain from a closing purchase transaction if the cost of the closing option is less than the premium received from writing the option, or, if it is more, the fund will realize a capital loss. If the premium received from a closing sale transaction is more than the premium paid to purchase the option, the fund will realize a capital gain or, if it is less, the fund will realize a capital loss. The principal factors affecting the market value of a put or a call option include supply and demand, interest rates, the current market price of the underlying security or index in relation to the exercise price of the option, the volatility of the underlying security or index, and the time remaining until the expiration date.
The premium received from writing a call or put option, or paid for purchasing paid for purchasing a put or call option reflect, among other things,, the current market price of the underlying security, the relationship of the exercise price to such market price, the historical price volatility of the underlying security, the length of the option period, and the general interest rate environment. The premium received by a fund for writing call options will be recorded as a liability in the statement of assets and liabilities of the fund. This liability will be adjusted daily to the options current market value. The liability will be extinguished upon expiration of the option, by the exercise of the option, or by entering into an offsetting transaction. Similarly, the premium paid by a fund when purchasing a put option will be recorded as an asset in the statement of assets and liabilities of that fund. This asset will be adjusted daily to the options current market value. The asset will be extinguished upon expiration of the option, by selling an identical option in a closing transaction, or by exercising the option. The value of an option purchased or written is marked-to-market daily and is valued at the closing price on the exchange on which it is traded or, if not traded on an exchange or no closing price is available, at the mean between the last bid and asked prices.
Closing transactions will be effected in order to realize a profit on an outstanding call or put option, to prevent an underlying security from being called or put, or to permit the exchange or tender of the underlying security. Furthermore, effecting a closing transaction will permit a fund to write another call option, or purchase another call option, on the underlying security with either a different exercise price or expiration date or both. If a fund desires to sell a particular security from its portfolio on which it has written a call option, or purchased a put option, it will seek to effect a closing transaction prior to, or concurrently with, the date of the security. There is, of course, no assurance that a fund will be able to effect a closing transaction at a favorable price. If a fund cannot either enter into such a transaction, it may be required to hold a security that it might otherwise have sold, in which case it would continue to be at market risk on the security. A fund will pay brokerage commissions in connection with the sale or purchase of options to close out previously established option positions. These brokerage commissions are normally higher as a percentage of underlying asset values than those applicable to purchases and sales of portfolio securities.
A fund may write covered straddles consisting of a combination of a call and a put written on the same underlying security. A covered straddle consists of a call and a put written the same underlying futures contract. A straddle will be covered when sufficient assets are deposited to meet a funds immediate obligations. A fund may use the same liquid assets to cover both the call and put options where the exercise price of the call and put are the same, or the exercise price of the call is higher than that of the put. In such cases, a fund will also segregate liquid assets equivalent to the amount, if any, by which the put is in the money.
Stock Index Options:
Stock index options include put and call options with respect to the S&P 500 ® Index and other stock indices. These may be purchased as a hedge against changes in the values of fund securities or securities which it intends to purchase or sell, or to reduce risks inherent in the ongoing management of a fund.
A fund may purchase and sell call and put options on stock indices for the same purposes as it purchases or sells options on securities. Options on stock indices are similar to options on securities, except that the exercise of stock index options requires cash payments and does not involved the actual purchase or sale of securities.
79
A fund generally may sell options on stock indices for the purpose of increasing gross income and to protect the fund against declines in the value of securities they own or increases in the value of securities to be acquired, although the fund may also purchase put or call options on stock indices in order, respectively, to hedge its investments against a decline in value or to attempt to reduce the risk of missing a market or industry segment advance. A funds possible loss in either case will be limited to the premium paid for the option, plus related transaction costs. The index underlying a stock index option may be a broad-based index, such as the S&P 500 ® Index or the New York Stock Exchange Composite Index, the changes in value of which ordinarily will reflect movements in the stock market in general. In contrast, certain options may be based on narrower market indices, such as the Standard & Poors 100 Index, or on indices of securities of particular industry groups, such as those of oil and gas or technology companies. A stock index assigns relative values to the stocks included in the index and the index fluctuates with changes in the market values of the stocks so included. The composition of the index is changed periodically.
In contrast to an option on a security, an option on a stock index provides the holder with the right but not the obligation to make or receive a cash settlement upon exercise of the option, rather than the right to purchase or sell a security. The amount of this settlement is equal to: (i) the amount, if any, by which the fixed exercise price of the option exceeds (in the case of a call) or is below (in the case of a put) the closing value of the underlying index on the date of exercise, multiplied; by (ii) a fixed index multiplier.
A fund may sell call options on stock indices if it owns securities whose price changes, in the opinion of the adviser or a sub-adviser, are expected to be similar to those of the underlying index, or if it has an absolute and immediate right to acquire such securities without additional cash consideration (or for additional cash consideration held in a segregated account by its custodian or earmarked on its records) upon conversion or exchange of other securities in its portfolio. When a fund covers a call option on a stock index it has sold by holding securities, such securities may not match the composition of the index and, in that event, a fund will not be fully covered and could be subject to risk of loss in the event of adverse changes in the value of the index. A fund may also sell call options on stock indices if it holds a call on the same index and in the same principal amount as the call sold when the exercise price of the call held: (i) is equal to or less than the exercise price of the call sold; or (ii) is greater than the exercise price of the call sold if the difference is maintained by the fund in liquid securities in a segregated account with its custodian (or earmarked on its records). A fund may sell put options on stock indices if it maintains liquid securities with a value equal to the exercise price in a segregated account with its custodian (or earmarked on its records), or by holding a put on the same stock index and in the same principal amount as the put sold when the exercise price of the put is equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put sold if the difference is maintained by a fund in liquid securities in a segregated account with its custodian (or earmarked on its records). Put and call options on stock indices may also be covered in such other manner as may be in accordance with the rules of the exchange on which, or the counterparty with which, the option is traded and applicable laws and regulations.
A fund will receive a premium from selling a put or call option, which increases the funds gross income in the event the option expires unexercised or is closed out at a profit. If the value of an index on which a fund has sold a call option falls or remains the same, a fund will realize a profit in the form of the premium received (less transaction costs) that could offset all or a portion of any decline in the value of the securities it owns. If the value of the index rises, however, a fund will realize a loss in its call option position, which will reduce the benefit of any unrealized appreciation in the funds stock investments. By selling a put option, a fund assumes the risk of a decline in the index. To the extent that the price changes of securities owned by a fund correlate with changes in the value of the index, selling covered put options on indices will increase the funds losses in the event of a market decline, although such losses will be offset in part by the premium received for selling the option.
A fund may also purchase put options on stock indices to hedge its investments against a decline in value. By purchasing a put option on a stock index, a fund will seek to offset a decline in the value of securities it owns through appreciation of the put option. If the value of the funds investments does not decline as anticipated, or if the value of the option does not increase, the funds loss will be limited to the premium paid for the option plus related transaction costs. The success of this strategy will largely depend on the accuracy of the correlation between the changes in value of the index and the changes in value of the funds security holdings.
80
The purchase of call options on stock indices may be used by a fund to attempt to reduce the risk of missing a broad market advance, or an advance in an industry or market segment at a time when a fund holds un-invested cash or short-term debt securities awaiting investment. When purchasing call options for this purpose, a fund will also bear the risk of losing all or a portion of the premium paid if the value of the index does not rise. The purchase of call options on stock indices when a fund is substantially fully invested is a form of leverage, up to the amount of the premium and related transaction costs, and involves risks of loss and of increased volatility similar to those involved in purchasing calls on securities a fund owns.
The distinctive characteristics of options on stock indices create certain risks not found in stock options generally. Because the value of an index option depends upon movements in the level of the index rather than the price of a particular stock, whether a fund will realize a gain or loss on the purchase or sale of an option on an index depends upon movements in the level of stock prices in the stock market generally rather than movements in the price of a particular stock. Accordingly, successful use by a fund of options on a stock index depends on the advisers or sub-advisers ability to predict correctly movements in the direction of the stock market generally. This requires different skills and techniques than predicting changes in the price of individual stocks.
Index prices may be distorted if circumstances disrupt trading of certain stocks included in the index, such as if trading were halted in a substantial number of stocks included in the index. If this happens, a fund could not be able to close out options, which it had purchased, and if restrictions on exercise were imposed, a fund might be unable to exercise an option it holds, which could result in substantial losses to the fund. A fund purchases put or call options only with respect to an index which the adviser or sub-adviser believes includes a sufficient number of stocks to minimize the likelihood of a trading halt in the index.
Index- and Commodity-Linked Notes and Currency- and Equity-Linked Debt Securities
Index-linked or commodity-linked notes are debt securities of companies that call for interest payments and/or payment at maturity in different terms than the typical note where the borrower agrees to make fixed interest payments and to pay a fixed sum at maturity. Principal and/or interest payments on an index-linked note depend on the performance of one or more market indices, such as the S&P 500 ® Index or a weighted index of commodity futures such as crude oil, gasoline, and natural gas. Currency-linked debt securities are short-term or intermediate-term instruments having a value at maturity, and/or an interest rate, determined by reference to one or more foreign currencies. Payment of principal or periodic interest may be calculated as a multiple of the movement of one currency against another currency, or against an index. At maturity, the principal amount of an equity-linked debt security is exchanged for common stock of the issuer or is payable in an amount based on the issuers common stock price at the time of maturity.
Index- and commodity-linked notes and currency- and equity-linked securities are derivative instruments, which may entail substantial risks. Such instruments may be subject to significant price volatility. The company issuing the instrument may fail to pay the amount due on maturity. The underlying investment or security may not perform as expected by the adviser or sub-adviser. Markets, underlying securities, and indices may move in a direction that was not anticipated by the adviser or sub-adviser. Performance of the derivatives may be influenced by interest rate and other market changes in the United States and abroad. Certain derivative instruments may be illiquid. (See Illiquid Securities herein.)
Straddles
A straddle is a combination of a put and a call option on the same underlying security and is used for hedging purposes to adjust the risk and return characteristics of a funds overall position. A possible combined position
81
would involve writing a covered call option at one strike price and buying a call option at a lower price in order to reduce the risk of the written covered call option in the event of a substantial price increase. Because combined options positions involve multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close out.
A straddle is covered when sufficient assets are deposited to meet a funds immediate obligations. A fund may use the same liquid assets or high quality debt instruments to cover both the call and put options when the exercise price of the call and put are the same, or the exercise price of the call is higher than that of the put. In such cases, a funds will segregate liquid assets or high quality debt instruments equivalent to the amount, if any, by which the put is in the money.
By entering into a straddle, a fund undertakes a simultaneous obligation to sell and purchase the same security in the event that one of the options is exercised. If the price of the security subsequently rises sufficiently above the exercise price to cover the amount of the premium and transaction costs, the call will likely be exercised and a fund will be required to sell the underlying security at a below market price. However, this loss may be offset, in whole or in part, by the premiums received on the writing of the call options. Conversely, if the price of the security declines by a sufficient amount, the put will likely be exercised. Straddles will likely be effective only where the price of the security remains stable and neither the call nor the put is exercised. In those instances where one of the options is exercised, the loss on the purchase or sale of the underlying security may exceed the amount of the premiums received.
Structured Notes
Structured notes are derivative debt securities, the interest rate or principal of which is determined by an unrelated indicator. Indexed securities include structured notes as well as securities other than debt securities, the interest rate or principal of which is determined by an unrelated indicator. Indexed securities may include a multiplier that multiplies the indexed element by a specified factor and, therefore, the value of such securities may be very volatile. However, to the extent a fund invests in these securities, the adviser or sub-adviser analyzes these securities in its overall assessment of the effective duration of the funds portfolio in an effort to monitor the funds interest rate risk.
Swap Transactions and Options on Swap Transactions
Swap transactions include, but are not limited to, swap agreements on interest rates, security or commodity indices, specific securities and commodities, and credit and event-linked swaps. Forms of swap agreements include: (i) interest rate caps under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates exceed a specified rate, or cap; (ii) interest rate floors under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates fall below a specified rate, or floor; and (iii) interest rate collars under which a party sells a cap and purchases a floor, or vice versa, in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels. In an interest rate cap, the cap buyer purchases protection for a floating rate move above the strike. In an interest rate floor, the floor buyer purchases protection for a floating rate move below the strike. The strikes are typically based on the three month LIBOR (although other indices are available) and are measured quarterly. Rights arising pursuant to both caps and floors are exercised automatically if the strike is in the money. Caps and floors eliminate the risk that the buyer fails to exercise an in-the-money option.
To the extent a fund may invest in foreign currency denominated securities, it may also invest in currency exchange rate swap agreements. A fund may also enter into options on swap agreements (swap options). A swap option is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation), in return for payment of a premium, to enter into
82
a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel, or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement at some designated future time on specified terms. A fund that may engage in swaps may write (sell) and purchase put and call swap options.
A fund may enter into swap transactions for any legal purpose consistent with its investment objective and policies, such as: (i) for the purpose of attempting to obtain or preserve a particular return or spread at a lower cost than obtaining a return or spread through purchases and/or sales of instruments in other markets; (ii) to protect against currency fluctuations; (iii) as a duration management technique; (iv) to protect against any increase in the price of securities a fund anticipates purchasing at a later date; or (v) to gain exposure to certain markets in the most economical way possible.
In a standard swap transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return or some other amount) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments, which may be adjusted for an interest factor. The gross returns to be exchanged or swapped between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a notional amount ( i.e. , the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate and in a particular foreign currency, or a basket of securities or commodities representing a particular index).
Bilateral swap agreements are two-party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors. Cleared swaps are transacted through futures commission merchants that are members of central clearinghouses with the clearinghouse serving as central counterparty similar to transactions in futures contracts. Portfolios post initial and variation margin to support their obligations under cleared swaps by making payments to their clearing member futures commission merchants.
Certain standardized swaps are subject to mandatory central clearing. Central clearing is expected to reduce counterparty credit risk and increase liquidity, but central clearing does not make swap transactions risk free. Centralized clearing will be required for additional categories of swaps on a phased-in basis based on the CFTC approval of contracts for central clearing.
Consistent with a funds investment objective and general investment policies, a fund may invest in commodity swap agreements. For example, an investment in a commodity swap agreement may involve the exchange of floating rate interest payments for the total return on a commodity index. In a total return commodity swap, a fund will receive the price appreciation of a commodity index, a portion of the index, or a single commodity in exchange for paying an agreed upon fee. If the commodity swap is for one period, a fund may pay a fixed fee established at the outset of the swap. However, if the term of the commodity swap is more than one period, with interim swap payments, a fund may pay an adjustable or floating fee. With a floating rate, the fee may be pegged to a base rate, such as the LIBOR, and is adjusted each period. Therefore, if interest rates increase over the term of the swap contract, a fund may be required to pay a higher fee at each swap reset date.
A fund will enter into swap transactions with appropriate counterparties pursuant to master netting agreements. A master netting agreement provides that all swaps done between a fund and that counterparty under that master agreement shall be regarded as parts of an integral agreement. If on any date amounts are payable in the same currency in respect to one or more swap transactions, the net amount payable on that date in that currency shall be paid. In addition, the master netting agreement may provide that if one party defaults generally, or on one swap, the counterparty may terminate the swaps with that party. Under such agreements, if there is a default resulting in a loss to one party, the measure of that partys damages is calculated by reference to the average cost of a replacement swap with respect to each swap ( i.e. , the marked-to-market value at the time of the termination of each swap). The gains and losses on all swaps are then netted and the result is the counterpartys gain or loss on termination. The termination of all swaps and the netting of gains and losses on termination are generally referred to as aggregation.
83
Most swap agreements entered into by a fund would calculate the obligations of the parties to the agreement on a net basis. Consequently, a funds current obligations (or rights) under a swap agreement will generally be equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the net amount). A funds current obligations under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owed to the fund) and any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty will be covered by the segregation of assets determined to be liquid by the adviser or sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board, to avoid any potential leveraging of the funds portfolio. Obligations under swap agreements so covered will not be construed to be senior securities for purposes of a funds investment restriction concerning senior securities. A fund will not enter into a swap agreement with any single party if the net amount owed or to be received under existing contracts with that party would exceed 5% of the funds total assets.
For purposes of applying a funds investment policies and restrictions (as stated in the Prospectuses and this SAI) swap agreements are generally valued by a fund at market value. However, the case of a credit default swap sold by a fund ( i.e ., where the fund is selling credit default protection), the fund will generally value the swap at its notional amount. The manner in which certain securities or other instruments are valued by a fund for purposes of applying investment policies and restrictions may differ from the manner in which those investments are valued by other types of investors.
Risks Associated with Swaps
The risks associated with swaps are similar to those described herein with respect to OTC options. In connection with such transactions, a fund relies on the other party to the transaction to perform its obligations pursuant to the underlying agreement. If there were a default by the other party to the transaction, a fund would have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreement, but could incur delays in obtaining the expected benefit of the transaction or loss of such benefit. In the event of insolvency of the other party, a fund might be unable to obtain its expected benefit. In addition, while a fund will seek to enter into such transactions only with parties which are capable of entering into closing transactions with the fund, there can be no assurance that the fund will be able to close out such a transaction with the other party, or obtain an offsetting position with any other party at any time prior to the end of the term of the underlying agreement. This may impair a funds ability to enter into other transactions at a time when doing so might be advantageous.
A fund will not enter into any of these derivative transactions unless the unsecured senior debt or the claims paying ability of the other party to the transaction is rated at least high quality at the time of purchase by at least one of the established rating agencies. The swap market has grown substantially in recent years, with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and as agents utilizing standard swap documentation, and the adviser or sub-adviser has determined that the swap market has become relatively liquid. Swap transactions do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets or principal and the risk of loss with respect to such transactions is limited to the net amount of payments that a fund is contractually obligated to make or receive. Caps and floors are more recent innovations for which standardized documentation has not yet been developed; accordingly, they are less liquid than swaps. Caps and floors purchased by a fund are considered to be illiquid assets.
The use of swaps is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio transactions. Whether a funds use of swap agreements or swap options will be successful in furthering its investment objective of total return will depend on the advisers or sub-advisers ability to predict correctly whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater returns than other investments. Because they are two party contracts and because they may have terms of greater than seven days, OTC swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid. Moreover, a fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under an OTC swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty. A fund will enter into swap agreements only with counterparties that meet certain
84
standards of creditworthiness (generally, such counterparties would have to be eligible counterparties under the terms of a funds repurchase agreement guidelines). Certain restrictions imposed on a fund by the Code, the CFTCs regulations, and the funds regulatory status may limit the funds ability to use swap agreements. It is possible that developments in the swaps market, including potential additional government regulation, could adversely affect a funds ability to terminate existing swap agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.
Depending on the terms of the particular option agreement, a fund will generally incur a greater degree of risk when it writes a swap option than it will incur when it purchases a swap option. When a fund purchases a swap option, it risks losing only the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire unexercised. However, when a fund writes a swap option, upon exercise of the option the fund will become obligated according to the terms of the underlying agreement.
Depending on a funds size and other factors, the margin required under the rules of the clearinghouse and by the clearing member for a cleared swap may be in excess of the collateral required to be posted by the fund to support its obligations under a similar uncleared swap. However, regulators are expected to adopt rules imposing certain margin requirements, including minimums, on uncleared swaps in the near future, which could reduce this distinction. Regulators are also in the process of developing rules that would require trading and execution of most liquid swaps on trading facilities. Moving trading to an exchange-type system may increase market transparency and liquidity but may require a fund to incur increased expenses to access the same types of swaps. Rules adopted in 2012 also require centralized reporting of detailed information about many types of cleared and uncleared swaps. Reporting of swap data may result in greater market transparency, but may subject the fund to additional administrative burdens and the safeguards established to protect trader anonymity may not function as expected.
Regulators may impose limits on an entitys or group of entities holdings in certain swaps.
Credit Default Swaps
A fund may enter into credit default swap agreements. The buyer in a credit default contract is obligated to pay the seller a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default on an underlying reference obligation has occurred. If an event of default occurs, the seller must pay the buyer the full notional value, or par value, of the reference obligation in exchange for the reference obligation. A fund may be either the buyer or seller in a credit default swap transaction. If a fund is a buyer and no event of default occurs, the fund will lose its investment and recover nothing. However, if an event of default occurs, the fund (if the buyer) will receive the full notional value of the reference obligation that may have little or no value. As a seller, a fund receives a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the contract, which typically is between six months and three years, provided that there is no default event. In accordance with procedures established by the Board, if a fund is the buyer in a credit default swap transaction no assets will be segregated but if the fund is the seller in a credit default swap transaction assets will be segregated in an amount equal to the full notional value of the transaction. Credit default swap transactions involve greater risks than if a fund had invested in the reference obligation directly.
A fund may also purchase credit default swap contracts in order to hedge against the risk of default of debt securities held in its portfolio, in which case a fund would function as the counterparty referenced in the preceding paragraph. This would involve the risk that the investment may expire worthless and would only generate income in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation (as opposed to a credit downgrade or other indication of financial instability). It would also involve credit risk that the seller may fail to satisfy its payment obligations to a fund in the event of a default.
A fund expects to enter into these transactions primarily to preserve a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio, to protect against currency fluctuations, as a duration management technique or to protect against any increase in the price of securities a fund anticipates purchasing at a later date.
85
Cross - Currency Swaps
A cross-currency swap is a contract between two counterparties to exchange interest and principal payments in different currencies. A cross-currency swap normally has an exchange of principal at maturity (the final exchange); an exchange of principal at the start of the swap (the initial exchange) is optional. An initial exchange of notional principal amounts at the spot exchange rate serves the same function as a spot transaction in the foreign exchange market (for an immediate exchange of foreign exchange risk). An exchange at maturity of notional principal amounts at the spot exchange rate serves the same function as a forward transaction in the foreign exchange market (for a future transfer of foreign exchange risk). The currency swap market convention is to use the spot rate rather than the forward rate for the exchange at maturity. The economic difference is realized through the coupon exchanges over the life of the swap. In contrast to single currency interest rate swaps, cross-currency swaps involve both interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk.
Interest Rate Swaps
An interest rate swap is a contract between two entities (counterparties) to exchange interest payments of the same currency between the parties. In the most common interest rate swap structure, one counterparty agrees to make floating rate payments to the other counterparty, which in turn makes fixed rate payments to the first counterparty. Interest payments are determined by applying the respective interest rates to an agreed upon amount, referred to as the notional principal amount. In most such transactions, the floating rate payments are tied to the LIBOR, which is the offered rate for short-term Eurodollar deposits between major international banks. As there is no exchange of principal amounts, an interest rate swap is not an investment or a borrowing.
An interest rate swap involves an agreement between a fund and another party to exchange payments calculated as if they were interest on a specified (notional) principal amount ( e.g ., an exchange of floating rate payments by one party for fixed rate payments by the other). An interest rate cap or floor entitles the purchaser, in exchange for a premium, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the seller of the cap or floor, to the extent that a specified reference rate exceeds or falls below a predetermined level. A fund usually enters into such transactions on a net basis, with the fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payment streams. The net amount of the excess, if any, of a funds obligations over its entitlements with respect to each swap is accrued on a daily basis, and an amount of cash or high-quality liquid securities having an aggregate NAV at least equal to the accrued excess is maintained in a segregated account by the fund custodian. If a fund enters into a swap on other than a net basis, or sells caps or floors, the fund maintains a segregated account in the full amount accrued on a daily basis of the funds obligations with respect to the transaction. Such segregated accounts are maintained in accordance with applicable regulations of the SEC.
Securities Swaps
Securities swaps are a technique primarily used to indirectly participate in the securities market of a country from which a fund would otherwise be precluded for lack of an established securities custody and safekeeping system. A fund deposits an amount of cash with its custodian (or the broker, if legally permitted) in an amount equal to the selling price of the underlying security. Thereafter, a fund pays or receives cash from the broker equal to the change in the value of the underlying security.
Swap Options
A swap option is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation) to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel, or otherwise change an existing swap agreement at some designated future time on specified terms.
86
Total Return Swaps
A total return swap is a contract in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party based on the change in market value of the assets underlying the contract, which may include a specified security, basket of securities, or securities indices during the specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate or the total return from other underlying assets. Total return swap agreements may be used to obtain exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or investing directly in such market. Total return swap agreements may effectively add leverage to a funds portfolio because, in addition to its total net assets, the fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap. Total return swap agreements are subject to the risk that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations to a fund, and conversely, that the fund will not be able to meet its obligation to the counterparty.
Synthetic Convertible Securities
Synthetic convertible securities are derivative positions composed of two or more different securities whose investment characteristics, taken together, resemble those of convertible securities. For example, a fund may purchase a nonconvertible debt security and a warrant or option, which enables the fund to have a convertible-like position with respect to a company, group of companies, or stock index. Synthetic convertible securities are typically offered by financial institutions and investment banks in private placement transactions. Upon conversion, a fund generally receives an amount in cash equal to the difference between the conversion price and the then-current value of the underlying security. Unlike a true convertible security, a synthetic convertible security is comprised of two or more separate securities, each with its own market value. Therefore, the market value of a synthetic convertible is the sum of the values of its fixed-income component and its convertible component. For this reason, the values of a synthetic convertible and a true convertible security may respond differently to market fluctuations. A fund may only invest in synthetic convertibles with respect to companies whose corporate debt securities are rated A or higher by a NRSRO.
Warrants
Warrants are, in effect, longer-term call options. They give the holder a right to purchase a predetermined number of shares of a particular company at specified prices within a certain period of time. The purchaser of a warrant expects that the market price of the security will exceed the purchase price of the warrant plus the exercise price of the warrant, thus giving him a profit. Of course, since the market price may never exceed the exercise price before the expiration date of the warrant, the purchaser of the warrant risks the loss of the entire purchase price of the warrant. Warrants generally trade in the open market and may be sold rather than exercised. Warrants are sometimes sold in unit form with other qualification as a regulated investment company. The result of a hedging program cannot be foreseen and may cause a fund to suffer losses that it would not otherwise sustain. Unlike convertible debt securities or preferred stocks, warrants do not pay a fixed dividend.
Risks Associated with Investing in Warrants
Investments in warrants involve certain risks, including the possible lack of a liquid market for resale of the warrants, potential price fluctuations as a result of speculation or other factors, and failure of the price of the underlying security to reach or have reasonable prospects of reaching a level at which the warrant can be prudently exercised (in which event the warrant may expire without being exercised, resulting in a loss of a funds entire investment therein). Such investments can provide a greater potential for profit or loss than an equivalent investment in the underlying security. Prices of warrants do not necessarily move in tandem with the prices of the underlying securities and are speculative investments. They pay no dividends and confer no rights other than a purchase option. If a warrant is not exercised by the date of its expiration, a fund will lose its entire investment in such warrant.
87
Warrants are pure speculation in that they have no voting rights, pay no dividends and have no rights with respect to the assets of the corporation issuing them. They do not represent ownership of the securities, but only the right to buy them. Warrants differ from call options in that warrants are issued by the issuer of the security which may be purchased on their exercise, whereas call options may be written or issued by anyone.
Foreign Currency Warrants
Foreign currency warrants such as Currency Exchange Warrants SM are warrants that entitle the holder to receive from their issuer an amount of cash (generally, for warrants issued in the United States, in U.S. dollars) which is calculated pursuant to a predetermined formula and based on the exchange rate between a specified foreign currency and the U.S. dollar as of the exercise date of the warrant. Foreign currency warrants generally are exercisable upon their issuance and expire as of a specified date and time. Foreign currency warrants have been issued in connection with U.S. dollar-denominated debt offerings by major corporate issuers in an attempt to reduce the foreign currency exchange risk which, from the point of view of prospective purchasers of the securities, is inherent in the international fixed-income marketplace. Foreign currency warrants may attempt to reduce the foreign exchange risk assumed by purchasers of a security by, for example, providing for a supplemental payment in the event that the U.S. dollar depreciates against the value of a major foreign currency such as the Japanese yen or the euro. The formula used to determine the amount payable upon exercise of a foreign currency warrant may make the warrant worthless unless the applicable foreign currency exchange rate moves in a particular direction ( e.g ., unless the U.S. dollar appreciates or depreciates against the particular foreign currency to which the warrant is linked or indexed).
Foreign currency warrants are severable from the debt obligations with which they may be offered, and may be listed on exchanges. Foreign currency warrants may be exercisable only in certain minimum amounts, and an investor wishing to exercise warrants who possesses less than the minimum number required for exercise may be required either to sell the warrants or to purchase additional warrants, thereby incurring additional transaction costs. In the case of any exercise of warrants, there may be a time delay between the time a holder of warrants gives instructions to exercise and the time the exchange rate relating to exercise is determined, during which time the exchange rate could change significantly, thereby affecting both the market and cash settlement values of the warrants being exercised. The expiration date of the warrants may be accelerated if the warrants should be delisted from an exchange or if their trading should be suspended permanently, which would result in the loss of any remaining time value of the warrants ( i.e ., the difference between the current market value and the exercise value of the warrants) and, in the case the warrants were out-of-the-money, in a total loss of the purchase price of the warrants. Warrants are generally unsecured obligations of their issuers and are not standardized foreign currency options issued by the OCC. Unlike foreign currency options issued by the OCC, the terms of foreign exchange warrants generally will not be amended in the event of governmental or regulatory actions affecting exchange rates, or in the event of the imposition of other regulatory controls affecting the international currency markets. The IPO price of foreign currency warrants is generally considerably in excess of the price that a commercial user of foreign currencies might pay in the interbank market for a comparable option involving significantly larger amounts of foreign currencies. Foreign currency warrants are subject to significant foreign exchange risk, including risks arising from complex political or economic factors.
Index Warrants
Put and call index warrants are instruments whose values vary depending on the change in the value of one or more specified securities indices (Index Warrants). Index Warrants are generally issued by banks or other financial institutions and give the holder the right, at any time during the term of the warrant, to receive upon exercise of the warrant, a cash payment from the issuer based on the value of the underlying index at the time of exercise. In general, if the value of the underlying index rises above the exercise price of the Index Warrant, the holder of a call warrant will be entitled to receive a cash payment from the issuer upon exercise based on the difference between the value of the index and the exercise price of the warrant; if the value of the underlying index falls, the holder of a put
88
warrant will be entitled to receive a cash payment from the issuer upon exercise based on the difference between the exercise price of the warrant and the value of the index. The holder of a warrant would not be entitled to any payments from the issuer at any time when, in the case of a call warrant, the exercise price is greater than the value of the underlying index or, in the case of a put warrant, the exercise price is less than the value of the underlying index. If a fund were not to exercise an Index Warrant prior to its expiration, then the fund would lose the amount of the purchase price paid by it for the warrant. Certain funds will normally use Index Warrants in a manner similar to their use of options on securities indices. The risks of using Index Warrants are generally similar to those relating to the use of index options. However, unlike most index options, Index Warrants are issued in limited amounts and are not obligations of a regulated clearing agency, but are backed only by the credit of the bank or other institution that issues the warrant. Also, Index Warrants generally have longer terms than index options. Index Warrants are not likely to be as liquid as certain index options backed by a recognized clearing agency. In addition, the terms of Index Warrants may limit a funds ability to exercise the warrants at such time, or in such quantities, as the fund would otherwise wish to do.
INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES
Borrowing
If a fund borrows money, its share price may be subject to greater fluctuation until the borrowing is paid off. If a fund makes additional investments while borrowings are outstanding, this may be considered a form of leverage. Under the 1940 Act, a fund is required to maintain continuous asset coverage of 300% with respect to such borrowings and to sell (within three days) sufficient portfolio holdings to restore such coverage if it should decline to less than 300% due to market fluctuations or otherwise, even if such liquidations of the funds holdings may be disadvantageous from an investment standpoint.
Leveraging by means of borrowing may exaggerate the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of portfolio securities or a funds NAV, and money borrowed will be subject to interest and other costs (which may include commitment fees and/or the cost of maintaining minimum average balances) which may or may not exceed the income received from the securities purchased with borrowed funds. Borrowing may be done for any purpose permitted by the 1940 Act or as permitted by a funds investment policies and restrictions.
Reverse repurchase agreements are considered a form of borrowing. Securities purchased on a when issued or delayed delivery basis will not be subject to a funds borrowing limitations to the extent that the fund establishes and maintains liquid assets in a segregated account with the funds custodian (or earmark liquid assets on its records) equal to the funds obligations under the when issued or delayed delivery arrangement.
Currency Management
A funds flexibility to participate in higher yielding debt markets outside of the United States may allow the fund to achieve higher yields than those generally obtained by domestic money market funds and short-term bond investments. However, when a fund invests significantly in securities denominated in foreign currencies, movements in foreign currency exchange rates versus the U.S. dollar are likely to impact the funds share price stability relative to domestic short-term income funds. Fluctuations in foreign currencies can have a positive or negative impact on returns. Normally, to the extent that a fund is invested in foreign securities, a weakening in the U.S. dollar relative to the foreign currencies underlying the funds investments should help increase the NAV of the fund. Conversely, a strengthening in the U.S. dollar versus the foreign currencies in which a funds securities are denominated will generally lower the NAV of the fund. A funds adviser or sub-adviser attempts to minimize exchange rate risk through active portfolio management, including hedging currency exposure through the use of futures, options, and forward currency transactions, and attempting to identify bond markets with strong or stable currencies. There can be no assurance that such hedging will be successful and such transactions, if unsuccessful, could result in additional losses or expenses to a fund.
89
Forward Commitment Transactions
A fund may purchase securities on a forward commitment basis if the fund holds, and maintains until the settlement date in a segregated account, cash and/or liquid securities in an amount sufficient to meet the purchase price, or if the fund enters into offsetting contracts for the forward sale of other securities it owns. Purchasing securities on a forward commitment basis involves a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines prior to the settlement date, which risk is in addition to the risk of decline in value of a funds other assets. A fund may realize short-term profits or losses upon such sales.
Interest Rates and Portfolio Maturity ING Floating Rate Fund Only
Interest rates on loans in which ING Floating Rate Fund invests adjust periodically. The interest rates are adjusted based on a base rate plus a premium or spread over the base rate. The base rate usually is the LIBOR, the federal funds rate, the prime rate, or other base lending rates used by commercial lenders. LIBOR usually is an average of the interest rates quoted by several designated banks as the rates at which they pay interest to major depositors in the London interbank market on U.S. dollar-denominated deposits. The Funds adviser and sub-adviser believe that changes in short-term LIBOR rates are closely related to changes in the Federal Reserve federal funds rate, although the two are not technically linked. The prime rate quoted by a major U.S. bank is generally the interest rate at which that bank is willing to lend U.S. dollars to its most creditworthy borrowers, although it may not be the banks lowest available rate.
Loans in which ING Floating Rate Fund invests typically have multiple reset periods at the same time with each reset period applicable to a designated portion of the loan. The maximum duration of an interest rate reset on any loan in which the Fund may invest is one year. Although the Fund has no restrictions on investment maturity, normally at least 80% of its portfolio will be invested in assets with remaining maturities of ten years or less. The Funds portfolio of loans will ordinarily have a dollar-weighted average time until the next interest rate adjustment of 90 days or less, although the time may exceed 90 days. The Fund may find it possible and appropriate to use interest rate swaps and other investment practices to shorten the effective interest rate adjustment period of loans. If the Fund does so, it will consider the shortened period to be the adjustment period of the loan. As short-term interest rates rise, interest payable to the Fund should increase. As short-term interest rates decline, interest payable to the Fund should decrease. The amount of time that will pass before the Fund experiences the effects of changing short-term interest rates will depend on the dollar-weighted average time until the next interest rate adjustment on the Funds portfolio of loans.
Loans usually have mandatory and optional prepayment provisions. Because of prepayments, the actual remaining maturity of a loan may be considerably less than its stated maturity. If a loan is prepaid, ING Floating Rate Fund will have to reinvest the proceeds in other loans or securities, which may have a lower fixed spread over its base rate. In such a case, the amount of interest paid to the Fund would likely decrease.
In the event of a change in the benchmark interest rate on a loan, the rate payable to lenders under the loan will, in turn, change at the next scheduled reset date. If the benchmark rate goes up, ING Floating Rate Fund as lender would earn interest at a higher rate, but only on and after the reset date. If the benchmark rate goes down, the Fund as lender would earn interest at a lower rate, but only on and after the reset date.
During normal market conditions, changes in market interest rates will affect the Fund in certain ways. The principal effect will be that the yield on ING Floating Rate Funds shares will tend to rise or fall as market interest rates rise and fall. This is because almost all of the assets in which the Fund invests pay interest at rates which float in response to changes in market rates. However, because the interest rates on the Funds assets reset over time,
90
there will be an imperfect correlation between changes in market rates and changes to rates on the portfolio as a whole. This means that changes to the rate of interest paid on the portfolio as a whole, will tend to lag behind changes in market rates.
Market interest rate changes may also cause ING Floating Rate Funds NAV to experience moderate volatility. This is because the value of a loan asset in the Fund is partially a function of whether it is paying what the market perceives to be a market rate of interest for the particular loan given its individual credit and other characteristics. If market interest rates change, a loans value could be affected to the extent the interest rate paid on that loan does not reset at the same time. As discussed above, the rates of interest paid on the loans in which the Fund invests have a weighted average reset period that typically is less than 90 days. Therefore, the impact of the lag between a change in market interest rates and the change in the overall rate on the portfolio is expected to be minimal.
Finally, to the extent that changes in market rates of interest are reflected, not in a change to a base rate such as LIBOR, but in a change in the spread over the base rate which is payable on loans of the type and quality in which ING Floating Rate Fund invests, the Funds NAV could be adversely affected. Again, this is because the value of a loan asset in the Fund is partially a function of whether it is paying what the market perceives to be a market rate of interest for the particular loan given its individual credit and other characteristics. However, unlike changes in market rates of interest for which there is only a temporary lag before the portfolio reflects those changes, changes in a loans value based on changes in the market spread on loans in the Funds portfolio may be of longer duration.
Portfolio Hedging
Hedging against changes in financial markets, currency rates and interest rates may be utilized. One form of hedging is with derivatives. Derivatives (as described herein) are instruments whose value is linked to, or derived from, another instrument, like an index or a commodity. Hedging transactions involve certain risks. There can be no assurances that a fund will be employing a hedging transaction at any given time, or that any hedging transaction actually used will be successful. Although a fund may benefit from hedging, unanticipated changes in interest rates or securities prices may result in greater losses for the fund than if it did not hedge. If a fund does not correctly predict a hedge, it may lose money. In addition, a fund pays commissions and other costs in connection with hedging transactions.
Risks Associated With Hedging Transactions
Hedging transactions have special risks associated with them, including possible default by the counterparty to the transaction, illiquidity and, to the extent the advisers or sub-advisers view as to certain market movements is incorrect, the risk that the use of a hedging transaction could result in losses greater than if it had not been used. Use of call options could result in losses to a fund, force the sale or purchase of portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices lower than current market values, or cause the fund to hold a security it might otherwise sell. Currency hedging involves some of the same risks and considerations as other transactions with similar instruments. Currency transactions can result in losses to a fund if the currency being hedged fluctuates in value to a degree or in a direction that is not anticipated. Further, the risk exists that the perceived linkage between various currencies may not be present or may not be present during the particular time that a fund is engaging in portfolio hedging. Currency transactions are also subject to risks different from those of other portfolio transactions. Because currency control is of great importance to the issuing governments and influences economic planning and policy, purchases, and sales of currency and related instruments can be adversely affected by government exchange controls, limitations or restrictions on repatriation of currency, and manipulations or exchange restrictions imposed by governments. These forms of governmental actions can result in losses to a fund if it is unable to deliver or receive currency or monies in settlement of obligations and could also cause hedges it has entered into to be rendered useless, resulting in full currency exposure as well as incurring transaction costs.
91
In addition, a fund pays commissions and other costs in connection with such investments. Losses resulting from the use of hedging transactions will reduce a funds NAV, and possibly income, and the losses can be greater than if hedging transactions had not been used.
Risks of Hedging Transactions Outside of the United States
When conducted outside the United States, hedging transactions may not be regulated as rigorously as in the United States, may not involve a clearing mechanism and related guarantees, and will be subject to the risk of government actions affecting trading in, or the price of, foreign securities, currencies, and other instruments. The value of positions taken as part of non-U.S. hedging transactions also could be adversely affected by: (i) other complex foreign political, legal and economic factors; (ii) lesser availability of data on which to make trading decisions than in the United States; (iii) delays in a funds ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets during non-business hours in the United States; (iv) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures, and margin requirements than in the United States; and (v) lower trading volume and liquidity.
One form of hedging that may be utilized by a fund is to make contracts to purchase securities for a fixed price at a future date beyond customary settlement time (forward commitments) because new issues of securities are typically offered to investors, such as a fund, on that basis. Forward commitments involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines prior to the settlement date. This risk is in addition to the risk of decline in the value of a funds other assets. Although a fund will enter into such contracts with the intention of acquiring securities, the fund may dispose of a commitment prior to settlement if the adviser or sub-adviser deems it appropriate to do so. A fund may realize short-term profits or losses upon the sale of forward commitments.
A funds options, futures, and swap transactions will generally be entered into for hedging purposes; to protect against possible changes in the market values of securities held in or to be purchased for the funds portfolio resulting from securities markets, currency or interest rate fluctuations. In addition, a funds derivative investments may also be used for non-hedging purposes; to protect the funds unrealized gains in the values of its portfolio securities, to facilitate the sale of such securities for investment purposes, to manage the effective maturity or duration of the funds portfolio, or to establish a position in the derivatives markets as a temporary substitute for purchase or sale of particular securities.
Repurchase Agreements
A fund may enter into repurchase agreements with sellers that are member firms (or subsidiaries thereof) of the NYSE, members of the Federal Reserve System, recognized primary U.S. government securities dealers, or institutions which a sub-adviser has determined to be of comparable creditworthiness. Repurchase agreements may be considered to be loans by a fund for purposes of the 1940 Act.
Each repurchase agreement must be collateralized fully, in accordance with the provisions of Rule 5b-3 under the 1940 Act, at all times. Pursuant to such repurchase agreements, a fund acquires securities from financial institutions such as brokers, dealers, and banks, subject to the sellers agreement to repurchase and the funds agreement to resell such securities at a mutually agreed upon date and price. The term of such an agreement is generally quite short, possibly overnight or for a few days, although it may extend over a number of months (up to one year) from the date of delivery. The repurchase price may be higher than the purchase price, the difference being income to a fund, or the purchase and repurchase prices may be the same, with interest at a standard rate due to the underlying fund security. In either case, the income to a fund is unrelated to the interest rate on U.S. government securities.
The securities underlying a repurchase agreement will be marked-to-market every business day so that the value of the collateral is at least equal to the value of the loan, including the accrued interest thereon, and the adviser or sub-adviser will monitor the value of the collateral. Securities subject to repurchase agreements will be held by the custodian or in the Federal Reserve/Treasury Book-Entry System, or an equivalent foreign system. If the seller
92
defaults on its repurchase obligation, a fund holding the repurchase agreement will suffer a loss to the extent that the proceeds from a sale of the underlying securities is less than the repurchase price under the agreement. Bankruptcy or insolvency of such a defaulting seller may cause a funds rights with respect to such securities to be delayed or limited. To mitigate this risk, a fund may only enter into repurchase agreements that qualify for an exclusion from any automatic stay of creditors rights against the counterparty under applicable insolvency law in the event of the counterpartys insolvency.
The repurchase agreement provides that in the event the seller fails to pay the price agreed upon on the agreed upon delivery date or upon demand, as the case may be, a fund will have the right to liquidate the securities. If, at the time a fund is contractually entitled to exercise its right to liquidate the securities the seller is subject to a proceeding under the bankruptcy laws or its assets are otherwise subject to a stay order, a funds exercise of its right to liquidate the securities may be delayed and result in certain losses and costs to the fund. A fund has adopted and follows procedures which are intended to minimize the risks of repurchase agreements. For example, a fund only enters into repurchase agreements after its adviser or sub-adviser has determined that the seller is creditworthy, and the adviser or sub-adviser monitors the sellers creditworthiness on an ongoing basis. Moreover, under such agreements, the value, including accrued interest, of the securities (which are marked-to-market every business day) is required to be greater than the repurchase price, and the fund has the right to make margin calls at any time if the value of the securities falls below the agreed upon margin.
A fund may not enter into a repurchase agreement having more than seven days remaining to maturity if, as a result, such agreements together with any other securities that are not readily marketable, would exceed the funds limitation on investing in illiquid securities. If the seller should become bankrupt or default on its obligations to repurchase the securities, a fund may experience delay or difficulties in exercising its rights to the securities held as collateral and might incur a loss if the value of the securities should decline. A fund may also incur disposition costs in connection with liquidating the securities.
Restricted Securities, Illiquid Securities, and Liquidity Requirements
Generally, a security is considered illiquid if it cannot be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven calendar days at approximately the value ascribed to it by a fund. A fund may invest in restricted securities governed by Rule 144A under the 1933 Act (Rule 144A) and other restricted securities. In adopting Rule 144A, the SEC specifically stated that restricted securities traded under Rule 144A may be treated as liquid for purposes of investment limitations if the Board (or the funds adviser or sub-adviser acting subject to the Boards supervision) determines that the securities are in fact liquid. The Board has delegated its responsibility to fund management to determine the liquidity of each restricted security purchased pursuant to Rule 144A, subject to the Boards oversight and review. Examples of factors that will be taken into account in evaluating the liquidity of a Rule 144A security, both with respect to the initial purchase and on an ongoing basis, will include, among others: (i) the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; (ii) the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the security and the number of other potential purchasers; (iii) dealer undertakings to make a market in the security; and (iv) the nature of the security and the nature of the marketplace trades ( e.g ., the time needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers, and the mechanics of transfer).
A securitys illiquidity might prevent the sale of such a security at a time when the adviser or sub-adviser might wish to sell, and these securities could have the effect of decreasing the overall level of a funds liquidity. Further, the lack of an established secondary market may make it more difficult to value illiquid securities, requiring a fund to rely on judgments that may be somewhat subjective in determining value, which could vary from the amount that a fund could realize upon disposition. If institutional trading in restricted securities were to decline to limited levels, the liquidity of a fund could be adversely affected. A fund treats any securities subject to restrictions on repatriation for more than seven days, and securities issued in connection with foreign debt conversion programs that are restricted as to remittance of invested capital or profit, as illiquid. Illiquid securities do not include securities that are restricted from trading on formal markets for some period of time but for which an active informal market exists, or securities that meet the requirements of Rule 144A under the 1933 Act and that, subject to the review by the Board and guidelines adopted by the Board, the adviser or sub-adviser has determined to be liquid.
93
When registration is required before the securities may be resold, a considerable period of time may elapse between a funds decision to dispose of these securities and the time when the fund is able to dispose of them, during which time the value of the securities could decline. The expenses of registering restricted securities (excluding securities that may be resold pursuant to Rule 144A) may be negotiated at the time such securities are purchased by a fund. A fund may also acquire securities through private placements. Such securities may have contractual restrictions on their resale, which might prevent their resale by the fund at a time when such resale would be desirable. Securities that are not readily marketable will be valued by a fund in good faith pursuant to procedures adopted by the Board.
Restricted securities, including private placements, are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale. They can be eligible for purchase without SEC registration by certain institutional investors known as qualified institutional buyers, and under a funds procedures, restricted securities could be treated as liquid. However, some restricted securities may be illiquid and restricted securities that are treated as liquid could be less liquid than registered securities traded on established secondary markets.
Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Dollar Roll Transactions
A fund may borrow money by entering into transactions called reverse repurchase agreements. Under these arrangements, a fund will sell portfolio securities to dealers in U.S. government securities or members of the Federal Reserve System held by the fund with an agreement that the fund will repurchase the securities on an agreed date, price, and interest payment.
This process involves the lending of specific securities to pre-approved counterparties, broker-dealers, and the receipt of cash in return for a set period of time, generally for a term of thirty to sixty days. By convention, 102% worth of securities is placed as collateral with the counterparty; however, this may vary depending on the type of collateral employed. More volatile securities may require higher collateral. A fund may employ reverse repurchase agreements when necessary to meet unanticipated net redemptions so as to avoid liquidating other fund investments during unfavorable market conditions or when dollar roll transactions become uneconomic. Reverse repurchase agreements alleviate the need to liquidate the short-term assets associated with the proceeds of dollar roll transactions. The liquidation of carefully tailored short-term securities component of a fund is not cost-effective for shareholders; moreover, the reconstruction of that short-term component at a later date is also not cost-effective. At the time it enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, a fund may place in a segregated custodial account cash and/or liquid assets having a dollar value equal to the repurchase price.
Reverse repurchase agreements are considered to be borrowings under the 1940 Act. Reverse repurchase agreements, together with other permitted borrowings, may constitute up to a percentage of a funds total assets as outlined in the funds Prospectuses. Under the 1940 Act, a fund is required to maintain continuous asset coverage of 300% with respect to borrowings and to sell (within three days) sufficient holdings to restore such coverage if it should decline to less than 300% due to market fluctuations or otherwise, even if such liquidations of the holdings may be disadvantageous from an investment standpoint. However, a fund may segregate its assets to cover the commitment under a reverse repurchase agreement, dollar roll transaction, or any other transactions that may give rise to senior security, as defined by the 1940 Act; as a result, the fund will not be subject to the 300% asset coverage requirement. Leveraging by means of borrowing may exaggerate the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of a funds securities or the funds NAV, and money borrowed will be subject to interest and other costs (which may include commitment fees and/or the cost of maintaining minimum average balances) which may or may not exceed the income received from the securities purchased with borrowed funds.
In order to enhance returns and manage prepayment risks a fund may engage in dollar roll transactions with respect to mortgage securities issued by GNMA, FHLMC, and FNMA. In a dollar roll transaction, a fund sells a mortgage
94
security held by the fund to a financial institution such as a bank or broker-dealer, and simultaneously agrees to repurchase a substantially similar security (same type, coupon, and maturity) from the institution at a later date at an agreed upon price. The mortgage securities that are repurchased will bear the same interest rate as those sold, but generally will be collateralized by different pools of mortgages with different prepayment histories. During the period between the sale and repurchase, a fund will not be entitled to receive interest and principal payments on the securities sold. Proceeds of the sale will be invested in short-term instruments and the income from these investments, together with any additional fee income received on the sale, could generate income for a fund exceeding the yield on the sold security. When a fund enters into a dollar roll transaction, cash and/or liquid assets of the fund, in a dollar amount sufficient to make payment for the obligations to be repurchased, are segregated with its custodian at the trade date. These securities are marked daily and are maintained until the transaction is settled.
A dollar roll can be viewed, like a reverse repurchase agreement, as a collateralized borrowing in which a fund pledges a mortgage-backed security to a dealer to obtain cash. Unlike in the case of reverse repurchase agreements, the dealer with which a fund enters into a dollar roll transaction is not obligated to return the same securities as those originally sold by the fund, but only securities which are substantially identical. To be considered substantially identical, the securities returned to a fund generally must: (i) be collateralized by the same types of underlying mortgages; (ii) be issued by the same agency and be part of the same program; (iii) have a similar original stated maturity; (iv) have identical net coupon rates; (v) have similar market yields (and therefore price); and (vi) satisfy good delivery requirements, meaning that the aggregate principal amounts of the securities delivered and received back must be within 2.5% of the initial amount delivered.
Because dollar roll transactions may be for terms ranging between one and six months, dollar roll transactions may be deemed illiquid and be subject to a funds overall limitations on investments in illiquid securities.
Risks of Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Dollar Roll Transactions
Reverse repurchase agreements involve the possible risk that the value of portfolio securities a fund relinquishes may decline below the price the fund must pay when the transaction closes. Borrowings may magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested resulting in an increase in the speculative character of a funds outstanding shares.
Whether a reverse repurchase agreement or dollar roll transaction produces a gain for a fund depends upon the costs of the agreements ( e.g. , a function of the difference between the amount received upon the sale of its securities and the amount to be spent upon the purchase of the same or substantially the same security) and the income and gains of the securities purchased with the proceeds received from the sale of the mortgage security. If the income and gains on the securities purchased with the proceeds of the agreements exceed the costs of the agreements, then a funds NAV will increase faster than otherwise would be the case; conversely, if the income and gains on such securities purchased fail to exceed the costs of the structure, the funds NAV will decline faster than otherwise would be the case. Reverse repurchase agreements and dollar roll transactions, as leveraging techniques, may increase a funds yield in the manner described above; however, such transactions also increase a funds risk to capital and may result in a shareholders loss of principal.
Securities Lending
A fund may lend its portfolio securities to financial institutions such as broker-dealers, banks, or other recognized domestic institutional borrowers of securities provided that the value of the loaned securities do not exceed the percentage set forth in the funds Prospectuses. No lending may be made with any companies affiliated with the adviser.
95
These loans earn income for a fund and are collateralized by cash, securities, or letters of credit. A fund might experience a loss if the financial institution defaults on the loan. A fund will seek to mitigate this risk through contracted indemnification upon default.
Any portfolio securities purchased with cash collateral would also be subject to possible depreciation. A fund that loans portfolio securities would continue to accrue interest on the securities loaned and would also earn income on the loans. A fund will not have the right to vote any securities having voting rights during the existence of the loan, but a fund may call the loan in anticipation of an important vote to be taken by the holders of the securities or the giving or withholding of their consent on a material matter affecting the investment. Any cash collateral received by a fund would be invested in high quality, short-term money market instruments. A fund currently intends to limit the lending of its portfolio securities so that, at any given time, securities loaned by the fund represent not more than one-third of the value of its total assets.
The borrower, at all times during the loan, must maintain with a fund cash or cash equivalent collateral, or provide to the fund an irrevocable letter of credit equal in value to at least 102% of the value of the domestic securities loaned and 105% of the value of the foreign securities loaned on a daily basis.
Although voting rights of the loaned securities may pass to the borrower, if a material event affecting the investment in the loaned securities is to occur, a fund must terminate the loan and vote the securities. Alternatively, a fund may enter into an arrangement that ensures that it can vote the proxy even when the borrower continues to hold the securities.
During the time securities are on loan, the borrower pays a fund any interest paid on such securities, and the fund may invest the cash collateral and earn additional income, or it may receive an agreed-upon amount of interest income from the borrower who has delivered equivalent collateral or a letter of credit. Loans are subject to termination at the option of a fund or the borrower at any time. A fund may pay reasonable administrative and custodial fees in connection with a loan and may pay a negotiated portion of the income earned on the cash to the borrower or placing broker. As with other extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery or even loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower fail financially.
There is the risk that when lending securities, the securities may not be available to a fund on a timely basis and the fund may, therefore, lose the opportunity to sell the securities at a desirable price. Engaging in securities lending could have a leveraging effect, which may intensify the market risk, credit risk, and other risks. When a fund lends its securities, it is responsible for investing the cash collateral it receives from the borrower of the securities. A fund could incur losses in connection with the investment of such collateral.
Segregated Accounts
When a fund enters into certain transactions that involve obligations to make future payments to third parties, including the purchase of securities on a when issued or delayed delivery basis, or reverse repurchase agreements, it will maintain with an approved custodian in a segregated account (or earmark on its records) cash or liquid securities, marked to market daily, in an amount at least equal to the funds obligation or commitment under such transactions. Segregated accounts also may be required in connection with certain transactions involving derivative instruments such as options or futures.
Short Sales
A fund may make short sales of securities as part of its overall portfolio management strategies involving the use of derivative instruments and to offset potential declines in long positions in similar securities.
96
In the view of the SEC, a short sale involves the creation of a senior security as such term is defined in the 1940 Act, unless the sale is against the box and the securities sold short are placed in a segregated account (not with the broker), or unless a funds obligation to deliver the securities sold short is covered by placing in a segregated account (not with the broker) cash, U.S. government securities, or other liquid debt or equity securities in an amount equal to the difference between the market value of the securities sold short at the time of the short sale and any such collateral required to be deposited with a broker in connection with the sale (not including the proceeds from the short sale), which difference is adjusted daily for changes in the value of the securities sold short. The total value of the cash, U.S. government securities, or other liquid debt or equity securities deposited with the broker and otherwise segregated, may not, at any time, be less than the market value of the securities sold short at the time of the short sale.
A fund will engage in short selling to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act and rules and interpretations thereunder. The extent to which a fund may enter into short sales transactions may be limited by the Code requirements for qualification of the fund as a RIC. (See Tax Considerations.)
A short sale is a transaction in which a fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation that the market value of the security will decline. To complete the sale, a fund must borrow the security sold short and deliver it to the broker-dealer through which it made the short sale as collateral for its obligation to deliver the security upon conclusion of the sale. A fund must replace the security borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at the time of replacement. A fund may have to pay a fee to borrow particular securities and is often obligated to pay over any accrued interest and dividends on such borrowed securities. A fund is said to have a short position in the security sold until it delivers it to the broker. The period during which a fund has a short position can range from one day to more than a year. Until a fund replaces the security, the proceeds of the short sale are retained by the broker, and the fund must pay to the broker a negotiated portion of any dividends or interest which accrues during the period of the loan. If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time a fund replaces the borrowed security, the fund will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, the fund will realize a capital gain. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss increased, by the transaction costs described above. The successful use of short selling may be adversely affected by imperfect correlation between movements in the price of the security sold short and the securities being hedged.
To the extent that a fund engages in short sales, it will provide collateral to the broker-dealer and (except in the case of short sales against the box) will maintain additional asset coverage in the form of segregated assets determined to be liquid in accordance with procedures established by the Board. This percentage may be varied by action of the Board. To meet current margin requirements, a fund must deposit with the broker additional cash or securities so that it maintains with the broker a total deposit equal to 150% of the current market value of the securities sold short (100% of the current market value if a security is held in the account that is convertible or exchangeable into the security sold short within 90 days) without restriction other than the payment of money.
Short sales by a fund create opportunities to increase the funds return but, at the same time, involve specific risk considerations and may be considered a speculative technique. Since a fund in effect profits from a decline in the price of the securities sold short without the need to invest the full purchase price of the securities on the date of the short sale, the funds NAV per share tends to increase more when the securities it has sold short decrease in value, and to decrease more when the securities it has sold short increase in value than would otherwise be the case if it had not engaged in such short sales. The amount of any gain will be decreased, and the amount of any loss increased, by the amount of any premium, dividends, or interest a fund may be required to pay in connection with the short sale. Short sales theoretically involve unlimited loss potential, as the market price of securities sold short may continually increase, although a fund may mitigate such losses by replacing the securities sold short before the market price has increased significantly. Under adverse market conditions a fund might have difficulty purchasing securities to meet its short sale delivery obligations and might have to sell portfolio securities to raise the capital necessary to meet its short sale obligations at a time when fundamental investment considerations would not favor such sales.
97
Short Sales Against the Box
A short sale against the box is a short sale where, at the time of the short sale, a fund owns or has the immediate and unconditional right, at no added cost, to obtain the identical security. If a fund makes a short sale against the box, the fund would not immediately deliver the securities sold and would not receive the proceeds from the sale. The seller is said to have a short position in the securities sold until it delivers the securities sold, at which time it receives the proceeds of the sale. To secure its obligation to deliver securities sold short, a fund will deposit in escrow in a separate account with the custodian an equal amount of the securities sold short or securities convertible into or exchangeable for such securities. A fund can close out its short position by purchasing and delivering an equal amount of the securities sold short, rather than by delivering securities already held by the fund because the fund might want to continue to receive interest and dividend payments on securities in its portfolio that are convertible into the securities sold short.
A funds decision to make a short sale against the box may be a technique to hedge against market risks when the adviser or sub-adviser believes that the price of a security may decline, causing a decline in the value of a security owned by the fund or a security convertible into or exchangeable for such security. In such case, any future losses in a funds long position would be reduced by a gain in the short position. The extent to which such gains or losses in the long position are reduced will depend upon the amount of securities sold short relative to the amount of the securities the fund owns, either directly or indirectly and, in the case where a fund owns convertible securities, changes in the investment values or conversion premiums of such securities.
Short sales against the box are not subject to the percentage limitations on short sales described in the Prospectuses.
To Be Announced (TBA) Sale Commitments
TBA sale commitments are sale commitments wherein the unit price and the estimated principal amount are established upon entering into the contract, with the actual principal amount being within a specified range of the estimate. A fund will enter into TBA sale commitments to hedge its positions or to sell mortgage-backed securities it owns under delayed delivery arrangements. Proceeds of TBA sale commitments are not received until the contractual settlement date. During the time a TBA sale commitment is outstanding, a fund will maintain, in a segregated account, cash or marketable securities in an amount sufficient to meet the purchase price. Unsettled TBA sale commitments are valued at current market value of the underlying securities. If the TBA sale commitment is closed through the acquisition of an offsetting purchase commitment, a fund realizes a gain or loss on the commitment without regard to any unrealized gain or loss on the underlying security. If a fund delivers securities under the commitment, the fund realizes a gain or loss from the sale of the securities based upon the unit price established at the date the commitment was entered into.
When Issued Securities and Delayed Delivery Transactions
In order to secure prices or yields deemed advantageous at the time a fund may purchase or sell securities on a when issued or a delayed delivery basis generally 15 to 45 days after the commitment is made. A fund will enter into a when issued transaction for the purpose of acquiring securities and not for the purpose of leverage. In such transactions, delivery of the securities occurs beyond the normal settlement periods, but no payment or delivery is made by, and no interest accrues to, the fund prior to the actual delivery or payment by the other party to the transaction. Due to fluctuations in the value of securities purchased on a when issued or a delayed delivery basis, the yields obtained on such securities may be higher or lower than the yields available in the market on the dates when the investments are actually delivered to the buyers. Similarly, the sale of securities for delayed delivery can involve the risk that the prices available in the market when delivery is made may actually be higher than those obtained in the transaction itself.
98
When a fund commits to purchase a security on a when issued or delayed delivery basis, it will set up procedures consistent with the applicable interpretations of the SEC concerning such purchases. Since that policy currently recommends that an amount of a funds assets equal to the amount of the purchase be held aside or segregated to be used to pay for the commitment, the fund will always have cash, short-term money market instruments, or other liquid securities sufficient to fulfill any commitments or to limit any potential risk. A fund will only make commitments to purchase such securities with the intention of actually acquiring the securities, but the fund may sell these securities before the settlement date if deemed an advisable investment strategy. In these cases, a fund may realize a capital gain or loss. When a fund engages in when issued and delayed delivery transactions, it relies on the other party to consummate the trade. Failure to do so may result in a funds incurring a loss or missing an opportunity to obtain a price credited to be advantageous.
When the time comes to pay for the securities acquired on a delayed delivery basis, a fund will meet its obligations from the available cash flow, sale of the securities held in the segregated account, sale of other securities or, although it would not normally expect to do so, from sale of the when issued securities themselves (which may have a market value greater or less than the funds payment obligation). Depending on market conditions, a fund could experience fluctuations in share price as a result of delayed delivery or when issued purchases.
Although such purchases will not be made for speculative purposes and SEC policies will be adhered to, purchases of securities on such bases may involve more risk than other types of purchases. For example, a fund may have to sell assets which have been set aside in order to meet redemptions. Also, if a fund determines it is necessary to sell the when issued or delayed delivery securities before delivery, it may incur a loss because of market fluctuations since the time the commitment to purchase such securities was made.
Temporary Defensive and Other Short-Term Positions
Investing in short-term, high-quality debt instruments and in U.S. government securities is done for the following purposes: (i) to meet anticipated day-to-day operating expenses; (ii) to invest cash flow pending an advisers or sub-advisers determination to do so within the investment guidelines and policies of a fund; (iii) to permit a fund to meet redemption requests; and (iv) to take a temporary defensive position. A fund for which the investment objective is capital appreciation may also invest in such securities if the funds assets are insufficient for effective investment in equities.
Although it is expected that a fund will normally be invested consistent with its investment objectives and policies, the short-term instruments in which a fund may invest include: (i) short-term obligations of the U.S. government and its agencies, instrumentalities, authorities, or political subdivisions; (ii) other short-term debt securities; (iii) commercial paper, including master notes; (iv) bank obligations, including certificates of deposit, time deposits, and bankers acceptances; and (v) repurchase agreements. A fund will normally invest in short-term instruments that do not have a maturity of greater than one year. To the extent a fund is engaged in temporary defensive investments, it will not be pursuing its investment objective.
FUNDAMENTAL AND NON-FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
All percentage limitations set forth below apply immediately after a purchase or initial investment, and any subsequent change in any applicable percentage resulting from market fluctuations will not require elimination of any security from the relevant Fund.
Each Funds investment objective is non-fundamental and may be changed by a vote of the Board, without shareholder approval. Shareholders will be provided at least sixty (60) days prior written notice of any change to a Funds non-fundamental investment objective.
99
Fundamental Investment Restrictions
Each Fund has adopted the following investment restrictions as fundamental policies, which means they cannot be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of a Funds outstanding voting securities. The term majority is defined in the 1940 Act as the lesser of: (i) 67% or more of that Funds voting securities present at a meeting of shareholders at which the holders of more than 50% of that Funds outstanding shares are present in person or represented by proxy; or (ii) more than 50% of that Funds outstanding voting securities.
ING Floating Rate Fund and ING Investment Grade Credit Fund
As a matter of fundamental policy, each Fund may not:
1. |
purchase any securities which would cause 25% or more of the value of its total assets at the time of purchase to be invested in securities of one or more issuers conducting their principal business activities in the same industry, provided that: (i) there is no limitation with respect to obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, or tax exempt securities issued by any state or territory of the United States, or any of their agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; and (ii) notwithstanding this limitation or any other fundamental investment limitation, assets may be invested in the securities of one or more management investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder, and any exemptive relief obtained by the Fund. Further, with respect to ING Investment Grade Credit Fund, the Fund may however, invest between 25% and 35% of its total assets (or such other percentage permitted by the 1940 Act regulation or interpretations thereunder) in the securities of any one industry group or group of industries if, at the time of investment, that industry group or group of industries represents 20% or more of the Funds primary benchmark index. (The Fund does not consider its primary benchmark index to be fundamental and therefore the Funds primary benchmark index may be changed without a shareholder vote); |
2. |
purchase securities of any issuer if, as a result, with respect to 75% of the Funds total assets, more than 5% of the value of its total assets would be invested in the securities of any one issuer or the Funds ownership would be more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any issuer, provided that this restriction does not limit the Funds investments in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities, or investments in securities of other investment companies; |
3. |
borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations, interpretations thereunder, and any exemptive relief obtained by the Fund; |
4. |
make loans, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations, interpretations, and any exemptive relief obtained by the Fund. For the purposes of this limitation, entering into repurchase agreements, lending securities, and acquiring debt securities are not deemed to be making of loans; |
5. |
underwrite any issue of securities within the meaning of the 1933 Act except when it might technically be deemed to be an underwriter either: (i) in connection with the disposition of a portfolio security; or (ii) in connection with the purchase of securities directly from the issuer thereof in accordance with its investment objective. This restriction shall not limit the Funds ability to invest in securities issued by other registered management investment companies; |
6. |
purchase or sell real estate, except that the Fund may: (i) acquire or lease office space for its own use; (ii) invest in securities of issuers that invest in real estate or interests therein; (iii) invest in mortgage-related securities and other securities that are secured by real estate or interests therein; or (iv) hold and sell real estate acquired by the Fund as a result of the ownership of securities; |
100
7. |
issue senior securities except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder, and any exemptive relief obtained by the Fund; or |
8. |
purchase or sell physical commodities, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not prevent the Fund from purchasing or selling options and futures contracts or from investing in securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities). This limitation does not apply to foreign currency transactions, including, without limitation, forward currency contracts. |
ING GNMA Income Fund
As a matter of fundamental policy, the Fund may not:
1. |
issue senior securities; |
2. |
borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations, interpretations thereunder and any exemptive relief obtained by the Fund; |
3. |
underwrite securities of other issuers; |
4. |
concentrate its investments in a particular industry to an extent greater than 25% of its total assets, provided that such limitation shall not apply to securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies; |
5. |
purchase or sell real estate, commodity contracts or commodities (however, the Fund may purchase interests in GNMA mortgage-backed certificates); |
6. |
make loans, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations, interpretations, and any exemptive relief obtained by the Fund. For the purposes of this limitation, entering into repurchase agreements, lending securities, and acquiring debt securities are not deemed to be making of loans; |
7. |
purchase the securities of another investment company or investment trust, except in the open market and then only if no profit, other than the customary brokers commission, results to a sponsor or dealer, or by merger or other reorganization; |
8. |
purchase any security on margin or effect a short sale of a security; |
9. |
buy securities from or sell securities (other than securities issued by the Fund) to any of its officers, directors, or its adviser, as principal; |
10. |
contract to sell any security or evidence of interest therein, except to the extent that the same shall be owned by the Fund; |
11. |
purchase or retain securities of an issuer when one or more of the officers and directors of the Fund or of ING Investments, LLC, or a person owning more than 10% of the stock of either, own beneficially more than 1 / 2 of 1% of the securities of such issuer and such persons owning more than 1 / 2 of 1% of such securities together own beneficially more than 5% of the securities of such issuer; |
101
12. |
invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one issuer (except securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies), except that such restriction shall not apply to 25% of the Funds portfolio so long as the NAV of the portfolio does not exceed $2,000,000; |
13. |
purchase any securities if such purchase would cause the Fund to own at the time of purchase more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer; |
14. |
purchase any security restricted as to disposition under federal securities laws; |
15. |
invest in interests in oil, gas, or other mineral exploration or development programs; or |
16. |
buy or sell puts, calls, or other options. |
ING High Yield Bond Fund and ING Intermediate Bond Fund
As a matter of fundamental policy, each Fund may not:
1. |
borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act (which currently limits borrowing to no more than 33 1/3% of the value of the Funds total assets). For purposes of this investment restriction, the entry into reverse repurchase agreements, options, forward contracts, futures contracts, including those relating to indices, and options on futures contracts or indices shall not constitute borrowing; |
2. |
issue senior securities, except insofar as the Fund may be deemed to have issued a senior security in connection with any repurchase agreement or any permitted borrowing; |
3. |
make loans, except loans of portfolio securities and except that the Fund may enter into repurchase agreements with respect to its portfolio securities and may purchase the types of debt instruments described in its Prospectuses or this SAI; |
4. |
invest in companies for the purpose of exercising control or management; |
5. |
purchase, hold, or deal in real estate, or oil, gas, or other mineral leases or exploration or development programs, but the Fund may purchase and sell securities that are secured by real estate or issued by companies that invest or deal in real estate or REITs; |
6. |
engage in the business of underwriting securities of other issuers, except to the extent that the disposal of an investment position may technically cause it to be considered an underwriter as that term is defined under the 1933 Act; |
7. |
purchase securities on margin, except that the Fund may obtain such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of securities; |
8. |
purchase a security if, as a result, more than 25% of the value of its total assets would be invested in securities of one or more issuers conducting their principal business activities in the same industry, provided that: (i) this limitation shall not apply to obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies and instrumentalities; (ii) wholly-owned finance companies will be considered to be in the industries of their parents; and (iii) utilities will be divided according to their services. For example, gas, gas transmission, electric and gas, electric, and telephone will each be considered a separate industry; or |
102
9. |
purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts except for stock futures contracts, interest rate futures contracts, index futures contracts, and foreign currency futures contracts and options thereon, in accordance with the applicable restrictions under the 1940 Act. |
ING Short Term Bond Fund
As a matter of fundamental policy, the Fund may not:
1. |
purchase any securities which would cause 25% or more of the value of its total assets at the time of purchase to be invested in securities of one or more issuers conducting their principal business activities in the same industry, provided that: (i) there is no limitation with respect to obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, or tax exempt securities issued by any state or territory of the United States, or any of their agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; and (ii) notwithstanding this limitation or any other fundamental investment limitation, assets may be invested in the securities of one or more management investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder, and any exemptive relief obtained by the Fund; |
2. |
purchase securities of any issuer if, as a result, with respect to 75% of the Funds total assets, more than 5% of the value of its total assets would be invested in the securities of any one issuer or the Funds ownership would be more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any issuer, provided that this restriction does not limit the Funds investments in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities, or investments in securities of other investment companies; |
3. |
borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations, interpretations thereunder, and any exemptive relief obtained by the Fund; |
4. |
make loans, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations, interpretations, and any exemptive relief obtained by the Fund. For the purposes of this limitation, entering into repurchase agreements, lending securities, and acquiring debt securities are not deemed to be making of loans; |
5. |
underwrite any issue of securities within the meaning of the 1933 Act except when it might technically be deemed to be an underwriter either: (i) in connection with the disposition of a portfolio security; or (ii) in connection with the purchase of securities directly from the issuer thereof in accordance with its investment objective. This restriction shall not limit the Funds ability to invest in securities issued by other registered management investment companies; |
6. |
purchase or sell real estate, except that the Fund may: (i) acquire or lease office space for its own use; (ii) invest in securities of issuers that invest in real estate or interests therein; (iii) invest in mortgage-related securities and other securities that are secured by real estate or interests therein; or (iv) hold and sell real estate acquired by the Fund as a result of the ownership of securities; |
7. |
issue senior securities except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder, and any exemptive relief obtained by the Fund; or |
8. |
purchase or sell physical commodities, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not prevent the Fund from purchasing or selling options and futures contracts or from investing in securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities). This limitation does not apply to foreign currency transactions, including, without limitation, forward currency contracts. |
Non-Fundamental Investment Policies Pursuant to Rule 35d-1 of the 1940 Act
Each of the following Funds has also adopted the following non-fundamental investment policies as required by Rule 35d-1 under the 1940 Act to invest at least 80% of the assets of the Fund (plus borrowings for investment
103
purposes) in securities that are consistent with the Funds name. These policies may be changed upon Board approval and 60 days prior notice to shareholders. If, subsequent to an investment, the 80% requirement is no longer met, a Funds future investments will be made in a manner that will bring the Fund into compliance with this policy.
ING Floating Rate Fund
Under normal market conditions, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets (plus borrowings for investment purposes) in U.S. denominated floating rate loans and other floating rate debt instruments, including: floating rate bonds; floating rate notes; money market instruments with remaining maturity of 60 days or less; floating rate debentures; and tranches of floating rate asset-backed securities, including structured notes made to, or issued by, U.S. and non-U.S. corporations or other business entities.
ING GNMA Income Fund
Under normal market conditions, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets (plus borrowings for investment purposes) in GNMA Certificates.
ING High Yield Bond Fund
Under normal market conditions, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets (plus borrowings for investment purposes) in a portfolio of high-yield (high risk) bonds, commonly referred to as junk bonds.
ING Intermediate Bond Fund
Under normal market conditions, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets (plus borrowings for investment purposes) in a portfolio of bonds, including but not limited to corporate, government, and mortgage bonds which, at the time of purchase, are rated investment-grade (for example, rated at least BBB- S&P or Baa3 by Moodys) or have an equivalent rating by a NRSRO, or of comparable quality if unrated. An underlying funds investment in bonds or its investments in derivatives and synthetic instruments that have economic characteristics similar to the above investments, and the Funds investment in derivatives and synthetic instruments that have economic characteristics similar to the above investments may be counted toward satisfaction of the 80% policy.
ING Investment Grade Credit Fund
Under normal market conditions, the Investment Grade Credit Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets (plus borrowings for investment purposes) in investment-grade fixed-income securities.
ING Short Term Bond Fund
Under normal market conditions, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets (plus borrowing for investment purposes) in a diversified portfolio of bonds or derivative instruments having economic characteristics similar to bonds. The Fund will provide shareholders with at least 60 days prior notice of any change in this investment policy. The average dollar-weighted maturity of the Fund will not exceed 3 years. Because of the Funds holdings in asset-backed, mortgage-backed and similar securities, the Funds average dollar-weighted maturity is equivalent to the average weighted maturity of the cash flows in the securities held by the Fund given certain prepayment assumptions (also known as weighted average life).
General for all Funds
No Fund will invest more than 15% of the value of its net assets in investments which are illiquid (including repurchase agreements having maturities of more than seven calendar days, variable and floating rate demand and
104
master demand notes not requiring receipt of principal note amount within seven days notice, and securities of foreign issuers which are not listed on a recognized domestic or foreign securities exchange). Illiquid securities are securities that are not readily marketable or cannot be disposed of promptly within seven days and in the usual course of business at approximately the price at which a Fund has valued them. Such securities include, but are not limited to, fixed time deposits and repurchase agreements with maturities longer than seven days. Securities that may be resold under Rule 144A, securities offered pursuant to Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act, or securities otherwise subject to restrictions on resale under the 1933 Act (Restricted Securities) shall not be deemed illiquid solely by reason of being unregistered. The advisers or sub-adviser determines whether a particular security is deemed to be liquid based on the trading markets for the specific security and other factors.
In addition, if a Funds holdings of illiquid securities exceed 15% because of changes in the value of the Funds investments, the Fund will take action to reduce its holdings of illiquid securities within a time frame deemed to be in the best interest of the Fund. Otherwise, a Fund may continue to hold a security even though it causes the Fund to exceed a percentage limitation because of fluctuation in the value of the Funds assets.
Unless otherwise noted, whenever an investment policy or limitation states a maximum percentage of a Funds assets that may be invested in any security or other asset, or sets forth a policy regarding quality standards, such standard or percentage limitation, will be determined immediately after and as a result of the Funds acquisition of such security or other asset, except in the case of borrowing (or other activities that may be deemed to result in the issuance of a senior security under the 1940 Act). Accordingly any increase or decrease in such percentage resulting from a change in the value of a Funds investments will not constitute a violation of such limitation, except that any borrowing by the Fund that exceeds the fundamental investment limitations stated above must be reduced to meet such limitations within the period required by the 1940 Act (currently three days). Otherwise, a Fund may continue to hold a security even though it causes the Fund to exceed a percentage limitation because of fluctuation in the value of the Funds assets.
With respect to each Funds concentration policy, industry classifications are in accordance with Barclays industry classifications. Each Funds adviser or sub-adviser believes that the industry characteristics selected are reasonable and not so broad that the primary economic characteristics of the companies in a single class are materially different. Industry classifications may be changed from time to time to reflect changes in the market place.
Each Fund may sell a portfolio investment soon after its acquisition if the Funds adviser or sub-adviser believes that such a disposition is consistent with the Funds investment objective. Portfolio investments may be sold for a variety of reasons, such as a more favorable investment opportunity or other circumstances bearing on the desirability of continuing to hold such investments. A change in securities held in a Funds portfolio is known as portfolio turnover and may involve the payment by a Fund of dealer mark-ups or brokerage or underwriting commissions and other transaction costs on the sale of securities, as well as on the reinvestment of the proceeds in other securities. Portfolio turnover rate for a fiscal year is the percentage determined by dividing the lesser of the cost of purchases or proceeds from sales of portfolio securities by the average of the value of portfolio securities during such year, all excluding securities whose maturities at acquisition were one year or less. A Fund cannot accurately predict its turnover rate; however, the rate will be higher when the Fund finds it necessary to significantly change its portfolio to adopt a temporary defensive position or respond to economic or market events. A high turnover rate would increase expenses and may involve realization of capital gains by a Fund.
A portfolio turnover rate of 100% or more is considered high, although the rate of portfolio turnover will not be a limiting factor in making portfolio decisions. A high rate of portfolio turnover involves correspondingly greater brokerage commission expenses and transaction costs which must ultimately be borne by a Funds shareholders. High portfolio turnover may result in the realization of substantial net capital gains.
105
Each Funds historical turnover rates are included in the Financial Highlights tables in the Prospectuses.
ING Investment Grade Credit Fund experienced an 81% increase in portfolio turnover from 2011 to 2012 due to a decrease in sale proceeds.
ING GNMA Income Fund experienced a 74% increase in portfolio turnover from 2011 to 2012 was primarily due to the increased use of TBA Commitments and Treasury futures to hedging duration. Since the TBA positions must be rolled from one month to another, and the subsequent interest rate risk or duration was managed with Treasury futures the transaction appears as turnover even though the asset effectively did not change. Absent these transactions the turnover differential over the period was negligible.
DISCLOSURE OF THE FUNDS PORTFOLIO SECURITIES
Each Fund is required to file its complete portfolio holdings schedule with the SEC on a quarterly basis. This schedule is filed with the Funds annual and semi-annual shareholder reports on Form N-CSR for the second and fourth fiscal quarters and on Form N-Q for the first and third fiscal quarters.
In addition, each Fund posts its portfolio holdings schedule on INGs website on a calendar-quarter basis and makes it available 30 calendar days following the end of the previous calendar quarter or as soon thereafter as practicable. Each Fund may also post its complete or partial portfolio holdings on its website as of a specified date. The portfolio holdings schedule is as of the last day of the previous calendar quarter ( i.e., each Fund will post the quarter-ending June 30 holdings on July 31). A Fund may also file information on portfolio holdings with the SEC or other regulatory authority as required by applicable law.
Each Fund also compiles a list composed of its ten largest (Top Ten) holdings. This information is produced monthly, and is made available on INGs website, on the tenth day of each month. The Top Ten holdings information is as of the last day of the previous month or as soon thereafter as practicable.
Investors (both individual and institutional), financial intermediaries that distribute the Funds shares, and most third parties may receive the Funds annual or semi-annual shareholder reports, or view them on INGs website, along with the Funds portfolio holdings schedule. The Top Ten list is also provided in quarterly Fund descriptions that are included in the offering materials of variable life insurance products and variable annuity contracts.
Other than in regulatory filings or on INGs website, a Fund may provide its portfolio holdings to certain unaffiliated third-parties and affiliates when the Fund has a legitimate business purpose for doing so. Unless otherwise noted below, a Funds disclosure of its portfolio holdings will be on an as-needed basis, with no lag time between the date of which the information is requested and the date the information is provided. Specifically, a Funds disclosure of its portfolio holdings may include disclosure:
|
to a Funds independent registered public accounting firm, named herein, for use in providing audit opinions; |
|
to financial printers for the purpose of preparing Fund regulatory filings; |
|
for the purpose of due diligence regarding a merger or acquisition; |
|
to a new adviser or sub-adviser prior to the commencement of its management of a Fund; |
|
to rating and ranking agencies such as Bloomberg, Morningstar, Lipper, and S&P (such agencies may receive more raw data from a Fund than is posted on the Funds website); |
|
to consultants for use in providing asset allocation advice in connection with investments by affiliated funds-of-funds in a Fund; |
|
to service providers, on a daily basis, in connection with their providing services benefiting the Fund/Funds such as, but not limited to, the provision of analytics for securities lending oversight and reporting, proxy voting, or class action service providers; |
106
|
to a third party for purposes of effecting in-kind redemptions of securities to facilitate orderly redemption of Fund assets and minimal impact on remaining Fund shareholders; |
|
to certain wrap fee programs, on a weekly basis, on the first business day following the previous calendar week; or |
|
to a third party who acts as a consultant and supplies the consultants analysis of holding (but not actual holdings) to the consultants clients (including sponsors of retirement plans or their consultants) or who provides regular analysis of fund portfolios. The types, frequency and timing of disclosure to such parties vary depending upon information requested. |
In all instances of such disclosure the receiving party, by agreement, is subject to a duty of confidentiality, including a duty not to trade on such information.
The Board has adopted policies and procedures (Policies) designed to ensure that disclosure of information regarding a Funds portfolio securities is in the best interests of Fund shareholders, including procedures to address conflicts between the interests of Fund shareholders, on the one hand, and those of a Funds adviser, sub-adviser, principal underwriter, or any affiliated person of the Fund, its adviser, or its principal underwriter, on the other. Such Policies authorize a Funds administrator to implement the Boards Policies and direct the administrator to document the expected benefit to shareholders. Among other considerations, the administrator is directed to consider whether such disclosure may create an advantage for the recipient or its affiliates or their clients over that of a Funds shareholders. Similarly, the administrator is directed to consider, among other things, whether the disclosure of portfolio holdings creates a conflict between the interests of shareholders and the interests of the adviser, sub-adviser, principal underwriter, and their affiliates.
The Board has authorized the senior officers of a Funds administrator to authorize the release of the Funds portfolio holdings, as necessary, in conformity with the foregoing principles and to monitor for compliance with the Policies. The Funds administrator reports quarterly to the Board regarding the implementation of the Policies.
Each Fund has the following ongoing arrangements with certain third parties to provide the Funds full portfolio holdings:
Party | Purpose | Frequency |
Time Lag Between Date of Information and Date Information Released |
|||
The Bank of New York Mellon (1) | Credit approval process for ING Funds line of credit | As requested | None | |||
State Street Bank and Trust Company (2) | Credit approval process for ING Funds line of credit | As requested | None | |||
Institutional Shareholder Services Inc., a subsidiary of MSCI Inc. | Proxy Voting Services | Daily | None | |||
Institutional Shareholder Services Inc., a subsidiary of MSCI Inc. | Class Action Services | Monthly | 10 days | |||
Charles River Development | Compliance | Daily | None | |||
Albridge Analytics, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of The Bank of New York Mellon | Provision of analytics for oversight and reporting of securities lending | Daily | None |
(1) |
For ING GNMA Income Fund, ING High Yield Bond Fund, ING Intermediate Bond Fund, ING Investment Grade Credit Fund and ING Short Term Bond Fund only. |
(2) |
For ING Floating Rate Fund only. |
All of the arrangements in the table above are subject to the Policies adopted by the Board to ensure such disclosure is for a legitimate business purpose and is in the best interests of the Funds and their shareholders. The Board must approve any material change to the Policies. The Policies may not be waived, or exceptions made, without the
107
consent of ING Groeps Legal Department. All waivers and exceptions involving a Fund will be disclosed to the Board no later than its next regularly scheduled quarterly meeting. No compensation or other consideration may be received by the Funds, the adviser, or any other party in connection with the disclosure of portfolio holdings in accordance with the Policies.
108
The business and affairs of the Trusts are managed under the direction of the Board according to the applicable laws of the State of Delaware. The Board governs the Funds and is responsible for protecting the interests of shareholders. The Trustees are experienced executives who oversee the Trusts activities, review contractual arrangements with companies that provide services to the Funds and review each Funds performance.
Set forth in the table below is information about each Trustee:
Name, Address and Age |
Position(s) Held With Each Trust |
Term of Office and Length of Time Served (1) |
Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years |
Number of Funds in the ING Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee (2) |
Other Board Positions Held by Trustee |
|||||
Independent Trustees | ||||||||||
Colleen D. Baldwin 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 53
|
Trustee |
ING Funds Trust November 2007 Present
ING Separate Portfolios Trust July 2007 Present |
President, Glantuam Partners, LLC, a business consulting firm (January 2009 Present). | 178 | None. | |||||
John V. Boyer 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 60
|
Trustee |
ING Funds Trust January 2005 Present
ING Separate Portfolios Trust May 2007 Present |
President and Chief Executive Officer, Bechtler Arts Foundation, an arts and education foundation (January 2008 Present). | 178 | None. | |||||
Patricia W. Chadwick 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 64 |
Trustee |
ING Funds Trust January 2006 Present
ING Separate Portfolios Trust May 2007 Present |
Consultant and President, Ravengate Partners LLC, a consulting firm that provides advice regarding financial markets and the global economy (January 2000 Present).
|
178 | Wisconsin Energy Corporation (June 2006 Present) and The Royce Fund (35 funds) (December 2009 Present). | |||||
Albert E. DePrince, Jr. 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 72 |
Trustee | May 2013 Present |
Professor of Economics and Finance, Middle Tennessee State University (August 1991 - Present).
|
178 | None | |||||
Peter S. Drotch 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 71 |
Trustee |
ING Funds Trust November 2007 Present
ING Separate Portfolios Trust October 2007 Present
|
Retired. | 178 | First Marblehead Corporation (September 2003 Present). |
109
Name, Address and Age |
Position(s) Held With Each Trust |
Term of Office and Length of Time Served (1) |
Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years |
Number of Funds in the ING Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee (2) |
Other Board Positions Held by Trustee |
|||||
J. Michael Earley 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 68 |
Trustee |
ING Funds Trust February 2002 Present
ING Separate Portfolios Trust May 2007 Present |
Retired. Formerly, Banking President and Chief Executive Officer, Bankers Trust Company, N.A., Des Moines (June 1992 December 2008). | 178 | None. | |||||
Martin J. Gavin 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 63 |
Trustee | May 2013 Present | President and Chief Executive Officer, Connecticut Childrens Medical Center (May 2006 Present). | 178 | None | |||||
Russell H. Jones 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 69 |
Trustee | May 2013 Present | Retired. Director, Hill Stead Museum (non-profit) (2008 Present). | 178 | None. | |||||
Patrick W. Kenny 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 70 |
Trustee |
ING Funds Trust January 2005 Present
ING Separate Portfolios Trust May 2007 Present |
Retired. Formerly, President and Chief Executive Officer, International Insurance Society (June 2001 June 2009). | 178 | Assured Guaranty Ltd. (April 2004 Present). | |||||
Joseph E. Obermeyer 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 55 |
Trustee | May 2013 Present | President, Obermeyer & Associates, Inc., a provider of financial and economic consulting services (November 1999 Present). | 178 | None. | |||||
Sheryl K. Pressler 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 62 |
Trustee |
ING Funds Trust January 2006 Present
ING Separate Portfolios Trust May 2007 Present |
Consultant (May 2001 Present). | 178 | None. | |||||
Roger B. Vincent 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 67 |
Chairman and Trustee |
ING Funds Trust February 2002 Present
ING Separate Portfolios Trust May 2007 Present
|
Retired. Formerly, President, Springwell Corporation, a corporate finance firm (March 1989 August 2011). | 178 | UGI Corporation (February 2006 Present) and UGI Utilities, Inc. (February 2006 Present). |
110
Name, Address and Age |
Position(s) Held With Each Trust |
Term of Office and Length of Time Served (1) |
Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years |
Number of Funds in the ING Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee (2) |
Other Board Positions Held by Trustee |
|||||
Trustees who are Interested Persons | ||||||||||
Shaun P. Mathews (3) 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 58 |
Trustee |
ING Funds Trust November 2007- Present
ING Separate Portfolios Trust May 2007 Present |
President and Chief Executive Officer, ING Investments, LLC (November 2006 Present). | 178 | ING Capital Corporation, LLC and ING Investments Distributor, LLC (December 2005 Present); ING Funds Services, LLC, ING Investments, LLC and ING Investment Management, LLC (March 2006 Present); and ING Investment Trust Co. (April 2009 Present). |
(1) |
Trustees serve until their successors are duly elected and qualified. The tenure of each Independent Trustee (Independent Trustee) is subject to the Boards retirement policy which states that each duly elected or appointed Independent Trustee shall retire from and cease to be a member of the Board of Directors at the close of business on December 31 of the calendar year in which the Independent Trustee attains the age of 73. A majority vote of the Boards other Independent Trustees may extend the retirement date of an Independent Trustee if the retirement would trigger a requirement to hold a meeting of shareholders of the Trust under applicable law, whether for purposes of appointing a successor to the Independent Trustee or otherwise comply under applicable law, in which case the extension would apply until such time as the shareholder meeting can be held or is no longer required (as determined by a vote of a majority of the other Independent Trustees). |
(2) |
For the purposes of this table, ING Fund Complex means the following investment companies: ING Asia Pacific High Dividend Equity Income Fund; ING Balanced Portfolio, Inc.; ING Emerging Markets High Dividend Equity Fund; ING Emerging Markets Local Bond Fund; ING Equity Trust; ING Funds Trust; ING Global Advantage and Premium Opportunity Fund; ING Global Equity Dividend and Premium Opportunity Fund; ING Global Strategic Income Fund; ING Infrastructure, Industrials and Materials Fund; ING Intermediate Bond Portfolio; ING International High Dividend Equity Income Fund; ING Investors Trust; ING Mayflower Trust; ING Money Market Portfolio; ING Mutual Funds; ING Partners, Inc.; ING Prime Rate Trust; ING Risk Managed Natural Resources Fund; ING Senior Income Fund; ING Separate Portfolios Trust; ING Series Fund, Inc.; ING Short Duration High Income Fund; ING Strategic Allocation Portfolios Inc.; ING Variable Funds; ING Variable Insurance Trust; ING Variable Portfolios, Inc.; and ING Variable Products Trust. The number of funds in the ING Fund Complex is as of June 30, 2013. |
(3) |
Mr. Mathews is deemed to be an interested person of the Trusts as defined in the 1940 Act, because of his current affiliation with any of the Funds, ING or INGs affiliates. |
111
Information Regarding Officers of the Trusts
Set forth in the table below is information for each Officer of the Trusts:
Name, Address and Age |
Positions Held with Each Trust |
Term of Office and Length of Time Served (1) |
Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years | |||
Shaun P. Mathews 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 58 |
President and Chief Executive Officer |
ING Funds Trust -November 2006 Present
ING Separate Portfolios Trust March 2007 Present |
President and Chief Executive Officer, ING Investments, LLC (November 2006 Present). | |||
Michael J. Roland 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 55 |
Executive Vice President |
ING Funds Trust - February 2002 Present
ING Separate Portfolios Trust March 2007 Present |
Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer, ING Investments, LLC and ING Funds Services, LLC (April 2012 Present) and Chief Compliance Officer, Directed Services LLC and ING Investments, LLC (March 2011 Present). Formerly, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, ING Investments, LLC and ING Funds Services, LLC (January 2007 April 2012) and, Chief Compliance Officer, ING Funds (March 2011 February 2012). | |||
Stanley D. Vyner 230 Park Avenue New York, New York 10169 Age: 63 |
Executive Vice President
Chief Investment Risk Officer |
ING Funds Trust October 2000 Present
ING Separate Portfolios Trust March 2007 Present
ING Funds Trust and ING Separate Portfolios Trust September 2009 Present |
Executive Vice President, ING Investments, LLC (July 2000 Present) and Chief Investment Risk Officer, ING Investments, LLC (January 2003 Present). | |||
Kevin M. Gleason 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 47 |
Chief Compliance Officer | February 2012 Present | Senior Vice President, ING Investments LLC (February 2012 Present). Formerly, Assistant General Counsel and Assistant Secretary, The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company (June 2004 January 2012). | |||
Todd Modic 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 45 |
Senior Vice President, Chief/Principal Financial Officer and Assistant Secretary |
ING Funds Trust March 2005 Present
ING Separate Portfolios Trust March 2007 Present |
Senior Vice President, ING Funds Services, LLC (March 2005 Present). | |||
Kimberly A. Anderson 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 49 |
Senior Vice President |
ING Funds Trust November 2003 Present
ING Separate Portfolios Trust March 2007 Present |
Senior Vice President, ING Investments, LLC (October 2003 Present). |
112
Name, Address and Age |
Positions Held with Each Trust |
Term of Office and Length of Time Served (1) |
Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years | |||
Robert Terris 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 43 |
Senior Vice President |
ING Funds Trust May 2006 Present
ING Separate Portfolios Trust March 2007 Present |
Senior Vice President, Head of Division Operations, ING Funds Services, LLC (May 2006 Present). | |||
Julius Drelick III 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 47 |
Senior Vice President | July 2012 - Present | Senior Vice President Fund Compliance, ING Funds Services, LLC (June 2012 Present). Formerly, Vice President - Platform Product Management & Project Management, ING Investments, LLC (April 2007 June 2012). | |||
Fred Bedoya 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 40 |
Vice President and Treasurer | September 2012 Present | Vice President, ING Funds Services, LLC (March 2012 Present). Formerly, Assistant Vice President Director, ING Funds Services, LLC (March 2003 March 2012). | |||
Maria M. Anderson 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 55 |
Vice President |
ING Funds Trust September 2004 Present
ING Separate Portfolios Trust March 2007 Present |
Vice President, ING Funds Services, LLC (September 2004 Present). | |||
Lauren D. Bensinger 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 59 |
Vice President |
ING Funds Trust February 2003 Present
ING Separate Portfolios Trust March 2007 Present |
Vice President, ING Investments, LLC and ING Funds Services, LLC (February 1996 Present); Director of Compliance, ING Investments, LLC (October 2004 Present); and Vice President and Money Laundering Reporting Officer, ING Investments Distributor, LLC (April 2010 Present). Formerly, Chief Compliance Officer, ING Investments Distributor, LLC (August 1995 April 2010). | |||
Robyn L. Ichilov 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 45 |
Vice President |
ING Funds Trust October 2000 Present
ING Separate Portfolios Trust March 2007 Present |
Vice President, ING Funds Services, LLC (November 1995 Present) and ING Investments, LLC (August 1997 Present). Formerly, Treasurer, ING Funds (November 1999 February 2012). | |||
Jason Kadavy 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 37 |
Vice President | September 2012 Present | Vice President, ING Funds Services, LLC (July 2007 Present). | |||
Kimberly K. Springer 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 56 |
Vice President |
ING Funds Trust March 2006 Present
ING Separate Portfolios Trust March 2007 Present |
Vice President Platform Product Management & Project Management, ING Investments, LLC (July 2012 Present); Vice President, ING Investment Management ING Funds (March 2010 Present); and Vice President, ING Funds Services, LLC (March 2006 Present). Formerly, Managing Paralegal, Registration Statements (June 2003 July 2012).
|
113
Name, Address and Age |
Positions Held with Each Trust |
Term of Office and Length of Time Served (1) |
Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years | |||
Craig Wheeler 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 44 |
Vice President |
ING Funds Trust May 2008 Present
ING Separate Portfolios Trust May 2008 Present |
Vice President Director of Tax, ING Funds Services, LLC (March 2013 Present). Formerly, Assistant Vice President Director of Tax, ING Funds Services, LLC (March 2008 March 2013).
|
|||
Huey P. Falgout, Jr . 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 49 |
Secretary |
ING Funds Trust August 2003 Present
ING Separate Portfolios Trust March 2007 Present |
Senior Vice President and Chief Counsel, ING Investment Management ING Funds (March 2010 Present). Formerly, Chief Counsel, ING Americas, U.S. Legal Services (October 2003 March 2010).
|
|||
Paul Caldarelli 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 61 |
Assistant Secretary |
ING Funds Trust June 2010 Present
ING Separate Portfolios Trust June 2010 Present |
Vice President and Senior Counsel, ING Investment Management ING Funds (March 2010 Present). Formerly, Senior Counsel, ING Americas, U.S. Legal Services (April 2008 March 2010) and Counsel, ING Americas, U.S. Legal Services (May 2005 April 2008). | |||
Theresa K. Kelety 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 50 |
Assistant Secretary |
ING Funds Trust August 2003 Present
ING Separate Portfolios Trust March 2007 Present |
Vice President and Senior Counsel, ING Investment Management ING Funds (March 2010 Present). Formerly, Senior Counsel, ING Americas, U.S. Legal Services (April 2008 March 2010) and Counsel, ING Americas, U.S. Legal Services (April 2003 April 2008). |
(1) |
The Officers hold office until the next annual meeting of the Trustees and until their successors shall have been elected and qualified. |
114
Boards
The Boards of Trustees
The Trusts and each Fund are governed by each Trusts Board, which oversees each Trusts business and affairs. The Board delegates the day-to-day management of the Trusts and their Funds to the Trusts Officers and to various service providers that have been contractually retained to provide such day-to-day services. The ING entities that render services to the Funds do so pursuant to contracts that have been approved by the Board. The Trustees are experienced executives who, among other duties, oversee each Funds activities, review contractual arrangements with companies that provide services to each Fund, and review each Funds investment performance.
Board Leadership Structure and Related Matters
Effective May 21, 2013, the membership of the Boards of Directors/Trustees overseeing the Funds in the ING Funds complex were consolidated (the Consolidation) so that the same members serve on each board in the ING Funds Complex. Following the Consolidation, the Board is now comprised of thirteen (13) members, twelve (12) of whom are independent or disinterested persons, which means that they are not interested persons of the Funds as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act (Independent Trustees). Prior to May 21, 2013, the Board was composed of ten (10) members, eight (8) of whom were Independent Trustees.
The Funds are one of 28 registered investment companies (with a combined total of approximately 178 separate series) in the ING Funds Complex and all of the Trustees serve as members of, as applicable, each investment companys/trusts Board of Directors or Board of Trustees. The Board employs substantially the same leadership structure with respect to each of these investment companies.
One of the Independent Trustees, currently Roger B. Vincent, serves as the Chairman of the Board of the Funds. The responsibilities of the Chairman of the Board include: coordinating with management in the preparation of agendas for Board meetings; presiding at Board meetings; between Board meetings, serving as a primary liaison with other Trustees, Officers of the Funds, management personnel and legal counsel to the Independent Trustees; and such other duties as the Board periodically may determine. Mr. Vincent does not hold a position with any firm that is a sponsor of the Funds. The designation of an individual as the Independent Chairman does not impose on such Independent Trustee any duties, obligations or liabilities greater than the duties, obligations or liabilities imposed on such person as a member of the Board, generally.
The Board performs many of its oversight and other activities through the committee structure described below in the Board Committees section. Each Committee operates pursuant to a written Charter approved by the Board. The Board currently conducts regular meetings eight (8) times a year. Six (6) of these regular meetings consist of sessions held over a two-day period and two of these meetings consist of a one-day session. In addition, during the course of a year, the Board and many of its Committees typically hold special meetings by telephone or in person to discuss specific matters that require action prior to the next regular meetings. The Independent Trustees have engaged independent legal counsel to assist them in performing their oversight responsibilities.
The Board believes that its leadership structure is an effective means of empowering the Trustees to perform their fiduciary and other duties. For example, the Boards committee structure facilitates, as appropriate, the ability of individual Board members to receive detailed presentations on topics under their review and to develop increased familiarity with respect to such topics and with key personnel at relevant service providers. At least annually, with guidance from its Nominating and Governance Committee, the Board analyzes whether there are potential means to enhance the efficiency and effectiveness of the Boards operations.
115
Board Committees
Audit Committee. The Board has established an Audit Committee whose functions include, among other things: (i) meeting with the independent registered public accounting firm of the Funds to review the scope of the Funds audit, the Funds financial statements and accounting controls, and (ii) meeting with management concerning these matters, internal audit activities, and other matters. The Audit Committee currently consists of six (6) Independent Trustees. The following Trustees currently serve as members of the Audit Committee: Ms. Baldwin and Messrs. Boyer, Drotch, Earley, Gavin, and Obermeyer. Mr. Earley currently serves as Chairperson of the Audit Committee. Ms. Baldwin and Messrs. Drotch, Earley, and Obermeyer have each been designated as Audit Committee Financial Experts under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Audit Committee currently meets regularly four (4) times per year, and may hold special meetings by telephone or in person to discuss specific matters that may require action prior to the next regular meeting. The Audit Committee held six (6) meetings during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013.
Compliance Committee. The Board has established a Compliance Committee for the purpose of, among other things: (i) providing oversight with respect to compliance by the Funds and their service providers with applicable laws, regulations, and internal policies and procedures affecting the operations of the Funds; (ii) serving as a committee, and in such capacity, to receive, retain, and act upon reports of evidence of possible material violations of applicable U.S. federal or state securities laws and breaches of fiduciary duty arising under U.S. federal or state laws; (iii) coordinating activities between the Board and the Chief Compliance Officer (CCO) of the Funds; (iv) facilitating information flow among Board members and the CCO between Board meetings; (v) working with the CCO and management to identify the types of reports to be submitted by the CCO to the Compliance Committee and the Board; (vi) coordinating CCO oversight activities with other ING Funds boards; (vii) making recommendations regarding the role, performance and oversight of the CCO; (viii) overseeing the implementation of the Funds valuation procedures and the fair value determinations made with respect to securities held by the Funds for which market value quotations are not readily available; (ix) overseeing managements administration of proxy voting; and (x) overseeing the effectiveness of brokerage usage by the Funds advisers or sub-advisers, as applicable, and compliance with regulations regarding the allocation of brokerage for services.
The Compliance Committee currently consists of six (6) Independent Trustees: Dr. DePrince, Mses. Chadwick and Pressler, and Messrs. Kenny, Vincent, and Jones. Mr. Kenny currently serves as Chairperson of the Compliance Committee. The Compliance Committee currently meets regularly four (4) times per year, and may hold special meetings by telephone or in person to discuss specific matters that may require action prior to the next regular meeting. The Compliance Committee held six (6) meetings during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013.
Contracts Committee. The Board has established a Contracts Committee for the purpose of overseeing the annual renewal process relating to investment advisory and sub-advisory agreements and, at the discretion of the Board, other agreements or plans involving the Funds. The responsibilities of the Contracts Committee include, among other things: (i) identifying the scope and format of information to be provided by service providers in connection with applicable contract approvals or renewals; (ii) providing guidance to independent legal counsel regarding specific information requests to be made by such counsel on behalf of the Trustees; (iii) evaluating regulatory and other developments that might have an impact on applicable approval and renewal processes; (iv) reporting to the Trustees its recommendations and decisions regarding the foregoing matters; (v) assisting in the preparation of a written record of the factors considered by Trustees relating to the approval and renewal of advisory and sub-advisory agreements; (vi) recommending to the Board specific steps to be taken by it regarding the contracts approval and renewal process, including, for example, proposed schedules of meetings by the Trustees; and (vii) otherwise providing assistance in connection with Board decisions to renew, reject, or modify agreements or plans.
The Contracts Committee currently consists of eight (8) Independent Trustees. The following Trustees serve as members of the Contracts Committee: Dr. DePrince, Mses. Chadwick and Pressler, and Messrs. Boyer, Drotch, Jones, Obermeyer, and Vincent. Ms. Pressler currently serves as Chairperson of the Contracts Committee. The Contracts Committee, which currently meets regularly seven (7) times per year, held seven (7) meetings during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013.
116
Investment Review Committees . The Board has established two (2) Investment Review Committees for all of the funds under its direction to, among other things: (i) monitor the investment performance of the Fund; and (ii) make recommendations to the Board with respect to investment management activities performed by the adviser and sub-adviser on behalf of the Funds, and to review and make recommendations regarding proposals by management to retain new or additional sub-advisers for the Funds. The Funds are monitored by the Investment Review Committee for the International/Balanced/Fixed-Income Funds (I/B/F IRC). Each committee is described below:
The Domestic Equity Funds Investment Review Committee (DE IRC) currently consists of six (6) Independent Trustees. The following Trustees serve as members of the DE IRC: Ms. Chadwick, and Messrs. Earley, Kenny, Vincent, Jones, and Obermeyer. Ms. Chadwick currently serves as Chairperson of the DE IRC. The DE IRC, which currently meets regularly six (6) times per year, held six (6) meetings during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013.
The I/B/F IRC currently consists of six (6) Independent Trustees and one (1) Trustee who is an interested person, as defined in 1940Act. The following Trustees serve as members of the IBF IRC: Dr. DePrince, Mses. Baldwin and Pressler and Messrs. Boyer, Drotch, Gavin, and Mathews. Mr. Boyer currently serves as Chairperson of the I/B/F IRC. The I/B/F IRC, which currently meets regularly six (6) times per year, held six (6) meetings during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013.
Nominating and Governance Committee . The Board has established a Nominating and Governance Committee for the purpose of, among other things: (i) identifying and recommending to the Board candidates it proposes for nomination to fill Independent Trustee vacancies on the Board; (ii) reviewing workload and capabilities of Independent Trustees and recommending changes to the size or composition of the Board, as necessary; (iii) monitoring regulatory developments and recommending modifications to the Committees responsibilities; (iv) considering and, if appropriate, recommending the creation of additional committees or changes to Trustee policies and procedures based on rule changes and best practices in corporate governance; (v) conducting an annual review of the membership and chairpersons of all Board committees and of practices relating to such membership and chairpersons; (vi) undertaking a periodic study of compensation paid to independent board members of investment companies and making recommendations for any compensation changes for the Independent Trustees; (vii) overseeing the Boards annual self-evaluation process; (viii) developing (with assistance from management) an annual meeting calendar for the Board and its committees; and (ix) overseeing actions to facilitate attendance by Independent Trustees at relevant educational seminars and similar programs.
In evaluating potential candidates to fill Independent Trustee vacancies on the Board, each Nominating and Governance Committee will consider a variety of factors, but it has not at this time set any specific minimum qualifications that must be met. Specific qualifications of candidates for Board membership will be based on the needs of the Board at the time of nomination. The Nominating and Governance Committee will consider nominations received from shareholders and shall assess shareholder nominees in the same manner as it reviews nominees that it identifies as potential candidates. A shareholder nominee for Trustee should be submitted in writing to the Trustees Secretary at 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100, Scottsdale, Arizona 85258. Any such shareholder nomination should include at least the following information as to each individual proposed for nominations as Trustee: such persons written consent to be named in a proxy statement as a nominee (if nominated) and to serve as a Trustee (if elected), and all information relating to such individual that is required to be disclosed in the solicitation of proxies for election of Trustees, or is otherwise required, in each case under applicable federal securities laws, rules, and regulations, including such information as the Board may reasonably deem necessary to satisfy its oversight and due diligence duties.
The Secretary shall submit all nominations received in a timely manner to the Nominating and Governance Committee. To be timely in connection with a shareholder meeting to elect Trustees, any such submission must be delivered to the Funds Secretary not earlier than the 90th day prior to such meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 60th day prior to such meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the meeting is first made, by either the disclosure in a press release or in a document publicly filed by the Fund with the SEC.
The Nominating and Governance Committee currently consists of six (6) Independent Trustees. The following Trustees serve as members of the Nominating and Governance Committee: Mses. Baldwin and Chadwick, and Messrs. Kenny,
117
Gavin, Obermeyer and Vincent. Ms. Baldwin currently serves as Chairperson of the Nominating and Governance Committee. The Nominating and Governance Committee meets on an as-needed basis. The Nominating and Governance Committee held two (2) meeting during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013.
The Boards Risk Oversight Role
The day-to-day management of various risks relating to the administration and operation of the Funds is the responsibility of management and other service providers retained by the Board or by management, most of whom employ professional personnel who have risk management responsibilities. The Board oversees this risk management function consistent with and as part of its oversight duties. The Board performs this risk management oversight function directly and, with respect to various matters, through its committees. The following description provides an overview of many, but not all, aspects of the Boards oversight of risk management for the Funds. In this connection, the Board has been advised that it is not practicable to identify all of the risks that may impact the Funds or to develop procedures or controls that are designed to eliminate all such risk exposures, and that applicable securities law regulations do not contemplate that all such risks be identified and addressed.
The Board, working with management personnel and other service providers, has endeavored to identify the primary risks that confront the Funds. In general, these risks include, among others: (i) investment risks; (ii) credit risks; (iii) liquidity risks; (iv) valuation risks; (v) operational risks; (vi) reputational risks; (vii) regulatory risks; (viii) risks related to potential legislative changes; and (ix) the risk of conflicts of interest affecting ING affiliates in managing the Funds. The Board has adopted and periodically reviews various policies and procedures that are designed to address these and other risks confronting the Funds. In addition, many service providers to the Funds have adopted their own policies, procedures and controls designed to address particular risks to the Funds. The Board and persons retained to render advice and service to the Board periodically review and/or monitor changes to and developments relating to the effectiveness of these policies and procedures.
The Board oversees risk management activities in part through receipt and review by the Board or its committees of regular and special reports, presentations and other information from Officers of the Trust, including the CCOs for the Trust and its investment adviser, the Trusts Chief Investment Risk Officer (CIRO), and from other service providers. For example, management personnel and the other persons make regular reports and presentations to: (i) the Compliance Committee regarding compliance with regulatory requirements; (ii) the Investment Review Committees regarding investment activities and strategies that may pose particular risks; (iii) the Audit Committee with respect to financial reporting controls and internal audit activities; (iv) the Nominating and Governance Committee regarding corporate governance and best practice developments; and (v) the Contracts Committee regarding regulatory and related developments that might impact the retention of service providers to the Trust. The CIRO oversees an Investment Risk Department (IRD) that provides an independent source of analysis and research for Board members in connection with their oversight of the investment process and performance of Fund portfolio managers. Among its other duties, the IRD seeks to identify and, where practicable, measure the investment risks being taken by each Funds portfolio managers. Although the IRD works closely with management of the Trust in performing its duties, the CIRO is directly accountable to and maintains an ongoing dialogue with the Independent Trustees.
118
Qualifications of the Trustees
The Board believes that each of its Trustees is qualified to serve as a Trustee of the Trust based on its review of the experience, qualifications, attributes, and skills of each Trustee. The Board bases this conclusion on its consideration of various criteria, no one of which is controlling. Among others, the Board has considered the following factors with respect to each Trustee: strong character and high integrity; an ability to review, evaluate, analyze, and discuss information provided; the ability to exercise effective business judgment in protecting shareholder interests while taking into account different points of views; a background in financial, investment, accounting, business, regulatory, or other skills that would be relevant to the performance of a Trustees duties; the ability and willingness to commit the time necessary to perform his or her duties; and the ability to work in a collegial manner with other Board members. Each Trustees ability to perform his or her duties effectively is evidenced by his or her: experience in the investment management business; related consulting experience; other professional experience; experience serving on the boards of directors/trustees of other public companies; educational background and professional training; prior experience serving on the Board, as well as the boards of other investment companies in the ING Fund Complex and/or of other investment companies; and experience as attendees or participants in conferences and seminars that are focused on investment company matters and/or duties that are specific to board members of registered investment companies.
Information indicating certain of the specific experience and qualifications of each Trustee relevant to the Boards belief that the Trustee should serve in this capacity is provided in the table above that provides information about each Trustee. That table includes, for each Trustee, positions held with each Trust, the length of such service, principal occupations during the past five years, the number of series within the ING Fund Complex for which the Trustee serves as a Board member and certain directorships held during the past five years. Set forth below are certain additional specific experiences, qualifications, attributes or skills that the Board believes support a conclusion that each Trustee should serve as a Board member in light of each Trusts business and structure.
Colleen D. Baldwin has been a Trustee of the Trust and a board member of other investment companies in the ING Fund Complex since 2007. She also has served as the Chairperson of the Boards Nominating and Governance Committee since 2009. Ms. Baldwin has been President of Glantuam Partners, LLC, a business consulting firm, since 2009. Prior to that, she served in senior positions at the following financial services firms: Chief Operating Officer for Ivy Asset Management, Inc. (2002-2004), a hedge fund manager; Chief Operating Officer and Head of Global Business and Product Development for AIG Global Investment Group (1995-2002), a global investment management firm; Senior Vice President at Bankers Trust Company (1994-1995); and Senior Managing Director at J.P. Morgan & Company (1987-1994). Ms. Baldwin holds a B.S. from Fordham University and an M.B.A. from Pace University.
John V. Boyer has been a Trustee of the Trust and a board member of other investment companies in the ING Fund Complex since 2005. He also has served as Chairperson of the Trusts I/B/F IRC since 2006 and, prior to that, as Chairperson of the Trusts Compliance Committee. Since 2008, Mr. Boyer has been President of the Bechtler Arts Foundation for which, among his other duties, Mr. Boyer oversees all fiduciary aspects of the Foundation and assists in the oversight of the Foundations endowment fund. Previously, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Franklin and Eleanor Roosevelt Institute (2006-2007) and as Executive Director of The Mark Twain House & Museum (1989-2006) where he was responsible for overseeing business operations, including endowment funds. He also served as a board member of certain predecessor mutual funds of the ING Fund Complex (1997-2005). Mr. Boyer holds a B.A. from the University of California, Santa Barbara and an M.F.A. from Princeton University.
Patricia W. Chadwick has been a Trustee of the Trust and a board member of other investment companies in the ING Fund Complex since 2006. She also has served as Chairperson of the Trusts DE IRC since 2007. Since 2000, Ms. Chadwick has been the Founder and President of Ravengate Partners LLC, a consulting firm that provides advice regarding financial markets and the global economy. She also is a director of The Royce Funds (since 2009), Wisconsin Energy Corp. (since 2006), and AMICA Mutual Insurance Company (since 1992). Previously, she served in senior roles
119
at several major financial services firms where her duties included the management of corporate pension funds, endowments, and foundations, as well as management responsibilities for an asset management business. Ms. Chadwick holds a B.A. from Boston University and is a Chartered Financial Analyst.
Dr. Albert E. DePrince, Jr. has been a Trustee of the Trust since May 21, 2013, the date of the Consolidation, and a board member of other ING Funds since 1998. Dr. DePrince has been a professor of Economics and Finance at Middle Tennessee State University since 1991. Prior to joining the faculty at Middle Tennessee State University, Dr. DePrince served in various business positions, including 12 years at Marine Midland Bank in New York City, where he held the positions of Chief Economist and Senior Vice President, and nine years as an economist with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. Dr. DePrince holds a B.A. in Economics from Bucknell University, an M.A. in Economics from the University of Michigan, and a Ph.D. in Economics from New York University. Dr. DePrince also served as Director at the Business and Economic Research Center at Middle Tennessee State University from 1999 to 2002 and has published numerous scholarly papers and journal articles in the areas of financial markets, financial institutions, mutual fund performance, and monetary policy.
Peter S. Drotch has been a Trustee of the Trust and a board member of other investment companies in the ING Fund Complex since 2007. Prior to his retirement in 2000, he was a partner at the accounting firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, where he was the leader of the firms asset management practice group and acquired extensive experience with respect to audits and other financial matters relating to registered investment companies. Since his retirement, he also has served on the boards of registered investment companies in other fund complexes (the State Street Research Funds and BlackRock Funds) from 2005 to 2007 and as a consultant with respect to investment company regulatory compliance matters. Mr. Drotch holds a B.S. from the University of Connecticut and is a Certified Public Accountant.
J. Michael Earley has been a Trustee of the Trust and a board member of other investment companies in the ING Fund Complex since 2002. He also has served as Chairperson of the Trusts Audit Committee since 2003. Mr. Earley retired in 2008 as President and Chief Executive Officer of Bankers Trust Company, N.A. (Des Moines, Iowa), where he had worked since 1992. He also has served on the boards of directors of that company (1992-2009) and of Midamerica Financial Corporation (2002-2009), and as a board member of certain predecessor mutual funds of the ING Fund Complex (1997-2002). Mr. Earley holds a B.B.A. and a J.D. from the University of Iowa.
Martin J. Gavin has been a Trustee of the Trust since May 21, 2013, the date of the Consolidation, and a board member of other ING Funds since 2011. Mr. Gavin previously served as board member of other ING Funds from 2009 until 2010. Mr. Gavin is currently the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Connecticut Childrens Medical Center. Prior to his position at Connecticut Childrens Medical Center, Mr. Gavin worked in the insurance and investment industries for more than 27 years. Mr. Gavin served in several senior executive positions with The Phoenix Companies during a 16 year period, including as President of Phoenix Trust Operations, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Phoenix Duff & Phelps, a publicly-traded investment management company, and Senior Vice President of Investment Operations at Phoenix Home Life. Mr. Gavin holds a B.A. from the University of Connecticut.
Russell H. Jones has been a Trustee of the Trust since May 21, 2013, the date of the Consolidation, and a board member of other ING Funds since December 2007. From 1973 until his retirement in 2008, Mr. Jones served in various positions at Kaman Corporation, an aerospace and industrial distribution manufacturer, including Senior Vice President, Chief Investment Officer and Treasurer, Principal Investor Relations Officer, Principal Public Relations Officer and Corporate Parent Treasurer. Mr. Jones served as an Independent Director and Chair of the Contracts Committee for CIGNA Mutual Funds from 1995 until 2005. Mr. Jones also served as President of the Hartford Area Business Economists from 1986 until 1987. Mr. Jones holds a B.A. from the University of Connecticut and an M.A. from the Hartford Seminary.
Patrick W. Kenny has been a Trustee of the Trust and a board member of other investment companies in the ING Fund Complex since 2005. He also has served as the Chairperson of the Trusts Compliance Committee since 2006. He previously served as President and Chief Executive Officer (2001-2009) of the International Insurance Society (insurance trade association), Executive Vice President (1998-2001) of Frontier Insurance Group (property and casualty insurance company), Senior Vice President (1995-1998) of SS&C Technologies (software and technology company), Chief Financial Officer (1988-1994) of Aetna Life & Casualty Company (multi-line insurance company), and as Partner (until
120
1988) of KPMG (accounting firm). Mr. Kenny currently serves (since 2004) on the board of directors of Assured Guaranty Ltd. (provider of financial guaranty insurance) and previously served on the boards of Odyssey Re Holdings Corporation (multi-line reinsurance company) (2006-2009) and of certain predecessor mutual funds of the ING Fund Complex (2002-2005). Mr. Kenny holds a B.B.A. from the University of Notre Dame and an M.A. from the University of Missouri and is a Certified Public Accountant.
Joseph E. Obermeyer has been a Trustee of the Trust since May 21, 2013, the date of the Consolidation, and a board member of other ING Funds since 2003. Mr. Obermeyer is the founder and President of Obermeyer & Associates, Inc., a provider of financial and economic consulting services since 1999. Prior to founding Obermeyer & Associates, Mr. Obermeyer had more than 15 years of experience in accounting, including serving as a Senior Manager at Arthur Andersen LLP from 1995 until 1999. Previously, Mr. Obermeyer served as a Senior Manager at Coopers & Lybrand LLP from 1993 until 1995, as a Manager at Price Waterhouse from 1988 until 1993, and a Second Vice President from 1985 until 1988 at Smith Barney, and as a consultant with Arthur Andersen & Co. from 1984 until 1985. Mr. Obermeyer holds a B.A. in Business Administration from the University of Cincinnati, an M.B.A. from Indiana University, and post graduate certificates from the University of Tilburg and INSEAD.
Shaun P. Mathews has been a Trustee of the Trust and a board member of other investment companies in the ING Fund Complex since 2007. He also is President and Chief Executive Officer of ING Investments, LLC (2006 to present). Mr. Mathews previously served as President of ING Mutual Funds and Investment Products (2004-2006) and several other senior management positions in various aspects of the financial services business. These positions and experiences have provided Mr. Mathews with extensive investment management, distribution and oversight experience, as well as with extensive direct knowledge of many of the Trusts key service providers.
Sheryl K. Pressler has been a Trustee of the Trust and a board member of other investment companies in the ING Fund Complex since 2006. She also has served as Chairperson of the Trusts Contracts Committee since 2007. Ms. Pressler has served as a consultant on financial matters since 2001. Previously, she held various senior positions involving financial services, including as Chief Executive Officer (2000-2001) of Lend Lease Real Estate Investments, Inc. (real estate investment management and mortgage servicing firm), Chief Investment Officer (1994-2000) of California Public Employees Retirement System (state pension fund), Director of Stillwater Mining Company (May 2002 May 2013), and Director of Retirement Funds Management (1981-1994) of McDonnell Douglas Corporation (aircraft manufacturer). Ms. Pressler holds a B.A. from Webster University and an M.B.A. from Washington University.
Roger B. Vincent has been a Trustee of the Trust and a board member of other investment companies in the ING Fund Complex since 2002. He also has served as Chairman of the Board of Trustees since 2007 and he previously served as Chairperson of the Contracts Committee and the DE IRC. Mr. Vincent recently retired as President of Springwell Corporation (a corporate finance firm). He is a Director of UGI Corporation and UGI Utilities, Inc. (since 2006). He previously worked for 20 years at Bankers Trust Company. He also previously served as a Director of AmeriGas Partners, L.P. (1998-2006), Tatham Offshore, Inc. (1996-2000), and Petrolane, Inc. (1993-1995), and as a board member of certain predecessor funds of the ING Fund Complex (1994-2002). Mr. Vincent is a frequent speaker or panelist at mutual fund industry conferences and seminars. Mr. Vincent holds a B.S. from Yale University and an MBA from Harvard University.
Trustee Ownership of Securities
In order to further align the interests of the Independent Trustees with shareholders, it is the policy of the Board for Independent Trustees to own, beneficially, shares of one or more funds in the ING Fund Complex at all times (Ownership Policy). For this purpose, beneficial ownership of ING Fund shares includes, in addition to direct ownership of ING Fund shares, ownership of a Variable Contract whose proceeds are invested in an ING Fund within the ING Fund Complex, as well as deferred compensation payments under the Boards deferred compensation arrangements pursuant to which the future value of such payments is based on the notional value of designated funds within the ING Fund Complex.
121
Under this Ownership Policy, the initial value of investments in the ING Fund Complex that are beneficially owned by a Trustee must equal at least $100,000. The Ownership Policy provides that a new Trustee shall satisfy the foregoing requirements within a reasonable amount of time, not to exceed three years, after becoming a Trustee. A decline in the value of any funds investments in the ING Fund Complex will not cause a Trustee to have to make any additional investments under this Ownership Policy. As of December 31, 2012, all Independent Trustees were in compliance with the Ownership Policy.
Investment in mutual funds of the ING Funds Complex by the Trustees pursuant to this Ownership Policy are subject to: (i) policies, applied by the mutual funds of the ING Fund Complex to other similar investors, that are designed to prevent inappropriate market timing trading practices; and (ii) any provisions of the ING Funds Code of Ethics that otherwise apply to the Trustees.
Trustees Fund Equity Ownership Positions
The following table sets forth information regarding each Trustees ownership of equity securities of the Funds overseen by the Trustees and the aggregate holdings of shares of equity securities of all funds in the ING Fund Complex overseen by the Trustees for the calendar year ended December 31, 2012.
Name of Trustee | Dollar Range of Equity Securities in each Fund as of December 31, 2012 |
Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in All Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in the ING Fund Complex |
||||||||||||
ING Floating Rate Fund |
ING GNMA Income Fund |
ING High Yield Bond Fund |
ING Intermediate Bond Fund |
ING Investment Grade Income Fund |
ING Short Term Bond Fund (1) |
|||||||||
Independent Trustees |
||||||||||||||
Colleen D. Baldwin |
None | None | None | None | None | None | Over - $100,000 ( 2 ) | |||||||
John V. Boyer |
None | None | None | None | None | None |
$10,001-$50,000 ( 2 ) Over $100,000 |
|||||||
Patricia W. Chadwick |
None |
Over $100,000 |
None | None | None | None | Over $100,000 | |||||||
Albert E. DePrince, Jr. |
None | None | None | None | None | None | Over $100,000 ( 2 ) | |||||||
Peter S. Drotch |
None | None | None | None | None | None | Over $100,000 | |||||||
J. Michael Earley |
None | None | None | None | None | None | Over $100,000 | |||||||
Martin J. Gavin |
None | None | None | None | None | None | Over $100,000 ( 2 ) | |||||||
Russell H. Jones |
None | None | None | None | None | None | Over $100,000 ( 2 ) | |||||||
Patrick W. Kenny |
None | None | None |
Over $100,000 (2) |
None | None |
Over $100,000 Over $100,000 ( 2 ) |
|||||||
Joseph E. Obermeyer |
None | None | None | None | None | None | Over $100,000 ( 2 ) | |||||||
Sheryl K. Pressler |
None | None | None | None | None | None | Over $100,000 ( 2 ) | |||||||
Roger B. Vincent |
None | None | None |
Over $100,000 (2) |
None | None |
Over $100,000 Over $100,000 ( 2 ) |
|||||||
Interested Trustees |
||||||||||||||
Shaun P. Mathews |
None | None | None | $1 - $10,000 | None | None | $50,001 - $100,000 ( 2 ) Over $100,000 |
(1) |
The Fund commenced operations December 19, 2012. |
(2) |
Held in a Deferred Compensation account and/or 401(k) account. |
Independent Trustee Ownership of Securities of the Adviser, Underwriter and Their Affiliates
The following table sets forth information regarding each Independent Trustees (and his or her immediate family members) share ownership in securities of the Funds adviser or principal underwriter, and the ownership of securities in an entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the investment adviser or principal underwriter of the Funds (not including RICs) as of December 31, 2012.
122
Name of Trustee |
Name of Owners and
Relationship to Trustee |
Company | Title of Class |
Value of
Securities |
Percentage
of Class |
|||||
Colleen D. Baldwin |
N/A | N/A | N/A | $0 | N/A | |||||
John V. Boyer |
N/A | N/A | N/A | $0 | N/A | |||||
Patricia W. Chadwick |
N/A | N/A | N/A | $0 | N/A | |||||
Albert E. DePrince, Jr. |
N/A | N/A | N/A | $0 | N/A | |||||
Peter S. Drotch |
N/A | N/A | N/A | $0 | N/A | |||||
J. Michael Earley |
N/A | N/A | N/A | $0 | N/A | |||||
Martin J. Gavin |
N/A | N/A | N/A | $0 | N/A | |||||
Russell H. Jones |
N/A | N/A | N/A | $0 | N/A | |||||
Patrick W. Kenny |
N/A | N/A | N/A | $0 | N/A | |||||
Joseph E. Obermeyer |
N/A | N/A | N/A | $0 | N/A | |||||
Sheryl K. Pressler |
N/A | N/A | N/A | $0 | N/A | |||||
Roger B. Vincent |
N/A | N/A | N/A | $0 | N/A |
Trustee Compensation
Each Trustee is reimbursed for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with each meeting of the Board or any of its Committee meetings attended. Each Independent Trustee is compensated for his or her services, on a quarterly basis, according to a fee schedule adopted by the Board. The current fee schedule consists of an annual retainer, compensation for Board and Committee Chairpersons, and additional compensation for attendance at regularly scheduled meetings. The Board may from time to time designate other meetings as subject to compensation.
Each Fund pays each Trustee who is not an interested person of a Fund his or her pro rata share, as described below, of: (i) an annual retainer of $200,000; (ii) Mr. Vincent, as Chairperson of the Board, receives an additional annual retainer of $80,000; (iii) Mses. Baldwin, Chadwick, and Pressler and Messrs. Earley, Boyer, and Kenny as Chairpersons of Committees of the Board, each receives an additional annual retainer of $25,000, $30,000, $65,000, $25,000, $30,000, and $25,000, respectively; (iv) $10,000 per attendance at any of the regularly scheduled meetings (four quarterly meetings, two auxiliary meetings, and two annual contract review meetings); and (v) out-of-pocket expenses. The Board at its discretion may from time to time designate other special meetings as subject to an attendance fee in the amount of $5,000 for in-person meetings and $2,500 for special telephonic meetings.
The pro rata share paid by each Fund is based on the Funds average net assets as a percentage of the average net assets of all the funds managed by the advisers or their affiliate for which the Trustees serve in common as Trustees.
Future Compensation Payment
Certain future payment arrangements were in place prior to the Consolidation. More particularly, each non-interested Trustee, with the exception of Dr. DePrince and Messrs. Gavin, Jones, and Obermeyer, who was a Trustee on or before May 9, 2007, and who will have served as a non-interested Trustee for five or more years for one or more funds in the ING Fund Complex is entitled to a future payment (Future Payment), if such Trustee: (i) retires in accordance with the Boards retirement policy; (ii) dies; or (iii) becomes disabled. The Future Payment shall be made promptly to, as applicable, the Trustee or the Trustees estate, in an amount equal to two times the annual compensation payable to such Trustee, as in effect at the time of his or her retirement, death, or disability if the Trustee had served as Trustee for at least five years as of May 9, 2007, or in a lesser amount calculated based on the proportion of time served by such Trustee (as compared to five years) as of May 9, 2007. The annual compensation determination shall be based upon the annual Board membership retainer fee in effect at the time of that Trustees retirement, death, or disability (but not any separate annual retainer fees for chairpersons of committees and of the Board), provided that the annual compensation used for this purpose shall not exceed the annual retainer fees as of May 9, 2007. This amount shall be paid by the ING Fund or ING Funds on whose Board the Trustee was serving at the time of his or her retirement, death, or disability.
123
Each applicable Trustee may elect to receive payment of his or her benefit in a lump sum or in three substantially equal payments.
Compensation Table
The following table sets forth information provided by the Funds adviser regarding compensation of the Trustees by each Fund and other funds managed by the advisers and their affiliates for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013. Trustees who are interested persons of the Trusts and Officers of the Trusts do not receive any compensation from the Funds or any other funds managed by the advisers or their affiliates.
Name of Trustee | Floating Rate | GNMA Income | High Yield Bond | Intermediate Bond |
Investment Grade Credit |
|||||
Colleen D. Baldwin ( 1 ) |
$993 | $4,428 | $651 | $4,196 | $46 | |||||
John V. Boyer ( 1 ) |
$1,009 | $4,499 | $661 | $4,263 | $47 | |||||
Patricia W. Chadwick |
$1,009 | $4,499 | $661 | $4,263 | $47 | |||||
Albert E. DePrince, Jr. |
$0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |||||
Peter S. Drotch |
$913 | $4,072 | $598 | $3,860 | $42 | |||||
J. Michael Earley |
$993 | $4,428 | $651 | $4,196 | $46 | |||||
Martin J. Gavin ( 1 ) |
$0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |||||
Russell H. Jones |
$0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |||||
Patrick W. Kenny ( 1 ) |
$993 | $4,428 | $651 | $4,196 | $46 | |||||
Shaun P. Mathews (4) |
N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | |||||
Joseph E. Obermeyer ( 1 ) |
$0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |||||
Sheryl K. Pressler |
$1,121 | $4,998 | $734 | $4,734 | $52 | |||||
Roger B. Vincent |
$1,169 | $5,212 | $766 | $4,936 | $54 |
Name of Trustee | Short Term Bond |
Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued As Part of Fund Expenses |
Estimated Annual Benefits Upon Retirement |
Total Compensation From Registrant and ING Fund Complex Paid to Trustees |
||||
Colleen D. Baldwin ( 1 ) |
$142 | N/A | N/A | $310,000 ( 2 ) | ||||
John V. Boyer ( 1 ) |
$144 | N/A | N/A | $315,000 ( 2 ) | ||||
Patricia W. Chadwick |
$144 | N/A | N/A | $315,000 ( 2 ) | ||||
Albert E. DePrince, Jr. |
$0 | N/A | N/A | $242,747 ( 3 ) | ||||
Peter S. Drotch |
$130 | N/A | N/A | $285,000 ( 2 ) | ||||
J. Michael Earley |
$142 | N/A | N/A | $310,000 ( 2 ) | ||||
Martin J. Gavin ( 1 ) |
$0 | N/A | N/A | $198,372 ( 3 ) | ||||
Russell H. Jones |
$0 | N/A | N/A | $207,747 ( 3 ) | ||||
Patrick W. Kenny ( 1 ) |
$142 | N/A | N/A | $310,000 ( 2 ) | ||||
Shaun P. Mathews (4) |
N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | ||||
Joseph E. Obermeyer ( 1 ) |
$0 | N/A | N/A | $235,247 ( 3 ) | ||||
Sheryl K. Pressler |
$160 | N/A | N/A | $350,000 ( 2 ) | ||||
Roger B. Vincent |
$167 | N/A | N/A | $365,000 ( 2 ) |
(1) |
During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, Ms. Baldwin, Mr. Boyer, Mr. Gavin, Mr. Kenny, and Mr. Obermeyer deferred $25,000, $20,000, $99,186, $77,500, and $23,525, respectively, of their compensation from the ING Fund Complex. |
(2) |
Represents compensation from 142 funds (total in the ING Funds Complex as of March 31, 2013 overseen by the Board member prior to the Consolidation). |
(3) |
Represents compensation from 34 funds (total in the ING Funds Complex as of March 31, 2013, overseen by the Board member prior to the Consolidation). |
(4) |
Interested person, as defined in the 1940 Act, of each Trust because of the affiliation with ING Groep, N.V., the parent corporation of the Adviser, ING Investments, LLC and the Distributor, ING Investments Distributor, LLC. Officers and Trustees who are interested persons do not receive any compensation from the Funds. |
124
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
Control is defined by the 1940 Act as the beneficial ownership, either directly or through one or more controlled companies, of more than 25% of the voting securities of a Fund. A control person may be able to take actions regarding a Fund without the consent or approval of shareholders.
As of July 16, 2013, the Trustees and officers as a group owned less than 1% of any class of each Funds outstanding shares.
As of that date, to the knowledge of management, no person owned beneficially or of record more than 5% of the outstanding shares of any class of any of the Funds, except as set forth below. Unless otherwise indicated below, the Trusts have no knowledge as to whether all or any portion of the shares owned of record are also owned beneficially.
Fund | Address |
Class and Type of Ownership |
Percentage of Class |
Percentage of Fund |
||||
Floating Rate Fund |
National Financial Services LLC. For Excl Benefit of Our Customers Attn: Mutual Funds Dept 4 th Floor 499 Washington Blvd Jersey City, NJ 07310 |
A | 8.92% | 24.82% | ||||
Floating Rate Fund |
UBS Financial Services Inc Attn: Department Manager 499 Washington Blvd, 9 th Fl Jersey City, NJ 07310-2055 |
A | 32.16% | 6.59% | ||||
Floating Rate Fund |
Pershing LLC 1 Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399-0001 |
A | 6.93% | 2.07% | ||||
Floating Rate Fund |
Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Harborside Financial Center Plaza 2 - 3 rd Floor Jersey City, NJ 07311 |
A | 13.16% | 8.35% | ||||
Floating Rate Fund |
LPL Financial Omnibus Customer Account Attn: Lindsay OToole 9785 Towne Centre Drive San Diego, CA 92121-1968 |
A | 11.71% | 4.89% | ||||
Floating Rate Fund |
UBS Financial Services Inc Attn: Department Manager 499 Washington Blvd, 9 th Fl Jersey City, NJ 07310-2055 |
C | 15.03% | 6.59% | ||||
Floating Rate Fund |
MLPF & S for the Sole Benefit of the Customers ATTN: Fund Administration 4800 Deer Lake DR East 3 rd Floor Jacksonville, FL 32246-6484 |
C | 16.99% | 6.41% | ||||
Floating Rate Fund |
Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Harborside Financial Center Plaza 2 - 3 rd Floor Jersey City, NJ 07311 |
C | 23.02% | 8.35% | ||||
Floating Rate Fund |
Raymond James Omnibus for Mutual Funds House Account Firm Attn: Courtney Waller 880 Carillon Pkwy St. Petersburg, FL 33716 |
C | 9.53% | 1.80% |
125
Fund | Address |
Class and Type of Ownership |
Percentage of Class |
Percentage of Fund |
||||
Floating Rate Fund |
National Financial Services LLC. For Excl Benefit of Our Customers Attn: Mutual Funds Dept 4 th Floor 499 Washington Blvd Jersey City, NJ 07310 |
I | 8.33% | 24.82% | ||||
Floating Rate Fund |
MLPF & S for the Sole Benefit of the Customers ATTN: Fund Administration 4800 Deer Lake DR East 3 rd Floor Jacksonville, FL 32246-6484 |
I | 9.78% | 6.41% | ||||
Floating Rate Fund |
ING Solution 2015 Portfolio ATTN Carneen Stokes 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Rd, Ste 100 Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034 |
I | 10.49% | 4.26% | ||||
Floating Rate Fund |
ING Solution 2025 Portfolio ATTN Carneen Stokes 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Rd, Ste 100 Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034 |
I | 18.68% | 7.58% | ||||
Floating Rate Fund |
ING Solution 2035 Portfolio ATTN Carneen Stokes 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Rd, Ste 100 Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034 |
I | 16.37% | 6.64% | ||||
Floating Rate Fund |
Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Harborside Financial Center Plaza 2 - 3 rd Floor Jersey City, NJ 07311 |
I | 9.24% | 8.35% | ||||
Floating Rate Fund |
The Community Foundation of Middle Tennessee Inc. 3833 Cleghorn Ave, Ste 400 Nashville, TN 37215-2519 |
I | 6.63% | 2.69% | ||||
Floating Rate Fund |
ING Intermediate Bond Portfolio Pooled Vehicles 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Rd, Ste 100 Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034 |
P | 99.97% | 1.66% | ||||
Floating Rate Fund |
ING National Trust One Orange Way Windsor, CT 06095 |
R | 99.63% | 9.96% | ||||
Floating Rate Fund |
National Financial Services LLC. For Excl Benefit of Our Customers Attn: Mutual Funds Dept 4 th Floor 499 Washington Blvd Jersey City, NJ 07310 |
W | 86.10% | 24.82% | ||||
Floating Rate Fund |
LPL Financial Omnibus Customer Account Attn: Lindsay OToole 9785 Towne Centre Drive San Diego, CA 92121-1968 |
W | 9.16% | 4.89% | ||||
GNMA Income Fund |
MLPF & S for the Sole Benefit of the Customers ATTN: Fund Administration 4800 Deer Lake DR East 3 rd Floor Jacksonville, FL 32246-6484 |
A | 9.29% | 11.10% | ||||
GNMA Income Fund |
ING National Trust One Orange Way Windsor, CT 06095 |
A | 27.21% | 20.15% | ||||
GNMA Income Fund |
ING Life Insurance & Annuity CO ATTN Valuation Unit One Orange Way B3N Windsor, CT 06095 |
A | 16.98% | 14.24% |
126
Fund | Address |
Class and Type of Ownership |
Percentage of Class |
Percentage of Fund |
||||
GNMA Income Fund |
Charles Schwab & CO INC Reinvest Account ATTN Mutual Fund Department 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94104-4151 |
A | 7.37% | 5.76% | ||||
GNMA Income Fund |
National Financial Services LLC. For Excl Benefit of Our Customers Attn: Mutual Funds Dept 4 th Floor 499 Washington Blvd Jersey City, NJ 07310 |
B | 22.70% | 3.57% | ||||
GNMA Income Fund |
Pershing LLC 1 Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399-0001 |
B | 15.76% | 5.03% | ||||
GNMA Income Fund |
MLPF & S for the Sole Benefit of the Customers ATTN: Fund Administration 4800 Deer Lake DR East 3 rd Floor Jacksonville, FL 32246-6484 |
B | 11.38% | 11.10% | ||||
GNMA Income Fund |
First Clearing, LLC 2801 Market Street Saint Louis, MO 63103-2523 |
B | 17.88% | 10.23% | ||||
GNMA Income Fund |
National Financial Services LLC. For Excl Benefit of Our Customers Attn: Mutual Funds Dept 4 th Floor 499 Washington Blvd Jersey City, NJ 07310 |
C | 5.07% | 3.57% | ||||
GNMA Income Fund |
UBS Financial Services Inc Attn: Department Manager 499 Washington Blvd, 9 th Fl Jersey City, NJ 07310-2055 |
C | 6.77% | 3.87% | ||||
GNMA Income Fund |
Pershing LLC 1 Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399-0001 |
C | 6.13% | 5.03% | ||||
GNMA Income Fund |
MLPF & S for the Sole Benefit of the Customers ATTN: Fund Administration 4800 Deer Lake DR East 3 rd Floor Jacksonville, FL 32246-6484 |
C | 15.83% | 11.10% | ||||
GNMA Income Fund |
First Clearing, LLC 2801 Market Street Saint Louis, MO 63103-2523 |
C | 25.68% | 10.23% | ||||
GNMA Income Fund |
Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Harborside Financial Center Plaza 2 - 3 rd Floor Jersey City, NJ 07311 |
C | 10.16% | 6.24% | ||||
GNMA Income Fund |
MLPF & S for the Sole Benefit of the Customers ATTN: Fund Administration 4800 Deer Lake DR East 3 rd Floor Jacksonville, FL 32246-6484 |
I | 16.55% | 11.10% | ||||
GNMA Income Fund |
First Clearing, LLC 2801 Market Street Saint Louis, MO 63103-2523 |
I | 20.51% | 10.23% | ||||
GNMA Income Fund |
Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Harborside Financial Center Plaza 2 - 3 rd Floor Jersey City, NJ 07311 |
I | 19.69% | 6.24% | ||||
GNMA Income Fund |
ING National Trust One Orange Way Windsor, CT 06095 |
I | 12.91% | 20.15% |
127
Fund | Address |
Class and Type of Ownership |
Percentage of Class |
Percentage of Fund |
||||
GNMA Income Fund |
ING Life Insurance & Annuity CO ATTN Valuation Unit One Orange Way B3N Windsor, CT 06095 |
I | 18.49% | 14.24% | ||||
GNMA Income Fund |
LPL Financial Omnibus Customer Account Attn: Lindsay OToole 9785 Towne Centre Drive San Diego, CA 92121-1968 |
I | 8.59% | 1.95% | ||||
GNMA Income Fund |
National Financial Services LLC. For Excl Benefit of Our Customers Attn: Mutual Funds Dept 4 th Floor 499 Washington Blvd Jersey City, NJ 07310 |
W | 11.39% | 3.57% | ||||
GNMA Income Fund |
Pershing LLC 1 Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399-0001 |
W | 64.99% | 5.03% | ||||
GNMA Income Fund |
Raymond James Omnibus for Mutual Funds House Account Firm Attn: Courtney Waller 880 Carillon Pkwy St. Petersburg, FL 33716 |
W | 9.09% | 1.56% | ||||
High Yield Bond Fund |
National Financial Services LLC. For Excl Benefit of Our Customers Attn: Mutual Funds Dept 4 th Floor 499 Washington Blvd Jersey City, NJ 07310 |
A | 5.87% | 1.65% | ||||
High Yield Bond Fund |
Pershing LLC 1 Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399-0001 |
A | 10.99% | 6.43% | ||||
High Yield Bond Fund |
MLPF & S for the Sole Benefit of the Customers ATTN: Fund Administration 4800 Deer Lake DR East 3 rd Floor Jacksonville, FL 32246-6484 |
A | 11.43% | 5.81% | ||||
High Yield Bond Fund |
First Clearing, LLC 2801 Market Street Saint Louis, MO 63103-2523 |
A | 19.79% | 7.21% | ||||
High Yield Bond Fund |
Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Harborside Financial Center Plaza 2 - 3 rd Floor Jersey City, NJ 07311 |
A | 5.63% | 2.40% | ||||
High Yield Bond Fund |
National Financial Services LLC. For Excl Benefit of Our Customers Attn: Mutual Funds Dept 4 th Floor 499 Washington Blvd Jersey City, NJ 07310 |
B | 16.73% | 1.65% | ||||
High Yield Bond Fund |
Pershing LLC 1 Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399-0001 |
B | 7.59% | 6.43% | ||||
High Yield Bond Fund |
MLPF & S for the Sole Benefit of the Customers ATTN: Fund Administration 4800 Deer Lake DR East 3 rd Floor Jacksonville, FL 32246-6484 |
B | 13.78% | 5.81% |
128
Fund | Address |
Class and Type of Ownership |
Percentage of Class |
Percentage of Fund |
||||
High Yield Bond Fund |
First Clearing, LLC 2801 Market Street Saint Louis, MO 63103-2523 |
B | 25.18% | 7.21% | ||||
High Yield Bond Fund |
Pershing LLC 1 Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399-0001 |
C | 8.63% | 6.43% | ||||
High Yield Bond Fund |
MLPF & S for the Sole Benefit of the Customers ATTN: Fund Administration 4800 Deer Lake DR East 3 rd Floor Jacksonville, FL 32246-6484 |
C | 27.80% | 5.81% | ||||
High Yield Bond Fund |
First Clearing, LLC 2801 Market Street Saint Louis, MO 63103-2523 |
C | 19.02% | 7.21% | ||||
High Yield Bond Fund |
Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Harborside Financial Center Plaza 2 - 3 rd Floor Jersey City, NJ 07311 |
C | 7.23% | 2.40% | ||||
High Yield Bond Fund |
ING Capital Allocation Fund Attn: Carneen Stokes 7337 E Doubletree Ranch Rd, Ste 100 Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034 |
I | 8.48% | 4.84% | ||||
High Yield Bond Fund |
ING Strategic Allocation Growth Fund Attn: Carneen Stokes 7337 E Doubletree Ranch Rd, Ste 100 Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034 |
I | 5.04% | 2.87% | ||||
High Yield Bond Fund |
ING Strategic Allocation Moderate Fund Attn: Carneen Stokes 7337 E Doubletree Ranch Rd, Ste 100 Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034 |
I | 5.04% | 2.87% | ||||
High Yield Bond Fund |
ING Solution 2015 Portfolio Attn: Carneen Stokes 7337 E Doubletree Ranch Rd, Ste 100 Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034 |
I | 7.95% | 4.53% | ||||
High Yield Bond Fund |
ING Solution 2025 Portfolio Attn: Carneen Stokes 7337 E Doubletree Ranch Rd, Ste 100 Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034 |
I | 14.23% | 8.12% | ||||
High Yield Bond Fund |
ING Solution 2035 Portfolio Attn: Carneen Stokes 7337 E Doubletree Ranch Rd, Ste 100 Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034 |
I | 12.44% | 7.10% | ||||
High Yield Bond Fund |
ING Global Target Payment Fund Attn: Dorothy Roman 7337 E Doubletree Ranch Rd, Ste 100 Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034 |
I | 6.68% | 3.81% | ||||
High Yield Bond Fund |
ING Intermediate Bond Portfolio Pooled Vehicles 7337 E Doubletree Ranch Rd, Ste 100 Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034 |
P | 72.33% | 6.75% | ||||
High Yield Bond Fund |
ING Global Bond Portfolio Pooled Vehicles 7337 E Doubletree Ranch Rd, Ste 100 Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034 |
P | 20.59% | 1.92% | ||||
High Yield Bond Fund |
ING Bond Portfolio Pooled Vehicles 7337 E Doubletree Ranch Rd, Ste 100 Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034 |
P | 7.07% | 0.66% |
129
Fund | Address |
Class and Type of Ownership |
Percentage of Class |
Percentage of Fund |
||||
High Yield Bond Fund |
Pershing LLC 1 Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399-0001 |
W | 90.89% | 6.43% | ||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
National Financial Services LLC. For Excl Benefit of Our Customers Attn: Mutual Funds Dept 4 th Floor 499 Washington Blvd Jersey City, NJ 07310 |
A | 24.35% | 7.13% | ||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
Pershing LLC 1 Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399-0001 |
A | 6.33% | 3.41% | ||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
MLPF & S for the Sole Benefit of the Customers ATTN: Fund Administration 4800 Deer Lake DR East 3 rd Floor Jacksonville, FL 32246-6484 |
A | 5.75% | 3.02% | ||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
ING National Trust One Orange Way Windsor, CT 06095 |
A | 14.07% | 5.49% | ||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
ING Life Insurance & Annuity CO ATTN Valuation Unit One Orange Way B3N Windsor, CT 06095 |
A | 31.09% | 11.03% | ||||
National Financial Services LLC. For Excl Benefit of Our Customers Attn: Mutual Funds Dept 4 th Floor 499 Washington Blvd Jersey City, NJ 07310 |
B | 14.34% | 7.13% | |||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
UBS Financial Services Inc Attn: Department Manager 499 Washington Blvd, 9 th Fl Jersey City, NJ 07310-2055 |
B | 6.11% | 1.33% | ||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
Pershing LLC 1 Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399-0001 |
B | 8.44% | 3.41% | ||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
MLPF & S for the Sole Benefit of the Customers ATTN: Fund Administration 4800 Deer Lake DR East 3 rd Floor Jacksonville, FL 32246-6484 |
B | 17.64% | 3.02% | ||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
First Clearing, LLC 2801 Market Street Saint Louis, MO 63103-2523 |
B | 20.82% | 0.92% | ||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Harborside Financial Center Plaza 2 - 3 rd Floor Jersey City, NJ 07311 |
B | 6.41% | 0.77% | ||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
UBS Financial Services Inc Attn: Department Manager 499 Washington Blvd, 9 th Fl Jersey City, NJ 07310-2055 |
C | 9.59% | 1.33% | ||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
Pershing LLC 1 Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399-0001 |
C | 23.80% | 3.41% | ||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
MLPF & S for the Sole Benefit of the Customers ATTN: Fund Administration 4800 Deer Lake DR East 3 rd Floor Jacksonville, FL 32246-6484 |
C | 22.38% | 3.02% |
130
Fund | Address |
Class and Type of Ownership |
Percentage of Class |
Percentage of Fund |
||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
First Clearing, LLC 2801 Market Street Saint Louis, MO 63103-2523 |
C | 9.93% | 0.92% | ||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Harborside Financial Center Plaza 2 - 3 rd Floor Jersey City, NJ 07311 |
C | 7.58% | 0.77% | ||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
Edison Electric Institute Attn John Schlenker 701 Pennsylvania Ave, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20004-2608 |
I | 8.43% | 2.41% | ||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
Tomorrows Scholar 529 Plan FBO ING 529 Moderate Option c/o ING Investment Management, LLC Attn: Andrew Schlueter 7337 E. Doubletree Ranch Rd, Ste 100 Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034 |
I | 8.74% | 14.67% | ||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
Tomorrows Scholar 529 Plan FBO ING 529 Moderate Growth Option c/o ING Investment Management, LLC Attn: Andrew Schlueter 7337 E. Doubletree Ranch Rd, Ste 100 Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034 |
I | 8.00% | 14.67% | ||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
Tomorrows Scholar 529 Plan FBO ING 529 Moderate Conservative Option c/o ING Investment Management, LLC Attn: Andrew Schlueter 7337 E. Doubletree Ranch Rd, Ste 100 Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034 |
I | 7.43% | 14.67% | ||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
Tomorrows Scholar 529 Plan FBO ING 529 Ultra Conservative Option c/o ING Investment Management, LLC Attn: Andrew Schlueter 7337 E. Doubletree Ranch Rd, Ste 100 Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034 |
I | 7.38% | 14.67% | ||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
Tomorrows Scholar 529 Plan FBO ING 529 Growth Option c/o ING Investment Management, LLC Attn: Andrew Schlueter 7337 E. Doubletree Ranch Rd, Ste 100 Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034 |
I | 7.25% | 14.67% | ||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
ING National Trust One Orange Way Windsor, CT 06095 |
I | 5.63% | 5.49% | ||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
Charles Schwab & CO INC Special Custody ACCT for Benefit of Customers ATTN Mutual Funds 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94104-4151 |
I | 9.14% | 2.94% | ||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
Capital One ShareBuilder Inc For the Sole Benefit of its Customers ATTN Bob Miller Head of Broker/OPPS 83 S King ST STE 700 Seattle, WA 98104-3852 |
O | 91.05% | 3.07% | ||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
ING Life Insurance & Annuity CO ATTN Valuation Unit One Orange Way B3N Windsor, CT 06095 |
R | 99.56% | 11.03% |
131
Fund | Address |
Class and Type of Ownership |
Percentage of Class |
Percentage of Fund |
||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
ING Capital Allocation Fund Attn: Carneen Stokes 7337 E Doubletree Ranch Rd, Ste 100 Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034 |
R6 | 5.33% | 0.79% | ||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
ING Strategic Allocation Moderate Fund Attn: Carneen Stokes 7337 E Doubletree Ranch Rd, Ste 100 Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034 |
R6 | 21.52% | 3.18% | ||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
ING Strategic Allocation Conservative Fund Attn: Carneen Stokes 7337 E Doubletree Ranch Rd, Ste 100 Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034 |
R6 | 18.69% | 2.76% | ||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
ING Solution Income Portfolio Attn: Carneen Stokes 7337 E Doubletree Ranch Rd, Ste 100 Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034 |
R6 | 7.73% | 1.14% | ||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
ING Solution 2015 Portfolio Attn: Carneen Stokes 7337 E Doubletree Ranch Rd, Ste 100 Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034 |
R6 | 21.55% | 3.19% | ||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
ING Solution 2025 Portfolio Attn: Carneen Stokes 7337 E Doubletree Ranch Rd, Ste 100 Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034 |
R6 | 9.14% | 1.35% | ||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
ING Global Target Payment Fund Attn: Dorothy Roman 7337 E Doubletree Ranch Rd, Ste 100 Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034 |
R6 | 9.05% | 1.34% | ||||
Investment Grade Credit Fund |
MLPF & S for the Sole Benefit of the Customers ATTN: Fund Administration 4800 Deer Lake DR East 3 rd Floor Jacksonville, FL 32246-6484 |
SMA | 35.33% | 3.62 | ||||
Investment Grade Credit Fund |
ING Life Insurance & Annuity CO One Orange Way B3N Windsor, CT 06095 |
SMA | 64.67% | 6.62 | ||||
Investment Grade Credit Fund |
ING Intermediate Bond Portfolio Pooled Vehicles 7337 E Doubletree Ranch Rd, Ste 100 Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034 |
P | 79.82% | 71.64 | ||||
Investment Grade Credit Fund |
ING Bond Portfolio Pooled Vehicles 7337 E Doubletree Ranch Rd, Ste 100 Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034 |
P | 20.18% | 18.11 | ||||
Short Term Bond Fund |
BNYM I S Trust CO CUST Rollover IRA Joan Ezzo 411 Blueberry Ln Syracuse, NY 13219-2125 |
A | 95.61% | 0.04% | ||||
Short Term Bond Fund |
National Financial Services LLC. For Excl Benefit of Our Customers Attn: Mutual Funds Dept 4 th Floor 499 Washington Blvd Jersey City, NJ 07310 |
C | 40.68% | 0.02% | ||||
Short Term Bond Fund |
Alex Lolis and Linda Lolis JTTEN 378 Hoffman Ave New Milford, NJ 07646 |
C | 26.98% | 0.01% | ||||
Short Term Bond Fund |
Dolores Booker and Richard Book JTTEN TOD 514 Martingale Ln Arnold, MD 21012 |
C | 28.08% | 0.01% |
132
Fund | Address |
Class and Type of Ownership |
Percentage of Class |
Percentage of Fund |
||||
Short Term Bond Fund |
ING Solution Income Portfolio Attn: Carneen Stokes 7337 E Doubletree Ranch Rd, Ste 100 Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034 |
I | 9.12% | 9.11% | ||||
Short Term Bond Fund |
ING Solution 2015 Portfolio Attn: Carneen Stokes 7337 E Doubletree Ranch Rd, Ste 100 Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034 |
I | 28.61% | 28.59% | ||||
Short Term Bond Fund |
ING Solution 2025 Portfolio Attn: Carneen Stokes 7337 E Doubletree Ranch Rd, Ste 100 Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034 |
I | 43.67% | 43.63% | ||||
Short Term Bond Fund |
ING Solution 2035 Portfolio Attn: Carneen Stokes 7337 E Doubletree Ranch Rd, Ste 100 Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034 |
I | 12.75% | 12.74% | ||||
Short Term Bond Fund |
ING Investment Management Co. LLC ATTN Robby Presser 230 Park Avenue, 13 th FL New York, NY 10169 |
W | 99.67% | 0.01% |
The Funds, the adviser, and the Distributor have adopted a code of ethics (Code of Ethics or written supervisory procedures) in accordance with Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act governing personal trading activities of all Trustees, officers of the Funds, and persons who, in connection with their regular functions, play a role in the recommendation of any purchase or sale of a security by a Fund or obtain information pertaining to such purchase or sale. The Code of Ethics is intended to prohibit fraud against the Funds that may arise from personal trading of securities that may be purchased or held by the Funds or of Fund shares. The Code of Ethics also allows trades to be made in securities that may be held by a Fund; however, it prohibits a person from taking advantage of Fund trades or from acting on inside information. Personal trading is permitted by such persons subject to certain restrictions; however, they are generally required to pre-clear all security transactions with the Trusts Administrator and to report all transactions on a regular basis. The sub-adviser has adopted its own Code of Ethics to govern the personal trading activities of its personnel. Information about these codes of ethics may be obtained by calling the SECs Public Reference Room at 1-202-942-8090. Copies of the Codes of Ethics may also be obtained on the EDGAR Database on the SECs Internet site at http://www.sec.gov. Alternatively, this information may be obtained, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington D.C. 20549-0102 or by electronic request at the following e-mail address: www.publicinfo@sec.gov.
The Board has adopted proxy voting procedures and guidelines to govern the voting of proxies relating to the Funds portfolio securities. The proxy voting procedures delegate to the adviser the authority to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities, and provide a method for responding to potential conflicts of interest. In delegating voting authority to the adviser, the Board has also approved the advisers proxy voting procedures, which require the adviser to vote proxies in accordance with the Funds proxy voting procedures and guidelines. An independent proxy voting service has been retained to assist in the voting of Fund proxies through the provision of vote analysis, implementation and recordkeeping and disclosure services. In addition, the Compliance Committee oversees the implementation of each Funds proxy voting procedures. A copy of the proxy voting procedures and guidelines of the Funds, including procedures of the adviser, is attached hereto as Appendix B. No later than August 31 st of each
133
year, information regarding how the Funds voted proxies relating to portfolio securities for the one-year period ending June 30 th is available through INGs website at www.INGInvestment.com or by accessing the SECs EDGAR database at www.sec.gov.
The adviser for each Fund is ING Investments, LLC (Adviser or ING Investments), which is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser and serves as an investment adviser to registered investment companies (or series thereof), as well as structured finance vehicles. The Adviser, subject to the authority of the Board, has the overall responsibility for the management of each Funds portfolio, subject to delegation of certain responsibilities to another investment adviser (the Sub-Adviser). ING Investment Management Co. LLC serves as the Sub-Adviser to the Funds. The Adviser is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of ING U.S., Inc. (ING U.S.). ING U.S. is a U.S.-based financial institution whose subsidiaries operate in the retirement, investment, and insurance industries. As of the date of this SAI, ING U.S. is a majority-owned subsidiary of ING Groep N.V. (ING Groep). ING Groep is a global financial institution of Dutch origin with operations in more than 40 countries. The principal executive offices of ING U.S. are located at 5780 Powers Ferry Road N.S., Atlanta, GA 30327-4390 and the principal executive offices of ING Groep are located at Amstelveenseweg 500, 1081 KL, P.O. Box 810, 1000 AV Amsterdam, The Netherlands. The principal executive offices of ING Investments is 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100, Scottsdale, AZ, 85258.
Prior to April 30, 2001, ING Mutual Funds Management Co. LLC (IMFC) served as investment adviser to certain ING Funds. On April 30, 2001, IMFC, an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of ING Groep, that had been under common control with ING Investments, merged with ING Investments.
The Adviser serves pursuant to investment management agreements (each an Investment Advisory Agreement, and collectively, the Investment Advisory Agreements) between ING Investments and the Trusts, on behalf of the Funds. The Investment Advisory Agreements require the Adviser to oversee the provision of all investment advisory and portfolio management services for each Fund. Pursuant to sub-advisory agreements, (Sub-Advisory Agreements), the Adviser has delegated certain management responsibilities to the Sub-Adviser. The Adviser oversees the investment management of ING IM.
Each Investment Advisory Agreement requires the Adviser to provide, subject to the supervision of the Board, investment advice and investment services to each Fund and to furnish advice and recommendations with respect to investment of each Funds assets and the purchase or sale of its portfolio securities. The Adviser also provides investment research and analysis. The Investment Advisory Agreements provide that the Adviser is not subject to liability to a Fund for any act or omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering services under the Investment Advisory Agreements, except by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the Investment Advisory Agreements.
Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement on behalf of ING GNMA Income Fund and subject to the expense reimbursement provisions described in this SAI, other expenses incurred in the operation of the Trust are borne by ING GNMA Income Fund, including, without limitation, investment advisory fees; brokerage commissions; interest; legal fees and expenses of attorneys; fees of independent registered public accounting firms, transfer agents and dividend disbursing agents, accounting agents, and custodians; the expense of obtaining quotations for calculating each Funds NAV; taxes, if any, and the preparation of each Funds tax returns and any other expenses (including clerical expenses) of issue, sale, repurchase or redemption of shares; fees and expenses of registering and maintaining the registration of shares of the Fund under federal and state laws and regulations; expenses of printing and distributing reports, notices and proxy materials to existing shareholders; expenses of printing and filing reports and other documents filed with governmental agencies; expenses of annual and special shareholder meetings; expenses of printing and distributing prospectuses and statements of additional information to existing shareholders;
134
fees and expenses of Trustees of the Trust who are not employees of the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser, or their affiliates; membership dues in trade associations; insurance premiums; and extraordinary expenses such as litigation expenses.
Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement on behalf of the Funds (except ING GNMA Income Fund and ING Investment Grade Credit Fund), subject to the expense reimbursement provisions described in this SAI, other expenses incurred in the operation of the Trust are borne by those Funds including, without limitation, brokerage commissions, legal, auditing, taxes or governmental fees, networking servicing costs, fund accounting servicing costs, fulfillment servicing costs, the cost of preparing share certificates, custodian, depository, transfer and shareholder service agent costs, expenses of issue, sale, redemption and repurchase of shares, expenses of registering and qualifying shares for state, insurance premiums on property or personnel (including Officers and Trustees if available) of the series which insure to each series benefit, expenses relating to trustee and shareholder meetings, the cost of preparing and distributing reports and notices to shareholders, the fees and other Board approved expenses incurred by the Trust in connection with membership in investment company organizations and the cost of printing copies of prospectuses and statements of additional information distributed to shareholders.
Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement on behalf of the ING Investment Grade Credit Fund, subject to the expense reimbursement provisions described in this SAI, other expenses incurred in the operation of the Trust are borne by the Fund including, without limitation, brokerage commissions, legal, auditing, taxes or governmental fees, networking servicing costs, fund accounting servicing costs, fulfillment servicing costs, the cost of preparing share certificates, custodian, depository, transfer and shareholder service agent costs, expenses of issue, sale, redemption and repurchase of shares, expenses of registering and qualifying shares for state, insurance premiums on property or personnel (including Officers and Trustees if available) of the series which insure to each series benefit, expenses relating to trustee and shareholder meetings, the cost of preparing and distributing reports and notices to shareholders, the fees and other Board approved expenses incurred by the Trust in connection with membership in investment company organizations and the cost of printing copies of prospectuses and statements of additional information distributed to shareholders.
Prior to May 13, 2013, ING IM served as the Adviser for ING Investment Grade Credit Fund. On or about May 13, 2013, the Funds shareholders approved the appointment of ING Investments as the Funds Adviser and the appointment of ING IM as the Funds sub-adviser.
Prior to August 1, 2003, ING GNMA Income Fund was directly managed by ING Investments. Prior to September 2, 2003, ING IM served as sub-adviser to ING High Yield Bond Fund and ING Intermediate Bond Fund. ING Investments undertook an internal reorganization that, among other things, integrated certain of its portfolio management professionals across the United States under a common management structure known as ING Investment Management Americas, which included ING IM. On August 1, 2003, ING IM became the sub-adviser to ING GNMA Income Fund. On September 2, 2003, ING IM became the sub-adviser to ING High Yield Bond Fund and ING Intermediate Bond Fund. One of the primary purposes of the integration plan was to promote consistently high levels of performance in terms of investment standards, research, policies and procedures in the portfolio management functions related to the Funds. With respect to ING GNMA Income Fund, as a result of this integration plan, the operational and supervisory functions of the Funds Investment Advisory Agreement was separated from the portfolio management functions related to the Fund, with the former continuing to be provided by ING Investments and the latter provided by ING IM. With respect to High Yield Bond Fund and Intermediate Bond Fund as a result of the integration plan, the sub-advisory contractual obligations formerly performed by ING Investment Management, LLC were transferred to the Sub-Adviser. The portfolio management personnel for all Funds did not change as a result of this internal reorganization.
After an initial term of two years, each Investment Advisory Agreement continues in effect from year to year so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by: (i) the Board; or (ii) the vote of a majority (as defined in the 1940 Act) of a Funds outstanding voting securities (as defined in Section 2(a)(42) of the 1940 Act); and by a vote of at least a majority of the Independent Trustees by a vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
135
Each Investment Advisory Agreement is terminable without penalty by a vote of the Board or by a vote of the majority of the holders of each Funds outstanding voting securities, or by the Adviser, on sixty (60) days written notice to the other party. The notice provided for herein may be waived by either party. Each Investment Advisory Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as defined in Section 2(a)(4) of the 1940 Act).
Approval of the Investment Advisory Agreement
For information regarding the basis for the Boards approval of the investment advisory relationships for each Fund, please refer to the annual shareholder report dated March 31, 2013.
ING Groep Restructuring
In October 2009, ING Groep submitted a restructuring plan (the Restructuring Plan) to the European Commission in order to receive approval for state aid granted to ING Groep by the Kingdom of the Netherlands in November 2008 and March 2009. To receive approval for this state aid, ING Groep was required to divest its insurance and investment management businesses, including ING U.S., before the end of 2013. In November 2012, the Restructuring Plan was amended to permit ING Groep additional time to complete the divestment. Pursuant to the amended Restructuring Plan, ING Groep must divest at least 25% of ING U.S. by the end of 2013, more than 50% by the end of 2014, and the remaining interest by the end of 2016 (such divestment, the Separation Plan).
On November 9, 2012, ING U.S. filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the Form S-1) with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) to register an initial public offering of ING U.S. common stock (the IPO). On May 1, 2013, this Registration Statement including subsequent amendments became effective and the IPO was priced. The IPO closed on May 7, 2013. The overallotment option was exercised on May 28, 2013 and closed on May 31, 2013. ING Groep continues to own a majority of the common stock of ING U.S. ING Groep intends to sell its remaining controlling ownership interest in ING U.S. over time. While the base case for the remainder of the Separation Plan is the divestment of ING Groeps remaining interest in one or more broadly distributed offerings, all options remain open and it is possible that ING Groeps divestment of its remaining interest in ING U.S. may take place by means of a sale to a single buyer or group of buyers.
It is anticipated that one or more of the transactions contemplated by the Separation Plan would result in the automatic termination of the existing Investment Advisory and Sub-Advisory Agreements under which the Adviser and Sub-Adviser provide services to the Funds. In order to ensure that the existing investment advisory and sub-advisory services can continue uninterrupted, the Board approved new advisory and sub-advisory agreements for the Funds, as applicable, in connection with the IPO. In addition, shareholders of the Funds have been asked to approve new investment advisory and sub-advisory agreements prompted by the IPO, as well as any future advisory and sub-advisory agreements prompted by the Separation Plan that are approved by the Board and whose terms are not be materially different from the current agreements. Shareholders of the Funds approved new advisory and sub-advisory agreements. This means that shareholders may not have another opportunity to vote on a new agreement with the Adviser or an affiliated sub-adviser even if they undergo a change of control, as long as no single person or group of persons acting together gains control (as defined in the 1940 Act) of ING U.S.
The Separation Plan, whether implemented through public offerings or other means, may be disruptive to the businesses of ING U.S. and its subsidiaries, including the Adviser and affiliated entities that provide services to the Funds, and may cause, among other things, interruption of business operations or services, diversion of managements attention from day-to-day operations, reduced access to capital, and loss of key employees or customers. The completion of the Separation Plan is expected to result in the Advisers loss of access to the resources of ING Groep, which could adversely affect its
136
business. Since a portion of the shares of ING U.S., as a standalone entity, are publicly held, it is subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as well as other U.S. government and state regulations, and subject to the risk of changing regulation.
The Separation Plan may be implemented in phases. During the time that ING Groep retains a majority interest in ING U.S., circumstances affecting ING Groep, including restrictions or requirements imposed on ING Groep by European and other authorities, may also affect ING U.S. A failure to complete the Separation Plan could create uncertainty about the nature of the relationship between ING U.S. and ING Groep, and could adversely affect ING U.S. and the Adviser and its affiliates. Currently, the Adviser and its affiliates do not anticipate that the Separation Plan will have a material adverse impact on their operations or the Funds and their operations.
Advisory Fees
For each Fund the Adviser bears the expenses of providing its services, and pays the fees of the Sub-Adviser. For its services, each Fund pays the Adviser, expressed as an annual rate, a monthly fee in arrears equal to the following as a percentage of the Funds average daily net assets during the month:
Fund | Annual Advisory Fee | |
ING Floating Rate (1) | 0.55% of the Funds average daily net assets. | |
ING GNMA Income |
0.47% on the first $1 billion of the Funds average daily net assets; 0.40% on the next $4 billion of the Funds average daily net assets; and 0.35% of the Funds average daily net assets in excess of $5 billion. |
|
ING High Yield Bond (1) |
0.51% on the first $500 million of the Funds average daily net assets; 0.45% of the next $4.5 billion of the Funds average daily net assets; and 0.40% of the Funds average daily net assets in excess of $5 billion. |
|
ING Intermediate Bond | 0.17% of the Funds average daily net assets. | |
ING Investment Grade Credit (1)(2) | 0.40% of the Funds average daily net assets. | |
ING Short Term Bond | 0.35% of the Funds average daily net assets. |
(1) |
Pursuant to a waiver, the Adviser is contractually obligated to waive its management fee for Class P shares of the Fund through at least August 1, 2014. There is no guarantee that the management fee waiver will continue after August 1, 2014. This waiver may only be terminated with prior approval of the Board and it is not eligible for recoupment. |
(2) |
Prior to May 13, 2013, the Fund did not pay an advisory fee. |
Expense Limitation Agreements
ING Funds Trust
The Adviser has entered into a written expense limitation agreement with each Fund listed below (Expense Limitation Agreement), pursuant to which the Adviser has agreed to waive or limit its fees. Under the Expense Limitation Agreement and certain U.S. tax requirements, the Adviser will assume other expenses so that the total annual ordinary operating expenses of the Funds, which excludes interest, taxes, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses, other investment-related costs, extraordinary expenses such as litigation, other expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of each Funds business, and expenses of any counsel or other persons or services retained by the Independent Trustees do not exceed the limits set forth below of a Funds average daily net assets, subject to possible recoupment by the Adviser within three years.
Fund | Class A | Class B | Class C | Class I | Class O | Class P | Class R | Class R6 | Class W | |||||||||
ING Floating Rate |
1.00% | N/A | 1.75% | 0.75% | N/A | 0.15% | 1.25% | N/A | 0.75% | |||||||||
ING GNMA Income |
0.97% | 1.72% | 1.72% | 0.67% | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | 0.72% | |||||||||
ING High Yield Bond |
1.10% | 1.85% | 1.85% | 0.85% | N/A | 0.15% | N/A | N/A | 0.85% | |||||||||
ING Intermediate Bond |
0.75% | 1.50% | 1.50% | 0.50% | 0.75% | N/A | 1.00% | 0.50% | 0.50% | |||||||||
ING Short Term Bond |
0.80% | N/A | 1.55% | 0.50% | N/A | N/A | N/A | 0.47% | 0.55% |
137
Each Fund set forth above may at a later date reimburse the Adviser for advisory fees waived and other expenses assumed by the Adviser during the previous thirty-six (36) months, but only if, after such reimbursement, the Funds expense ratios do not exceed the percentages described above. The Adviser will only be reimbursed for fees waived or expenses assumed after the effective date of the Expense Limitation Agreement.
The Expense Limitation Agreement provides that these expense limitations shall continue through at least August 1, 2014. The expense limitations are contractual, and after an initial term, shall renew automatically for one-year terms unless the Adviser provides written notice of termination of the agreement to the Independent Chairman of the Board within ninety (90) days of the end of the then-current term for that Fund or upon termination of that Funds Investment Advisory Agreement. The Expense Limitation Agreement may be terminated by the Trust, without payment of any penalty, upon written notice to the Adviser at its principal place of business within ninety (90) days of the end of the then-current term for a Fund.
ING Separate Portfolios Trust
The Adviser has entered into an expense limitation agreement with ING Investment Grade Credit Fund (Expense Limitation Agreement), pursuant to which the Adviser has agreed to waive or limit its fees. Under the Expense Limitation Agreement and certain U.S. tax requirements, the Adviser will absorb and reimburse expenses so that the total annual ordinary operating expenses of the Fund, which exclude Fund transaction costs, interest, taxes, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses, other investment-related costs, extraordinary expenses such as litigation, other expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of the Funds business, and expenses of any counsel or other persons or services retained by the Independent Trustees do not exceed the limits set forth below of the Funds average daily net assets.
Fund | Class R6 | Class SMA | Class P | |||
ING Investment Grade Credit |
N/A | 0.00% | 0.15% |
The Expense Limitation Agreement provides that the expense limit continues indefinitely for Class SMA shares. For Class P, the adviser is contractually obligated to limit the expenses to 0.15% until August 1, 2014. The Expense Limitation Agreement is contractual and after an initial term shall renew for one-year terms and terminates upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement. The Expense Limitation Agreement may also be terminated by the Adviser upon written notice to the Independent Chairman of the Board within ninety (90) days of the end of the then-current term for the Fund. The Expense Limitation Agreement may also be terminated by the Trust, without payment of any penalty, upon written notice to the Adviser at its principal place of business within ninety (90) days of the end of the then-current term for the Fund.
Total Advisory Fees Paid by the Funds
The following table sets forth the total amounts the Funds paid to the Adviser for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.
Fund | March 31 | |||||
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | ||||
ING Floating Rate |
$1,444,496 | $1,300,682 | $464,031 (1) | |||
ING GNMA Income |
$5,166,309 | $4,020,454 | $3,797,189 | |||
ING High Yield Bond |
$869,810 | $693,086 | $593,791 | |||
ING Intermediate Bond |
$1,814,191 | $1,342,413 | $1,336,224 | |||
ING Investment Grade Credit (2) |
N/A | N/A | N/A | |||
ING Short Term Bond |
$150,305 (3) | N/A | N/A |
(1) |
The Fund commenced operations August 17, 2010. The advisory fees paid reflect the period from August 17, 2010 to March 31, 2011. |
(2) |
Prior to May 13, 2013, the Fund did not pay an advisory fee. |
(3) |
The Fund commenced operations December 19, 2012. The advisory fees paid reflect the period from December 19, 2012 to March 31, 2013. |
138
The Investment Advisory Agreements provide that the Adviser, with the approval of the Board, may select and employ investment advisers to serve as sub-advisers for a Fund, and shall monitor the sub-advisers investment programs and results, and coordinate the investment activities of the sub-advisers to ensure compliance with regulatory restrictions. The Adviser has engaged the services of ING IM to provide sub-advisory services to the Funds. The Adviser and the sub-adviser have entered into a sub-advisory agreement which was approved by the Trustees and by the shareholders of the Funds.
The Adviser pays all of its expenses arising from the performance of its obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement, including all fees payable to the Sub-Adviser, and executive salaries and expenses of the Directors and Officers of the Trust who are employees of the Adviser or its affiliates. The Sub-Adviser pays all of its expenses arising from the performance of its obligations under the Sub-Advisory Agreement.
After an initial term of two years, each Sub-Advisory Agreement continues in effect from year-to-year so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by: (i) the Board; or (ii) the vote of a majority (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Funds outstanding shares voting as a single class; provided, that in either event the continuance is also approved by at least a majority of the Independent Trustees by a vote case in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
Each Sub-Advisory Agreement is terminable as to a particular Fund without penalty with not less than 60 days written notice by the Board or by a vote of the holders of a majority of the Funds outstanding voting securities. at any time by (i) the Trustees; (ii) the Adviser; or (iii) the shareholders of such Fund upon 60 days prior written notice. The Sub-Advisory Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act).
Approval of Sub-Advisory Agreements
For information regarding the basis for the Boards approval of the sub-advisory relationships for the Funds, please refer to the Funds annual shareholder report dated March 31, 2013.
Manager-of-Managers Structure
On May 24, 2002, the SEC issued an Exemptive Order permitting ING Investments to enter into new investment sub-advisory agreements with non-affiliated sub-advisers or to materially amend an existing sub-advisory agreement, subject to the approval by the Board (including a majority of Independent Trustees), but without shareholder approval. This authority is subject to certain conditions, including: (i) the requirement that the Trustees (including a majority of Independent Trustees) must approve any new or amended sub-advisory agreements with a sub-adviser on behalf of a Fund; (ii) the condition that an information statement describing any change in sub-adviser will be provided to shareholders within ninety (90) days of the change; and (iii) a Funds shareholders have approved the arrangement.
ING Investments remain responsible for providing general management services to each Fund, including overall supervisory responsibility for the general management and investment of a Funds assets, and, subject to the review and approval of the Board, will among other things: (i) set the Funds overall investment strategies; (ii) evaluate, select, and recommend sub-advisers to manage all or part of a Funds assets; (iii) when appropriate, allocate and reallocate the Funds assets among multiple sub-advisers; (iv) monitor and evaluate the investment performance of sub-advisers; and (v) implement procedures reasonably designed to ensure that the sub-advisers comply with the Funds investment objective, policies, and restrictions.
139
Pursuant to a Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, ING IM serves as the Sub-Adviser to each Fund. In this capacity, the Sub-Adviser, subject to the supervision and control of the Adviser and the Board, manages each Funds portfolio investments consistently with their investment objective, and execute any of the Funds investment policies that it deems appropriate to utilize from time to time. Fees payable under the Sub-Advisory Agreement are based on an annual fee as disclosed below and are paid monthly in arrears by the Adviser. ING IM, a Connecticut Corporation, is located at 230 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10169. ING IM is a wholly-owned subsidiary of ING U.S. and an affiliate of ING Investments.
Sub-Advisory Fees
The following table sets forth, expressed as an annual rate, the monthly fee paid by the Adviser to the Sub-Adviser of the relevant Funds average daily net assets managed during the month:
Fund | Annual Sub-Advisory Fee | |
ING Floating Rate | 0.2475% | |
ING GNMA Income |
0.2115% on the first $1 billion of the Funds average daily net assets; 0.1800% on the next $4 billion of the Funds average daily net assets; and 0.1575% of the Funds average daily net assets in excess of $5 billion. |
|
ING High Yield Bond |
0.2295% on the first $1 billion of the Funds average daily net assets; 0.2025% on the next $4 billion of the Funds average daily net assets; and 0.1800% of the Funds average daily net assets in excess of $5 billion. |
|
ING Intermediate Bond | 0.0765% of the Funds average daily net assets. | |
ING Investment Grade Credit (1)(2) | 0.18% of the Funds average daily net assets. | |
ING Short Term Bond | 0.1575% of the Funds average daily net assets. |
(1) |
Prior to May 13, 2013, the Fund did not pay a sub-advisory fee. |
(2) |
Pursuant to a waiver, the Sub-Adviser is contractually obligated to waive its sub-advisory fee through at least August 1, 2014. There is no guarantee that the sub-advisory fee waiver will continue after August 1, 2014. This waiver may only be terminated with prior approval of the Board and it is not eligible for recoupment. |
Total Sub-Advisory Fees Paid
The following table sets forth the sub-advisory fees paid by the Adviser for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013 2012, and 2011.
Fund | March 31 | |||||
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | ||||
ING Floating Rate |
$650,023 | $585,309 | $208,814 (1) | |||
ING GNMA Income |
$2,324,841 | $1,809,209 | $1,708,737 | |||
ING High Yield Bond |
$391,415 | $311,889 | $267,206 | |||
ING Intermediate Bond |
$816,392 | $604,087 | $601,305 | |||
ING Investment Grade Credit (2) |
N/A | N/A | N/A | |||
ING Short Term Bond |
$67,645 (3) | N/A | N/A |
(1) |
The Fund commenced operations August 17, 2010. The sub-advisory fees paid reflect the period from August 17, 2010 to March 31, 2011. |
(2) |
Prior to May 31, 2013, the Fund did not pay a sub-advisory fee. |
(3) |
The Fund commenced operations December 19, 2012. The sub-advisory fees paid reflect the period from December 19, 2012 to March 31, 2013. |
140
Portfolio Managers
Other Accounts Managed
The following table shows the number of accounts and total assets in the accounts managed by each portfolio manager as of March 31, 2013:
Portfolio Manager | Registered Investment Companies |
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
Other Accounts | |||||||||
Number of Accounts* |
Total Assets |
Number of Accounts* |
Total Assets |
Number of Accounts* |
Total Assets | |||||||
Jeffrey A. Bakalar |
3 | $2,409,345,141 | 1 | $295,362,678 | 4 | $605,760,614 | ||||||
Jeff Dutra |
1 | $1,149,233,231 | 0 | $0 | 0 | $0 | ||||||
Peter Guan |
1 | $1,149,233,231 | 2 | $421,830,971 | 0 | $0 | ||||||
Christine Hurtsellers |
10 | $5,877,954,031 | 32 | $8,714,652,442 | 16 | $8,101,688,087 | ||||||
Anil Katarya |
0 | $0 | 0 | $0 | 0 | $0 | ||||||
Travis King |
0 | $0 | 0 | $0 | 0 | $0 | ||||||
Kurt Kringelis |
3 | $113,057,271 | 0 | $0 | 0 | $0 | ||||||
Justin McWhorter |
1 | $1,149,233,231 | 0 | $0 | 0 | $0 | ||||||
Daniel A. Norman |
3 | $2,409,345,141 | 16 | $6,729,205,015 | 5 | $4,454,633,744 | ||||||
Randall Parrish |
1 | $216,548,298 | 0 | $0 | 0 | $0 | ||||||
Matthew Toms |
7 | $8,600,018,091 | 0 | $0 | 0 | $0 |
* None of these accounts have an advisory fee based on performance.
Potential Material Conflicts of Interest
A portfolio manager may be subject to potential conflicts of interest because the portfolio manager is responsible for other accounts in addition to a Fund. These other accounts may include, among others, other mutual funds, separately managed advisory accounts, commingled trust accounts, insurance separate accounts, wrap fee programs, and hedge funds. Potential conflicts may arise out of the implementation of differing investment strategies for the portfolio managers various accounts, the allocation of investment opportunities among those accounts or differences in the advisory fees paid by the portfolio managers accounts.
A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio managers responsibility for multiple accounts with similar investment guidelines. Under these circumstances, a potential investment may be suitable for more than one of the portfolio managers accounts, but the quantity of the investment available for purchase is less than the aggregate amount the accounts would ideally devote to the opportunity. Similar conflicts may arise when multiple accounts seek to dispose of the same investment.
A portfolio manager may also manage accounts whose objectives and policies differ from those of a Fund. These differences may be such that under certain circumstances, trading activity appropriate for one account managed by the portfolio manager may have adverse consequences for another account managed by the portfolio manager. For example, if an account were to sell a significant position in a security, which could cause the market price of that security to decrease, while a Fund is maintained its position in that security.
A potential conflict may arise when a portfolio manager is responsible for accounts that have different advisory fees the difference in the fees may create an incentive for the portfolio manager to favor one account over another, for example, in terms of access to particularly appealing investment opportunities. This conflict may be heightened where an account is subject to a performance-based fee.
As part of its compliance program, ING IM has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to address the potential conflicts of interest described above.
Finally, a potential conflict of interest may arise because the investment mandates for certain other accounts, such as hedge funds, which may allow extensive use of short sales, which, in theory, could allow them to enter into short positions in securities where other accounts hold long positions. ING IM has policies and procedures reasonably designed to limit and monitor short sales by the other accounts to avoid harm to the Funds.
141
Compensation
The portfolio managers (Portfolio Managers) compensation consists of: (i) a fixed base salary; (ii) a bonus, which is based on ING IM performance, one, three and five year pre-tax performance of the accounts the portfolio managers are primarily and jointly responsible for relative to account benchmarks, peer universe performance, and revenue growth and net cash flow growth (changes in the accounts net assets not attributable to changes in the value of the accounts investments) of the accounts they are responsible for; and (iii) long-term equity awards tied to the performance of our parent company, ING Groep and/or a notional investment in a pre-defined set of ING IM sub-advised Funds.
Portfolio managers are also eligible to receive an annual cash incentive award delivered in some combination of cash and a deferred award in the form of ING stock. The overall design of the annual incentive plan was developed to tie pay to both performance and cash flows, structured in such a way as to drive performance and promote retention of top talent. As with base salary compensation, individual target awards are determined and set based on external market data and internal comparators. Investment performance is measured on both relative and absolute performance in all areas.
ING IM has defined indices (here the Standard & Poors/ Loan Syndications and Trading Association Leveraged Loan 100 Index for Mr. Norman and Mr. Bakalar as Portfolio Managers of ING Floating Rate Fund, the Barclays Capital Mortgage-Backed Securities Index for Mr. Dutra, Dr. Guan, and Mr. McWhorter as Portfolio Managers of ING GNMA Income Fund; the Barclays Capital High Yield Bond-2% Issuer Constrained Composite Index for Mr. Parrish and Mr. Toms as Portfolio Managers of ING High Yield Bond Fund; the Barclays Capital U.S. Aggregate Bond Index for Ms. Hurtsellers, Mr. Mata, and Mr. Toms as Portfolio Managers of ING Intermediate Bond Fund; the Barclays Capital U.S. Corporate Index for Mr. Kringelis as Portfolio Manager of ING Investment Grade Credit Fund; and the Barclays U.S. 1-3 Year Government/Credit Bond Index for Mr. Toms as Portfolio Manager for ING Short Term Bond Fund). The measures for the team are outlined on a scorecard that is reviewed on an annual basis. These scorecards measure investment performance versus benchmark and peer groups over one-, three-, and five-year periods; and year-to-date net cash flow (changes in the accounts net assets not attributable to changes in the value of the accounts investments) and revenue growth for all accounts managed by the team. The results for overall ING IM scorecards are typically calculated on an asset weighted performance basis of the individual team scorecards.
Investment professionals performance measures for bonus determinations are weighted by 25% being attributable to the overall ING IM performance and 75% attributable to their specific team results (65% investment performance, 5% net cash flow, and 5% revenue growth).
ING IMs long-term incentive plan is designed to provide ownership-like incentives to reward continued employment and to link long-term compensation to the financial performance of the business. Based on job function, internal comparators and external market data, employees may be granted long-term awards. All senior investment professionals participate in the long-term compensation plan. Participants receive annual awards determined by the management committee based largely on investment performance and contribution to firm performance. Plan awards are based on the current years performance as defined by the ING IM component of the annual incentive plan. Awards typically include a combination of performance shares, which vest ratably over a three-year period, and ING restricted stock and/or a notional investment in a predefined set of ING IM sub-advised Funds, each subject to a three-year cliff-vesting schedule.
If a portfolio managers base salary compensation exceeds a particular threshold, he or she may participate in INGs deferred compensation plan. The plan provides an opportunity to invest deferred amounts of compensation in mutual funds, ING stock or at an annual fixed interest rate. Deferral elections are done on an annual basis and the amount of compensation deferred is irrevocable.
142
Ownership of Securities
The following table sets forth the dollar range of shares of the Funds owned by each portfolio manager as of March 31, 2013, including investments by their immediate family members and amounts invested through retirement and deferred compensation plans:
Portfolio Manager | Fund | Dollar Range of Fund Shares Owned | ||
Jeffrey A. Bakalar |
ING Floating Rate | None | ||
Jeff Dutra |
ING GNMA Income | None | ||
Peter Guan |
ING GNMA Income | None | ||
Christine Hurtsellers |
ING Intermediate Bond | $100,000 - $500,000 | ||
ING Short Term Bond | None | |||
Anil Katarya |
ING Investment Grade Credit | None | ||
Travis King |
ING Investment Grade Credit | None | ||
Kurt Kringelis |
ING Investment Grade Credit | None | ||
Justin McWhorter |
ING GNMA Income | None | ||
Daniel A. Norman |
ING Floating Rate | None | ||
Randall Parrish |
ING High Yield Bond | $100,001 - $500,000 | ||
Matthew Toms |
ING High Yield Bond | $1 - $10,000 | ||
ING Intermediate Bond | $1 - $10,000 | |||
ING Short Term Bond Fund | None |
In addition to the investments shown in the table above, certain portfolio managers may be required to defer a portion of their compensation into in an account that tracks the performance of investment options, including certain ING funds, chosen by the portfolio manager as part of their participation in INGs deferred compensation plan and other targeted compensation programs. This deferral does not cause any purchase or sale of Fund shares, but the NAV of the applicable Fund shares will be used as a measurement mechanism for determining the cash amount to be paid under applicable vesting provisions when the portfolio manager realizes his or her compensation.
The portfolio managers may have also allocated a portion of their deferral to another investment option which tracks the performance of a Fund that they do not manage. However, only the amount that a portfolio manager has allocated to an investment option that tracks the performance of a Fund that they manage is shown. The table below shows how much certain portfolio managers have allocated to an investment option that tracks the performance of a Fund that they manage as of March 31, 2013.
Portfolio Manager | Fund |
Dollar Range of Fund Shares
Owned under Deferred Compensation |
||
Jeffrey A. Bakalar |
ING Floating Rate | $100,001 - $500,000 | ||
Christine Hurtsellers |
ING Intermediate Bond Fund | None | ||
Daniel A. Norman |
ING Floating Rate | None | ||
Matthew Toms |
ING Intermediate Bond Fund | None 1 |
1 | The portfolio manager was not able to participate as the implementation date of the deferred |
compensation plan preceded the portfolio managers date of hire. |
Shares of the Funds are offered on a continuous basis. Each Trust has entered into an underwriting agreement with the Distributor (Distribution Agreement) pursuant to which the Distributor serves as principal underwriter of the Funds. ING Investments Distributor, LLC is a Delaware limited liability company and is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of ING U.S. and an affiliate of the Adviser. The Distributors principal offices are located at 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100, Scottsdale, Arizona 85258.
143
As principal underwriter for the Funds, ING Investments Distributor has agreed to use its best efforts to distribute the shares of the Funds, although it is not obligated to sell any particular amount of shares. The Distributor shall be responsible for all expenses of providing distribution services including the costs of printing and distributing prospectuses and SAIs for prospective shareholders and such other sales literature, reports, forms, advertising, and any other marketing efforts by the Distributor in connection with the distribution or sale of the shares.
Each Trust shall be responsible for the costs of registering the shares with the SEC and for the costs of preparing prospectuses and SAIs and such other documents as are required to maintain the registration of the shares with the SEC as well as their distribution to existing shareholders. The Distributor does not receive compensation for providing services under the Distribution Agreement.
The Distribution Agreement may be continued from year to year if approved annually by the Trustees or by a vote of holders of a majority of each Funds shares, and by a vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Distributor, or the Trust, appearing in person at a meeting called for the purpose of approving such Agreement.
The Distribution Agreement terminates automatically upon assignment and may be terminated at any time on 60 days written notice by the Trustees, the Distributor, or by vote of holders of a majority of a Funds shares without the payment of any penalty.
ING Funds Trust has distribution and/or shareholder service plans pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (Rule 12b-1 Plans) applicable to most classes of shares offered by each Fund. ING Separate Portfolios Trust does not have a distribution or shareholder service plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act.
The Funds intend to operate the Rule 12b-1 Plans in accordance with their terms and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) rules concerning sales charges. Under the Rule 12b-1 Plans, the Distributor may be entitled to a payment each month in connection with the offering, sale, and shareholder servicing of Class A, Class B, Class C, Class O, and Class R shares in amounts as set forth in the following table. The Funds do not have a 12b-1 Plan with respect to Class I, Class P, Class R6, Class SMA, and Class W shares.
The Trustees have classified ten classes of shares: Class A shares, Class B shares, Class C shares, Class I shares, Class O shares, Class P, Class R shares, Class R6 shares, Class SMA shares, and Class W shares. Shares of each class of each Fund represent an equal pro rata interest in the Fund and, generally, have identical voting, dividend, liquidation, and other rights, preferences, powers, restrictions, limitations, qualifications, and terms and conditions, except that: (i) each class has a different designation; (ii) each class of shares bears any expenses attributable to that class; and (iii) each class has exclusive voting rights on any matter submitted to shareholders that relates solely to it or its distribution arrangements or service arrangements, and each class has separate voting rights on any matter submitted to shareholders in which the interests of one class differ from the interests of any other class. In addition, the various classes of shares have the features described below.
Each class of shares represents interests in the same portfolio of investments of a Fund, and shall be identical in all respects, except for the impact of expenses, exchange privileges, the designation of each class of shares of a Fund, and any different shareholder services relating to a class of shares. Any other incremental expenses identified from time to time will be properly allocated to one class as long as any changes in expense allocations are reviewed and approved by a vote of the Board including a majority of the Independent Trustees.
144
The following table sets forth the Distribution and Shareholder Servicing Fees for the Funds.
Name of Fund |
Fees Based on Average Daily Net Assets
|
|||||||||
Class A |
Class B
|
Class C | Class O | Class R | ||||||
ING Floating Rate |
0.25% | N/A | 1.00% | N/A | 0.50% | |||||
ING GNMA Income |
0.25% | 1.00% | 1.00% | N/A | N/A | |||||
ING High Yield Bond |
0.25% | 1.00% | 1.00% | N/A | N/A | |||||
ING Intermediate Bond |
0.25% | 1.00% | 1.00% | 0.25% | 0.50% | |||||
ING Short Term Bond |
0.25% | N/A | 1.00% | N/A | N/A |
The Rule 12b-1 Plans have been approved by the Board, including all of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trusts as defined in the 1940 Act. Each Rule 12b-1 Plan must be renewed annually by the Board, including a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trusts and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Rule 12b-1 Plan, cast in person at a meeting called for that purpose. It is also required that the selection and nomination of such Trustees be committed to the Trustees who are not interested persons. Each Rule 12b-1 Plan and any distribution or service agreement may be terminated by a Fund at any time, without any penalty, by such Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the Funds outstanding shares on written notice. The Distributor or any dealer or other firm may also terminate their respective distribution or service agreement at any time upon written notice.
In approving each Rule 12b-1 Plan, the Board has determined that differing distribution arrangements in connection with the sale of new shares of a Fund are necessary and appropriate to meet the needs of different potential investors. Therefore, the Board, including those Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trusts, concluded that, in the exercise of their reasonable business judgment and in light of their fiduciary duties, there is a reasonable likelihood that the Rule 12b-1 Plans as tailored to each class of each Fund will benefit such ING Funds and their respective shareholders.
Each Rule 12b-1 Plan and any distribution or service agreement may not be amended to increase materially the amount spent for distribution expenses as to a Fund without approval by a majority of the Funds outstanding shares, and all material amendments to a Rule 12b-1 Plan or any distribution or service agreement shall be approved by the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trusts, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on any such amendment.
The Distributor is required to report in writing to the Board at least quarterly on the monies reimbursed to it under each Rule 12b-1 Plan, as well as to furnish the Board with such other information as may be reasonably requested in connection with the payments made under the Rule 12b-1 Plan in order to enable the Board to make an informed determination of whether the Rule 12b-1 Plan should be continued. The terms and provision of the Rule 12b-1 Plan and Shareholder Services Plan relating required reports, term and approval are consistent with the requirements of Rule 12b-1 Plan.
Class A, Class B, Class C, and Class R Shares
The fees under the 12b-1 Plans may be used to cover the expenses of the Distributor primarily intended to result in the sale of Class A, Class B, Class C, and Class R shares of the Funds, including payments to dealers for selling shares of the Funds and for servicing shareholders of these classes of the Funds. Activities for which these fees may be used include: promotional activities; preparation and distribution of advertising materials and sales literature; expenses of organizing and conducting sales seminars; personnel costs and overhead of the Distributor;
145
printing of prospectuses and statements of additional information (and supplements thereto) and reports for other than existing shareholders; payments to dealers and others that provide shareholder services; interest on accrued distribution expenses; and costs of administering the Rule 12b-1 Plans. No more than 0.75% per annum of a Funds average net assets may be used to finance distribution expenses, exclusive of shareholder servicing payments, and no authorized dealer (Authorized Dealer) may receive shareholder servicing payments in excess of 0.25% per annum of a Funds average net assets held by the Authorized Dealers clients or customers.
Under the Rule 12b-1 Plans, ongoing payments will generally be made on a quarterly basis to Authorized Dealers for both distribution and shareholder servicing at rates that are based on the average daily net assets of shares that are registered in the name of that Authorized Dealer as nominee or held in a shareholder account that designates that Authorized Dealer as the dealer of record. The rates, on an annual basis, are as follows: 0.25% for Class A, 1.00% for Class B, 1.00% for Class C, and 0.50% for Class R. Rights to these payments begin to accrue in the 13 th month following a purchase of Class A, Class B, Class C, or Class R shares. The Distributor may, in its discretion, pay such financial intermediary 12b-1 fees prior to the 13 th month following the purchase of Class A, Class B, Class C, or Class R shares. With respect to Class A, Class B, Class C, and Class R shares of each Fund that offers the class, the Distributor will receive payment without regard to actual distribution expenses it incurs. If a Rule 12b-1 Plan is terminated in accordance with its terms, the obligations of a Fund to make payments to the Distributor pursuant to the Rule 12b-1 Plan will cease and the Fund will not be required to make any payments for expenses incurred after the date the Rule 12b-1 Plan terminates.
In addition to paying fees under the Funds respective Rule 12b-1 Plans, the Funds may pay service fees to intermediaries such as brokers-dealers, financial advisors, or other financial institutions, including affiliates of the Advisers (such as ING Funds Services) for administration, sub-transfer agency, and other shareholder services associated with investors whose shares are held of record in omnibus accounts. These additional fees paid by the Funds to intermediaries and are a fixed dollar amount payment per each underlying shareholder account. These may include payments for 401(K) sub-accounting services, networking fees, and omnibus account servicing fees.
Class O Shares
Class O shares are subject to a Shareholder Services Plan adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. Under the Class O Shareholder Services Plan, the Distributor is paid a servicing fee at an annual rate of 0.25% of the applicable Funds. The Service Fee may be used by the Distributor to compensate Capital One ShareBuilder for servicing and maintaining shareholder accounts. In addition to these fees, the Distributor or its affiliates shall from its own resources and without additional cost to the Funds or their shareholders, pay Capital One ShareBuilder a periodic fee for providing certain shareholder services.
Total Distribution Expenses
The following table sets for the total distribution expenses incurred by the Distributor for the costs of promotion and distribution with respect to each class of shares of the Funds for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013. Because Class P shares of the Funds had not commenced operations as of March 31, 2013, no distribution costs were paid with respect to Class P shares for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013. Because Class R6 shares of the Funds had not commenced operations as of March 31, 2013, no distribution costs were paid with respect to Class R6 shares for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013.
Distribution Expenses | Class A | Class B | Class C | Class I | Class O | Class R | Class W | |||||||
ING Floating Rate Fund |
||||||||||||||
Advertising |
$543 | N/A | $346 | $318 | N/A | $513 | $1,249 | |||||||
Printing |
$10,320 | N/A | $6,578 | $6,043 | N/A | $9,763 | $23,733 | |||||||
Salaries & Commissions |
$65,832 | N/A | $41,363 | $25,746 | N/A | $60,599 | $148,707 | |||||||
Broker Servicing |
$49,579 | N/A | $81,990 | $9,735 | N/A | $137,253 | $57,505 | |||||||
Miscellaneous |
$56,216 | N/A | $74,959 | $2,662 | N/A | $2,386 | $98,878 | |||||||
Total |
$182,490 | N/A | $205,236 | $44,504 | N/A | $210,515 | $330,072 |
146
Distribution Expenses | Class A | Class B | Class C | Class I | Class O | Class R | Class W | |||||||
ING GNMA Income Fund |
||||||||||||||
Advertising |
$8,919 | $15 | $2,944 | $318 | N/A | N/A | $956 | |||||||
Printing |
$169,457 | $276 | $55,929 | $6,043 | N/A | N/A | $18,155 | |||||||
Salaries & Commissions |
$1,089,398 | $1,751 | $359,996 | $25,746 | N/A | N/A | $115,560 | |||||||
Broker Servicing |
$1,878,839 | $6,399 | $1,112,003 | $9,735 | N/A | N/A | $43,681 | |||||||
Miscellaneous |
$622,651 | $881 | $762,274 | $74,889 | N/A | N/A | $35,142 | |||||||
Total |
$3,769,264 | $9,322 | $2,293,146 | $116,731 | N/A | N/A | $213,494 | |||||||
|
||||||||||||||
ING High Yield Bond Fund |
||||||||||||||
Advertising |
$747 | $12 | $134 | $318 | N/A | N/A | $326 | |||||||
Printing |
$14,201 | $222 | $2,540 | $6,043 | N/A | N/A | $6,194 | |||||||
Salaries & Commissions |
$89,808 | $1,411 | $15,841 | $25,746 | N/A | N/A | $37,866 | |||||||
Broker Servicing |
$209,824 | $5,195 | $111,789 | $9,735 | N/A | N/A | $15,305 | |||||||
Miscellaneous |
$50,974 | $1,086 | $30,597 | $4,697 | N/A | N/A | $10,601 | |||||||
Total |
$365,554 | $7,926 | $160,901 | $46,539 | N/A | N/A | $70,292 | |||||||
|
||||||||||||||
ING Intermediate Bond Fund |
||||||||||||||
Advertising |
$3,324 | $17 | $280 | $318 | $353 | $215 | $4,565 | |||||||
Printing |
$63,158 | $328 | $5,328 | $6,043 | $6,716 | $4,084 | $86,738 | |||||||
Salaries & Commissions |
$418,598 | $2,082 | $34,033 | $25,746 | $42,644 | $26,389 | $539,969 | |||||||
Broker Servicing |
$832,057 | $7,494 | $321,591 | $9,735 | $121,830 | $76,566 | $207,871 | |||||||
Miscellaneous |
$103,762 | $1,699 | $51,140 | $12,465 | $33,912 | $830 | $36,787 | |||||||
Total |
$1,420,899 | $11,620 | $412,372 | $54,307 | $205,455 | $108,084 | $875,930 | |||||||
ING Short Term Bond Fund (1) |
||||||||||||||
Advertising |
$0 | N/A | $0 | $160 | N/A | N/A | $0 | |||||||
Printing |
$0 | N/A | $0 | $3,046 | N/A | N/A | $0 | |||||||
Salaries & Commissions |
$3,795 | N/A | $3,756 | $12,509 | N/A | N/A | $3,758 | |||||||
Broker Servicing |
$1,289 | N/A | $1,272 | $4,828 | N/A | N/A | $1,272 | |||||||
Miscellaneous |
$88 | N/A | $86 | $455 | N/A | N/A | $86 | |||||||
Total |
$5,172 | N/A | $5,114 | $20,998 | N/A | N/A | $5,116 |
(1) |
The Fund commenced operations December 17, 2012. The distribution fees paid reflect the period from December 17, 2012 to March 31, 2013. |
Underwriting Fees Paid
The following table sets forth the underwriting fees paid by the Funds to the Distributor under the 12b-1 Plans for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.
Fund | March 31 | |||||
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | ||||
ING Floating Rate |
$273,552 | $155,304 | $32,101 (1) | |||
ING GNMA Income |
$3,509,606 | $2,781,473 | $2,774,839 | |||
ING High Yield Bond |
$371,244 | $364,850 | $420,913 | |||
ING Intermediate Bond |
$1,312,388 | $1,334,112 | $1,614,605 | |||
ING Investment Grade Credit |
$42 | N/A | N/A | |||
ING Short Term Bond |
$12 (2) | N/A | N/A |
(1) |
The Fund commenced operations on August 17, 2010. The underwriting fees paid under the 12b-1 plans reflect the period from August 17, 2010 to March 31, 2011. |
(2) |
The Fund commenced operations December 19, 2012. The underwriting fees paid under the 12b-1 plans reflect the period from December 19, 2012 to March 31, 2013. |
147
A Funds assets may decrease or increase within the Funds fiscal year and the Funds operating expense ratios may correspondingly increase or decrease.
In addition to the management fee and other fees described previously, each Fund pays other expenses, such as legal, audit, transfer agency, and custodian out-of-pocket fees; proxy solicitation costs; and the compensation of Trustees who are not affiliated with the Advisers. Certain expenses of each Fund are generally allocated to the Fund, and each class of a Fund, in proportion to its pro rata average net assets; provided that expenses that are specific to a class of the Fund may be charged directly to that class in accordance with the Funds Amended and Restated Multiple Class Plan pursuant to Rule 18f-3. However, the Rule 12b-1 Plan fees for each class of shares are charged proportionately only to the outstanding shares of that class. Certain operating expenses shared by several funds are generally allocated amongst those Funds based on average net assets.
ING Funds Services, LLC (Administrator) serves as administrator for each Fund pursuant to administration agreements between each Trust and the Administrator (Administration Agreements). The Administrators principal offices are located at 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100, Scottsdale, Arizona 85258.
Subject to the supervision of the Board, the Administrator provides the overall business management and administrative services necessary to properly conduct the Funds business, except for those services performed by the Advisers under the Investment Advisory Agreements, ING IM under the Sub-Advisory Agreements for the Trusts, the custodian for the Funds under the Custodian Agreements, the transfer agent for the Funds under the Transfer Agency Agreement, and such other service providers as may be retained by the Funds from time to time. The Administrator acts as a liaison among these service providers to the Funds. The Administrator also furnishes the Funds with adequate personnel, office space, communications facilities and other facilities necessary for the operation of the Funds. These services include preparation of annual and other reports to shareholders and to the SEC. The Administrator also handles the filing of federal, state and local income tax returns for the Funds not being furnished by other service providers. The Administrator is also responsible for monitoring the Funds compliance with applicable legal requirements and with their investment policies and restrictions.
According to the Administration Agreement, the Administrator will pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with its activities, except such expenses as are assumed by each Trust under the Administration Agreement, including, without limitation, the expenses of software licensing and similar products used in the preparation of registration statements including prospectuses and statements of additional information, shareholder reports and notices, proxy materials, and other documents filed with governmental agencies.
The Administration Agreements will remain in effect from year-to-year if approved annually by a majority of the Trustees.
The Administration Agreement may be cancelled by the Board on behalf of a Fund, without payment of any penalty, by a vote of a majority of the Trustees upon 60 days written notice to the Administrator, or by the Administrator at any time, without the payment of any penalty upon 60 days written notice to each Trust.
Administrative Service Fees
The Administrator receives an annual administrative service fee of 0.10% of each Funds average daily net assets. Prior to May 13, 2013, ING Investment Grade Credit Fund did not pay an administrative service fee. The Administrators fee is accrued daily against the value of each Funds net assets and is payable by each Fund monthly.
148
Total Administrative Service Fees Paid
The following table sets forth the administrative service fees paid by the Funds to the Administrator for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.
Fund | 2013 | 2012 | 2011 | |||
ING Floating Rate (1) |
262,636 | $236,488 | $84,369 ( 2 ) | |||
ING GNMA Income |
$1,116,727 | $855,405 | $807,906 | |||
ING High Yield Bond (1) |
$170,550 | $135,897 | $116,429 | |||
ING Intermediate Bond |
$1,067,169 | $789,645 | $786,012 | |||
ING Investment Grade Credit ( 1 )(3) |
N/A | N/A | N/A | |||
ING Short Term Bond Fund |
$42,944 (4) | N/A | N/A |
(1) | Pursuant to a waiver, the Administrator is contractually obligated to waive is administrative services fee for Class P shares of the Fund through at least August 1, 2014. There is no guarantee that the administrative services fee waiver will continue after August 1, 2014. This waiver may only be terminated with prior approval of the Board and it is not eligible for recoupment. |
(2) | The Fund commenced operations on August 17, 2010. The administrative service fees paid reflect the period from August 17, 2010 to March 31, 2011. |
(3) | Prior to May 13, 2013, the Fund did not pay an administrative services fee. |
(4) | The Fund commenced operations December 19, 2012. The administrative service fees paid reflect the period from December 19, 2012 to March 31, 2013. |
Custodian
The Bank of New York Mellon, One Wall Street, New York, New York, 10286, serves as custodian of the Funds, except for ING Floating Rate Fund. The custodian does not participate in determining the investment policies of a Fund nor in deciding which securities are purchased or sold by a Fund. A Fund may, however, invest in obligations of the custodian and may purchase or sell securities from or to the custodian. For portfolio securities that are purchased and held outside the United States, The Bank of New York Mellon has entered into sub-custodian arrangements (which are designed to comply with Rule 17f-5 under the 1940 Act) with certain foreign banks and clearing agencies.
For ING Floating Rate Fund, State Street Bank and Trust Company, 801 Pennsylvania Avenue, Kansas City, MO 64105 serves as custodian. The custodian does not participate in determining the investment policies of the Fund nor in deciding which securities are purchased or sold by this Fund. The Fund may; however, invest in obligations of the custodian and may purchase or sell securities from or to the custodian. For portfolio securities that are purchased and held outside the United States, State Street Bank and Trust Company has entered into sub-custodian arrangements (which are designed to comply with Rule 17f-5 under the 1940 Act) with certain foreign banks and clearing agencies.
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
KPMG LLP serves as an independent registered public accounting firm for the Funds. KPMG LLP provides audit services, tax return preparation and assistance and consultation in connection with review of SEC filings. KPMG LLP is located at Two Financial Center, 60 South Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111.
149
Legal Counsel
Legal matters for each Trust are passed upon by Dechert LLP, 1900 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006.
Transfer Agent
BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc., 301 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809 serves as the Transfer Agent and dividend-paying agent to the Funds.
The Advisers or Sub-Adviser for the Funds place orders for the purchase and sale of investment securities for the Funds, pursuant to authority granted in the relevant Investment Advisory Agreement or Sub-Advisory Agreement. Subject to policies and procedures approved by the Board, the Advisers or Sub-Adviser has discretion to make decisions relating to placing these orders, including, where applicable, selecting the brokers or dealers that will execute the purchase and sale of investment securities, negotiating the commission or other compensation paid to the broker or dealer executing the trade, or using an electronic trading network (ECN) or alternative trading system (ATS).
In situations where the Sub-Adviser resigns or the Advisers otherwise assume day-to-day management of the Funds pursuant to their Investment Advisory Agreements with the Funds, the Advisers will perform the services described herein as being performed by the Sub-Adviser.
How Securities Transactions are Effected
Purchases and sales of securities on a securities exchange (which include most equity securities) are effected through brokers who charge a commission for their services. In transactions on securities exchanges in the United States, these commissions are negotiated, while on many foreign securities exchanges commissions are fixed. Securities traded in the over-the-counter markets (such as fixed-income securities and some equity securities) are generally traded on a net basis with market makers acting as dealers; in these transactions, the dealers act as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission, although the price of the security usually includes a profit to the dealer. Transactions in certain over-the-counter securities also may be effected on an agency basis, when, in the Advisers or Sub-Advisers opinion, the total price paid (including commission) is equal to or better than the best total price available from a market maker. In underwritten offerings, securities are usually purchased at a fixed price, which includes an amount of compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the underwriters concession or discount. On occasion, certain money market instruments may be purchased directly from an issuer, in which case no commissions or discounts are paid. The Advisers or Sub-Adviser may also place trades using an ECN or ATS.
How the Advisers or Sub-Adviser Selects Broker-Dealers
The Advisers or Sub-Adviser has a duty to seek to obtain best execution of a Funds orders, taking into consideration a full range of factors designed to produce the most favorable overall terms reasonably available under the circumstances. In selecting brokers and dealers to execute trades, the Advisers or Sub-Adviser may consider both the characteristics of the trade and the full range and quality of the brokerage services available from eligible broker-dealers. This consideration often involves qualitative as well as quantitative judgments. Factors relevant to the nature of the trade may include, among others, price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dollar spread), the size of the order, the nature and characteristics (including liquidity) of the market for the security, the difficulty of execution, the timing of the order, potential market impact, and the need for confidentiality, speed, and certainty of execution. Factors relevant to the range and quality of brokerage services available from eligible brokers and dealers may include, among others, the firms execution, clearance, settlement, and other operational facilities; willingness and ability to commit capital or take risk in positioning a block of securities, where necessary; special expertise in particular securities or markets; ability to provide liquidity, speed
150
and anonymity; the nature and quality of other brokerage and research services provided to the Advisers or Sub-Adviser (consistent with the safe harbor described below); and the firms general reputation, financial condition, and responsiveness to the Advisers or Sub-Adviser, as demonstrated in the particular transaction or other transactions. Subject to its duty to seek best execution of a Funds orders, the Advisers or Sub-Adviser may select broker-dealers that participate in commission recapture programs that have been established for the benefit of a Fund. Under these programs, the participating broker-dealers will return to a Fund (in the form of a credit to a Fund) a portion of the brokerage commissions paid to the broker-dealers by a Fund. These credits are used to pay certain expenses of a Fund. These commission recapture payments benefit the Funds, and not the Advisers or Sub-Adviser.
The Safe Harbor for Soft Dollar Practices
In selecting broker-dealers to execute a trade for a Fund, the Advisers or Sub-Adviser may consider the nature and quality of brokerage and research services provided to the Advisers or Sub-Adviser as a factor in evaluating the most favorable overall terms reasonably available under the circumstances . As permitted by Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act, the Advisers or Sub-Adviser may cause a Fund to pay a broker-dealer a commission for effecting a securities transaction for the Fund that is in excess of the commission which another broker-dealer would have charged for effecting the transaction, if the Advisers or Sub-Adviser makes a good faith determination that the brokers commission paid by the Fund is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by the broker-dealer, viewed in terms of either the particular transaction or the Advisers or Sub-Advisers overall responsibilities to the Fund and their other investment advisory clients. The practice of using a portion of a Funds commission dollars to pay for brokerage and research services provided to the Advisers or Sub-Adviser is sometimes referred to as soft dollars. Section 28(e) is sometimes referred to as a safe harbor, because it permits this practice, subject to a number of restrictions, including the Advisers or Sub-Advisers compliance with certain procedural requirements and limitations on the type of brokerage and research services that qualify for the safe harbor.
Brokerage and Research Products and Services Under the Safe Harbor Research products and services may include, but are not limited to, general economic, political, business and market information and reviews, industry and company information and reviews, evaluations of securities and recommendations as to the purchase and sale of securities, financial data on a company or companies, performance and risk measuring services and analysis, stock price quotation services, computerized historical financial databases and related software, credit rating services, analysis of corporate responsibility issues, brokerage analysts earnings estimates, computerized links to current market data, software dedicated to research, and portfolio modeling. Research services may be provided in the form of reports, computer-generated data feeds and other services, telephone contacts, and personal meetings with securities analysts, as well as in the form of meetings arranged with corporate officers and industry spokespersons, economists, academics, and governmental representatives. Brokerage products and services assist in the execution, clearance and settlement of securities transactions, as well as functions incidental thereto, including but not limited to related communication and connectivity services and equipment, and software related to order routing, market access, algorithmic trading, and other trading activities. On occasion, a broker-dealer may furnish the Advisers or Sub-Adviser with a service that has a mixed use (that is, the service is used both for brokerage and research activities that are within the safe harbor and for other activities). In this case, the Advisers or Sub-Adviser is required to reasonably allocate the cost of the service, so that any portion of the service that does not qualify for the safe harbor is paid for by the Advisers or Sub-Adviser from its own funds, and not by portfolio commissions paid by a Fund.
Benefits to the Advisers or Sub-Adviser - Research products and services provided to the Advisers or Sub-Adviser by broker-dealers that effect securities transactions for a Fund may be used by the Advisers or Sub-Adviser in servicing all of its accounts. Accordingly, not all of these services may be used by the Advisers or Sub-Adviser in connection with that Fund or any of the Funds. Some of these products and services are also available to the Advisers or Sub-Adviser for cash, and some do not have an explicit cost or determinable value. The research received does not reduce the advisory fees payable to the Advisers and the sub-advisory fees payable to the Sub-Adviser
151
for services provided to the Funds. The Advisers or Sub-Advisers expenses would likely increase if the Advisers or Sub-Adviser had to generate these research products and services through its own efforts, or if it paid for these products or services itself.
Broker-Dealers that are Affiliated with the Advisers or Sub-Adviser
Portfolio transactions may be executed by brokers affiliated with ING Groep, the Advisers or Sub-Adviser, so long as the commission paid to the affiliated broker is reasonable and fair compared to the commission that would be charged by an unaffiliated broker in a comparable transaction.
Prohibition on Use of Brokerage Commissions for Sales or Promotional Activities
The placement of portfolio brokerage with broker-dealers who have sold shares of a Fund is subject to rules adopted by the SEC and FINRA. Under these rules, the Advisers or Sub-Adviser may not consider a brokers promotional or sales efforts on behalf of a Fund when selecting a broker-dealer for the Funds portfolio transactions, and neither a Fund nor the Advisers or Sub-Adviser may enter into an agreement under which the Fund directs brokerage transactions (or revenue generated from such transactions) to a broker-dealer to pay for distribution of Fund shares. The Funds have adopted policies and procedures, approved by the Board, that are designed to attain compliance with these prohibitions.
Principal Trades and Research
Purchases of securities for a Fund also may be made directly from issuers or from underwriters. Purchase and sale transactions may be effected through dealers which specialize in the types of securities which a Fund will be holding. Dealers and underwriters usually act as principals for their own account. Purchases from underwriters will include a concession paid by the issuer to the underwriter and purchases from dealers will include the spread between the bid and the asked price. If the execution and price offered by more than one dealer or underwriter are comparable, the order may be allocated to a dealer or underwriter which has provided such research or other services as mentioned above.
More Information about Trading in Fixed-Income Securities
Purchases and sales of fixed-income securities will usually be principal transactions. Such securities often will be purchased or sold from or to dealers serving as market makers for the securities at a net price. Each Fund may also purchase such securities in underwritten offerings and will, on occasion, purchase securities directly from the issuer. Generally, fixed-income securities are traded on a net basis and do not involve brokerage commissions. The cost of executing fixed-income securities transactions consists primarily of dealer spreads and underwriting commissions.
In purchasing and selling fixed-income securities, it is the policy of each Fund to obtain the best results, while taking into account the dealers general execution and operational facilities, the type of transaction involved and other factors, such as the dealers risk in positioning the securities involved. While the Advisers or Sub-Adviser generally seek reasonably competitive spreads or commissions, the Funds will not necessarily pay the lowest spread or commission available.
Transition Management
Changes in a sub-adviser and investment personnel and reorganizations or mergers of a Fund may result in the sale of a significant portion or even all of a Funds portfolio securities. This type of change generally will increase trading costs and the portfolio turnover for the affected Fund. The Funds, the Advisers, or the Sub-Adviser may engage a broker-dealer to provide transition management services in connection with a change in the Sub-Adviser or a reorganization or other changes.
152
Allocation of Trades
Some securities considered for investment by a Fund may also be appropriate for other clients served by that Funds Adviser or Sub-Adviser. If the purchase or sale of securities consistent with the investment policies of a Fund and one or more of these other clients is considered at or about the same time, transactions in such securities will be placed on an aggregate basis and allocated among the Fund and such other clients in a manner deemed fair and equitable, over time, by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser and consistent with the Advisers or Sub-Advisers written policies and procedures. Sub-Advisers may use different methods of allocating the results aggregated trades. The Advisers or Sub-Advisers relevant policies and procedures and the results of aggregated trades in which a Fund participated are subject to periodic review by the Board. To the extent any of the Funds seek to acquire (or dispose of) the same security at the same time, one or more of the Funds may not be able to acquire (or dispose of) as large a position in such security as it desires, or it may have to pay a higher (or receive a lower) price for such security. It is recognized that in some cases, this system could have a detrimental effect on the price or value of the security insofar as a Fund is concerned. However, over time, a Funds ability to participate in aggregate trades is expected to provide better execution for the Fund.
Cross-Transactions
The Board has adopted a policy allowing trades to be made between affiliated registered investment companies or series thereof provided they meet the condition of Rule 17a-7 under the 1940 Act and conditions of the policy.
Brokerage Commissions Paid
Brokerage commissions paid by each Fund for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 are as follows:
Fund | 2013 | 2012 | 2011 | |||
ING Floating Rate |
$0 | $0 | $0 (1) | |||
ING GNMA Income |
$36,265 (2) | $19,143 (2) | $0 | |||
ING High Yield Bond |
$0 | $0 | $0 | |||
ING Intermediate Bond |
$53,540 (3) | $122,212 (2) | $86,471 | |||
ING Investment Grade Credit |
$0 | $0 | $0 | |||
ING Short Term Bond |
$4,648 (4) | N/A | N/A |
(1) |
The Fund commenced operations on August 17, 2010. The brokerage commissions paid reflects the period from August 17, 2010 to March 31, 2011. |
(2) |
The increase in brokerage commissions paid by the Fund is due to an increase in the trading activity in the Fund. |
(3) |
The decrease in brokerage commissions paid by the Fund is due to an decrease in the trading activity in the Fund. |
(4) |
The Fund commenced operations December 19, 2012. The brokerage commissions paid reflect the period from December 19, 2012 to March 31, 2013. |
During the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, the Funds did not pay any brokerage commissions to affiliated persons.
During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, the following Funds acquired securities of their regular brokers or dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act) or their parent companies. The holdings of securities of such brokers and dealers were as follows as of March 31, 2013:
Fund
|
Broker/Dealer
|
Market Value
|
||
ING Intermediate Bond |
Bank of America | $34,295,757 | ||
Bank of New York Mellon | $1,416,240 |
153
Fund
|
Broker/Dealer
|
Market Value
|
||
Barclays | $6,353,800 | |||
BBVA Compass | $2,647,284 | |||
Citigroup | $23,612,235 | |||
Credit Suisse | $3,981,574 | |||
Deutsche Bank | $2,525,937 | |||
Goldman Sachs | $15,594,260 | |||
HSBC | $3,201,186 | |||
JP Morgan Chase | $33,687,961 | |||
Royal Bank of Scotland | $7,587,730 | |||
Standard Chartered | $2,755,317 | |||
UBS | $24,256,342 | |||
US Bancorp | $2,720,255 | |||
Wells Fargo | $20,912,363 | |||
|
||||
ING Investment Grade Credit Fund |
Bank of America | $292,344 | ||
JP Morgan Chase | $318,347 | |||
Morgan Stanley | $104,448 | |||
Wells Fargo | $315,580 | |||
|
||||
ING Short Term Bond Fund |
Bank of America | $3,130,199 | ||
Bank of New York Mellon | $814,475 | |||
Bank of Nova Scotia | $1,010,804 | |||
Barclays | $978,031 | |||
BNP Paribas | $206,770 | |||
Citigroup | $2,597,589 | |||
Credit Suisse | $784,566 | |||
Deutsche Bank | $502,735 | |||
Goldman Sachs | $2,531,746 | |||
HSBC | $597,046 | |||
JP Morgan Chase | $3,339,192 | |||
Morgan Stanley | $3,601,980 | |||
Royal Bank of Canada | $1,232,936 | |||
Royal Bank of Scotland | $816,596 | |||
Suntrust Bank | $819,179 | |||
UBS | $1,858,858 | |||
US Bancorp | $848,139 | |||
Wells Fargo | $1,421,182 |
PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES
Purchases and exchanges should be made for investment purposes only. The Funds reserve the right to reject any specific purchase or exchange request. In the event a Fund rejects an exchange request, neither the redemption nor the purchase side of the exchange will be processed until the Fund receives further redemption instructions.
Purchases
All Funds (except ING Investment Grade Credit Fund)
Class A, Class B, Class C, Class I, Class P, Class R, and Class W shares only
A complete description of the manner in which Class A, Class B, Class C, Class I, Class R, Class P, and Class W shares may be purchased, redeemed, or exchanged appears in the Prospectuses under How to Buy Shares, How to Sell Shares, and How to Exchange Shares, respectively. Shares of the Funds are offered at the NAV next computed following receipt of the order by the dealer (and/or the Distributor) or by each Trusts Transfer Agent,
154
plus, for Class A shares, a varying sales charge depending upon the class of shares purchased and the amount of money invested, as set forth in the Prospectuses. An investor may exchange shares of a Fund for shares of the same class of any ING Fund without paying any additional sales charge. Shares subject to a contingent deferred sales charge (CDSC) will continue to age from the date that the original shares were purchased.
If you invest in a Fund through a financial intermediary, you may be charged a commission or transaction fee by the financial intermediary for the purchase and sale of Fund shares.
Certain brokers or other designated intermediaries such as third-party administrators or plan trustees may accept purchase and redemption orders on behalf of the Funds. The Distributor/a Fund will be deemed to have received such an order when the broker or the designee has accepted the order. Customer orders are priced at the NAV next computed after such acceptance. Such orders may be transmitted to the Funds or their agents several hours after the time of the acceptance and pricing.
Certain investors may purchase shares of the Funds with liquid assets with a value which is readily ascertainable by reference to a domestic exchange price and which would be eligible for purchase by a Fund consistent with the Funds investment policies and restrictions. These transactions only will be effected if ING Investments or ING IM intends to retain the security in a Fund as an investment. Assets so purchased by a Fund will be valued in generally the same manner as they would be valued for purposes of pricing the Funds shares, if such assets were included in the Funds assets at the time of purchase. Each Trust reserves the right to amend or terminate this practice at any time.
Class O shares only
Class O shares of the Funds are purchased at the applicable NAV next determined after a purchase order is received by the Transfer Agent. Class O shares are redeemed at the applicable NAV next determined after a redemption request is received, as described in the Prospectuses.
Capital One ShareBuilder or other designated intermediaries may accept purchase and redemption orders on behalf of the Funds. Such orders may be transmitted to the Funds or their agents several hours after the time of the acceptance and pricing.
ING Investment Grade Credit Fund - Class SMA Shares
A complete description of the manner in which Class SMA shares of ING Investment Grade Credit Fund may be purchased or redeemed appears in the Prospectus under How to Buy Shares and How to Sell Shares. Shares of the Fund may be purchased only at the direction of the Program Sponsor for a wrap account. Purchase orders on behalf of a wrap account client must be submitted to the Funds Transfer Agent, either directly or through an appropriate clearing agency. The Program Sponsor submitting the order must arrange to have federal funds wired to the Trusts Transfer Agent. Shares of the Fund are offered at the NAV next computed following receipt of the order. Because you invest in the Fund through a Program Sponsor, you may be charged a commission or transaction fee by the financial intermediary for the purchase and sale of Fund shares.
Redemptions
Payment to shareholders for shares redeemed will be made within seven days after receipt by the Funds Transfer Agent of the written request in proper form, except that a Fund may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date of payment during any period when: (i) trading on the NYSE is restricted as determined by the SEC or the NYSE is closed for other than weekends and holidays; (ii) an emergency exists as determined by the SEC, as a result of which: (a) disposal by a Fund of securities owned by it is not reasonably practicable; or (b) it is not reasonably practical for a Fund to determine fairly the value of its net assets; or (iii) for such other period as the
155
SEC may permit by rule or by order for the protection of a Funds shareholders. At various times, a Fund may be requested to redeem shares for which it has not yet received good payment. Accordingly, a Fund may delay the mailing of a redemption check until such time as it has assured itself that good payment has been collected for the purchase of such shares, which may take up to 15 days or longer.
Each Fund intends to pay in cash for all shares redeemed, but under abnormal conditions that make payment in cash unwise, a Fund may make payment wholly or partly in securities at their then current market value equal to the redemption price. In such case, an investor may incur brokerage costs in converting such securities to cash. However, the Trust has elected to be governed by the provisions of Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act, which obligates a Fund to redeem shares with respect to any one shareholder during any 90-day period solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1.00% of the NAV of the Fund at the beginning of the period. In the event a Fund must liquidate portfolio securities to meet redemptions, it reserves the right to reduce the redemption price by an amount equivalent to the pro-rated cost of such liquidation, not to exceed one percent of the NAV of such shares.
Due to the relatively high cost of handling small investments, the Trust reserves the right, upon 30 days prior written notice, to redeem at NAV (less any applicable deferred sales charge), the shares of any shareholder whose account (except for IRAs) has a value of less than the minimum requirements, other than as a result of a decline in the NAV per share. Before a Fund redeems such shares and sends the proceeds to the shareholder, it will notify the shareholder that the value of the shares in the account is less than the minimum allowed and will allow the shareholder 30 days to make an additional investment in an amount that will increase the value of the account to at least the minimum before the redemption is processed. This policy will not be implemented where a Fund has previously waived the minimum investment requirements.
The value of shares on redemption or repurchase may be more or less than the investors cost depending upon the market value of the portfolio securities at the time of redemption or repurchase.
All Funds (except ING Investment Grade Credit Fund)
Class A, Class B, Class C, Class I, Class R, and Class W shares only
Class B shares of the Funds are closed to new investment, provided that: (i) Class B shares of a Fund may be purchased through the reinvestment of dividends issued by Class B shares of the Fund; and (ii) subject to the terms and conditions of relevant exchange privileges and as permitted under their respective Prospectuses, Class B shares of a Fund may be acquired through exchange of Class B shares of other funds in the ING mutual funds complex.
Class O Shares only
Any written request to redeem shares in amounts in excess of $100,000 must bear the signatures of all the registered holders of those shares. The signatures must be guaranteed by a national or state bank, trust company, or a member of a national securities exchange. Information about any additional requirements for shares held in the name of a corporation, partnership, trustee, guardian, or in any other representative capacity can be obtained from the Transfer Agent.
ING Investment Grade Credit Fund
A Program Sponsor acting on behalf of an eligible investor must submit redemption orders to ING Investment Grade Credit Funds Transfer Agent, either directly or through an appropriate clearing agency. Shares of the Fund can be redeemed on any day that the NYSE is open. Redemption proceeds will ordinarily be sent by wire. Redemption proceeds will normally take one to three business days after the redemption request, but may take up to seven business days. Shares of the Fund may be held only by eligible investors and cannot be transferred or
156
exchanged. The Fund reserves the right to redeem shares of any investor if the investor ceases to be an eligible investor. Redemption proceeds on behalf of investors who are no longer eligible investors may receive their proceeds by check.
Front-End Sales Charges
Special Purchases at NAV Class A shares
Class A shares of the Fund may be purchased at NAV, without a sales charge, by the following:
1) |
Current, retired or former officers, trustees, directors or employees (including members of their immediate families) of ING Groep, registered investment companies in the ING Fund Complex and their affiliates purchasing shares for their own accounts. Immediate family members include: Parents; Spouse (as recognized under local law); Siblings; Children; Grandparents; Aunts/Uncles; Nieces/Nephews; Cousins; Dependents; Parents-in-law; Brothers-in-law; and Sisters-in-law. |
2) |
Insurance companies (including separate accounts). |
3) |
Registered investment advisors, trust companies and bank trust departments investing on their own behalf or on behalf of their clients. |
4) |
Broker-dealers and financial institutions that have entered into an agreement with the Distributor (or otherwise having an arrangement with a broker-dealer or financial institution with respect to sales of Fund shares), their current employees and their immediate family members. |
5) |
Investments made by accounts that are part of certain qualified fee-based programs (wrap accounts). |
6) |
Rollovers from qualified employee benefit plans, provided that the rollover involves a transfer of Class A shares in the same Fund or another ING Fund. |
Investments made through employee benefit plans created under section 401(a), 401(k), 457 and 403(b), and qualified deferred compensation plans that have a plan level or omnibus account maintained with an ING Fund and transacts directly with that ING Fund or through a 3rd party administrator or record keeper that has an agreement in place with ING Funds.
7) |
Front-end sales charges will not apply if an investor is purchasing Class A shares with proceeds from the following sources: Redemptions from any ING-advised Fund if you: (a) originally paid a front-end sales charge on the shares; and (b) reinvest the money within 90 days of the redemption date. This waiver is subject to the following conditions: |
|
This privilege may only be used once per year. |
|
The amount that may be reinvested is limited to an amount up to the redemption proceeds. |
|
Written order for the purchase of shares may be received by the Transfer Agent (or be postmarked) within 90 days after the date of redemption. |
157
|
Purchases may be handled by a securities dealer who may charge a fee. |
|
Payment may accompany the request and the purchase will be made at the then current NAV of the Fund. |
If you realize a gain on the transaction, it is taxable and any reinvestment will not alter any applicable federal capital gains tax (except that some or all of the sales charge may be disallowed as an addition to the basis of the shares sold and added to the basis of the subsequent purchased shares). If you realize a loss on the transaction, some or all of the loss may not be allowed as a tax deduction depending on the amount reinvested. However, such disallowance is added to the tax basis of the shares acquired upon the reinvestment.
8) |
Shareholders of the Adviser Class at the time such shares were re-designated as Class A shares if purchased directly with the Fund. |
9) |
Former Class M shareholders if purchased directly with the Fund. |
10) |
Any charitable organization (generally, an organization that meets the requirements of section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, operated solely for a religious, charitable, scientific, literary, educational or similar purpose) or any state, county, or city or any instrumentality, department authority or agency thereof that has determined that a fund is a legally permissible investment and is prohibited by applicable investment law from paying a sales charge or commission. |
It is possible that a broker-dealer may not be able to offer one or more of these waiver categories. If this situation occurs, it is possible that the investor would need to invest directly through ING in order to take advantage of the waiver. The Fund may terminate or amend the terms of these sales charge waivers at anytime.
Letters of Intent and Rights of Accumulation Class A shares
An investor may immediately qualify for a reduced sales charge on a purchase of Class A shares by completing the Letter of Intent section of the Shareholder Application (the Letter of Intent). By completing the Letter of Intent, the investor expresses an intention to invest during the next 13 months a specified amount, which, if made at one time, would qualify for the reduced sales charge. At any time within 90 days after the first investment, which the investor wants to qualify for the reduced sales charge, a signed Shareholder Application, with the Letter of Intent section completed, may be filed with the Funds. After the Letter of Intent is filed, each additional investment made will be entitled to the sales charge applicable to the level of investment indicated on the Letter of Intent as described above. Sales charge reductions based upon purchases in more than one investment in the Funds will be effective only after notification to the Distributor that the investment qualifies for a discount. The shareholders holdings in ING Investments funds acquired within 90 days before the Letter of Intent is filed will be counted towards completion of the Letter of Intent but will not be entitled to a retroactive downward adjustment of sales charge until the Letter of Intent is fulfilled. Any redemptions made by the shareholder during the 13-month period will be subtracted from the amount of the purchases for purposes of determining whether the terms of the Letter of Intent have been completed. If the Letter of Intent is not completed within the 13-month period, there will be an upward adjustment of the sales charge as specified below, depending upon the amount actually purchased (less redemption) during the period.
An investor acknowledges and agrees to the following provisions by completing the Letter of Intent section of the Shareholder Application. A minimum initial investment equal to 25% of the intended total investment is required. An amount equal to the maximum sales charge or 5.75% of the total intended purchase will be held in escrow at ING Funds, in the form of shares in the investors name to assure that the full applicable sales charge will be paid if the intended purchase is not completed. The shares in escrow will be included in the total shares owned as reflected
158
on the monthly statement; income and capital gain distributions on the escrow shares will be paid directly by the investor. The escrow shares will not be available for redemption by the investor until the Letter of Intent has been completed or the higher sales charge paid. If the total purchases, less redemptions, equal the amount specified under the Letter of Intent, the shares in escrow will be released. If the total purchases, less redemptions, exceed the amount specified under the Letter of Intent and is an amount which would qualify for a further quantity discount, a retroactive price adjustment will be made by the Distributor and the dealer with whom purchases were made pursuant to the Letter of Intent (to reflect such further quantity discount) on purchases made within 90 days before, and on those made after filing the Letter of Intent. The resulting difference in offering price will be applied to the purchase of additional shares at the applicable offering price. If the total purchases, less redemptions, are less than the amount specified under the Letter of Intent, the investor will remit to the Distributor an amount equal to the difference in dollar amount of sales charge actually paid and the amount of sales charge which would have applied to the aggregate purchases if the total of such purchases had been made at a single account in the name of the investor or to the investors order. If within ten days after written request such difference in sales charge is not paid, the redemption of an appropriate number of shares in escrow to realize such difference will be made. If the proceeds from a total redemption are inadequate, the investor will be liable to the Distributor for the difference. In the event of a total redemption of the account prior to fulfillment of the Letter of Intent, the additional sales charge due will be deducted from the proceeds of the redemption and the balance will be forwarded to the Investor. By completing the Letter of Intent section of the Shareholder Application, an investor grants to the Distributor a security interest in the shares in escrow and agrees to irrevocably appoint the Distributor as his attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution to surrender for redemption any or all shares for the purpose of paying any additional sales charge due and authorizes the Transfer Agent or Sub-Transfer Agent to receive and redeem shares and pay the proceeds as directed by the Distributor. The investor or the securities dealer must inform the Transfer Agent or the Distributor that the Letter of Intent is in effect each time a purchase is made.
If at any time prior to or after completion of the Letter of Intent the investor wishes to cancel the Letter of Intent, the investor must notify the Distributor in writing. If prior to the completion of the Letter of Intent the investor requests the Distributor to liquidate all shares held by the investor, the Letter of Intent will be terminated automatically. Under either of these situations, the total purchased may be less than the amount specified in the Letter of Intent. If such occurs, the Distributor will redeem at NAV to remit to the Distributor and the appropriate authorized dealer an amount equal to the difference between the dollar amount of the sales charge actually paid and the amount of the sales charge that would have been paid on the total purchases if made at one time.
The value of shares of a Fund plus shares of the other open-end ING Funds (including ING Senior Income Fund and excluding any ING Money Market Fund) can be combined with a current purchase to determine the reduced sales charge and applicable offering price of the current purchase. The reduced sales charge apply to quantity purchases made at one time or on a cumulative basis over any period of time by: (i) an investor; (ii) the investors spouse and children under the age of majority; (iii) the investors custodian accounts for the benefit of a child under the Uniform Gift to Minors Act; (iv) a trustee or other fiduciary of a single trust estate or a single fiduciary account (including a pension, profit-sharing, and/or other employee benefit plans qualified under Section 401 of the Code), by trust companies registered investment advisers, banks, and bank trust departments for accounts over which they exercise exclusive investment discretionary authority and which are held in a fiduciary, agency, advisory, custodial, or similar capacity.
The reduced sales charge also applies on a non-cumulative basis, to purchases made at one time by the customers of a single dealer, in excess of $1 million. The Letter of Intent option may be modified or discontinued at any time.
Shares of the Funds and other open-end ING Funds purchased and owned of record or beneficially by a corporation, including employees of a single employer (or affiliates thereof) including shares held by its employees, under one or more retirement plans, can be combined with a current purchase to determine the reduced sales charge and applicable offering price of the current purchase, provided such transactions are not prohibited by one or more provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act or the Code. Individuals and employees should consult with their tax advisors concerning the tax rules applicable to retirement plans before investing.
159
For the purposes of Rights of Accumulation and the Letter of Intent Privilege, shares held by investors in the Funds which impose a CDSC may be combined with Class A shares for a reduced sales charge but will not affect any CDSC which may be imposed upon the redemption of shares of a Fund which imposes a CDSC.
Contingent Deferred Sales Charges
Certain purchases of Class A shares and most Class B and Class C shares may be subject to a CDSC. Shareholders will be charged a CDSC if certain of those shares are redeemed within the applicable time period as stated in the Prospectuses.
No CDSC is imposed on the following:
|
Shares that are no longer subject to the applicable holding period; |
|
Redemption of shares purchased through reinvestment of dividends or capital gain distributions; or |
|
Shares that were exchanged for shares of another fund managed by the Adviser provided that the shares acquired in such exchange and subject exchanges will continue to remain subject o the CDSC, if applicable, until the applicable holding period expires. |
CDSC Waivers
The CDSC will be waived for:
|
Redemptions following the death or disability of the shareholder or beneficial owner if the redemption is made within one year of death or initial determination of permanent disability; |
|
Total or partial redemptions of shares owned by an individual or an individual in joint tenancy (with rights of survivorship) but only for redemptions of shares held at the time of death or initial determination of permanent disability; |
|
Redemptions pursuant to a Systematic Withdrawal Plan provided that such redemptions: |
o |
are limited annually to no more than 12% of the original account value, and |
o |
annually thereafter, provided all dividends and distributions are reinvested and the total redemptions to not exceed 12% annually; and |
|
Total or partial redemption of shares in connection with any mandatory distribution from a tax-deferred retirement plan or an IRA. This waiver does not apply in the case of a tax-free rollover or transfer of assets, other than the one following a separation from services, except that a CDSC or redemption fee may be waived in certain circumstances involving redemptions in connection with a distribution from a qualified employer retirement plan in connection with termination of employment or termination of the employers plan and the transfer to another employers plan or to an IRA. |
A shareholder must notify a Fund either directly or through the Distributor at the time of redemption that the shareholder is entitled to a waiver of CDSC. The waiver will then be granted subject to confirmation of such shareholders entitlement. The CDSC which may be imposed on Class A shares purchased in excess of $1 million will also be waived for registered investment advisers, trust companies, and bank trust departments investing on their own behalf or on behalf of their clients.
These waivers may be changed at any time.
160
Reinstatement Privilege Class C shares
If you sell Class A or Class C shares of a Fund, you may be eligible for a full or prorated credit of the CDSC paid on the sale when you make an investment up to the amount redeemed in the same share class within 90 days of the eligible sale. Reinstated Class C shares will retain their original cost and purchase date for purposes of the CDSC. This privilege can be used only once per calendar year. To exercise this privilege, the written order for the purchase of shares must be received by the Transfer Agent or be postmarked within 90 days after the date of redemption. If a loss is incurred on the redemption and the reinstatement privilege is used, some or all of the loss may not be allowed as a tax deduction.
Conversion - Class B Shares
A shareholders Class B shares will automatically convert to Class A shares in the Fund on the second calendar day of the following month in which the eighth anniversary of the issuance of the Class B shares occurs, together with a pro rata portion of all Class B shares representing dividends and other distributions paid in additional Class B shares. The conversion of Class B shares into Class A shares is subject to the continuing availability of an opinion of counsel or an Internal Revenue Service (IRS) ruling, if ING Investments deems it advisable to obtain such advice, to the effect that: (i) such conversion will not constitute taxable events for federal tax purposes; and (ii) the payment of different dividends on Class A and Class B shares does not result in a Funds dividends or distributions constituting preferential dividends under the Code. The Class B shares so converted will no longer be subject to the higher expenses borne by Class B shares. The conversion will be effected at the relative NAVs per share of the applicable classes.
Dealer Commissions and Other Incentives
At the discretion of the Distributor, all sales charges may at times be re-allowed to an Authorized Dealer. If 90% or more of the sales commission is re-allowed, such Authorized Dealer may be deemed to be an underwriter as that term is defined under the 1933 Act. The sales charge retained by the Distributor and the commissions re-allowed to selling dealers are not an expense of the Funds and have no effect on the NAV of the Funds.
ING Investments, ING IM, or their respective affiliates may make payments to securities dealers that enter into agreements providing the Distributor with preferential access to registered representatives of the securities dealer. These payments may be in an amount up to 0.07% of the total Fund assets held in omnibus accounts or in customer accounts that designate such firm(s) as the selling broker-dealer.
In connection with the sale of shares of the Funds, the Distributor may pay Authorized Dealers of record a sales commission as a percentage of the purchase price. In connection with the sale of Class A shares, the Distributor will re-allow to Authorized Dealers of record from the sales charge on such sales the following amounts:
Class A Shares for all Funds (except ING Short Term Bond Fund)
Dealers Reallowance as a Percentage of Offering Price | ||
Amount of Transaction | Class A | |
Less than $100,000 |
2.00% | |
$100,000 to $499,999 |
1.50% | |
$500,000 to $999,999 |
1.00% | |
$1 million and over |
See below |
161
Class A Shares for ING Short Term Bond Fund
Dealers Reallowance as a Percentage of Offering Price | ||
Amount of Transaction | Class A | |
Less than $100,000 |
2.00% | |
$100,000 to $499,999 |
1.50% | |
$500,000 and over |
See below |
The Distributor may pay to Authorized Dealers, out of its own assets, commissions on shares sold in Class A, Class B, and Class C shares at NAV, which at the time of investment would have been subject to the imposition of a CDSC if redeemed. There is no sales charge on purchases of $1,000,000 or more ($500,000 or more for ING Short Term Bond Fund) of Class A shares. However, such purchases may be subject to a CDSC, as disclosed in the Prospectuses. The Distributor will pay Authorized Dealers of record commissions at the rate of 1.00% on purchases of $1 million or more of Class A shares for all Funds (except ING Short Term Bond Fund) that are subject to a CDSC. With respect to ING Short Term Bond Fund, the Distributor will pay Authorized Dealers of record commissions at the rate of 0.50% purchase of $500,000 or more of Class A shares that are subject to a CDSC.
Also, the Distributor will pay, out of its own assets, a commission of 1.00% of the amount invested for purchases of Class A shares of less than $1 million by qualified retirement plans with 50 or more participants. In connection with qualified retirement plans that invest $1 million or more in Class A shares of a Fund, the Distributor will pay dealer compensation of 1.00% of the purchase price of the shares to the dealer from its own resources at the time of the initial investment.
The Distributor will pay, out of its own assets, a commission of 4.00% of the amount invested for purchases of Class B shares subject to a CDSC. For purchases of Class C shares subject to a CDSC, the Distributor may pay, out of its own assets, a commission of 1.00% of the amount invested of each Fund.
The Distributor may, from time to time and at its discretion, allow a selling dealer to retain 100% of a sales charge and such dealer may therefore be deemed an underwriter under the 1933 Act.
The Distributor, at its expense, may also provide additional promotional incentives to dealers. The incentives may include payment for travel expenses, including lodging, incurred in connection with trips taken by qualifying registered representatives and members of their families to locations within or outside of the United States, merchandise, or other items. For more information on incentives, see Rule 12b-1 Plans in this SAI.
The Distributor may, at its discretion, pay additional cash compensation to its employee sales staff for sales by certain broker-dealers or focus firms. The Distributor may pay up to an additional 0.10% to its employee sales staff for sales that are made by registered representatives of these focus firms. As of the date of this SAI, the focus firms are: A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc.; AIG Financial Advisors, Inc.; Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc., Banc of America Investment Services, Inc.; Banc of America Securities LLC; Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.; Chase Investment Services; Citigroup Global Markets, Inc.; Commonwealth Financial Network; Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc.; Edward Jones; HSBC Securities (USA), Inc.; H & R Block Financial Advisors LLC; Fidelity Brokerage Services, Inc.; ING Advisors Network; Linsco Private Ledger Financial Services; Merrill Lynch; Morgan Keegan; Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc.; Morgan Stanley Dean Witter; Oppenheimer & Co.; Raymond James Financial Services, Inc.; RBC Capital Markets, LLC; UBS Financial Services, Inc.; Wachovia Bank; Wachovia Brokerage Services, Inc.; Wachovia Securities Financial Network, Inc.; Wachovia Securities LLC; Wells Fargo Bank; Wells Fargo Bank N.A.; and Wells Fargo Investments LLC.
162
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, the Distributor received the following amounts in sales charges, in connection with the sales of shares:
Fund | Class A | Class B | Class C | |||||
Sales Charges before Dealer Re-Allowance |
Sales Charges after Dealer Re-Allowance |
Deferred
Sales Charges |
Deferred
Sales Charges |
|||||
ING Floating Rate |
$25,907 | | | $579 | ||||
ING GNMA Income |
$114,861 | | | $12,743 | ||||
ING High Yield Bond |
$7,736 | | | $62 | ||||
ING Intermediate Bond |
$11,793 | $57 | | $1,605 | ||||
ING Short Term Bond (1) |
$32 | | | |
(1) |
The Fund commenced operations on December 19, 2012. The amount of sales charges received reflects the period from December 19, 2012 to March 31, 2013. |
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, the Distributor received the following amounts in sales charges, in connection with the sales of shares:
Fund | Class A | Class B | Class C | |||||
Sales Charges before Dealer Re-Allowance |
Sales Charges after Dealer Re-Allowance |
Deferred
Sales Charges |
Deferred
Sales Charges |
|||||
ING Floating Rate |
$4,477 | | | $415 | ||||
ING GNMA Income |
$58,265 | $21 | | $5,105 | ||||
ING High Yield Bond |
$10,127 | | | $109 | ||||
ING Intermediate Bond |
$10,674 | $1,132 | | $32 |
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011, the Distributor received the following amounts in sales charges, in connection with the sales of shares:
Fund | Class A | Class B | Class C | |||||
Sales Charges before Dealer Re-Allowance |
Sales Charges after Dealer Re-Allowance |
Deferred
Sales Charges |
Deferred
Sales Charges |
|||||
ING Floating Rate (1) |
| | | | ||||
ING GNMA Income |
$65,516 | $5,548 | | $18,769 | ||||
ING High Yield Bond |
$12,312 | | | $611 | ||||
ING Intermediate Bond |
$14,741 | $49 | | $4,201 |
(1) |
The Fund commenced operations on August 17, 2010. The amount of sales charges received reflects the period from August 17, 2010 to March 31, 2011. |
The following table shows all commissions and other compensation received by each principal underwriter, who is an affiliated person of the Funds or an affiliated person of that affiliated person, directly or indirectly, from the Funds during the Funds fiscal year ended March 31, 2013:
Fund |
Name of Principal Underwriter |
Net
Discounts and Commissions |
Compensation
Redemptions
Repurchases |
Brokerage Commissions |
Other Compensation |
|||||
ING Floating Rate |
ING Investments Distributor, LLC |
$21,739 | $579 | $196 | $0 | |||||
ING GNMA Income |
ING Investments Distributor, LLC |
$111,547 | $12,743 | $5453 | $0 | |||||
ING High Yield Bond |
ING Investments Distributor, LLC |
$7,699 | $62 | $1897 | $0 |
163
Fund |
Name of Principal Underwriter |
Net
Discounts and Commissions |
Compensation
Redemptions
Repurchases |
Brokerage Commissions |
Other Compensation |
|||||
ING Intermediate Bond |
ING Investments Distributor, LLC | $10,183 | $1,605 | $4079 | $0 | |||||
ING Investment Grade Credit |
ING Investments Distributor, LLC | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |||||
ING Short Term Bond |
ING Investments Distributor, LLC | $0 | $0 | $212 | $0 |
Exchanges
The following conditions must be met for all exchanges among the Funds: (i) the shares that will be acquired in the exchange (the Acquired Shares) are available for sale in the shareholders state of residence; (ii) the Acquired Shares will be registered to the same shareholder account as the shares to be surrendered (the Exchanged Shares); (iii) the Exchanged Shares must have been held in the shareholders account for at least 30 days prior to the exchange; and (iv) a properly executed exchange request has been received by the Transfer Agent.
Each Fund reserves the right to delay the actual purchase of the Acquired Shares for up to five business days if it determines that it would be disadvantaged by an immediate transfer of proceeds from the redemption of Exchanged Shares. Normally, however, the redemption of Exchanged Shares and the purchase of Acquired Shares will take place on the day that the exchange request is received in proper form. Each Fund reserves the right to terminate or modify its exchange privileges at any time upon prominent notice to shareholders. Such notice will be given at least 60 days in advance. It is the policy of ING to discourage and prevent frequent trading by shareholders among the Funds in response to market fluctuations. Accordingly, in order to maintain a stable asset base in each Fund and to reduce administrative expenses borne by each Fund, ING reserves the right to reject any exchange request.
If you exchange into ING Senior Income Fund, your ability to sell or liquidate your investment will be limited. ING Senior Income Fund is a closed-end interval fund and does not redeem its shares on a daily basis, and it is not expected that a secondary market for the funds shares will develop so you will not be able to sell them through a broker or other investment professional. To provide a measure of liquidity, the fund will normally make monthly repurchase offers of not less than 5% of its outstanding common shares. If more than 5% of the funds common shares are tendered, you may not be able to completely liquidate your holdings in any one month. You also would not have liquidity between these monthly repurchase dates. Investors exercising the exchange privilege should carefully review the prospectus of that fund. Investors may obtain a copy of the ING Senior Income Fund prospectus or any other ING Fund prospectus by calling (800) 992-0180.
You are not required to pay an applicable CDSC upon an exchange from any ING Fund into ING Senior Income Fund. However, if you exchange into ING Senior Income Fund and subsequently offer your common shares for repurchase by that fund, the CDSC will apply from the original ING Fund from which you exchanged. The time period for application of the CDSC will be calculated based on the first date you acquired your shares in the original ING Fund.
Certificates representing shares of a particular Fund will not be issued to shareholders. The Transfer Agent will maintain an account for each shareholder under which the registration and transfer of shares are recorded and any transfers shall be reflected by bookkeeping entry, without physical delivery.
164
The Transfer Agent will require that a shareholder provide requests in writing, accompanied by a valid signature guarantee form, when changing certain information in an account ( i.e. , wiring instructions, telephone privileges, etc.).
Each Trust reserves the right, if conditions exist that make cash payments undesirable, to honor any request for redemption or repurchase order with respect to shares of a Fund by making payment in whole or in part in readily marketable securities chosen by the Fund and valued as they are for purposes of computing the Funds NAV (known as redemption-in-kind). If payment is made in securities, a shareholder may incur transaction expenses in converting these securities to cash. Each Trust has elected, however, to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act as a result of which a Fund is obligated to redeem shares with respect to any one shareholder during any 90-day period solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1.00% of the NAV of the Fund at the beginning of the period.
For investors purchasing shares of a Fund under a tax-qualified individual retirement or pension plan or under a group plan through a person designated for the collection and remittance of monies to be invested in shares of a Fund on a periodic basis, the Fund may, in lieu of furnishing confirmations following each purchase of Fund shares, send statements no less frequently than quarterly pursuant to the provisions of the 1934 Act and the rules thereunder. Such quarterly statements, which would be sent to the investor or to the person designated by the group for distribution to its members, will be made within five business days after the end of each quarterly period and shall reflect all transactions in the investors account during the preceding quarter.
All shareholders will receive a confirmation of each new transaction in their accounts, which will also show the total number of Fund shares owned by each shareholder, the number of shares being held in safekeeping by the Funds Transfer Agent for the account of the shareholder and a cumulative record of the account for the entire year. Shareholders may rely on these statements in lieu of certificates.
Services and Privileges
Pre-Authorized Investment Plan - Class A and Class C shares only
As discussed in the Prospectuses, ING Funds provides a Pre-Authorized Investment Plan for Class A and Class C shares for the convenience of investors who wish to purchase shares of a Fund on a regular basis. Such a Pre-Authorized Investment Plan may be started with an initial investment ($1,000 minimum) and subsequent voluntary purchases ($100 minimum) with no obligation to continue. The Pre-Authorized Investment Plan may be terminated without penalty at any time by the investor or the Funds. The minimum investment requirements may be waived by a Fund for purchases made pursuant to: (i) employer-administered payroll deduction plans; (ii) profit-sharing, pension, or individual or any employee retirement plans; or (iii) purchases made in connection with plans providing for periodic investments in Fund shares.
Systematic Investment Class O Shares Only
The Systematic Investment feature, using the Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) capability, allows you to make monthly investments in Class O shares of a Fund. Capital One ShareBuilder account holders should visit www.sharebuilder.com for more information about systematic investments and detailed instructions on how to establish one.
Education Savings Accounts (ESAs) Class O Shares Only
Class O shares of a Fund may be used for investment in ESAs through Capital One ShareBuilder. Please see the Capital One ShareBuilder pricing and rates schedule at www.sharebuilder.com for details on the fees associated with these accounts.
165
Self-Employed and Corporate Retirement Plans
For self-employed individuals and corporate investors that wish to purchase shares of a Fund, there is available, through the Fund, a Prototype Plan and Custody Agreement. The Custody Agreement provides that BNY Mellon Investment Servicing Trust Company, Wilmington, DE, will act as Custodian under the Prototype Plan, and will furnish custodial services for an annual maintenance fee of $12.00 for each participant, with no other charges (such fee is in addition to the normal custodial charges paid by the Funds). The annual contract maintenance fee may be waived from time to time. For further details, including the right to appoint a successor Custodian, see the Plan and Custody Agreements as provided by the Trusts. Employers who wish to use shares of a Fund under a custodianship with another bank or trust company must make individual arrangements with such institution.
Individual Retirement Accounts
Investors having earned income are eligible to purchase shares of a Fund under an IRA pursuant to Section 408 of the Code. An individual who creates an IRA may contribute annually certain dollar amounts of earned income and an additional amount if there is a non-working spouse. Simple IRA plans that employers may establish on behalf of their employees are also available. Also available are Roth IRA plans that enable employed and self-employed individuals to make non-deductible contributions and, under certain circumstances, effect tax-free withdrawals. Copies of a model Custodial Account Agreement are available from the Distributor. BNY Mellon Investment Servicing Trust Company, Wilmington, DE, will act as the Custodian under this model Agreement for which it will charge the investor an annual fee of $12.00 for maintaining the Account (such fee is in addition to the normal custodial charges paid by the Funds). Full details on the IRA are contained in an IRS required disclosure statement and the Custodian will not open an IRA until seven days after the investor has received such statement from the Trusts. An IRA using shares of a Fund may also be used by employers who have adopted a Simplified Employee Pension Plan.
Purchases of Fund shares by Section 403(b) and other retirement plans are also available. Section 403(b) plans are generally arrangements by a public school organization or a charitable, educational, or scientific organization which employees are permitted to take advantage of the federal income tax deferral benefits provided for in Section 403(b) of the Code. It is advisable for an investor considering the funding of any retirement plan to consult with an attorney or to obtain advice from a competent retirement plan consultant.
ING Intermediate Bond Fund may be used for investment in individual retirement accounts (IRAs), including Roth IRAs. For more information on Roth IRA accounts and fees, please visit Capital One ShareBuilder at www.sharebuilder.com .
Telephone Redemption and Exchange Privileges
As discussed in the Prospectuses, the telephone redemption and exchange privileges are available for all shareholder accounts. However, retirement accounts may not utilize the telephone redemption privilege. The telephone privileges may be modified or terminated at any time. The privileges are subject to the conditions and provisions set forth below and in the Prospectuses.
Telephone redemption and/or exchange instructions received in good order before the pricing of a Fund on any day on which the NYSE is open for business (a Business Day), but not later than close of regular trading (Market Close), will be processed at that days closing NAV. For each exchange, the shareholders account may be charged an exchange fee. There is no fee for telephone redemptions. However, redemptions of Class A, Class B, and Class C shares may be subject to a CDSC (See Sales Charges in the Prospectuses).
166
Telephone redemptions and/or exchange instructions should be made by dialing 1-800-992-0180.
|
ING Funds will not permit exchanges in violation of any of the terms and conditions set forth in the Funds Prospectuses or herein. |
|
Telephone redemption requests must meet the following conditions to be accepted by ING Funds: |
|
Proceeds of the redemption may be directly deposited into a predetermined bank account, or mailed to the current address on record. This address cannot reflect any change within the previous 30 days. |
|
Certain account information will need to be provided for verification purposes before the redemption will be executed. |
|
Only one telephone redemption (where proceeds are being mailed to the address of record) can be processed within a 30 day period. |
|
The maximum amount which can be liquidated and sent to the address of record at any one time is $100,000. |
|
The minimum amount which can be liquidated and sent to a predetermined bank account is $5,000. |
|
If the exchange involves the establishment of a new account, the dollar amount being exchanged must at least equal the minimum investment requirement of the ING Fund being acquired. |
|
Any new account established through the exchange privilege will have the same account information and options except as stated in the Prospectuses. |
|
Certificated shares cannot be redeemed or exchanged by telephone but must be forwarded to ING Funds at P.O. Box 9772, Providence, RI 02940-9772 and deposited into your account before any transaction may be processed. |
If a portion of the shares to be exchanged are held in escrow in connection with a Letter of Intent, the smallest number of full shares of the ING Fund to be purchased on the exchange having the same aggregate NAV as the shares being exchanged shall be substituted in the escrow account. Shares held in escrow may not be redeemed until the Letter of Intent has expired and/or the appropriate adjustments have been made to the account.
Shares may not be exchanged and/or redeemed unless an exchange and/or redemption privilege is offered pursuant to the Funds then-current Prospectuses.
Proceeds of a redemption may be delayed up to 15 days or longer until the check used to purchase the shares being redeemed has been paid by the bank upon which it was drawn.
Systematic Withdrawal Plan Class A, Class B, Class C, Class I, and Class W Shares Only
The Funds have established a Systematic Withdrawal Plan (Plan) to allow you to make periodic withdrawals from your account in any fixed amount in excess of $100 ($1,000 in the case of Class I and Class W shares) to yourself, or to anyone else you properly designate, as long as the account has a current value of at least $10,000 ($250,000 in the case of Class I shares and $1,000 in the case of Class W shares). To establish a systematic cash withdrawal, complete the Systematic Withdrawal Plan section of the Account Application. To have funds deposited to your bank account, follow the instructions on the Account Application. You may elect to have monthly, quarterly, semi-annual, or annual payments. You may change the amount, frequency and payee, or terminate the plan by giving written notice to the Transfer Agent. A Plan may be modified at any time by the Funds or terminated upon written notice by a relevant Fund.
A CDSC may be applied to withdrawals made under this plan. As shares of a Fund are redeemed under the Plan, you may realize a capital gain or loss for income tax purposes. Please consult your tax adviser.
167
Additional Information
The Funds Transfer Agent will maintain your account information. Account statements will be sent at least quarterly. A Form 1099 generally will also be sent each year by January 31. Annual and semiannual reports will also be sent to shareholders. The transfer agent may charge you a fee for special requests such as historical transcripts of your account and copies of cancelled checks.
Consolidated statements reflecting current values, share balances, and year-to-date transactions generally will be sent to you each quarter. All accounts identified by the same social security number and address will be consolidated. For example, you could receive a consolidated statement showing your individual and IRA accounts.
As noted in the Prospectuses, the NAV and offering price of each class of each Funds shares will be determined once daily as of Market Close on the NYSE (normally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time unless otherwise designated by the NYSE) during each day on which the NYSE is open for trading. As of the date of this SAI, the NYSE is closed on the following holidays: New Years Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day.
Portfolio securities listed or traded on a national securities exchange will be valued at the last reported sale price on the valuation day. Securities traded on an exchange for which there has been no sale that day and other securities traded in the OTC market will be valued at the mean between the last reported bid and asked prices on the valuation day. Portfolio securities reported by NASDAQ will be valued at the NASDAQ Official Closing Price on the valuation day. In cases in which securities are traded on more than one exchange, the securities are valued on the exchange that is normally the primary market. Investments in securities maturing in 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost which, when combined with accrued interest, approximates market value. This involves valuing a security at cost on the date of acquisition and thereafter assuming a constant accretion of a discount or amortization of a premium to maturity, regardless of the impact of fluctuating interest rates on the market value of the instrument. While this method provides certainty in valuation, it may result in periods during which value, as determined by amortized cost, is higher or lower than the price a Fund would receive if it sold the instrument. (See How Shares are Priced section in the Prospectuses.) The long-term debt obligations held in a Funds portfolio will be valued at the mean between the most recent bid and asked prices as obtained from one or more dealers that make markets in the securities when OTC market quotations are readily available.
Securities and assets for which market quotations are not readily available (which may include certain restricted securities which are subject to limitations as to their sale) or are deemed unreliable, are valued at their fair values as determined in good faith by or under the supervision of a Funds Board, in accordance with methods that are specifically authorized by the Board. Securities traded on exchanges, including foreign exchanges, which close earlier than the time that a Fund calculates its NAV, may also be valued at their fair values as determined in good faith by or under the supervision of a Funds Board, in accordance with methods that are specifically authorized by the Board. The valuation techniques applied in any specific instance may vary from case to case. With respect to a restricted security for example, consideration is generally given to the cost of the investment, the market value of any unrestricted securities of the same class at the time of valuation, the potential expiration of restrictions on the security, the existence of any registration rights, the costs to the Fund related to registration of the security, as well as factors relevant to the issuer itself. Consideration may also be given to the price and extent of any public trading in similar securities of the issuer or comparable companies securities.
The value of a foreign security traded on an exchange outside the United States is generally based on its price on the principal foreign exchange where it trades as of the time a Fund determines its NAV or, if the foreign exchange closes prior to the time the Fund determines its NAV, the most recent closing price of the foreign security on its principal exchange. Trading in certain non-U.S. securities may not take place on all days on which the NYSE is
168
open. Further, trading takes place in various foreign markets on days which the NYSE is not open. Consequently, the calculation of a Funds NAV may not take place contemporaneously with the determination of the prices of securities held by the Fund in foreign securities markets. Further, the value of a Funds assets may be significantly affected by foreign trading on days when a shareholder cannot purchase or redeem shares of the Fund. In calculating a Funds NAV, foreign securities in foreign currency are converted to U.S. dollar equivalents.
If an event occurs after the time at which the market for foreign securities held by a Fund closes but before the time that a Funds NAV is calculated, such event may cause the closing price on the foreign exchange to not represent a readily available reliable market value quotation for such securities at the time the Fund determines its NAV. In such a case, a Fund will use the fair value of such securities as determined under the Funds valuation procedures. Events after the close of trading on a foreign market that could require a Fund to fair value some or all of its foreign securities include, among others, securities trading in the United States and other markets, corporate announcements, natural and other disasters, and political and other events. Among other elements of analysis in the determination of a securitys fair value, the Board has authorized the use of one or more independent research services to assist with such determinations. An independent research service may use statistical analyses and quantitative models to help determine fair value as of the time a Fund calculates its NAV. There can be no assurance that such models accurately reflect the behavior of the applicable markets or the effect of such behavior of such markets on the fair value of securities, nor that such markets will continue to behave in a fashion that is consistent with such models. Unlike the closing price of a security on an exchange, fair value determinations employ elements of judgment. Consequently, the fair value assigned to a security may not represent the actual value that a Fund could obtain if it were to sell the security at the time of the close of the NYSE. Pursuant to procedures adopted by the Board, the Funds are not obligated to use the fair valuations suggested by any research service, and valuation recommendations provided by such research services may be overridden if other events have occurred or if other fair valuations are determined in good faith to be more accurate. Unless an event is such that it causes a Fund to determine that the closing prices for one or more securities do not represent readily available reliable market value quotations at the time the Fund determines its NAV, events that occur between the time of close of the foreign market on which it is traded and the close of the regular trading on the NYSE will not be reflected in the Funds NAV.
Options on securities, currencies, futures, and other financial instruments purchased by a Fund are valued at their last bid price. If an option does not trade on a particular day, the bid price will be used if the Fund is long in the option and the ask price will be used if the Fund is short in the option. If either the bid or the ask price is not available, exchange-traded options will be valued using an industry accepted model such as Black Scholes. Options that are traded OTC will be valued using one of three methods: (1) dealer quotes; (2) industry models with objective inputs; or (3) by using a benchmark arrived at by comparing prior day dealer quotes with the corresponding change in the underlying security or index.
The fair value of other assets is added to the value of all securities positions to arrive at the value of a Funds total assets. A Funds liabilities, including accruals for expenses, are deducted from its total assets. Once the total value of a Funds net assets is so determined, that value is then divided by the total number of shares outstanding (excluding treasury shares) and the result, rounded to the nearest cent, is the NAV per share.
In computing the NAV for a class of shares of a Fund, all class-specific liabilities incurred or accrued are deducted from the class net assets. The resulting net assets are divided by the number of shares of the class outstanding at the time of the valuation and the result, rounded to the nearest cent, is the NAV per share.
The per share NAV of Class A shares generally will be higher than the per share NAV of shares of the other classes, reflecting daily expense accruals of the higher service fees applicable to other share classes. It is expected, however, that the per share NAV of the classes will tend to converge immediately after the payment of dividends or distributions that will differ by approximately the amount of the expense accrual differentials between the classes, will tend to converge immediately after the payment of dividends or distributions (excluding Class O shares).
169
Orders received by dealers prior to Market Close will be confirmed at the offering price computed as of the Market Close provided the order is received by the Transfer Agent prior to Market Close that same day. It is the responsibility of the dealer to insure that all orders are transmitted timely to a Fund. Orders received by dealers after Market Close will be confirmed at the next computed offering price as described in the Prospectuses.
The following discussion summarizes certain U.S. federal income tax considerations generally affecting each Fund and its shareholders. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of the tax treatment of each Fund and no explanation is provided with respect to the tax treatment of any Fund shareholder. This discussion does not provide a detailed explanation of all tax consequences, and shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences to them of an investment in the Funds. This discussion is based on the Code, U.S. Treasury Regulations issued thereunder, and judicial and administrative authorities as in effect on the date of this SAI, all of which are subject to change and, which change may be retroactive. In addition, future legislative, administrative changes, or court decisions may significantly change the conclusions expressed herein, and any such changes or decisions may have a retroactive effect with respect to the transactions contemplated herein.
Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company
Each Fund has elected (or will elect) to be taxed and intends to qualify as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. As a RIC, a Fund is not subject to federal income tax on the portion of its investment company taxable income ( i.e ., taxable interest, dividends, and other taxable ordinary income net of expenses, and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses) and net capital gain ( i.e ., the excess of net long-term capital gains over the sum on net short-term capital losses and capital loss carryovers from prior years) that it distributes to shareholders, provided that it distributes at least 90% of its investment company taxable income for the taxable year (the Distribution Requirement), and satisfies certain other requirements of the Code that are described in this section.
Distributions by a Fund made during the taxable year or, under specified circumstances, within 12 months after the close of the taxable year, will be considered distributions of income and gains of the taxable year and will therefore satisfy the Distribution Requirement.
In addition to satisfying the Distribution Requirement, a RIC must derive at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership, and other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stocks, securities, or currencies (Income Requirement).
In addition to satisfying the requirements described above, each Fund must satisfy an asset diversification test in order to qualify as a RIC. Under this test, at the close of each quarter of a Funds taxable year, at least 50% of the value of the Funds assets must consist of cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs, and securities of other issuers (as to which the Fund has not invested more than 5% of the value of the Funds total assets in securities of such issuer and does not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer) and no more than 25% of the value of the its total assets may be invested in the securities of any one issuer (other than U.S. government securities and securities of other RICs) of any two or more issuers which the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships. Generally, an option (call or put) with respect to a security is treated as issued by the issuer of the security not the issuer of the option. However, with regard to foreign currency contracts, there does not appear to be any formal or informal authority which identifies the issuer of such instrument.
170
If, in any taxable year, a Fund does not qualify as a RIC, all of its taxable income (including its net capital gain) will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders and such distributions will be taxable to the shareholders as dividend income to the extent of the Funds current and accumulated earnings and profits. Such distributions generally will be eligible for the dividends-received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders.
Excise Tax on Regulated Investment Companies
A 4% non-deductible excise tax is imposed on a RIC that fails to distribute, in each calendar year, an amount equal to 98% of ordinary taxable income for the calendar year and 98.2% of capital gain net income for the one-year period ended on October 31 of such calendar year (or, at the election of a RIC having a taxable year ending November 30 or December 31, for its taxable year (a taxable year election)). The balance of such income must be distributed during the next calendar year. For the foregoing purposes, a RIC is treated as having distributed any amount on which it is subject to income tax for any taxable year ending in such calendar year.
For purposes of the excise tax, a RIC shall: (i) reduce its capital gain net income (but not below its net capital gain) by the amount of any net ordinary loss for the calendar year; and (ii) exclude foreign currency gains and losses from Section 988 transactions (and certain other ordinary gains and losses) incurred after October 31 of any year (or after the end of its taxable year if it has made a taxable year election) in determining the amount of ordinary taxable income for the current calendar year (and, instead, include such gains and losses in determining ordinary taxable income for the succeeding calendar year).
Each Fund intends to make sufficient distributions or deemed distributions of its ordinary taxable income and capital gain net income prior to the end of each calendar year to avoid liability for the excise tax. However, investors should note that a Fund may, in certain circumstances, be required to liquidate portfolio investments to make sufficient distributions to avoid excise tax liability.
Cost Basis Reporting
Effective January 1, 2012, the Internal Revenue Service requires mutual fund companies and brokers to report on Form 1099-B the cost basis on the sale or exchange of Fund shares acquired on or after January 1, 2012 (covered shares). If you acquire and hold shares directly through a Fund and not through a financial intermediary, the Fund will use an average cost single category (ACSC) methodology for tracking and reporting your cost basis on covered shares, unless you request, in writing, another cost basis reporting methodology.
The available methods for reporting your cost basis include those set out in the chart below:
ACSC |
Shares are depleted on a first-in, first-out basis with the cost basis calculated by multiplying the shares redeemed by the average cost per share on all shares purchased on or after January 1, 2012. | |
FIFO (First In, First Out) |
Oldest shares purchased are redeemed first. |
|
LIFO (Last In, First Out) |
Most recent shares purchased are redeemed first. |
|
HIFO (Highest Cost In, First Out) |
Shares with highest cost basis are redeemed first. |
|
LOFO (Lowest Cost In First Out) |
Shares with lowest cost basis are redeemed first. |
|
HILT (Highest Cost Long Term In, First Out) |
Will redeem the long-term highest cost available shares first. |
|
HIST (Highest Cost Short Term In, First Out) |
Will redeem the short-term highest cost available shares first. |
|
LILT (Lowest Cost Long Term In, First Out) |
Will redeem the long-term lowest cost available shares first. |
|
LIST (Lowest Cost Short Term In, First Out) |
Will redeem the short-term lowest cost available shares first. |
|
Specific Lot Depletion |
The shares sold are specifically identified by you at the time of redemption. |
You may elect which method you want to use by notifying the Funds in writing. This election may be revoked or changed by you at any time up to the date of your first redemption of covered shares. If you do not affirmatively
171
elect a cost basis method then the Funds default cost basis calculation method, which is currently the ACSC method, will be applied to your account(s). The default method will also be applied to all new accounts established unless otherwise requested by you.
If you acquire and hold shares of a Fund through a financial intermediary, please contact your financial intermediary for information related to cost basis defaults, cost basis selection, and cost basis reporting.
It is important for you to consult with your own tax advisor when selecting which cost basis tracking and relief methodology is in your best interest.
Capital Loss Carryforwards
Pursuant to recently enacted legislation, net capital losses incurred in taxable years beginning after December 22, 2010 can be carried forward without expiration. Capital loss carryforwards which may be used to offset future realized capital gains for federal income tax purposes were as follows as of March 31, 2013:
Fund | Amount | Expiration Dates | ||
ING High Yield Bond |
$(13,191,904) | 2015 | ||
$(9,006,267 | 2017 | |||
$(14,980,165) | 2018 | |||
Total |
$(37,178,336) | |||
|
||||
ING Intermediate Bond Total |
$(129,620,820) | 2018 |
Dividends and Distributions
Dividends of investment company taxable income (including net short-term capital gains) are generally taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. Distributions of investment company taxable income may be eligible for the corporate dividends-received deduction and, as discussed herein, also may be eligible for federal income taxation at long-term capital gains rates in the case of individual shareholders, to the extent attributable to a Funds qualified dividend income from certain corporations, and if other applicable requirements are met including, in the case of corporate dividends-received deduction, a requirement that the dividends must have been paid by a U.S. corporation. However, none of the Funds expects to derive a material amount of dividend income from U.S. corporations. Furthermore, the alternative minimum tax applicable to corporations may reduce the benefit of the corporate dividends-received deduction.
Distributions of net capital gains (the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) designated by a Fund as capital gain dividends are not eligible for the corporate dividends-received deduction and will generally be taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gains, regardless of the length of time the Funds shares have been held by a shareholder. Net capital gains from assets held for one year or less will be taxed as ordinary income.
Generally, dividends and distributions are taxable to shareholders, whether received in cash or reinvested in shares of a Fund. Any distributions that are not from a Funds investment company taxable income or net capital gain may be characterized as a return of capital to shareholders or, in some cases, as capital gain. Shareholders will be notified annually as to the federal tax status of dividends and distributions they receive and any tax withheld thereon.
The maximum individual rate applicable to qualified dividend income and long-term capital gains is generally either 15% or 20%, depending on whether the individuals income exceeds certain threshold amounts. The rate reductions do not apply to corporate taxpayers. Each Fund will be able to separately designate distributions of any qualifying long-term capital gains or qualifying dividends derived by the Fund that would be eligible for the lower
172
maximum rate. A shareholder and a Fund would also have to satisfy a 60 day holding period with respect to any distributions of qualifying dividends in order to obtain the benefit of the lower rate. Distributions of earnings from a Fund of non-qualifying dividends, interest income, other types of ordinary income, and short-term capital gains will be taxed at the ordinary income tax rate applicable to the taxpayer. The Funds anticipate that all or substantially all of their dividends will be taxed as ordinary income that would not be qualifying dividends or for the lower tax rate currently applicable for qualified dividend income payable to non-corporate shareholders.
Dividends, including capital gain dividends, declared in October, November, or December with a record date in such month and paid during the following January will be treated as having been paid by a Fund and received by shareholders on December 31 of the calendar year in which declared, rather than the calendar year in which the dividends are actually received.
Original Issue Discount and Market Discount
Certain debt securities acquired by a Fund may be treated as debt securities that were originally issued at a discount. Original issue discount can generally be defined as the difference between the price at which a security was issued and its stated redemption price at maturity. Although no cash income is actually received by a Fund, original issue discount that accrues on a debt security in a given year generally is treated for federal income tax purposes as interest and, therefore, such income would be subject to the distribution requirements of the Code.
Some of the debt securities may be purchased by a Fund at a discount which exceeds the original issue discount on such debt securities, if any. This additional discount represents market discount for federal income tax purposes. The gain realized on the disposition of any taxable debt security having market discount generally will be treated as ordinary income to the extent it does not exceed the accrued market discount on such debt security. If the amount of market discount is more than a de minimis amount, a portion of such market discount must be included as ordinary income (not capital gain) by a Fund in each taxable year in which such Fund owns an interest in such debt security and receives a principal payment on it. In particular, a Fund will be required to allocate that principal payment first to the portion of the market discount on the debt security that has accrued but has not previously been included in income. In general the amount of market discount that must be included for each period is equal to the lesser of: (i) the amount of market discount accruing during such period (plus any accrued market discount for prior periods not previously taken into account); or (ii) the amount of the principal payment with respect to such period. Generally, market discount accrues on a daily basis for each day the debt security is held by a Fund at a constant rate over the time remaining to the debt securitys maturity or, at the election of a Fund, at a constant yield to maturity which takes into account the semi-annual compounding of interest.
Foreign Currency Transactions
Under the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates which occur between the time a Fund accrues income or other receivable or accrues expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time a Fund actually collects such receivable or pays such liabilities generally are treated as ordinary income or ordinary loss. Similarly, on disposition of debt securities denominated in a foreign currency and on disposition of certain financial contracts and options, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in the value of foreign currency between the date of acquisition of the security or contract and the date of disposition also are treated as ordinary gain or loss. These gains and losses, referred to under the Code as section 988 gains and losses, may increase or decrease the amount of a Funds net investment income to be distributed to its shareholders as ordinary income.
Passive Foreign Investment Companies (PFICs)
A Fund may invest in stocks of foreign companies that are classified under the Code as PFICs. In general, a foreign company is classified as a PFIC if at least one-half of its assets constitute assets which produce passive ( i.e. ,
173
investment type) income or held for the production of passive income or 75% or more of its gross income is passive income. Under the PFIC rules, an excess distribution received with respect to PFIC stock is treated as having been realized ratably over the period during which a Fund held the PFIC stock. A Fund itself will be subject to tax on the portion, if any, of the excess distribution that is allocated to that Funds holding period in prior taxable years (and an interest factor will be added to the tax, as if the tax had actually been payable in such prior taxable years) even though the Fund distributes the corresponding income to shareholders. Excess distributions include any gain from the sale of PFIC stock as well as certain distributions from a PFIC. All excess distributions are taxable as ordinary income.
A Fund may be able to elect alternative tax treatment with respect to PFIC stock. Under an election that currently may be available, a Fund generally would be required to include in its gross income its share of the earnings of a PFIC on a current basis, regardless of whether any distributions are received from the PFIC. If this election is made, the special rules, discussed above, relating to the taxation of excess distributions, would not apply. Alternatively, another election may be available that involves marking to market the Funds PFIC stock at the end of each taxable year with the result that unrealized gains are treated as though they were realized and are reported as ordinary income; any marked-to-market losses, as well as loss from an actual disposition of PFIC stock, are reported as ordinary loss to the extent of any net marked-to-market gains included in income in prior years.
Because the application of the PFIC rules may affect, among other things, the character of gains, the amount of gain or loss and the timing of the recognition of income with respect to PFIC stock, as well as subject each Fund itself to tax on certain income from PFIC stock, the amount that must be distributed to shareholders, and which will be taxed to shareholders as ordinary income or long-term capital gain, may be increased or decreased substantially as compared to a fund that did not invest in PFIC stock. Note that distributions from a PFIC are not eligible for the reduced rate of tax on qualifying dividends.
Foreign Withholding Taxes
Income received by a Fund from sources within foreign countries may be subject to withholding and other income or similar taxes imposed by such countries. If more than 50% of the value of a Funds total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of securities of foreign corporations, that Fund will be eligible and may elect to pass through to the Funds shareholders the amount of foreign income and similar taxes paid by that Fund. Pursuant to this election, a shareholder will be required to include in gross income (in addition to taxable dividends actually received) his pro rata share of the foreign taxes paid by a Fund, and may be entitled either to deduct (as an itemized deduction) his pro rata share of foreign income and similar taxes in computing his taxable income or to use it as a foreign tax credit against his U.S. federal income tax liability, subject to certain limitations. It is not expected that the Funds will be able to make the election. If a Fund is not eligible to make the election to pass through to its shareholders its foreign taxes, the foreign income taxes it pays generally will reduce investment company taxable income.
Options, Hedging Transactions, and Certain Financial Instruments
The taxation of equity options (including options on narrow-based stock indices) and OTC options on debt securities is governed by Section 1234 of the Code. Pursuant to Section 1234 of the Code, with respect to a put or call option that is purchased by a Fund, if the option is sold, any resulting gain or loss will be a capital gain or loss, and will be short term or long term, depending upon the holding period of the option. If the option expires, the resulting loss is a capital loss and is short term or long term, depending upon the holding period of the option. If the option is exercised, the cost of the option, in the case of a call option, is added to the basis of the purchased security and, in the case of a put option, reduces the amount realized on the underlying security in determining gain or loss.
Certain options and financial contracts in which the Funds may invest are section 1256 contracts. Gains or losses on section 1256 contracts generally are considered 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gains or losses;
174
however, foreign currency gains or losses (as discussed herein) arising from certain section 1256 contracts may be treated as ordinary income or loss. Also, section 1256 contracts held by a Fund at the end of each taxable year (and on certain other dates as prescribed under the Code) are marked-to-market with the result that unrealized gains or losses are treated as though they were realized.
Generally, the hedging transactions undertaken by a Fund may result in straddles for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The straddle rules may affect the character of gains (or losses) realized by a Fund. In addition, losses realized by a Fund on positions that are part of the straddle may be deferred under the straddle rules, rather than being taken into account in calculating the taxable income for the taxable year in which the losses are realized. Because only a few regulations implementing the straddle rules have been promulgated, the tax consequences to a Fund of hedging transactions are not entirely clear. The hedging transactions may increase the amount of short-term capital gain realized by a Fund which is taxed as ordinary income when distributed to shareholders.
A Fund may make one or more of the elections available under the Code which are applicable to straddles. If a Fund makes any of the elections, the amount, character, and timing of the recognition of gains or losses from the affected straddle positions will be determined under rules that vary according to the election(s) made. The rules applicable under certain of the elections may operate to accelerate the recognition of gains or losses from the affected straddle positions.
Because application of the straddle rules may affect the character of gains or losses, defer losses and/or accelerate the recognition of gains or losses from the affected straddle positions, the amount which must be distributed to shareholders and which will be taxed to shareholders as ordinary income or long-term capital gain may be increased or decreased as compared to a fund that did not engage in such hedging transactions.
Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, a Fund may recognize gain (but not loss) from a constructive sale of certain appreciated financial positions if the Fund enters into a short sale, notional principal contract, futures, or forward contract transaction with respect to the appreciated position or substantially identical property. Appreciated financial positions subject to this constructive sale treatment are interests (including options, futures, forward contracts, and short sales) in stock, partnership interests, certain actively traded trust instruments, and certain debt instruments. Constructive sale treatment does not apply to certain transactions closed in the 90-day period ending with the 30 th day after the close of a Funds taxable year, if certain conditions are met.
Certain hedging activities may cause a dividend that would otherwise be subject to the lower tax rate applicable to a qualified dividend, to instead be taxed as the rate of tax applicable to ordinary income.
Requirements relating to each Funds tax status as a RIC may limit the extent to which a Fund will be able to engage in transactions in options and foreign currency forward contracts.
Short Sales Against the Box
If a Fund sells short against the box, unless certain constructive sale rules (discussed above) apply, it may realize a capital gain or loss upon the closing of the sale. Such gain or loss generally will be long or short term depending upon the length of time a Fund held the security which it sold short. In some circumstances, short sales may have the effect of reducing an otherwise applicable holding period of a security in the portfolio. However, the constructive sale rule alters this treatment by treating certain short sales against the box and other transactions as a constructive sale of the underlying security held by a Fund, thereby requiring current recognition of gain, as described more fully under Options and Hedging Transactions. Similarly, if a Fund enters into a short sale of property that becomes substantially worthless, the Fund will recognize gain at that time as though it had closed the short sale. Future U.S. Treasury regulations may apply similar treatment to other transactions with respect to property that becomes substantially worthless.
175
Other Investment Companies
It is possible that by investing in other investment companies, a Fund may not be able to meet the calendar year distribution requirement and may be subject to federal income and excise tax. The diversification and distribution requirements applicable to each Fund may limit the extent to which each Fund will be able to invest in other investment companies. When a Fund invests in other investment companies, shareholders of the Fund bear their proportionate share of the underlying investment companys fees and expenses.
Sale or Other Disposition of Shares
Upon the sale or exchange of shares, a shareholder generally will realize a taxable gain or loss depending upon the basis in the shares. Such gain or loss will be treated as capital gain or loss if the shares are capital assets in the shareholders hands, which generally may be eligible for reduced federal tax rates, depending on the shareholders holding period for the shares. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent that the shares disposed of are replaced (including replacement through the reinvesting of dividends and capital gain distributions in a Fund) within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition of the shares. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on the sale of a Funds shares held by the shareholder for six months or less will be treated for federal income tax purposes as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions of capital gain dividends received by the shareholder with respect to such shares.
In some cases, shareholders will not be permitted to take sales charges into account for purposes of determining the amount of gain or loss realized on the disposition of their shares. This prohibition generally applies where: (i) the shareholder incurs a sales charge in acquiring the stock of a RIC; (ii) the stock is disposed of before the 91 st day after the date on which it was acquired; (iii) the shareholder subsequently acquires shares of the same or another RIC and the otherwise applicable sales charge is reduced or eliminated under a reinvestment right received upon the initial purchase of shares of stock; and (iv) the subsequently purchased shares are acquired no later than January 31 st of the following calendar year. In that case, the gain or loss recognized will be determined by excluding from the tax basis of the shares exchanged all or a portion of the sales charge incurred in acquiring those shares. This exclusion applies to the extent that the otherwise applicable sales charge with respect to the newly acquired shares is reduced as a result of having incurred a sales charge initially. Sales charges affected by this rule are treated as if they were incurred with respect to the stock acquired under the reinvestment right. This provision may be applied to successive acquisitions of stock.
Medicare Tax
For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, an additional 3.8% Medicare tax will be imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from a Fund and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of Fund shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such persons modified adjusted gross income (in the case of an individual) or adjusted gross income (in the case of an estate or trust) exceed certain threshold amounts.
Backup Withholding
Each Fund generally will be required to withhold federal income tax (currently at a rate of 28% ) (backup withholding) from dividends paid, capital gain distributions, and reportable redemption proceeds to shareholders if: (i) the shareholder fails to furnish a Fund with the shareholders correct taxpayer identification number or social security number and to make such certifications as a Fund may require; (ii) the IRS notifies the shareholder or a Fund that the taxpayer identification number or social security number furnished by the shareholder is incorrect; (iii) the IRS notifies the shareholder or a Fund that the shareholder has failed to report properly certain interest and dividend income to the IRS and to respond to notices to that effect; or (iv) when required to do so, the shareholder fails to certify that he is not subject to backup withholding. Any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholders federal income tax liability.
176
Foreign Shareholders
Taxation of a shareholder who, as to the United States, is a nonresident alien individual, foreign trust or estate, foreign corporation, or foreign partnership (foreign shareholder), depends on whether the income from a Fund is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on by such shareholder. If the income from a Fund is not effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on by a foreign shareholder, ordinary income dividends (including distributions of any net short-term capital gains) will generally be subject to U.S. withholding tax at the rate of 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate) upon the gross amount of the dividend. Note that the preferential rate of tax applicable to certain dividends (discussed above) does not apply to dividends paid to foreign shareholders.
Such a foreign shareholder would generally be exempt from U.S. federal income tax on gains realized on the sale of shares of a Fund, and distributions of net long-term capital gains that are designated as capital gain dividends. If the income from a Fund is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on by a foreign shareholder, then ordinary income dividends, capital gain dividends and any gains realized upon the sale of shares of the Fund will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rates generally applicable to U.S. citizens or domestic corporations, and an additional branch profits tax may apply if the recipient foreign shareholder is classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Effective January 1, 2014, the Funds will be required to withhold U.S. tax (at a 30% rate) on payments of taxable dividends and (effective January 1, 2017) redemption proceeds made to certain non-U.S. entities that fail to comply (or be deemed compliant) with extensive new reporting and withholding requirements designed to inform the U.S. Department of the Treasury of U.S.-owned foreign investment accounts. Shareholders may be requested to provide additional information to the Funds to enable the Funds to determine whether withholding is required.
For taxable years beginning before January 1, 2014 (unless further extended by Congress), properly designated dividends received by a nonresident alien or foreign entity are generally exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax when they (a) are paid in respect of a Funds qualified net interest income (generally, a Funds U.S. source interest income, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income), or (b) are paid in connection with a Funds qualified short-term capital gains (generally, the excess of a Funds net short-term capital gain over the Funds long-term capital loss for such taxable year). However, depending on the circumstances, a Fund may designate all, some or none of the Funds potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains, and a apportion of the Funds distribution (e.g. interest from non U.S. sources or any foreign currency gains) would be ineligible for this potential exemption from withholding. There can be no assurance as to whether or not legislation will be enacted to extend this exemption.
Also, foreign shareholders may be subject to U.S. estate taxes with respect to their Fund shares.
Other Taxes
Distributions also may be subject to state, local and foreign taxes.
Effects of Future Legislation; Local Tax Considerations
The foregoing general discussion of U.S. federal income tax consequences is based on the Code and the U.S. Treasury Regulations issued thereunder as in effect on the date of this SAI. Future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions may significantly change the conclusions expressed herein, and any such changes or decisions may have a retroactive effect with respect to the transactions contemplated herein.
177
Rules of state and local taxation often differ from the rules for U.S. federal income taxation described above. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisers as to the consequences of state and local tax rules affecting investment in a Fund.
The foregoing is only a general summary of some of the applicable provisions of the Code and U.S. Treasury Regulations now in effect as currently interpreted by the courts and the IRS. The Code and these Regulations, as well as the current interpretations thereof, may change at any time. No attempt is made to present a complete explanation of the federal tax treatment of each Funds activities, and this discussion and the discussion in the prospectus and/or statements of additional information for the Funds are not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. Accordingly, potential investors are urged to consult their own tax advisers for more detailed information and for information regarding any state, local, or foreign taxes applicable to the Funds and the holders thereof.
This discussion does not purport to deal with all of the tax consequences applicable to shareholders. Shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers for details with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in a Fund.
CALCULATION OF PERFORMANCE DATA
From time to time, a Fund may advertise its average annual total returns over various periods of time. These total return figures show the average percentage change in value of an investment in a Fund from the beginning date of the measuring period. These figures reflect changes in the price of a Funds shares and assume that any income dividends and/or distributions made by the Fund during the period were reinvested in shares of the Fund. Figures will be given for one, five, and ten year periods (if applicable) and may be given for other periods as well (such as from commencement of a Funds operations, or on a year-by-year basis).
Average Annual Total Return Information
Each Fund may, from time to time, include total return in advertisements or reports to shareholders or prospective investors. Quotations of average annual total return will be expressed in terms of the average annual compounded rate of return of a hypothetical investment in a Fund over periods of one, five, and ten years (up to the life of the Fund), calculated pursuant to the following formula which is prescribed by the SEC:
P(1 + T) n = ERV
Where: |
P | = |
a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000, |
|||
T | = |
the average annual total return, |
||||
n | = |
the number of years, and |
||||
ERV | = |
the ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment made at the beginning of the period. |
All total return figures assume that all dividends and/or distributions are reinvested when paid.
Average Annual Total Return (After Taxes On Distributions) Quotation
Each Fund may, from time to time, include total return after taxes on distributions in advertisements or reports to shareholders or prospective investors. Quotations of average annual total return after taxes on distributions will be expressed in terms of the average annual compounded rate of return of a hypothetical investment in a Fund over periods of one, five, and ten years (up to the life of the Fund), calculated pursuant to the following formula which is prescribed by the SEC:
P(1 + T) n = ATV D
Where: |
P | = |
a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000, |
|||
T | = |
the average annual total return (after taxes on distributions), |
||||
n | = |
the number of years, and |
||||
ATV D | = |
ending value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment made at the beginning of the one, five, or ten year periods (or fractional portion), after taxes on fund distributions but not after taxes on redemptions. |
178
All total return figures assume that all dividends and/or distributions are reinvested when paid. Taxes are calculated using the highest individual marginal federal income tax rates in effect on the reinvestment date. The rates used correspond to the character of each component of the distributions ( e.g. , ordinary income rate for ordinary income distributions, short-term capital gain rate for short-term capital gain distributions, and long-term capital gain rate for long-term capital gain distributions). The calculations do not consider any potential tax liabilities other than federal tax liability.
Average Annual Total Return (After Taxes on Distributions and Redemption) Quotation
Each Fund may, from time to time, include total return after taxes on distributions and redemption in advertisements or reports to shareholders or prospective investors. Quotations of average annual total return after taxes on distributions and redemption will be expressed in terms of the average annual compounded rate of return of a hypothetical investment in a Fund over periods of one, five, and ten years (up to the life of the Fund), calculated pursuant to the following formula which is prescribed by the SEC:
P(1 + T) n = ATV DR
Where: |
P | = |
a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000, |
|||
T | = |
the average annual total return (after taxes on distributions), |
||||
n | = |
the number of years, and |
||||
ATV DR | = |
ending value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment made at the beginning of the one, five, or ten year periods (or fractional portion), after taxes on fund distributions and redemption. |
All total return figures assume that all dividends and/or distributions are reinvested when paid. Taxes are calculated using the highest individual marginal federal income tax rates in effect on the reinvestment date. The rates used correspond to the character of each component of the distributions ( e.g. , ordinary income rate for ordinary income distributions, short-term capital gain rate for short-term capital gain distributions, and long-term capital gain rate for long-term capital gain distributions). The ending value is determined by subtracting capital gain taxes resulting from the redemption and adding the tax benefit from capital losses resulting from the redemption. The calculations do not consider any potential tax liabilities other than federal tax liability.
Yield
Quotations of yield for a Fund will be based on all investment income per share earned during a particular 30-day period (including dividends and interest), less expenses accrued during the period (net investment income) and are computed by dividing net investment income by the maximum offering price per share on the last day of the period, according to the following formula:
Yield= 2[( |
a -b | +1 | ) 6 - 1] | |||||||
cd |
Where: |
a | = |
dividends and interest earned during the period, |
|||
b | = |
expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements), |
||||
c | = |
the average daily number of shares outstanding during the period that were entitled to receive dividends, and |
||||
d | = |
the maximum offering price per share on the last day of the period. |
179
Under this formula, interest earned on debt obligations for purposes of a above, is calculated by: (i) computing the yield to maturity of each obligation held by a Fund based on the market value of the obligation (including actual accrued interest) at the close of business on the last day of each month; or, with respect to obligations purchased during the month, the purchase price (plus actual accrued interest); (ii) dividing that figure by 360 and multiplying the quotient by the market value of the obligation (including actual accrued interest as referred to above) to determine the interest income on the obligation for each day of the subsequent month that the obligation is in the Funds portfolio (assuming a month of 30 days); and (iii) computing the total of the interest earned on all debt obligations and all dividends accrued on all equity securities during the 30-day or one month period. In computing dividends accrued, dividend income is recognized by accruing 1/360 of the stated dividend rate of a security each day that the security is in a Funds portfolio. For purposes of b above, Rule 12b-1 Plan expenses are included among the expenses accrued for the period. Any amounts representing sales charges will not be included among these expenses; however, a Fund will disclose the maximum sales charge as well as any amount or specific rate of any nonrecurring account charges. Undeclared earned income, computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, may be subtracted from the maximum offering price calculation required pursuant to d above.
A Fund may also from time to time advertise its yield based on a 30 day or 90 day period ended on a date other than the most recent balance sheet included in the Funds Registration Statement, computed in accordance with the yield formula described above, as adjusted to conform with the differing period for which the yield computation is based. Any quotation of performance stated in terms of yield (whether based on a 30 day or 90 day period) will be given no greater prominence than the information prescribed under SEC rules. In addition, all advertisements containing performance data of any kind will include a legend disclosing that such performance data represents past performance and that the investment return and principal value of an investment will fluctuate so that an investors shares, when redeemed, may be worth more or less than their original cost.
A Fund may also publish a distribution rate in sales literature and in investor communications preceded or accompanied by a copy of the current Prospectuses. The current distribution rate for a Fund is the annualization of the Funds distribution per share divided by the maximum offering price per share of a Fund at the respective month-end. The current distribution rate may differ from current yield because the distribution rate may contain items of capital gain and other items of income, while yield reflects only earned net investment income. In each case, the yield, distribution rates, and total return figures will reflect all recurring charges against Fund income and will assume the payment of the maximum sales load, including any applicable CDSC.
Additional Performance Quotations
Advertisements of total return will always show a calculation that includes the effect of the maximum sales charge but may also show total return without giving effect to that charge. Because these additional quotations will not reflect the maximum sales charge payable, these performance quotations will be higher than the performance quotations that reflect the maximum sales charge.
Total returns and yields are based on past results and are not necessarily a prediction of future performance.
In reports or other communications to shareholders or in advertising material, a Fund may compare the performance of its shares with that of other mutual funds as listed in the rankings prepared by Lipper Analytical Services, Inc.,
180
Morningstar, Inc., CDA Technologies, Inc., Value Line, Inc. or similar independent services that monitor the performance of mutual funds or with other appropriate indices of investment securities. In addition, certain indices may be used to illustrate historic performance of select asset classes. The performance information may also include evaluations of the Funds published by nationally recognized ranking services and by financial publications that are nationally recognized, such as Business Week , Forbes , Fortune , Institutional Investor , Money , and The Wall Street Journal . If a Fund compares its performance to other funds or to relevant indices, the Funds performance will be stated in the same terms in which such comparative data and indices are stated, which is normally total return rather than yield. For these purposes the performance of a Fund, as well as the performance of such investment companies or indices, may not reflect sales charges which, if reflected, would reduce performance results.
Performance
Because Class P shares of ING Floating Rate, ING High Yield Bond, and Class R6 shares of ING Intermediate Bond and ING Investment Grade Credit had not commenced operations as of the fiscal year ending March 31, 2013, and Class P shares of ING Investment Grade Credit did not have a full year of operations as of the fiscal year ending March 31, 2013, no performance information for those shares is provided in the table below.
Because ING Short Term Bond Fund did not have a full year of operations as of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, no performance information for this Fund is provided in the table below.
The average annual total returns, including sales charges, for each class of shares of each Fund for the one, five, and ten year periods ended March 31, 2013, if applicable are listed in the table below. For classes of shares that have not been in operation for ten years, the average annual total returns presented are for the period from commencement of operations to March 31, 2013, and are listed in the table below:
Fund |
1 Year |
5 Years |
10 Years |
Since
Inception |
Inception
Date |
|||||||
ING Floating Rate |
||||||||||||
Class A |
% | 4.71 | | | 4.91 | 08/17/2010 | ||||||
Class A Return After Taxes on Distribution |
% | 2.65 | | | 3.15 | |||||||
Class A Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares |
% | 2.97 | | | 3.12 | |||||||
Class C |
% | 5.61 | | | 5.17 | 8/17/2010 | ||||||
Class I |
% | 7.67 | | | 6.21 | 8/17/2010 | ||||||
Class R |
% | 7.15 | | | 5.64 | 8/17/2010 | ||||||
Class W |
% | 7.66 | | | 6.28 | 8/17/2010 | ||||||
|
||||||||||||
ING GNMA Income |
||||||||||||
Class A |
% | (0.01) | 4.64 | 4.05 | | 08/17/1973 | ||||||
Class A Return After Taxes on Distribution |
% | (1.45) | 3.14 | 2.42 | | |||||||
Class A Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares |
% | 0.29 | 3.04 | 2.50 | | |||||||
Class B |
% | (3.18) | 4.06 | 3.78 | | 10/06/2000 | ||||||
Class C |
% | 0.79 | 4.40 | 3.78 | | 10/13/2000 | ||||||
Class I |
% | 2.79 | 5.48 | 4.87 | | 01/07/2002 | ||||||
Class W |
% | 2.76 | 5.47 | | 5.78 | 12/17/2007 | ||||||
|
||||||||||||
ING High Yield Bond |
||||||||||||
Class A |
% | 10.85 | 9.04 | 7.24 | | 12/15/1998 | ||||||
Class A Return After Taxes on Distributions |
% | 8.37 | 5.99 | 4.48 | | |||||||
Class A Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares |
% | 6.45 | 5.71 | 4.49 | | |||||||
Class B |
% | 7.85 | 8.46 | 6.95 | | 12/15/1998 | ||||||
Class C |
% | 11.85 | 8.77 | 6.97 | | 12/15/1998 | ||||||
Class I |
% | 13.98 | | | 11.34 | 07/31/2008 | ||||||
Class W |
% | 14.11 | | | 11.90 | 07/29/2011 |
181
Fund |
1 Year |
5 Years |
10 Years |
Since
Inception |
Inception
Date |
|||||||
ING Intermediate Bond |
||||||||||||
Class A |
% | 4.20 | 5.13 | 4.30 | | 12/15/1998 | ||||||
Class A Return After Taxes on Distributions |
% | 2.45 | 3.09 | 2.46 | | |||||||
Class A Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares |
% | 2.71 | 3.15 | 2.60 | | |||||||
Class B |
% | 1.02 | 4.53 | 4.00 | | 12/15/1998 | ||||||
Class C |
% | 4.93 | 4.85 | 4.01 | | 12/15/1998 | ||||||
Class I |
% | 7.04 | 5.95 | 5.13 | | 01/08/2002 | ||||||
Class O |
% | 6.83 | 5.64 | | 4.86 | 08/13/2004 | ||||||
Class R |
% | 6.57 | 5.38 | | 4.37 | 03/16/2004 | ||||||
Class W |
% | 7.04 | 6.23 | | 6.07 | 12/17/2007 | ||||||
|
||||||||||||
ING Investment Grade Credit |
% | | | |||||||||
Class SMA |
% | 5.49 | 6.58 | 7.19 | 06/08/2007 | |||||||
Class SMA Return After Taxes on Distributions |
% | 4.14 | 4.54 | | 5.18 | |||||||
Class SMA Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares |
% | 3.45 | 4.41 | | 4.82 |
Reports and Promotional Literature
Reports and promotional literature may also contain the following information: (i) a description of the gross national or domestic product and populations, including but not limited to age characteristics, of various countries and regions in which a Fund may invest, as compiled by various organizations, and projections of such information; (ii) the performance of worldwide equity and debt markets; (iii) the capitalization of U.S. and foreign stock markets prepared or published by the International Finance Corporation, Morgan Stanley Capital International or a similar financial organization; (iv) the geographic distribution of a Funds portfolio; (v) the major industries located in various jurisdictions; (vi) the number of shareholders in the Funds or other ING Funds and the dollar amount of the assets under management; (vii) descriptions of investing methods such as dollar-cost averaging, best day/worst day scenarios, etc.; (viii) comparisons of the average price to earnings ratio, price to book ratio, price to cash flow and relative currency valuations of a Fund and individual stocks in a Funds portfolio, appropriate indices and descriptions of such comparisons; (ix) quotes from the Adviser of a Fund or other industry specialists; (x) lists or statistics of certain of a Funds holdings including, but not limited to, portfolio composition, sector weightings, portfolio turnover rate, number of holdings, average market capitalization, and modern portfolio theory statistics; and (xi) NASDAQ symbols for each class of shares of each Fund; and descriptions of the benefits of working with investment professionals in selecting investments.
In addition, reports and promotional literature may contain information concerning the Trusts, ING Investments, ING IM, ING Capital Corporation, LLC (ING Capital), ING Funds Services or affiliates of including: (i) performance rankings of other funds managed by ING Investments or ING IM, or the individuals employed by ING Investments or ING IM who exercise responsibility for the day-to-day management of a Fund, including rankings of mutual funds published by Lipper Analytical Services, Inc., Morningstar, Inc., CDA Technologies, Inc., or other rating services, companies, publications or other persons who rank mutual funds or other investment products on overall performance or other criteria; (ii) lists of clients, the number of clients, or assets under management; (iii) information regarding the acquisition of ING Funds by ING Capital; (iv) the past performance of ING Capital and ING Funds Services; (v) the past performance of other funds managed by ING Investments and ING IM; and (vi) information regarding rights offerings conducted by closed-end funds managed by ING Investments and ING IM.
182
Reinvestment of Distributions
As noted in the Prospectuses, shareholders have the privilege of reinvesting both income dividends and capital gains distributions, if any, in additional shares of a respective class of a Fund at the then current NAV, with no sales charge. The Funds management believes that most investors desire to take advantage of this privilege. For all share classes, except Class O shares, it has therefore made arrangements with its Transfer Agent to have all income dividends and capital gains distributions that are declared by the Funds automatically reinvested for the account of each shareholder. A shareholder may elect, at any time, to have subsequent dividends and/or distributions paid in cash by writing to the Fund or the Transfer Agent. In the absence of such an election, each purchase of shares of a class of a Fund is made upon the condition and understanding that the Transfer Agent is automatically appointed the shareholders agent to receive his dividends and distributions upon all shares registered in his name and to reinvest them in full and fractional shares of the respective class of the Fund at the applicable NAV in effect at the close of business on the reinvestment date. For Class O shareholders, this option will be selected automatically unless one of the other options is selected when completing your application. A shareholder may still, at any time after a purchase of Fund shares, request that dividends and/or capital gains distributions be paid to him in cash.
General Information
Capitalization
The authorized capital of each Trust consists solely of an unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest with a par value of $0.001 each.
Voting Rights
Holders of shares of each Fund have one vote for each share held. All shares when issued are fully paid, non-assessable, and redeemable. Shares have no preemptive rights. All shares have equal voting, dividend, and liquidation rights. Shares have non-cumulative voting rights, which means that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voting for the election of Trustees can elect 100% of the Trustees if they choose to do so, and in such event the holders of the remaining shares voting for the election of Trustees will not be able to elect any person or persons to the Board. Generally, there will not be annual meetings of shareholders. There will normally be no meetings of shareholders for the purpose of electing Trustees unless and until such time as less than a majority of the Trustees holding office have been elected by shareholders, at which time the Trustees then in office will call a shareholders meeting for the election of Trustees. Shareholders may, in accordance with a Funds charter, cause a meeting, of shareholders to be held for the purpose of voting on the removal of Trustees. Meetings of the shareholders will be called upon written request of shareholders holding in the aggregate not less than 10% of the outstanding shares of the affected Fund or class having voting rights. Except as set forth above and subject to the 1940 Act, the Trustees will continue to hold office, appoint successors Trustees.
The Board may classify or reclassify any unissued shares into shares of any series by setting or changing in any one or more respects, from time to time, prior to the issuance of such shares, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or qualifications of such shares. Any such classification or reclassification will comply with the provisions of the 1940 Act. The Board may create additional series (or classes of series) of shares without shareholder approval. Any series or class of shares may be terminated by a vote of the shareholders of such series or class entitled to vote or by the Trustees of each Trust by written notice to shareholders of such series or class. Shareholders may remove Trustees from office by votes cast at a meeting of shareholders or by written consent.
183
Other Information
Each Trust is registered with the SEC as an open-end management investment company. Such registration does not involve supervision of the management or policies of each Trust by any governmental agency. The Prospectuses and this SAI omit certain of the information contained in each Trusts Registration Statement filed with the SEC, and copies of this information may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the prescribed fee or examined at the SEC in Washington, D.C. without charge.
Investors in the Funds will be kept informed of their progress through annual and semi-annual shareholder reports showing Fund composition, statistical data, and any other significant data, including financial statement audited by an independent registered public accounting firm.
Reports to Shareholders
The fiscal year of the Funds ends on March 31 of each year. Each Fund will send financial statements to its shareholders at least semi-annually. An annual shareholder report containing financial statements audited by the independent registered public accounting firm will be sent to shareholders each year.
The financial statements and the independent registered public accounting firms report thereon, appearing in the Funds annual shareholder report, dated March 31, 2013, are incorporated herein by reference. Copies of the Funds (except Class O shares of ING Intermediate Bond Fund) annual and unaudited semi-annual shareholder reports may be obtained without charge by contacting ING Funds at 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100, Scottsdale, Arizona 85258, or by calling (800) 992-0180. Copies of the Class O shares of ING Intermediate Bond Funds annual shareholder report and unaudited semi-annual shareholder report may be obtained without charge by contacting Capital One ShareBuilder at 1-800-747-2537.
184
APPENDIX A DESCRIPTION OF CORPORATE BOND RATINGS
MOODYS INVESTORS SERVICE, INC.
Aaa Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as gilt-edge. Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues.
Aa Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as high grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the long term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.
A Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered as upper medium grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate but elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.
Baa Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium grade obligations, i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present, but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.
Ba Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as well assured. Often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.
B Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.
The modifier 1 indicates that the bond ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates the issuer ranks in the lower end of its rating category.
STANDARD & POORS RATINGS SERVICES
AAA Bonds rated AAA have the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poors to a debt obligation. Capacity to pay interest and repay principal is extremely strong.
AA Bonds rated AA have a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal and differ from the highest rated issues only in small degree.
A-1
A Bonds rated A have a strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal although they are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than bonds in higher rated categories.
BBB Bonds rated BBB are regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Whereas they normally exhibit adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal for bonds in this category than for bonds in higher rated categories.
BB Bonds rated BB have less near-term vulnerability to default than other speculative issues. However, the bonds face major uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments.
B Bonds rated B have a greater vulnerability to default but currently have the capacity to meet interest payments and principal repayments. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair capacity or willingness to pay interest and repay principal.
The ratings from AA to B may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
FITCH RATINGS
AAA: Bonds considered to be investment-grade and of the highest quality. The obligor has an exceptionally strong ability to pay interest and repay principal which is unlikely to be affected by reasonably foreseeable events.
AA: Bonds considered to be investment-grade and of very high credit quality. The obligors ability to pay interest and repay principal is very strong although not quite as strong as bonds rated AAA. Because bonds rated in the AAA and AA categories are not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable future developments, short-term debt of these issuers is generally rated F-1+.
A: Bonds considered to be investment-grade and of high credit quality. The obligors ability to pay interest and repay principal is considered to be strong, but may be more vulnerable to adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances than bonds with higher ratings.
BBB: Bonds considered to be investment-grade and of satisfactory credit quality. The obligors ability to pay interest and repay principal is considered to be adequate. Adverse changes in economic conditions, however, are more likely to have adverse impact on these bonds, and therefore impair timely payment. The likelihood that the ratings of these bonds will fall below investment-grade is higher than for bonds with higher ratings.
BB: Bonds are considered speculative. The obligors ability to pay interest and repay principal may be affected over time by adverse economic changes. However, business and financial alternatives can be identified which could assist the obligor in satisfying its debt service requirements.
B: Bonds are considered highly speculative. While bonds in this class are currently meeting debt service requirements, the probability of continued timely payment of principal and interest reflects the obligors limited margin of safety and the need for reasonable business and economic activity throughout the life of the issue.
A-2
CCC: Bonds have certain identifiable characteristics which, if not remedied, may lead to default. The ability to meet obligations requires an advantageous business and economic environment.
CC: Bonds are minimally protected. Default in payment of interest and/or principal seems probable over time.
C: Bonds are in imminent default in payment of interest or principal.
Plus (+) Minus (-): Plus and minus signs are used with a rating symbol to indicate the relative position of a credit within the rating category. Plus and minus signs, however, are not used in the AAA category.
NR: Indicates that Fitch does not rate the specific issue.
Conditional: A conditional rating is premised on the successful completion of a project or the occurrence of a specific event.
Suspended: A rating is suspended when Fitch deems the amount of information available from the issuer to be inadequate for rating purposes.
Withdrawn: A rating will be withdrawn when an issue matures or is called or refinanced, and, at Fitchs discretion, when an issuer fails to furnish proper and timely information.
RatingWatch: Ratings are placed on RatingWatch to notify investors of an occurrence that is likely to result in a rating change and the likely direction of such change. These are designated as Positive, indicating a potential upgrade, Negative, for potential downgrade, or Evolving, where ratings may be raised or lowered. RatingWatch is relatively short-term, and should be resolved within 12 months.
A-3
APPENDIX B PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES AND GUIDELINES
ING FUNDS
PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES AND GUIDELINES
Effective Date: July 10, 2003
Revision Date: March 7, 2013
B-1
Table of Contents
I. | Introduction | 1 | ||||
II. | Compliance Committee | 1 | ||||
III. | Delegation of Voting Authority | 1 | ||||
IV. | Approval and Review of Procedures | 3 | ||||
V. | Voting Procedures and Guidelines | 3 | ||||
VI. | Conflicts of Interest | 7 | ||||
VII. | Reporting and Record Retention | 7 | ||||
8 | ||||||
9 | ||||||
I. | Introduction | 9 | ||||
II. | Roles and Responsibilities | 9 | ||||
III. | Voting Procedures | 12 | ||||
IV. | Assessment of the Agent and Conflicts of Interest | 14 | ||||
V. | Reporting and Record Retention | 16 | ||||
17 | ||||||
18 | ||||||
I. | Introduction | 18 | ||||
II. | Guidelines | 18 | ||||
18 | ||||||
1. | 19 | |||||
2. | 26 | |||||
3. | 27 | |||||
4. | 27 | |||||
5. | 28 | |||||
6. | 29 | |||||
7. | 31 | |||||
8. | 34 | |||||
9. | 38 | |||||
10. | 38 | |||||
11. | 39 | |||||
12. | 39 | |||||
13. | 40 |
i
I. |
Introduction |
The following are the Proxy Voting Procedures and Guidelines (the Procedures and Guidelines) of the ING Funds set forth on Exhibit 1 attached hereto and each portfolio or series thereof, except for any Sub-Adviser-Voted Series identified on Exhibit 1 and further described in Section III below (each non-Sub-Adviser-Voted Series hereinafter referred to as a Fund and collectively, the Funds). The purpose of these Procedures and Guidelines is to set forth the process by which each Fund subject to these Procedures and Guidelines will vote proxies related to the equity assets in its investment portfolio (the portfolio securities). The term proxies as used herein shall include votes in connection with annual and special meetings of equity stockholders but not those regarding bankruptcy matters and/or related plans of reorganization. The Procedures and Guidelines have been approved by the Funds Boards of Trustees/Directors 1 (each a Board and collectively, the Boards), including a majority of the independent Trustees/Directors 2 of the Board. These Procedures and Guidelines may be amended only by the Board. The Board shall review these Procedures and Guidelines at its discretion, and make any revisions thereto as deemed appropriate by the Board.
II. |
Compliance Committee |
The Boards hereby delegate to the Compliance Committee of each Board (each a Committee and collectively, the Committees) the authority and responsibility to oversee the implementation of these Procedures and Guidelines, and where applicable, to make determinations on behalf of the Board with respect to the voting of proxies on behalf of each Fund. Furthermore, the Boards hereby delegate to each Committee the authority to review and approve material changes to proxy voting procedures of any Funds investment adviser (the Adviser). The Proxy Voting Procedures of the Adviser (the Adviser Procedures) are attached hereto as Exhibit 2 . Any determination regarding the voting of proxies of each Fund that is made by a Committee, or any member thereof, as permitted herein, shall be deemed to be a good faith determination regarding the voting of proxies by the full Board. Each Committee may rely on the Adviser through the Proxy Coordinator, Agent, and/or Proxy Group (as such terms are defined in the Adviser Procedures ( Exhibit 2 , Sections II.A., B., and C., respectively)) to deal in the first instance with the application of these Procedures and Guidelines. Each Committee shall conduct itself in accordance with its charter.
III. |
Delegation of Voting Authority |
Except as otherwise provided for herein, the Board hereby delegates to the Adviser to each Fund the authority and responsibility to vote all proxies with respect to all portfolio securities of the
1 |
Reference in these Procedures to one or more Funds shall, as applicable, mean those Funds that are under the jurisdiction of the particular Board or Compliance Committee at issue. No provision in these Procedures is intended to impose any duty upon the particular Board or Compliance Committee with respect to any other Fund. |
2 |
The independent Trustees/Directors are those Board members who are not interested persons of the Funds within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940. |
1
Fund in accordance with the current proxy voting procedures and guidelines that have been approved by the Board. The Board may revoke such delegation with respect to any proxy or proposal, and assume the responsibility of voting any Fund proxy or proxies as it deems appropriate. Non-material amendments to the Procedures and Guidelines may be approved for immediate implementation by the President or Chief Financial Officer of a Fund, subject to ratification at the next regularly scheduled meeting of the Compliance Committee.
A Board may elect to delegate the voting of proxies to the Sub-Adviser of a portfolio or series of the ING Funds. In so doing, the Board shall also approve the Sub-Advisers proxy policies for implementation on behalf of such portfolio or series (a Sub-Adviser-Voted Series). Sub-Adviser-Voted Series shall not be covered under these Procedures and Guidelines but rather shall be covered by such Sub-Advisers proxy policies, provided that the Board, including a majority of the independent Trustees/Directors 3 , has approved them on behalf of such Sub-Adviser-Voted Series, and ratifies any subsequent changes at the next regularly scheduled meeting of the Compliance Committee and the Board.
When a Fund participates in the lending of its securities and the securities are on loan at record date, proxies related to such securities will not be forwarded to the Adviser by the Funds custodian and therefore will not be voted. However, the Adviser shall use best efforts to recall or restrict specific securities from loan for the purpose of facilitating a material vote as described in the Adviser Procedures.
Funds that are funds-of-funds will echo vote their interests in underlying mutual funds, which may include ING Funds (or portfolios or series thereof) other than those set forth on Exhibit 1 attached hereto. This means that, if the fund-of-funds must vote on a proposal with respect to an underlying investment company, the fund-of-funds will vote its interest in that underlying fund in the same proportion all other shareholders in the underlying investment company voted their interests.
However, if the underlying fund has no other shareholders, the fund-of-funds will vote as follows:
A. |
If the fund-of-funds and the underlying fund are being solicited to vote on the same proposal ( e.g. , the election of fund directors/trustees), the fund-of-funds will vote the shares it holds in the underlying fund in the same proportion as all votes received from the holders of the fund-of-funds shares with respect to that proposal; and |
B. |
If the fund-of-funds is being solicited to vote on a proposal for an underlying fund ( e.g. , a new Sub-Adviser to the underlying fund), and there is no corresponding proposal at the fund-of-funds level, the Board shall determine the most appropriate method of voting with respect to the underlying fund proposal |
3 |
The independent Trustees/Directors are those Board members who are not interested persons of the Funds within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940. |
2
The foregoing procedure shall also apply to any ING Fund (an Investing Fund) that, while not a fund-of-funds, invests in one or more underlying funds. Accordingly:
A. |
Each Investing Fund will echo vote its interests in an underlying fund, if the underlying fund has shareholders other than the Investing Fund; |
B. |
In the event an underlying fund has no other shareholders, and the Investing Fund and the underlying fund are being solicited to vote on the same proposal, the Investing Fund will vote its interests in the underlying fund in the same proportion as all votes received from the holders of its own shares on that proposal; and |
C. |
In the event an underlying fund has no other shareholders, and there is no corresponding proposal at the Investing Fund level, the Board shall determine the most appropriate method of voting with respect to the underlying fund proposal. |
A fund that is a feeder fund in a master-feeder structure does not echo vote. Rather, it passes votes requested by the underlying master fund to its shareholders. This means that, if the feeder fund is solicited by the master fund, it will request instructions from its own shareholders, either directly or, in the case of an insurance-dedicated Fund, through an insurance product or retirement plan, as to the manner in which to vote its interest in an underlying master fund.
When a Fund is a feeder in a master-feeder structure, proxies for the portfolio securities owned by the master fund will be voted pursuant to the master funds proxy voting policies and procedures. As such, and except as otherwise noted herein with respect to vote reporting requirements, feeder Funds shall not be subject to these Procedures and Guidelines.
IV. |
Approval and Review of Procedures |
Each Funds Adviser has adopted proxy voting procedures in connection with the voting of portfolio securities for the Funds as attached hereto in Exhibit 2 . The Board hereby approves such procedures. All material changes to the Adviser Procedures must be approved by the Board or the Compliance Committee prior to implementation; however, the President or Chief Financial Officer of a Fund may make such non-material changes as they deem appropriate, subject to ratification by the Board or the Compliance Committee at its next regularly scheduled meeting.
V. |
Voting Procedures and Guidelines |
The Guidelines that are set forth in Exhibit 3 hereto specify the manner in which the Funds generally will vote with respect to the proposals discussed therein.
Unless otherwise noted, the defined terms used hereafter shall have the same meaning as defined in the Adviser Procedures.
A. |
Routine Matters |
The Agent shall be instructed to submit a vote in accordance with the Guidelines where such Guidelines provide a clear policy ( e.g. , For, Against, Withhold, or Abstain) on a proposal. However, the Agent shall be directed to refer any proxy proposal to the Proxy Coordinator for instructions as if it were a matter requiring case-by-case consideration under circumstances where the application of the Guidelines is unclear, it
3
appears to involve unusual or controversial issues, or an Investment Professional (as such term is defined in the Adviser Procedures ( Exhibit 2 , Section II.D.)) recommends a vote contrary to the Guidelines.
B. |
Matters Requiring Case-by-Case Consideration |
The Agent shall be directed to refer proxy proposals accompanied by its written analysis and voting recommendation to the Proxy Coordinator where the Guidelines have noted case-by-case consideration.
Upon receipt of a referral from the Agent, the Proxy Coordinator may solicit additional research from the Agent, Investment Professional(s), as well as from any other source or service.
Except in cases in which the Proxy Group has previously provided the Proxy Coordinator with standing instructions to vote in accordance with the Agents recommendation, the Proxy Coordinator will forward the Agents analysis and recommendation and/or any research obtained from the Investment Professional(s), the Agent, or any other source to the Proxy Group. The Proxy Group may consult with the Agent and/or Investment Professional(s), as it deems necessary.
The Proxy Coordinator shall use best efforts to convene the Proxy Group with respect to all matters requiring its consideration. In the event quorum requirements cannot be timely met in connection with a voting deadline, it shall be the policy of the Funds to vote in accordance with the Agents recommendation, unless the Agents recommendation is deemed to be conflicted as provided for under the Adviser Procedures, in which case no action shall be taken on such matter ( i.e. , a Non-Vote).
1. Within-Guidelines Votes: Votes in Accordance with a Funds Guidelines and/or where applicable, Agent Recommendation
In the event the Proxy Group, and where applicable, any Investment Professional participating in the voting process, recommend a vote Within Guidelines, the Proxy Group will instruct the Agent, through the Proxy Coordinator, to vote in this manner, except that the Proxy Coordinator may first consult with a Funds Compliance Committee as described in Section V.B.5. below. Except as provided for herein, no Conflicts Report (as such term is defined in the Adviser Procedures ( Exhibit 2 , Section IV.B.)) is required in connection with Within-Guidelines Votes.
2. Non-Votes: Votes in Which No Action is Taken
The Proxy Group may recommend that a Fund refrain from voting under circumstances including, but not limited to, the following: (1) if the economic effect on shareholders interests or the value of the portfolio holding is indeterminable or insignificant, e.g. , proxies in connection with fractional shares, securities no longer held in the portfolio of an ING Fund or proxies being considered on behalf of a Fund that is no longer in existence; or (2) if the cost of voting a proxy outweighs the benefits, e.g. , certain international proxies,
4
particularly in cases in which share blocking practices may impose trading restrictions on the relevant portfolio security. In such instances, the Proxy Group may instruct the Agent, through the Proxy Coordinator, not to vote such proxy. The Proxy Group may provide the Proxy Coordinator with standing instructions on parameters that would dictate a Non-Vote without the Proxy Groups review of a specific proxy.
Reasonable efforts shall be made to secure and vote all other proxies for the Funds, but, particularly in markets in which shareholders rights are limited, Non-Votes may also occur in connection with a Funds related inability to timely access ballots or other proxy information in connection with its portfolio securities.
Non-Votes may also result in certain cases in which the Agents recommendation has been deemed to be conflicted, as described in V.B. above and V.B.4. below.
3. Out-of-Guidelines Votes: Votes Contrary to Procedures and Guidelines, or Agent Recommendation, where applicable, Where No Recommendation is Provided by Agent, or Where Agents Recommendation is Conflicted
If the Proxy Group recommends that a Fund vote contrary to the Guidelines, or the recommendation of the Agent, where applicable, if the Agent has made no recommendation on a matter and the Procedures and Guidelines are silent, or the Agents recommendation on a matter is deemed to be conflicted as provided for under the Adviser Procedures, the Proxy Coordinator will then request that all members of the Proxy Group, including any members who abstained from voting on the matter or were not in attendance at the meeting at which the relevant proxy is being considered, and each Investment Professional participating in the voting process complete a Conflicts Report. As provided for in the Adviser Procedures, the Proxy Coordinator shall be responsible for identifying to Counsel potential conflicts of interest with respect to the Agent.
If Counsel determines that a conflict of interest appears to exist with respect to the Agent, any member of the Proxy Group, or the participating Investment Professional(s), the Proxy Coordinator will then contact the Compliance Committee(s) and forward to such Committee(s) all information relevant to their review, including the following materials or a summary thereof: the applicable Procedures and Guidelines, the recommendation of the Agent, where applicable, the recommendation of the Investment Professional(s), where applicable, any resources used by the Proxy Group in arriving at its recommendation, the Conflicts Report and any other written materials establishing whether a conflict of interest exists, and findings of Counsel (as such term is defined in the Adviser Procedures ( Exhibit 2 , Section IV.A.)). Upon Counsels finding that a conflict of interest exists with respect to one or more members of the Proxy Group or the Advisers generally, the remaining members of the Proxy Group shall not be required to complete a Conflicts Report in connection with the proxy.
5
If Counsel determines that there does not appear to be a conflict of interest with respect to the Agent, any member of the Proxy Group, or the participating Investment Professional(s), the Proxy Coordinator will instruct the Agent to vote the proxy as recommended by the Proxy Group.
A vote that is contrary to the Agents recommendation, but is based on input from an Investment Professional provided in connection with a Guideline requiring case-by-case review while specifying that primary consideration will be given to such input, shall be not be deemed an Out-of-Guidelines Vote if the Investment Professional completes and returns a Conflicts Report and Counsel determines that no conflict of interest appears to be present. The Proxy Group shall not be required to complete a Conflicts Report in connection with such votes.
4. Referrals to a Funds Compliance Committee
A Funds Compliance Committee may consider all recommendations, analysis, research and Conflicts Reports provided to it by the Agent, Proxy Group and/or Investment Professional(s), and any other written materials used to establish whether a conflict of interest exists, in determining how to vote the proxies referred to the Committee. The Committee will instruct the Agent through the Proxy Coordinator how to vote such referred proposals.
The Proxy Coordinator shall use best efforts to timely refer matters to a Funds Committee for its consideration. In the event any such matter cannot be timely referred to or considered by the Committee, it shall be the policy of the Funds to vote in accordance with the Agents recommendation, unless the Agents recommendation is conflicted on a matter, in which case no action shall be taken on such matter ( i.e. , a Non-Vote).
The Proxy Coordinator will maintain a record of all proxy questions that have been referred to a Funds Committee, as well as all applicable recommendations, analysis, research, Conflicts Reports and vote determinations.
5. Consultation with a Funds Compliance Committee
The Proxy Coordinator may consult with the Chair of a Funds Compliance Committee for guidance on behalf of the Committee if application of the Procedures and Guidelines is unclear or in connection with any unusual or controversial issue or a recommendation received from an Investment Professional. The Chair may consider all recommendations, analysis, research, or Conflicts Reports provided by the Agent, Proxy Group, and/or Investment Professional(s). The Chair may provide guidance or direct the Proxy Coordinator to refer the proposal(s) to the full Compliance Committee. The guidance of the Chair, or the Committee, as applicable, shall be given primary consideration by the Proxy Group in making a vote determination.
6
The Proxy Coordinator will maintain a record of all proxy questions that have been referred to the Chair or Committee for guidance, as well as all applicable recommendations, analysis, research, Conflicts Reports and vote determinations.
VI. |
Conflicts of Interest |
In all cases in which a vote has not been clearly determined in advance by the Procedures and Guidelines or for which the Proxy Group recommends an Out-of-Guidelines Vote, and Counsel has determined that a conflict of interest appears to exist with respect to the Agent, any member of the Proxy Group, or any Investment Professional participating in the voting process, the proposal shall be referred to the Funds Committee for determination so that the Adviser shall have no opportunity to exercise voting discretion over a Funds proxy in a situation in which the Adviser or certain other related parties or the Agent may be deemed to have a conflict of interest. In the event a member of a Funds Committee believes he/she has a conflict of interest that would preclude him/her from making a voting determination in the best interests of the beneficial owners of the applicable Fund, such Committee member shall so advise the Proxy Coordinator and recuse himself/herself with respect to determinations regarding the relevant proxy.
VII. |
Reporting and Record Retention |
A. |
Reporting by the Funds |
Annually in August, each Fund will post its proxy voting record, or a link thereto, for the prior one-year period ending on June 30 th on the ING Funds website. The proxy voting record for each Fund will also be available on Form N-PX in the EDGAR database on the website of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). For any Fund that is a feeder in a master/feeder structure, no proxy voting record related to the portfolio securities owned by the master fund will be posted on the ING Funds website or included in the Funds Form N-PX; however, a cross-reference to the master funds proxy voting record as filed in the SECs EDGAR database will be included in the Funds Form N-PX and posted on the ING Funds website. If any feeder fund was solicited for vote by its underlying master fund during the reporting period, a record of the votes cast by means of the pass-through process described in Section III above will be included on the ING Funds website and in the Funds Form N-PX.
B. |
Reporting to a Funds Compliance Committee |
At each regularly scheduled meeting, the Committee will receive a report from the Proxy Coordinator indicating each proxy proposal, or a summary of such proposals, that was (1) voted Out-of-Guidelines, including any proposals voted Out-of-Guidelines pursuant to special circumstances raised by an Investment Professional; (2) voted Within Guidelines in cases in which an Investment Professionals recommendation was not adopted by the Proxy Group; or (3) referred to the Committee for determination in accordance with Section V. hereof. Such report shall indicate the name of the issuer, the substance of the proposal, a summary of the Investment Professionals recommendation, where applicable and the reasons for voting, or recommending, an Out-of-Guidelines Vote or, in the case of (2) above, a Within-Guidelines Vote.
7
ING ASIA PACIFIC HIGH DIVIDEND EQUITY INCOME FUND
ING EMERGING MARKETS HIGH DIVIDEND EQUITY FUND
ING EMERGING MARKETS LOCAL BOND FUND
ING EQUITY TRUST
ING FUNDS TRUST
ING GLOBAL ADVANTAGE AND PREMIUM OPPORTUNITY FUND
ING GLOBAL EQUITY DIVIDEND AND PREMIUM OPPORTUNITY FUND
ING GLOBAL STRATEGIC INCOME FUND
ING INFRASTRUCTURE, INDUSTRIALS AND MATERIALS FUND
ING INTERNATIONAL HIGH DIVIDEND EQUITY INCOME FUND
ING INVESTORS TRUST 1
ING MAYFLOWER TRUST
ING MUTUAL FUNDS
ING PARTNERS, INC.
ING PRIME RATE TRUST
ING RISK MANAGED NATURAL RESOURCES FUND
ING SENIOR INCOME FUND
ING SEPARATE PORTFOLIOS TRUST
ING VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
ING VARIABLE PRODUCTS TRUST
1 |
Sub-Adviser-Voted Series: ING Franklin Mutual Shares Portfolio |
8
EXHIBIT 2 Proxy Voting Procedures of the Advisers
ING Investments, LLC,
ING Investment Management Co. LLC
and
Directed Services LLC
I. |
Introduction |
ING Investments, LLC, ING Investment Management Co. LLC and Directed Services LLC (each an Adviser and collectively, the Advisers) are the investment advisers for the registered investment companies and each series or portfolio thereof (each a Fund and collectively, the Funds) comprising the ING family of funds. As such, the Advisers have been delegated the authority to vote proxies with respect to securities for certain Funds over which they have day-to-day portfolio management responsibility.
The Advisers will abide by the proxy voting guidelines adopted by a Funds respective Board of Directors or Trustees (each a Board and collectively, the Boards) with regard to the voting of proxies unless otherwise provided in the proxy voting procedures adopted by a Funds Board.
In voting proxies, the Advisers are guided by general fiduciary principles. Each must act prudently, solely in the interest of the beneficial owners of the Funds it manages. The Advisers will not subordinate the interest of beneficial owners to unrelated objectives. Each Adviser will vote proxies in the manner that it believes will do the most to maximize shareholder value.
The following are the Proxy Voting Procedures of ING Investments, LLC, ING Investment Management Co. LLC and Directed Services LLC (the Adviser Procedures) with respect to the voting of proxies on behalf of their client Funds as approved by the respective Board of each Fund.
Unless otherwise noted, best efforts shall be used to vote proxies in all instances.
II. |
Roles and Responsibilities |
A. |
Proxy Coordinator |
The Proxy Coordinator identified in Appendix 1 will assist in the coordination of the voting of each Funds proxies in accordance with the ING Funds Proxy Voting Procedures and Guidelines (the Procedures or Guidelines and collectively the Procedures and Guidelines). The Proxy Coordinator is authorized to direct the Agent to vote a Funds proxy in accordance with the Procedures and Guidelines unless the Proxy Coordinator receives a recommendation from an Investment Professional (as described below) to vote contrary to the Guidelines. In such event, and in connection with proxy proposals requiring case-by-case consideration (except in cases in which the Proxy Group has previously provided the Proxy Coordinator with standing instructions to
9
vote in accordance with the Agents recommendation), the Proxy Coordinator will call a meeting of the Proxy Group (as described below).
Responsibilities assigned herein to the Proxy Coordinator, or activities in support thereof, may be performed by such members of the Proxy Group or employees of the Advisers affiliates as are deemed appropriate by the Proxy Group.
Unless specified otherwise, information provided to the Proxy Coordinator in connection with duties of the parties described herein shall be deemed delivered to the Advisers.
B. |
Agent |
An independent proxy voting service (the Agent), as approved by the Board of each Fund, shall be engaged to assist in the voting of Fund proxies for publicly traded securities through the provision of vote analysis, implementation, recordkeeping, and disclosure services. The Agent is Institutional Shareholder Services Inc., a subsidiary of MSCI Inc. The Agent is responsible for coordinating with the Funds custodians to ensure that all proxy materials received by the custodians relating to the portfolio securities are processed in a timely fashion. To the extent applicable, the Agent is required to vote and/or refer all proxies in accordance with these Adviser Procedures. The Agent will retain a record of all proxy votes handled by the Agent. Such record must reflect all the information required to be disclosed in a Funds Form N-PX pursuant to Rule 30b1-4 under the Investment Company Act. In addition, the Agent is responsible for maintaining copies of all proxy statements received by issuers and to promptly provide such materials to the Adviser upon request.
The Agent shall be instructed to vote all proxies in accordance with a Funds Guidelines, except as otherwise instructed through the Proxy Coordinator by the Advisers Proxy Group or a Funds Compliance Committee (Committee).
The Agent shall be instructed to obtain all proxies from the Funds custodians and to review each proxy proposal against the Guidelines. The Agent also shall be requested to call the Proxy Coordinators attention to specific proxy proposals that although governed by the Guidelines appear to involve unusual or controversial issues.
Subject to the oversight of the Advisers, the Agent shall establish and maintain adequate internal controls and policies in connection with the provision of proxy voting services voting to the Advisers, including methods to reasonably ensure that its analysis and recommendations are not influenced by conflict of interest, and shall disclose such controls and policies to the Advisers when and as provided for herein. Unless otherwise specified, references herein to recommendations of the Agent shall refer to those in which no conflict of interest has been identified.
C. |
Proxy Group |
The Adviser shall establish a Proxy Group (the Group or Proxy Group) which shall assist in the review of the Agents recommendations when a proxy voting issue is referred to the Group through the Proxy Coordinator. The members of the Proxy Group,
10
which may include employees of the Advisers affiliates, are identified in Appendix 1 , as may be amended from time at the Advisers discretion.
A minimum of four (4) members of the Proxy Group (or three (3) if one member of the quorum is either the Funds Chief Investment Risk Officer or Chief Financial Officer) shall constitute a quorum for purposes of taking action at any meeting of the Group. The vote of a simple majority of the members present and voting shall determine any matter submitted to a vote. Tie votes shall be broken by securing the vote of members not present at the meeting; provided, however, that the Proxy Coordinator shall ensure compliance with all applicable voting and conflict of interest procedures and shall use best efforts to secure votes from all or as many absent members as may reasonably be accomplished. A member of the Proxy Group may abstain from voting on any given matter, provided that quorum is not lost for purposes of taking action and that the abstaining member still participates in any conflict of interest processes required in connection with the matter. The Proxy Group may meet in person or by telephone. The Proxy Group also may take action via electronic mail in lieu of a meeting, provided that each Group member has received a copy of any relevant electronic mail transmissions circulated by each other participating Group member prior to voting and provided that the Proxy Coordinator follows the directions of a majority of a quorum (as defined above) responding via electronic mail. For all votes taken in person or by telephone or teleconference, the vote shall be taken outside the presence of any person other than the members of the Proxy Group and such other persons whose attendance may be deemed appropriate by the Proxy Group from time to time in furtherance of its duties or the day-to-day administration of the Funds. In its discretion, the Proxy Group may provide the Proxy Coordinator with standing instructions to perform responsibilities assigned herein to the Proxy Group, or activities in support thereof, on its behalf, provided that such instructions do not contravene any requirements of these Adviser Procedures or a Funds Procedures and Guidelines.
A meeting of the Proxy Group will be held whenever (1) the Proxy Coordinator receives a recommendation from an Investment Professional to vote a Funds proxy contrary to the Guidelines, or the recommendation of the Agent, where applicable, (2) the Agent has made no recommendation on a matter and the Procedures and Guidelines are silent, or (3) a matter requires case-by-case consideration, including those in which the Agents recommendation is deemed to be conflicted as provided for under these Adviser Procedures, provided that, if the Proxy Group has previously provided the Proxy Coordinator with standing instructions to vote in accordance with the Agents recommendation and no issue of conflict must be considered, the Proxy Coordinator may implement the instructions without calling a meeting of the Proxy Group.
For each proposal referred to the Proxy Group, it will review (1) the relevant Procedures and Guidelines, (2) the recommendation of the Agent, if any, (3) the recommendation of the Investment Professional(s), if any, and (4) any other resources that any member of the Proxy Group deems appropriate to aid in a determination of a recommendation.
If the Proxy Group recommends that a Fund vote in accordance with the Procedures and Guidelines, or the recommendation of the Agent, where applicable, it shall instruct the
11
Proxy Coordinator to so advise the Agent, except that the Proxy Coordinator shall follow any procedures established by a Funds Board with respect to recommendations received from an Investment Professional.
If the Proxy Group recommends that a Fund vote contrary to the Guidelines, or the recommendation of the Agent, where applicable, or if the Agents recommendation on a matter is deemed to be conflicted, it shall follow the procedures for such voting as established by a Funds Board. The Proxy Group may vote contrary to the Guidelines based on a recommendation from an Investment Professional, provided that incorporation of any such recommendation shall be subject to the conflict of interest review process established by a Funds Board.
The Proxy Coordinator shall use best efforts to convene the Proxy Group with respect to all matters requiring its consideration. In the event quorum requirements cannot be timely met in connection with a voting deadline, the Proxy Coordinator shall follow the procedures for such voting as established by a Funds Board.
D. |
Investment Professionals |
The Funds Advisers, Sub-Advisers, and/or portfolio managers (each referred to herein as an Investment Professional and collectively, Investment Professionals) may submit, or be asked to submit, a recommendation to the Proxy Group regarding the voting of proxies related to the portfolio securities over which they have day-to-day portfolio management responsibility. The Investment Professionals may accompany their recommendation with any other research materials that they deem appropriate or with a request that the vote be deemed material in the context of the portfolio(s) they manage, such that lending activity on behalf of such portfolio(s) with respect to the relevant security should be reviewed by the Proxy Group and considered for recall and/or restriction. Input from the relevant Sub-Advisers and/or portfolio managers shall be given primary consideration in the Proxy Groups determination of whether a given proxy vote is to be deemed material and the associated security accordingly restricted from lending. The determination that a vote is material in the context of a Funds portfolio shall not mean that such vote is considered material across all Funds voting that meeting. In order to recall or restrict shares timely for material voting purposes, the Proxy Group shall use best efforts to consider, and when deemed appropriate, to act upon, such requests timely, and requests to review lending activity in connection with a potentially material vote may be initiated by any relevant Investment Professional and submitted for the Proxy Groups consideration at any time.
III. |
Voting Procedures |
A. |
In all cases, the Adviser shall follow the voting procedures as set forth in the Procedures and Guidelines of the Fund on whose behalf the Adviser is exercising delegated authority to vote. |
B. |
Routine Matters |
The Agent shall be instructed to submit a vote in accordance with the Guidelines where such Guidelines provide a clear policy ( e.g. , For, Against, Withhold, or Abstain)
12
on a proposal. However, the Agent shall be directed to refer any proxy proposal to the Proxy Coordinator for instructions as if it were a matter requiring case-by-case consideration under circumstances where the application of the Guidelines is unclear, it appears to involve unusual or controversial issues, or an Investment Professional recommends a vote contrary to the Guidelines.
C. |
Matters Requiring Case-by-Case Consideration |
The Agent shall be directed to refer proxy proposals accompanied by its written analysis and voting recommendation to the Proxy Coordinator where the Guidelines have noted case-by-case consideration.
Upon receipt of a referral from the Agent, the Proxy Coordinator may solicit additional research from the Agent, Investment Professional(s), as well as from any other source or service.
Except in cases in which the Proxy Group has previously provided the Proxy Coordinator with standing instructions to vote in accordance with the Agents recommendation, the Proxy Coordinator will forward the Agents analysis and recommendation and/or any research obtained from the Investment Professional(s), the Agent, or any other source to the Proxy Group. The Proxy Group may consult with the Agent and/or Investment Professional(s), as it deems necessary.
1. |
Within-Guidelines Votes: Votes in Accordance with a Funds Guidelines and/or where applicable, Agent Recommendation |
In the event the Proxy Group, and where applicable, any Investment Professional participating in the voting process, recommend a vote Within Guidelines, the Proxy Group will instruct the Agent, through the Proxy Coordinator, to vote in this manner, except that the Proxy Coordinator shall follow any procedures established by a Funds Board with respect to recommendations received from an Investment Professional. Except as provided for herein, no Conflicts Report (as such term is defined herein) is required in connection with Within-Guidelines Votes.
2. |
Non-Votes: Votes in Which No Action is Taken |
The Proxy Group may recommend that a Fund refrain from voting under circumstances including, but not limited to, the following: (1) if the economic effect on shareholders interests or the value of the portfolio holding is indeterminable or insignificant, e.g. , proxies in connection with fractional shares, securities no longer held in the portfolio of an ING Fund or proxies being considered on behalf of a Fund that is no longer in existence; or (2) if the cost of voting a proxy outweighs the benefits, e.g. , certain international proxies, particularly in cases in which share blocking practices may impose trading restrictions on the relevant portfolio security. In such instances, the Proxy Group may instruct the Agent, through the Proxy Coordinator, not to vote such proxy. The Proxy Group may provide the Proxy Coordinator with standing instructions
13
on parameters that would dictate a Non-Vote without the Proxy Groups review of a specific proxy.
Reasonable efforts shall be made to secure and vote all other proxies for the Funds, but, particularly in markets in which shareholders rights are limited, Non-Votes may also occur in connection with a Funds related inability to timely access ballots or other proxy information in connection with its portfolio securities.
Non-Votes may also result in certain cases in which the Agents recommendation has been deemed to be conflicted, as provided for in the Funds Procedures.
3. |
Out-of-Guidelines Votes: Votes Contrary to Procedures and Guidelines, or Agent Recommendation, where applicable, Where No Recommendation is Provided by Agent, or Where Agents Recommendation is Conflicted |
If the Proxy Group or where applicable, an Investment Professional, recommends that a Fund vote contrary to the Guidelines, or the recommendation of the Agent, where applicable, if the Agent has made no recommendation on a matter and the Procedures and Guidelines are silent, or the Agents recommendation on a matter is deemed to be conflicted as provided for under these Adviser Procedures, the Proxy Coordinator will then implement the procedures for handling such votes as adopted by the Funds Board.
The Proxy Coordinator will maintain a record of all recommendations from Investment Professionals to vote contrary to the Guidelines, all proxy questions that have been referred to a Funds Compliance Committee, and all applicable recommendations, analysis, research, Conflicts Reports and vote determinations.
IV. |
In furtherance of the Advisers fiduciary duty to the Funds and their beneficial owners, the Advisers shall establish the following:
A. |
Assessment of the Agent |
The Advisers shall establish that the Agent (1) is independent from the Advisers, (2) has resources that indicate it can competently provide analysis of proxy issues, and (3) can make recommendations in an impartial manner and in the best interests of the Funds and their beneficial owners. The Advisers shall utilize, and the Agent shall comply with, such methods for establishing the foregoing as the Advisers may deem reasonably appropriate and shall do so not less than annually as well as prior to engaging the services of any new proxy service. The Agent shall also notify the Advisers in writing within fifteen (15) calendar days of any material change to information previously provided to an Adviser in connection with establishing the Agents independence, competence, or impartiality.
Information provided in connection with assessment of the Agent shall be forwarded to a member of the mutual funds practice group of ING U.S. Investment
14
Management (Counsel) for review. Counsel shall review such information and advise the Proxy Coordinator as to whether a material concern exists and if so, determine the most appropriate course of action to eliminate such concern.
B. |
Conflicts of Interest |
The Advisers shall establish and maintain procedures to identify and address conflicts that may arise from time to time concerning the Agent. Upon the Advisers request, which shall be not less than annually, and within fifteen (15) calendar days of any material change to such information previously provided to an Adviser, the Agent shall provide the Advisers with such information as the Advisers deem reasonable and appropriate for use in determining material relationships of the Agent that may pose a conflict of interest with respect to the Agents proxy analysis or recommendations. The Proxy Coordinator shall forward all such information to Counsel for review. Counsel shall review such information and provide the Proxy Coordinator with a brief statement regarding whether or not a material conflict of interest is present. Matters as to which a material conflict of interest is deemed to be present shall be handled as provided in the Funds Procedures and Guidelines.
In connection with their participation in the voting process for portfolio securities, each member of the Proxy Group, and each Investment Professional participating in the voting process, must act solely in the best interests of the beneficial owners of the applicable Fund. The members of the Proxy Group may not subordinate the interests of the Funds beneficial owners to unrelated objectives, including taking steps to reasonably insulate the voting process from any conflict of interest that may exist in connection with the Agents services or utilization thereof.
For all matters for which the Proxy Group or where applicable, an Investment Professional, recommends an Out-of-Guidelines Vote, or for which a recommendation contrary to that of the Agent or the Guidelines has been received from an Investment Professional, the Proxy Coordinator will implement the procedures for handling such votes as adopted by the Funds Board, including completion of such Conflicts Reports as may be required under the Funds Procedures. Completed Conflicts Reports should be provided to the Proxy Coordinator within two (2) business days and may be submitted to the Proxy Coordinator verbally, provided the Proxy Coordinator documents the Conflicts Report in writing. Such Conflicts Report should describe any known conflicts of either a business or personal nature, and set forth any contacts with respect to the referral item with non-investment personnel in its organization or with outside parties (except for routine communications from proxy solicitors). The Conflicts Report should also include written confirmation that any recommendation from an Investment Professional provided in connection with an Out-of-Guidelines Vote or under circumstances where a conflict of interest exists was made solely on the investment merits and without regard to any other consideration.
The Proxy Coordinator shall forward all Conflicts Reports to Counsel for review. Counsel shall review each report and provide the Proxy Coordinator with a brief
15
statement regarding whether or not a material conflict of interest is present. Matters as to which a material conflict of interest is deemed to be present shall be handled as provided in the Funds Procedures and Guidelines.
V. |
The Adviser shall maintain the records required by Rule 204-2(c)(2), as may be amended from time to time, including the following: (1) A copy of each proxy statement received regarding a Funds portfolio securities. Such proxy statements received from issuers are available either in the SECs EDGAR database or are kept by the Agent and are available upon request. (2) A record of each vote cast on behalf of a Fund. (3) A copy of any document created by the Adviser that was material to making a decision how to vote a proxy, or that memorializes the basis for that decision. (4) A copy of written requests for Fund proxy voting information and any written response thereto or to any oral request for information on how the Adviser voted proxies on behalf of a Fund. All proxy voting materials and supporting documentation will be retained for a minimum of six (6) years, the first two (2) years in the Advisers office.
16
Name | Title or Affiliation | |
Stanley D. Vyner | Chief Investment Risk Officer and Executive Vice President, ING Investments, LLC | |
Todd Modic | Senior Vice President, ING Funds Services, LLC and ING Investments, LLC; and Chief Financial Officer of the ING Funds | |
Maria Anderson | Vice President, Fund Compliance, ING Funds Services, LLC | |
Karla J. Bos | Proxy Coordinator for the ING Funds and Vice President, Proxy Voting, ING Funds Services, LLC | |
Julius A. Drelick III, CFA | Senior Vice President, Head of Fund Compliance, ING Funds Services, LLC | |
Harley Eisner | Vice President, Financial Analysis, ING Funds Services, LLC | |
Evan Posner | Vice President and Counsel, ING Funds |
Effective as of July 19, 2012
17
EXHIBIT 3 Proxy Voting Guidelines of the ING Funds
I. |
The following is a statement of the Proxy Voting Guidelines (Guidelines) that have been adopted by the respective Boards of Directors or Trustees of each Fund. Unless otherwise provided for herein, any defined term used herein shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Funds and Advisers Proxy Voting Procedures (the Procedures).
Proxies must be voted in the best interest of the Fund(s). The Guidelines summarize the Funds positions on various issues of concern to investors, and give a general indication of how Fund portfolio securities will be voted on proposals dealing with particular issues. The Guidelines are not exhaustive and do not include all potential voting issues.
The Advisers, in exercising their delegated authority, will abide by the Guidelines as outlined below with regard to the voting of proxies except as otherwise provided in the Procedures. In voting proxies, the Advisers are guided by general fiduciary principles. Each must act prudently, solely in the interest of the beneficial owners of the Funds it manages. The Advisers will not subordinate the interest of beneficial owners to unrelated objectives. Each Adviser will vote proxies in the manner that it believes will do the most to maximize shareholder value.
II. |
The following Guidelines are grouped according to the types of proposals generally presented to shareholders of U.S. issuers: Board of Directors, Proxy Contests, Auditors, Proxy Contest Defenses, Tender Offer Defenses, Miscellaneous, Capital Structure, Executive and Director Compensation, State of Incorporation, Mergers and Corporate Restructurings, Mutual Fund Proxies, and Social and Environmental Issues. An additional section addresses proposals most frequently found in global proxies.
These Guidelines apply to securities of publicly traded companies and to those of privately held companies if publicly available disclosure permits such application. All matters for which such disclosure is not available shall be considered CASE-BY-CASE.
In all cases receiving CASE-BY-CASE consideration, including cases not specifically provided for under these Guidelines, unless otherwise determined in accordance with the Procedures or otherwise provided for under these Guidelines, it shall generally be the policy of the Funds to vote in accordance with the recommendation provided by the Funds Agent, Institutional Shareholder Services Inc., a subsidiary of MSCI Inc.
Unless otherwise provided for herein, it shall generally be the policy of the Funds to vote in accordance with the Agents recommendation when such recommendation aligns with the recommendation of the relevant issuers management or management has made no recommendation. However, this policy shall not apply to CASE-BY-CASE proposals for which a contrary recommendation from the relevant Investment Professional(s) has been received and
18
is to be utilized, provided that incorporation of any such recommendation shall be subject to the conflict of interest review process required under the Procedures.
Recommendations from the Investment Professionals, while not required under the Procedures, may be submitted or requested in connection with any proposal and are likely to be requested with respect to proxies for private equity securities and/or proposals related to merger transactions/corporate restructurings, proxy contests, or unusual or controversial issues. Such input shall be given primary consideration with respect to CASE-BY-CASE proposals being considered on behalf of the relevant Fund, provided that incorporation of any such recommendation shall be subject to the conflict of interest review process required under the Procedures.
Except as otherwise provided for herein, it shall generally be the policy of the Funds not to support proposals that would impose a negative impact on existing rights of the Funds to the extent that any positive impact would not be deemed sufficient to outweigh removal or diminution of such rights.
The foregoing policies may be overridden in any case as provided for in the Procedures. Similarly, the Procedures provide that proposals whose Guidelines prescribe a firm voting position may instead be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis when unusual or controversial circumstances so dictate.
Interpretation and application of these Guidelines is not intended to supersede any law, regulation, binding agreement, or other legal requirement to which an issuer may be or become subject. No proposal shall be supported whose implementation would contravene such requirements.
1. |
Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections
Unless otherwise provided for herein, the Agents standards with respect to determining director independence shall apply. These standards generally provide that, to be considered completely independent, a director shall have no material connection to the company other than the board seat.
Agreement with the Agents independence standards shall not dictate that a Funds vote shall be cast according to the Agents corresponding recommendation. Votes on director nominees not subject to specific policies described herein should be made on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Where applicable and except as otherwise provided for herein, it shall generally be the policy of the Funds to lodge disagreement with an issuers policies or practices by withholding support from a proposal for the relevant policy or practice rather than the director nominee(s) to which the Agent assigns a correlation. Support shall be withheld from nominees deemed responsible for governance shortfalls, but if they are not standing for election ( e.g. , the board is classified), support shall generally not be withheld from others in their stead. When a determination is made to withhold support due to concerns other than those related to an individual directors independence or actions, responsibility may be attributed to the entire board, a committee, or an
19
individual (such as the CEO or committee chair), taking into consideration whether the desired effect is to send a message or to remove the director from service.
Where applicable and except as otherwise provided for herein, generally vote FOR nominees in connection with issues raised by the Agent if the nominee did not serve on the board or relevant committee during the majority of the time period relevant to the concerns cited by the Agent.
WITHHOLD support from a nominee who, during both of the most recent two years, attended less than 75 percent of the board and committee meetings during the nominees period of service without a valid reason for the absences. WITHHOLD support if two-year attendance cannot be ascertained from available disclosure. DO NOT WITHHOLD support in connection with attendance issues for nominees who have served on the board for less than the two most recent years.
Unless a company has implemented a policy that should reasonably prevent abusive use of its poison pill, WITHHOLD support from nominees responsible for implementing excessive anti-takeover measures, including failure to remove restrictive poison pill features or to ensure a pills expiration or timely submission to shareholders for vote. Responsibility will generally be assigned to the board chair or, if not standing for election, the lead director. If neither is standing for election, WITHHOLD support from all continuing directors.
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis any nominee whom the Agent cites as having failed to implement a majority-approved shareholder proposal. Vote FOR if the shareholder proposal has been reasonably addressed. Proposals seeking shareholder ratification of a poison pill may be deemed reasonably addressed if the company has implemented a policy that should reasonably prevent abusive use of the pill. WITHHOLD support if the shareholder proposal at issue is supported under these Guidelines and the board has not disclosed a credible rationale for not implementing the proposal.
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis any nominee whom the Agent cites as having failed to opt out of a state law requiring companies to implement a staggered board structure, generally withholding support when the company:
(1) |
Demonstrates sustained poor stock performance (measured by one- and three-year total shareholder returns); |
(2) |
Has a non-shareholder-approved poison pill in place, without provisions to redeem or seek approval in a reasonable period of time; and |
(3) |
Maintains a dual class capital structure, imposes a supermajority vote requirement, or has authority to issue blank check preferred stock. |
20
If the board has not acted upon negative votes (WITHHOLD or AGAINST, as applicable based on the issuers election standard) representing a majority of the votes cast at the previous annual meeting, consider board nominees on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Generally, vote FOR nominees when:
(1) |
The issue relevant to the majority negative vote has been adequately addressed or cured, which may include disclosure of the boards rationale; or |
(2) |
The Funds Guidelines or voting record do not support the relevant issue causing the majority negative vote. |
If the above provisions have not been satisfied, generally WITHHOLD support from the chair of the nominating committee, or if not standing for election, consider CASE-BY-CASE.
WITHHOLD support from inside or affiliated outside directors who sit on the audit committee.
Vote FOR inside or affiliated outside directors who sit on the nominating or compensation committee, provided that such committee meets the applicable independence requirements of the relevant listing exchange.
Vote FOR inside or affiliated outside directors if the full board serves as the compensation or nominating committee OR has not created one or both committees, provided that the issuer is in compliance with all provisions of the listing exchange in connection with performance of relevant functions ( e.g. , performance of relevant functions by a majority of independent directors in lieu of the formation of a separate committee).
Compensation Practices:
It shall generally be the policy of the Funds that matters of compensation are best determined by an independent board and compensation committee, but that support may be withheld from compensation committee members whose actions or disclosure do not appear to support compensation practices aligned with the best interests of the company and its shareholders. Votes on compensation committee members in connection with compensation practices should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, and generally:
(1) |
Say on pay . If shareholders have been provided with an advisory vote on executive compensation (say on pay, or SOP), and practices not supported under these Guidelines have been identified, it shall generally be the policy of the Funds to align with the Agent when a vote AGAINST the say on pay proposal has been recommended in lieu of withholding support from certain nominees for compensation concerns. Issuers receiving negative recommendations on both compensation committee members and say on pay regarding issues not otherwise supported by these Guidelines will be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. |
(2) |
Say on pay responsiveness . Compensation committee members opposed by the Agent for failure to sufficiently address compensation concerns evidenced by significant opposition to the most recent SOP vote will be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, factoring in the following: |
(a) |
If the most recent SOP vote received majority opposition, generally vote AGAINST the compensation committee chair if the company has not demonstrated an adequate level of responsiveness. |
21
(b) |
If the most recent SOP vote passed but received significant opposition, generally vote FOR the nominee(s) if a Fund voted FOR that SOP proposal or did not have voting rights on that proposal. If a Fund voted AGAINST the SOP proposal and the company has not demonstrated an adequate level of responsiveness, generally vote AGAINST the compensation committee chair. |
(c) |
If the compensation committee chair is not standing for election under circumstances meriting the chairs opposition, consider the compensation committee member(s) opposed by the Agent on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. |
(3) |
Say on frequency . If the Agent opposes nominees because the company has implemented an SOP schedule that is less frequent than the frequency most recently preferred by at least a plurality of shareholders, generally WITHHOLD support from the compensation committee chair. If the compensation committee chair is not standing for election, WITHHOLD support from the other compensation committee members. If no compensation committee members are standing for election, consider other nominees opposed by the Agent on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. |
(4) |
Tenure . Where applicable and except as otherwise provided for herein, vote FOR compensation committee members who did not serve on the compensation committee during the majority of the time period relevant to the concerns cited by the Agent. |
(5) |
Pay for performance . Consider compensation committee members receiving an adverse recommendation from the Agent CASE-BY-CASE when the Agent has identified a pay practice (or combination of practices) not otherwise supported under these Guidelines that appears to have created a misalignment between CEO pay and performance with regard to shareholder value. Generally vote FOR nominees if the company has provided a reasonable rationale regarding pay and performance and/or they appear reasonably correlated. Generally WITHHOLD support from compensation committee members for structuring compensation packages that unreasonably insulate pay from performance conditions. |
(6) |
Pay disparity . Generally DO NOT WITHHOLD support from compensation committee members solely due to internal pay disparity as assessed by the Agent, but consider pay magnitude concerns on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. |
(7) |
Change in control provisions . If the Agent recommends withholding support from compensation committee members in connection with overly liberal change in control provisions, including those lacking a double trigger, generally WITHHOLD support from such nominees. If the Agent recommends withholding support from compensation committee members in connection with potential change in control payments or tax-gross-ups on change in control payments, vote FOR the nominees if the amount appears reasonable and no material governance concerns exist. Generally WITHHOLD support if the amount is so significant (individually or collectively) as to potentially influence an executives decision to enter into a transaction or to effectively act as a poison pill. |
(8) |
Repricing . If the Agent recommends withholding support from compensation committee members in connection with their failure to seek, or acknowledge, a shareholder vote on plans to reprice, replace, buy back, or exchange options, generally |
22
WITHHOLD support from such nominees, except that cancellation of options would not be considered an exchange unless the cancelled options were regranted or expressly returned to the plan reserve for reissuance. |
(9) |
Tax benefits . If the Agent recommends withholding support from compensation committee members that have approved compensation that is ineligible for tax benefits to the company ( e.g. , under Section 162(m) of OBRA), generally vote FOR such nominees if the company has provided an adequate rationale or the plan itself is being put to shareholder vote at the same meeting. If the plan is up for vote, the provisions under Section 8. OBRA-Related Compensation Proposals shall apply. |
(10) |
Director perquisites . If the Agent recommends withholding support from compensation committee members in connection with director compensation in the form of perquisites, generally vote FOR the nominees if the cost is reasonable in the context of the directors total compensation and the perquisites themselves appear reasonable given their purpose, the directors duties, and the companys line of business. |
(11) |
Incentive plans . Generally consider nominees on a CASE-BY-CASE basis in connection with short-term incentive plans over which the nominee has exercised discretion to exclude extraordinary items, and WITHHOLD support if treatment of such items has been inconsistent ( e.g. , exclusion of losses but not gains). Generally WITHHOLD support from compensation committee members opposed by the Agent in connection with long-term incentive plans, or total executive compensation packages, inadequately aligned with shareholders because the performance period is too short or they lack an appropriate equity component ( e.g., overly cash-based plans), except that the latter will be considered CASE-BY-CASE in connection with executives already holding significant equity positions. |
(12) |
Options backdating . If the Agent has raised issues of options backdating, consider members of the compensation committee, as well as company executives nominated as directors, on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. |
(13) |
Independence from management . Generally WITHHOLD support from compensation committee members cited by the Agent for permitting named executives to have excessive input into setting their own compensation. |
(14) |
Multiple concerns . If the Agent recommends withholding support from compensation committee members in connection with other compensation practices such as tax gross-ups, perquisites, retention or recruitment provisions (including contract length or renewal provisions), guaranteed awards, pensions/SERPs, or severance or termination arrangements, vote FOR such nominees if the issuer has provided adequate rationale and/or disclosure, factoring in any overall adjustments or reductions to the compensation package at issue. Except as otherwise provided for herein, generally DO NOT WITHHOLD support solely due to any single such practice if the total compensation appears reasonable, but consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis compensation packages representing a combination of such provisions and deemed by the Agent to be excessive. |
(15) |
Commitments . Generally, vote FOR compensation committee members receiving an adverse recommendation from the Agent due to problematic pay practices if the issuer |
23
makes a public commitment ( e.g. , via a Form 8-K filing) to rectify the practice on a going-forward basis. |
(16) |
Other . If the Agent has raised other considerations regarding poor compensation practices, consider compensation committee members on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. |
Accounting Practices:
(1) |
Generally, except as otherwise provided for herein, vote FOR independent outside director nominees serving on the audit committee. |
(2) |
Where applicable and except as otherwise provided for herein, generally vote FOR nominees serving on the audit committee, or the companys CEO or CFO if nominated as directors, who did not serve on that committee or have responsibility over the relevant financial function, as applicable, during the majority of the time period relevant to the concerns cited by the Agent. |
(3) |
If the Agent has raised concerns regarding poor accounting practices, consider the companys CEO and CFO, if nominated as directors, and nominees serving on the audit committee on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Generally vote FOR nominees if the company has taken adequate steps to remediate the concerns cited, which would typically include removing or replacing the responsible executives, and if the concerns are not re-occurring and/or the company has not yet had a full year to remediate the concerns since the time they were identified. |
(4) |
If total non-audit fees exceed the total of audit fees, audit-related fees, and tax compliance and preparation fees, the provisions under Section 3. Auditor Ratification shall apply. |
Board Independence:
It shall generally be the policy of the Funds that a board should be majority independent and therefore to consider inside or affiliated outside director nominees when the full board is not majority independent on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Generally:
(1) |
WITHHOLD support from the fewest directors whose removal would achieve majority independence across the remaining board, except that support may be withheld from additional nominees whose relative level of independence cannot be differentiated. |
(2) |
WITHHOLD support from all non-independent nominees, including the founder, chairman, or CEO, if the number required to achieve majority independence is equal to or greater than the number of non-independent nominees. |
(3) |
Except as provided above, vote FOR non-independent nominees in the role of CEO, and when appropriate, founder or chairman, and determine support for other non-independent nominees based on the qualifications and contributions of the nominee as well as the Funds voting precedent for assessing relative independence to management, e.g. , insiders holding senior executive positions are deemed less independent than affiliated outsiders with a transactional or advisory relationship to the company, and affiliated outsiders with a material transactional or advisory relationship are deemed less independent than those with lesser relationships. |
24
(4) |
Non-voting directors ( e.g. , director emeritus or advisory director) shall be excluded from calculations with respect to majority board independence. |
(5) |
When conditions contributing to a lack of majority independence remain substantially similar to those in the previous year, it shall generally be the policy of the Funds to vote on nominees in a manner consistent with votes cast by the Fund(s) in the previous year. |
Generally vote FOR nominees without regard to over-boarding issues raised by the Agent unless other concerns requiring CASE-BY-CASE consideration have been raised.
Generally, when the Agent recommends withholding support due to assessment that a nominee acted in bad faith or against shareholder interests in connection with a major transaction, such as a merger or acquisition, or if the Agent recommends withholding support due to other material failures or egregious actions, consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, factoring in the merits of the nominees performance and rationale and disclosure provided. If the Agent cites concerns regarding actions in connection with a candidates service on another board, vote FOR the nominee if the issuer has provided adequate rationale regarding the appropriateness of the nominee to serve on the board under consideration.
Performance Test for Directors
Consider nominees failing the Agents performance test, which includes market-based and operating performance measures, on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Input from the relevant Investment Professional(s) shall be given primary consideration with respect to such proposals.
Support will generally be WITHHELD from nominees receiving a negative recommendation from the Agent due to sustained poor stock performance (measured by one- and three-year total shareholder returns) combined with multiple takeover defenses/entrenchment devices if the issuer:
(1) |
Is a controlled company or has a non-shareholder-approved poison pill in place, without provisions to redeem or seek approval in a reasonable period of time; and |
(2) |
Maintains a dual class capital structure, imposes a supermajority vote requirement, or has authority to issue blank check preferred stock. |
Nominees receiving a negative recommendation from the Agent due to sustained poor stock performance combined with other takeover defenses/entrenchment devices will be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Proposals Regarding Board Composition or Board Service
Generally, except as otherwise provided for herein, vote AGAINST shareholder proposals to impose new board structures or policies, including those requiring that the positions of chairman and CEO be held separately, but vote FOR proposals in connection with a binding agreement or other legal requirement to which an issuer has or reasonably may expect to become subject, and consider such proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis if the board is not majority independent or corporate governance concerns have been identified. Generally, except as otherwise provided for herein, vote FOR management proposals to adopt or amend board structures or policies, except consider such proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis if the board is not majority independent, corporate governance concerns have been identified, or the proposal may result in a material reduction in shareholders rights.
25
Generally, vote AGAINST shareholder proposals:
|
Asking that more than a simple majority of directors be independent. |
|
Asking that the independence of the compensation and/or nominating committees be greater than that required by the listing exchange. |
|
Limiting the number of public company boards on which a director may serve. |
|
Seeking to redefine director independence or directors specific roles ( e.g. , responsibilities of the lead director). |
|
Requesting creation of additional board committees or offices, except as otherwise provided for herein. |
|
Limiting the tenure of outside directors or imposing a mandatory retirement age for outside directors (unless the proposal seeks to relax existing standards), but generally vote FOR management proposals in this regard. |
Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals that seek creation of an audit, compensation, or nominating committee of the board, unless the committee in question is already in existence or the issuer has availed itself of an applicable exemption of the listing exchange ( e.g. , performance of relevant functions by a majority of independent directors in lieu of the formation of a separate committee).
Stock Ownership Requirements
Generally, vote AGAINST shareholder proposals requiring directors to own a minimum amount of company stock in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board.
Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection
Proposals on director and officer indemnification and liability protection should be evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, using Delaware law as the standard. Vote AGAINST proposals to limit or eliminate entirely directors and officers liability for monetary damages for violating the duty of care. Vote AGAINST indemnification proposals that would expand coverage beyond just legal expenses to acts, such as negligence, that are more serious violations of fiduciary obligation than mere carelessness. Vote FOR only those proposals providing such expanded coverage in cases when a directors or officers legal defense was unsuccessful if:
(1) |
The director was found to have acted in good faith and in a manner that he reasonably believed was in the best interests of the company; and |
(2) |
Only if the directors legal expenses would be covered. |
2. |
Proxy Contests |
These proposals should generally be analyzed on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Input from the relevant Investment Professional(s) shall be given primary consideration with respect to proposals in connection with proxy contests being considered on behalf of that Fund.
Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections
Votes in a contested election of directors must be evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
26
Reimburse Proxy Solicitation Expenses
Voting to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses should be analyzed on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, generally voting FOR if associated nominees are also supported.
3. |
Auditors |
Ratifying Auditors
Generally, except in cases of poor accounting practices or high non-audit fees, vote FOR management proposals to ratify auditors. Consider management proposals to ratify auditors on a CASE-BY-CASE basis if the Agent cites poor accounting practices. If fees for non-audit services exceed 50 percent of total auditor fees as described below, consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, voting AGAINST management proposals to ratify auditors only if concerns exist that remuneration for the non-audit work is so lucrative as to taint the auditors independence. For purposes of this review, fees deemed to be reasonable, generally non-recurring exceptions to the non-audit fee category ( e.g. , those related to an IPO) shall be excluded. Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals asking the issuer to present its auditor annually for ratification.
Auditor Independence
Generally, consider shareholder proposals asking companies to prohibit their auditors from engaging in non-audit services (or capping the level of non-audit services) on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Audit Firm Rotation
Generally, vote AGAINST shareholder proposals asking for mandatory audit firm rotation.
4. |
Proxy Contest Defenses |
Presentation of management and shareholder proposals on the same matter on the same agenda shall not require a Fund to vote FOR one and AGAINST the other.
Board Structure: Staggered vs. Annual Elections
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals to classify the board or otherwise restrict shareholders ability to vote upon directors and FOR proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors annually.
Shareholder Ability to Remove Directors
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals that provide that directors may be removed only for cause.
Generally, vote FOR proposals to restore shareholder ability to remove directors with or without cause.
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals that provide that only continuing directors may elect replacements to fill board vacancies.
Generally, vote FOR proposals that permit shareholders to elect directors to fill board vacancies.
Cumulative Voting
If the company is controlled or maintains a classified board of directors or a dual class voting structure, generally, vote AGAINST management proposals to eliminate cumulative voting (except that such proposals may be supported irrespective of classification in furtherance of an
27
issuers plan to declassify its board or adopt a majority voting standard), and vote FOR shareholder proposals to restore or permit cumulative voting.
Time-Phased Voting
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals to implement, and FOR proposals to eliminate, time-phased or other forms of voting that do not promote a one share, one vote standard.
Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings
Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to call special meetings when either (1) the company does not currently permit shareholders to do so or (2) the existing ownership threshold is greater than 25 percent.
Consider management proposals to permit shareholders to call special meetings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, generally voting FOR such proposals not opposed by the Agent. Generally vote FOR such proposals if the Agents sole concern relates to a net-long position requirement.
Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent
Generally, vote AGAINST shareholder proposals seeking the right to act by written consent if the issuer:
(1) |
Permits shareholders to call special meetings; |
(2) |
Does not impose supermajority vote requirements; and |
(3) |
Has otherwise demonstrated its accountability to shareholders ( e.g. , the company has reasonably addressed majority-supported shareholder proposals). |
Consider management proposals to eliminate the right to act by written consent on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, generally voting FOR if the above conditions are present.
Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals seeking the right to act by written consent if the above conditions are not present.
Shareholder Ability to Alter the Size of the Board
Generally, vote FOR proposals that seek to fix the size of the board or designate a range for its size.
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals that give management the ability to alter the size of the board outside of a specified range without shareholder approval.
5. |
Tender Offer Defenses |
Poison Pills
Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals that ask a company to submit its poison pill for shareholder ratification, or to redeem its pill in lieu thereof, unless (1) shareholders have approved adoption of the plan, (2) a policy has already been implemented by the company that should reasonably prevent abusive use of the pill, or (3) the board had determined that it was in the best interest of shareholders to adopt a pill without delay, provided that such plan would be put to shareholder vote within twelve months of adoption or expire, and if not approved by a majority of the votes cast, would immediately terminate.
Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis shareholder proposals to redeem a companys poison pill.
28
Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis management proposals to approve or ratify a poison pill or any plan or charter amendment ( e.g. , investment restrictions) that can reasonably be construed as an anti-takeover measure, with voting decisions generally based on the Agents approach to evaluating such proposals, considering factors such as rationale, trigger level, and sunset provisions. Votes will generally be cast in a manner that seeks to preserve shareholder value and the right to consider a valid offer, voting AGAINST management proposals in connection with poison pills or anti-takeover activities that do not meet the Agents standards.
Fair Price Provisions
Vote proposals to adopt fair price provisions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Generally, vote AGAINST fair price provisions with shareholder vote requirements greater than a majority of disinterested shares.
Greenmail
Generally, vote FOR proposals to adopt anti-greenmail charter or bylaw amendments or otherwise restrict a companys ability to make greenmail payments.
Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis anti-greenmail proposals when they are bundled with other charter or bylaw amendments.
Pale Greenmail
Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis restructuring plans that involve the payment of pale greenmail.
Unequal Voting Rights
Generally, except as otherwise provided for herein, vote AGAINST dual-class exchange offers and dual-class recapitalizations.
Supermajority Shareholder Vote Requirement
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote and FOR management or shareholder proposals to lower supermajority shareholder vote requirements, unless, for companies with shareholder(s) with significant ownership levels, the Agent recommends retention of existing supermajority requirements in order to protect minority shareholder interests.
White Squire Placements
Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals to require approval of blank check preferred stock issues for other than general corporate purposes.
6. |
Miscellaneous |
Amendments to Corporate Documents
Except to align with legislative or regulatory changes or when support is recommended by the Agent or relevant Investment Professional(s) (including, for example, as a condition to a major transaction such as a merger), generally, vote AGAINST proposals seeking to remove shareholder approval requirements or otherwise remove or diminish shareholder rights, e.g. , by (1) adding restrictive provisions, (2) removing provisions or moving them to portions of the charter not requiring shareholder approval, or (3) in corporate structures such as holding companies, removing provisions in an active subsidiarys charter that provide voting rights to parent company
29
shareholders. This policy would also generally apply to proposals seeking approval of corporate agreements or amendments to such agreements that the Agent recommends AGAINST because a similar reduction in shareholder rights is requested.
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals for charter amendments that support board entrenchment or may be used as an anti-takeover device (or to further anti-takeover conditions), particularly if the proposal is bundled or the board is classified.
Generally, vote FOR proposals seeking charter or bylaw amendments to remove anti-takeover provisions.
Consider proposals seeking charter or bylaw amendments not addressed under these Guidelines on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Confidential Voting
Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals that request companies to adopt confidential voting, use independent tabulators, and use independent inspectors of election as long as the proposals include clauses for proxy contests as follows:
|
In the case of a contested election, management should be permitted to request that the dissident group honor its confidential voting policy. |
|
If the dissidents agree, the policy remains in place. |
|
If the dissidents do not agree, the confidential voting policy is waived. |
Generally, vote FOR management proposals to adopt confidential voting.
Proxy Access
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to provide shareholders with access to managements proxy material in order to nominate their own candidates(s) to the board.
Majority Voting Standard
Except as otherwise provided for herein, it shall generally be the policy of the Funds to extend discretion to issuers to determine when it may be appropriate to adopt a majority voting standard. Generally, vote FOR management proposals, provided the proposal contains a plurality carve-out for contested elections, but AGAINST shareholder proposals unless also supported by management, seeking election of directors by the affirmative vote of the majority of votes cast in connection with a meeting of shareholders, including amendments to corporate documents or other actions in furtherance of a majority standard, and provided such standard does not conflict with state law in which the company is incorporated. For issuers with a history of significant corporate governance concerns, consider such proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. (See also Section 11. Mutual Fund Proxies.)
Bundled Proposals
Except as otherwise provided for herein, review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis bundled or conditioned proxy proposals, generally voting AGAINST bundled proposals containing one or more items not supported under these Guidelines if the Agent or relevant Investment Professional(s) deems the negative impact, on balance, to outweigh any positive impact.
Shareholder Advisory Committees
Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to establish a shareholder advisory committee.
30
Reimburse Shareholder for Expenses Incurred
Voting to reimburse expenses incurred in connection with shareholder proposals should be analyzed on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Other Business
In connection with proxies of U.S. issuers ( e.g. , those filing a DEF 14A and considered domestic by the Agent), generally vote FOR management proposals for Other Business, except when the primary proposal is not supported by a Fund or in connection with a proxy contest in which a Fund is not voting in support of management.
Quorum Requirements
Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to lower quorum requirements for shareholder meetings below a majority of the shares outstanding.
Advance Notice for Shareholder Proposals
Generally, vote FOR management proposals related to advance notice period requirements, provided that the period requested is in accordance with applicable law and no material governance concerns have been identified in connection with the issuer.
Multiple Proposals
Multiple proposals of a similar nature presented as options to the course of action favored by management may all be voted FOR, provided that support for a single proposal is not operationally required, no one proposal is deemed superior in the interest of the Fund(s), and each proposal would otherwise be supported under these Guidelines.
7. |
Capital Structure |
Common Stock Authorization
Review proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Except where otherwise indicated, the Agents proprietary approach of determining appropriate thresholds and, for requests above such allowable threshold, applying a company-specific, qualitative review ( e.g. , considering rationale and prudent historical usage), will generally be utilized in evaluating such proposals.
Generally, vote FOR:
|
Proposals to authorize capital increases within the Agents allowable thresholds or those in excess but meeting Agents qualitative standards, but consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis those requests failing the Agents review for proposals in connection with which a contrary recommendation from the relevant Investment Professional(s) has been received and is to be utilized ( e.g., in support of a merger or acquisition proposal). |
|
Proposals to authorize capital increases within the Agents allowable thresholds or those in excess but meeting Agents qualitative standards, unless the company states that the stock may be used as a takeover defense. In those cases, consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis if a contrary recommendation from the relevant Investment Professional(s) has been received and is to be utilized. |
31
|
Proposals to authorize capital increases exceeding the Agents thresholds when a companys shares are in danger of being delisted or if a companys ability to continue to operate as a going concern is uncertain. |
Generally, vote AGAINST:
|
Proposals to increase the number of authorized shares of a class of stock if the issuance which the increase is intended to service is not supported under these Guidelines. |
|
Nonspecific proposals authorizing excessive discretion to a board. |
Consider management proposals to make changes to the capital structure not otherwise addressed under these Guidelines CASE-BY-CASE, generally voting with the Agents recommendation unless a contrary recommendation has been received from the relevant Investment Professional(s) and is to be utilized.
Dual Class Capital Structures
Generally, vote AGAINST:
|
Proposals to create or perpetuate dual class capital structures unless supported by the Agent ( e.g. , to avert bankruptcy or generate non-dilutive financing, and not designed to increase the voting power of an insider or significant shareholder). |
|
Proposals to increase the number of authorized shares of the class of stock that has superior voting rights in companies that have dual class capital structures. |
However, consider such proposals CASE-BY-CASE if (1) bundled with favorable proposal(s), (2) approval of such proposal(s) is a condition of such favorable proposal(s), or (3) part of a recapitalization for which support is recommended by the Agent or relevant Investment Professional(s).
Consider management proposals to eliminate or make changes to dual class capital structures CASE-BY-CASE, generally voting with the Agents recommendation unless a contrary recommendation has been received from the relevant Investment Professional(s) and is to be utilized.
Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals to eliminate dual class capital structures unless the relevant Fund owns a class with superior voting rights.
Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends
Generally, vote FOR management proposals to increase common share authorization for a stock split, provided that the increase in authorized shares falls within the Agents allowable thresholds, but consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis those proposals exceeding the Agents threshold for proposals in connection with which a contrary recommendation from the relevant Investment Professional(s) has been received and is to be utilized.
Reverse Stock Splits
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis management proposals to implement a reverse stock split. In the event the split constitutes a capital increase effectively exceeding the Agents allowable threshold because the request does not proportionately reduce the number of shares authorized, consider managements rationale and/or disclosure, generally voting FOR, but generally not supporting additional requests for capital increases on the same agenda.
32
Preferred Stock
Review proposals to increase the number of shares of preferred stock authorized for issuance on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, and except where otherwise indicated, generally utilize the Agents approach for evaluating such proposals. This approach incorporates both qualitative and quantitative measures, including a review of past performance ( e.g. , board governance, shareholder returns and historical share usage) and the current request ( e.g. , rationale, whether shares are blank check and declawed, and dilutive impact as determined through the Agents proprietary model for assessing appropriate thresholds).
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals authorizing the issuance of preferred stock or creation of new classes of preferred stock with unspecified voting, conversion, dividend distribution, and other rights (blank check preferred stock), but vote FOR if the Agent or relevant Investment Professional(s) so recommends because the issuance is required to effect a merger or acquisition proposal.
Generally, vote FOR proposals to issue or create blank check preferred stock in cases when the company expressly states that the stock will not be used as a takeover defense. Generally vote AGAINST in cases where the company expressly states that, or fails to disclose whether, the stock may be used as a takeover defense, but vote FOR if the Agent or relevant Investment Professional(s) so recommends because the issuance is required to address special circumstances such as a merger or acquisition.
Generally, vote FOR proposals to authorize or issue preferred stock in cases where the company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion, and other rights of such stock and the terms of the preferred stock appear reasonable.
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of blank check preferred shares after analyzing the number of preferred shares available for issue given a companys industry and performance in terms of shareholder returns.
Shareholder Proposals Regarding Blank Check Preferred Stock
Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals to have blank check preferred stock placements, other than those shares issued for the purpose of raising capital or making acquisitions in the normal course of business, submitted for shareholder ratification.
Adjustments to Par Value of Common Stock
Generally, vote FOR management proposals to reduce the par value of common stock, unless doing so raises other concerns not otherwise supported under these Guidelines.
Preemptive Rights
Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis shareholder proposals that seek preemptive rights or management proposals that seek to eliminate them. In evaluating proposals on preemptive rights, consider the size of a company and the characteristics of its shareholder base.
Debt Restructurings
Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to increase common and/or preferred shares and to issue shares as part of a debt restructuring plan.
Share Repurchase Programs
Generally, vote FOR management proposals to institute open-market share repurchase plans in
33
which all shareholders may participate on equal terms, but vote AGAINST plans with terms favoring selected parties. This policy shall also apply to companies incorporated outside the U.S. if they are listed on a U.S. exchange and treated as a U.S. domestic issuer by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).
Generally, vote FOR management proposals to cancel repurchased shares.
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals for share repurchase methods lacking adequate risk mitigation or exceeding appropriate volume or duration parameters for the market.
Consider shareholder proposals seeking share repurchase programs on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with input from the relevant Investment Professional(s) to be given primary consideration.
Tracking Stock
Votes on the creation of tracking stock are determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
8. |
Executive and Director Compensation |
Except as otherwise provided for herein, votes with respect to compensation and employee benefit plans, or the issuance of shares in connection with such plans, should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agents approach to evaluating such plans, which includes determination of costs and comparison to an allowable cap, except as otherwise provided herein.
|
Generally, vote in accordance with the Agents recommendations FOR equity-based plans with costs within such cap and AGAINST those with costs in excess of it, except that plans above the cap may be supported if so recommended by the Agent or relevant Investment Professional(s) as a condition to a major transaction such as a merger. |
|
Generally, vote AGAINST plans if the Agent suggests cost or dilution assessment may not be possible due to the method of disclosing shares allocated to the plan(s). |
|
Generally, vote AGAINST equity-based plans whose awards further a misalignment between CEO pay and performance with regard to shareholder value, including where pay appears unreasonably insulated from performance conditions and/or awards under the plan are concentrated among named executive officers. |
|
Generally, vote AGAINST plans with inadequate disclosure regarding vesting or performance requirements. However, except as otherwise provided herein, consider plans CASE-BY-CASE if the Agent questions the form or stringency of the vesting or performance criteria. |
|
Generally, vote FOR plans with costs within the cap if the primary concerns raised by the Agent pertain to matters that would not result in a negative vote under these Guidelines on a management say on pay proposal or the relevant board or committee member(s). |
|
Generally, vote AGAINST plans administered by potential grant recipients. |
|
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals to eliminate existing shareholder approval requirements for material plan changes, unless the company has provided a reasonable rationale and/or adequate disclosure regarding the requested changes. |
34
|
Generally vote AGAINST long-term incentive plans that are inadequately aligned with shareholders because the performance period is too short or they lack an appropriate equity component, except that such cases will be considered CASE-BY-CASE in connection with executives already holding significant equity positions. |
|
Generally, vote AGAINST plans that contain an overly liberal change in control definition ( e.g. , does not result in actual change in control). |
|
Consider plans CASE-BY-CASE if the Agent raises other considerations not otherwise provided for herein. |
Management Proposals Seeking Approval to Reprice Options
Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis management proposals seeking approval to reprice, replace, or exchange options, considering factors such as rationale, historic trading patterns, value-for-value exchange, vesting periods, and replacement option terms. Generally, vote FOR proposals that meet the Agents criteria for acceptable repricing, replacement, or exchange transactions. Generally, vote AGAINST compensation plans that (1) permit or may permit ( e.g. , history of repricing and no express prohibition against future repricing) repricing of stock options, or any form or alternative to repricing, without shareholder approval, (2) include provisions that permit repricing, replacement, or exchange transactions that do not meet the Agents criteria, or (3) give the board sole discretion to approve option repricing, replacement, or exchange programs.
Director Compensation
Votes on stock-based plans for directors are made on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agents quantitative approach described above as well as a review of qualitative features of the plan when costs exceed the Agents threshold.
Employee Stock Purchase Plans
Votes on employee stock purchase plans, and capital issuances in support of such plans, should be made on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agents approach to evaluating such plans.
OBRA-Related Compensation Proposals
Votes on plans intended to qualify for favorable tax treatment under the provisions of Section 162(m) of OBRA should be evaluated irrespective of the Agents assessment of board independence, provided that the board meets the independence requirements of the relevant listing exchange and no potential recipient under the plan(s) sits on the committee that exercises discretion over the related compensation awards. Unless the issuer has provided a compelling rationale, generally vote with the Agents recommendations AGAINST plans that include practices or features not supported under these Guidelines or deliver excessive compensation that fails to qualify for favorable tax treatment.
Amendments that Place a Cap on Annual Grants or Amend Administrative Features
Generally, vote FOR plans that simply amend shareholder-approved plans to include administrative features or place a cap on the annual grants any one participant may receive to comply with the provisions of Section 162(m) of OBRA.
Amendments to Add Performance-Based Goals
Generally, vote FOR amendments to add performance goals to existing compensation plans to comply with the provisions of Section 162(m) of OBRA, unless they are clearly
35
inappropriate.
Amendments to Increase Shares and Retain Tax Deductions Under OBRA
Votes on amendments to existing plans to increase shares reserved and to qualify the plan for favorable tax treatment under the provisions of Section 162(m) should be evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, generally voting FOR such plans that do not raise any negative concerns under these Guidelines.
Approval of Cash or Cash-and-Stock Bonus Plans
Generally, vote FOR cash or cash-and-stock bonus plans to exempt the compensation from taxes under the provisions of Section 162(m) of OBRA, with primary consideration given to managements assessment that such plan meets the requirements for exemption of performance-based compensation. However, consider CASE-BY-CASE when broader compensation concerns exist.
Shareholder Proposals Regarding Executive and Director Pay
Unless evidence exists of abuse in historical compensation practices, and except as otherwise provided for herein, generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals that seek to impose new compensation structures or policies.
Severance and Termination Payments
Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals to have parachute arrangements submitted for shareholder ratification (with parachutes defined as compensation arrangements related to termination that specify change in control events) and provided that the proposal does not include unduly restrictive or arbitrary provisions such as advance approval requirements.
Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals seeking double triggers on change in control awards. Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals seeking a specific treatment of equity that vests upon change in control.
Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals to submit executive severance agreements for shareholder ratification, if such proposals specify change in control events, Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans, or deferred executive compensation plans, or if ratification is required by the listing exchange.
Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis all proposals to approve, ratify, or cancel executive severance or termination arrangements, including those related to executive recruitment or retention. Generally vote FOR such compensation arrangements if:
(1) |
The primary concerns raised by the Agent would not result in a negative vote under these Guidelines on a management say on pay proposal or the relevant board or committee member(s); |
(2) |
The issuer has provided adequate rationale and/or disclosure; or |
(3) |
Support is recommended by the Agent or relevant Investment Professional(s) ( e.g. , as a condition to a major transaction such as a merger). |
However, vote in accordance with the Agents recommendations AGAINST new or materially amended plans, contracts, or payments that include single trigger change in control cash severance provisions or do not require an actual change in control in order to be triggered.
36
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis any proposals opposed by the Agent due to single trigger equity acceleration or legacy single trigger change in control cash severance provisions.
Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs)
Generally, vote FOR proposals that request shareholder approval in order to implement an ESOP or to increase authorized shares for existing ESOPs, except in cases when the number of shares allocated to the ESOP is excessive ( i.e. , generally greater than five percent of outstanding shares).
401(k) Employee Benefit Plans
Generally, vote FOR proposals to implement a 401(k) savings plan for employees.
Holding Periods
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals requiring mandatory periods for officers and directors to hold company stock.
Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation (Say on Pay)
Generally, management proposals seeking ratification of the companys compensation program will be voted FOR unless the program includes practices or features not supported under these Guidelines (including those referenced under Section 1. The Board of Directors, Compensation Practices) and the proposal receives a negative recommendation from the Agent. Unless otherwise provided for herein, proposals not receiving the Agents support due to concerns regarding incentive structures, severance/termination payments, or vesting or performance criteria not otherwise supported by these Guidelines will be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, factoring in whether the issuer has made improvements to its overall compensation program, and generally voting FOR if CEO pay appears aligned with performance and/or the company has provided a reasonable rationale and/or adequate disclosure regarding the matter(s) under consideration. For say on pay proposals not supported by the Agent and referencing incentive plan concerns:
(1) |
Short-term incentive plans : Proposals will be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis if they cite short-term incentive plans over which the board has exercised discretion to exclude extraordinary items, and voted AGAINST if treatment of such items has been inconsistent ( e.g. , exclusion of losses but not gains). |
(2) |
Long-term incentive plans : Proposals will be voted AGAINST if they cite long-term incentive plans that are inadequately aligned with shareholders because the performance period is too short or they lack an appropriate equity component ( e.g., overly cash-based plans), except that the latter will be considered CASE-BY-CASE in connection with executives already holding significant equity positions. |
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals when named executives have material input into setting their own compensation.
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals presented by issuers subject to Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP) provisions if there is inadequate discussion of the process for ensuring that incentive compensation does not encourage excessive risk-taking.
Frequency of Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation
Generally, support proposals seeking an annual say on pay and oppose those seeking a less
37
frequent say on pay.
9. |
State of Incorporation |
Voting on State Takeover Statutes
Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to opt in or out of state takeover statutes (including control share acquisition statutes, control share cash-out statutes, freezeout provisions, fair price provisions, stakeholder laws, poison pill endorsements, severance pay and labor contract provisions, anti-greenmail provisions, and disgorgement provisions).
Voting on Reincorporation Proposals
Proposals to change a companys state of incorporation should be examined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, generally supporting management proposals not assessed as a potential takeover defense, but if so assessed, weighing managements rationale for the change. Generally, vote FOR management reincorporation proposals upon which another key proposal, such as a merger transaction, is contingent if the other key proposal is also supported. Generally, vote AGAINST shareholder reincorporation proposals not also supported by the company.
10. |
Mergers and Corporate Restructurings |
Input from the relevant Investment Professional(s) shall be given primary consideration with respect to proposals regarding business combinations, particularly those between otherwise unaffiliated parties, or other corporate restructurings being considered on behalf of that Fund.
Generally, vote FOR a proposal not typically supported under these Guidelines if a key proposal, such as a merger transaction, is contingent upon its support and a vote FOR is accordingly recommended by the Agent or relevant Investment Professional(s).
Mergers and Acquisitions
Votes on mergers and acquisitions should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agents approach to evaluating such proposals if no input is provided by the relevant Investment Professional(s).
Corporate Restructurings
Votes on corporate restructuring proposals, including demergers, minority squeezeouts, leveraged buyouts, spinoffs, liquidations, dispositions, divestitures, and asset sales, should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agents approach to evaluating such proposals if no input is provided by the relevant Investment Professional(s).
Adjournment
Generally, vote FOR proposals to adjourn a meeting to provide additional time for vote solicitation when the primary proposal, such as a merger or corporate restructuring, is also supported. Absent such a proposal, vote FOR adjournment if all other proposals are supported and AGAINST if all others are opposed. Under any other circumstances, consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Appraisal Rights
Generally, vote FOR proposals to restore, or provide shareholders with, rights of appraisal.
38
Changing Corporate Name
Generally, vote FOR changing the corporate name.
11. |
Mutual Fund Proxies |
Approving New Classes or Series of Shares
Generally, vote FOR the establishment of new classes or series of shares.
Authorizing the Board to Hire and Terminate Sub-Advisers Without Shareholder Approval
Generally, vote FOR these proposals.
Master-Feeder Structure
Generally, vote FOR the establishment of a master-feeder structure.
Establish Director Ownership Requirement
Generally, vote AGAINST shareholder proposals for the establishment of a director ownership requirement.
The matters below should be examined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis:
|
Election of Directors |
|
Converting Closed-end Fund to Open-end Fund |
|
Proxy Contests |
|
Investment Advisory Agreements |
|
Preferred Stock Proposals |
|
1940 Act Policies |
|
Changing a Fundamental Restriction to a Nonfundamental Restriction |
|
Change Fundamental Investment Objective to Nonfundamental |
|
Name Rule Proposals |
|
Disposition of Assets/Termination/Liquidation |
|
Changes to the Charter Document |
|
Changing the Domicile of a Fund |
|
Change in Funds Subclassification |
|
Distribution Agreements |
|
Mergers |
|
Reimburse Shareholder for Expenses Incurred |
|
Terminate the Investment Adviser |
12. |
Social and Environmental Issues |
Boards of directors and company management are responsible for guiding the corporation in connection with matters that are most often the subject of shareholder proposals on social and environmental issues: ensuring that the companies they oversee comply with applicable legal, regulatory and ethical standards, effectively managing risk, and assessing and addressing matters that may have a financial impact on shareholder value. The Funds will generally vote in
39
accordance with the boards recommendation on such proposals unless it appears both that the stewardship noted above has fallen short and the issue is material to the company. The former may be evidenced by the companys failure to align its actions and disclosure with market practice and that of its peers, or the companys having been subject to significant controversies, litigation, fines, or penalties in connection with the relevant issue. Such instances will be considered CASE-BY-CASE. The Funds will generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals seeking to dictate corporate conduct, impose excessive costs or restrictions, duplicate policies already substantially in place, or release information that would not help a shareholder evaluate an investment in the corporation as an economic matter. The Funds may ABSTAIN from voting on shareholder proposals where application of the Guidelines is unclear. This may include cases where the concerns raised are considered valid but the policies or actions requested are not deemed appropriate or the issues are not clearly relevant to corporate performance or are not deemed appropriate for shareholder consideration.
13. |
Global Proxies |
Companies incorporated outside the U.S. shall generally be subject to the foregoing U.S. Guidelines if they are listed on a U.S. exchange and treated as a U.S. domestic issuer by the SEC. Where applicable and not provided for otherwise herein, certain U.S. Guidelines may also be applied to companies incorporated outside the U.S., e.g. , companies with a significant base of U.S. operations and employees. However, the following provide for differing regulatory and legal requirements, market practices, and political and economic systems existing in various global markets.
Unless otherwise provided for herein, it shall generally be the policy of the Funds to vote AGAINST global proxy proposals when the Agent recommends voting AGAINST such proposal because relevant disclosure by the issuer, or the time provided for consideration of such disclosure, is inadequate. For purposes of these global Guidelines, AGAINST shall mean withholding of support for a proposal, resulting in submission of a vote of AGAINST or ABSTAIN, as appropriate for the given market and level of concern raised by the Agent regarding the issue or lack of disclosure or time provided.
In connection with practices described herein that are associated with a firm AGAINST vote, it shall generally be the policy of the Funds to consider them on a CASE-BY-CASE basis if the Agent recommends their support (1) as the issuer or market transitions to better practices ( e.g. , having committed to new regulations or governance codes) or (2) as the more favorable choice when shareholders must choose between alternate proposals.
Routine Management Proposals
Generally, vote FOR the following and other similar routine management proposals:
|
the opening of the shareholder meeting |
|
that the meeting has been convened under local regulatory requirements |
|
the presence of quorum |
|
the agenda for the shareholder meeting |
|
the election of the chair of the meeting |
|
the appointment of shareholders to co-sign the minutes of the meeting |
|
regulatory filings ( e.g. , to effect approved share issuances) |
40
|
the designation of inspector or shareholder representative(s) of minutes of meeting |
|
the designation of two shareholders to approve and sign minutes of meeting |
|
the allowance of questions |
|
the publication of minutes |
|
the closing of the shareholder meeting |
Consider proposals seeking authority to call shareholder meetings on less than 21 days notice on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agents approach to consider whether the issuer has provided clear disclosure of its compliance with any hurdle conditions for the authority imposed by applicable law and has historically limited its use of such authority to time-sensitive matters.
Discharge of Management/Supervisory Board Members
Generally, vote FOR management proposals seeking the discharge of management and supervisory board members, unless the Agent recommends AGAINST due to concern about the past actions of the companys auditors or directors or legal action is being taken against the board by other shareholders, including when the proposal is bundled. Generally do not withhold support from such proposals in connection with remuneration practices otherwise supported under these Guidelines or as a means of expressing disapproval of broader practices of the issuer or its board.
Director Elections
Unless otherwise provided for herein, the Agents standards with respect to determining director independence shall apply. These standards generally provide that, to be considered completely independent, a director shall have no material connection to the company other than the board seat.
Agreement with the Agents independence standards shall not dictate that a Funds vote shall be cast according to the Agents corresponding recommendation. Further, unless otherwise provided for herein, the application of Guidelines in connection with such standards shall apply only when the nominees level of independence can be ascertained based on available disclosure. These policies generally apply to director nominees in uncontested elections; votes in contested elections, and votes on director nominees not subject to policies described herein, should be made on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with primary consideration in contested elections given to input from the relevant Investment Professional(s).
For issuers domiciled in Finland, France, Ireland, the Netherlands, Sweden, or tax haven markets, generally vote AGAINST non-independent directors opposed by the Agent when the full board serves as the audit committee, or the company does not have an audit committee.
For issuers in all markets, vote AGAINST non-independent nominees to the audit committee, as well as bundled slates including such nominees, unless the Agent otherwise recommends support ( e.g. , due to market practices or requirements). If the slate is bundled and audit committee membership is unclear or proposed as a separate agenda item, vote FOR if the Agent otherwise recommends support. For Canadian issuers, the Funds U.S. Guidelines with respect to audit committees shall apply. For issuers in all markets, nominees (or slates of nominees) will be voted AGAINST if opposed by the Agent for failing to disclose audit fees broken down by category. If the Agent opposes audit committee members because fees for non-audit services
41
(excluding significant, one-time events) exceed 50 percent of total auditor fees, the provisions under Section 13. Ratification of Auditors and Approval of Auditors Fees shall apply.
Generally, vote FOR non-independent directors when the full board serves as the remuneration (compensation) or nominating committee, or the company does not have a remuneration or nominating committee, if the board meets the applicable independence requirements of the relevant listing exchange. Vote FOR non-independent directors who sit on the remuneration or nominating committees if such committee meets the applicable independence requirements of the relevant listing exchange.
Generally follow the Agents recommendations to vote AGAINST individuals nominated as outside/non-executive directors who do not meet the Agents standard for independence, unless the slate of nominees is bundled and includes independent nominees, in which case the proposal(s) to elect board members shall be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Generally follow the Agents standards for withholding support (AGAINST or ABSTAIN, as appropriate) from bundled slates or non-independent directors (typically, but not always, excluding the CEO), as applicable, if the board does not meet the Agents independence standards or the boards independence cannot be ascertained due to inadequate disclosure.
For issuers in Italy presenting multiple slates of directors ( voto di lista ), generally withhold support (AGAINST or ABSTAIN, as appropriate) from all slates until nominee names are disclosed, and upon disclosure, generally follow the Agents standards for assessing which slate is best suited to represent shareholder interests.
For issuers in Japan, generally follow the Agents recommendations in furtherance of greater board independence and minority shareholder protections, including:
|
At companies with controlling shareholders, if the board after the shareholder meeting does not include at least two directors deemed independent under the Agents standards, generally vote AGAINST reelection of top executives. |
|
At companies with a three-committee structure, generally vote AGAINST (1) outside director nominees not deemed independent under the Agents standards if the board after the shareholder meeting is not majority independent and (2) non-independent directors on the nominating committee if the board does not include at least two directors deemed independent under the Agents standards. |
|
At all companies, vote AGAINST the top executive if the board does not include at least one outside director. |
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis any nominee whom the Agent cites as having failed to implement a majority-approved shareholder proposal. Vote FOR if the shareholder proposal has been reasonably addressed. Vote AGAINST if the shareholder proposal is supported under these Guidelines and the board has not disclosed a credible rationale for not implementing the proposal.
Generally, withhold support (AGAINST or ABSTAIN, as appropriate) from nominees or slates of nominees opposed by the Agent because they are presented in a manner not aligned with market best practice and/or regulation, including:
|
Bundled slates of nominees ( e.g. , Canada, France, Hong Kong, or Spain); |
42
|
Simultaneous reappointment of retiring directors ( e.g. , South Africa); |
|
In markets with term lengths capped by regulation or market practice, nominees whose terms exceed the caps or are not disclosed; or |
|
Nominees whose names are not disclosed in advance of the meeting or far enough in advance relative to voting deadlines to make an informed voting decision. |
Generally vote FOR nominees without regard to recommendations that the position of chairman should be separate from that of CEO or otherwise required to be independent, unless other concerns requiring CASE-BY-CASE consideration have been raised. The latter would include former CEOs proposed as board chairmen in markets such as the United Kingdom for which best practice and the Agent recommend against such practice.
When cumulative or net voting applies, generally vote with the Agents recommendation to support nominees asserted by the issuer to be independent, irrespective of audit committee membership, even if independence disclosure or criteria fall short of Agents standards.
Consider nominees for whom the Agent has raised concerns regarding scandals or internal controls on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, generally withholding support (AGAINST or ABSTAIN, as appropriate) from nominees or slates of nominees when:
|
The scandal or shortfall in controls took place at the company, or an affiliate, for which the nominee is being considered; |
|
Culpability can be attributed to the nominee ( e.g. , nominee manages or audits the relevant function); and |
|
The nominee has been directly implicated, with resulting arrest and criminal charge or regulatory sanction. |
Consider non-independent nominees on a CASE-BY-CASE basis when the Agent has raised concerns regarding diminished shareholder value as evidenced by a significant drop in share price, generally voting with Agents recommendation AGAINST such nominees when few, if any, outside directors are present on the board and:
|
The founding family has retained undue influence over the company despite a history of scandal or problematic controls; |
|
The nominees have engaged in protectionist activities such as introduction of a poison pill or preferential and/or dilutive share issuances; or |
|
Evidence exists regarding compliance or accounting shortfalls. |
If the Agent recommends withholding support due to other material failures or egregious actions, the Funds U.S. Guidelines with respect to such issues shall apply.
Consider nominees serving on the remuneration committee on a CASE-BY-CASE basis if the Agent recommends withholding support from nominees in connection with remuneration practices not otherwise supported by these Guidelines, including cases in which the issuer has not followed market practice by submitting a resolution on executive compensation. For Canadian issuers, the Funds U.S. Guidelines with respect to Section 1. Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections, Compensation Practices, shall apply.
43
For issuers in markets in which it is common practice for nominees attendance records to be disclosed, the Funds U.S. Guidelines with respect to director attendance shall apply. The same two-year attendance policy shall be applied regarding attendance by directors and statutory auditors of Japanese companies if year-over-year data can be tracked by nominee.
Consider self-nominated director candidates on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agents approach to evaluating such candidates, except that (1) an unqualified candidate will generally not be supported simply to effect a protest vote and (2) cases of multiple self-nominated candidates may be considered as a proxy contest if similar issues are raised ( e.g. , potential change in control).
Generally vote FOR nominees without regard to over-boarding issues raised by the Agent unless other concerns requiring CASE-BY-CASE consideration have been raised.
In cases where a director holds more than one board seat and corresponding votes, manifested as one seat as a physical person plus an additional seat as a representative of a legal entity, generally vote with the Agents recommendation to withhold support (AGAINST or ABSTAIN, as appropriate) from the legal entity and vote on the physical person.
Generally, vote with the Agents recommendation to withhold support (AGAINST or ABSTAIN, as appropriate) from nominees for whom support has become moot since the time the individual was nominated ( e.g. , due to death, disqualification, or determination not to accept appointment).
Generally, vote with the Agents recommendation when more candidates are presented than available seats and no other provisions under these Guidelines apply.
Board Structure
Generally, vote FOR proposals to fix board size, but vote AGAINST if the Agent opposes due to corporate governance, anti-takeover, or board independence concerns. Generally, vote FOR proposals seeking a board range if the range is reasonable in the context of market practice and anti-takeover considerations. Proposed article amendments in this regard shall be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agents approach to evaluating such proposals. Consider other proposals regarding board structure or policies on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, voting AGAINST if they promote practices not supported under these Guidelines.
Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection
Generally, vote in accordance with the Agents standards for indemnification and liability protection for officers and directors, voting AGAINST overly broad provisions.
Independent Statutory Auditors
With respect to Japanese companies that have not adopted the three-committee structure, vote AGAINST any nominee to the position of independent statutory auditor whom the Agent considers affiliated, e.g. , if the nominee has worked a significant portion of his career for the company, its main bank, or one of its top shareholders. Where shareholders must vote on multiple nominees in a single resolution, vote AGAINST all nominees. When multiple slates of statutory auditors are presented, generally vote with the Agents recommendation, typically to support nominees deemed to be more independent and/or aligned with interests of minority shareholders.
44
Generally, vote AGAINST incumbent nominees at companies implicated in scandals or exhibiting poor internal controls.
Key Committees
Generally, except where market practice otherwise dictates, vote AGAINST proposals that permit non-board members to serve on the audit, remuneration (compensation), or nominating committee, provided that bundled slates, if otherwise acceptable under these Guidelines, may be supported if no slate nominee serves on the relevant committee(s). If not otherwise addressed under these Guidelines, consider other negative recommendations from the Agent regarding committee members on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Director and Statutory Auditor Remuneration
Consider director compensation plans on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agents approach to evaluating such proposals, while also factoring in the merits of the rationale and disclosure provided.
Generally, vote FOR proposals to approve the remuneration of directors and auditors as long as the amount is not excessive ( e.g. , significant increases should be supported by adequate rationale and disclosure), there is no evidence of abuse, the recipients overall compensation appears reasonable, and the board and/or responsible committee meet exchange or market standards for independence.
For European issuers, vote AGAINST non-executive director remuneration if:
|
The advance general meeting documents do not specify fees paid to non-executive directors; |
|
The company seeks to excessively increase the fees relative to market or sector practices without providing a reasonable rationale for the increase; or |
|
It provides for granting of stock options or similarly structured equity-based compensation. |
For Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX) issuers, the Agents limits with respect to equity awards to non-employee directors shall apply.
Bonus Payments
With respect to Japanese companies, generally follow the Agents guidelines on retirement and annual bonus payments, which include voting FOR retirement bonus proposals if all payments are for directors or auditors who have served as executives of the company and AGAINST such proposals if any payments are for outsiders, except when deemed appropriate by the Agent, provided that no payments shall be supported unless the individual or aggregate amounts are disclosed. In all markets, if issues have been raised regarding a scandal or internal controls, generally vote AGAINST bonus proposals for retiring directors or continuing directors or auditors when culpability can be attributed to the nominee ( e.g. , if a Fund is also voting AGAINST the nominee under criteria herein regarding issues of scandal or internal controls), unless bundled with bonuses for a majority of directors or auditors a Fund is voting FOR.
Stock Option Plans for Independent Internal Statutory Auditors
With respect to Japanese companies, follow the Agents guidelines with respect to proposals regarding option grants to independent internal statutory auditors or other outside parties, generally voting AGAINST such plans.
45
Amendment Procedures for Equity Compensation Plans and Employee Share Purchase Plans (ESPPs)
For TSX issuers, votes with respect to amendment procedures for security-based compensation arrangements and ESPPs shall generally be cast in a manner designed to preserve shareholder approval rights, with voting decisions generally based on the Agents recommendation.
Compensation Plans and Shares Reserved for Equity Compensation Plans
Unless otherwise provided for herein, votes with respect to equity compensation plans ( e.g. , option, warrant, restricted stock, or employee share purchase plans or participation in company offerings such as IPOs or private placements) or awards thereunder, the issuance of shares in connection with such plans, cash-based plans where appropriate, or related management proposals ( e.g. , article amendments), should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agents approach to evaluating such proposals, considering quantitative or qualitative factors as appropriate for the market and utilizing the Agents methodology, including classification of a companys stage of development as growth or mature and the corresponding determination as to reasonability of the share requests.
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals that:
|
Exceed Agents recommended burn rates or dilution limits, including cases in which the Agent suggests dilution cannot be fully assessed ( e.g. , due to inadequate disclosure); |
|
Provide deep or near-term discounts (or the equivalent, such as dividend equivalents on unexercised options) to executives or directors, unless discounts to executives are deemed by the Agent to be adequately mitigated by other requirements such as long-term vesting or performance requirements ( e.g. , Japan) or broad-based employee participation otherwise meeting the Agents standards ( e.g. , France); |
|
Are administered with discretion by potential grant recipients, unless such discretion is deemed acceptable due to market practice or other mitigating provisions; |
|
Provide for retirement benefits or equity incentive awards to outside directors if not in line with market practice ( e.g. , Australia, Belgium, or The Netherlands); |
|
Permit financial assistance to executives, directors, subsidiaries, affiliates, or related parties under conditions not supported by the Agent ( e.g. , misaligned with shareholders interests and/or posing excessive risk or independence concerns); |
|
For matching share plans, do not meet the Agents standards, considering holding period, discounts, dilution, participation, purchase price, and performance criteria; |
|
Provide for vesting upon change in control if deemed to evidence a potential conflict of interest or anti-takeover device or if the change in control definition is too liberal ( e.g., does not result in actual change in control); |
|
Provide inadequate disclosure regarding vesting or performance requirements. |
|
Include vesting or performance periods that do not meet market standards (or the Agents standards where market standards are unclear); |
|
Permit post-employment vesting or exercise if deemed inappropriate by the Agent; |
|
Allow plan administrators to make material amendments without shareholder approval unless adequate prior disclosure has been provided, with such voting decisions generally based on the Agents approach to evaluating such plans; |
46
|
Provide for contract or notice periods or severance/termination payments that exceed market practice, e.g. , relative to multiples of annual compensation; |
|
Promote a pay practice (or combination of practices) not otherwise supported under these Guidelines that appears to diminish accountability to shareholders and/or has created a misalignment between CEO pay and performance with regard to shareholder value; or |
|
Provide for retesting in connection with achievement of performance hurdles unless the Agents analysis indicates that (1) performance targets are adequately increased in proportion to the additional time available, (2) the retesting is de minimis as a percentage of overall compensation or is acceptable relative to market practice, or (3) the issuer has committed to cease retesting within a reasonable period of time. |
Generally, vote FOR such plans/awards or the related issuance of shares that (1) do not suffer from the defects noted above or (2) otherwise meet the Agents tests if the considerations raised by the Agent pertain primarily to vesting provisions, performance hurdles, discretionary bonuses, recruitment awards, retention incentives, non-compete payments, severance/termination payments, or incentive structures if:
(1) |
The company has provided adequate disclosure and/or a reasonable rationale regarding the relevant plan/award, practice, or participation; |
(2) |
The recipients overall compensation appears reasonable; |
(3) |
Potential payments or awards are not so significant (individually or collectively) as to potentially influence an executives decision-making ( e.g. , to enter into a transaction that will result in a change of control payment) or to effectively act as a poison pill; and |
(4) |
The board and/or responsible committee meet exchange or market standards for independence. |
Unless otherwise provided for herein, market practice of the primary country in which a company does business or competes for talent, or in which an employee is serving, as applicable, shall supersede that of the issuers domicile.
Consider proposals in connection with such plans or the related issuance of shares in other instances on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Remuneration Reports (Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation)
Generally, withhold support (AGAINST or ABSTAIN as appropriate for specific market and level of concerns identified) from remuneration reports/advisory votes on compensation that include compensation plans that:
(1) |
Permit practices or features not supported under these Guidelines, including conditions described under Compensation Plans and Shares Reserved for Equity Compensation Plans above; |
(2) |
Permit retesting excessive relative to market practice (irrespective of the Agents support for the report as a whole); |
(3) |
Cite long-term incentive plans deemed to be inadequately aligned with shareholders because the performance period is too short or they lack an appropriate equity component ( e.g. , overly cash-based plans), except that the latter will be considered CASE-BY-CASE in connection with executives already holding significant equity positions; |
47
(4) |
Cite equity award valuation methods triggering a negative recommendation from the Agent; |
(5) |
Include components, metrics, or rationales that have not been disclosed in line with market practice (although retrospective disclosure may be considered adequate); |
(6) |
For issuers in Australia, permit open market purchase of shares in support of equity grants in lieu of seeking shareholder approval, but only if the issuer has a history of significant negative votes when formally seeking approval for such grants; or |
(7) |
Include provisions for retirement benefits or equity incentive awards to outside directors if not in line with market practice, except that reports will generally be voted FOR if contractual components are reasonably aligned with market practices on a going-forward basis ( e.g. , existing obligations related to retirement benefits or terms contrary to evolving standards would not preclude support for the report). |
Reports receiving the Agents support and not triggering the concerns cited above will generally be voted FOR. Unless otherwise provided for herein, reports not receiving the Agents support due to concerns regarding vesting provisions, performance hurdles, discretionary bonuses, recruitment awards, retention incentives, non-compete payments, severance/termination payments, or incentive structures not otherwise supported by these Guidelines shall be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, generally voted FOR if:
(1) |
The company has provided a reasonable rationale and/or adequate disclosure regarding the matter(s) under consideration; |
(2) |
The recipients overall compensation appears reasonable; |
(3) |
Potential payments or awards are not so significant (individually or collectively) as to potentially influence an executives decision-making ( e.g. , to enter into a transaction that will result in a change of control payment) or to effectively act as a poison pill; and |
(4) |
The board and/or responsible committee meet exchange or market standards for independence. |
Reports with typically unsupported features may be voted FOR when the Agent recommends their initial support as the issuer or market transitions to better practices ( e.g. , having committed to new regulations or governance codes).
Proposals to Provide an Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation
For issuers in Canada, generally support proposals seeking a say on pay, with a preference for an annual vote.
Shareholder Proposals Regarding Executive and Director Pay
Except as otherwise provided for herein, the Funds U.S. Guidelines with respect to shareholder proposals regarding executive and director pay shall generally apply.
General Share Issuances
Unless otherwise provided for herein, voting decisions shall generally be based on the Agents practice to determine support for general issuance requests (with or without preemptive rights), or related requests to repurchase and reissue shares, based on their amount relative to currently issued capital, appropriate volume and duration parameters, and market-specific considerations ( e.g. , priority right protections in France, reasonable levels of dilution and discount in Hong
48
Kong). Requests to reissue repurchased shares will not be supported unless a related general issuance request is also supported.
Consider specific issuance requests on a CASE-BY-CASE basis based on the proposed use and the companys rationale.
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals to issue shares (with or without preemptive rights), convertible bonds, or warrants, to grant rights to acquire shares, or to amend the corporate charter relative to such issuances or grants when concerns have been identified by the Agent with respect to inadequate disclosure, inadequate restrictions on discounts, failure to meet the Agents standards for general issuance requests, or authority to refresh share issuance amounts without prior shareholder approval.
Generally, vote AGAINST nonspecific proposals authorizing excessive discretion to a board.
Increases in Authorized Capital
Unless otherwise provided for herein, voting decisions should generally be based on the Agents approach, as follows. Generally:
|
Vote FOR nonspecific proposals, including bundled proposals, to increase authorized capital up to 100 percent over the current authorization unless the increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding. |
|
Vote FOR specific proposals to increase authorized capital, unless: |
¡ |
The specific purpose of the increase (such as a share-based acquisition or merger) does not meet these Guidelines for the purpose being proposed; or |
¡ |
The increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding after adjusting for all proposed issuances. |
|
Vote AGAINST proposals to adopt unlimited capital authorizations. |
|
The Agents market-specific exceptions to the above parameters shall be applied. |
Preferred Stock
Unless otherwise provided for herein, voting decisions should generally be based on the Agents approach, including:
|
Vote FOR the creation of a new class of preferred stock or issuances of preferred stock up to 50 percent of issued capital unless the terms of the preferred stock would adversely affect the rights of existing shareholders. |
|
Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible preferred stock as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets the Agents guidelines on equity issuance requests. |
|
Vote AGAINST the creation of (1) a new class of preference shares that would carry superior voting rights to the common shares or (2) blank check preferred stock, unless the board states that the authorization will not be used to thwart a takeover bid. |
Poison Pills/Protective Preference Shares
Generally, vote AGAINST management proposals in connection with poison pills or anti-takeover activities ( e.g. , disclosure requirements or issuances, transfers, or repurchases) that do not meet the Agents standards. Generally vote in accordance with Agents recommendation to withhold support from a nominee in connection with poison pill or anti-takeover considerations
49
when responsibility for the actions can be reasonably attributed to the nominee. Generally DO NOT VOTE AGAINST director remuneration in connection with poison pill considerations raised by the Agent.
Waiver on Tender-Bid Requirement
Generally, consider proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis seeking a waiver for a major shareholder or concert party from the requirement to make a buyout offer to minority shareholders, voting FOR when little concern of a creeping takeover exists and the company has provided a reasonable rationale for the request, and with voting decisions generally based on the Agents approach to evaluating such requests.
Approval of Financial Statements and Director and Auditor Reports
Generally, vote FOR management proposals seeking approval of financial accounts and reports, unless there is concern about the companys financial accounts and reporting, which, in the case of related party transactions, would include concerns raised by the Agent regarding inadequate disclosure, remuneration arrangements (including severance/termination payments exceeding local standards for multiples of annual compensation), or consulting agreements with non-executive directors. Unless otherwise provided for herein, reports not receiving the Agents support due to other concerns regarding severance/termination payments not otherwise supported by these Guidelines shall be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, factoring in the merits of the rationale or disclosure provided and generally voted FOR if the overall remuneration package and/or program at issue appears reasonable and the board and/or responsible committee meet exchange or market standards for independence. Generally, vote AGAINST board-issued reports receiving a negative recommendation from the Agent due to concerns regarding independence of the board or the presence of non-independent directors on the audit committee. However, generally do not withhold support from such proposals in connection with remuneration practices otherwise supported under these Guidelines or as a means of expressing disapproval of broader practices of the issuer or its board.
Remuneration of Auditors
Generally, vote FOR proposals to authorize the board to determine the remuneration of auditors, unless there is evidence of excessive compensation relative to the size and nature of the company.
Indemnification of Auditors
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals to indemnify auditors.
Ratification of Auditors and Approval of Auditors Fees
For Canadian issuers, the Funds U.S. Guidelines with respect to auditors and auditor fees shall apply.
For other markets, generally, follow the Agents standards for proposals seeking auditor ratification or approval of auditors fees, which generally indicate a vote FOR such proposals if the level of disclosure and independence meet the Agents standards. However, if fees for non-audit services (excluding significant, one-time events) exceed 50 percent of total auditor fees, consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, and vote AGAINST ratification of auditors or approval of auditors fees opposed by the Agent if it appears that remuneration for the non-audit work is so lucrative as to taint the auditors independence, including circumstances where no rationale is provided.
50
In other cases, generally vote FOR such proposals unless there are material concerns raised by the Agent about the auditors practices or independence.
Audit Commission
Consider nominees to the audit commission on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agents approach to evaluating such candidates.
Allocation of Income and Dividends
With respect to Japanese companies, consider management proposals concerning allocation of income and the distribution of dividends, including adjustments to reserves to make capital available for such purposes, on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, generally voting with the Agents recommendations to support such proposals unless:
|
The dividend payout ratio has been consistently below 30 percent without adequate explanation; or |
|
The payout is excessive given the companys financial position. |
Generally vote FOR such proposals by issuers in other markets.
In any markets, in the event management offers multiple dividend proposals on the same agenda, consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with primary consideration given to input from the relevant Investment Professional(s) and voting decisions generally based on the Agents recommendation if no input is received.
Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternatives
Generally, vote FOR most stock (scrip) dividend proposals, but vote AGAINST proposals that do not allow for a cash option unless management demonstrates that the cash option is harmful to shareholder value.
Debt Instruments and Issuance Requests
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals authorizing excessive discretion to a board to issue or set terms for debt instruments ( e.g. , commercial paper). Generally, vote FOR debt issuances for companies when the gearing level (current debt-to-equity ratio ) is between zero and 100 percent. Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals where the issuance of debt will result in the gearing level being greater than 100 percent, or for which inadequate disclosure precludes calculation of the gearing level, comparing any such proposed debt issuance to industry and market standards, and with voting decisions generally based on the Agents approach to evaluating such requests.
Financing Plans
Generally, vote FOR the adoption of financing plans if they are in the best economic interests of shareholders.
Related Party Transactions
Consider related party transactions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Generally, vote FOR approval of such transactions unless the agreement requests a strategic move outside the companys charter, contains unfavorable or high-risk terms ( e.g. , deposits without security interest or guaranty), or is deemed likely to have a negative impact on director independence.
51
Approval of Donations
Generally, vote AGAINST such proposals unless adequate, prior disclosure of amounts is provided; if so, single- or multi-year authorities may be supported.
Capitalization of Reserves
Generally, vote FOR proposals to capitalize the companys reserves for bonus issues of shares or to increase the par value of shares, unless concerns not otherwise supported under these Guidelines are raised by the Agent.
Investment of Company Reserves
These proposals should generally be analyzed on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with primary consideration given to input from the relevant Investment Professional(s).
Article and Bylaw Amendments
Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis all proposals seeking adoption of, or amendments to, the articles of association, bylaws, or related board policies.
Generally, vote FOR the proposal if:
|
The change or policy is editorial in nature; |
|
Shareholder rights are protected; |
|
There is negligible or positive impact on shareholder value; |
|
Management provides adequate reasons for the amendments or the Agent otherwise supports managements position; |
|
It seeks to discontinue and/or delist a form of the issuers securities when the relevant Fund does not hold the affected security type; |
|
Notice or disclosure requirements are reasonable; or |
|
The company is required to do so by law (if applicable). |
Generally, vote AGAINST the proposal if:
|
It removes or lowers quorum requirements for board or shareholder meetings below levels recommended by the Agent; |
|
It reduces relevant disclosure to shareholders; |
|
It seeks to align the articles with provisions of another proposal not supported by these Guidelines; |
|
It is not supported under these Guidelines, is presented within a bundled proposal, and the negative impact, on balance, outweighs any positive impact; or |
|
It imposes a negative impact on existing shareholder rights, including rights of the Funds, or diminishes accountability to shareholders to the extent that any positive impact would not be deemed to be sufficient to outweigh removal or diminution of such rights. |
With respect to article amendments for Japanese companies:
|
Generally vote FOR management proposals to amend a companys articles to expand its business lines. |
|
Generally vote FOR management proposals to amend a companys articles to provide for an expansion or reduction in the size of the board, unless the expansion/reduction is clearly disproportionate to the growth/decrease in the scale of the business or raises anti-takeover concerns. |
52
|
If anti-takeover concerns exist, generally vote AGAINST management proposals, including bundled proposals, to amend a companys articles to authorize the Board to vary the annual meeting record date or to otherwise align them with provisions of a takeover defense. |
|
Generally follow the Agents guidelines with respect to management proposals regarding amendments to authorize share repurchases at the boards discretion, voting AGAINST proposals unless there is little to no likelihood of a creeping takeover or constraints on liquidity (free float of shares is low), and where the company is trading at below book value or is facing a real likelihood of substantial share sales; or where this amendment is bundled with other amendments which are clearly in shareholders interest. |
Other Business
In connection with global proxies, vote in accordance with the Agents market-specific recommendations on management proposals for Other Business, generally AGAINST.
53
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
July 31, 2013
ING FUNDS TRUST
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona 85258-2034
(800) 992-0180
ING Strategic Income Fund
Class /Ticker; A /ISIAX; C /ISICX; I /IISIX; R /ISIRX; W /ISIWX
This Statement of Additional Information (SAI) relates to ING Strategic Income Fund (Fund), a separate series of ING Funds Trust (Trust). A prospectus or prospectuses (each a Prospectus or collectively, the Prospectuses) for the Fund dated July 31, 2013 that provide the basic information you should know before investing in the Fund, may be obtained without charge from the Fund or the Funds principal underwriter, ING Investments Distributor, LLC (Distributor), at the address or phone number listed above. This SAI is not a prospectus, but is incorporated therein by reference and should be read in conjunction with the Prospectuses dated July 31, 2013, which have been filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).
The information in this SAI expands on the information contained in the Prospectuses and any supplements thereto. The Funds financial statements and the independent registered public accounting firms report thereon, included in the Funds annual shareholder report dated March 31, 2013, are incorporated herein by reference. Copies of the Funds Prospectuses and annual or unaudited semi-annual shareholder report, when available, may be obtained upon request and without charge by contacting the Fund at the address and phone number written above. Capitalized terms, used but not defined in this SAI have the same meaning as in the Prospectuses, and some additional terms are defined particularly for this SAI.
1
3 | ||||
3 | ||||
4 | ||||
105 | ||||
106 | ||||
107 | ||||
109 | ||||
124 | ||||
125 | ||||
125 | ||||
126 | ||||
129 | ||||
133 | ||||
133 | ||||
136 | ||||
136 | ||||
137 | ||||
138 | ||||
142 | ||||
143 | ||||
153 | ||||
155 | ||||
164 | ||||
169 | ||||
A-1 | ||||
B-1 |
2
This SAI is designed to elaborate upon information contained in the Funds Prospectuses, including the discussion of certain securities and investment techniques. The more detailed information contained in this SAI is intended for investors who have read the Prospectuses and are interested in a more detailed explanation of certain aspects of some of the Funds securities and investment techniques. Some of the Funds investment techniques are described only in the Prospectuses and are not repeated herein.
The Trustees have classified five classes of shares: Class A shares, Class C shares, Class I shares, Class R shares, and Class W shares. Shares of each class of the Fund represent an equal pro rata interest in the Fund and, generally, have identical voting, dividend, liquidation, and other rights, preferences, powers, restrictions, limitations, qualifications, and terms and conditions, except that: (i) each class has a different designation; (ii) each class of shares bears any expenses attributable to that class; and (iii) each class has exclusive voting rights on any matter submitted to shareholders that relates solely to it or its distribution arrangements or service arrangements, and each class has separate voting rights on any matter submitted to shareholders in which the interests of one class differ from the interests of any other class. In addition, the various classes of shares have the features described below.
Each class of shares represents interests in the same portfolio of investments of the Fund, and shall be identical in all respects, except for the impact of expenses, exchange privileges, the designation of each class of shares of the Fund, and any different shareholder services relating to a class of shares. Any other incremental expenses identified from time to time will be properly allocated to one class as long as any changes in expense allocations are reviewed and approved by a vote of the Board including a majority of the Independent Trustees.
The Trust is a Delaware statutory trust registered as an diversified, open-end management investment company. The Trust was organized on August 6, 1998, and was established under a Trust Instrument dated, July 30, 1998. On February 28, 2001, the name of the Trust was changed to Pilgrim Funds Trust.
On December 17, 2001, the Board of Trustees of each of various ING Funds approved plans of reorganization, which were intended to decrease the number of corporate entities under which the ING Funds are organized (Reorganization) and align the open-end funds with similar open-end funds that share the same prospectus (Reorganization). The Reorganization resulted only in a change in corporate form of some of the ING Funds, with no change in the substance or investment aspects of the ING Funds. The Reorganization was consummated to align the ING Funds corporate structures and expedite the ING Funds required filings with the SEC.
On March 1, 2002, the name of the Trust changed from Pilgrim Funds Trust to ING Funds Trust.
The Trust is authorized to issue multiple series and classes of shares each with different objectives, policies, and restrictions. The Trust currently consists of six diversified series.
This SAI pertains only to ING Strategic Income Fund (Strategic Income Fund or Fund). On July 12, 2012, ING Strategic Income Fund was organized as a separate series of the Trust.
3
ING Funds Service Providers
The following table reflects various ING services providers, their historical names, and the service they provide:
Current Name | Previous Name(s) | Service | ||
ING Investments, LLC | ING Pilgrim Investments, LLC | Investment Adviser | ||
ING Pilgrim Investments, Inc. | ||||
Pilgrim American Investments | ||||
Directed Services LLC | Directed Services, Inc. | Investment Adviser | ||
ING Investment Management Co. LLC | ING Investment Management Co. | Sub-Adviser to certain funds | ||
ING Investments Distributor, LLC | ING Funds Distributor, LLC | Distributor | ||
ING Funds Distributor, Inc. | ||||
ING Pilgrim Securities, Inc. | ||||
Pilgrim America Securities, Inc. | ||||
ING Funds Services, LLC | ING Pilgrim Group, LLC | Administrator | ||
ING Pilgrim Group, Inc. | ||||
Pilgrim Group, Inc. | ||||
Pilgrim Group America, Inc. |
SUPPLEMENTAL DESCRIPTION OF FUND INVESTMENTS AND RISKS
Diversification
The Fund is diversified as that term is defined under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended and the rules, regulations and exemptive orders thereunder (1940 Act). The 1940 Act generally reqires that a diversified fund may not, with respect to 75% of its total assets, invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one issuer and may not purchase more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities or investments in securities of other investment companies).
A non-diversified fund under the 1940 Act means that a fund is not limited by the 1940 Act in the proportion of its assets that it may invest in the obligations of a single issuer. The investment of a large percentage of a funds assets in the securities of a small number of issuers may cause a funds share price to fluctuate more than that of a diversified fund. When compared to a diversified fund, a non-diversified fund may invest a greater portion of its assets in a particular issuer and, therefore, has greater exposure to the risk of poor earnings or losses by an issuer.
Investments, Investment Strategies, and Risks
The following information identifies various securities and investment techniques that the adviser or sub-adviser may use in managing the Fund and provides a more detailed description of those securities and investment techniques along with the risks associated with them. The Fund normally invests a portion of its assets in shares of other ING Funds (Underlying Funds), as described in the Prospectuses. In addition to investing in these Underlying Funds, the Fund invests directly in fixed-income securities, including investment-grade and below investment-grade securities, asset-backed securities, and mortgage-backed securities. The Fund may also invest in derivative instruments, including options, futures, swaps (including interest rate swaps, total return swaps, and credit default swaps), and currency forwards. The investment techniques described below may be pursued directly by the Fund or an Underlying Fund. The Fund or Underlying Funds may use any or all of these techniques at any one time, and the fact that the Fund or Underlying Funds may use a technique does not mean that the technique will be used. The Fund is subject to the risks described below directly or indirectly through its investment in the Underlying Funds.
4
The Fund or an Underlying Funds transactions in a particular type of security or use of a particular technique is subject to limitations imposed by the Funds or Underlying Funds investment objective, policies, and restrictions described in Funds Prospectuses or the Underlying Funds prospectuses and/or in this SAI, as well as the federal securities laws. There can be no assurance that the Fund or any of the Underlying Funds will achieve their respective investment objective. The Funds investment objective, policies, investment strategies, and practices are non-fundamental unless otherwise indicated. The descriptions of the securities and investment techniques in this section supplement the discussion of principal investment strategies contained in the Funds and Underlying Funds Prospectuses. Where a particular type of security or investment technique is not discussed in the Funds or Underlying Funds Prospectuses, that security or investment technique is not a principal investment strategy, and the Fund or Underlying Fund will not investment more than 5% of its assets in such security or investment technique. See the Funds and Underlying Funds fundamental investment restrictions for further information.
EQUITY SECURITIES
The value of equity securities, such as common stocks and preferred stocks, may decline due to general market conditions which are not specifically related to a particular company or to factors affecting a particular industry or industries. Equity securities generally have greater price volatility than fixed-income securities. While some countries or companies may be regarded as favorable investments, pure fixed-income opportunities may be unattractive or limited due to insufficient supply, legal, or technical restrictions. In such cases, a fund or Underlying Fund may consider convertible securities or equity securities to gain exposure to such investments.
Common Stocks
Common stocks represent an equity (ownership) interest in a company. This ownership interest generally gives a fund or Underlying Fund the right to vote on issues affecting the companys organization and operations. Except for a fund or Underlying Fund that is non-diversified, such investments will be diversified over a cross-section of industries and individual companies. Some of these companies will be organizations with market capitalizations of $500 million or less or companies that have limited product lines, markets and financial resources and are dependent upon a limited management group. Examples of possible investments include emerging growth companies employing new technology, cyclical companies, initial public offerings of companies offering high growth potential, or other corporations offering good potential for high growth in market value. The securities of such companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than larger, more established companies because the securities typically are traded in lower volume and because the issuers typically are subject to a greater degree to changes in earnings and prospects.
Other types of equity securities may also be purchased, such as convertible securities, preferred stocks, rights, warrants, or other securities that are exchangeable for, or otherwise providing similar exposure to, shares of common stocks.
Convertible Securities
A convertible security is a security that may be converted either at a stated price or rate within a specified period of time into a specified number of shares of common stock. A convertible bond or convertible preferred stock gives the holder the option of converting these securities into common stocks. Some convertible securities contain a call feature whereby the issuer may redeem the security at a stipulated price, thereby limiting the possible appreciation. By investing in convertible securities, a fund or Underlying Fund seeks the opportunity, through the conversion feature, to participate in the capital
5
appreciation of the common stocks into which the securities are convertible, while investing at a better price than may be available on the common stocks or obtaining a higher fixed rate of return than is available on the common stocks.
The value of a convertible security is a function of its investment value (determined by its yield in comparison with the yields of other securities of comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion privilege) and its conversion value (the securitys worth, at market value, if converted into the underlying common stock). The credit standing of the issuer and other factors may also affect the investment value of a convertible security. The conversion value of a convertible security is determined by the market price of the underlying common stock. If the conversion value is low relative to the investment value, the price of the convertible security is governed principally by its investment value. To the extent the market price of the underlying common stock approaches or exceeds the conversion price, the price of the convertible security will be increasingly influenced by its conversion value.
Before conversion, convertible securities have characteristics similar to non-convertible debt securities in that they ordinarily provide a stable stream of income with generally higher yields than those of common stocks of the same or similar issuers. However, when the market price of the common stock underlying a convertible security exceeds the conversion price, the price of the convertible security tends to reflect the value of the underlying common stock. As the market price of the underlying common stock declines, the convertible security tends to trade increasingly on a yield basis and thus may not depreciate to the same extent as the underlying common stock. Convertible securities rank senior to common stocks in an issuers capital structure and consequently entail less risk than the issuers common stocks.
The market value of convertible debt securities tends to vary inversely with the level of interest rates. The value of the security declines as interest rates increase and will increase as interest rates decline. Although under normal market conditions longer term debt securities have greater yields than do shorter-term debt securities of similar quality, they are subject to greater price fluctuations. A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the instrument governing the convertible security. If a convertible security held by a fund or Underlying Fund is called for redemption, the fund or Underlying Fund must permit the issuer to redeem the security, convert it into the underlying common stock or sell it to a third party. Rating requirements do not apply to convertible debt securities purchased by a fund or Underlying Fund because the fund or Underlying Fund purchases such securities for their equity characteristics.
Initial Public Offerings (IPOs)
IPOs occur when a company first offers its securities to the public. Although companies can be any age or size at the time of their IPO, they are often smaller and have a limited operating history, which involves a greater potential for the value of their securities to be impaired following the IPO.
Investors in IPOs can be adversely affected by substantial dilution in the value of their shares, by sales of additional shares and by concentration of control in existing management and principal shareholders. In addition, all of the factors that affect stock market performance may have a greater impact on the shares of IPO companies.
The price of a companys securities may be highly unstable at the time of its IPO and for a period thereafter due to market psychology prevailing at the time of the IPO, the absence of a prior public market, the small number of shares available and limited availability of investor information. As a result of this or other factors, a funds or Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser might decide to sell an IPO security more quickly than it would otherwise, which may result in a significant gain or loss and greater transaction costs to the fund or Underlying Fund. Any gains from shares held for one year or less will be
6
treated as short-term gains, taxable as ordinary income to a funds or Underlying Funds shareholders. In addition, IPO securities may be subject to varying patterns of trading volume and may, at times, be difficult to sell without an unfavorable impact on prevailing prices.
The effect of an IPO investment can have a magnified impact on a funds or Underlying Funds performance when the funds or Underlying Funds asset base is small. Consequently, IPOs may constitute a significant portion of a funds or Underlying Funds returns particularly when the fund or Underlying Fund is small. Since the number of securities issued in an IPO is limited, it is likely that IPO securities will represent a smaller component of a funds or Underlying Funds assets as it increases in size and, therefore, have a more limited effect on the funds or Underlying Funds performance.
There can be no assurance that IPOs will continue to be available for a fund or Underlying Fund to purchase. The number or quality of IPOs available for purchase by a fund or Underlying Fund may vary, decrease, or entirely disappear. In some cases, a fund or Underlying Fund may not be able to purchase IPOs at the offering price, but may have to purchase the shares in the aftermarket at a price greatly exceeding the offering price, making it more difficult for the fund or Underlying Fund to realize a profit.
Mid- and/or Small-Capitalization Companies
Investments in mid- and/or small-capitalization companies involve greater risk than is customarily associated with larger, more established companies due to the greater business risks of small size, limited markets and financial resources, narrow product lines, and the frequent lack of depth of management. The securities of smaller companies are often traded over-the-counter and may not be traded in volumes typical on a national securities exchange. Consequently, the securities of smaller companies may have limited market stability and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than securities of larger, more established companies or the market averages in general. The trading volume of securities of mid-capitalization and small-capitalization companies is normally less than that of larger companies and, therefore, may disproportionately affect their market price, tending to make them rise more in response to buying demand and fall more in response to selling pressure than is the case with larger companies.
There may be less publicly available information about the issuers of these securities or less market interest in such securities than in the case of larger companies and it may take a longer period of time for the prices of such securities to reflect the full value of their issuers underlying earnings potential or assets.
Some securities of smaller issuers may be restricted as to resale or may otherwise be highly illiquid. The ability of an underlying fund to dispose of such securities may be greatly limited, and the fund may have to continue to hold such securities during periods when the Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser would otherwise have sold the security. It is possible that an Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser, or its affiliates or clients, may hold securities issued by the same issuers and may, in some cases, have acquired the securities at different times, on more favorable terms, or at more favorable prices than a fund which it manages.
Other Investment Companies
An investment company is a company engaged in the business of pooling investors money and trading in securities for them. Examples include face-amount certificate companies, unit investment trusts, and management companies.
Generally a fund is limited in the degree to which it may invest in shares of another investment company in that it may not, at the time of purchase: (i) acquire more than 3% of the outstanding voting shares of
7
the investment company; (ii) invest more than 5% of the funds total assets in the investment company; or (iii) invest more than 10% of the funds total assets in all investment company holdings. A fund may invest beyond these limits to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act or operates under exemptive order exempting it from the provisions of the 1940 Act.
For so long as shares of a fund or Underlying Fund are purchased by another fund in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act, the fund or Underlying Fund will not purchase securities of a registered open-end investment company or registered unit investment trust in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) or Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act.
There are some potential disadvantages associated with investing in other investment companies. In addition to the advisory and operational fees a fund or Underlying Fund bears directly in connection with its own operation, the fund or Underlying Fund would also bear its pro rata portions of each other investment companys advisory and operational expenses. When a fund or Underlying Fund invests in other investment companies, you indirectly pay a proportionate share of the expenses of that other investment company (including management fees, administration fees, and custodial fees)in addition to the expenses of the fund or Underlying Fund.
Exchange-Traded Funds (ETFs)
An ETF is an investment company that is traded on exchanges and is traded similarly to a publicly traded company. Consequently, the risks and costs are similar to that of a publicly traded company. The goal of certain ETFs is to correspond generally to the price and yield performance, before fees and expenses, of an underlying index. The risk of not correlating to that index is an additional risk to the investors of such ETFs. Because ETFs trade on an exchange, they may not trade at net asset value (NAV). Sometimes, the prices of ETFs may vary significantly from the NAVs of an ETFs underlying securities. Additionally, if a fund or Underlying Fund elects to redeem its ETF shares rather than selling them on the secondary market, the fund or Underlying Fund may receive the underlying securities which it must then sell in order to obtain cash. Additionally, when a fund or Underlying Fund invests in ETFs, shareholders of the fund or Underlying Fund bear their proportionate share of the underlying ETFs fees and expenses.
Market Trading Risks for ETFs
Absence of Active Market - Although shares of an ETF are listed for trading on one or more stock exchanges, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for such shares will develop or be maintained.
Risks of Secondary Listings - An ETFs shares may be listed or traded on U.S. and non-U.S. stock exchanges other than the U.S. stock exchange where the ETFs primary listing is maintained. There can be no assurance that the ETFs shares will continue to trade on any such stock exchange or in any market, or that the ETFs shares will continue to meet the requirements for listing or trading on any exchange or in any market. The ETFs shares may be less actively traded in certain markets than others and investors are subject to the execution and settlement risks and market standards of the market where they, or their broker, direct their trades for execution. Certain information available to investors who trade ETF shares on a U.S. stock exchange during regular U.S. market hours may not be available to investors who trade in other markets, which may result in secondary market prices in such markets being less efficient.
Secondary Market Trading Risks - Shares of an ETF may trade in the secondary market at times when an ETF does not accept orders to purchase or redeem shares. At such times, shares may trade in the secondary market with more significant premiums or discounts than might be experienced at times when an ETF accepts purchase and redemption orders. Secondary market trading in ETF shares may be halted
8
by a stock exchange because of market conditions or other reasons. In addition, trading in ETF shares on a stock exchange or in any market may be subject to trading halts caused by extraordinary market volatility pursuant to circuit breaker rules on the exchange or market. There can be no assurance that the requirements necessary to maintain the listing or trading of ETF shares will continue to be met or will remain unchanged.
Holding Company Depositary Receipts (HOLDRs)
HOLDRs are trust-issued receipts that represent a funds or Underlying Funds beneficial ownership of a specific group of stocks. HOLDRs involve risks similar to the risks of investing in common stocks. For example, a funds or Underlying Funds investments will decline in value if the underlying stocks decline in value. Because HOLDRs are not subject to concentration limits, the relative weight of an individual stock may increase substantially, causing the HOLDRs to be less diverse and creating more risk.
Index-Related Securities (Equity Equivalents)
Equity Equivalents are securities that enable investors to purchase or sell shares in a portfolio of securities that seeks to track the performance of an underlying index or a portion of an index. Such Equity Equivalents include, among others, DIAMONDS (interests in a portfolio of securities that seeks to track the performance of the Dow Jones Industrial Average), Standard & Poors Depositary Receipts (SPDRs) (interests in a portfolio of securities that seeks to track the performance of the S&P 500 ® Index, iShares MSCI Index Shares (iShares) (interests in a portfolio of securities that seeks to track the performance of a benchmark index of a particular foreign countrys stocks), and PowerShares QQQ TM (interests in a portfolio of securities of the largest and most actively traded non-financial companies listed on the NASDAQ Stock Market). Such securities are similar to index mutual funds, but they are traded on various stock exchanges or secondary markets. The value of these securities is dependent upon the performance of the underlying index on which they are based. Thus, these securities are subject to the same risks as their underlying indices as well as the securities that make up those indices. For example, if the securities comprising an index that an Equity Equivalent seeks to track perform poorly, the Equity Equivalent security will lose value.
Equity Equivalents may be used for several purposes including, to simulate full investment in the underlying index while retaining a cash balance for portfolio management purposes, to facilitate trading, to reduce transaction costs or to seek higher investment returns when an Equity Equivalent is priced more attractively than securities in the underlying index. Because the expense associated with an investment in Equity Equivalents may be substantially lower than the expense of small investments directly in the securities comprising the indices they seek to track, investments in Equity Equivalents may provide a cost-effective means of diversifying a funds or Underlying Funds assets across a broad range of equity securities.
To the extent a fund or Underlying Fund invests in securities of other investment companies, fund shareholders would indirectly pay a portion of the operating costs of such companies in addition to the expenses of its own operation. These costs include management, brokerage, shareholder servicing, and other operational expenses. Indirectly, shareholders of a fund or Underlying Fund may pay higher operational costs than if they owned the underlying investment companies directly. Additionally, a funds or Underlying Funds investments in such investment companies are subject to limitations under the 1940 Act and market availability.
The prices of Equity Equivalents are derived and based upon the securities held by the particular investment company. Accordingly, the level of risk involved in the purchase or sale of an Equity Equivalent is similar to the risk involved in the purchase or sale of traditional common stock, with the
9
exception that the pricing mechanism for such instruments is based on a basket of stocks. The market prices of Equity Equivalents are expected to fluctuate in accordance with both changes in the NAVs of their underlying indices and the supply and demand for the instruments on the exchanges on which they are traded. Substantial market or other disruptions affecting an Equity Equivalent could adversely affect the liquidity and value of the shares of a fund or Underlying Fund.
iShares track the performance of several international equity indices. Each country index series invests in an optimized portfolio of common stocks based on that countrys MSCI benchmark country index. The market prices of iShares are expected to fluctuate in accordance with changes in the NAVs of their underlying indices and supply and demand of iShares on the NYSE Amex Equities (AMEX). To date, iShares have traded at relatively modest discounts and premiums to their NAVs. However, iShares have a limited operating history and information is lacking regarding the actual performance and trading liquidity of iShares for extended periods or over complete market cycles. In addition, there is no assurance that the requirements of the AMEX necessary to maintain the listing of iShares will continue to be met or will remain unchanged. In the event substantial market or other disruptions affecting iShares should occur in the future, the liquidity and value of a funds or Underlying Funds shares could also be substantially and adversely affected. If such disruptions were to occur, a fund or Underlying Fund could be required to reconsider the use of iShares as part of its investment strategy.
SPDRs are securities traded on the AMEX that represent ownership in the SPDR Trust, a trust which has been established to accumulate and hold a portfolio of common stocks that is intended to track the price performance and dividend yield of the S&P 500 ® Index. The SPDR Trust is sponsored by a subsidiary of the AMEX. SPDRs may be used for several reasons including, but not limited to, facilitating the handling of cash flows or trading, or reducing transaction costs. The price movement of SPDRs may not perfectly parallel the price action of the S&P 500 ® Index.
Preferred Stocks
Preferred stock represents an equity interest in a company that generally entitles the holder to receive, in preference to the holders of other stocks such as common stocks, dividends and a fixed share of the proceeds resulting from a liquidation of the company. Preferred stocks may pay fixed or adjustable rates of return. Preferred stocks are subject to issuer-specific and market risks applicable generally to equity securities. In addition, a companys preferred stock generally pays dividends only after the company makes required payments to holders of its bonds and other debt. For this reason, the value of preferred stock will usually react more strongly than bonds and other debt to actual or perceived changes in the companys financial condition or prospects.
Unlike common stock, preferred stocks typically may offer a stated dividend rate payable from a corporations earnings. Such preferred stock dividends may be cumulative or non-cumulative, participating, or auction rate. If interest rates rise, the fixed dividend on preferred stocks may be less attractive, causing the price of preferred stocks to decline. Preferred stocks may have mandatory sinking fund provisions, as well as call/redemption provisions prior to maturity, a negative feature when interest rates decline. Dividends on some preferred stocks may be cumulative, requiring all or a portion of prior unpaid dividends to be paid before dividends are paid on the issuers common stock. Preferred stocks also generally have a preference over common stock on the distribution of a corporations assets in the event of liquidation of the corporation, and may be participating, which means that it may be entitled to a dividend exceeding the stated dividend in certain cases. The rights of preferred stock on the distribution of a corporations assets in the event of liquidation are generally subordinate to the rights associated with a corporations debt securities.
10
Private Funds
Private funds include U.S. or foreign private limited partnerships or other investment funds that are referred to as private funds. Investments in private funds may be highly speculative and volatile. Because private funds generally are investment companies for purposes of the 1940 Act, or would be but for the exemptions provided in sections 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act, a funds or Underlying Funds ability to invest in them will be limited. In addition, fund shareholders will remain subject to a funds or Underlying Funds expenses while also bearing their pro rata share of the operating expenses of the private funds. The ability of a fund or Underlying Fund to dispose of interests in private funds is very limited and involves risks, including loss of the funds or Underlying Funds entire investment in the private fund.
Private investment funds include a variety of pooled investments. Generally, these pooled investments are structured as a trust, a special purpose vehicle, and are exempted from registration under the 1940 Act. As an investor, a fund or Underlying Fund owns a proportionate share of the trust. Typically, the trust does not employ a professional investment manager. Instead, the pooled investment tracks some index by investing in the issuers or securities that comprise the index. A fund or Underlying Fund receives a stream of cash flows in the form of interest payments from the underlying assets or the proceeds from the sale of the underlying assets in the event those underlying assets are sold. However, some pooled investments may not dispose of the underlying securities regardless of the adverse events affecting the issuers depending on the investment strategy utilized. In this type of strategy, the pooled investment continues to hold the underlying securities as long as the issuers or securities remain members of the tracked index.
The pooled investments allow a fund or Underlying Fund to synchronize the receipt of interest and principal payments and also diversify some of the risks involved with investing in fixed-income securities. Because the pooled investments hold securities of many issuers, the default of a few issuers would not impact a fund or Underlying Fund significantly. However, a fund or Underlying Fund bears its proportionate share of any expenses incurred by the pooled investments. In addition, a fund or Underlying Fund assumes the liquidity risks generally associated the privately offered pooled investments.
Pooled investments that are structured as a trust contain many similarities to private funds that are structured as limited partnerships. The primary difference between the trust and the limited partnership structure is the redemption of the ownership interests. Typically, the ownership interests in a typical private fund are redeemable only by the general partners and thus, are restricted from transferring from one party to another. Conversely, the ownership interests in the trust are generally not redeemable by the trust, except under certain circumstances, and are transferable among the general public for publicly offered securities and qualified purchasers or qualified institutional buyers for privately offered securities.
A fund or Underlying Fund cannot assure that it can achieve better results by investing in a pooled investment versus investing directly in the individual underlying assets.
Real Estate Securities
Real estate securities include investments in other real estate operating companies (REOCs), companies engaged in other real estate related businesses, and real estate investment trusts (REITs). REITs are trusts that sell securities to investors and use the proceeds to invest in real estate or interests in real estate. A REIT may focus on a particular project, such as apartment complexes, or geographic regions, such a the northeastern United States. A REOC is a company that derives at least 50% of its
11
gross revenues or net profits from either: (i) the ownership, development, construction, financing, management or sale of commercial, industrial, or residential real estate; or (ii) products or services related to the real estate industry, such as building supplies or mortgage servicing.
A REIT is a corporation or business trust that meets the definitional requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (Code). The Code permits a qualifying REIT to deduct from taxable income the dividends paid to its shareholders, thereby effectively eliminating corporate level federal income tax and making the REIT a pass through vehicle for federal income tax purposes. To meet the definitional requirements of the Code, a REIT must, among other things, invest substantially all of its assets in interests in real estate (including mortgages and other REITs), cash and government securities; derive most of its income from rents from real property or interest on loans secured by mortgages on real property; and distribute annually 90% or more of its otherwise taxable income to shareholders.
REITs are sometimes informally characterized as Equity REITs and Mortgage REITs. An Equity REIT invests primarily in fee ownership or leasehold ownership of land and buildings; a Mortgage REIT invests primarily in mortgages on real property, which may secure construction, development, or long-term loans.
Although a fund or Underlying Fund will not invest directly in real estate, the fund or Underlying Fund may invest in equity securities of issuers primarily engaged in or related to the real estate industry. Risks of real estate securities and REITs include those risks that are more closely associated with investing in real estate directly and with the real estate industry in general. These risks include, among others: (i) possible periodic declines in the value of real estate generally, or in the rents and other income generated by real estate; (ii) risks related to general and local economic conditions; (iii) possible lack of availability of mortgage funds; (iv) periodic overbuilding which creates gluts in the market; (v) extended vacancies of properties; (vi) increases in competition, property taxes, and operating expenses; (vii) changes in laws (such as zoning laws) that impair the property rights of real estate owners; (viii) costs resulting from the clean-up of, and liability to third parties for damages resulting from, environmental problems; (ix) casualty or condemnation losses; (x) uninsured damages from floods, earthquakes, or other natural disasters; (xi) limitations on and variations in rents; (xii) changes in interest rates; (xiii) acts of terrorism, war, or other acts of violence; and (xiv) adverse developments in the real estate industry.
To the extent that assets underlying the REITs investments are concentrated geographically, by property type or in certain other respects, the REIT may be subject to certain of the foregoing risks to a greater extent. Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the REITs, while Mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended. REITs are dependent upon management skills, are not diversified, and are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, default by borrowers and self-liquidation. REITs are also subject to the possibilities of failing to qualify for tax-free pass-through of income under the Code and failing to maintain their exemptions from registration under the 1940 Act.
REITs (especially Mortgage REITs) are also subject to interest rate risks. When interest rates decline, the value of a REITs investments in fixed rate obligations can be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a REITs investments in fixed rate obligations can be expected to decline. In contrast, as interest rates on adjustable rate mortgage loans are reset periodically, yields on a REITs investments in such loans will gradually align themselves to reflect changes in market interest rates, causing the value of such investments to fluctuate less dramatically in response to interest rate fluctuations than would investments in fixed rate obligations.
Investing in REITs involves risks similar to those associated with investing in small-capitalization companies. REITs may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities.
12
Stock Purchase Rights
Stock purchase rights are instruments, frequently distributed to an issuers shareholders as a dividend, that entitle the holder to purchase a specific number of shares of common stock on a specific date or during a specific period of time. The exercise price on the rights is normally at a discount from market value of the common stock at the time of distribution. The rights do not carry with them the right to dividends or to vote and may or may not be transferable. Rights are frequently used outside of the United States as a means of raising additional capital from an issuers current shareholders.
As a result, an investment in rights may be considered more speculative than certain other types of investments. In addition, the value of a right does not necessarily change with the value of the underlying securities, and rights expire worthless if they are not exercised on or prior to their expiration date.
Unseasoned Companies
Unseasoned companies are companies with a record of less than three years of continuous operation, including the operations of any predecessors and parents. These companies have only a limited operating history that can be used for evaluating the companys growth prospects. As a result, investment decisions for these securities may place a greater emphasis on current or planned product lines and the reputation and experience of the companys management, and less emphasis on fundamental valuation factors than would be the case for more mature companies. The securities of such companies may have limited liquidity, which can result in their being priced higher or lower than might otherwise be the case. In addition, investments in unseasoned companies are more speculative and entail greater risk than do investments in companies with an established operating record.
FIXED-INCOME INVESTMENTS
The value of fixed-income or debt securities may be affected by changes in general interest rates and in the creditworthiness of the issuer. Debt securities with longer maturities (for example, over ten years) are more affected by changes in interest rates and provide less price stability than securities with short-term maturities (for example, one to ten years). Also, for each debt security, there is a risk of principal and interest default, which will be greater with higher-yielding, lower-grade securities.
While some countries or companies may be regarded as favorable investments, pure fixed-income opportunities may be unattractive or limited due to insufficient supply, legal, or technical restrictions. In such cases, a fund or Underlying Fund may consider convertible securities or equity securities to gain exposure to such investments.
At times, in connection with the restructuring of a preferred stock or fixed-income security either outside of bankruptcy court or in the context of bankruptcy court proceedings, a fund may determine, or be required, to accept equity securities, such as common stocks, in exchange for all or a portion of a preferred stock or fixed-income security. Depending upon, among other things, an Underlying Funds advisers or sub-advisers evaluation of the potential value of such securities in relation to the price that could be obtained by a fund at any given time upon sale thereof, the fund may determine to hold such securities in its portfolio.
Debt obligations that are deemed investment-grade carry a rating of at least Baa3 from Moodys Investors Services, Inc. (Moodys) or BBB- from Standard & Poors Ratings Services (S&P), or a comparable rating from another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization (NRSRO) or, if not rated by an agency, are determined by the adviser or sub-adviser to be of comparable quality. Bonds rated Baa3 or BBB- have speculative characteristics and changes in economic circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make interest and principal payments than higher rated bonds.
13
Asset-Backed Securities
Asset-backed securities represent individual interests in pools of consumer loans, home equity loans, trade receivables, credit card receivables, and other debt and are similar in structure to mortgage-backed securities. The assets are securitized either in a pass-through structure (similar to a mortgage pass-through structure) or in a pay-through structure (similar to a collateralized mortgage obligation (CMO) structure). Asset-backed securities may be subject to more rapid repayment than their stated maturity date would indicate as a result of the pass-through of prepayments of principal on the underlying loans. During periods of declining interest rates, prepayment of certain types of loans underlying asset-backed securities can be expected to accelerate. Accordingly, a funds or Underlying Funds ability to maintain positions in these securities will be affected by reductions in the principal amount of the securities resulting from prepayments, and the fund or Underlying Fund must reinvest the returned principal at prevailing interest rates, which may be lower. Asset-backed securities may also be subject to extension risk during periods of rising interest rates.
Asset-backed securities entail certain risks not presented by mortgage-backed securities. The collateral underlying asset-backed securities may be less effective as security for payments than real estate collateral. Debtors may have the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards or other obligations underlying the asset-backed security, or the debt holder may not have a first (or proper) security interest in all of the obligations backing the receivable because of the nature of the receivable or state or federal laws protecting the debtor. Certain collateral may be difficult to locate in the event of default, and recoveries on depreciated or damaged collateral may not fully cover payments due on these securities.
Asset-backed securities can also include collateralized putable notes (CPNs). CPNs represent interests in the most senior tranche of collateralized debt obligations and benefit from a put option provided by a highly rated counterparty. CPNs are also backed by interests in various assets, including other asset-backed securities, residential mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage-backed securities, and other instruments.
It is expected that governmental, government-related, or private entities may create mortgage loan pools and other mortgage-backed securities offering mortgage pass-through and mortgage-collateralized investments in addition to those described above. As new types of mortgage-backed securities are developed and offered to investors, investments in such new types of mortgage-backed securities may be considered for a fund or Underlying Fund.
Non-mortgage-related asset-backed securities include, but are not limited to, interests in pools of receivables, such as credit card and accounts receivables and motor vehicle and other installment purchase obligations and leases. Interests in these pools are not backed by the U.S. government and may or may not be secured.
The credit characteristics of asset-backed securities differs in a number of respects from those of traditional debt securities. Asset-backed securities generally do not have the benefit of a security interest in collateral that is comparable to other debt obligations, and there is a possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not be available to support payment on these securities.
The principal on asset-backed securities, like mortgage-related securities, may normally be prepaid at any time, which will reduce the yield and market value of these securities. Asset-backed securities and
14
commercial mortgage-backed securities generally experience less prepayment than residential mortgage-related securities. In periods of falling interest rates when liquidity is available to borrowers, the rate of prepayments tends to increase (as does price fluctuation) as borrowers are motivated to pay off debt and refinance at new lower rates. During such periods, reinvestment of the prepayment proceeds by a fund or Underlying Fund will generally be at lower rates of return than the return on the assets which were prepaid. Certain commercial mortgage-backed securities are issued in several classes with different levels of yield and credit protection. A funds or Underlying Funds investments in commercial mortgage-backed securities with several classes may be in the lower classes that have greater risks than the higher classes, including greater interest rate, credit and prepayment risks. While asset-backed securities are designed to allocate risk from pools of their underlying assets, the risk allocation techniques may not be successful, which could lead to the credit risk of these investments being greater than indicated by their ratings. The value of asset-backed securities may be further affected by downturns in the credit markets or the real estate market. It may be difficult to value these instruments because of the transparency or liquidity of some underlying investments, and these instruments may not be liquid. Finally, certain asset-backed securities are based on loans that are unsecured, which means that there is no collateral to seize if the underlying borrower defaults.
The coupon rate of interest on mortgage-related and asset-backed securities is lower than the interest rates paid on the mortgages included in the underlying pool by the amount of the fees paid to the mortgage pooler, issuer, and/or guarantor. Actual yield may vary from the coupon rate. However, if such securities are purchased at a premium or discount, traded in the secondary market at a premium or discount, or to the extent that the underlying assets are prepaid as noted above.
Corporate Asset-Backed Securities
Corporate asset-backed securities are often backed by a pool of assets representing the obligations of a number of different parties. To lessen the effect of failures by obligors on underlying assets to make payments, the securities may contain elements of credit support which fall into two categories: (i) liquidity protection; and (ii) protection against losses resulting from ultimate default by an obligor on the underlying assets. Liquidity protection refers to the provision of advances, generally by the entity administering the pool of assets, to ensure that the receipt of payments on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion. Protection against losses resulting from ultimate default ensures payment through insurance policies or letters of credit obtained by the issuer or sponsor from third parties. A fund or Underlying Fund will not pay any additional or separate fees for credit support. The degree of credit support provided for each issue is generally based on historical information respecting the level of credit risk associated with the underlying assets. Delinquency or loss in excess of that anticipated or failure of credit support could adversely affect the return on an investment in such a security. Privately issued asset-backed securities will not be treated as constituting a single, separate industry.
Corporate asset-backed securities present certain risks. For instance, in the case of credit card receivables, these securities may not have the benefit of any security interest in the related collateral. Credit card receivables are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give such debtors the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due. Most issuers of automobile receivables permit the servicers to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the related automobile receivables. In addition, because of the large number of vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical requirements under state laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile receivables may not have a proper security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables. Therefore, there is the possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may
15
not, in some cases, be available to support payments on these securities. The underlying assets ( e.g., loans) are also subject to prepayments which shorten the securities weighted average life and may lower their return.
Banking Industry Obligations, Savings Industry Obligations, and Other Short-Term Investments
Banking industry and savings industry obligations include, but are not limited to: (i) certificates of deposit; (ii) fixed time deposits; (iii) bankers acceptances; and (iv) other short-term debt obligations issued by commercial banks. A fund or Underlying Fund will not invest in obligations issued by a bank unless: (i) the bank is a U.S. bank and a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC); and (ii) the bank has total assets of at least $1 billion (U.S.) or, if not, the funds or Underlying Funds investment is limited to the FDIC-insured amount of $250,000. Certificates of deposit and bankers acceptances acquired by a fund or Underlying Fund will be dollar-denominated obligations of domestic or foreign banks or financial institutions which, at the time of purchase, have capital, surplus, and undivided profits in excess of $100 million, based on latest published reports, or less than $100 million if the principal amount of such bank obligations is fully insured by the U.S. government.
Limitations on Investment
Unless otherwise indicated in a funds or Underlying Funds investment policies, the fund or Underlying Fund may invest in commercial paper and short-term notes: (i) rated, at the date of investment, Prime-1 or Prime-2 by Moodys or A-1 or A-2 by S&P; (ii) if not rated by either Moodys or S&P, issued by a corporation having an outstanding debt issue rated A or better by Moodys or S&P; or (iii) if not rated, are determined to be of an investment quality comparable to rated commercial paper and short-term notes in which a fund or Underlying Fund may invest. These rating symbols are described in Appendix A.
When a fund or Underlying Fund holds instruments of foreign banks or financial institutions, it may be subject to additional investment risks that are different in some respects from those incurred by a fund or Underlying Fund which invests only in debt obligations of U.S. domestic issuers. Domestic banks and foreign banks are subject to extensive but different governmental regulations, which may limit both the amount and types of loans which may be made, and interest rates which may be charged. In addition, the profitability of the banking industry is largely dependent upon the availability and cost of funds for the purpose of financing lending operations under prevailing money market conditions. General economic conditions as well as exposure to credit losses arising from possible financial difficulties of borrowers play an important part in the operations of the banking industry. Federal and state laws and regulations require domestic banks to maintain specified levels of reserves, limit the amount which they can loan to a single borrower, and subject them to other regulations designed to promote financial soundness. However, such laws and regulations do not necessarily apply to foreign bank obligations that a fund or Underlying Fund may acquire.
For foreign banks, there is a possibility that liquidity could be impaired because of: (i) future political and economic developments; (ii) the obligations may be less marketable than comparable obligations of U.S. banks; (iii) a foreign jurisdiction might impose withholding taxes on interest income payable on those obligations; (iv) foreign deposits may be seized or nationalized; (v) foreign governmental restrictions (such as foreign exchange controls) may be adopted which might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on those obligations; and (vi) the selection of those obligations may be more difficult because there may be less publicly available information concerning foreign banks. In addition, the accounting, auditing, and financial reporting standards, practices, and requirements applicable to foreign banks may differ from those applicable to U.S. banks. In that connection, foreign banks are not subject to examination by any U.S. government agency or instrumentality.
16
Certificates of Deposit and Bankers Acceptances
Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds deposited in a commercial bank for a definite period of time and earning a specified return. Bankers acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of exchange, normally drawn by an importer or exporter to pay for specific merchandise, which are accepted by a bank, meaning that the bank unconditionally agrees to pay the face value of the instrument on maturity.
Commercial Paper
Commercial paper consists of short term (usually from 1 to 270 days) unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations in order to finance their current operations. A variable amount master demand note (which is a type of commercial paper) represents a direct borrowing arrangement involving periodically fluctuating rates of interest under a letter agreement between a commercial paper issuer and an institutional lender, pursuant to which, the lender may determine to invest varying amounts.
Commercial paper obligations may include variable rate master demand notes. These notes are obligations that permit investment of fluctuating amounts, at varying rates of interest, pursuant to direct arrangements between a fund or Underlying Fund, as lender, and the borrower. These notes permit daily changes in the amounts borrowed. The lender has the right to increase or decrease the amount under the note, at any time, up to the full amount provided by the note agreement; and the borrower may prepay up to the full amount of the note without penalty. Because variable amount master demand notes are direct lending arrangements between the lender and borrower, and because no secondary market exists for those notes, such instruments will probably not be traded. However, the notes are redeemable (and thus immediately repayable by the borrower) at face value, plus accrued interest, at any time. In connection with master demand note arrangements, a funds or Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser will monitor, on an ongoing basis, the earning power, cash flow, and other liquidity ratios of the borrower and its ability to pay principal and interest on demand. An Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser will also consider the extent to which the variable rate master demand notes are backed by bank letters of credit. These notes generally are not rated by Moodys or S&P. A fund or Underlying Fund may invest in them only if the adviser or sub-adviser believes that, at the time of investment, the notes are of comparable quality to the other commercial paper in which the fund or Underlying Fund may invest. Master demand notes are considered by a fund or Underlying Fund to have a maturity of one day unless the adviser or sub-adviser has reason to believe that the borrower could not make immediate repayment upon demand. For purposes of limitations on purchases of restricted securities, commercial paper issued pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (1933 Act) as part of a private placement that meets liquidity standards under procedures adopted by each Trusts Board of Trustees (Board) shall not be considered to be restricted.
Corporate Obligations
Corporate obligations include bonds and notes issued by corporations to finance longer-term credit needs than supported by commercial paper. While such obligations generally have maturities of ten years or more, a fund or Underlying Fund may purchase corporate obligations which have remaining maturities of one year or less from the date of purchase and which are rated Aa or higher by Moodys, AA or higher by S&P, or have received a comparable rating by another NRSRO, or if not rated by a NRSRO, are determined by the adviser or sub-adviser to be of comparable quality.
17
Fixed Time Deposits
Fixed time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained at a banking institution for a specified period of time at a specified interest rate. Fixed time deposits are bank obligations payable at a stated maturity date and bearing interest at a fixed rate. Fixed time deposits may be withdrawn on demand by the investor, but may be subject to early withdrawal penalties that vary depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation. There are no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a beneficial interest in a fixed time deposit to a third party because there is no market for such deposits. A fund or Underlying Fund will not invest in fixed time deposits which: (i) are not subject to prepayment; or (ii) provide for withdrawal penalties upon prepayment (other than overnight deposits) if, in the aggregate, such investment would mean that the fund or Underlying Fund would exceed its limitation in illiquid securities.
Corporate Debt Securities
Corporate debt securities include corporate bonds, debentures, notes, and other similar corporate debt instruments, including convertible securities.
The investment return on a corporate debt security reflects interest earnings and changes in the market value of the security. The market value of a corporate debt security will generally increase when interest rates decline, and decrease when interest rates rise. There is also the risk that the issuer of a debt security may not be able to meet its obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for by the instrument. Investments in corporate debt securities that are rated below investment grade are described in High-Yield Securities.
Bonds rated Baa- or BBB- have speculative characteristics and changes in economic circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make interest and principal payments than higher rated bonds. Investments in corporate debt securities that are rated below investment-grade are described in High-Yield Securities below. Debt securities rated BBB or Baa, which are considered medium-grade category bonds, do not have economic characteristics that provide the high degree of security with respect to payment of principal and interest associated with higher rated bonds, and generally have some speculative characteristics. A bond will be placed in this rating category where interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present, but economic characteristics that provide longer term protection may be lacking. Any bond, and particularly those rated BBB- or Baa3, have speculative characteristics and may be susceptible to changing conditions, particularly to economic downturns, which could lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and principal. Bonds rated below BBB- or Baa- have speculative characteristics and changes in economic circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make interest and principal payments than higher rated bonds.
New issues of certain debt securities are often offered on a when-issued or firm-commitment basis; that is, the payment obligation and the interest rate are fixed at the time the buyer enters into the commitment, but delivery and payment for the securities normally take place after the customary settlement time. The value of when-issued securities or securities purchased on a firm-commitment basis may vary prior to and after delivery depending on market conditions and changes in interest rate levels. However, a fund or Underlying Fund will not accrue any income on these securities prior to delivery. A fund or Underlying Fund will maintain in a segregated account with its custodian, or earmark on its records, an amount of cash or liquid assets equal (on a daily marked-to-market basis) to the amount of its commitment to purchase the when-issued securities or securities purchased on a firm-commitment basis.
18
Moodys or S&P do not rate many securities of foreign issuers; therefore, the selection of such securities depends, to a large extent, on the credit analysis performed or used by a funds or Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser.
Credit-Linked Notes (CLNs)
A CLN is generally issued by one party with a credit option, or risk, linked to a second party. The embedded credit option allows the first party to shift a specific credit risk to the CLN holder, or a fund or Underlying Fund in this case. The CLN is issued by a trust, a special purpose vehicle, collateralized by AAA-rated securities. Because of its high rating, a CLN may be purchased by a fund or Underlying Fund in accordance with the funds or Underlying Funds investment objective. The CLNs price or coupon is linked to the performance of the reference asset of the second party. Generally, the CLN holder receives either fixed or floating coupon rate during the life of the CLN and at par at maturity. The cash flows are dependent on specific credit-related events. Should the second party default or declare bankruptcy, the CLN holder will receive an amount equivalent to the recovery rate. The CLN holder bears the risk of default by the second party and any unforeseen movements in the reference asset, which could lead to loss of principal and receipt of interest payments. In return for these risks, the CLN holder receives a higher yield. As with most derivative investments, valuation of a CLN is difficult due to the complexity of the security ( i.e., the embedded option is not easily priced). A fund or Underlying Fund cannot assure that it can implement a successful strategy regarding this type of investment.
Floating and Variable Rate Instruments
Floating and variable rate instruments normally provide that the holder can demand payment of the obligation on short notice at par with accrued interest. Such bonds are frequently secured by letters of credit or other credit support arrangements provided by banks. Floating or variable rate instruments provide for adjustments in the interest rate at specified intervals (weekly, monthly, semiannually, etc). A fund or Underlying Fund would anticipate using these bonds as cash equivalents, pending longer term investment of its funds. Other longer term fixed rate bonds, with a right of the holder to request redemption at certain times (often annually, after the lapse of an intermediate term), may also be purchased by a fund or Underlying Fund. These instruments are more defensive than conventional long-term bonds (protecting to some degree against a rise in interest rates), while providing greater opportunity than comparable intermediate term bonds since a fund or Underlying Fund may retain the instrument if interest rates decline. By acquiring these types of instruments, a fund or Underlying Fund obtains the contractual right to require the issuer of the security, or some other person (other than a broker or dealer), to purchase the security at an agreed upon price, which right is contained in the obligation itself rather than in a separate agreement with the seller or some other person.
Variable rate instruments held by a fund or Underlying Fund may have maturities of more than one year, provided: (i) the fund or Underlying Fund is entitled to the payment of principal at any time, or during specified intervals not exceeding one year, upon giving the prescribed notice (which may not exceed 30 days); and (ii) the rate of interest on such instruments is adjusted at periodic intervals not to exceed one year. In determining whether a variable rate instrument has a remaining maturity of one year or less, each instrument will be deemed to have a maturity equal to the longer of the period remaining until its next interest rate adjustment or the period remaining until the principal amount can be recovered through demand. A fund or Underlying Fund will be able (at any time or during specified periods not exceeding one year, depending upon the note involved) to demand payment of the principal of a note. If an issuer of a variable rate instrument defaulted on its payment obligation, a fund or Underlying Fund might be unable to dispose of the note and a loss would be incurred to the extent of the default. A fund or Underlying Fund may invest in variable rate instruments only when the investment is deemed to involve minimal credit risk. The continuing creditworthiness of issuers of these instruments will be monitored to determine
19
whether such notes should continue to be held. Variable and floating rate instruments with demand periods in excess of seven days, which cannot be disposed of promptly within seven business days in the usual course of business, without taking a reduced price will be treated as illiquid securities.
Credit rating agencies frequently do not rate such instruments; however, a funds or Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser will determine what unrated and variable and floating rate instruments are of comparable quality at the time of the purchase to rated instruments eligible for purchase by the fund or Underlying Fund. An active secondary market may not exist with respect to particular variable or floating rate instruments purchased by a fund or Underlying Fund. The absence of such an active secondary market could make it difficult for a fund or Underlying Fund to dispose of the variable or floating rate instrument involved if the issuer of the instrument defaults on its payment obligation or during periods in which the fund or Underlying Fund is not entitled to exercise its demand rights, and the fund or Underlying Fund could, for these or other reasons, suffer a loss to the extent of the default. Variable and floating rate instruments may be secured by bank letters of credit. Money market instruments with a maturity of 60 days or less provide duration exposure similar to the floating rate debt in which a fund or Underlying Fund invests. Such money market instruments are considered, for the purposes of a funds or Underlying Funds investment, to be floating rate debt.
By acquiring these instruments, an Underlying Fund obtains the contractual right to require the issuer of the security, or some other person (other than a broker or dealer) to purchase the security at an agreed-upon price, which rights is contained in the obligation itself rather than in a separate agreement with the seller or some other person. If an issuer of a variable rate demand note defaulted on its payment obligation, a fund might be unable to dispose of the note and a loss would be incurred to the extent of the default. An Underlying Fund may invest in variable rate demand notes only when the investment is deemed to involve minimal credit risk. The continuing creditworthiness of issuers of variable rate demand notes held by a fund will also be monitored to determine whether such notes should continue to be held. Variable and floating rate instruments with demand periods in excess of seven days, which cannot be disposed of promptly within seven business days in the usual course of business without taking a reduced price, will be treated as illiquid securities.
Government Trust Certificates
Government Trust Certificates represent an interest in a government trust, the property of which consists of: (i) a promissory note of a foreign government no less than 90% of which is backed by the full faith and credit guaranty issued by the federal government of the United States (issued pursuant to Title III of the Foreign Operations, Export, Financing and Related Borrowers Programs Appropriations Act of 1998); and (ii) a security interest in obligations of the U.S. Treasury backed by the full faith and credit of the United States sufficient to support the remaining balance (no more than 10%) of all payments of principal and interest on such promissory note; provided that such obligations shall not be rated less than AAA by S&P or less than Aaa by Moodys, or have received a comparable rating by another NRSRO.
Guaranteed Investment Contracts (GICs)
GICs are issued by insurance companies. Pursuant to such contracts, a fund or Underlying Fund makes cash contributions to a deposit fund in the insurance companys general account. The insurance company then credits to the fund or Underlying Fund on a monthly basis guaranteed interest, which is based on an index. The GICs provide that this guaranteed interest will not be less than a certain minimum rate. The insurance company may assess periodic charges against a GIC for expense and service costs allocable to it, and the charges will be deducted from the value of the deposit fund. In addition, because a fund or Underlying Fund may not receive the principal amount of a GIC from the insurance company on seven days notice or less, the GIC is considered an illiquid investment, and, together with other instruments
20
invested in by the fund or Underlying Fund which are not readily marketable, will not exceed 15% of the funds or Underlying Funds net assets. The term of a GIC will be one year or less. In determining average weighted portfolio maturity, a GIC will be deemed to have a maturity equal to the period of time remaining until the next readjustment of the guaranteed interest rate. GICs are not backed by the U.S. government nor are they insured by the FDIC. GICs are generally guaranteed only by the insurance companies that issue them.
High-Yield Bonds
High-yield bonds often are referred to as junk bonds and include certain corporate debt obligations, higher yielding preferred stock, mortgage-backed securities, and securities convertible into the foregoing. Investments in high-yield bonds generally provide greater income and increased opportunity for capital appreciation than investments in higher quality debt securities, but they also typically entail greater potential price volatility and principal and income risk.
High-yield bonds are not considered to be investment-grade. They are regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuing companys continuing ability to meet principal and interest payments. Also, their yields and market values tend to fluctuate more than higher rated securities. Fluctuations in value do not affect the cash income from the securities, but are reflected in a funds or Underlying Funds NAV. The greater risks and fluctuations in yield and value occur, in part, because investors generally perceive issuers of lower rated and unrated securities to be less creditworthy.
Certain securities held by a fund or Underlying Fund may permit the issuer, at its option, to call or redeem its securities. If an issuer were to redeem securities held by a fund or Underlying Fund during a time of declining interest rates, the fund or Underlying Fund may not be able to reinvest the proceeds in securities providing the same investment return as the securities redeemed.
While an adviser or sub-adviser may refer to ratings issued by established credit rating agencies, it is not a funds or Underlying Funds policy to rely exclusively on ratings issued by these rating agencies but rather to supplement such ratings with the advisers or sub-advisers own independent and ongoing review of credit quality. To the extent a fund or Underlying Fund invests in these lower rated securities, the achievement of its investment objective may be more dependent on the advisers or sub-advisers own credit analysis than in the case of a fund or Underlying Fund investing in higher quality fixed-income securities. These lower rated securities may also include zero-coupon bonds, deferred interest bonds, and pay-in-kind bonds.
Risks Associated With Investing in High-Yield Bonds
Medium to lower rated and unrated securities tend to offer higher yields than those of other securities with the same maturities because of the additional risks associated with them. These risks include:
High-Yield Bond Market - A severe economic downturn or increase in interest rates might increase defaults in high-yield bonds issued by highly leveraged companies. An increase in the number of defaults could adversely affect the value of all outstanding high-yield bonds, thus disrupting the market for such securities.
Sensitivity to Interest Rate and Economic Changes - High-yield bonds are more sensitive to adverse economic changes or individual corporate developments but less sensitive to interest rate changes than are U.S. Treasury or investment-grade bonds. As a result, when interest rates rise causing bond prices to fall, the value of high-yield bonds tend not to fall as much as U.S. Treasury or investment-grade bonds.
21
Conversely, when interest rates fall, high-yield bonds tend to underperform U.S. Treasury and investment-grade bonds because high-yield bond prices tend not to rise as much as the prices of these bonds.
The financial stress resulting from an economic downturn or adverse corporate developments could have a greater negative effect on the ability of issuers of high-yield bonds to service their principal and interest payments, to meet projected business goals, and to obtain additional financing than on more creditworthy issuers. Holders of high-yield bonds could also be at greater risk because high-yield bonds are generally unsecured and subordinate to senior debt holders and secured creditors. If the issuer of a high-yield bond owned by a fund or Underlying Fund defaults, the fund or Underlying Fund may incur additional expenses in seeking recovery. In addition, periods of economic uncertainty and changes can be expected to result in increased volatility of market prices of high-yield bonds. Furthermore, in the case of high-yield bonds structured as zero-coupon or pay-in-kind bonds, their market prices are affected to a greater extent by interest rate changes and thereby tend to be more speculative and volatile than securities which pay in cash.
Payment Expectations - High-yield bonds present risks based on payment expectations. For example, high-yield bonds may contain redemption or call provisions. If an issuer exercises these provisions in a declining interest rate market, a fund or Underlying Fund may have to replace the security with a lower yielding security, resulting in a decreased return for investors. In addition, there is a higher risk of nonpayment of interest and/or principal by issuers of high-yield bonds than in the case of investment-grade bonds.
Liquidity and Valuation Risks - Lower rated bonds are typically traded among a smaller number of broker dealers rather than in a broad secondary market. Purchasers of high-yield bonds tend to be institutions, rather than individuals, a factor that further limits the secondary market. To the extent that no established retail secondary market exists, many high-yield bonds may not be as liquid as U.S. Treasury and investment-grade bonds. The ability of a fund or Underlying Fund to value or sell high-yield bonds will be adversely affected to the extent that such securities are thinly traded or illiquid. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the values and liquidity of high-yield bonds more than other securities, especially in a thinly traded market. To the extent a fund or Underlying Fund owns illiquid or restricted high-yield bonds these securities may involve special registration responsibilities, liabilities and costs, and liquidity and valuation difficulties. At times of less liquidity, it may be more difficult to value high-yield bonds because this valuation may require more research, and elements of judgment may play a greater role in the valuation since there is less reliable, objective data available.
Taxation - Special tax considerations are associated with investing in high-yield securities structured as zero-coupon or pay-in-kind securities. A fund or Underlying Fund reports the interest on these securities as income even though it receives no cash interest until the securitys maturity or payment date.
Limitations of Credit Ratings - The credit ratings assigned to high-yield securities may not accurately reflect the true risks of an investment. Credit ratings typically evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments, rather than the market value risk of high-yield bonds. In addition, credit agencies may fail to adjust credit ratings to reflect rapid changes in economic or company conditions that affect a securitys market value. Although the ratings of recognized rating services such as Moodys and S&P are considered, an adviser or sub-adviser primarily relies on its own credit analysis, which includes a study of existing debt, capital structure, ability to service debts and to pay dividends, the issuers sensitivity to economic conditions, its operating history, and the current trend of earnings. Thus, the achievement of a funds or Underlying Funds investment objective may be more dependent on the advisers or sub-advisers own credit analysis than might be the case for a fund or Underlying Fund which invests in
22
higher quality bonds. An adviser or sub-adviser continually monitors the investments in a funds or Underlying Funds portfolio and carefully evaluates whether to dispose of or retain high-yield bonds whose credit ratings have changed. A fund or Underlying Fund may retain a security whose rating has been changed.
Congressional Proposals - New laws and proposed laws may negatively affect the market for high-yield bonds. As examples, recent legislation requires federally insured savings and loan associations to divest themselves of their investments in high-yield bonds, and pending proposals are designed to limit the use of, or tax and eliminate other advantages of high-yield bonds. Any such proposals, if enacted, could have negative effect on a funds or Underlying Funds NAV.
Loans
Investment Quality and Credit Analysis
Variable or floating rate loans or notes (Senior Loans) in which a fund or Underlying Fund may invest generally are rated below investment-grade credit quality or are unrated. In acquiring a loan, an adviser or sub-adviser will consider some or all of the following factors concerning the borrower: ability to service debt from internally generated funds; adequacy of liquidity and working capital; appropriateness of capital structure; leverage consistent with industry norms; historical experience of achieving business and financial projections; the quality and experience of management; and adequacy of collateral coverage. An adviser or sub-adviser performs its own independent credit analysis of each borrower. In so doing, an adviser or sub-adviser may utilize information and credit analyses from agents that originate or administer loans, other lenders investing in a loan, and other sources. An adviser or sub-adviser also may communicate directly with management of the borrowers. These analyses continue on a periodic basis for any Senior Loan held by a fund or Underlying Fund.
Senior Loan Characteristics
Senior Loans are loans that are typically made to business borrowers to finance leveraged buy-outs, recapitalizations, mergers, stock repurchases, and internal growth. Senior Loans generally hold the most senior position in the capital structure of a borrower and are usually secured by liens on the assets of the borrowers; including tangible assets such as cash, accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment, common and/or preferred stocks of subsidiaries; and intangible assets including trademarks, copyrights, patent rights, and franchise value. They may also provide guarantees as a form of collateral. Senior Loans are typically structured to include two or more types of loans within a single credit agreement. The most common structure is to have a revolving loan and a term loan. A revolving loan is a loan that can be drawn upon, repaid fully or partially, and then the repaid portions can be drawn upon again. A term loan is a loan that is fully drawn upon immediately and once repaid it cannot be drawn upon again.
Sometimes there may be two or more term loans and they may be secured by different collateral, have different repayment schedules and maturity dates. In addition to revolving loans and term loans, Senior Loan structures can also contain facilities for the issuance of letters of credit and may contain mechanisms for lenders to pre-fund letters of credit through credit-linked deposits.
By virtue of their senior position and collateral, Senior Loans typically provide lenders with the first right to cash flows or proceeds from the sale of a borrowers collateral if the borrower becomes insolvent (subject to the limitations of bankruptcy law, which may provide higher priority to certain claims such as employee salaries, employee pensions, and taxes). This means Senior Loans are generally repaid before unsecured bank loans, corporate bonds, subordinated debt, trade creditors, and preferred or common stockholders.
23
Senior Loans typically pay interest at least quarterly at rates which equal a fixed percentage spread over a base rate such as the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (LIBOR). For example, if LIBOR were 3% and the borrower was paying a fixed spread of 2.50%, the total interest rate paid by the borrower would be 5.50%. Base rates, and therefore the total rates paid on Senior Loans, float, i.e., they change as market rates of interest change.
Although a base rate such as LIBOR can change every day, loan agreements for Senior Loans typically allow the borrower the ability to choose how often the base rate for its loan will change. A single loan may have multiple reset periods at the same time, with each reset period applicable to a designated portion of the loan. Such periods can range from one day to one year, with most borrowers choosing monthly or quarterly reset periods. During periods of rising interest rates, borrowers will tend to choose longer reset periods, and during periods of declining interest rates, borrowers will tend to choose shorter reset periods. The fixed spread over the base rate on a Senior Loan typically does not change.
Senior Loans generally are arranged through private negotiations between a borrower and several financial institutions represented by an agent who is usually one of the originating lenders. In larger transactions, it is common to have several agents; however, generally only one such agent has primary responsibility for ongoing administration of a Senior Loan. Agents are typically paid fees by the borrower for their services.
The agent is primarily responsible for negotiating the loan agreement which establishes the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan and the rights of the borrower and the lenders. The agent also is responsible for monitoring collateral and for exercising remedies available to the lenders such as foreclosure upon collateral.
Loan agreements may provide for the termination of the agents agency status in the event that it fails to act as required under the relevant loan agreement, becomes insolvent, enters FDIC receivership or, if not FDIC insured, enters into bankruptcy. Should such an agent, lender or assignor with respect to an assignment inter-positioned between a fund or Underlying Fund and the borrower become insolvent or enter FDIC receivership or bankruptcy, any interest in the Senior Loan of such person and any loan payment held by such person for the benefit of the fund or Underlying Fund should not be included in such persons or entitys bankruptcy estate. If, however, any such amount were included in such persons or entitys bankruptcy estate, a fund or Underlying Fund would incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment or could suffer a loss of principal or interest. In this event, a fund or Underlying Fund could experience a decrease in the NAV.
A fund or Underlying Fund typically invests in Senior Loans by purchasing an assignment of a portion of a Senior Loan from a third party, either in connection with the original loan transaction ( i.e ., in the primary market) or after the initial loan transaction ( i.e ., in the secondary market). When a fund or Underlying Fund purchases a Senior Loan in the primary market, it may share in a fee paid to the original lender. When a fund or Underlying Fund purchases a Senior Loan in the secondary market, it may pay a fee to, or forego a portion of interest payments from, the lender making the assignment. A fund or Underlying Fund may also make its investments in Senior Loans through the use of derivative instruments such as participations, credit-linked notes, credit default swaps, and total return swaps as long as the reference obligation for any such instrument is a Senior Loan.
Investments through the use of such derivative instruments involve counterparty risk, i.e ., the risk that the party from which such instrument is purchased will not perform as agreed. Unlike an assignment as described below, a fund or Underlying Fund does not have a direct contractual relationship with the borrower. A fund or Underlying Fund seeks to minimize such counter party risk by purchasing such investments only from large, well established and highly rated counter parties.
24
Assignments
When a fund or Underlying Fund is a purchaser of an assignment, it succeeds to all the rights and obligations under the loan agreement of the assigning lender and becomes a lender under the loan agreement with the same rights and obligations as the assigning lender. These rights include the ability to vote along with the other lenders on such matters as enforcing the terms of the loan agreement ( e.g ., declaring defaults, initiating collection action, etc.). Taking such actions typically requires at least a vote of the lenders holding a majority of the investment in the loan and may require a vote by lenders holding two-thirds or more of the investment in the loan. Because a fund or Underlying Fund usually does not hold a majority of the investment in any loan, it will not be able by itself to control decisions that require a vote by the lenders.
Acquisition Costs
When a fund or Underlying Fund acquires an interest in a Senior Loan in the primary market, it typically acquires the loan at par, less its portion of the fee paid to all originating lenders. When a fund or Underlying Fund acquires an interest in a Senior Loan in the secondary market, it may be at par, but typically the fund or Underlying Fund will do so at premium or discount to par.
Loan Participation and Assignments
A funds or Underlying Funds investment in loan participations typically will result in the fund or Underlying Fund having a contractual relationship only with the lender and not with the borrower. A fund or Underlying Fund will have the right to receive payments of principal, interest, and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the participation and only upon receipt by the lender of the payments from the borrower. In connection with purchasing participation, a fund or Underlying Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement relating to the loan, nor any right of set-off against the borrower, and the fund or Underlying Fund may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the loan in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, a fund or Underlying Fund may be subject to the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the participation. In the event of the insolvency of the lender selling the participation, a fund or Underlying Fund may be treated as a general creditor of the lender and may not benefit from any set-off between the lender and the borrower.
When a fund or Underlying Fund purchases a loan assignment from lenders, it will acquire direct rights against the borrowers on the loan. However, because assignments are arranged through private negotiations between potential assignees and potential assignors, the rights and obligations acquired by a fund or Underlying Fund as the purchaser of an assignment may differ from, and be more limited than, those held by the assigning lender. Because there is no liquid market for such assets, a fund or Underlying Fund anticipates that such assets could be sold only to a limited number of institutional investors. The lack of a liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the value of such assets and a funds or Underlying Funds ability to dispose of particular assignments or participations when necessary to meet redemption of shares, to meet the funds or Underlying Funds liquidity needs or, in response to a specific economic event such as deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower. The lack of a liquid secondary market for assignments and participations also may make it more difficult for a fund or Underlying Fund to value these assets for purposes of calculating its NAV.
25
Originating Loans
A fund or Underlying Fund has the ability to act as an agent in originating and administering a loan on behalf of all lenders or as one of a group of co-agents in originating loans. An agent for a loan is required to administer and manage the loan and to service or monitor the collateral. The agent is also responsible for the collection of principal, interest, and fee payments from the borrower and the apportionment of these payments to the credit of all lenders which are parties to the loan agreement. The agent is charged with the responsibility of monitoring compliance by the borrower with the restrictive covenants in the loan agreement and of notifying the lenders of any adverse change in the borrowers financial condition. In addition, the agent generally is responsible for determining that the lenders have obtained a perfected security interest in the collateral securing the loan.
Lenders generally rely on the agent to collect their portion of the payments on a loan and to use the appropriate creditor remedies against the borrower. Typically under loan agreements, the agent is given broad discretion in enforcing the loan agreement and is obligated to use the same care it would use in the management of its own property. The borrower compensates the agent for these services. Such compensation may include special fees paid on structuring and funding the loan and other fees on a continuing basis. The precise duties and rights of an agent are defined in the loan agreement.
When a fund or Underlying Fund is an agent it has, as a party to the loan agreement, a direct contractual relationship with the borrower and, prior to allocating portions of the loan to the lenders if any, assumes all risks associated with the loan. The agent may enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement. Agents also have voting and consent rights under the applicable loan agreement. Action subject to agent vote or consent generally requires the vote or consent of the holders of some specified percentage of the outstanding principal amount of the loan, which percentage varies depending on the relative loan agreement. Certain decisions, such as reducing the amount or increasing the time for payment of interest on or repayment of principal of a loan, or relating collateral therefore, frequently require the unanimous vote or consent of all lenders affected. When a fund or Underlying Fund participates as an original lender, it typically acquires the loan at par.
Pursuant to the terms of a loan agreement, the agent typically has sole responsibility for servicing and administering a loan on behalf of the other lenders. Each lender in a loan is generally responsible for performing its own credit analysis and its own investigation of the financial condition of the borrower. Generally, loan agreements will hold the agent liable for any action taken or omitted that amounts to gross negligence or willful misconduct. In the event of a borrowers default on a loan, the loan agreements provide that the lenders do not have recourse against a fund or Underlying Fund for its activities as agent. Instead, lenders will be required to look to the borrower for recourse.
In a typical interest in a Senior Loan, the agent administers the loan and has the right to monitor the collateral. The agent is also required to segregate the principal and interest payments received from the borrower and to hold these payments for the benefit of the lenders. A fund or Underlying Fund normally looks to the agent to collect and distribute principal of, and interest on, a Senior Loan. Furthermore, a fund or Underlying Fund looks to the agent to use normal credit remedies, such as to foreclose on collateral, monitor credit loan covenants, and notify the lenders of any adverse changes in the borrowers financial condition or declarations of insolvency. At times a fund or Underlying Fund may also negotiate with the agent regarding the agents exercise of credit remedies under a Senior Loan. The agent is compensated for these services by the borrower as set forth in the loan agreement. Such compensation may take the form of a fee or other amount paid upon the making of the Senior Loan and/or an ongoing fee or other amount.
26
Additional Information on Loans
The loans in which a fund or Underlying Fund may invest usually include restrictive covenants which must be maintained by the borrower. Such covenants, in addition to the timely payment of interest and principal, may include mandatory prepayment provisions arising from free cash flow and restrictions on dividend payments, and usually state that a borrower must maintain specific minimum financial ratios as well as establishing limits on total debt. A breach of covenant, which is not waived by the agent, is normally an event of acceleration, i.e ., the agent has the right to call the loan. In addition, loan covenants may include mandatory prepayment provisions stemming from free cash flow. Free cash flow is cash that is in excess of capital expenditures plus debt service requirements of principal and interest. The free cash flow shall be applied to prepay the loan in an order of maturity described in the loan documents. Under certain interests in loans, a fund or Underlying Fund may have an obligation to make additional loans upon demand by the borrower. A fund or Underlying Fund generally ensures its ability to satisfy such demands by segregating sufficient assets in high quality short term liquid investments or borrowing to cover such obligations.
A principal risk associated with acquiring loans from another lender is the credit risk associated with the borrower of the underlying loan. Additional credit risk may occur when a fund or Underlying Fund acquires a participation in a loan from another lender because the fund or Underlying Fund must assume the risk of insolvency or bankruptcy of the other lender from which the loan was acquired. However, in acquiring loans, an adviser or sub-adviser conducts an analysis and evaluation of the financial condition of each such lender. In this regard, loans are considered if the lenders have a long-term debt rating, the long-term debt of all such participants is rated BBB- or better by S&P or Baa3 or better by Moodys, or has received a comparable rating by another NRSRO. In the absence of rated long-term debt, loans are considered if the lenders or, with respect to a bank, the holding company of such lenders have commercial paper outstanding which is rated at least A-1 by S&P or P-1 by Moodys. In the absence of such rated long-term debt or rated commercial paper, a fund or Underlying Fund may acquire participations in loans from lenders whose long-term debt and commercial paper is of comparable quality to the foregoing rating standards as determined by the adviser or sub-adviser.
Loans, unlike certain bonds, usually do not have call protection. This means that investments, while having a stated one to ten year term, may be prepaid, often without penalty. A fund or Underlying Fund generally holds loans to maturity unless it becomes necessary to sell them to satisfy any shareholder repurchase offers or to adjust the funds or Underlying Funds portfolio in accordance with the advisers or sub-advisers view of current or expected economics or specific industry or borrower conditions.
Loans frequently require full or partial prepayment of a loan when there are asset sales or a securities issuance. Prepayments on loans may also be made by the borrower at its election. The rate of such prepayments may be affected by, among other things, general business and economic conditions, as well as the financial status of the borrower. Prepayment would cause the actual duration of a loan to be shorter than its stated maturity. Prepayment may be deferred by a fund or Underlying Fund. This should; however, allow a fund or Underlying Fund to reinvest in a new loan and recognize as income any unamortized loan fees. In many cases this will result in a new facility fee payable to a fund or Underlying Fund.
Because interest rates paid on these loans fluctuate periodically with the market, it is expected that the prepayment and a subsequent purchase of a new loan by a fund or Underlying Fund will not have a material adverse impact on the yield of the portfolio.
A fund or Underlying Fund may be required to pay and receive various fees and commissions in the process of purchasing, selling, and holding loans. The fee component may include any, or a combination
27
of, the following elements: arrangement fees, non-use fees, facility fees, letter of credit fees, and ticking fees. Arrangement fees are paid at the commencement of a loan as compensation for the initiation of the transaction. A non-use fee is paid based upon the amount committed but not used under the loan. Facility fees are on-going annual fees paid in connection with a loan. Letter of credit fees are paid if a loan involves a letter of credit. Ticking fees are paid from the initial commitment indication until loan closing if for an extended period. The amount of fees is negotiated at the time of closing.
Hybrid Loans
The growth of the syndicated loan market has produced loan structures with characteristics similar to Senior Loans but which resemble bonds in some respects, and generally offer less covenant or other protections than traditional Senior Loans, while still being collateralized (Hybrid Loans). With Hybrid Loans, a fund or Underlying Fund may not possess a senior claim to all of the collateral securing the Hybrid Loan. Hybrid Loans also may not include covenants that are typical of Senior Loans, such as covenants requiring the maintenance of minimum interest coverage ratios. As a result, Hybrid Loans present additional risks besides those associated with traditional Senior Loans, although they may provide a relatively higher yield. Because the lenders in Hybrid Loans waive or forego certain loan covenants, their negotiating power or voting rights in the event of a default may be diminished. As a result, the lenders interests may not be represented as significantly as in the case of a conventional Senior Loan. In addition, because a funds or Underlying Funds security interest in some of the collateral may be subordinate to other creditors, the risk of nonpayment of interest or loss of principal may be greater than would be the case with conventional Senior Loans.
Subordinated and Unsecured Loans
The primary risk arising in connection with subordinated loans is that, because the interest is subordinated, there is the potential for loss in the event of default by the issuer of the loans. Subordinated loans in insolvency bear an increased share, relative to senior secured lenders, of the ultimate risk that the borrowers assets are insufficient to meet its obligations to its creditors. Unsecured loans are not secured by any specific collateral of the borrower. They do not enjoy the security associated with collateralization and may pose a greater risk of nonpayment of interest or loss of principal than secured loans.
Mortgage-Backed Securities
Mortgage-backed securities represent participation interests in pools of adjustable and fixed rate mortgage loans secured by real property. The types of mortgage-backed securities a fund or Underlying Fund may invest in include adjustable rate mortgage securities, agency related mortgage-backed securities, CMOs, interest/principal only stripped mortgage-backed securities (SMBS), REMICS, and subordinated mortgage securities. Most mortgage-backed securities are pass-through securities, which means that investors receive payments consisting of a pro rata share of both principal and interest (less servicing and other fees), as well as unscheduled prepayments, as mortgages in the underlying mortgage pool are paid off by borrowers. A fund or Underlying Fund may invest only in those mortgage-backed securities that meet its credit quality and portfolio maturity requirements.
Mortgage-backed securities issued by commercial banks, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers, and other secondary market issuers create pass-through pools of conventional residential mortgage loans. In addition, such issuers may be the originators of the underlying mortgage loans as well as the guarantors of the pass-through certificates. Pools created by such non-governmental issuers generally offer a higher rate of return than governmental pools because there are no direct or indirect governmental guarantees of payments in the former pools. However, timely payment of interest and principal of these pools may be supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool, and hazard insurance. The insurance and guarantees are issued by government entities, private insurers, and the mortgage poolers.
28
It is expected that governmental or private entities may create mortgage loan pools offering pass-through investments in addition to those described herein. As new types of pass-through securities are developed and offered to investors, the adviser or sub-adviser may, consistent with a funds or Underlying Funds investment objective, policies, and restrictions, consider making investments in such new types of securities.
Other types of mortgage-backed securities in which a fund or Underlying Fund may invest include debt securities that are secured, directly or indirectly, by mortgages on commercial real estate or residential rental properties, or by first liens on residential manufactured homes (as defined in section 603(6) of the National Manufactured Housing Construction and Safety Standards Act of 1974), whether such manufactured homes are considered real or personal property under the laws of the states in which they are located. Securities in this investment category include, among others, standard mortgage-backed bonds and newer CMOs. Mortgage-backed bonds are secured by pools of mortgages, but unlike pass-through securities, payments to bondholders are not determined by payments on the mortgages. The bonds consist of a single class, with interest payable periodically and principal payable on the stated date of maturity.
An additional class of mortgage-backed securities includes parallel-pay CMOs and Planned Amortization Class CMOs (PAC Bonds). Parallel-pay CMOs are structured to provide payments of principal on each payment date to more than one class. These simultaneous payments are taken into account in calculating the stated maturity date or final distribution date of each class which, as with other CMO structures, must be retired by its stated maturity date or final distribution date, but may be retired earlier. PAC Bonds generally call for payments of a specified amount of principal on each payment date.
Unlike conventional debt obligations, mortgage-backed securities provide monthly payments derived from the monthly interest and principal payments (including any prepayments) made by the individual borrowers on the pooled mortgage loans. The mortgage loans underlying mortgage-backed securities are generally subject to a greater rate of principal prepayments in a declining interest rate environment and to a lesser rate of principal prepayments in an increasing interest rate environment. Under certain interest rate and prepayment scenarios, a fund or Underlying Fund may fail to recover the full amount of its investment in mortgage-backed securities notwithstanding any direct or indirect governmental or agency guarantee. Since faster than expected prepayments must usually be invested in lower yielding securities, mortgage-backed securities are less effective than conventional bonds in locking in a specified interest rate. In a rising interest rate environment, a declining prepayment rate may extend the average life of many mortgage-backed securities. Extending the average life of a mortgage-backed security reduces its value and increases the risk of depreciation due to future increases in market interest rates.
Risks of Investing in Mortgage-Backed Securities
Investments in mortgage-backed securities involve certain risks. Due to the possibility of prepayments of the underlying mortgage instruments, mortgage-backed securities generally do not have a known maturity. In the absence of a known maturity, market participants generally refer to an estimated average life. An average life estimate is a function of an assumption regarding anticipated prepayment patterns, based upon current interest rates, current conditions in the relevant housing markets, and other factors. The assumption is necessarily subjective, and thus different market participants can produce different average life estimates with regard to the same security. There can be no assurance that estimated average life will be a securitys actual average life.
29
In periods of declining interest rates, prices of fixed-income securities tend to rise. However, during such periods, the rate of prepayment of mortgages underlying mortgage-backed securities tends to increase, with the result that such prepayments must be reinvested by the issuer at lower rates. Rising interest rates also tend to discourage refinancing of home mortgages, with the result that the average life of mortgage-backed securities held by a fund or Underlying Fund may be lengthened.
The rate of prepayments on underlying mortgages will affect the price and volatility of a mortgage-backed security and may have the effect of shortening or extending the effective maturity of the security beyond what was anticipated at the time of the purchase. Unanticipated rates of prepayment on underlying mortgages can be expected to increase the volatility of such securities.
In addition, the value of these securities may fluctuate in response to the markets perception of the creditworthiness of the issuers of mortgage-backed securities owned by a fund or Underlying Fund. Because investments in mortgage-backed securities are interest rate sensitive, the ability of the issuer to reinvest favorably in underlying mortgages may be limited by government regulation or tax policy. For example, action by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to limit the growth of the nations money supply may cause interest rates to rise and thereby reduce the volume of new residential mortgages.
Additionally, although mortgages and mortgage-backed securities are generally supported by some form of government or private guarantees, and/or insurance, there is no assurance that guarantors or insurers will be able to meet their obligations.
Further, SMBS are likely to experience greater price volatility than other types of mortgage securities. The yield to maturity on the interest only (IO) class is extremely sensitive, both to changes in prevailing interest rates and to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the underlying mortgage assets. In addition, if a series of a CMO includes a class that bears interest at an adjustable rate, the yield to maturity on the related CMO residual will also be extremely sensitive to changes in the level of the index upon which interest rate adjustments are made. A fund or Underlying Fund could fail to fully recover its initial investment in a CMO residual or a SMBS.
Some of these mortgage-backed securities may have exposure to subprime loans or subprime mortgages, which are loans to persons with impaired credit ratings. However, it may be difficult to determine which securities have exposure to subprime loans or mortgages. Furthermore, the risk allocation techniques employed by these instruments may not be successful, which could lead to the credit risk of these instruments being greater than indicated by their ratings. The value of these instruments may be further affected by downturns in the credit markets or the real estate market. It may be difficult to value these instruments because of concerns about their transparency. These instruments may not be liquid.
Adjustable Rate Mortgage Securities (ARMS)
ARMS are pass-through mortgage securities collateralized by mortgages with adjustable rather than fixed rates. The adjustments usually are determined in accordance with a predetermined interest rate index and may be subject to certain limits. The adjustment feature of ARMS tends to make their values less sensitive to interest rate changes. As the interest rates on the mortgages underlying ARMS are reset periodically, yields of such portfolio securities will gradually align themselves to reflect changes in market rates. Unlike fixed rate mortgages, which generally decline in value during periods of rising interest rates, ARMS allow a fund or Underlying Fund to participate in increases in interest rates through periodic adjustments in the coupons of the underlying mortgages, resulting in both higher current yields and low price fluctuations. Furthermore, if prepayments of principal are made on the underlying mortgages during periods of rising interest rates, a fund or Underlying Fund may be able to reinvest such
30
amounts in securities with a higher current rate of return. During periods of declining interest rates, the coupon rates may readjust downward, resulting in lower yields to a fund or Underlying Fund. Further, because of this feature, the values of ARMS are unlikely to rise during periods of declining interest rates to the same extent as fixed rate instruments.
Generally, ARMS have a specified maturity date and amortize principal over their life. In periods of declining interest rates, there is a reasonable likelihood that ARMS will experience increased rates of prepayment of principal. However, the major difference between ARMS and fixed rate mortgage securities is that the interest rate and the rate of amortization of principal of ARMS can, and do, change in accordance with movements in a particular, pre-specified, published interest rate index.
The amount of interest on ARMS is calculated by adding a specified amount (the margin) to the index, subject to limitations on the maximum and minimum interest that can be charged to the mortgagor during the life of the mortgage, or to maximum and minimum changes to that interest rate during a given period. Because the interest rates on ARMS generally move in the same direction as market interest rates, the market value of ARMS tends to be more stable than that of long-term fixed rate securities.
There are two main categories of indices which serve as benchmarks for periodic adjustments to coupon rates on ARMS: (i) those based on U.S. Treasury securities; and (ii) those derived from a calculated measure, such as a cost of funds index or a moving average of mortgage rates. Commonly utilized indices include the one-year and five-year constant maturity Treasury Note rates, the three-month Treasury Bill rate, the 180-day Treasury Bill rate, rates on longer-term Treasury securities, the 11 th District Federal Home Loan Bank Cost of Funds, the National Median Cost of Funds, the one-month or three-month LIBOR, the prime rate of a specific bank, or commercial paper rates. Some indices, such as the one-year constant maturity Treasury Note rate, closely mirror changes in market interest rate levels. Others, such as the 11 th District Home Loan Bank Cost of Funds index, which is often related to ARMS issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), tend to lag changes in market rate levels and tend to be somewhat less volatile.
Agency Mortgage-Backed Securities
Agency mortgage-backed securities are issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, foreign governments or any of their agencies, instrumentalities, or sponsored enterprises. There are several types of agency mortgage-backed securities currently available including, but not limited to, guaranteed mortgage pass-through certificates and multiple class securities. The dominant issuers or guarantors of mortgage-backed securities today are the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA), FNMA, and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC). GNMA creates pass-through securities from pools of U.S. government guaranteed or insured (such as by the Federal Housing Authority (FHA) or Veterans Administration (VA) mortgages originated by mortgage bankers, commercial banks, and savings associations. FNMA and FHLMC issue pass-through securities from pools of conventional and federally insured and/or guaranteed residential mortgages obtained from various entities including, savings associations, savings banks, commercial banks, credit unions, and mortgage bankers. These instruments might be considered derivatives. The primary risk associated with these instruments is the risk that their value will change with changes in interest rates and prepayment risk. (See U.S. Government Securities.)
FNMA - FNMA (also known as FannieMae) is a federally chartered and privately owned corporation established under the Federal National Mortgage Association Charter Act. FNMA provides funds to the mortgage market primarily by purchasing home mortgage loans from local lenders, thereby providing
31
them with funds for additional lending. FNMA uses its funds to purchase loans from investors that may not ordinarily invest in mortgage loans directly, thereby expanding the total amount of funds available for housing.
Each FNMA pass-through security represents a proportionate interest in one or more pools of loans, including conventional mortgage loans (mortgage loans that are not insured or guaranteed by any U.S. government agency). The pools consist of one or more of the following types of loans: (i) fixed rate level payment mortgage loans; (ii) fixed rate growing equity mortgage loans; (iii) fixed rate graduated payment mortgage loans; (iv) variable rate mortgage loans; (v) other adjustable rate mortgage loans; and (vi) fixed rate mortgage loans secured by multifamily projects.
FHLMC - The operations of FHLMC (also known as FreddieMac) currently consist primarily of the purchase of first lien, conventional, residential mortgage loans, and participation interests in mortgage loans and the resale of the mortgage loans in the form of mortgage-backed securities.
The mortgage loans underlying FHLMC securities typically consist of fixed rate or adjustable rate mortgage loans with original terms to maturity of between 10 to 30 years, substantially all of which are secured by first liens on one-to-four-family residential properties or multifamily projects. Each mortgage loan must be whole loans, participation interests in whole loans, and undivided interests in whole loans or participation in another FHLMC security.
FHLMC issues certificates representing interests in mortgage loans. FHLMC guarantees to each holder of a FHLMC certificate, timely payment of the amounts representing a holders proportionate share in: (i) interest payments, less servicing and guarantee fees; (ii) principal prepayments; and (iii) the ultimate collection of amounts representing the holders proportionate interest in principal payments on the mortgage loans in the pool represented by the FHLMC certificate, in each case whether or not such amounts are actually received. FHLMC securities are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States; however, they generally are considered to present minimal credit risks.
GNMA - GNMA is a wholly-owned corporate instrumentality of the U.S. government within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. In order to meet its obligations under a guarantee, GNMA is authorized to borrow from the U.S. Treasury with no limitations as to amount.
GNMA pass-through securities may represent a proportionate interest in one or more pools of the following types of mortgage loans: (i) fixed rate level payment mortgage loans; (ii) fixed rate graduated payment mortgage loans; (iii) fixed rate growing equity mortgage loans; (iv) fixed rate mortgage loans secured by manufactured (mobile) homes; (v) mortgage loans on multifamily residential properties under construction; (vi) mortgage loans on completed multifamily projects; (vii) fixed rate mortgage loans as to which escrowed funds are used to reduce the borrowers monthly payments during the early years of the mortgage loans (buy down mortgage loans); (viii) mortgage loans that provide for adjustments on payments based on periodic changes in interest rates or in other payment terms of the mortgage loans; and (ix) mortgage-backed serial notes.
The principal and interest on GNMA pass-through securities are guaranteed by GNMA and backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.
Life of GNMA Certificates . The average life of a GNMA certificate is likely to be substantially less than the stated maturity of the mortgages underlying the securities. Prepayments of principal by mortgagors and mortgage foreclosures will usually result in the return of the greater part of principal investment long before the maturity of the mortgages in the pool. Foreclosures impose no risk of loss of the principal balance of a certificate, because of the GNMA guarantee, but foreclosure may impact the yield to
32
shareholders because of the need to reinvest proceeds of foreclosure. As prepayment rates of individual mortgage pools vary widely, it is not possible to predict accurately the average life of a particular issue of GNMA certificates. However, statistics published by FHA indicate that the average life of single family dwelling mortgages with 25 to 30 year maturities, the type of mortgages backing the vast majority of GNMA certificates, is approximately 12 years. Prepayments are likely to increase in periods of falling interest rates. It is customary to treat GNMA certificates as 30 year mortgage-backed securities that prepay fully in the twelfth year.
Yield Characteristics of GNMA Certificates. The coupon rate of interest of GNMA certificates is lower than the interest rate paid on VA guaranteed or FHA insured mortgages underlying the certificates by the amount of the fees paid to GNMA and the issuer. The coupon rate by itself; however, does not indicate the yield that will be earned on GNMA certificates. First, GNMA certificates may be issued at a premium or discount rather than at par and, after issuance, GNMA certificates may trade in the secondary market at a premium or discount. Second, interest is earned monthly, rather than semi-annually as with traditional bonds; monthly compounding raises the effective yield earned. Finally, the actual yield of a GNMA certificate is influenced by the prepayment experience of the mortgage pool underlying it. For example, if interest rates decline, prepayments may occur faster than had been originally projected and the yield to maturity and the investment income of a fund or Underlying Fund would be reduced.
Collateralized Mortgage Obligations
A CMO is a hybrid between a mortgage-backed bond and a mortgage pass-through security. Similar to a bond, interest and prepaid principal are paid, in most cases, semi-annually. CMOs may be collateralized by whole mortgage loans, but are more typically collateralized by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities guaranteed by GNMA, FHLMC, or FNMA, and their income streams.
CMOs have characteristics of both pass-through securities and mortgage-backed bonds. CMOs are secured by pools of mortgages, typically in the form of guaranteed pass-through certificates such as GNMA, FHLMC, or FNMA securities. The payments on the collateral securities determine the payments to bondholders but there is not a direct pass-through of payments. CMOs are structured into multiple classes or tranches, each bearing a different date of maturity. Each class of a CMO is issued at a specific fixed or floating coupon rate and has a stated maturity or final distribution date. Principal prepayments on the collateral pool may cause the various classes of a CMO to be retired substantially earlier than their stated maturities or final distribution dates. The principal of, and interest on, the collateral pool may be allocated among the several classes of a CMO in a number of different ways. Generally, the purpose of the allocation of the cash flow of a CMO to the various classes is to obtain a more predictable cash flow to some of the individual tranches than exists with the underlying collateral of the CMO. As a general rule, the more predictable the cash flow is on a CMO tranche, the lower the anticipated yield will be on that tranche at the time of issuance, relative to prevailing market yields on mortgage-backed securities. Certain classes of CMOs may have priority over others with respect to the receipt of prepayments on the mortgages.
CMOs are issued by entities that operate under order of the SEC exempting such issuers from the provisions of the 1940 Act. Until recently, the staff of the SEC had taken the position that such issuers were investment companies and that, accordingly, an investment by an investment company (such as a fund or Underlying Fund) in the securities of such issuers was subject to the limitations imposed by Section 12 of the 1940 Act. However, in reliance on SEC staff interpretations, a fund or Underlying Fund may invest in securities issued by certain exempted issuers without regard to the limitations of Section 12 of the 1940 Act. In its interpretation, the SEC staff defined exempted issuers as unmanaged, fixed asset issuers that: (i) invest primarily in mortgage-backed securities; (ii) do not issue redeemable securities as defined in Section 2(a)(32) of the 1940 Act; (iii) operate under the general exemptive orders exempting them from all provisions of the 1940 Act; and (iv) are not registered or regulated under the 1940 Act as investment companies.
33
Privately issued CMOs are arrangements in which the underlying mortgages are held by the issuer, which then issues debt collateralized by the underlying mortgage assets. Such securities may be backed by mortgage insurance, letters of credit, or other credit enhancing features. However, they are not guaranteed by any government agency and are secured by the collateral held by the issuer. Privately issued CMOs are subject to prepayment risk due to the possibility that prepayments on the underlying assets will alter the cash flow.
CMOs are structured into multiple classes, each bearing a different stated maturity. Actual maturity and average life will depend upon the prepayment experience of the collateral. CMOs provide for a modified form of call protection through a de facto breakdown of the underlying pool of mortgages according to how quickly the loans are repaid. Monthly payment of principal received from the pool of underlying investors, including prepayments, is first returned to investors holding the shortest maturity class. Investors holding the longer maturity classes receive principal only after the first class has been retired. An investor is partially guarded against a sooner-than-desired return of principal because of the sequential payments.
In a typical CMO transaction, a corporation issues multiple portfolios ( e.g ., A, B, C, and Z) of CMO bonds (Bonds). Proceeds of the CMO bond offering are used to purchase mortgages or mortgage pass-through certificates (Collateral). The Collateral is pledged to a third-party trustee as security for the Bonds. Principal and interest payments from the Collateral are used to pay principal on the Bonds in the order A, B, C, and Z. A, B, and C Bonds all bear current interest. Interest on Z Bonds is accrued and added to the principal; a like amount is paid as principal on A, B, and C Bonds currently being paid off. When A, B, and C Bonds are paid in full, interest and principal on Z Bonds begins to be paid currently. With some CMOs, the issuer serves as a conduit to allow loan originators (primarily builders or S&Ls) to borrow against their loan portfolios.
Interest/Principal Only Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities
SMBS are derivative multi-class mortgage securities. SMBS may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, or by private originators of or investors in mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks, and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing.
SMBS are usually structured with two or more classes of securities that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of SMBS will have one class receiving only a small portion of the interest and a larger portion of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other class will receive primarily interest and only a small portion of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest (the Interest Only or IO class), while the other class will receive the entire principal (the principal-only or PO class). The yield to maturity on an IO class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on such securitys yield to maturity. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, a fund or Underlying Fund may fail to recoup fully its initial investment in these securities even if the security is in one of the highest rating categories. The determination of whether a particular government-issued IO or PO backed by fixed rate mortgages is liquid is made by a funds or Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser under guidelines and standards
34
established by the funds or Underlying Funds board. Such a security may be deemed liquid if it can be disposed of promptly in the ordinary course of business at a value reasonably close to that used in the calculation of NAV per share.
Although SMBS are purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers, these securities were only recently developed. As a result, established trading markets have not yet developed and accordingly, these securities may be deemed illiquid and subject to a funds or Underlying Funds limitations on investment in illiquid securities.
Privately Issued Mortgage-Backed Securities
Mortgage-backed securities offered by private issuers include pass-through securities for pools of conventional residential mortgage loans; mortgage pay-through obligations and mortgage-backed bonds, which are considered to be obligations of the institution issuing the bonds and are collateralized by mortgage loans; and bonds and CMOs which are collateralized by mortgage-backed securities issued by GNMA, FHLMC, and FNMA or by pools of conventional mortgages. A fund or Underlying Fund will limit its investments in privately issued mortgage-backed securities to mortgage related securities within the meaning of the Secondary Mortgage Market Enhancement Act of 1984, as amended.
A fund or Underlying Fund may invest in, among other things, parallel pay CMOs, PAC Bonds, and REMICs. A REMIC is a CMO that qualifies for special tax treatment under the Code and invests in certain mortgages principally secured by interests in real property. A fund or Underlying Fund will only invest in REMIC interests known as regular interests. Guaranteed REMIC pass-through certificates (REMIC Certificates) issued by GNMA, FHLMC, or FNMA represent beneficial ownership interests in a REMIC trust consisting principally of mortgage loans or GNMA, FHLMC, or FNMA guaranteed mortgage pass-through certificates. For FHLMC REMIC Certificates, FHLMC guarantees the timely payment of interest and also guarantees the payment of principal, as payments are required to be made on the underlying mortgage participation certificates. FNMA REMIC Certificates are issued and guaranteed as to timely distribution of principal and interest by FNMA. GNMA REMIC Certificates are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury.
Parallel pay CMOs, as well as REMICs, are structured to provide payments of principal on each payment date to more than one class. These simultaneous payments are taken into account in calculating the stated maturity date or final distribution date of each class which, like the other CMO structures, must be retired by its stated maturity date or final distribution date, but may be retired earlier.
PAC Bonds are parallel pay CMOs that generally require payments of a specified amount of principal on each payment date. The required principal payment on PAC Bonds has the highest priority after interest has been paid to all classes.
Privately issued mortgage-backed securities generally offer a higher rate of interest (and greater credit and interest rate risk) than U.S. government mortgage-backed securities because they offer no direct or indirect government guarantees of payments. However, many issuers or servicers of mortgage-backed securities guarantee, or provide insurance for, timely payment of interest and principal on such securities. Privately issued mortgage-backed securities will not be treated as constituting a single, separate industry.
Privately issued mortgage-backed securities are not guaranteed by an entity having the credit standing of a U.S. government agency. In order to receive a high quality rating, they normally are structured with one or more types of credit enhancement. These credit enhancements fall generally into two categories: (i) liquidity protection; and (ii) protection against losses resulting after default by a borrower and liquidation of the collateral. Liquidity protection refers to the providing of cash advances to holders of mortgage-
35
backed securities when a borrower on an underlying mortgage fails to make its monthly payment on time. Protection against losses resulting after default and liquidation is designed to cover losses resulting when, for example, the proceeds of a foreclosure sale are insufficient to cover the outstanding amount on the mortgage. This protection may be provided through guarantees, insurance policies, or letters of credit through various means of structuring the transaction or through a combination of such approaches.
Subordinated Mortgage Securities
Subordinated mortgage securities have certain characteristics and certain associated risks. In general, the subordinated mortgage securities in which a fund or Underlying Fund may invest consist of a series of certificates issued in multiple classes with a stated maturity or final distribution date. One or more classes of each series may be entitled to receive distributions allocable only to principal, principal prepayments, interest, or any combination thereof prior to one or more other classes, or only after the occurrence of certain events; and may be subordinated in the right to receive such distributions on such certificates to one or more senior classes of certificates. The rights associated with each class of certificates are set forth in the applicable pooling and servicing agreement, form of certificate, and offering documents for the certificates.
The subordination terms are usually designed to decrease the likelihood that the holders of senior certificates will experience losses or delays in the receipt of their distributions and to increase the likelihood that the senior certificate holders will receive aggregate distributions of principal and interest in the amounts anticipated. Generally, pursuant to such subordination terms, distributions arising out of scheduled principal, principal prepayments, interest, or any combination thereof that otherwise would be payable to one or more other classes of certificates of such series ( i.e. , the subordinated certificates) are paid instead to holders of the senior certificates. Delays in receipt of scheduled payments on mortgage loans and losses on defaulted mortgage loans are typically borne first by the various classes of subordinated certificates, and then by the holders of senior certificates.
In some cases, the aggregate losses in respect of defaulted mortgage loans that must be borne by the subordinated certificates and the amount of the distributions otherwise distributable on the subordinated certificates that would, under certain circumstances, be distributable to senior certificate holders may be limited to a specified amount. All, or any portion of, distributions otherwise payable to holders of subordinated certificates may, in certain circumstances, be deposited into one or more reserve accounts for the benefit of the senior certificate holders. Since a greater risk of loss is borne by the subordinated certificate holders, such certificates generally have a higher stated yield than the senior certificates.
Interest on the certificates generally accrues on the aggregate principal balance of each class of certificates entitled to interest at an applicable rate. The certificate interest rate may be a fixed rate, a variable rate based on current values of an objective interest index, or a variable rate based on a weighted average of the interest rate on the mortgage loans underlying or constituting the mortgage assets. In addition, the underlying mortgage loans may have variable interest rates.
Generally, to the extent funds are available, interest accrued during each interest accrual period on each class of certificates entitled to interest, is distributable on certain distribution dates until the aggregate principal balance of the certificates of such class has been distributed in full. The amount of interest that accrues during any interest accrual period and over the life of the certificates depends primarily on the aggregate principal balance of the class of certificates which, unless otherwise specified, depends primarily on the principal balance of the mortgage assets for each such period and the rate of payment (including prepayments) of principal of the underlying mortgage loans over the life of the trust.
36
A series of certificates may consist of one or more classes as to which distributions allocable to principal will be allocated. The method by which the amount of principal to be distributed on the certificates on each distribution date is calculated and the manner in which such amount could be allocated among classes varies and could be effected pursuant to a fixed schedule, in relation to the occurrence of certain events or otherwise. Special distributions are also possible if distributions are received with respect to the mortgage assets, such as is the case when underlying mortgage loans are prepaid.
A mortgage-backed security that is senior to a subordinated residential mortgage security will not bear a loss resulting from the occurrence of a default on an underlying mortgage until all credit enhancements protecting such senior holder are exhausted. For example, the senior holder will only suffer a credit loss after all subordinated interests have been exhausted pursuant to the terms of the subordinated residential mortgage security. The primary credit risk to a fund or Underlying Fund investing in subordinated residential mortgage securities, is potential losses resulting from defaults by the borrowers under the underlying mortgages. A fund or Underlying Fund would generally realize such a loss in connection with a subordinated residential mortgage security only if the subsequent foreclosure sale of the property securing a mortgage loan does not produce an amount at least equal to the sum of the unpaid principal balance of the loan as of the date the borrower went into default, the interest that was not paid during the foreclosure period, and all foreclosure expenses.
A funds or Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser will seek to limit the risks presented by subordinated residential mortgage securities by reviewing and analyzing the characteristics of the mortgage loans that underlie the pool of mortgages securing both the senior and subordinated residential mortgage securities. The adviser or sub-adviser has developed a set of guidelines to assist in the analysis of the mortgage loans underlying subordinated residential mortgage securities. Each pool purchase is reviewed against the guidelines. A fund or Underlying Fund seeks opportunities to acquire subordinated residential mortgage securities where, in the view of the adviser or sub-adviser, the potential for a higher yield on such instruments outweighs any additional risk presented by the instruments. The adviser or sub-adviser may seek to increase yield to shareholders by taking advantage of perceived inefficiencies in the market for subordinated residential mortgage securities.
Credit enhancement for the senior certificates comprising a series is provided by the holders of the subordinated certificates to the extent of the specific terms of the subordination and, in some cases, by the establishment of reserve funds. Depending on the terms of a particular pooling and servicing agreement, additional or alternative credit enhancement may be provided by a pool insurance policy and/or other insurance policies, third party limited guaranties, letters of credit, or similar arrangements. Letters of credit may be available to be drawn upon with respect to losses due to mortgagor bankruptcy, with respect to losses due to the failure of a master service to comply with its obligations under a pooling and servicing agreement, if any, and to repurchase a mortgage loan as to which there was fraud or negligence on the part of the mortgagor or originator and subsequent denial of coverage under a pool insurance policy, if any. A master service may also be required to obtain a pool insurance policy to cover losses in an amount up to a certain percentage of the aggregate principal balance of the mortgage loans in the pool to the extent not covered by a primary mortgage insurance policy by reason of default in payments on mortgage loans.
A pooling and servicing agreement may provide that the depositor and master service could effect early termination of a trust, after a certain specified date or the date on which the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the underlying mortgage loans is less than a specific percentage of the original aggregate principal balance of the underlying mortgage loans by purchasing all of such mortgage loans at a price, unless otherwise specified, equal to the greater of a specified percentage of the unpaid principal balance of such mortgage loans, plus accrued interest thereon at the applicable certificate interest rate, or the fair market value of such mortgage assets. Generally, the proceeds of such repurchase would be
37
applied to the distribution of the specified percentage of the principal balance of each outstanding certificate of such series, plus accrued interest, thereby retiring such certificates. Notice of such optional termination would be given by the trustee prior to such distribution date.
The underlying trust assets are a mortgage pool generally consisting of mortgage loans on single, multi-family and mobile home park residential properties. The mortgage loans are originated by S&L associations, savings banks, commercial banks or similar institutions, and mortgage banking companies.
Various services provide certain customary servicing functions with respect to the mortgage loans pursuant to servicing agreements entered into between each service and the master service. A services duties generally include collection and remittance of principal and interest payments, administration of mortgage escrow accounts, collection of insurance claims, foreclosure procedures and, if necessary, the advance of funds to the extent certain payments are not made by the mortgagors and are recoverable under applicable insurance policies or from proceeds of liquidation of the mortgage loans.
The mortgage pool is administered by a master service who: (i) establishes requirements for each service; (ii) administers, supervises, and enforces the performance by the services of their duties and responsibilities under the servicing agreements; and (iii) maintains any primary insurance, standard hazard insurance, special hazard insurance, and any pool insurance required by the terms of the certificates. The master service may be an affiliate of the depositor and also may be the service with respect to all or a portion of the mortgage loans contained in a trust fund for a series of certificates.
Municipal Securities
Municipal securities are debt obligations issued by state and local governments, municipalities, territories, and possessions of the United States, regional government authorities, and instrumentalities of states, and multi-state agencies or authorities, the interest of which, in the opinion of bond counsel to the issuer at the time of issuance, is exempt from federal income tax. From time to time, legislation restricting or limiting the federal income tax exemption for interest on municipal securities is introduced in Congress. Municipal securities include both notes (which have maturities of less than one year) and bonds (which have maturities of one year or more) that bear fixed or variable rates of interest.
In general, municipal securities are issued to obtain funds for a variety of public purposes, such as the construction, repair, or improvement of public facilities, including airports, bridges, housing, hospitals, mass transportation, schools, streets, water, and sewer works. Municipal securities may be issued to refinance outstanding obligations as well as to raise funds for general operating expenses and lending to other public institutions and facilities.
The two principal classifications of municipal securities are general obligation securities and revenue securities. General obligation securities are secured by the issuers pledge of its full faith, credit, and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. Characteristics and methods of enforcement of general obligation bonds vary according to the law applicable to a particular issuer, and the taxes that can be levied for the payment of debt securities may be limited or unlimited as to rates or amounts of special assessments. Revenue securities are payable only from the revenues derived from a particular facility, a class of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise tax. Revenue bonds are issued to finance a wide variety of capital projects, including electric, gas, water, and sewer systems; highways, bridges, and tunnels; port and airport facilities; colleges and universities; and hospitals. Although the principal security behind these bonds may vary, many provide additional security in the form of a debt service reserve fund, the assets of which may be used to make principal and interest payments on the issuers obligations. Housing finance authorities have a wide range of security; including partially or fully insured mortgages, rent subsidized and collateralized mortgages, and the net revenues from housing or other public projects. Some authorities are provided further security in the form of a states assistance (although without obligation) to make up deficiencies in the debt service reserve fund.
38
Under the Code, certain limited obligation bonds are considered private activity bonds and interest paid on such bonds is treated as an item of tax preference for purposes of calculating federal alternative minimum tax liability. Some longer-term municipal bonds give the investor the right to put or sell the security at par (face value) within a specified number of days following the investors request, usually one to seven days. This demand feature enhances a securitys liquidity by shortening its effective maturity and enables it to trade at a price equal to or very close to par. If a demand feature terminates prior to being exercised, a fund or Underlying Fund would hold the longer-term security, which could experience substantially more volatility.
Insured municipal debt involves scheduled payments of interest and principal guaranteed by a private, non-governmental or governmental insurance company. The insurance does not guarantee the market value of the municipal debt or the value of the shares of a fund or Underlying Fund.
Risk of Investing in Municipal Securities
Municipal securities are subject to credit risk and market risk. Generally, prices of higher quality issuers tend to fluctuate less with changes in market interest rates than prices of lower quality issuers, and prices of longer maturity issues tend to fluctuate more than prices of shorter maturity issues. A fund or Underlying Fund may purchase and sell portfolio investments to take advantage of changes or anticipated changes in yield relationships, markets, or economic conditions. A fund or Underlying Fund may also purchase municipal bonds due to changes in the advisers or sub-advisers evaluation of the issuer or cash needs resulting from redemption requests for fund shares. The secondary market for municipal bonds typically has been less liquid than that for taxable debt/fixed-income securities and this may affect a funds or Underlying Funds ability to sell particular municipal bonds at then-current market prices, especially in periods when other investors are attempting to sell the same securities.
Prices and yields on municipal bonds are dependent on a variety of factors, including general money-market conditions, the financial condition of the issuer, general conditions of the municipal bond market, the size of a particular offering, the maturity of the obligation, and the rating of the issue. A number of these factors, including the ratings of particular issues, are subject to change from time to time. Information about the financial condition of an issuer of municipal bonds may not be as extensive as that which is made available by corporations whose securities are publicly traded.
A fund or Underlying Fund may purchase custodial receipts representing the right to receive either the principal amount or the periodic interest payments, or both, with respect to specific underlying municipal bonds. In a typical custodial receipt arrangement, an issuer or third party owner of municipal bonds deposits the bonds with a custodian in exchange for two classes of custodial receipts. The two classes have different characteristics but, in each case, payments on the two classes are based on payments received on the underlying municipal bonds. In no event will the aggregate interest paid with respect to the two classes exceed the interest paid by the underlying municipal bond. Custodial receipts are sold in private placements. The value of a custodial receipt may fluctuate more than the value of a municipal bond of comparable quality and maturity.
Securities of issuers of municipal securities are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency, and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, such as the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978. In addition, the obligations of such issuers may become subject to laws enacted in the future by Congress, state legislatures, or referenda extending the time for payment of principal or interest, or imposing other constraints upon enforcement of such obligations or upon the ability of municipalities to levy taxes. Furthermore, as a result of legislation or other conditions, the power or ability of any issuer to pay when due, the principal of and interest on, its municipal obligations may be materially affected.
39
There is also the possibility that as a result of litigation or other conditions, the power or ability of issuers to meet their obligations for the payment of interest and principal on their municipal securities may be materially affected, or their obligations may be found to be invalid or unenforceable. Such litigation or conditions may, from time to time, have the effect of introducing uncertainties in the market for municipal bonds or certain segments thereof, or of materially affecting the credit risk with respect to particular bonds. Adverse economic, business, legal, or political developments might affect all or a substantial portion of a funds or Underlying Funds municipal bonds in the same manner.
Industrial Development Bonds and Pollution Control Bonds
Industrial development bonds and pollution control bonds are revenue bonds and generally are not payable from the unrestricted revenues of an issuer. They are issued by, or on behalf of, public authorities to raise money to finance privately operated facilities for business, manufacturing, housing, sport complexes, and pollution control. Consequently, the credit quality of these securities is dependent upon the ability of the user of the facilities financed by the bonds and any guarantor to meet its financial obligations.
Moral Obligation Securities
Moral obligation securities are usually issued by special purpose public authorities. A moral obligation security is a type of state issued municipal bond which is backed by a moral, not a legal, obligation. If the issuer of a moral obligation security cannot fulfill its financial responsibilities from current revenues, it may draw upon a reserve fund, the restoration of which is a moral commitment, but not a legal obligation, of the state or municipality that created the issuer.
Municipal Lease Obligations and Certificates of Participation
Municipal lease obligations are lease obligations or installment purchase contract obligations of municipal authorities or entities. Although lease obligations do not constitute general obligations of the municipality for which its taxing power is pledged, they are ordinarily backed by the municipalitys covenant to budget for, appropriate, and make the payment due under the lease obligation.
Certificates of participation are securities issued by a particular municipality or municipal authority to evidence a proportionate interest in base rental or lease payments relating to a specific project to be made by the municipality, agency, or authority. However, certain lease obligations contain non-appropriation clauses, which provide that the municipality has no obligation to make lease or installment purchase payments in any year unless money is appropriated for such purpose for such year. Although non-appropriation lease obligations are secured by the leased property, any disposition of the property in the event of default and foreclosure might prove difficult. In addition, these securities represent a relatively new type of financing and certain lease obligations may therefore be considered to be illiquid securities.
A fund or Underlying Fund may attempt to minimize the special risks inherent in municipal lease obligations and certificates of participation by purchasing only lease obligations which meet the following criteria: (i) rated A or better by at least one NRSRO; (ii) secured by payments from a governmental lessee which has actively traded debt obligations; (iii) determined by the adviser or sub-adviser to be critical to the lessees ability to deliver essential services; and (iv) contain legal features which the funds
40
or Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser deems appropriate, such as covenants to make lease payments without the right of offset or counterclaim, requirements for insurance policies, and adequate debt service reserve funds.
Short Term Municipal Obligations
These securities include the following:
Tax anticipation notes are used to finance working capital needs of municipalities and are issued in anticipation of various seasonal tax revenues, to be payable from these specific future taxes. They are usually general obligations of the issuer, secured by the taxing power of the municipality for the payment of principal and interest when due.
Revenue anticipation notes are issued in expectation of receipt of other kinds of revenue, such as federal revenues available under the Federal Revenue Sharing Program. They also are usually general obligations of the issuer.
Bond anticipation notes normally are issued to provide interim financing until long-term financing can be arranged. The long-term bonds then provide the money for the repayment of the notes.
Construction loan notes are sold to provide construction financing for specific projects. After successful completion and acceptance, many projects receive permanent financing through FNMA or GNMA.
Short term discount notes (tax-exempt commercial paper) are short term (365 days or less) promissory notes issued by municipalities to supplement their cash flow.
Structured Securities
Private investment funds also include investments in certain structured securities. Structured securities include notes, bonds, or debentures that provide for the payment of principal of, and/or interest in, amounts determined by reference to changes in the value of specific currencies, interest rates, commodities, indices, or other financial indicators (the Reference) or the relative change in two or more References. The interest rate or the principal amount payable upon maturity or redemption may be increased or decreased depending upon changes in the applicable Reference. The terms of structured securities may provide that under certain circumstances no principal is due at maturity and, therefore, may result in the loss of a funds or Underlying Funds investment. Structured securities may be positively or negatively indexed, so that appreciation of the Reference may produce an increase or decrease in the interest rate or value of the security at maturity. In addition, the change in interest rate or the value of the security at maturity may be a multiple of the change in the value of the Reference. Consequently, leveraged structured securities entail a greater degree of market risk than other types of debt obligations. Structured securities may also be more volatile, less liquid, and more difficult to accurately price than less complex fixed-income investments.
Rules governing the federal income tax aspects of commodity-linked structured securities are in a developing stage and are not entirely clear in certain respects, particularly in light of 2006 IRS revenue rulings that held that income from certain derivative contracts with respect to a commodity index or individual commodities was not qualifying income for a RIC. A fund or Underlying Fund intends to limit its investments in commodity-linked structured securities in a manner designed to maintain its qualification as a RIC under the Code. However, these investment decisions involve judgment and the IRS may not agree with the determinations made by a fund or an Underlying Fund. If the IRS does not agree, the status of a fund or Underlying Fund as a RIC might be jeopardized. The IRS has announced an
41
internal review of its position with respect to the tax treatment of RICs that invest in commodity-related investments, and a moratorium on the issuance of new private letter rulings to RICs with respect to these investments. Future developments in this area could necessitate a future change to a funds or Underlying Funds investment strategies.
Trust-Preferred Securities
Trust-preferred securities, also known as trust-issued securities, are securities that have the characteristics of both debt and equity instruments and are treated by a fund or Underlying Fund as debt investment. Generally, trust-preferred securities are cumulative preferred stocks issued by a trust that is wholly-owned by a financial institution, usually a bank holding company. The financial institution creates the trust and will subsequently own the trusts common securities, which represents three percent of the trusts assets. The remaining 97% of the trusts assets consists of trust-preferred securities, which are then sold to investors. The trust will use the sales proceeds to purchase a subordinated debt issued by the financial institution. The financial institution will use the proceeds from the subordinated debt sale to increase its capital while the trust will receive periodic interest payments from the financial institution for holding the subordinated debt. The trust will use the interest received to make dividend payments to the holders of the trust-preferred securities. These dividends are generally paid on a quarterly basis and are higher than the dividends offered by the financial institutions common stocks. Additionally, the holders of the trust-preferred securities are senior to the common stockholders in the event the financial institution is liquidated. The primary benefit for the financial institution in using this structure is that the trust preferred securities are treated by the financial institution as debt securities for tax purposes ( i.e. , interest expense is tax deductible) and as equity securities for calculation of capital requirements.
In certain instances, the structure involves more than one financial institution and thus, more than one trust. In this pooled offering, a separate trust is created. This trust will issue securities to investors and use the proceeds to purchase the trust-preferred securities issued by the trust subsidiaries of the participating financial institutions. Accordingly, the trust-preferred securities held by the investors are backed by the trust-preferred securities issued by the trust subsidiaries.
In identifying the risks associated with trust-preferred securities, a portfolio manager will evaluate the financial condition of the financial institution, as the trust typically has no business operations other than issuing the trust-preferred securities. If the financial institution is financially unsound and defaults on the interest payments to the trust, the trust will not be able to make dividend payments to a fund or Underlying Fund.
U.S. Government Securities
U.S. government securities include instruments issued by the U.S. Treasury and federal agencies. U.S. Treasury securities include direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury, such as bills, notes, and bonds. These instruments are direct obligations of the U.S. government and, as such, are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. They differ primarily in interest rate, the lengths of maturity, and the dates of issuance. Federal agency securities are securities of certain U.S. government agencies and government-sponsored entities which are also backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. Such agencies and entities include The Federal Financing Bank (FFB), GNMA, VA, FHA, the Export-Import Bank (Exim Bank), the Overseas Private Investment Corporation (OPIC), the Commodity Credit Corporation (CCC), and the Small Business Administration (SBA).
Additional federal agency securities are neither direct obligations of, nor guaranteed by, the U.S. government. These obligations include securities issued by certain U.S. government agencies and government-sponsored entities. However, they generally involve some form of federal sponsorship. Some
42
operate under a government charter; some are backed by specific types of collateral; some are supported by the issuers right to borrow from the Treasury; and others are supported only by the credit of the issuing government agency or entity. These agencies and entities include, but are not limited to: the Federal Home Loan Bank, the FHLMC, the FNMA, the Tennessee Valley Authority, and the Federal Farm Credit Bank System.
While these securities are issued, in general, under the authority of an Act of Congress, the U.S. government is not obligated to provide financial support to the issuing instrumentalities, although under certain conditions certain of these authorities may borrow from the U.S. Treasury. In the case of securities not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, a fund or Underlying Fund must look principally to the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment, and may not be able to assert a claim against the United States itself if the agency or instrumentality does not meet its commitment. A fund or Underlying Fund will invest in securities of such agencies or instrumentalities only when the adviser or sub-adviser is satisfied that the credit risk with respect to any instrumentality is comparable to the credit risk of U.S. government securities backed by the full faith and credit of the United States.
On September 7, 2008, FHLMC and FNMA were placed into conservatorship by their new regulator, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA), an agency of the U.S. government, with a stated purpose to preserve and conserve FHLMCs and FNMAs assets and property and to put them in a sound and solvent condition. The U.S. Treasury has made a commitment of indefinite duration to maintain the positive net worth of FHLMC and FNMA in exchange for senior preferred stock and warrants for common stock of the entities. No assurance can be given that the purposes of the conservatorship and related actions under the authority of FHFA will be met or that the U.S. Treasurys initiative will be successful.
The future status and role of FHLMC and FNMA could be impacted by (among other things) the actions taken and restrictions placed on FHLMC and FNMA by the FHFA in its role as conservator, the restrictions placed on FHLMCs and FNMAs operations and activities under stock purchase agreements with the FHFA, market responses to developments at FHLMC and FNMA, and future legislative and regulatory action that alters the operations, ownership, structure, and/or mission of these institutions, each of which may, in turn, impact the value of, and cash flows on, any securities guaranteed by FHLMC and FNMA.
On August 5, 2011, S&P lowered the long-term sovereign credit rating assigned to the United States to AA+ with a negative outlook. On August 8, 2011, S&P downgraded the long-term senior debt rating of FHLMC and FNMA to AA with a negative outlook. The long-term impacts of the downgrades or the impacts of any future downgrade are unknown. However, the downgrades could have a material adverse impact on global financial markets and worldwide economic conditions, and could negatively impact a fund or Underlying Fund.
Zero-Coupon Bonds and Pay-in-Kind Bonds
Zero-coupon bonds, or deferred interest securities, are debt obligations that do not entitle the holder to any periodic payment of interest prior to maturity or a specified date when the securities begin paying current interest (the cash payment date) and therefore are issued and traded at a discount from their face amounts or par value and pay interest only at maturity rather than at intervals during the life of the security. Pay-in-Kind (PIK) bonds allow the issuer, at its option, to make current interest payments on the bonds either in cash or in additional bonds. The values of zero-coupon bonds and PIK bonds are subject to greater fluctuation in response to changes in market interest rates than bonds which pay interest currently and may involve greater credit risk than such bonds.
43
The discount of zero-coupon bonds and PIK bonds approximates the total amount of interest the bonds will accrue and compound over the period until maturity, or the first interest payment date, at a rate of interest reflecting the market rate of the security at the time of issuance. While zero-coupon bonds do not require the periodic payment of interest, PIK bonds provide that the issuer thereof may, at its option, pay interest on such bonds in cash or in the form of additional debt obligations. Such investments benefit the issuer by mitigating its need for cash to meet debt service, but also require a higher rate of return to attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of such cash. Such investments may experience greater volatility in market value due to changes in interest rates than debt obligations that make regular payments of interest. A fund or Underlying Fund will accrue income on such investments for tax and accounting purposes, as required, which is distributable to shareholders and which, because no cash is received at the time of accrual, may require the liquidation of other portfolio securities to satisfy the funds or Underlying Funds distribution obligations.
The discount varies depending on the time remaining until maturity or cash payment date, prevailing interest rates, liquidity of the security, and the perceived credit quality of the issuer. The discount, in the absence of financial difficulties of the issuer, decreases as the final maturity or cash payment date of the security approaches. A PIK bond pays interest during the initial few years in additional bonds rather than in cash. Later the bond may pay cash interest. PIK bonds are typically callable at about the time they begin paying cash interest. The market prices of zero-coupon and delayed interest securities generally are more volatile than the market prices of securities with similar maturities that pay interest periodically, and are likely to respond to changes in interest rates to a greater degree than do non-zero-coupon securities having similar maturities and credit quality. Current federal income tax law requires holders of zero-coupon securities to report as interest income each year, the portion of the original issue discount on such securities (other than tax-exempt original issue discount from a zero-coupon security) that accrues that year, even though the holders receive no cash payments of interest during the year. While zero-coupon bonds do not require the periodic payment of interest, deferred interest bonds provide for a period of delay before the regular payment of interest begins. Under certain circumstances, a fund or Underlying Fund could also be required to include accrued market discount or capital gain with respect to its PIK securities.
A PIK bond is a debt obligation which provides that the issuer of the security may, at its option, pay interest or dividends on such security in cash or in the form of additional debt obligations. Such investments benefit the issuer by mitigating its need for cash to meet debt service, but also require a higher rate of return to attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of such cash. Such investments may experience greater volatility in market value than debt obligations that make regular payments of interest.
The risks associated with lower rated debt securities apply to these securities. Zero-coupon and PIK securities are also subject to the risk that in the event of a default, a fund or Underlying Fund may realize no return on its investment because these securities do not pay cash interest.
FOREIGN/EMERGING MARKET EQUITY AND DEBT INVESTMENTS
Foreign securities include both U.S. dollar denominated and non-U.S. dollar denominated securities of foreign issuers. Foreign securities include securities issued by companies that are organized under the laws of countries other than the United States as well as securities that are issued or guaranteed by foreign governments or by foreign supranational entities. They also include securities issued by companies whose principal trading market is in a country other than the United States and companies that derive a significant portion of their revenue or profits from foreign businesses, investments, or sales or that have a
44
majority of their assets outside the United States. Foreign securities may be traded on foreign securities exchanges or in the foreign over-the-counter (OTC) markets. Foreign securities markets generally are not as developed or efficient as those in the United States.
Foreign debt securities represent debt obligations (which may be denominated in U.S. dollar or in non-U.S. currencies) of any rating issued or guaranteed by foreign corporations, certain supranational entities (such as the World Bank), and foreign governments (including political subdivisions having taxing authority) or their agencies or instrumentalities, including American Depositary Receipts (ADRs). These debt obligations may be bonds (including sinking fund and callable bonds), debentures and notes, together with preferred stocks, PIK securities, and zero-coupon bonds.
In determining whether to invest in debt obligations of foreign issuers, a fund or Underlying Fund will consider the relative yields of foreign and domestic debt securities, the economies of foreign countries, the condition of such countries financial markets, the interest rate climate of such countries, and the relationship of such countries currency to the U.S. dollar. These factors are judged on the basis of fundamental economic criteria ( e.g ., relative inflation levels and trends, growth rate forecasts, balance of payments status, and economic policies) as well as technical and political data. Subsequent foreign currency losses may result in a fund or Underlying Fund having previously distributed more income in a particular period than was available from investment income, which could result in a return of capital to shareholders. A funds or Underlying Funds portfolio of foreign securities may include those of a number of foreign countries or, depending upon market conditions, those of a single country.
Investments in foreign securities offers potential benefits not available in securities of domestic issuers by offering the opportunity to invest in foreign issuers that appear to offer growth potential, or in foreign countries with economic policies or business cycles different from those of the United States, or to reduce fluctuations in portfolio value by taking advantage of foreign stock markets that may not move in a manner parallel to U.S. markets.
A funds or Underlying Funds investments in foreign currency denominated debt obligations and hedging activities will likely produce a difference between its book income and its taxable income. This difference may cause a portion of a funds income distributions to constitute returns of capital for tax purposes or require the fund or Underlying Fund to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a regulated investment company (RIC) for federal tax purposes.
Restrictions on Foreign Investments
Some developing countries prohibit or impose substantial restrictions on investments in their capital markets, particularly their equity markets, by foreign entities such as a fund or Underlying Fund. For example, certain countries may require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons, limit the amount of investment by foreign persons in a particular company, or limit the investment by foreign persons to only a specific class of securities of a company that may have less advantageous terms (including price) than securities of the company available for purchase by nationals. Certain countries may restrict investment opportunities in issuers or industries deemed important to national interests.
The manner in which foreign investors may invest in companies in certain developing countries, as well as limitations on such investments, also may have an adverse impact on the operations of a fund or Underlying Fund that invests in such countries. For example, a fund or Underlying Fund may be required, in certain of such countries, to invest initially through a local broker or other entity and then have the shares purchased and re-registered in the name of the fund or Underlying Fund. Re-registration may, in some instances, not be able to occur on timely basis resulting in a delay during which a fund or Underlying Fund may be denied certain of its rights as an investor, including rights as to dividends or to
45
be made aware of certain corporate actions. There also may be instances where a fund or Underlying Fund places a purchase order but is subsequently informed, at the time of re-registration, that the permissible allocation of the investment to foreign investors has been filled, depriving the fund or Underlying Fund of the ability to make its desired investment at that time.
Substantial limitations may exist in certain countries with respect to a funds or Underlying Funds ability to repatriate investment income, capital, or the proceeds of sales of securities by foreign investors. A fund or Underlying Fund could be adversely affected by delays in, or a refusal to grant, any required governmental approval for repatriation of capital, as well as by the application to the fund or Underlying Fund of any restrictions on investments. Even where there is no outright restriction on repatriation of capital, the mechanics of repatriation may affect certain aspects of the operations of a fund or Underlying Fund. For example, funds may be withdrawn from the Peoples Republic of China only in U.S. or Hong Kong dollars and only at an exchange rate established by the government once each week.
In certain countries, banks or other financial institutions may be among the leading companies or have actively traded securities. The 1940 Act restricts a funds or Underlying Funds investments in any equity securities of an issuer that, in its most recent fiscal year, derived more than 15% of its revenues from securities related activities, as defined by the rules thereunder. The provisions may restrict a funds or Underlying Funds investments in certain foreign banks and other financial institutions.
Risks of Investing in Foreign Securities
Investments in securities of foreign issuers, as well as instruments that provide investment exposure to foreign securities and markets, involve certain risks that are not typically associated with investments in U.S. dollar-denominated securities of domestic issuers. Certain of these risks are inherent in any mutual fund investing in foreign securities while others relate more to the countries and regions in which a fund or Underlying Fund invests.
Many of the risks are more pronounced for investments in emerging market countries, such as Russia and many of the countries of Africa, Asia, Eastern Europe, Latin America, and the Middle East. There are no universally accepted criteria used to determine which countries are considered developed markets and which are considered emerging markets.
Securities traded in certain emerging market countries, including the emerging market countries in Eastern Europe, may be subject to risks in addition to risks typically posed by international investing due to the inexperience of financial intermediaries, the lack of modern technology, and the lack of a sufficient capital base to expand business operations. Additionally, former Communist regimes of a number of Eastern European countries previously expropriated a large amount of property, the claims on which have not been entirely settled. There can be no assurance that a funds or Underlying Funds investments in Eastern Europe will not also be expropriated, nationalized, or otherwise confiscated. Although a portion of a funds or Underlying Funds investment income may be received or realized in foreign currencies, the fund or Underlying Fund would be required to compute and distribute its income in U.S. dollars and absorb the cost of currency fluctuations and the cost of currency conversions.
Investments in foreign securities involve certain inherent risks, including the following:
Costs - The expense ratios of a fund or Underlying Fund that invests in foreign securities is likely to be higher than those of investment companies investing in domestic securities, since the cost of maintaining the custody of foreign securities is higher. In considering whether to invest in the securities of a foreign company, the adviser or sub-adviser considers such factors as the characteristics of the particular company, differences between economic trends and the performance of securities markets within the
46
United States and those within other countries, and also factors relating to the general economic, governmental, and social conditions of the country or countries where the company is located. The extent to which a fund or Underlying Fund will be invested in foreign companies and countries and depositary receipts will fluctuate from time to time within the limitations described in the Prospectuses, depending on the advisers or sub-advisers assessment of prevailing market, economic, and other conditions.
Currency Risks - Changes in foreign currency exchange rates will affect the value of securities denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and the realized appreciation or depreciation of investments so far as U.S. investors are concerned.
Economic Risks - The economies of many of the countries in which a fund or Underlying Fund may invest are not as developed as the U.S., and individual foreign economies can differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross national product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency, and balance of payments position. In addition, war and terrorism have affected many countries, especially those in Africa and the Middle East. Many countries throughout the world are dependent on a healthy U.S. economy and are adversely affected when the U.S. economy weakens or its markets decline. For example, in 2007 and 2008, the meltdown in the U.S. subprime mortgage market quickly spread throughout global credit markets, triggering a liquidity crisis that affected debt and equity markets around the world.
European Union - European Union (EU) member countries that have adopted the euro could abandon the euro and replace their currency through means that could include a return to their national currencies. It is possible that the euro will cease to exist as a single currency in its current form. The effects of such an abandonment of the euro or a countrys forced expulsion from the euro on that country, the rest of the EU, and global markets could be adverse to the market values of various securities, currencies, and derivatives, and could create conditions of volatility and limited liquidity in various currency, securities, and other markets. The exit of any country out of the euro could have a destabilizing effect on that country and all eurozone countries and their economies, and could have an adverse effect on the global economy and on global markets. In addition, under these circumstances, it may be difficult to value investments denominated in euros or in a replacement currency.
Legal and Regulatory Matters - In addition to nationalization, foreign governments may take other actions that could have a significant effect on market prices of securities and payment of interest, including restrictions on foreign investment, expropriation of goods and imposition of taxes, currency restrictions, and exchange control regulations. If foreign securities are not registered under the 1933 Act, the issuer generally does not have to comply with the disclosure requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (1934 Act), as amended.
Litigation - A fund or Underlying Fund may encounter substantial difficulties in obtaining and enforcing judgments again individuals and companies located in certain developing countries. It may be difficult or impossible to obtain or enforce legislation or remedies against governments, their agencies, and sponsored entities.
Market Characteristics - Foreign financial markets, while growing in volume have, for the most part, substantially less volume than U.S. markets, and securities of many foreign companies are less liquid and their prices more volatile than securities of comparable domestic companies. Clearing and settlement practices for transactions in foreign markets may differ from those in U.S. markets and may include delays beyond periods customary in the United States. Foreign security trading practices, including those involving securities settlement where fund assets may be released prior to receipt of payment or securities, may expose a fund or Underlying Fund to increased risk in the event of a failed trade or the insolvency of a foreign broker-dealer. Delivery of securities may not occur at the same time as payment
47
in some foreign markets. Delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when a portion of the assets of a fund or Underlying Fund is not invested and no return is earned thereon. The inability of a fund or Underlying Fund to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems could cause the fund or Underlying Fund to miss attractive investment opportunities. Transactions in options on securities, futures contracts, futures options, and currency contracts may not be regulated as effectively on foreign exchanges as similar transactions in the United States, and may not involve clearing mechanisms and related guarantees. The value of such positions also could be adversely affected by the imposition of different exercise terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the United States. The value of a funds or Underlying Funds position may also be adversely impacted by delays in its ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets during non-business hours in the United States.
Taxes - The interest payable on certain of a funds or Underlying Funds foreign securities may be subject to foreign withholding taxes, thus reducing the net amount of income available for distribution to a funds shareholders.
Depositary Receipts
Securities of foreign issuers may take the form of ADRs, European Depositary Receipts (EDRs), Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs), or other similar securities representing interests in securities of foreign issuers (collectively, Depositary Receipts). These securities are typically dollar denominated although their market price is subject to fluctuations of the foreign currencies in which the underlying securities are denominated.
ADRs are receipts typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing ownership of the underlying foreign securities and are typically designed for U.S. investors. ADRs may be sponsored or unsponsored. A sponsored ADR is issued by a depository which has an exclusive relationship with the issuer of the underlying security. An unsponsored ADR may be issued by any number of U.S. depositories. Holders of unsponsored ADRs generally bear all the costs of the unsponsored facility. Under the terms of most sponsored arrangements, depositories agree to distribute notices of shareholder meetings and voting instructions, and to provide shareholder communications and other information to the ADR holders at the request of the issuer of the deposited securities. The depository of an unsponsored ADR, on the other hand, is under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the issuer of the deposited securities or to pass through voting rights to ADR holders in respect of the deposited securities. Although the U.S. investor holds a substitute receipt of ownership rather than direct stock certificates, the use of Depositary Receipts in the United States can reduce costs and delays as well as potential currency exchange and other difficulties. A fund or Underlying Fund may purchase securities in local markets and direct delivery of these ordinary shares to the local depository of an ADR agent bank in the foreign country. Simultaneously, the ADR agents create a certificate that settles at a funds or Underlying Funds custodian in five days. A fund or Underlying Fund may also execute trades on the U.S. markets using existing ADRs. A foreign issuer of the security underlying an ADR is generally not subject to the same reporting requirements in the United States as a domestic issuer. Accordingly, the information available to a U.S. investor will be limited to the information the foreign issuer is required to disclose in its own country and the market value of an ADR may not reflect undisclosed material information concerning the issuer of the underlying security. ADRs may also be subject to exchange rate risks if the underlying foreign securities are traded in foreign currency.
EDRs are similar to ADRs but may be listed and traded on a European exchange as well as in the United States. Typically these securities are traded on the Luxembourg exchange in Europe. Generally, ADRs, in registered form, are designed for use in the U.S. securities markets, and EDRs, in bearer form, are designed for use in European securities markets.
48
GDRs are similar to EDRs although they may be held through foreign clearing agents such as EuroClear Bank and other foreign depositaries.
Depositary Receipts may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as the underlying securities into which they may be converted. In addition, the issuers of the securities underlying unsponsored Depositary Receipts are not obligated to disclose material information in the United States and, therefore, there may be less information available regarding such issuers and there may not be a correlation between such information and the market value of the Depositary Receipts. Depositary Receipts also involve the risks of other investments in foreign securities. Nonvoting Depositary Receipts evidence nonvoting equity interests in a foreign issuer.
Eurodollar and Yankee Dollar Instruments
Eurodollar instruments are bonds that pay interest and principal in U.S. dollars held in banks outside the United States, primarily in Europe. Eurodollar instruments are usually issued on behalf of multinational companies and foreign governments by large underwriting groups composed of banks and issuing houses from many countries. Yankee Dollar instruments are U.S. dollar-denominated bonds issued in the United States by foreign banks and corporations. These investments involve risks that are different from investments in securities issued by U.S. issuers and may carry the same risks as investing in foreign securities.
Eurodollar Convertible Securities
Eurodollar convertible securities are fixed-income securities of a U.S. issuer or a foreign issuer that are issued outside the United States and are convertible into equity securities of the same or a different issuer. Interest and dividends on Eurodollar securities are payable in U.S. dollars outside of the United States. A fund or Underlying Fund may invest without limitation in Eurodollar convertible securities that are convertible into foreign equity securities listed, or represented by ADRs listed, on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) or the AMEX or that are convertible into publicly traded common stocks of U.S. companies.
Foreign Bank Obligations
Obligations of foreign banks and foreign branches of U.S. banks involve somewhat different investment risks from those affecting obligations of U.S. banks, including the possibilities that liquidity could be impaired because of future political and economic developments; the obligations may be less marketable than comparable obligations of U.S. banks; a foreign jurisdiction might impose withholding taxes on interest income payable on those obligations; foreign deposits may be seized or nationalized; foreign governmental restrictions (such as foreign exchange controls) may be adopted that might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on those obligations; and the selection of those obligations may be more difficult because there may be less publicly available information concerning foreign banks. In addition, the accounting, auditing, and financial reporting standards, practices, and requirements applicable to foreign banks may differ from those applicable to U.S. banks. In that connection, foreign banks are not subject to examination by any U.S. government agency or instrumentality.
Foreign Currency Transactions
Foreign currency transactions involve buying and selling securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and receive interest, dividends, and sale proceeds in other currencies. A fund or Underlying Fund may enter into foreign currency exchange transactions to convert foreign currencies to and from the U.S. dollar. A fund or Underlying Fund may enter into foreign currency exchange transactions either on a spot ( i.e. cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market, or use forward foreign currency contracts to purchase or sell the foreign currencies.
49
Foreign Mortgage-Backed Securities
Foreign mortgage-backed securities are interests in pools of mortgage loans made to residential home buyers domiciled in a foreign country. These include mortgage loans made by trust and mortgage loan companies, credit unions, chartered banks, and others. Pools of mortgage loans are assembled as securities for sale to investors by various governmental, government-related, and private organizations ( e.g. , Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation and First Australian National Mortgage Acceptance Corporation Limited). The mechanics of these mortgage-backed securities are generally the same as those issued in the United States. However, foreign mortgage markets may differ materially from the U.S. mortgage market with respect to matters such as the sizes of loan pools, prepayment experience, and maturities of loans.
Sovereign Debt Securities/Brady Bonds
Sovereign debt securities are issued by governments of foreign countries. The sovereign debt securities in which a fund or Underlying Fund may invest may be rated below investment-grade. These securities usually offer higher yields than higher rated securities but are also subject to greater risk than higher rated securities.
Brady Bonds represent a type of sovereign debt. These obligations were created through the exchange of existing commercial bank loans to sovereign entities for new obligations in connection with the debt restructuring plan introduced by former U.S. Secretary of the Treasury, Nicholas F. Brady (Brady Plan). Brady Plan debt restructurings have been implemented in a number of countries including: Argentina, Brazil, Bulgaria, Costa Rica, the Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Jordan, Mexico, Morocco, Niger, Nigeria, the Philippines, Poland, Uruguay, and Venezuela, and may be issued by other emerging countries.
Brady Bonds may be collateralized or uncollateralized, and are issued in various currencies (primarily the U.S. dollar), and are actively traded in the OTC secondary market. Brady Bonds are not considered to be U.S. government securities and are considered to be speculative. U.S. dollar-denominated, collateralized Brady Bonds, which may be fixed rate par bonds or floating rate discount bonds, are generally collateralized in full as to principal by U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds having the same maturity as the Brady Bonds. Interest payments on these Brady Bonds generally are collateralized on a one year or longer rolling forward basis by cash or securities in an amount that, in the case of fixed rate bonds, is equal to at least one year of interest payments or, in the case of floating rate bonds, initially is equal to at least one years interest payments based on the applicable interest rate at that time and is adjusted at regular intervals thereafter.
Certain Brady Bonds are entitled to value recovery payments in certain circumstances, which in effect constitute supplemental interest payments but generally are not collateralized. Brady Bonds are often viewed as having three or four valuation components: (i) the collateralized repayment of principal at final maturity; (ii) the collateralized interest payments; (iii) the uncollateralized interest payments; and (iv) any uncollateralized repayment of principal at maturity (these uncollateralized amounts constitute the residual risk).
Most Mexican Brady Bonds issued to date have principal repayments at final maturity fully collateralized by U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds (or comparable collateral denominated in other currencies) and interest coupon payments collateralized on an 18 month rolling forward basis by funds held in escrow by
50
an agent for the bondholders. A significant portion of the Venezuelan Brady Bonds and the Argentine Brady Bonds issued to date have principal repayments at final maturity collateralized by U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds (or comparable collateral denominated in other currencies) and/or interest coupon payments collateralized on a 14 month (for Venezuela) or 12 month (for Argentina) rolling forward basis by securities held by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as collateral agent.
Risks of Investing In Sovereign Debt/Brady Bonds
Investment in sovereign debt can involve a high degree of risk. The governmental entity that controls the repayment of sovereign debt may not be able or willing to repay the principal and/or interest when due in accordance with the terms of the debt. A governmental entitys willingness or ability to repay principal and interest due in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation, the extent of its foreign reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the governmental entitys policy toward the International Monetary Fund, and the political constraints to which a governmental entity may be subject. Governmental entities may also depend upon expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral agencies, and others abroad to reduce principal and interest arrearages on their debt. The commitment on the part of these governments, agencies, and others to make such disbursements may be conditioned on a governmental entitys implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance, and the timely service of such debtors obligations. Failure to implement such reforms, achieve such levels of economic performance, or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of such third parties commitments to lend funds to the governmental entity, which may further impair such debtors ability or willingness to service its debts in a timely manner. Consequently, governmental entities may default on their sovereign debt. Holders of sovereign debt (including a fund or Underlying Fund) may be requested to participate in the rescheduling of such debt and to extend further loans to governmental entities. There is no bankruptcy proceeding by which sovereign debt on which governmental entities have defaulted may be collected in whole or in part. Dividend and interest income from foreign securities may generally be subject to withholding taxes by the country in which the issuer is located and may not be recoverable by a fund or Underlying Fund or its investors.
A funds or Underlying Funds investments in foreign currency denominated debt obligations and hedging activities will likely produce a difference between its book income and its taxable income. This difference may cause a portion of a funds or Underlying Funds income distributions to constitute returns of capital for tax purposes or require the fund or Underlying Fund to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a RIC for federal tax purposes.
Sovereign debt issued or guaranteed by emerging market governmental entities, and corporate issuers in which a fund or Underlying Fund may invest, potentially involves a high degree of risk and may be deemed the equivalent in terms of quality to high risk, low rated securities ( i.e. , high-yield bonds) and subject to many of the same risks as such securities. A fund or Underlying Fund may have difficulty disposing of certain of these debt obligations because there may be a thin trading market for such securities. In the event a governmental issuer defaults on its obligations, a fund or Underlying Fund may have limited legal recourse against the issuer or guarantor, if any. Remedies must, in some cases, be pursued in the courts in the jurisdiction in which the defaulting party itself operates, and the ability of the holder of foreign government debt securities to obtain recourse may be subject to the political climate in the relevant country.
Brady Bonds involve various risk factors including residual risk and the history of defaults with respect to commercial bank loans by public and private entities of countries issuing Brady Bonds. There can be no assurance that Brady Bonds in which a fund or Underlying Fund may invest will not be subject to restructuring arrangements or to requests for new credit, which may cause a fund or Underlying Fund to suffer a loss of interest or principal on any of its holdings.
51
Supranational Agencies
Securities of supranational agencies are not considered government securities and are not supported directly or indirectly by the U.S. government. Examples of supranational agencies include, but are not limited to, the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (commonly referred to as the World Bank), which was chartered to finance development projects in developing member countries; the European Union, which is an organization of European countries engaged in cooperative economic activities; and the Asian Development Bank, which is an international development bank established to lend funds, promote investment and provide technical assistance to member nations in the Asian and Pacific regions.
DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS
A derivative is a financial instrument whose value is dependent upon the value of an underlying asset or assets. These underlying assets may include bonds, commodities, currency exchange rates, interest rates, stocks, or related indices. Types of derivatives include, but are not limited to, options, futures contracts, options on futures, forward currency contracts, swaps, and warrants. Derivative instruments may be used for a variety of reasons, including enhancing returns, hedging against certain market risks, or providing a substitute for purchasing or selling particular securities. Derivatives may provide a cheaper, quicker or more specifically focused way for a fund or Underlying Fund to invest than traditional securities would.
Transactions in derivative instruments may include:
|
the purchase and writing of options on securities (including index options) and options on foreign currencies; |
|
the purchase and sale of futures contracts based on financial, interest rate, and securities indices, equity securities, or fixed-income securities; and |
|
entering into forward contracts, swaps, and swap related products, such as equity index, interest rate, or currency swaps, credit default swaps (long and short), and related caps, collars, floors, and swaps. |
Some derivatives may be used for hedging, meaning that they may be used when the adviser or sub-adviser seeks to protect a funds or Underlying Funds investments from a decline in value, which could result from changes in interest rates, market prices, currency fluctuations, and other market factors. Derivatives may also be used when the adviser or sub-adviser seeks to maintain or increase liquidity, implement a cash management strategy, invest in a particular stock, bond, or segment of the market in a more efficient or less expensive way; modify the characteristics of a funds or Underlying Funds portfolio investments; and/or to enhance return. However derivatives are used, their successful use is not assured and will depend upon the advisers or sub-advisers ability to predict and understand relevant market movements. In addition, in the event that non-exchange-traded derivatives are used; they could result in a loss if the counterparty to the transaction does not perform as promised.
Derivatives may be purchased on established exchanges or through privately negotiated transactions referred to as OTC derivatives. Exchange-traded derivatives generally are guaranteed by the clearing agency which is the issuer or counterparty to such derivatives. This guarantee usually is supported by a daily payment system ( i.e. , margin requirements) operated by the clearing agency in order to reduce
52
overall credit risk. As a result, unless the clearing agency defaults, there is relatively little counterparty credit risk associated with derivatives purchased on an exchange. By contrast, no clearing agency guarantees OTC derivatives. Therefore, each party to an OTC counter derivative bears the risk that the counterparty will default. Accordingly, a fund or Underlying Fund will consider the creditworthiness of counterparties to OTC derivatives in the same manner as they would review the credit quality of a security to be purchased by the fund or Underlying Fund. OTC derivatives are less liquid than exchange-traded derivatives since the other party to the transaction may be the only investor with sufficient understanding of the derivative to be interested in bidding for it.
Risks of Derivatives
Derivatives can be volatile and involve various types and degrees of risk depending upon the characteristics of the particular derivative and the portfolio as a whole. Derivatives permit a fund or Underlying Fund to increase or decrease the level of risk, or change the character of the risk, to which its portfolio is exposed in much the same way as the fund or Underlying Fund can by making investments in specific securities.
The success of transactions in derivative instruments depends on a funds or Underlying Funds advisers or sub-advisers judgment as to their potential risk and rewards. A fund or Underlying Fund might not employ any of the strategies described, and no assurance can be given that any strategy used will succeed. Use of these instruments exposes a fund or Underlying Fund to additional investment risks and transactions costs. If a funds or Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser incorrectly forecasts interest rates, market values or other economic factors in utilizing a derivatives strategy for the fund or Underlying Fund, the fund or Underlying Fund might have been in a better position if it had not entered into the transaction at all. Also, suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances. The use of these strategies involves certain special risks, including a possible imperfect correlation, or even no correlation, between price movements of derivative instruments and price movements of related investments. While some strategies involving derivative instruments can reduce the risk of loss, they can also reduce the opportunity for gain or even result in losses by offsetting favorable price movements in related investments or otherwise. This is due to the possible inability of a fund or Underlying Fund to purchase or sell the security at a time that otherwise would be favorable, or the possible need to sell the security at a disadvantageous time because the fund or Underlying Fund is required to maintain asset coverage or offsetting positions in connection with transactions in derivative instruments, and the possible inability of the fund or Underlying Fund to close out or to liquidate its derivatives positions. In addition, a funds or Underlying Funds use of such instruments may cause the fund or Underlying Fund to realize higher amounts of short term capital gains (generally taxed at ordinary income tax rates) than if it had not used such instruments. The loss from investing in derivative instruments is potentially unlimited.
Commodity Pool Operator (CPO) Exclusion
A fund or Underlying Fund has claimed an exclusion from the definition of a CPO under the Commodity Exchange Act and therefore is not subject to registration or regulation as a CPO.
In February 2012, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) adopted regulatory changes that may impact a fund or Underlying Fund by subjecting a funds or Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser to registration with the CFTC as a CPO and commodity trading adviser (CTA) of the fund or Underlying Fund, unless the fund or Underlying Fund is able to comply with certain trading and marketing limitations on its investments in futures, many OTC derivatives, and certain other instruments. A related CFTC proposal to harmonize applicable CFTC and SEC regulations could, if adopted, mitigate
53
certain disclosure and operational burdens if CPO registration were required for a funds or Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser. Compliance with these additional registration and regulatory requirements may increase fund expenses.
Forwards, Futures, and Options
A forward contract obligates its purchaser to buy a given amount of a specified asset at some stated time in the future at the forward price. Similarly, the seller of the contract is obligated to deliver the asset at the forward price. Forward contracts are not traded on exchanges and are considered OTC contracts.
Futures contracts are created and traded on organized futures exchanges. Futures contracts are highly standardized in terms of the amount and type of the underlying asset involved and the available dates in which it can be delivered. The exchanges themselves provide assurances that contracts will be honored through clearinghouses.
An option is a derivative security that gives the buyer (holder) the right, but not the obligation, to buy or sell a specified quantity of a specified asset within a specified time period. An option contract differs from the futures contract in that the option contract gives the buyer the price, but not the obligation, to purchase or sell a security at a later date at the specified price.
Risks Associated with Investing in Forwards, Futures, and Options
Imperfect Correlation of Hedging Instruments - A funds or Underlying Funds ability to effectively hedge all or a portion of its portfolio through transactions in options, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, forward contracts, and options on foreign currencies depends on the degree to which price movements in the underlying index or instrument correlate with price movements in the relevant portion of the funds or Underlying Funds securities. In the case of futures and options based on an index, a fund or Underlying Fund will not duplicate the components of the index, and in the case of futures and options on fixed-income securities, the portfolio securities that are being hedged may not be the same type of obligation underlying such contract. The use of forward contracts for cross-hedging purposes may involve greater correlation risks. As a result, the correlation probably will not be exact. Consequently, a fund or Underlying Fund bears the risk that the price of the portfolio securities being hedged will not move in the same amount or direction as the underlying index or obligation.
For example, if a fund or Underlying Fund purchases a put option on an index and the index decreases less than the value of the hedged securities, the fund or Underlying Fund would experience a loss that is not completely offset by the put option. It is also possible that there may be a negative correlation between the index or obligation underlying an option or futures contract in which a fund or Underlying Fund has a position and the portfolio securities the fund or Underlying Fund is attempting to hedge, which could result in a loss on both the fund or Underlying Fund and the hedging instrument. In addition, a fund or Underlying Fund may enter into transactions in forward contracts or options on foreign currencies in order to hedge against exposure arising from the currencies underlying such forwards. In such instances, a fund or Underlying Fund will be subject to the additional risk of imperfect correlation between changes in the value of the currencies underlying such forwards or options and changes in the value of the currencies being hedged.
It should be noted that stock index futures contracts or options based upon a narrower index of securities, such as those of a particular industry group, may present greater risk than options or futures based on a broad market index. This is due to the fact that a narrower index is more susceptible to rapid and extreme fluctuations as a result of changes in the value of a small number of securities. Nevertheless, where a fund or Underlying Fund enters into transactions in options or futures on narrow based indices for
54
hedging purposes, movements in the value of the index should, if the hedge is successful, correlate closely with the portion of the funds or Underlying Funds portfolio or the intended acquisitions being hedged.
The trading of futures contracts, options, and forward contracts for hedging purposes entails the additional risk of imperfect correlation between movements in the futures or option price and the price of the underlying index or obligation. The anticipated spread between the prices may be distorted due to the differences in the nature of the markets, such as differences in margin requirements, the liquidity of such markets and the participation of speculators in the options, futures, and forward markets. In this regard, trading by speculators in options, futures, and forward contracts has, in the past, occasionally resulted in market distortions, which may be difficult or impossible to predict, particularly near the expiration of contracts.
The trading of options on futures contracts also entails the risk that changes in the value of the underlying futures contract will not be fully reflected in the value of the option. The risk of imperfect correlation, however, generally tends to diminish as the maturity date of the futures contract or expiration date of the option approaches.
Further, with respect to options on securities, options on stock indices, options on currencies, and options on futures contracts, a fund or Underlying Fund is subject to the risk of market movements between the time that the option is exercised and the time of performance thereunder. This could increase the extent of any loss suffered by a fund or Underlying Fund in connection with such transactions.
In selling a covered call option on a security, index or futures contract, a fund or Underlying Fund also incurs the risk that changes in the value of the instruments used to cover the position will not correlate closely with changes in the value of the option or underlying index or instrument. For example, where a fund or Underlying Fund sells a call option on a stock index and segregates securities, such securities may not match the composition of the index and the fund or Underlying Fund may not be fully covered. As a result, a fund or Underlying Fund could be subject to risk of loss in the event of adverse market movements.
The selling of options on securities, options on stock indices or options on futures contracts constitutes only a partial hedge against fluctuations in value of a funds or Underlying Funds holdings. When a fund or Underlying Fund sells an option, it will receive premium income in return for the holders purchase of the right to acquire or dispose of the underlying obligation. In the event that the price of such obligation does not rise sufficiently above the exercise price of the option, in the case of a call, or fall below the exercise price, in the case of a put, the option will not be exercised and a fund or Underlying Fund will retain the amount of the premium, less related transaction costs, which will constitute a partial hedge against any decline that may have occurred in the funds or Underlying Funds portfolio holdings or any increase in the cost of the instruments to be acquired.
When the price of the underlying obligation moves sufficiently in favor of the holder to warrant exercise of the option; however, and the option is exercised, a fund or Underlying Fund will incur a loss which may only be partially offset by the amount of the premium it received. Moreover, by selling an option, a fund or Underlying Fund may be required to forgo the benefits which might otherwise have been obtained from an increase in the value of portfolio securities or other assets or a decline in the value of securities or assets to be acquired.
In the event of the occurrence of any of the foregoing adverse market events, a funds or Underlying Funds overall return may be lower than if it had not engaged in the hedging transactions.
55
It should also be noted that a fund or Underlying Fund may enter into transactions in options (except for options on foreign currencies), futures contracts, options on futures contracts, and forward contracts not only for hedging purposes, but also for non-hedging purposes intended to increase portfolio returns. Non-hedging transactions in such investments involve greater risks and may result in losses which may not be offset by increases in the value of portfolio securities or declines in the cost of securities to be acquired. A fund or Underlying Fund will only sell covered options, such that liquid securities with an aggregate value equal to an amount necessary to satisfy an option exercise will be segregated at all times, unless the option is covered in such other manner as may be in accordance with the rules of the exchange on which the option is traded and applicable laws and regulations. Nevertheless, the method of covering an option employed by a fund or Underlying Fund may not fully protect it against risk of loss and, in any event, the fund or Underlying Fund could suffer losses on the option position, which might not be offset by corresponding portfolio gains.
A fund or Underlying Fund may also enter into transactions in futures contracts, options on futures contracts, and forward contracts for other than hedging purposes, which could expose a fund or Underlying Fund to significant risk of loss if foreign currency exchange rates do not move in the direction or to the extent anticipated. In this regard, the foreign currency may be extremely volatile from time to time, as discussed in the Prospectuses and in this SAI, and the use of such transactions for non-hedging purposes could therefore involve significant risk of loss.
With respect to entering into straddles on securities, a fund or Underlying Fund incurs the risk that the price of the underlying security will not remain stable, that one of the options sold will be exercised, and that the resulting loss will not be offset by the amount of the premiums received. Such transactions, therefore, create an opportunity for increased return by providing a fund or Underlying Fund with two simultaneous premiums on the same security, but involve additional risk, since the fund or Underlying Fund may have an option exercised against it regardless of whether the price of the security increases or decreases.
Margin - Because of low initial margin deposits made upon the opening of a futures or forward position and the selling of an option, such transactions involve substantial leverage. As a result, relatively small movements in the price of the contract can result in substantial unrealized gains or losses. Where a fund or Underlying Fund enters into such transactions for hedging purposes, any losses incurred in connection therewith should, if the hedging strategy is successful, be offset in whole or in part by increases in the value of securities or other assets held by the fund or Underlying Fund or decreases in the prices of securities or other assets the fund or Underlying Fund intends to acquire. Where a fund or Underlying Fund enters into such transactions for other than hedging purposes, the margin requirements associated with such transactions could expose the fund or Underlying Fund to greater risk.
Options on Futures Contracts - The amount of risk a fund or Underlying Fund assumes when it purchases an option on a futures contract is the premium paid for the option, plus related transaction costs. In order to profit from an option purchased, it may be necessary to exercise the option and to liquidate the underlying futures contract subject to the risks of the availability of a liquid offset market described herein. The seller of an option on a futures contract is subject to the risks of commodity futures trading, including the requirement of initial and variation margin payments, as well as the additional risk that movements in the price of the option may not correlate with movements in the price underlying security, index, currency, or futures contracts.
Potential Lack of a Liquid Secondary Market - Prior to exercise or expiration, a futures or option position can only be terminated by entering into a closing purchase or sale transaction. This requires a secondary market for such instruments on the exchange on which the initial transaction was entered into. While a fund or Underlying Fund will enter into options or futures positions only if there appears to be a liquid
56
secondary market, there can be no assurance that such a market will exist for any particular contracts at any specific time. In that event, it may not be possible to close out a position held by a fund or Underlying Fund, and the fund or Underlying Fund could be required to purchase or sell the instrument underlying an option, make or receive a cash settlement, or meet ongoing variation margin requirements. Under such circumstances, if a fund or Underlying Fund has insufficient cash available to meet margin requirements, it will be necessary to liquidate portfolio securities or other assets at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so. The inability to close out options and futures positions, could have an adverse impact on a funds or Underlying Funds ability to effectively hedge its portfolio, and could result in trading losses.
The liquidity of a secondary market in the futures contract or option thereon may be adversely affected by daily price fluctuation limits established by exchanges, which limit the amount of fluctuation in the price of a contract during a single trading day. Once the daily limit has been reached in the contract, no trades may be entered into at a price beyond the limit, thus preventing the liquidation of open futures or option positions, and requiring traders to make additional margin deposits. Prices have in the past moved the daily limit on a number of consecutive trading days.
The trading of futures contracts and options is also subject to the risk of trading halts, suspensions, exchange or clearinghouse equipment failures, government intervention, insolvency of a brokerage firm or clearinghouse, or other disruptions of normal trading activity, which could at times make it difficult or impossible to liquidate existing positions or to recover excess variation margin payments.
Trading and Position Limits - The exchanges on which futures and options are traded may impose limitations governing the maximum number of positions on the same side of the market and involving the same underlying instrument which may be held by a single investor, whether acting alone or in concert with others (regardless of whether such contracts are held on the same or different exchanges or held or written in one or more accounts or through one or more brokers). Further, the CFTC and the various boards of trade have established limits referred to as speculative position limits on the maximum net long or net short position which any person may hold or control in a particular futures or option contract. An exchange may order the liquidation of positions found to be in violation of these limits and it may impose other sanctions or restrictions.
Transactions Related to Foreign Currencies and Transactions Not Conducted on U.S. Exchanges - Transactions in forward contracts on foreign currencies, as well as futures and options on foreign currencies and transactions executed on foreign exchanges, are subject to all of the correlation, liquidity, and other risks outlined herein. In addition, such transactions are subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading in, or the prices of, currencies underlying such contracts, which could restrict or eliminate trading and could have a substantial adverse effect on the value of positions held by a fund or Underlying Fund. Further, the value of such positions could be adversely affected by a number of other complex political and economic factors applicable to the countries issuing the underlying currencies.
Further, unlike trading in most other types of instruments, there is no systematic reporting of last sale information with respect to the foreign currencies underlying contracts thereon. As a result, the available information on which trading systems will be based may not be as complete as the comparable data on which a fund or Underlying Fund makes investment and trading decisions in connection with other transactions. Moreover, because the foreign currency market is a global, 24-hour market, events could occur in that market which will not be reflected in the forward, futures, or options markets until the following day, thereby making it more difficult for a fund or Underlying Fund to respond to such events in a timely manner.
57
Settlements of exercises of OTC forward contracts or foreign currency options generally must occur within the country issuing the underlying currency, which in turn requires traders to accept or make delivery of such currencies in conformity with any U.S. or foreign restrictions and regulations regarding the maintenance of foreign banking relationships, fees, taxes, or other charges.
Unlike many transactions entered into by a fund or Underlying Fund in futures contracts and exchange-traded options, options on foreign currencies, forward contracts, and OTC options on securities are not traded on markets regulated by the CFTC or the SEC (with the exception of certain foreign currency options). To the contrary, such instruments are traded through financial institutions acting as market-makers, although foreign currency options are also traded on certain national securities exchanges, such as the Philadelphia Stock Exchange and the Chicago Board Options Exchange, subject to SEC regulation. In an over the counter trading environment, many of the protections afforded to exchange participants will not be available. For example, there are no daily price fluctuation limits, and adverse market movements could therefore continue to an unlimited extent over a period of time. Although the purchaser of an option cannot lose more than the amount of the premium plus related transaction costs, this entire amount could be lost. Moreover, the option seller and a trader of forward contracts could lose amounts substantially in excess of their initial investments, due to the margin and collateral requirements associated with such positions.
In addition, OTC transactions can only be entered into with a financial institution willing to take the opposite side, as principal, of a funds or Underlying Funds position unless the institution acts as broker and is able to find another counterparty willing to enter into the transaction with the fund or Underlying Fund. Where no such counterparty is available, it will not be possible to enter into a desired transaction. There also may be no liquid secondary market in the trading of OTC contracts and a fund or Underlying Fund could be required to retain options purchased or sold, or forward contracts entered into until exercise, expiration, or maturity. This in turn could limit a funds or Underlying Funds ability to profit from open positions or to reduce losses experienced, and could result in greater losses.
Further, OTC transactions are not subject to the guarantee of an exchange clearinghouse, and a fund or Underlying Fund will therefore be subject to the risk of default by, or the bankruptcy of, the financial institution serving as its counterparty. One or more of such institutions also may decide to discontinue their role as market-makers in a particular currency or security, thereby restricting a funds or Underlying Funds ability to enter into desired hedging transactions. A fund or Underlying Fund will enter into an OTC transaction only with parties whose creditworthiness has been reviewed and found satisfactory by the adviser or sub-adviser.
Options on securities, options on stock indices, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, and options on foreign currencies may be traded on exchanges located in foreign countries. Such transactions may not be conducted in the same manner as those entered into on U.S. exchanges and may be subject to different margin, exercise, settlement, or expiration procedures. As a result, many of the risks of OTC trading may be present in connection with such transactions.
Options on foreign currencies traded on national securities exchanges are within the jurisdiction of the SEC, as are other securities traded on such exchanges. As a result, many of the protections provided to traders on organized exchanges will be available with respect to such transactions. In particular, all foreign currency option positions entered into on a national securities exchange are cleared and guaranteed by the Option Clearing Corporation (OCC), thereby reducing the risk of counterparty default. Further, a liquid secondary market in options traded on a national securities exchange may be more readily available than in the OTC market, potentially permitting a fund or Underlying Fund to liquidate open positions at a profit prior to exercise or expiration, or to limit losses in the event of adverse market movements.
58
The purchase and sale of exchange-traded foreign currency options is subject to the risks of the availability of a liquid secondary market described above, as well as the risks regarding adverse market movements, margining of options written, the nature of the foreign currency market, possible intervention by governmental authorities and the effects of other political and economic events. In addition, exchange-traded options on foreign currencies involve certain risks not presented by the OTC market. For example, exercise and settlement of such options must be made exclusively through the OCC, which has established banking relationships in applicable foreign countries for this purpose. As a result, the OCC may, if it determines that foreign governmental restrictions or taxes would prevent the orderly settlement of foreign currency option exercises, or would result in undue burdens on the OCC or its clearing member, impose special procedures on exercise and settlement, such as technical changes in the mechanics of delivery of currency, the fixing of dollar settlement prices, or prohibitions on exercise.
Policies on the Use of Futures and Options on Futures Contracts - A fund or Underlying Fund may engage in futures and related options transactions for bona fide hedging or to seek to increase total return as permitted by CFTC regulations, which permit principals of an investment company registered under the 1940 Act to engage in a de minimis amount of transactions in futures and related options transactions for non-bona fide hedging without registering as commodity pool operators.
Forward and Futures Contracts
Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts:
A fund or Underlying Fund that invests in foreign securities may buy and sell securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and receive interest, dividends, and sale proceeds in currencies other than the U.S. dollar; Therefore, a fund or Underlying Fund may enter into foreign currency exchange transactions to convert to and from different foreign currencies and to convert foreign currencies to and from the U.S. dollar.
Forward contracts for foreign currency (forward foreign currency exchange contracts) obligate the seller to deliver, and the purchaser to take a specific amount of a specified foreign currency at a future date at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts are generally traded in the interbank market conducted directly between currency traders and their customers.
These contracts may be used for hedging to attempt to minimize the risk to a fund or Underlying Fund from adverse changes in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies.
A fund or Underlying Fund may enter into a forward foreign currency exchange contract in order to lock in the U.S. dollar price of a security denominated in a foreign currency, which it has purchased or sold but which has not yet settled (a transaction hedge); or to lock in the value of an existing portfolio security (a position hedge); or to protect against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and a foreign currency. Forward foreign currency exchange contracts include standardized foreign currency futures contracts which are traded on exchanges and are subject to procedures and regulations applicable to futures. A fund or Underlying Fund may also enter into a forward exchange contract to sell a foreign currency that differs from the currency in which the underlying security is denominated. This is done in the expectation that there is a greater correlation between the foreign currency of the forward exchange contract and the foreign currency of the underlying investment than between the U.S. dollar and the foreign currency of the underlying investment. This technique is referred to as cross hedging. The success of cross hedging is dependent on many factors, including the ability of the adviser or sub-adviser to correctly identify and monitor the correlation
59
between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar. To the extent that the correlation is not identical, a fund or Underlying Fund may experience losses or gains on both the underlying security and the cross currency hedge.
Forward foreign currency exchange contracts may be used to protect against uncertainty in the level of future exchange rates. The use of forward foreign currency exchange contracts does not eliminate fluctuations in the prices of the underlying securities a fund or Underlying Fund owns or intends to acquire, but it does fix a rate of exchange in advance. In addition, although forward exchange contracts limit the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currencies, at the same time they limit any potential gain that might result should the value of the currencies increase.
The precise matching of the forward foreign currency exchange contract amounts and the value of the securities involved will not generally be possible because the future value of such securities in foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value of these securities between the date the forward contract is entered into and the date it is sold. Accordingly, it may be necessary for a fund or Underlying Fund to purchase additional foreign currency on the spot market ( i.e ., cash) (and bear the expense of such purchase), if the market value of the security is less than the amount of foreign currency the fund or Underlying Fund is obligated to deliver and if a decision is made to sell the security and make delivery of the foreign currency. Conversely, it may be necessary to sell on the spot market some of the foreign currency received upon the sale of the portfolio security if its market value exceeds the amount of foreign currency a fund or Underlying Fund is obligated to deliver. The projection of short-term currency market movements is extremely difficult, and the successful execution of a short-term hedging strategy is highly uncertain. Forward foreign currency exchange contracts involve the risk that anticipated currency movements will not be accurately predicted, causing a fund or Underlying Fund to sustain losses on these contracts and transaction costs.
At or before the maturity of a forward foreign currency exchange contract requiring a fund or Underlying Fund to sell a foreign currency exchange currency, the fund or Underlying Fund may either sell a portfolio security and use the sale proceeds to make delivery of the currency or retain the security and offset its contractual obligation to deliver the currency by purchasing a second contract pursuant to which the fund or Underlying Fund will obtain, on the same maturity date, the same amount of the currency that it is obligated to deliver. Similarly, a fund or Underlying Fund may close out a forward contract requiring it to purchase a specified currency by entering into a second contract entitling it to sell the same amount of the same currency on the maturity date of the first contract. A fund or Underlying Fund would realize a gain or loss as a result of entering into such an offsetting forward contract under either circumstance to the extent the exchange rate(s) between the currencies involved moved between the execution dates of the first contract and the offsetting contract.
The cost of engaging in forward foreign currency exchange contracts varies with factors such as currencies involved, the length of the contract period and the market conditions then prevailing. Because forward contracts are usually entered into on a principal basis, no fees or commissions are involved. Because such contracts are not traded on an exchange, the adviser or sub-adviser must evaluate the credit and performance risk of each particular counterparty under a forward contract.
Although a fund or Underlying Fund values its assets daily in terms of U.S. dollars, it does not intend to convert their holdings of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars on a daily basis. A fund or Underlying Fund may convert foreign currency from time to time. Foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, but they do seek to realize a profit based on the difference between the prices at which they buy and sell various currencies. Thus, a dealer may offer to sell a foreign currency to a fund or Underlying Fund at one rate, while offering a lesser rate of exchange should the fund or Underlying Fund desire to resell that currency to the dealer.
60
If a hedging transaction in forward contracts is successful, the decline in the value of portfolio securities or other assets or the increase in the cost of securities or other assets to be acquired may be offset, at least in part, by profits on the forward contract. Nevertheless, by entering into such forward contracts, a fund or Underlying Fund may be required to forgo all or a portion of the benefits which otherwise could have been obtained from favorable movements in exchange rates. A fund or Underlying Fund will usually seek to close out positions in such contracts by entering into offsetting transactions, which will serve to fix the funds or Underlying Funds profit or loss based upon the value of the contracts at the time the offsetting transaction is executed.
Alternatively, when the adviser or sub-adviser believes that the currency of a particular foreign country may suffer a substantial decline against the U.S. dollar, it may enter into a forward foreign currency exchange contract for a fixed amount of dollars to sell the amount of foreign currency approximating the value of some or all of a funds or Underlying Funds securities denominated in, or exposed, to such foreign currency. The precise matching of the forward foreign currency exchange contract amounts and the value of the securities involved will not generally be possible since the future value of securities in foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value of these securities between the date on which the forward foreign currency exchange contract is entered into and the date it matures. The projection of short-term currency market movement is extremely difficult and the successful execution of a short-term hedging strategy is highly uncertain.
A fund or Underlying Fund will also enter into transactions in forward foreign currency exchange contracts for other than hedging purposes, which present greater profit potential but also involve increased risk. For example, a fund or Underlying Fund may purchase a given foreign currency through a forward foreign currency exchange contract if, in the judgment of the adviser or sub-adviser, the value of such currency is expected to rise relative to the U.S. dollar. Conversely, a fund or Underlying Fund may sell the currency through a forward foreign currency exchange contract if the adviser or sub-adviser believes that its value will decline relative to the dollar.
A fund or Underlying Fund will profit if the anticipated movements in foreign currency exchange rates occur which will increase its gross income. Where exchange rates do not move in the direction or to the extent anticipated, however, a fund or Underlying Fund may sustain losses which will reduce its gross income. Such transactions, therefore, could be considered speculative and could involve significant risk of loss.
A fund or Underlying Fund has established procedures consistent with statements by the SEC and its staff regarding the use of forward foreign currency exchange contracts by registered investment companies, which require the use of segregated assets or cover in connection with the purchase and sale of such contracts. In those instances in which a fund or Underlying Fund satisfies this requirement through segregation of assets, it will maintain, in a segregated account (or earmark on its records) cash, cash equivalents or other liquid securities, which will be marked to market on a daily basis, in an amount equal to the value of its commitments under forward foreign currency exchange contracts. While these contracts are not presently regulated by the CFTC, the CFTC may in the future assert authority to regulate forward foreign currency exchange contracts. In such event a funds or Underlying Funds ability to utilize forward contracts in the manner set forth above may be restricted.
A fund or Underlying Fund may hold foreign currency received in connection with investments in foreign securities when, in the judgment of the adviser or sub-adviser, it would be beneficial to convert such currency into U.S. dollars at a later date, based on anticipated changes in the relevant exchange rate. A
61
fund or Underlying Fund may also hold foreign currency in anticipation of purchasing foreign securities. Currency positions are not considered to be an investment in a foreign government for industry concentration purposes.
The cost of engaging in forward foreign currency exchange contracts varies with factors such as currencies involved, the length of the contract period and the market conditions then prevailing. Because forward contracts are usually entered into on a principal basis, no fees or commissions are involved. Because such contracts are not traded on an exchange, the adviser or sub-adviser must evaluate the credit and performance risk of each particular counterparty under a forward contract.
Although a fund or Underlying Fund values its assets daily in terms of U.S. dollars, it does not intend to convert their holdings of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars on a daily basis. A fund or Underlying Fund may convert foreign currency from time to time. Foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, but they do seek to realize a profit based on the difference between the prices at which they buy and sell various currencies. Thus, a dealer may offer to sell a foreign currency to a fund or Underlying Fund at one rate, while offering a lesser rate of exchange should the fund or Underlying Fund desire to resell that currency to the dealer.
If a hedging transaction in forward foreign currency exchange contracts is successful, the decline in the value of portfolio securities or other assets or the increase in the cost of securities or other assets to be acquired may be offset, at least in part, by profits on the forward contract. Nevertheless, by entering into such forward contracts, a fund or Underlying Fund may be required to forgo all or a portion of the benefits which otherwise could have been obtained from favorable movements in exchange rates. A fund or Underlying Fund will usually seek to close out positions in such contracts by entering into offsetting transactions, which will serve to fix the funds or Underlying Funds profit or loss based upon the value of the contracts at the time the offsetting transaction is executed.
Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts:
A fund or Underlying Fund may enter into futures contracts, including futures contracts related to stock indices and interest rates among others. In addition, a fund or Underlying Fund may purchase and sell options to buy or sell futures contracts in which they may invest (options on futures contracts). Such investment strategies will be used for hedging purposes and for non-hedging purposes, subject to applicable law.
A futures contract is an agreement between two parties providing for the purchase and sale of a specified type and amount of a financial instruments or for the making and acceptance of a cash settlement, at a stated time in the future for a fixed price. By its terms, a futures contract provides for a specified settlement date on which, in the case of stock index futures contracts, the difference between the price at which the contract was entered into and the contracts closing value is settled between the purchaser and seller in cash. Futures contracts differ from options in that they are bilateral agreements, with both the purchaser and the seller equally obligated to complete the transaction. Futures contracts generally call for settlement only on a certain date and cannot be exercised at any other time during their term. Futures contracts are traded on exchanges, so that, in most cases, either party can close out its position on the exchange for cash, without delivering the security or commodity.
Put and call options on futures contracts may be traded by a fund or Underlying Fund in order to protect against declines in the values of portfolio securities or against increases in the cost of securities to be acquired, to act as a substitute for an underlying investment, or to enhance yield.
62
An option on a futures contract provides the holder with the right to enter into a long position in the underlying futures contract, in the case of a call option, or a short position in the underlying futures contract, in the case of a put option, at a fixed exercise price up to a stated expiration date or, in the case of certain options, on such date. Upon exercise of the option by the holder, the contract market clearinghouse establishes a corresponding short position for the writer of the option, in the case of a call option, or a corresponding long position in the case of a put option. In the event that an option is exercised, the parties will be subject to all the risks associated with the trading of futures contracts. In addition, the seller of an option on a futures contract, unlike the holder, is subject to initial and variation margin requirements on the option position.
A fund or Underlying Fund may use options on futures contracts in connection with hedging strategies. Generally these strategies would be employed under the same market conditions in which a fund or Underlying Fund would use put and call options on debt securities, as described hereafter in Options on Securities and Securities Indices.
(i) |
if the fund or Underlying Fund is attempting to purchase equity positions in issues which it had or was having difficulty purchasing at prices considered by its adviser or sub-adviser to be fair value based upon the price of the stock at the time it qualified for inclusion in the fund or Underlying Fund; or |
(ii) |
to close out stock index futures sales transactions. |
Futures options possess many of the same characteristics as options on securities and indices (discussed below). A futures option gives the holder the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a long position (call) or short position (put) in a futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time during the period of the option. Upon exercise of a call option, the holder acquires a long position in the futures contract and the writer is assigned the opposite short position. In the case of a put option, the opposite is true.
Futures contracts and options on futures contracts include such contracts or options with respect to, but not limited to, interest rates, commodities, and security or commodity indices. To the extent that a fund or Underlying Fund may invest in foreign currency-denominated securities, it may also invest in foreign currency futures contracts and options thereon.
The purchase or sale of a futures contract differs from the purchase or sale of a security or the purchase of an option in that no purchase price is paid or received. Instead, an amount of cash or cash equivalents, which varies but may be as low as 5% or less of the value of the contract, must be deposited with the broker as initial margin. The initial margin required for a futures contract is set by the exchange or board of trade on which the contract is traded and may be modified during the term of the contract. The initial margin is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the futures contract that is returned to a fund or Underlying Fund upon termination of the contract, assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied. A fund or Underlying Fund expects to earn interest income on its initial margin deposits.
Subsequent payments to and from the broker, referred to as variation margin, are made on a daily basis as the value of the index or instrument underlying the futures contract fluctuates, making positions in the futures contract more or less valuablea process known as marking to the market.
Although interest rate futures contracts typically require actual future delivery of and payment for the underlying instruments, those contracts are usually closed out before the delivery date. Stock index futures contracts do not contemplate actual future delivery and will be settled in cash at expiration or
63
closed out prior to expiration. Closing out an open futures contract sale or purchase is achieved by entering into an offsetting futures contract purchase or sale, respectively, for the same aggregate amount of the identical type of underlying instrument and the same delivery date. There can be no assurance, however, that a fund or Underlying Fund will be able to enter into an offsetting transaction with respect to a particular contract at a particular time. If a fund or Underlying Fund is not able to enter into an offsetting transaction, it will continue to be required to maintain the margin deposits on the contract.
Although some futures contracts call for making or taking delivery of the underlying securities, generally these obligations are closed out prior to delivery by offsetting purchases or sales of matching futures contracts (same exchange, underlying security or index, and delivery month). Closing out a futures contract sale is effected by purchasing a futures contract for the same aggregate amount of the specific type of financial instrument with the same delivery date. If an offsetting purchase price is less than the original sale price, a fund or Underlying Fund realizes a capital gain, or if it is more, the fund or Underlying Fund realizes a capital loss. Conversely, if an offsetting sale price is more than the original purchase price, a fund or Underlying Fund realizes a capital gain, or if it is less, the fund or Underlying Fund realizes a capital loss. The transaction costs must also be included in these calculations.
Interest rate, commodity, foreign currency or index futures contract provides for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified quantity of a financial instrument, commodity, foreign currency, or the cash value of an index at a specified price and time. A futures contract on an index is an agreement pursuant to which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to the difference between the value of the index at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the index contract was originally written. Although the value of an index might be a function of the value of certain specified securities, no physical delivery of these securities is made. A public market exists in futures contracts covering a number of indices as well as financial instruments and foreign currencies including: the S&P 500 ® Index; the S&P MidCap 400; the Nikkei 225; the NYSE composite; U.S. Treasury bonds; U.S. Treasury notes; GNMA Certificates; three-month U.S. Treasury bills; 90-day commercial paper; bank certificates of deposit; Eurodollar certificates of deposit; the Australian dollar; and the Canadian and certain multinational currencies, such as the euro. It is expected that other futures contracts will be developed and traded in the future.
Limitations and Policies on the Use of Futures and Futures Options
In general, a fund or Underlying Fund intends to enter into positions in futures contracts and related options only for bona fide hedging purposes as such term is defined in applicable regulations, interpretations and practice. For example, a fund or Underlying Fund might use futures contracts to hedge against anticipated changes in interest rates that might adversely affect either the value of the funds or Underlying Funds securities or the price of the securities, which the fund or Underlying Fund intends to purchase. The funds or Underlying Funds hedging activities may include sales of futures contracts as an offset against the effect of expected increases in interest rates, and purchases of futures contracts as an offset against the effect of expected declines in interest rates. Although other techniques could be used to reduce that funds or Underlying Funds exposure to interest rate fluctuations, the fund or Underlying Fund may be able to hedge its exposure more effectively and perhaps at a lower cost by using futures contracts and futures options. The Trust reserves the right to engage in other types of futures transactions in the future and to use futures and related options for other than hedging purposes to the extent permitted by regulatory authorities.
A fund or Underlying Fund will only enter into futures contracts and futures options, which are standardized and traded on a U.S. or foreign exchange, board of trade, or similar entity, or quoted on an automated quotation system.
64
When a purchase or sale of a futures contract is made by a fund or Underlying Fund, the fund or Underlying Fund is required to deposit with its custodian (or broker, if legally permitted) a specified amount of assets determined to be liquid by the adviser or sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the board (initial margin). The margin required for a futures contract is set by the exchange on which the contract is traded and may be modified during the term of the contract. Margin requirements on foreign exchanges may be different than U.S. exchanges. The initial margin is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the futures contract, which is returned to a fund or Underlying Fund upon termination of the contract, assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied. A fund or Underlying Fund expects to earn interest income on its initial margin deposits. A futures contract held by a fund or Underlying Fund is valued daily at the official settlement price of the exchange on which it is traded. Each day a fund or Underlying Fund pays or receives cash called variation margin equal to the daily change in value of the futures contract. This process is known as marking-to-market. Variation margin does not represent a borrowing or loan by a fund or Underlying Fund but is instead a settlement between the fund or Underlying Fund and the broker of the amount one would owe the other if the futures contract expired. In computing daily NAV, a fund or Underlying Fund will mark-to-market its open futures positions.
A fund or Underlying Fund is also required to deposit and maintain margin with respect to put and call options on futures contracts written by it. Such margin deposits will vary depending on the nature of the underlying futures contract (and the related initial margin requirements), the current market value of the option, and other futures positions held by a fund or Underlying Fund.
When purchasing a futures contract, a fund or Underlying Fund will maintain with its custodian (and mark-to-market on a daily basis) assets determined to be liquid by the adviser or sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the board, that, when added to the amounts deposited with a futures commission merchant as margin, are equal to the market value of the futures contract. Alternatively, a fund or Underlying Fund may cover its position by purchasing a put option on the same futures contract with a strike price as high as or higher than the price of the contract held by the fund or Underlying Fund.
When selling a futures contract, a fund or Underlying Fund will maintain with its custodian (and mark-to-market on a daily basis) assets determined to be liquid by the adviser or sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the board that are equal to the market value of the instruments underlying the contract. Alternatively, a fund or Underlying Fund may cover its position by owning the instruments underlying the contract (or, in the case of an index futures contract, the fund or Underlying Fund with a volatility substantially similar to that of the index on which the futures contract is based), or by holding a call option permitting the fund or Underlying Fund to purchase the same futures contract at a price no higher than the price of the contract written by the fund or Underlying Fund (or at a higher price if the difference is maintained in liquid assets with the Trusts custodian).
When selling a call option on a futures contract, the fund or Underlying Fund will maintain with its custodian (and mark-to-market on a daily basis) assets determined to be liquid by the adviser or sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the board, that equal the purchase price of the futures contract, less any margin on deposit. Alternatively, a fund or Underlying Fund may cover the position either by entering into a short position in the same futures contract, or by owning a separate put option permitting it to sell the same futures contract so long as the strike price of the purchased put option is the same or higher than the strike price of the put option sold by the fund or Underlying Fund.
When selling a put option on a futures contract, a fund or Underlying Fund will maintain with its custodian (and mark-to-market on a daily basis) assets determined to be liquid by the adviser or sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the board, that equal the purchase price of the
65
futures contract, less any margin on deposit. Alternatively, a fund or Underlying Fund may cover the position either by entering into a short position in the same futures contract, or by owning a separate put option permitting it to sell the same futures contract so long as the strike price of the purchased put option is the same or higher than the strike price of the put option sold by the fund or Underlying Fund.
To the extent that securities with maturities greater than one year are used to segregate assets to cover a funds or Underlying Funds obligations under the futures contracts and related options, such use will not eliminate the risk of a form of leverage, which may tend to exaggerate the effect on NAV of any increase or decrease in the market value of the funds or Underlying Funds portfolio, and may require liquidation of the funds or Underlying Funds positions when it is not advantageous to do so. However, any potential risk of leverage resulting from the use of securities with maturities greater than one year may be mitigated by the overall duration limit on a funds or Underlying Funds portfolio securities. Thus, the use of a longer-term security may require a fund or Underlying Fund to hold offsetting short-term securities to balance the funds or Underlying Funds portfolios such that the funds or Underlying Funds duration does not exceed the maximum permitted for the fund or Underlying Fund in its Prospectuses.
The staff of the SEC has taken the position that OTC options and assets used to cover sold OTC options are illiquid and, therefore, together with other illiquid securities held by a fund or Underlying Fund, cannot exceed 15% of the funds or Underlying Funds assets (the SEC illiquidity ceiling). Although the funds or Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser may disagree with this position, the funds or Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser intends to limit the funds or Underlying Funds selling of OTC options in accordance with the following procedure. Also, the contracts a fund or Underlying Fund has in place with such primary dealers provide that the fund or Underlying Fund has the absolute right to repurchase an option it sells at a maximum price to be calculated by a pre-determined formula. A fund or Underlying Fund will treat all or a portion of the formula as illiquid for purposes of the SEC illiquidity ceiling test. A fund or Underlying Fund may also sell OTC options with non-primary dealers, including foreign dealers (where applicable), and will treat the assets used to cover these options as illiquid for purposes of such SEC illiquidity ceiling test.
The requirements for qualification as a RIC also may limit the extent to which a fund or Underlying Fund may enter into futures, futures options, or forward contracts.
Risks Associated with Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts
The value of a futures contract may decline. While a funds or Underlying Funds transactions in futures may protect the fund or Underlying Fund against adverse movements in the general level of interest rates or other economic conditions, such transactions could also preclude the fund or Underlying Fund from the opportunity to benefit from favorable movements in the level of interest rates or other economic conditions. With respect to transactions for hedging, there can be no guarantee that there will be correlation between price movements in the hedging vehicle and in a funds or Underlying Funds securities being hedged. An incorrect correlation could result in a loss on both the hedged securities and the hedging vehicle so that a funds or Underlying Funds return might have been better if hedging had not been attempted. The degree to which price movements do not correlate depends on circumstances such as variations in speculative market demand for futures and futures options on securities, including technical influences in futures trading and futures options, and differences between the financial instruments being hedged and the instruments underlying the standard contracts available for trading in such respects as interest rate levels, maturities, and creditworthiness of issuers. A decision as to whether, when, and how to hedge involves the exercise of skill and judgment and even a well conceived hedge may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected interest rate trends.
66
There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist at a time when a fund or Underlying Fund seeks to close out a futures contract or a futures option position. Most futures exchanges and boards of trade limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single day; once the daily limit has been reached on a particular contract, no trades may be made that day at a price beyond that limit. In addition, certain of these instruments are relatively new and without a significant trading history. As a result, there is no assurance that an active secondary market will develop or continue to exist. The daily limit governs only price movements during a particular trading day and therefore does not limit potential losses because the limit may work to prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions. For example, futures prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of positions and subjecting some holders of futures contracts to substantial losses. Lack of a liquid market for any reason may prevent a fund or Underlying Fund from liquidating an unfavorable position and the fund or Underlying Fund would remain obligated to meet margin requirements and continue to incur losses until the position is closed.
A fund or Underlying Fund will only enter into futures contracts or futures options that are standardized and traded on a U.S. exchange or board of trade or, in the case of futures options, for which an established OTC market exists. Foreign markets may offer advantages such as trading in indexes that are not currently traded in the United States. However, foreign markets may have greater risk potential than domestic markets. Unlike trading on domestic commodity exchanges, trading on foreign commodity markets is not regulated by the CFTC and may be subject to greater risk than trading on domestic exchanges. For example, some foreign exchanges are principal markets so that no common clearing facility exists and a trader may look only to the broker for performance of the contract. Trading in foreign futures or foreign options contracts may not be afforded certain of the protective measures provided by the Commodity Exchange Act, the CFTCs regulations, and the rules of the National Futures Association (NFA) and any domestic exchange, including the right to use reparations proceedings before the CFTC and arbitration proceedings provided by the NFA or any domestic futures exchange. Amounts received for foreign futures or foreign options transactions may not be provided the same protections as funds received in respect of transactions on U.S. futures exchanges. A fund or Underlying Fund could incur losses or lose any profits that had been realized in trading by adverse changes in the exchange rate of the currency in which the transaction is denominated. Transactions on foreign exchanges may include both commodities that are traded on domestic exchanges and boards of trade, and those that are not.
A purchase or sale of a futures contract may result in losses in excess of the amount invested in the futures contract. There can be no guarantee that there will be a correlation between price movements in the hedging vehicle and in a funds or Underlying Funds securities being hedged. In addition, there are significant differences between the securities and futures markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between the markets, causing a given hedge not to achieve its objectives. The degree of imperfection of correlation depends on circumstances such as variations in speculative market demand for futures and futures options on securities, including technical influences in futures trading and futures options, and differences between the financial instruments being hedged and the instruments underlying the standard contracts available for trading in such respects as interest rate levels, maturities, and creditworthiness of issuers. A decision as to whether, when and how to hedge involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived hedge may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected interest rate trends.
Future exchanges may limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in certain futures contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount that the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous days settlement price at the end of the current trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a futures contract subject to the limit, no more trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only price movements during a particular trading day and therefore does not limit potential losses because the limit may work to
67
prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions. For example, futures prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of positions and subjecting some holder of futures contracts to substantial losses.
There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist at a time when a fund or Underlying Fund seeks to close out a futures or a futures option position, and that Fund would remain obligated to meet margin requirements until the position is closed. In addition, many of the contracts discussed above are relatively new instruments without a significant trading history. As a result, there can be no assurance that an active secondary market will develop or continue to exist.
There are several risks in connection with the use of futures contracts as a hedging device. While hedging can provide protection against an adverse movement in market prices, it can also preclude a hedgers opportunity to benefit from a favorable market movement. In addition, investing in futures contracts and options on futures contracts will cause a fund or Underlying Fund to incur additional brokerage commissions and may cause an increase in the funds or Underlying Funds portfolio turnover rate. The successful use of futures contracts and related options also depends on the ability of the adviser or sub-adviser to forecast correctly the direction and extent of market movements within a given time frame. To the extent market prices remain stable during the period a futures contract or option is held by a fund or Underlying Fund or such prices move in a direction opposite to that anticipated, the fund or Underlying Fund may realize a loss on the hedging transaction that is not offset by an increase in the value of its portfolio securities. As a result, the return of a fund or Underlying Fund for the period may be less than if it had not engaged in the hedging transaction.
The use of futures contracts involves the risk of imperfect correlation in movements in the price of futures contracts and movements in the price of the securities that are being hedged. If the price of the futures contract moves more or less than the price of the securities being hedged, a fund or Underlying Fund will experience a gain or loss that will not be completely offset by movements in the price of the securities. It is possible that, where a fund or Underlying Fund has sold futures contracts to hedge its portfolio against a decline in the market, the market may advance and the value of securities held in the funds or Underlying Funds portfolio may decline. If this occurred, a fund or Underlying Fund would lose money on the futures contract and would also experience a decline in value in its portfolio securities. Where futures are purchased to hedge against a possible increase in the prices of securities before a fund or Underlying Fund is able to invest its cash (or cash equivalents) in securities (or options) in an orderly fashion, it is possible that the market may decline; if the fund or Underlying Fund then determines not to invest in securities (or options) at that time because of concern as to possible further market decline or for other reasons, the fund or Underlying Fund will realize a loss on the futures that would not be offset by a reduction in the price of the securities purchased.
The market prices of futures contracts may be affected if participants in the futures market elect to close out their contracts through off-setting transactions rather than to meet margin deposit requirements. In such a case, distortions in the normal relationship between the cash and futures markets could result. Price distortions could also result if investors in futures contracts opt to make or take delivery of the underlying securities rather than to engage in closing transactions due to the resultant reduction in the liquidity of the futures market. In addition, due to the fact that, from the point of view of speculators, the deposit requirements in the futures markets are less onerous than margin requirements in the cash market, increased participation by speculators in the futures market could cause temporary price distortions. Due to the possibility of price distortions in the futures market and because of the imperfect correlation between movements in the prices of securities and movements in the prices of futures contracts, a correct forecast of market trends may still not result in a successful transaction.
68
Compared to the purchase or sale of futures contracts, the purchase of put or call options on futures contracts involves less potential risk for a fund or Underlying Fund because the maximum amount at risk is the premium paid for the options plus transaction costs. However, there may be circumstances when the purchase of an option on a futures contract would result in a loss to a fund or Underlying Fund while the purchase or sale of the futures contract would not have resulted in a loss, such as when there is no movement in the price of the underlying securities.
Interest Rate Futures Contracts:
An interest rate futures contract obligates the seller of the contract to deliver and the purchaser to take delivery of the interest rate securities called for in the contract at a specified future time and at a specified price. A stock index assigns relative values to the common stocks included in the index, and the index fluctuates with changes in the market values of the common stocks so included.
A fund or Underlying Fund may purchase and sell interest rate futures as a hedge against adverse changes in debt instruments and other interest rate sensitive securities. As a hedging strategy a fund or Underlying Fund might employ, the fund or Underlying Fund would purchase an interest rate futures contract when it is not fully invested in long-term debt securities but wishes to defer its purchase for some time until it can orderly invest in such securities or because short-term yields are higher than long-term yields. Such a purchase would enable a fund or Underlying Fund to earn the income on a short-term security while at the same time minimizing the effect of all, or part, of an increase in the market price of the long-term debt security, that the fund or Underlying Fund intends to purchase in the future. A rise in the price of the long-term debt security prior to its purchase either would be offset by an increase in the value of the futures contract purchased by a fund or Underlying Fund or avoided by taking delivery of the debt securities under the futures contract.
A fund or Underlying Fund would sell an interest rate futures contract in order to continue to receive the income from a long-term debt security, while endeavoring to avoid part or all of the decline in market value of that security that would accompany an increase in interest rates. If interest rates did rise, a decline in the value of the debt security held by a fund or Underlying Fund would be substantially offset by the ability of the fund or Underlying Fund to repurchase at a lower price the interest rate futures contract previously sold. While a fund or Underlying Fund could sell the long-term debt security and invest in a short-term security, ordinarily the fund or Underlying Fund would give up income on its investment, since long-term rates normally exceed short-term rates.
Stock Index Futures Contracts:
A fund or Underlying Fund may enter into stock index futures contracts, including futures contracts related to stock indices and interest rates among others. Such investment strategies will be used for hedging purposes and for non-hedging purposes, subject to applicable law. Purchases or sales of stock index futures contracts for hedging purposes may be used to attempt to protect a funds or Underlying Funds current or intended stock investments from broad fluctuations in stock prices, to act as a substitute for an underlying investment, or to enhance yield (speculation).
A stock index futures contract is an agreement pursuant to which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to a specified dollar amount times the difference between the stock index value at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the futures contract is originally struck.
A stock index assigns relative values to the common stocks included in an index (for example, the S&P 500 ® Index or the New York Stock Exchange Composite Index), and the index fluctuates with changes in
69
the market values of such stocks. A stock index futures contract is a bilateral agreement to accept or make payment, depending on whether a contract is purchased or sold, of an amount of cash equal to a specified dollar amount multiplied by the difference between the stock index value at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the futures contract is originally purchased or sold.
Purchases or sales of stock index futures contracts are used to attempt to protect a funds or Underlying Funds current or intended stock investments from broad fluctuations in stock prices. For example, a fund or Underlying Fund may sell stock index futures contracts in anticipation of, or during a market decline to attempt to offset the decrease in market value of the funds or Underlying Funds portfolio securities that might otherwise result if such decline occurs, because the loss in value of portfolio securities may be offset, in whole or part, by gains on the futures position. When a fund or Underlying Fund is not fully invested in the securities market and anticipates a significant market advance, it may purchase stock index futures contracts in order to gain rapid market exposure that may, in part or entirely, offset increases in the cost of securities that the fund or Underlying Fund intends to purchase. As such purchases are made, the corresponding position in stock index futures contracts will be closed out. In a substantial majority of these transactions, a fund or Underlying Fund will purchase such securities upon termination of the futures position, but under usual market conditions, a long futures position may be terminated without a related purchase of securities.
To the extent that changes in the value of a fund or Underlying Fund corresponds to changes in a given stock index, the sale of futures contracts on that index (short hedge) would substantially reduce the risk to the fund or Underlying Fund of a market decline and, by so doing, provide an alternative to a liquidation of securities position, which may be difficult to accomplish in a rapid and orderly fashion. Stock index futures contracts might also be sold:
(i) |
when a sale of portfolio securities at that time would appear to be disadvantageous in the long term because such liquidation would: |
(a) |
forego possible price appreciation; |
(b) |
create a situation in which the securities would be difficult to repurchase; or |
(c) |
create substantial brokerage commissions. |
(ii) |
when a liquidation of a fund or Underlying Fund has commenced or is contemplated, but there is, in the advisers or a sub-advisers determination, a substantial risk of a major price decline before liquidation can be completed; or |
(iii) |
to close out stock index futures purchase transactions. |
Where a fund or Underlying Fund anticipates a significant market or market sector advance, the purchase of a stock index futures contract (long hedge) affords a hedge against not participating in such advance at a time when the fund or Underlying Fund is not fully invested. Stock index futures might also be purchased:
(i) |
if a fund or Underlying Fund is attempting to purchase equity positions in issues which it had, or was having, difficulty purchasing at prices considered by the adviser or sub-adviser to be fair value based upon the price of the stock at the time it qualified for inclusion in the fund or Underlying Fund; or |
(ii) |
to close out stock index futures sales transactions. |
70
Options
A fund or Underlying Fund may purchase and sell put and call options on fixed-income or other securities or indices in standardized contracts traded on foreign or domestic securities exchanges, boards of trade, or similar entities, or quoted on NASDAQ or on an OTC market, and agreements, sometimes called cash puts, which may accompany the purchase of a new issue of bonds from a dealer.
An option on a security (or index) is a contract that gives the holder of the option, in return for a premium, the right to buy from (in the case of a call) or sell to (in the case of a put) the writer of the option the security underlying the option (or the cash value of the index) at a specified exercise price at any time during the term of the option. The writer of an option on a security has the obligation upon exercise of the option to deliver the underlying security upon payment of the exercise price or to pay the exercise price upon delivery of the underlying security. Upon exercise, the writer of an option on an index is obligated to pay the difference between the cash value of the index and the exercise price multiplied by the specified multiplier for the index option. (An index is designed to reflect features of a particular financial or securities market, a specific group of financial instruments or securities, or certain economic indicators.)
A fund or Underlying Fund may purchase these securities for the purpose of increasing its return on such securities and/or to protect the value of its portfolio. A fund or Underlying Fund may also write combinations of put and call options on the same security, known as straddles. Such transactions can generate additional premium income but also present increased risk. A fund or Underlying Fund may also purchase put or call options in anticipation of market fluctuations which may adversely affect the value of its portfolio or the prices of securities that the fund or Underlying Fund wants to purchase at a later date. A fund or Underlying Fund may sell call and put options only if it takes certain steps to cover such options or segregates assets, in accordance with regulatory requirements, as described below.
A call option gives the holder (buyer) the right to buy and to obligate the writer (seller) to sell a security or financial instrument at a stated price (strike price) at any time until a designated future date when the option expires (expiration date). A put option gives the holder (buyer) the right to sell and to obligate the writer (seller) to purchase a security or financial instrument at a stated price at any time until the expiration date. A fund or Underlying Fund may write or purchase put or call options listed on national securities exchanges in standard contracts or may write or purchase put or call options with or directly from investment dealers meeting the creditworthiness criteria of the adviser or sub-adviser.
In the case of a call option on a security, the option is covered if a fund or Underlying Fund owns the security underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, cash or other assets determined to be liquid by the funds or Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the board, in such amount are segregated by its custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other securities held by the fund or Underlying Fund. For a call option on an index, the option is covered if a fund or Underlying Fund maintains with its custodian assets determined to be liquid by the adviser or sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the board, in an amount equal to the contract value of the index. A call option is also covered if a fund or Underlying Fund holds a call on the same security or index as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is: (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written; or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided the difference is maintained by the fund or Underlying Fund in segregated assets determined to be liquid by the adviser or sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the board. A put option on a security or an index is covered if a fund or Underlying Fund segregates assets determined to be liquid the adviser or sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the board equal to the exercise price. A put option is also covered if a fund or Underlying Fund holds a put on the same security
71
or index as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is: (i) equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written; or (ii) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided the difference is maintained by the fund or Underlying Fund in segregated assets determined to be liquid by the funds or Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the board.
Effecting a closing transaction in the case of a sold call option will permit a fund or Underlying Fund to sell another call option on the underlying security with either a different exercise price or expiration date or both, or in the case of a sold put option will permit the fund or Underlying Fund to sell another put option to the extent that the exercise price thereof is secured by liquid securities in a segregated account (or earmarked on its records). Such transactions permit a fund or Underlying Fund to generate additional premium income, which will partially offset declines in the value of portfolio securities or increases in the cost of securities to be acquired. Also, completing a closing transaction will permit the cash or proceeds from the concurrent sale of any subject to the option to be used for other investments of a fund or Underlying Fund, provided that another option on such security is not sold.
A fund or Underlying Fund will realize a profit from a closing transaction if the premium paid in connection with the closing of an option sold by the fund or Underlying Fund is less than the premium received from selling the option, or if the premium received in connection with the closing of an option by the fund or Underlying Fund is more than the premium paid for the original purchase. Conversely, a fund or Underlying Fund will suffer a loss if the premium paid or received in connection with a closing transaction is more or less, respectively, than the premium received or paid in establishing the option position. Because increases in the market price of a call option will generally reflect increases in the market price of the underlying security, any loss resulting from the repurchase of a call option previously sold by an Underlying Fund is likely to be offset in whole or in part by appreciation of the underlying security owned by the fund or Underlying Fund.
If an option written by a fund or Underlying Fund expires unexercised, the fund or Underlying Fund realizes a capital gain equal to the premium received at the time the option was written. If an option purchased by a fund or Underlying Fund expires unexercised, the fund or Underlying Fund realizes a capital loss equal to the premium paid. Prior to the earlier of exercise or expiration, an exchange traded option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same series (type, exchange, underlying security or index, exercise price, and expiration). There can be no assurance, however, that a closing purchase or sale transaction can be affected when a fund or Underlying Fund desires.
A fund or Underlying Fund may sell options in connection with buy-and-write transactions; that is, the fund or Underlying Fund may purchase a security and then sell a call option against that security. The exercise price of the call a fund or Underlying Fund determines to sell will depend upon the expected price movement of the underlying security. The exercise price of a call option may be below (in-the-money), equal to (at-the-money), or above (out-of-the-money) the current value of the underlying security at the time the option is sold. Buy-and-write transactions using in-the-money call options may be used when it is expected that the price of the underlying security will decline moderately during the option period. Buy-and-write transactions using out-of-the-money call options may be used when it is expected that the premiums received from selling the call option plus the appreciation in the market price of the underlying security, up to the exercise price, will be greater than the appreciation in the price of the underlying security alone. If the call options are exercised in such transactions, a funds or Underlying Funds maximum gain will be the premium received by it for selling the option, adjusted upwards or downwards by the difference between the funds or Underlying Funds purchase price of the security and
72
the exercise price, less related transaction costs. If the options are not exercised and the price of the underlying security declines, the amount of such decline will be offset in part, or entirely, by the premium received.
The selling of put options is similar in terms of risk/return characteristics to buy-and-write transactions. If the market price of the underlying security rises or otherwise is above the exercise price, the put option will expire worthless and a funds or Underlying Funds gain will be limited to the premium received. If the market price of the underlying security declines or otherwise is below the exercise price, a fund or Underlying Fund may elect to close the position or retain the option until it is exercised, at which time the fund or Underlying Fund will be required to take delivery of the security at the exercise price; the funds or Underlying Funds return will be the premium received from the put option minus the amount by which the market price of the security is below the exercise price, which could result in a loss. Out-of-the-money, at-the-money, and in-the-money put options may be used by a fund or Underlying Fund in the same market environments that call options are used in equivalent buy-and-write transactions.
By selling a call option, a fund or Underlying Fund limits its opportunity to profit from any increase in the market value of the underlying security, above the exercise price of the option. By selling a put option, a fund or Underlying Fund assumes the risk that it may be required to purchase the underlying security for an exercise price above its then current market value, resulting in a capital loss unless the security subsequently appreciates in value. The selling of options on securities will not be undertaken by a fund or Underlying Fund solely for hedging purposes, and could involve certain risks which are not present in the case of hedging transactions. Moreover, even where options are sold for hedging purposes, such transactions constitute only a partial hedge against declines in the value of portfolio securities or against increases in the value of securities to be acquired, up to the amount of the premium.
A fund or Underlying Fund may purchase options for hedging purposes or to increase its return. Put options may be purchased to hedge against a decline in the value of portfolio securities. If such decline occurs, the put options will permit a fund or Underlying Fund to sell the securities at the exercise price, or to close out the options at a profit. By using put options in this way, a fund or Underlying Fund will reduce any profit it might otherwise have realized in the underlying security by the amount of the premium paid for the put option and by transaction costs.
A fund or Underlying Fund may purchase call options to hedge against an increase in the price of securities that the fund or Underlying Fund anticipates purchasing in the future. If such increase occurs, the call option will permit a fund or Underlying Fund to purchase the securities at the exercise price, or to close out the options at a profit. The premium paid for the call option plus any transaction costs will reduce the benefit, if any, realized by a fund or Underlying Fund upon exercise of the option, and, unless the price of the underlying security rises sufficiently, the option may expire worthless to the fund or Underlying Fund.
In certain instances, a fund or Underlying Fund may enter into options on U.S. Treasury securities which provide for periodic adjustment of the strike price and may also provide for the periodic adjustment of the premium during the term of each such option. Like other types of options, these transactions, which may be referred to as reset options or adjustable strike options, grant the purchaser the right to purchase (in the case of a call), or sell (in the case of a put), a specified type and series of U.S. Treasury security at any time up to a stated expiration date (or, in certain instances, on such date). In contrast to other types of options, however, the price at which the underlying security may be purchased or sold under a reset option is determined at various intervals during the term of the option, and such price fluctuates from interval to interval based on changes in the market value of the underlying security. As a result, the strike price of a reset option, at the time of exercise, may be less advantageous to a fund or Underlying Fund than if the strike price had been fixed at the initiation of the option. In addition, the
73
premium paid for the purchase of the option may be determined at the termination, rather than the initiation, of the option. If the premium is paid at termination, a fund or Underlying Fund assumes the risk that: (i) the premium may be less than the premium which would otherwise have been received at the initiation of the option because of such factors as the volatility in yield of the underlying U.S. Treasury security over the term of the option and adjustments made to the strike price of the option; and (ii) the option purchaser may default on its obligation to pay the premium at the termination of the option.
A fund or Underlying Fund will not write call options on when issued securities. A fund or Underlying Fund purchases call options primarily as a temporary substitute for taking positions in certain securities or in the securities that comprise a relevant index. A fund or Underlying Fund may also purchase call options on an index to protect against increases in the price of securities underlying that index that the fund or Underlying Fund intends to purchase pending its ability to invest in such securities in an orderly manner.
So long as the obligation of the writer of a call option continues, the writer may be assigned an exercise notice by the broker dealer through which such option was settled, requiring the writer to deliver the underlying security against payment of the exercise price. This obligation terminates upon the expiration of the call option, by the exercise of the call option, or by entering into an offsetting transaction.
When writing a call option, in return for the premium, the writer gives up the opportunity to profit from the price increase in the underlying security above the exercise price, but conversely retains the risk of loss should the price of the security decline. If a call option expires unexercised, the writer will realize a gain in the amount of the premium; however, such a gain may be offset by a decline in the market value of the underlying security during the option period. If the call option is exercised, the writer would realize a gain or loss from the transaction depending on what it received from the call and what it paid for the underlying security.
An option on an index (or a particular security) is a contract that gives the purchaser of the option, in return for the premium paid, the right to receive from the writer of the option cash equal to the difference between the closing price of the index (or security) and the exercise price of the option, expressed in dollars, times a specified multiple (the multiplier).
A fund or Underlying Fund may write calls on and futures contracts provided that it enters into an appropriate offsetting position or that it designates liquid assets or high-quality debt instruments in an amount sufficient to cover the underlying obligation in accordance with regulatory requirements. The risk involved in writing call options on futures contracts or market indices is that a fund or Underlying Fund would not benefit from any increase in value above the exercise price. Usually, this risk can be eliminated by entering into an offsetting transaction. However, the cost to do an offsetting transaction and terminate a funds or Underlying Funds obligation might be more or less than the premium received when it originally wrote the option. Further, a fund or Underlying Fund might occasionally not be able to close the option because of insufficient activity in the options market.
In the case of a put option, as long as the obligation of the put writer continues, it may be assigned an exercise notice by the broker dealer through which such option was sold, requiring the writer to take delivery of the underlying security against payment of the exercise price. A writer has no control over when it may be required to purchase the underlying security, since it may be assigned an exercise notice at any time prior to the expiration date. This obligation terminates earlier if the writer effects a closing purchase transaction by purchasing a put of the same series as that previously sold.
If a put option is sold by a fund or Underlying Fund, the fund or Underlying Fund will designate liquid securities with a value equal to the exercise price, or else will hold an offsetting position in accordance
74
with regulatory requirements. In writing puts, there is the risk that the writer may be required to by the underlying security at a disadvantageous price. The premium the writer receives from writing a put option represents a profit, as long as the price of the underlying instrument remains above the exercise price. However, if the put is exercised, the writer is obligated during the option period to buy the underlying instrument from the buyer of the put at exercise price, even though the value of the investment may have fallen below the exercise price. If the put lapse unexercised, the writer realizes a gain in the amount of the premium. If the put is exercised, the writer may incur a loss, equal to the difference between the exercise price and the current market value of the underlying instrument.
The purchase of put options may be used to protect a funds or Underlying Funds holdings in an underlying security against a substantial decline in market value. Such protection, of course, only provided during the life of the put option when a fund or Underlying Fund, as the holder of the put option, is able to sell the underlying security at the put exercise price regardless of any decline in the underlying securitys market price. By using put options in this manner, a fund or Underlying Fund will reduce any profit it might otherwise have realized in its underlying security by the premium paid for the put option and by transaction costs. The purchase of put options also may be used by a fund or Underlying Fund when it does not hold the underlying security.
The premium received from writing a call or put option, or paid for purchasing a call or put option will reflect, among other things, the current market price of the underlying security, the relationship of the exercise price to such market price, the historical price volatility of the underlying security, the length of the option period, and the general interest rate environment. The premium received by a fund or Underlying Fund for writing call options will be recorded as a liability in the statement of assets and liabilities of that fund or Underlying Fund. This liability will be adjusted daily to the options current market value. The liability will be extinguished upon expiration of the option, by the exercise of the option, or by entering into an offsetting transaction. Similarly, the premium paid by a fund or Underlying Fund when purchasing a put option will be recorded as an asset in the statement of assets and liabilities of that Fund. This asset will be adjusted daily to the options current market value. The asset will be extinguished upon expiration of the option, by selling an identical option in a closing transaction, or by exercising the option.
Closing transactions will be effected in order to realize a profit on an outstanding call or put option, to prevent an underlying security from being called or put, or to permit the exchange or tender of the underlying security. Furthermore, effecting a closing transaction will permit a fund or Underlying Fund to write another call option, or purchase another call option, on the underlying security with either a different exercise price or expiration date or both. If a fund or Underlying Fund desires to sell a particular security from its portfolio on which it has written a call option, or purchased a put option, it will seek to effect a closing transaction prior to, or concurrently with, the date of the security. There is, of course, no assurance that a fund or Underlying Fund will be able to effect a closing transaction at a favorable price. If a fund or Underlying Fund cannot either enter into such a transaction, it may be required to hold a security that it might otherwise have sold, in which case it would continue to be at market risk on the security. A fund or Underlying Fund will pay brokerage commissions in connection with the sale or purchase of options to close out previously established option positions. These brokerage commissions are normally higher as a percentage of underlying asset values than those applicable to purchases and sales of portfolio securities.
The performance of indexed securities depends to a great extent on the performance of the security, currency, or other instrument to which they are indexed, and may also be influenced by interest rate changes in the United States and abroad. At the same time, indexed securities are subject to the credit
75
risks associated with the issuer of the security, and their values may decline substantially if the issuers creditworthiness deteriorates. Recent issuers of indexed securities have included banks, corporations and certain U.S. government agencies.
Risks Associated with Options
There are several risks associated with transactions in options. For example, there are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. A decision as to whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived transaction may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected events.
Options may be more volatile than the underlying instruments and, therefore, on a percentage basis, an investment in options may be subject to greater fluctuation than an investment in the underlying instruments themselves. There are also significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objective. In addition, a liquid secondary market for particular options may be absent for reasons which include the following: there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of option of underlying securities; unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; the facilities of an exchange or clearing corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options that had been issued by a clearing corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.
During the option period, the covered call writer has, in return for the premium on the option, given up the opportunity to profit from a price increase in the underlying security above the exercise price, but, as long as its obligation as a writer continues, has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline. The writer of an option has no control over the time when it may be required to fulfill its obligation as a writer of the option. Once an option writer has received an exercise notice, it cannot effect a closing purchase transaction in order to terminate its obligation under the option and must deliver the underlying security at the exercise price. If a put or call option purchased by a fund or Underlying Fund is not sold when it has remaining value, and if the market price of the underlying security remains equal to or greater than the exercise price (in the case of a put), or remains less than or equal to the exercise price (in the case of a call), the fund or Underlying Fund will lose its entire investment in the option. Also, where a put or call option on a particular security is purchased to hedge against price movements in a related security, the price of the put or call option may move more or less than the price of the related security.
In addition, foreign option exchanges do not afford to participants many of the protections available in U.S. option exchanges. For example, there may be no daily price fluctuation limits in such exchanges or markets, and adverse market movements could therefore continue to an unlimited extent over a period of time. Although the purchaser of an option cannot lose more than the amount of the premium plus related transaction costs, this entire amount could be lost. Moreover, a fund or Underlying Fund as an option writer could lose amounts substantially in excess of its initial investment, due to the margin and collateral requirements typically associated with such option writing. (See Exchange-Traded/OTC Options.)
76
There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when a fund or Underlying Fund seeks to close out an option position. If a fund or Underlying Fund were unable to close out an option that it had purchased on a security, it would have to exercise the option in order to realize any profit or the option may expire worthless. If a fund or Underlying Fund were unable to close out a covered call option that it had written on a security, it would not be able to sell the underlying security unless the option expired without exercise. As the writer of a covered call option, a fund or Underlying Fund forgoes, during the options life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security covering the call option above the sum of the premium and the exercise price of the call.
If trading were suspended in an option purchased by a fund or Underlying Fund, the fund or Underlying Fund would not be able to close out the option. If restrictions on exercise were imposed, a fund or Underlying Fund might be unable to exercise an option it has purchased. Except to the extent that a call option on an index written by a fund or Underlying Fund is covered by an option on the same index purchased by the fund or Underlying Fund, movements in the index may result in a loss to the fund or Underlying Fund; however, such losses may be mitigated by changes in the value of the funds or Underlying Funds securities during the period the option was outstanding.
Options on securities, futures contracts, and options on currencies may be traded on foreign exchanges. Such transactions may not be regulated as effectively as similar transactions in the United States; may not involve a clearing mechanism and related guarantees, and are subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading in, or the prices of, foreign securities. The value of such positions also could be adversely affected by: (i) other complex foreign political, legal, and economic factors; (ii) lesser availability than in the United States of data on which to make trading decisions; (iii) delays in a funds or Underlying Funds ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets during non-business hours in the United States; (iv) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the United States; and (v) lesser trading volume.
The purchase of options involves certain risks. If a put option purchased by a fund or Underlying Fund is not sold when it has remaining value, and if the market price of the underlying security remains equal to or greater than the exercise price, the fund or Underlying Fund will lose its entire investment in the option. Also, where a put option is purchased to hedge against price movements in a particular security, the price of the put option may move more or less than the price of the related security. There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when a fund or Underlying Fund seeks to close out an option position. Furthermore, if trading restrictions or suspensions are imposed on the options markets, a fund or Underlying Fund may be unable to close out a position. Positions in futures contracts and related options may be closed out only on an exchange that provides a secondary market for such contracts or options. A fund or Underlying Fund will enter into an option or futures position only if there appears to be a liquid secondary market. However, there can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular option or futures contract at any specific time. Thus, it may not be possible to close out a futures or related option position. In the case of a futures position, in the event of adverse price movements a fund or Underlying Fund would continue to be required to make daily margin payments. In this situation, if a fund or Underlying Fund has insufficient cash to meet daily margin requirements it may have to sell portfolio securities at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. In addition, a fund or Underlying Fund may be required to take or make delivery of the securities underlying the futures contracts it holds. The inability to close out futures positions also could have an adverse impact on a funds or Underlying Funds ability to hedge its portfolio effectively.
Covered Call Options:
In order to earn additional income on its portfolio securities or to protect partially against declines in the value of such securities, a fund or Underlying Fund may write covered call options. The exercise price of
77
a call option may be below, equal to, or above the current market value of the underlying security at the time the option is written. During the option period, a covered call option writer may be assigned an exercise notice by the broker-dealer through whom such call option was sold requiring the writer to deliver the underlying security against payment of the exercise price. This obligation is terminated upon the expiration of the option period or at such earlier time in which the writer effects a closing purchase transaction. Closing purchase transactions will ordinarily be effected to realize a profit on an outstanding call option, to prevent an underlying security from being called, to permit the sale of the underlying security, or to enable a fund or Underlying Fund to write another call option on the underlying security with either a different exercise price or expiration date or both.
In order to earn additional income or to facilitate its ability to purchase a security at a price lower than the current market price of such security, a fund or Underlying Fund may write secured put options. During the option period, the writer of a put option may be assigned an exercise notice by the broker-dealer through whom the option was sold requiring the writer to purchase the underlying security at the exercise price.
A fund or Underlying Fund may write a call or put option only if the option is covered or secured by the fund or Underlying Fund holding a position in the underlying securities. This means that so long as a fund or Underlying Fund is obligated as the writer of a call option, it will own the underlying securities subject to the option or hold a call with the same exercise price, the same exercise period, and on the same securities as the written call. Alternatively, a fund or Underlying Fund may maintain, in a segregated account with the Trusts custodian (or earmark on its records), cash and/or liquid securities with a value sufficient to meet its obligation as writer of the option. A put is secured if a fund or Underlying Fund maintains cash and/or liquid securities with a value equal to the exercise price in a segregated account, or holds a put on the same underlying security at an equal or greater exercise price. A fund or Underlying Fund may also cover its obligation by holding a put where the exercise price of the put is less than that of the written put provided the difference is segregated in the form of liquid securities. Prior to exercise or expiration, an option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same Fund.
Exchange-Traded/OTC Options:
A fund or an Underlying Fund may purchase and sell options that are traded on U.S. and foreign exchanges and options traded OTC with broker-dealers who make markets in these options. The ability to terminate OTC options is more limited than with exchange-traded options and may involve the risk that broker-dealers participating in such transactions will not fulfill their obligations. Transactions by a fund or an Underlying Fund in options will be subject to limitations established by each of the exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities on which such options are traded governing the maximum number of options in each class which may be written or purchased by a single investor or group of investors acting in concert regardless of whether the options are written or purchased on the same or different exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facility or are held in one or more accounts or through one or more brokers. Thus, the number of options which a fund or an Underlying Fund may write or purchase may be affected by options written or purchased by other investment advisory clients. An exchange, board of trade or other trading facility may order the liquidation of positions found to be in excess of these limits, and it may impose certain other sanctions. While a fund or an Underlying Fund seeks to enter into OTC options only with dealers who can enter into closing transactions with the fund or Underlying Fund, no assurance exists that the fund or Underlying Fund will at any time be able to liquidate an OTC option at a favorable price at any time prior to expiration. If a fund or an Underlying Fund, as a covered OTC/call option writer, cannot effect a closing purchase transaction, it will not be able to liquidate securities (or other assets) used as cover until the option expires or is exercised. In the event of insolvency of the other party, a fund or an Underlying Fund may be unable to liquidate an OTC option. With respect to options written by a fund or an Underlying Fund, the inability to enter into a closing
78
transaction may result in material losses to the fund or Underlying Fund. For example, because a fund or an Underlying Fund must maintain a secured position with respect to any call option on a security it writes, the fund or Underlying Fund may not sell the assets that it has segregated to secure the position while it is obligated under the option. This requirement may impair a funds or an Underlying Funds ability to sell fund securities at a time when such sale might be advantageous. For thinly traded derivative instruments, the only source of price quotations may be the selling dealer or counterparty.
Foreign Currency Options:
Options on foreign currencies may be purchased and sold for hedging purposes in a manner similar to that in which forward contracts will be utilized. For example, a decline in the dollar value of a foreign currency in which portfolio securities are denominated will reduce the dollar value of such securities, even if their value in the foreign currency remains constant. In order to protect against such diminution in the value of portfolio securities, a fund or Underlying Fund may purchase put options on the foreign currency. If the value of the currency does decline, a fund or Underlying Fund will have the right to sell such currency for a fixed amount in dollars and will thereby offset, in whole or in part, the adverse effect on its portfolio which otherwise would have resulted.
Conversely, where a rise in the dollar value of a currency in which securities to be acquired is denominated is projected, thereby increasing the cost of such securities, a fund or Underlying Fund may purchase call options thereon. The purchase of such options could offset, at least partially, the effects of the adverse movements in exchange rates. As in the case of other types of options, however, the benefit to a fund or Underlying Fund deriving from purchases of foreign currency options will be reduced by the amount of the premium and related transaction costs. In addition, where currency exchange rates do not move in the direction or to the extent anticipated, a fund or Underlying Fund could sustain losses on transactions in foreign currency options which would require it to forgo a portion or all of the benefits of advantageous changes in such rates.
A fund or Underlying Fund may sell options on foreign currencies for the same types of hedging purposes. For example, where a fund or Underlying Fund anticipates a decline in the dollar value of foreign-denominated securities due to adverse fluctuations in exchange rates it could, instead of purchasing a put option, sell a call option on the relevant currency. If the expected decline occurs, the option will most likely not be exercised, and the diminution in value of portfolio securities will be offset by the amount of the premium received.
As in the case of other types of options, however, the selling of an option on foreign currency will constitute only a partial hedge, up to the amount of the premium received, and a fund or Underlying Fund could be required to purchase or sell foreign currencies at disadvantageous exchange rates, thereby incurring losses. The purchase of an option on foreign currency may constitute an effective hedge against fluctuations in exchange rates although, in the event of rate movements adverse to a funds or Underlying Funds position, it may forfeit the entire amount of the premium plus related transaction costs. As in the case of forward contracts, certain options on foreign currencies are traded over the counter and involve risks which may not be present in the case of exchange-traded instruments.
Similarly, instead of purchasing a call option to hedge against an anticipated increase in the dollar cost of securities to be acquired, a fund or Underlying Fund could sell a put option on the relevant currency which, if rates move in the manner projected, will expire unexercised and allow the fund or Underlying Fund to hedge such increased cost up to the amount of the premium. Foreign currency options sold by a fund or Underlying Fund will generally be covered in a manner similar to the covering of other types of options. As in the case of other types of options, however, the selling of a foreign currency option will constitute only a partial hedge up to the amount of the premium, and only if rates move in the expected
79
direction. If this does not occur, the option may be exercised and a fund or Underlying Fund would be required to purchase or sell the underlying currency at a loss which may not be offset by the amount of the premium. Through the selling of options on foreign currencies, a fund or Underlying Fund also may be required to forgo all or a portion of the benefits, which might otherwise have been obtained from favorable movements in exchange rates. A fund or Underlying Fund may also use foreign currency options to increase exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one country to another.
Put and Call Options:
An option on a security (or index) is a contract that gives the holder of the option, in return for a premium, the right to buy from (in the case of a call) or sell to (in the case of a put) the writer of the option the security underlying the option (or the cash value of the index) at a specified exercise price at any time during the term of the option. The writer of an option on a security has the obligation upon exercise of the option to deliver the underlying security upon payment of the exercise price or to pay the exercise price upon delivery of the underlying security. Upon exercise, the writer of an option on an index is obligated to pay the difference between the cash value of the index and the exercise price multiplied by the specified multiplier for the index option. (An index is designed to reflect features of a particular financial or securities market, a specific group of financial instruments or securities, or certain economic indicators.)
A call option gives the holder (buyer) the right to buy and to obligate the writer (seller) to sell a security or financial instrument at a stated price (strike price) at any time until a designated future date when the option expires (expiration date). A put option gives the holder (buyer) the right to sell and to obligate the writer (seller) to purchase a security or financial instrument at a stated price at any time until the expiration date. A fund or Underlying Fund may write or purchase put or call options listed on national securities exchanges in standard contracts or may write or purchase put or call options with or directly from investment dealers meeting the creditworthiness criteria of the adviser or sub-adviser.
Put and call options are derivative securities traded on U.S. and foreign exchanges, including the AMEX, Chicago Board Options Exchange, Philadelphia Stock Exchange, Pacific Stock Exchange, and NYSE. A fund or Underlying Fund will engage in trading of such derivative securities exclusively for non-speculative hedging purposes.
A fund or Underlying Fund may, to the extent specified herein or in the Prospectuses, purchase and sell both put and call options on fixed-income or other securities or indices in standardized contracts traded on foreign or domestic securities exchanges, boards of trade, or similar entities, or quoted on NASDAQ or on an over-the-counter market, and agreements, sometimes called cash puts, which may accompany the purchase of a new issue of bonds from a dealer.
A fund or Underlying Fund will write call options and put options only if they are covered. In the case of a call option on a security, the option is covered if a fund or Underlying Fund owns the security underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, cash or other assets determined to be liquid by the adviser or sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the board, in such amount are segregated by its custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other securities held by the fund or Underlying Fund. For a call option on an index, the option is covered if a fund or Underlying Fund maintains with its custodian assets determined to be liquid by the adviser or sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the board, in an amount equal to the contract value of the index. A call option is also covered if a fund or Underlying Fund holds a call on the same security or index as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is: (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call
80
written; or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided the difference is maintained by the fund or Underlying Fund in segregated assets determined to be liquid by the adviser or sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the board. A put option on a security or an index is covered if a fund or Underlying Fund segregates assets determined to be liquid the adviser or sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the board equal to the exercise price. A put option is also covered if a fund or Underlying Fund holds a put on the same security or index as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is: (i) equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written; or (ii) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided the difference is maintained by the fund or Underlying Fund in segregated assets determined to be liquid by the adviser or sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the board.
If a put option is purchased, a fund or Underlying Fund acquires the right to sell the underlying security at a specified price at any time during the term of the option (for American-style options) or on the option expiration date (for European-style options). Purchasing put options may be used as a portfolio investment strategy when the adviser or the sub-adviser perceives significant short-term risk but substantial long-term appreciation for the underlying security. The put option acts as an insurance policy, as it protects against significant downward price movement while it allows full participation in any upward movement. If a fund or Underlying Fund holds a stock which the adviser or sub-adviser believes has strong fundamentals, but for some reason may be weak in the near term, the fund or Underlying Fund may purchase a put option on such security, thereby giving itself the right to sell such security at a certain strike price throughout the term of the option. Consequently, a fund or Underlying Fund will exercise the put only if the price of such security falls below the strike price of the put. The difference between the puts strike price and the market price of the underlying security on the date a fund or Underlying Fund exercises the put, less transaction costs, is the amount by which the fund or Underlying Fund hedges against a decline in the underlying security. If during the period of the option the market price for the underlying security remains at or above the puts strike price, the put will expire worthless, representing a loss of the price a fund or Underlying Fund paid for the put, plus transaction costs. If the price of the underlying security increases, the premium paid for the put option less any amount for which the put may be sold reduces the profit the fund or Underlying Fund realizes on the sale of the securities.
If a put option is sold by a fund or Underlying Fund, the fund or Underlying Fund will designate liquid securities with a value equal to the exercise price, or else will hold an offsetting position in accordance with regulatory requirements. In writing puts, there is the risk that the writer may be required to by the underlying security at a disadvantageous price. The premium the writer receives from writing a put option represents a profit, as long as the price of the underlying instrument remains above the exercise price. If the put is exercised, however, the writer is obligated during the option period to buy the underlying instrument from the buyer of the put at exercise price, even though the value of the investment may have fallen below the exercise price. If the put lapse unexercised, the writer realizes a gain in the amount of the premium. If the put is exercised, the writer may incur a loss, equal to the difference between the exercise price and the current market value of the underlying instrument.
If a call option is purchased, it acquires the right to purchase the underlying security at a specified price at any time during the term of the option. The purchase of a call option is a type of insurance policy to hedge against losses that could occur if a fund or Underlying Fund has a short position in the underlying security and the security thereafter increases in price. A fund or Underlying Fund will exercise a call option only if the price of the underlying security is above the strike price at the time of exercise. If during the option period the market price for the underlying security remains at or below the strike price of the call option, the option will expire worthless, representing a loss of the price paid for the option, plus transaction costs. If a fund or Underlying Fund purchases the call option to hedge a short position in the underlying security and the price of the underlying security thereafter falls, the premium paid for the call option less any amount for which such option may be sold reduces the profit the fund or Underlying Fund realizes on the cover of the short position in the security.
81
Prior to exercise or expiration, an option may be sold when it has remaining value by a purchaser through a closing sale transaction, which is accomplished by selling an option of the same series as the option previously purchased. A fund or Underlying Fund generally will purchase only those options for which the adviser or the sub-adviser believes there is an active secondary market to facilitate closing transactions.
If an option written by a fund or Underlying Fund expires unexercised, the fund or Underlying Fund realizes a capital gain equal to the premium received at the time the option was written. If an option purchased by a fund or Underlying Fund expires unexercised, the fund or Underlying Fund realizes a capital loss equal to the premium paid. Prior to the earlier of exercise or expiration, an exchange traded option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same series (type, exchange, underlying security or index, exercise price, and expiration). There can be no assurance, however, that a closing purchase or sale transaction can be effected when a fund or Underlying Fund desires.
A fund or Underlying Fund will not write call options on when issued securities. A fund or Underlying Fund may purchase call options primarily as a temporary substitute for taking positions in certain securities or in the securities that comprise a relevant index. A fund or Underlying Fund may also purchase call options on an index to protect against increases in the price of securities underlying that index that the fund or Underlying Fund intends to purchase pending its ability to invest in such securities in an orderly manner.
So long as the obligation of the writer of a call option continues, the writer may be assigned an exercise notice by the broker-dealer, through which such option was settled, requiring the writer to deliver the underlying security against payment of the exercise price. This obligation terminates upon the expiration of the call option, by the exercise of the call option, or by entering into an offsetting transaction.
A fund or Underlying Fund may write call options on futures contracts provided that it enters into an appropriate offsetting position or that it designates liquid assets or high-quality debt instruments in an amount sufficient to cover the underlying obligation in accordance with regulatory requirements. The risk involved in writing call options on futures contracts or market indices is that a fund or Underlying Fund would not benefit from any increase in value above the exercise price. Usually, this risk can be eliminated by entering into an offsetting transaction. However, the cost to do an offsetting transaction and terminate a funds or Underlying Funds obligation might be more or less than the premium received when it originally wrote the option. Further, a fund or Underlying Fund might occasionally not be able to close the option because of insufficient activity in the options market.
A fund or Underlying Fund may well sell put or call options it has previously purchased, which could result in a net gain or loss depending on whether the amount realized on the sale is more or less than the premium and other transaction costs paid on the put or call option which is sold. Prior to exercise or expiration, an option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same series. A fund or Underlying Fund will realize a capital gain from a closing purchase transaction if the cost of the closing option is less than the premium received from writing the option, or, if it is more, the fund or Underlying Fund will realize a capital loss. If the premium received from a closing sale transaction is more than the premium paid to purchase the option, a fund or Underlying Fund will realize a capital gain or, if it is less, the fund or Underlying Fund will realize a capital loss. The principal factors affecting the market value of a put or a call option include supply and demand, interest rates, current market price of the underlying security or index in relation to the exercise price of the option, volatility of the underlying security or index, and the time remaining until the expiration date.
82
The premium received from writing a call or put option, or paid for purchasing paid for purchasing a put or call option reflect, among other things, the current market price of the underlying security, the relationship of the exercise price to such market price, the historical price volatility of the underlying security, the length of the option period, and the general interest rate environment. The premium received by a fund or Underlying Fund for writing call options will be recorded as a liability in the statement of assets and liabilities of the fund or Underlying Fund. This liability will be adjusted daily to the options current market value. The liability will be extinguished upon expiration of the option, by the exercise of the option, or by entering into an offsetting transaction. Similarly, the premium paid by a fund or Underlying Fund when purchasing a put option will be recorded as an asset in the statement of assets and liabilities of that Fund. This asset will be adjusted daily to the options current market value. The asset will be extinguished upon expiration of the option, by selling an identical option in a closing transaction, or by exercising the option. The value of an option purchased or written is marked-to-market daily and is valued at the closing price on the exchange on which it is traded or, if not traded on an exchange or no closing price is available, at the mean between the last bid and asked prices.
Closing transactions will be effected in order to realize a profit on an outstanding call or put option, to prevent an underlying security from being called or put, or to permit the exchange or tender of the underlying security. Furthermore, effecting a closing transaction will permit a fund or Underlying Fund to write another call option, or purchase another call option, on the underlying security with either a different exercise price or expiration date or both. If a fund or Underlying Fund desires to sell a particular security from its portfolio on which it has written a call option, or purchased a put option, it will seek to effect a closing transaction prior to, or concurrently with, the date of the security. There is, of course, no assurance that a fund or Underlying Fund will be able to effect a closing transaction at a favorable price. If a fund or Underlying Fund cannot either enter into such a transaction, it may be required to hold a security that it might otherwise have sold, in which case it would continue to be at market risk on the security. A fund or Underlying Fund will pay brokerage commissions in connection with the sale or purchase of options to close out previously established option positions. These brokerage commissions are normally higher as a percentage of underlying asset values than those applicable to purchases and sales of portfolio securities.
A fund or Underlying Fund may write covered straddles consisting of a combination of a call and a put written on the same underlying security. A covered straddle consists of a call and a put written the same underlying futures contract. A straddle will be covered when sufficient assets are deposited to meet a funds or Underlying Funds immediate obligations. A fund or Underlying Fund may use the same liquid assets to cover both the call and put options where the exercise price of the call and put are the same, or the exercise price of the call is higher than that of the put. In such cases, a fund or Underlying Fund will also segregate liquid assets equivalent to the amount, if any, by which the put is in the money.
Stock Index Options:
Stock index options include put and call options with respect to the S&P 500 ® Index and other stock indices. These may be purchased as a hedge against changes in the values of securities or securities which it intends to purchase or sell, or to reduce risks inherent in the ongoing management of a fund or Underlying Fund.
A fund or Underlying Fund may purchase and sell call and put options on stock indices for the same purposes as it purchases or sells options on securities. Options on stock indices are similar to options on securities, except that the exercise of stock index options requires cash payments and does not involved the actual purchase or sale of securities.
83
A fund or Underlying Fund generally may sell options on stock indices for the purpose of increasing gross income and to protect the fund or Underlying Fund against declines in the value of securities they own or increases in the value of securities to be acquired, although the fund or Underlying Fund may also purchase put or call options on stock indices in order, respectively, to hedge its investments against a decline in value or to attempt to reduce the risk of missing a market or industry segment advance. A funds or Underlying Funds possible loss in either case will be limited to the premium paid for the option, plus related transaction costs. The index underlying a stock index option may be a broad-based index, such as the S&P 500 ® Index or the New York Stock Exchange Composite Index, the changes in value of which ordinarily will reflect movements in the stock market in general. In contrast, certain options may be based on narrower market indices, such as the Standard & Poors 100 Index, or on indices of securities of particular industry groups, such as those of oil and gas or technology companies. A stock index assigns relative values to the stocks included in the index and the index fluctuates with changes in the market values of the stocks so included. The composition of the index is changed periodically.
In contrast to an option on a security, an option on a stock index provides the holder with the right but not the obligation to make or receive a cash settlement upon exercise of the option, rather than the right to purchase or sell a security. The amount of this settlement is equal to: (i) the amount, if any, by which the fixed exercise price of the option exceeds (in the case of a call) or is below (in the case of a put) the closing value of the underlying index on the date of exercise, multiplied; by (ii) a fixed index multiplier.
A fund or Underlying Fund may sell call options on stock indices if it owns securities whose price changes, in the opinion of the adviser or sub-adviser, are expected to be similar to those of the underlying index, or if it has an absolute and immediate right to acquire such securities without additional cash consideration (or for additional cash consideration held in a segregated account by its custodian or earmarked on its records) upon conversion or exchange of other securities in its portfolio. When a fund or Underlying Fund covers a call option on a stock index it has sold by holding securities, such securities may not match the composition of the index and, in that event, the fund or Underlying Fund will not be fully covered and could be subject to risk of loss in the event of adverse changes in the value of the index. A fund or Underlying Fund may also sell call options on stock indices if it holds a call on the same index and in the same principal amount as the call sold when the exercise price of the call held: (i) is equal to or less than the exercise price of the call sold; or (ii) is greater than the exercise price of the call sold if the difference is maintained by the fund or Underlying Fund in liquid securities in a segregated account with its custodian (or earmarked on its records). A fund or Underlying Fund may sell put options on stock indices if it maintains liquid securities with a value equal to the exercise price in a segregated account with its custodian (or earmarked on its records), or by holding a put on the same stock index and in the same principal amount as the put sold when the exercise price of the put is equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put sold if the difference is maintained by the fund or Underlying Fund in liquid securities in a segregated account with its custodian (or earmarked on its records). Put and call options on stock indices may also be covered in such other manner as may be in accordance with the rules of the exchange on which, or the counterparty with which, the option is traded and applicable laws and regulations.
A fund or Underlying Fund will receive a premium from selling a put or call option, which increases the funds or Underlying Funds gross income in the event the option expires unexercised or is closed out at a profit. If the value of an index on which a fund or Underlying Fund has sold a call option falls or remains the same, the fund or Underlying Fund will realize a profit in the form of the premium received (less transaction costs) that could offset all or a portion of any decline in the value of the securities it owns. If the value of the index rises, however, a fund or Underlying Fund will realize a loss in its call option position, which will reduce the benefit of any unrealized appreciation in the funds or Underlying Funds stock investments. By selling a put option, a fund or Underlying Fund assumes the risk of a decline in the
84
index. To the extent that the price changes of securities owned by a fund or Underlying Fund correlate with changes in the value of the index, selling covered put options on indices will increase the funds or Underlying Funds losses in the event of a market decline, although such losses will be offset in part by the premium received for selling the option.
A fund or Underlying Fund may also purchase put options on stock indices to hedge its investments against a decline in value. By purchasing a put option on a stock index, a fund or Underlying Fund will seek to offset a decline in the value of securities it owns through appreciation of the put option. If the value of a funds or Underlying Funds investments does not decline as anticipated, or if the value of the option does not increase, the funds or Underlying Funds loss will be limited to the premium paid for the option plus related transaction costs. The success of this strategy will largely depend on the accuracy of the correlation between the changes in value of the index and the changes in value of a funds or Underlying Funds security holdings.
The purchase of call options on stock indices may be used by a fund or Underlying Fund to attempt to reduce the risk of missing a broad market advance, or an advance in an industry or market segment at a time when the fund or Underlying Fund holds un-invested cash or short-term debt securities awaiting investment. When purchasing call options for this purpose, a fund or Underlying Fund will also bear the risk of losing all or a portion of the premium paid if the value of the index does not rise. The purchase of call options on stock indices when a fund or Underlying Fund is substantially fully invested is a form of leverage, up to the amount of the premium and related transaction costs, and involves risks of loss and of increased volatility similar to those involved in purchasing calls on securities the fund or Underlying Fund owns.
The distinctive characteristics of options on stock indices create certain risks not found in stock options generally. Because the value of an index option depends upon movements in the level of the index rather than the price of a particular stock, whether a fund or Underlying Fund will realize a gain or loss on the purchase or sale of an option on an index depends upon movements in the level of stock prices in the stock market generally rather than movements in the price of a particular stock. Accordingly, successful use by a fund or Underlying Fund of options on a stock index depends on the advisers or sub-advisers ability to predict correctly movements in the direction of the stock market generally. This requires different skills and techniques than predicting changes in the price of individual stocks.
Index prices may be distorted if circumstances disrupt trading of certain stocks included in the index, such as if trading were halted in a substantial number of stocks included in the index. If this happens, a fund or Underlying Fund could not be able to close out options, which it had purchased, and if restrictions on exercise were imposed, the fund or Underlying Fund might be unable to exercise an option it holds, which could result in substantial losses to the fund or Underlying Fund. A fund or Underlying Fund purchases put or call options only with respect to an index which the adviser or sub-adviser believes includes a sufficient number of stocks to minimize the likelihood of a trading halt in the index.
Index- and Commodity-Linked Notes and Currency- and Equity-Linked Debt Securities
Index-linked or commodity-linked notes are debt securities of companies that call for interest payments and/or payment at maturity in different terms than the typical note where the borrower agrees to make fixed interest payments and to pay a fixed sum at maturity. Principal and/or interest payments on an index-linked note depend on the performance of one or more market indices, such as the S&P 500 ® Index or a weighted index of commodity futures such as crude oil, gasoline, and natural gas. Currency-linked debt securities are short-term or intermediate-term instruments having a value at maturity, and/or an interest rate, determined by reference to one or more foreign currencies. Payment of principal or periodic interest may be calculated as a multiple of the movement of one currency against another currency, or
85
against an index. At maturity, the principal amount of an equity-linked debt security is exchanged for common stock of the issuer or is payable in an amount based on the issuers common stock price at the time of maturity.
Index- and commodity-linked notes and currency- and equity-linked securities are derivative instruments, which may entail substantial risks. Such instruments may be subject to significant price volatility. The company issuing the instrument may fail to pay the amount due on maturity. The underlying investment or security may not perform as expected by the adviser or sub-adviser. Markets, underlying securities, and indices may move in a direction that was not anticipated by the adviser or sub-adviser. Performance of the derivatives may be influenced by interest rate and other market changes in the United States and abroad. Certain derivative instruments may be illiquid. (See Illiquid Securities herein.)
Straddles
A straddle is a combination of a put and a call option on the same underlying security and is used for hedging purposes to adjust the risk and return characteristics of a funds or Underlying Funds overall position. A possible combined position would involve writing a covered call option at one strike price and buying a call option at a lower price in order to reduce the risk of the written covered call option in the event of a substantial price increase. Because combined options positions involve multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close out.
A straddle is covered when sufficient assets are deposited to meet a funds or Underlying Funds immediate obligations. A fund or Underlying Fund may use the same liquid assets or high quality debt instruments to cover both the call and put options when the exercise price of the call and put are the same, or the exercise price of the call is higher than that of the put. In such cases, a fund or Underlying Fund will segregate liquid assets or high quality debt instruments equivalent to the amount, if any, by which the put is in the money.
By entering into a straddle, a fund or Underlying Fund undertakes a simultaneous obligation to sell and purchase the same security in the event that one of the options is exercised. If the price of the security subsequently rises sufficiently above the exercise price to cover the amount of the premium and transaction costs, the call will likely be exercised and a fund or Underlying Fund will be required to sell the underlying security at a below market price. However, this loss may be offset, in whole or in part, by the premiums received on the writing of the call options. Conversely, if the price of the security declines by a sufficient amount, the put will likely be exercised. Straddles will likely be effective only where the price of the security remains stable and neither the call nor the put is exercised. In those instances where one of the options is exercised, the loss on the purchase or sale of the underlying security may exceed the amount of the premiums received.
Structured Notes
Structured notes are derivative debt securities, the interest rate or principal of which is determined by an unrelated indicator. Indexed securities include structured notes as well as securities other than debt securities, the interest rate or principal of which is determined by an unrelated indicator. Indexed securities may include a multiplier that multiplies the indexed element by a specified factor and, therefore, the value of such securities may be very volatile. However, to the extent a fund or Underlying Fund invests in these securities, the adviser or sub-adviser analyzes these securities in its overall assessment of the effective duration of the funds or Underlying Funds portfolio in an effort to monitor the funds or Underlying Funds interest rate risk.
86
Swap Transactions and Options on Swap Transactions
Swap transactions include, but are not limited to, swap agreements on interest rates, security or commodity indices, specific securities and commodities, and credit and event-linked swaps. Forms of swap agreements include: (i) interest rate caps under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates exceed a specified rate, or cap; (ii) interest rate floors under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates fall below a specified rate, or floor; and (iii) interest rate collars under which a party sells a cap and purchases a floor, or vice versa, in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels. In an interest rate cap, the cap buyer purchases protection for a floating rate move above the strike. In an interest rate floor, the floor buyer purchases protection for a floating rate move below the strike. The strikes are typically based on the three month LIBOR (although other indices are available) and are measured quarterly. Rights arising pursuant to both caps and floors are exercised automatically if the strike is in the money. Caps and floors eliminate the risk that the buyer fails to exercise an in-the-money option.
To the extent a fund or Underlying Fund may invest in foreign currency denominated securities, it may also invest in currency exchange rate swap agreements. A fund or Underlying Fund may also enter into options on swap agreements (swap options). A swap option is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation), in return for payment of a premium, to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel, or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement at some designated future time on specified terms. A fund or Underlying Fund that may engage in swaps may write (sell) and purchase put and call swap options.
A fund or Underlying Fund may enter into swap transactions for any legal purpose consistent with its investment objective and policies, such as: (i) for the purpose of attempting to obtain or preserve a particular return or spread at a lower cost than obtaining a return or spread through purchases and/or sales of instruments in other markets; (ii) to protect against currency fluctuations; (iii) as a duration management technique; (iv) to protect against any increase in the price of securities a fund or Underlying Fund anticipates purchasing at a later date; or (v) to gain exposure to certain markets in the most economical way possible.
In a standard swap transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return or some other amount) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments, which may be adjusted for an interest factor. The gross returns to be exchanged or swapped between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a notional amount ( i.e. , the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate and in a particular foreign currency, or a basket of securities or commodities representing a particular index).
Bilateral swap agreements are two-party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors. Cleared swaps are transacted through futures commission merchants that are members of central clearinghouses with the clearinghouse serving as central counterparty similar to transactions in futures contracts. Funds post initial and variation margin to support their obligations under cleared swaps by making payments to their clearing member futures commission merchants.
Certain standardized swaps are subject to mandatory central clearing. Central clearing is expected to reduce counterparty credit risk and increase liquidity, but central clearing does not make swap transactions risk free. Centralized clearing will be required for additional categories of swaps on a phased-in basis based on the CFTC approval of contracts for central clearing.
87
Consistent with a funds or Underlying Funds investment objective and general investment policies, a fund or Underlying Fund may invest in commodity swap agreements. For example, an investment in a commodity swap agreement may involve the exchange of floating rate interest payments for the total return on a commodity index. In a total return commodity swap, a fund or Underlying Fund will receive the price appreciation of a commodity index, a portion of the index, or a single commodity in exchange for paying an agreed upon fee. If the commodity swap is for one period, a fund or Underlying Fund may pay a fixed fee established at the outset of the swap. However, if the term of the commodity swap is more than one period, with interim swap payments, a fund or Underlying Fund may pay an adjustable or floating fee. With a floating rate, the fee may be pegged to a base rate, such as the LIBOR, and is adjusted each period. Therefore, if interest rates increase over the term of the swap contract, a fund or Underlying Fund may be required to pay a higher fee at each swap reset date.
A fund or Underlying Fund will enter into swap transactions with appropriate counterparties pursuant to master netting agreements. A master netting agreement provides that all swaps done between a fund or Underlying Fund and that counterparty under that master agreement shall be regarded as parts of an integral agreement. If on any date amounts are payable in the same currency in respect to one or more swap transactions, the net amount payable on that date in that currency shall be paid. In addition, the master netting agreement may provide that if one party defaults generally, or on one swap, the counterparty may terminate the swaps with that party. Under such agreements, if there is a default resulting in a loss to one party, the measure of that partys damages is calculated by reference to the average cost of a replacement swap with respect to each swap ( i.e. , the marked-to-market value at the time of the termination of each swap). The gains and losses on all swaps are then netted and the result is the counterpartys gain or loss on termination. The termination of all swaps and the netting of gains and losses on termination are generally referred to as aggregation.
Most swap agreements entered into by a fund or Underlying Fund would calculate the obligations of the parties to the agreement on a net basis. Consequently, a funds or Underlying Funds current obligations (or rights) under a swap agreement will generally be equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the net amount). A funds or Underlying Funds current obligations under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owed to the fund or Underlying Fund) and any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty will be covered by the segregation of assets determined to be liquid by the adviser or sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the board, to avoid any potential leveraging of the funds or Underlying Funds portfolio. Obligations under swap agreements so covered will not be construed to be senior securities for purposes of a funds or Underlying Funds investment restriction concerning senior securities. A fund or Underlying Fund will not enter into a swap agreement with any single party if the net amount owed or to be received under existing contracts with that party would exceed 5% of the funds or Underlying Funds total assets.
For purposes of applying a funds or Underlying Funds investment policies and restrictions (as stated in the Prospectuses and this SAI) swap agreements are generally valued by the fund or Underlying Fund at market value. However, the case of a credit default swap sold by a fund or Underlying Fund ( i.e ., where the fund or Underlying Fund is selling credit default protection), the fund or Underlying Fund will generally value the swap at its notional amount. The manner in which certain securities or other instruments are valued by a fund or Underlying Fund for purposes of applying investment policies and restrictions may differ from the manner in which those investments are valued by other types of investors.
Risks Associated with Swaps
The risks associated with OTC swaps are similar to those described herein with respect to OTC options. In connection with such transactions, a fund or Underlying Fund relies on the other party to the
88
transaction to perform its obligations pursuant to the underlying agreement. If there were a default by the other party to the transaction, a fund or Underlying Fund would have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreement, but could incur delays in obtaining the expected benefit of the transaction or loss of such benefit. In the event of insolvency of the other party, a fund or Underlying Fund might be unable to obtain its expected benefit. In addition, while a fund or Underlying Fund will seek to enter into such transactions only with parties which are capable of entering into closing transactions with the fund or Underlying Fund, there can be no assurance that the fund or Underlying Fund will be able to close out such a transaction with the other party, or obtain an offsetting position with any other party at any time prior to the end of the term of the underlying agreement. This may impair a funds or Underlying Funds ability to enter into other transactions at a time when doing so might be advantageous.
A fund or Underlying Fund will not enter into any of these derivative transactions unless the unsecured senior debt or the claims paying ability of the other party to the transaction is rated at least high quality at the time of purchase by at least one of the established rating agencies. The swap market has grown substantially in recent years, with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and as agents utilizing standard swap documentation, and the adviser or sub-adviser has determined that the swap market has become relatively liquid. Swap transactions do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets or principal and the risk of loss with respect to such transactions is limited to the net amount of payments that a fund or Underlying Fund is contractually obligated to make or receive. Caps and floors are more recent innovations for which standardized documentation has not yet been developed; accordingly, they are less liquid than swaps. Caps and floors purchased by a fund or Underlying Fund are considered to be illiquid assets.
The use of swaps is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio transactions. Whether a funds or Underlying Funds use of swap agreements or swap options will be successful in furthering its investment objective of total return will depend on the advisers or sub-advisers ability to predict correctly whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater returns than other investments. Because they are two party contracts and because they may have terms of greater than seven days, OTC swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid. Moreover, a fund or Underlying Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under an OTC swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty. A fund or Underlying Fund will enter into swap agreements only with counterparties that meet certain standards of creditworthiness (generally, such counterparties would have to be eligible counterparties under the terms of the funds or Underlying Funds repurchase agreement guidelines). Certain restrictions imposed on a fund or Underlying Fund by the Code, the CFTCs regulations, and the funds regulatory status may limit the funds or Underlying Funds ability to use swap agreements.
It is possible that developments in the swaps market, including potential additional government regulation, could adversely affect a funds or Underlying Funds ability to terminate existing swap agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.
Depending on the terms of the particular option agreement, a fund or Underlying Fund will generally incur a greater degree of risk when it writes a swap option than it will incur when it purchases a swap option. When a fund or Underlying Fund purchases a swap option, it risks losing only the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire unexercised. However, when a fund or Underlying Fund writes a swap option, upon exercise of the option the fund or Underlying Fund will become obligated according to the terms of the underlying agreement.
Depending on a funds or Underlying Funds size and other factors, the margin required under the rules of the clearinghouse and by the clearing member for a cleared swap may be in excess of the collateral
89
required to be posted by the fund or Underlying Fund to support its obligations under a similar uncleared swap. However, regulators are expected to adopt rules imposing certain margin requirements, including minimums, on uncleared swaps in the near future, which could reduce this distinction. Regulators are also in the process of developing rules that would require trading and execution of most liquid swaps on trading facilities. Moving trading to an exchange-type system may increase market transparency and liquidity but may require a fund or an Underlying Fund to incur increased expenses to access the same types of swaps. Rules adopted in 2012 also require centralized reporting of detailed information about many types of cleared and uncleared swaps. Reporting of swap data may result in greater market transparency, but may subject a fund or Underlying Fund to additional administrative burdens and the safeguards established to protect trader anonymity may not function as expected.
Regulators may impose limits on an entitys or group of entities holdings in certain swaps.
Credit Default Swaps
A fund or Underlying Fund may enter into credit default swap agreements. The buyer in a credit default contract is obligated to pay the seller a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default on an underlying reference obligation has occurred. If an event of default occurs, the seller must pay the buyer the full notional value, or par value, of the reference obligation in exchange for the reference obligation. A fund or Underlying Fund may be either the buyer or seller in a credit default swap transaction. If a fund or Underlying Fund is a buyer and no event of default occurs, the fund or Underlying Fund will lose its investment and recover nothing. However, if an event of default occurs, a fund or Underlying Fund (if the buyer) will receive the full notional value of the reference obligation that may have little or no value. As a seller, a fund or Underlying Fund receives a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the contract, which typically is between six months and three years, provided that there is no default event. In accordance with procedures established by the Board, if a fund or Underlying Fund is the buyer in a credit default swap transaction no assets will be segregated but if the fund or Underlying Fund is the seller in a credit default swap transaction assets will be segregated in an amount equal to the full notional value of the transaction. Credit default swap transactions involve greater risks than if a fund or Underlying Fund had invested in the reference obligation directly.
A fund or Underlying Fund may also purchase credit default swap contracts in order to hedge against the risk of default of debt securities held in its portfolio, in which case a fund or Underlying Fund would function as the counterparty referenced in the preceding paragraph. This would involve the risk that the investment may expire worthless and would only generate income in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation (as opposed to a credit downgrade or other indication of financial instability). It would also involve credit risk that the seller may fail to satisfy its payment obligations to a fund or Underlying Fund in the event of a default.
A fund or Underlying Fund expects to enter into these transactions primarily to preserve a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio, to protect against currency fluctuations, as a duration management technique or to protect against any increase in the price of securities a fund or Underlying Fund anticipates purchasing at a later date.
Cross-Currency Swaps
A cross-currency swap is a contract between two counterparties to exchange interest and principal payments in different currencies. A cross-currency swap normally has an exchange of principal at maturity (the final exchange); an exchange of principal at the start of the swap (the initial exchange) is optional. An initial exchange of notional principal amounts at the spot exchange rate serves the same function as a spot transaction in the foreign exchange market (for an immediate exchange of foreign
90
exchange risk). An exchange at maturity of notional principal amounts at the spot exchange rate serves the same function as a forward transaction in the foreign exchange market (for a future transfer of foreign exchange risk). The currency swap market convention is to use the spot rate rather than the forward rate for the exchange at maturity. The economic difference is realized through the coupon exchanges over the life of the swap. In contrast to single currency interest rate swaps, cross-currency swaps involve both interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk.
Interest Rate Swaps
An interest rate swap is a contract between two entities (counterparties) to exchange interest payments of the same currency between the parties. In the most common interest rate swap structure, one counterparty agrees to make floating rate payments to the other counterparty, which in turn makes fixed rate payments to the first counterparty. Interest payments are determined by applying the respective interest rates to an agreed upon amount, referred to as the notional principal amount. In most such transactions, the floating rate payments are tied to the LIBOR, which is the offered rate for short-term Eurodollar deposits between major international banks. As there is no exchange of principal amounts, an interest rate swap is not an investment or a borrowing.
An interest rate swap involves an agreement between a fund or Underlying Fund and another party to exchange payments calculated as if they were interest on a specified (notional) principal amount ( e.g ., an exchange of floating rate payments by one party for fixed rate payments by the other). An interest rate cap or floor entitles the purchaser, in exchange for a premium, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the seller of the cap or floor, to the extent that a specified reference rate exceeds or falls below a predetermined level. A fund or Underlying Fund usually enters into such transactions on a net basis, with the fund or Underlying Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payment streams. The net amount of the excess, if any, of a funds or Underlying Funds obligations over its entitlements with respect to each swap is accrued on a daily basis, and an amount of cash or high-quality liquid securities having an aggregate NAV at least equal to the accrued excess is maintained in a segregated account by the funds or Underlying Funds custodian. If a fund or Underlying Fund enters into a swap on other than a net basis, or sells caps or floors, the fund or Underlying Fund maintains a segregated account in the full amount accrued on a daily basis of the funds or Underlying Funds obligations with respect to the transaction. Such segregated accounts are maintained in accordance with applicable regulations of the SEC.
Securities Swaps
Securities swaps are a technique primarily used to indirectly participate in the securities market of a country from which a fund or Underlying Fund would otherwise be precluded for lack of an established securities custody and safekeeping system. A fund or Underlying Fund deposits an amount of cash with its custodian (or the broker, if legally permitted) in an amount equal to the selling price of the underlying security. Thereafter, a fund or Underlying Fund pays or receives cash from the broker equal to the change in the value of the underlying security.
Swap Options
A swap option is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation) to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel, or otherwise change an existing swap agreement at some designated future time on specified terms.
91
Total Return Swaps
A total return swap is a contract in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party based on the change in market value of the assets underlying the contract, which may include a specified security, basket of securities, or securities indices during the specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate or the total return from other underlying assets. Total return swap agreements may be used to obtain exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or investing directly in such market. Total return swap agreements may effectively add leverage to a funds or Underlying Funds portfolio because, in addition to its total net assets, the fund or Underlying Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap. Total return swap agreements are subject to the risk that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations to a fund or Underlying Fund, and conversely, that the fund or Underlying Fund will not be able to meet its obligation to the counterparty.
Synthetic Convertible Securities
Synthetic convertible securities are derivative positions composed of two or more different securities whose investment characteristics, taken together, resemble those of convertible securities. For example, a fund or Underlying Fund may purchase a nonconvertible debt security and a warrant or option, which enables the fund or Underlying Fund to have a convertible-like position with respect to a company, group of companies, or stock index. Synthetic convertible securities are typically offered by financial institutions and investment banks in private placement transactions. Upon conversion, a fund or Underlying Fund generally receives an amount in cash equal to the difference between the conversion price and the then-current value of the underlying security. Unlike a true convertible security, a synthetic convertible security is comprised of two or more separate securities, each with its own market value. Therefore, the market value of a synthetic convertible is the sum of the values of its fixed-income component and its convertible component. For this reason, the values of a synthetic convertible and a true convertible security may respond differently to market fluctuations. A fund or Underlying Fund may only invest in synthetic convertibles with respect to companies whose corporate debt securities are rated A or higher by a NRSRO.
Warrants
Warrants are, in effect, longer-term call options. They give the holder a right to purchase a predetermined number of shares of a particular company at specified prices within a certain period of time. The purchaser of a warrant expects that the market price of the security will exceed the purchase price of the warrant plus the exercise price of the warrant, thus giving him a profit. Of course, since the market price may never exceed the exercise price before the expiration date of the warrant, the purchaser of the warrant risks the loss of the entire purchase price of the warrant. Warrants generally trade in the open market and may be sold rather than exercised. Warrants are sometimes sold in unit form with other qualification as a regulated investment company. The result of a hedging program cannot be foreseen and may cause a fund or Underlying Fund to suffer losses that it would not otherwise sustain. Unlike convertible debt securities or preferred stocks, warrants do not pay a fixed dividend.
Risks Associated with Investing in Warrants
Investments in warrants involve certain risks, including the possible lack of a liquid market for resale of the warrants, potential price fluctuations as a result of speculation or other factors, and failure of the price of the underlying security to reach or have reasonable prospects of reaching a level at which the warrant can be prudently exercised (in which event the warrant may expire without being exercised, resulting in a loss of a funds or Underlying Funds entire investment therein). Such investments can provide a greater
92
potential for profit or loss than an equivalent investment in the underlying security. Prices of warrants do not necessarily move in tandem with the prices of the underlying securities and are speculative investments. They pay no dividends and confer no rights other than a purchase option. If a warrant is not exercised by the date of its expiration, a fund or Underlying Fund will lose its entire investment in such warrant.
Warrants are pure speculation in that they have no voting rights, pay no dividends and have no rights with respect to the assets of the corporation issuing them. They do not represent ownership of the securities, but only the right to buy them. Warrants differ from call options in that warrants are issued by the issuer of the security which may be purchased on their exercise, whereas call options may be written or issued by anyone.
Foreign Currency Warrants
Foreign currency warrants such as Currency Exchange Warrants SM are warrants that entitle the holder to receive from their issuer an amount of cash (generally, for warrants issued in the United States, in U.S. dollars) which is calculated pursuant to a predetermined formula and based on the exchange rate between a specified foreign currency and the U.S. dollar as of the exercise date of the warrant. Foreign currency warrants generally are exercisable upon their issuance and expire as of a specified date and time. Foreign currency warrants have been issued in connection with U.S. dollar-denominated debt offerings by major corporate issuers in an attempt to reduce the foreign currency exchange risk which, from the point of view of prospective purchasers of the securities, is inherent in the international fixed-income marketplace. Foreign currency warrants may attempt to reduce the foreign exchange risk assumed by purchasers of a security by, for example, providing for a supplemental payment in the event that the U.S. dollar depreciates against the value of a major foreign currency such as the Japanese yen or the euro. The formula used to determine the amount payable upon exercise of a foreign currency warrant may make the warrant worthless unless the applicable foreign currency exchange rate moves in a particular direction ( e.g ., unless the U.S. dollar appreciates or depreciates against the particular foreign currency to which the warrant is linked or indexed).
Foreign currency warrants are severable from the debt obligations with which they may be offered, and may be listed on exchanges. Foreign currency warrants may be exercisable only in certain minimum amounts, and an investor wishing to exercise warrants who possesses less than the minimum number required for exercise may be required either to sell the warrants or to purchase additional warrants, thereby incurring additional transaction costs. In the case of any exercise of warrants, there may be a time delay between the time a holder of warrants gives instructions to exercise and the time the exchange rate relating to exercise is determined, during which time the exchange rate could change significantly, thereby affecting both the market and cash settlement values of the warrants being exercised. The expiration date of the warrants may be accelerated if the warrants should be delisted from an exchange or if their trading should be suspended permanently, which would result in the loss of any remaining time value of the warrants ( i.e ., the difference between the current market value and the exercise value of the warrants) and, in the case the warrants were out-of-the-money, in a total loss of the purchase price of the warrants. Warrants are generally unsecured obligations of their issuers and are not standardized foreign currency options issued by the OCC. Unlike foreign currency options issued by the OCC, the terms of foreign exchange warrants generally will not be amended in the event of governmental or regulatory actions affecting exchange rates, or in the event of the imposition of other regulatory controls affecting the international currency markets. The IPO price of foreign currency warrants is generally considerably in excess of the price that a commercial user of foreign currencies might pay in the interbank market for a comparable option involving significantly larger amounts of foreign currencies. Foreign currency warrants are subject to significant foreign exchange risk, including risks arising from complex political or economic factors.
93
Index Warrants
Put and call index warrants are instruments whose values vary depending on the change in the value of one or more specified securities indices (Index Warrants). Index Warrants are generally issued by banks or other financial institutions and give the holder the right, at any time during the term of the warrant, to receive upon exercise of the warrant, a cash payment from the issuer based on the value of the underlying index at the time of exercise. In general, if the value of the underlying index rises above the exercise price of the Index Warrant, the holder of a call warrant will be entitled to receive a cash payment from the issuer upon exercise based on the difference between the value of the index and the exercise price of the warrant; if the value of the underlying index falls, the holder of a put warrant will be entitled to receive a cash payment from the issuer upon exercise based on the difference between the exercise price of the warrant and the value of the index. The holder of a warrant would not be entitled to any payments from the issuer at any time when, in the case of a call warrant, the exercise price is greater than the value of the underlying index or, in the case of a put warrant, the exercise price is less than the value of the underlying index. If a fund or Underlying Fund were not to exercise an Index Warrant prior to its expiration, then the fund or Underlying Fund would lose the amount of the purchase price paid by it for the warrant. Certain funds will normally use Index Warrants in a manner similar to their use of options on securities indices. The risks of using Index Warrants are generally similar to those relating to the use of index options. However, unlike most index options, Index Warrants are issued in limited amounts and are not obligations of a regulated clearing agency, but are backed only by the credit of the bank or other institution that issues the warrant. Also, Index Warrants generally have longer terms than index options. Index Warrants are not likely to be as liquid as certain index options backed by a recognized clearing agency. In addition, the terms of Index Warrants may limit a funds or Underlying Funds ability to exercise the warrants at such time, or in such quantities, as the fund or Underlying Fund would otherwise wish to do.
INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES
Borrowing
If a fund or Underlying Fund borrows money, its share price may be subject to greater fluctuation until the borrowing is paid off. If a fund or Underlying Fund makes additional investments while borrowings are outstanding, this may be considered a form of leverage. Under the 1940 Act, a fund or Underlying Fund is required to maintain continuous asset coverage of 300% with respect to such borrowings and to sell (within three days) sufficient portfolio holdings to restore such coverage if it should decline to less than 300% due to market fluctuations or otherwise, even if such liquidations of the funds or Underlying Funds holdings may be disadvantageous from an investment standpoint.
Leveraging by means of borrowing may exaggerate the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of portfolio securities or a funds or Underlying Funds NAV, and money borrowed will be subject to interest and other costs (which may include commitment fees and/or the cost of maintaining minimum average balances) which may or may not exceed the income received from the securities purchased with borrowed funds. Borrowing may be done for any purpose permitted by the 1940 Act or as permitted by a funds or Underlying Funds investment policies and restrictions.
Reverse repurchase agreements are considered a form of borrowing. Securities purchased on a when issued or delayed delivery basis will not be subject to a funds or Underlying Funds borrowing limitations to the extent that the fund or Underlying Fund establishes and maintains liquid assets in a
94
segregated account with the funds or Underlying Funds custodian (or earmark liquid assets on its records) equal to the funds or Underlying Funds obligations under the when issued or delayed delivery arrangement.
Currency Management
A funds or Underlying Funds flexibility to participate in higher yielding debt markets outside of the United States may allow the fund or Underlying Fund to achieve higher yields than those generally obtained by domestic money market funds and short-term bond investments. However, when a fund or Underlying Fund invests significantly in securities denominated in foreign currencies, movements in foreign currency exchange rates versus the U.S. dollar are likely to impact the funds or Underlying Funds share price stability relative to domestic short-term income funds. Fluctuations in foreign currencies can have a positive or negative impact on returns. Normally, to the extent that a fund or Underlying Fund is invested in foreign securities, a weakening in the U.S. dollar relative to the foreign currencies underlying the funds or Underlying Funds investments should help increase the NAV of the fund or Underlying Fund. Conversely, a strengthening in the U.S. dollar versus the foreign currencies in which a funds or Underlying Funds securities are denominated will generally lower the NAV of the fund or Underlying Fund. A funds or Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser attempts to minimize exchange rate risk through active portfolio management, including hedging currency exposure through the use of futures, options, and forward currency transactions, and attempting to identify bond markets with strong or stable currencies. There can be no assurance that such hedging will be successful and such transactions, if unsuccessful, could result in additional losses or expenses to a fund or Underlying Fund.
Forward Commitment Transactions
A fund or Underlying Fund may purchase securities on a forward commitment basis if the fund or Underlying Fund holds, and maintains until the settlement date in a segregated account, cash and/or liquid securities in an amount sufficient to meet the purchase price, or if the fund or Underlying Fund enters into offsetting contracts for the forward sale of other securities it owns. Purchasing securities on a forward commitment basis involves a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines prior to the settlement date, which risk is in addition to the risk of decline in value of a funds or Underlying Funds other assets. A fund or Underlying Fund may realize short-term profits or losses upon such sales.
Portfolio Hedging
Hedging against changes in financial markets, currency rates and interest rates may be utilized. One form of hedging is with derivatives. Derivatives (as described herein) are instruments whose value is linked to, or derived from, another instrument, like an index or a commodity. Hedging transactions involve certain risks. There can be no assurances that a fund or Underlying Fund will be employing a hedging transaction at any given time, or that any hedging transaction actually used will be successful. Although a fund or Underlying Fund may benefit from hedging, unanticipated changes in interest rates or securities prices may result in greater losses for the fund or Underlying Fund than if it did not hedge. If a fund or Underlying Fund does not correctly predict a hedge, it may lose money. In addition, a fund or Underlying Fund pays commissions and other costs in connection with hedging transactions.
Risks Associated With Hedging Transactions
Hedging transactions have special risks associated with them, including possible default by the counterparty to the transaction, illiquidity and, to the extent the advisers or sub-advisers view as to certain market movements is incorrect, the risk that the use of a hedging transaction could result in losses greater than if it had not been used. Use of call options could result in losses to a fund or Underlying
95
Fund, force the sale or purchase of portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices lower than current market values, or cause the fund or Underlying Fund to hold a security it might otherwise sell. Currency hedging involves some of the same risks and considerations as other transactions with similar instruments. Currency transactions can result in losses to a fund or Underlying Fund if the currency being hedged fluctuates in value to a degree or in a direction that is not anticipated. Further, the risk exists that the perceived linkage between various currencies may not be present or may not be present during the particular time that a fund or Underlying Fund is engaging in portfolio hedging. Currency transactions are also subject to risks different from those of other portfolio transactions. Because currency control is of great importance to the issuing governments and influences economic planning and policy, purchases, and sales of currency and related instruments can be adversely affected by government exchange controls, limitations or restrictions on repatriation of currency, and manipulations or exchange restrictions imposed by governments. These forms of governmental actions can result in losses to a fund or Underlying Fund if it is unable to deliver or receive currency or monies in settlement of obligations and could also cause hedges it has entered into to be rendered useless, resulting in full currency exposure as well as incurring transaction costs.
In addition, a fund or Underlying Fund pays commissions and other costs in connection with such investments. Losses resulting from the use of hedging transactions will reduce a funds or Underlying Funds NAV, and possibly income, and the losses can be greater than if hedging transactions had not been used.
Risks of Hedging Transactions Outside of the United States
When conducted outside the United States, hedging transactions may not be regulated as rigorously as in the United States, may not involve a clearing mechanism and related guarantees, and will be subject to the risk of government actions affecting trading in, or the price of, foreign securities, currencies, and other instruments. The value of positions taken as part of non-U.S. hedging transactions also could be adversely affected by: (i) other complex foreign political, legal and economic factors; (ii) lesser availability of data on which to make trading decisions than in the United States; (iii) delays in a funds or Underlying Funds ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets during non-business hours in the United States; (iv) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures, and margin requirements than in the United States; and (v) lower trading volume and liquidity.
One form of hedging that may be utilized by a fund or Underlying Fund is to make contracts to purchase securities for a fixed price at a future date beyond customary settlement time (forward commitments) because new issues of securities are typically offered to investors, such as a fund or Underlying Fund, on that basis. Forward commitments involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines prior to the settlement date. This risk is in addition to the risk of decline in the value of a funds or Underlying Funds other assets. Although a fund or Underlying Fund will enter into such contracts with the intention of acquiring securities, the fund or Underlying Fund may dispose of a commitment prior to settlement if the adviser or sub-adviser deems it appropriate to do so. A fund or Underlying Fund may realize short-term profits or losses upon the sale of forward commitments.
A funds or Underlying Funds options, futures, and swap transactions will generally be entered into for hedging purposes; to protect against possible changes in the market values of securities held in or to be purchased for the funds or Underlying Funds portfolio resulting from securities markets, currency or interest rate fluctuations. In addition, a funds or Underlying Funds derivative investments may also be used for non-hedging purposes; to protect the funds or Underlying Funds unrealized gains in the values of its portfolio securities, to facilitate the sale of such securities for investment purposes, to manage the effective maturity or duration of the funds or Underlying Funds portfolio, or to establish a position in the derivatives markets as a temporary substitute for purchase or sale of particular securities.
96
Repurchase Agreements
A fund or Underlying Fund may enter into repurchase agreements with sellers that are member firms (or subsidiaries thereof) of the NYSE, members of the Federal Reserve System, recognized primary U.S. government securities dealers, or institutions which the adviser or sub-adviser has determined to be of comparable creditworthiness. Repurchase agreements may be considered to be loans by a fund or Underlying Fund for purposes of the 1940 Act.
Each repurchase agreement must be collateralized fully, in accordance with the provisions of Rule 5b-3 under the 1940 Act, at all times. Pursuant to such repurchase agreements, a fund or Underlying Fund acquires securities from financial institutions such as brokers, dealers, and banks, subject to the sellers agreement to repurchase and the funds or Underlying Funds agreement to resell such securities at a mutually agreed upon date and price. The term of such an agreement is generally quite short, possibly overnight or for a few days, although it may extend over a number of months (up to one year) from the date of delivery. The repurchase price may be higher than the purchase price, the difference being income to a fund or Underlying Fund, or the purchase and repurchase prices may be the same, with interest at a standard rate due to the fund or Underlying Fund security. In either case, the income to a fund or Underlying Fund is unrelated to the interest rate on U.S. government securities.
The securities underlying a repurchase agreement will be marked-to-market every business day so that the value of the collateral is at least equal to the value of the loan, including the accrued interest thereon, and the adviser or sub-adviser will monitor the value of the collateral. Securities subject to repurchase agreements will be held by the custodian or in the Federal Reserve/Treasury Book-Entry System, or an equivalent foreign system. If the seller defaults on its repurchase obligation, a fund or Underlying Fund holding the repurchase agreement will suffer a loss to the extent that the proceeds from a sale of the underlying securities is less than the repurchase price under the agreement. Bankruptcy or insolvency of such a defaulting seller may cause a funds or Underlying Funds rights with respect to such securities to be delayed or limited. To mitigate this risk, a fund or Underlying Fund may only enter into repurchase agreements that qualify for an exclusion from any automatic stay of creditors rights against the counterparty under applicable insolvency law in the event of the counterpartys insolvency.
The repurchase agreement provides that in the event the seller fails to pay the price agreed upon on the agreed upon delivery date or upon demand, as the case may be, a fund or Underlying Fund will have the right to liquidate the securities. If, at the time a fund or Underlying Fund is contractually entitled to exercise its right to liquidate the securities the seller is subject to a proceeding under the bankruptcy laws or its assets are otherwise subject to a stay order, the funds or Underlying Funds exercise of its right to liquidate the securities may be delayed and result in certain losses and costs to the fund or Underlying Fund. A fund or Underlying Fund has adopted and follows procedures which are intended to minimize the risks of repurchase agreements. For example, a fund or Underlying Fund only enters into repurchase agreements after its adviser or sub-adviser has determined that the seller is creditworthy, and the adviser or sub-adviser monitors the sellers creditworthiness on an ongoing basis. Moreover, under such agreements, the value, including accrued interest, of the securities (which are marked-to-market every business day) is required to be greater than the repurchase price, and the fund or Underlying Fund has the right to make margin calls at any time if the value of the securities falls below the agreed upon margin.
A fund or Underlying Fund may not enter into a repurchase agreement having more than seven days remaining to maturity if, as a result, such agreements together with any other securities that are not readily marketable, would exceed the funds or Underlying Funds limitation on investing in illiquid securities. If the seller should become bankrupt or default on its obligations to repurchase the securities, a fund or Underlying Fund may experience delay or difficulties in exercising its rights to the securities held as collateral and might incur a loss if the value of the securities should decline. A fund or Underlying Fund may also incur disposition costs in connection with liquidating the securities.
97
Restricted Securities, Illiquid Securities, and Liquidity Requirements
Generally, a security is considered illiquid if it cannot be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven calendar days at approximately the value ascribed to it by a fund or Underlying Fund. A fund or Underlying Fund may invest in restricted securities governed by Rule 144A under the 1933 Act (Rule 144A) and other restricted securities. In adopting Rule 144A, the SEC specifically stated that restricted securities traded under Rule 144A may be treated as liquid for purposes of investment limitations if the Board (or a funds or Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser acting subject to the Boards supervision) determines that the securities are in fact liquid. The Board has delegated its responsibility to fund management to determine the liquidity of each restricted security purchased pursuant to Rule 144A, subject to the Boards oversight and review. Examples of factors that will be taken into account in evaluating the liquidity of a Rule 144A security, both with respect to the initial purchase and on an ongoing basis, will include, among others: (i) the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; (ii) the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the security and the number of other potential purchasers; (iii) dealer undertakings to make a market in the security; and (iv) the nature of the security and the nature of the marketplace trades ( e.g ., the time needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers, and the mechanics of transfer).
A securitys illiquidity might prevent the sale of such a security at a time when the adviser or sub-adviser might wish to sell, and these securities could have the effect of decreasing the overall level of a funds or Underlying Funds liquidity. Further, the lack of an established secondary market may make it more difficult to value illiquid securities, requiring a fund or Underlying Fund to rely on judgments that may be somewhat subjective in determining value, which could vary from the amount that the fund or Underlying Fund could realize upon disposition. If institutional trading in restricted securities were to decline to limited levels, the liquidity of a fund or Underlying Fund could be adversely affected. A fund or Underlying Fund treats any securities subject to restrictions on repatriation for more than seven days, and securities issued in connection with foreign debt conversion programs that are restricted as to remittance of invested capital or profit, as illiquid. Illiquid securities do not include securities that are restricted from trading on formal markets for some period of time but for which an active informal market exists, or securities that meet the requirements of Rule 144A under the 1933 Act and that, subject to the review by the Board and guidelines adopted by the Board, the adviser or sub-adviser has determined to be liquid.
When registration is required before the securities may be resold, a considerable period of time may elapse between a funds or Underlying Funds decision to dispose of these securities and the time when the fund or Underlying Fund is able to dispose of them, during which time the value of the securities could decline. The expenses of registering restricted securities (excluding securities that may be resold by pursuant to Rule 144A may be negotiated at the time such securities are purchased by a fund or Underlying Fund. A fund or Underlying Fund may also acquire securities through private placements. Such securities may have contractual restrictions on their resale, which might prevent their resale by a fund or Underlying Fund at a time when such resale would be desirable. Securities that are not readily marketable will be valued by a fund or Underlying Fund in good faith pursuant to procedures adopted by the Board.
Restricted securities, including private placements, are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale. They can be eligible for purchase without SEC registration by certain institutional investors known as qualified institutional buyers, and under a funds or Underlying Funds procedures, restricted securities could be treated as liquid. However, some restricted securities may be illiquid and restricted securities that are treated as liquid could be less liquid than registered securities traded on established secondary markets.
98
Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Dollar Roll Transactions
A fund or Underlying Fund may borrow money by entering into transactions called reverse repurchase agreements. Under these arrangements, a fund or Underlying Fund will sell portfolio securities to dealers in U.S. government securities or members of the Federal Reserve System held by the fund or Underlying Fund with an agreement that the fund or Underlying Fund will repurchase the securities on an agreed date, price, and interest payment.
This process involves the lending of specific securities to pre-approved counterparties, broker-dealers, and the receipt of cash in return for a set period of time, generally for a term of thirty to sixty days. By convention, 102% worth of securities is placed as collateral with the counterparty; however, this may vary depending on the type of collateral employed. More volatile securities may require higher collateral. A fund or Underlying Fund may employ reverse repurchase agreements when necessary to meet unanticipated net redemptions so as to avoid liquidating other fund investments during unfavorable market conditions or when dollar roll transactions become uneconomic. Reverse repurchase agreements alleviate the need to liquidate the short-term assets associated with the proceeds of dollar roll transactions. The liquidation of carefully tailored short-term securities component of a fund or Underlying Fund is not cost-effective for shareholders; moreover, the reconstruction of that short-term component at a later date is also not cost-effective. At the time it enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, a fund or Underlying Fund may place in a segregated custodial account cash and/or liquid assets having a dollar value equal to the repurchase price.
Reverse repurchase agreements are considered to be borrowings under the 1940 Act. Reverse repurchase agreements, together with other permitted borrowings, may constitute up to a percentage of a funds or Underlying Funds total assets as outlined in the funds or Underlying Funds Prospectuses. Under the 1940 Act, a fund or Underlying Fund is required to maintain continuous asset coverage of 300% with respect to borrowings and to sell (within three days) sufficient holdings to restore such coverage if it should decline to less than 300% due to market fluctuations or otherwise, even if such liquidations of the holdings may be disadvantageous from an investment standpoint. However, a fund or Underlying Fund may segregate its assets to cover the commitment under a reverse repurchase agreement, dollar roll transaction, or any other transactions that may give rise to senior security, as defined by the 1940 Act; as a result, the fund or Underlying Fund will not be subject to the 300% asset coverage requirement. Leveraging by means of borrowing may exaggerate the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of a funds or Underlying Funds securities or the funds or Underlying Funds NAV, and money borrowed will be subject to interest and other costs (which may include commitment fees and/or the cost of maintaining minimum average balances) which may or may not exceed the income received from the securities purchased with borrowed funds.
In order to enhance returns and manage prepayment risks a fund or Underlying Fund may engage in dollar roll transactions with respect to mortgage securities issued by GNMA, FHLMC, and FNMA. In a dollar roll transaction, a fund or Underlying Fund sells a mortgage security held by the fund or Underlying Fund to a financial institution such as a bank or broker-dealer, and simultaneously agrees to repurchase a substantially similar security (same type, coupon, and maturity) from the institution at a later date at an agreed upon price. The mortgage securities that are repurchased will bear the same interest rate as those sold, but generally will be collateralized by different pools of mortgages with different prepayment histories. During the period between the sale and repurchase, a fund or Underlying Fund will not be entitled to receive interest and principal payments on the securities sold. Proceeds of the sale will be invested in short-term instruments and the income from these investments, together with any additional fee income received on the sale, could generate income for a fund or Underlying Fund exceeding the yield on the sold security. When a fund or Underlying Fund enters into a dollar roll transaction, cash and/or
99
liquid assets of the fund or Underlying Fund, in a dollar amount sufficient to make payment for the obligations to be repurchased, are segregated with its custodian at the trade date. These securities are marked daily and are maintained until the transaction is settled.
A dollar roll can be viewed, like a reverse repurchase agreement, as a collateralized borrowing in which a fund or Underlying Fund pledges a mortgage-backed security to a dealer to obtain cash. Unlike in the case of reverse repurchase agreements, the dealer with which a fund or Underlying Fund enters into a dollar roll transaction is not obligated to return the same securities as those originally sold by the fund or Underlying Fund, but only securities which are substantially identical. To be considered substantially identical, the securities returned to a fund or Underlying Fund generally must: (i) be collateralized by the same types of underlying mortgages; (ii) be issued by the same agency and be part of the same program; (iii) have a similar original stated maturity; (iv) have identical net coupon rates; (v) have similar market yields (and therefore price); and (vi) satisfy good delivery requirements, meaning that the aggregate principal amounts of the securities delivered and received back must be within 2.5% of the initial amount delivered.
Because dollar roll transactions may be for terms ranging between one and six months, dollar roll transactions may be deemed illiquid and be subject to a funds or Underlying Funds overall limitations on investments in illiquid securities.
Risks of Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Dollar Roll Transactions
Reverse repurchase agreements involve the possible risk that the value of portfolio securities a fund or Underlying Fund relinquishes may decline below the price the fund or Underlying Fund must pay when the transaction closes. Borrowings may magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested resulting in an increase in the speculative character of a funds or Underlying Funds outstanding shares.
Whether a reverse repurchase agreement or dollar roll transaction produces a gain for a fund or Underlying Fund depends upon the costs of the agreements ( e.g. , a function of the difference between the amount received upon the sale of its securities and the amount to be spent upon the purchase of the same or substantially the same security) and the income and gains of the securities purchased with the proceeds received from the sale of the mortgage security. If the income and gains on the securities purchased with the proceeds of the agreements exceed the costs of the agreements, then a funds or Underlying Funds NAV will increase faster than otherwise would be the case; conversely, if the income and gains on such securities purchased fail to exceed the costs of the structure, the funds or Underlying Funds NAV will decline faster than otherwise would be the case. Reverse repurchase agreements and dollar roll transactions, as leveraging techniques, may increase a funds or Underlying Funds yield in the manner described above; however, such transactions also increase the funds or Underlying Funds risk to capital and may result in a shareholders loss of principal.
Securities Lending
A fund or Underlying Fund may lend its portfolio securities to financial institutions such as broker-dealers, banks, or other recognized domestic institutional borrowers of securities provided that the value of the loaned securities do not exceed the percentage set forth in the funds or Underlying Funds Prospectuses. No lending may be made with any companies affiliated with the adviser.
These loans earn income for a fund or Underlying Fund and are collateralized by cash, securities, or letters of credit. A fund or Underlying Fund might experience a loss if the financial institution defaults on the loan. A fund or Underlying Fund will seek to mitigate this risk through contracted indemnification upon default.
100
Any portfolio securities purchased with cash collateral would also be subject to possible depreciation. A fund or Underlying Fund that loans portfolio securities would continue to accrue interest on the securities loaned and would also earn income on the loans. A fund or Underlying Fund will not have the right to vote any securities having voting rights during the existence of the loan, but a fund or Underlying Fund may call the loan in anticipation of an important vote to be taken by the holders of the securities or the giving or withholding of their consent on a material matter affecting the investment. Any cash collateral received by a fund or Underlying Fund would be invested in high quality, short-term money market instruments. A fund or Underlying Fund currently intends to limit the lending of its portfolio securities so that, at any given time, securities loaned by the fund or Underlying Fund represent not more than one-third of the value of its total assets.
The borrower, at all times during the loan, must maintain with a fund or Underlying Fund cash or cash equivalent collateral, or provide to the fund or Underlying Fund an irrevocable letter of credit equal in value to at least 102% of the value of the domestic securities loaned and 105% of the value of the foreign securities loaned on a daily basis.
Although voting rights of the loaned securities may pass to the borrower, if a material event affecting the investment in the loaned securities is to occur, a fund or Underlying Fund must terminate the loan and vote the securities. Alternatively, a fund or Underlying Fund may enter into an arrangement that ensures that it can vote the proxy even when the borrower continues to hold the securities.
During the time securities are on loan, the borrower pays a fund or Underlying Fund any interest paid on such securities, and the fund or Underlying Fund may invest the cash collateral and earn additional income, or it may receive an agreed-upon amount of interest income from the borrower who has delivered equivalent collateral or a letter of credit. Loans are subject to termination at the option of a fund or Underlying Fund or the borrower at any time. A fund or Underlying Fund may pay reasonable administrative and custodial fees in connection with a loan and may pay a negotiated portion of the income earned on the cash to the borrower or placing broker. As with other extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery or even loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower fail financially.
There is the risk that when lending securities, the securities may not be available to a fund or Underlying Fund on a timely basis and the fund or Underlying Fund may, therefore, lose the opportunity to sell the securities at a desirable price. Engaging in securities lending could have a leveraging effect, which may intensify the market risk, credit risk, and other risks. When a fund or Underlying Fund lends its securities, it is responsible for investing the cash collateral it receives from the borrower of the securities. A fund or Underlying Fund could incur losses in connection with the investment of such collateral.
Segregated Accounts
When a fund or Underlying Fund enters into certain transactions that involve obligations to make future payments to third parties, including the purchase of securities on a when issued or delayed delivery basis, or reverse repurchase agreements, it will maintain with an approved custodian in a segregated account (or earmark on its records) cash or liquid securities, marked to market daily, in an amount at least equal to the funds or Underlying Funds obligation or commitment under such transactions. Segregated accounts also may be required in connection with certain transactions involving derivative instruments such as options or futures.
101
Short Sales
A fund or Underlying Fund may make short sales of securities as part of its overall portfolio management strategies involving the use of derivative instruments and to offset potential declines in long positions in similar securities.
In the view of the SEC, a short sale involves the creation of a senior security as such term is defined in the 1940 Act, unless the sale is against the box and the securities sold short are placed in a segregated account (not with the broker), or unless a funds or Underlying Funds obligation to deliver the securities sold short is covered by placing in a segregated account (not with the broker) cash, U.S. government securities, or other liquid debt or equity securities in an amount equal to the difference between the market value of the securities sold short at the time of the short sale and any such collateral required to be deposited with a broker in connection with the sale (not including the proceeds from the short sale), which difference is adjusted daily for changes in the value of the securities sold short. The total value of the cash, U.S. government securities, or other liquid debt or equity securities deposited with the broker and otherwise segregated, may not, at any time, be less than the market value of the securities sold short at the time of the short sale.
A fund or Underlying Fund will engage in short selling to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act and rules and interpretations thereunder. The extent to which a fund or Underlying Fund may enter into short sales transactions may be limited by the Code requirements for qualification of the fund or Underlying Fund as a RIC. (See Tax Considerations.)
A short sale is a transaction in which a fund or Underlying Fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation that the market value of the security will decline. To complete the sale, a fund or Underlying Fund must borrow the security sold short and deliver it to the broker-dealer through which it made the short sale as collateral for its obligation to deliver the security upon conclusion of the sale. A fund or Underlying Fund must replace the security borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at the time of replacement. A fund or Underlying Fund may have to pay a fee to borrow particular securities and is often obligated to pay over any accrued interest and dividends on such borrowed securities. A fund or Underlying Fund is said to have a short position in the security sold until it delivers it to the broker. The period during which a fund or Underlying Fund has a short position can range from one day to more than a year. Until a fund or Underlying Fund replaces the security, the proceeds of the short sale are retained by the broker, and the fund or Underlying Fund must pay to the broker a negotiated portion of any dividends or interest which accrues during the period of the loan. If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time a fund or Underlying Fund replaces the borrowed security, the fund or Underlying Fund will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, the fund or Underlying Fund will realize a capital gain. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss increased, by the transaction costs described above. The successful use of short selling may be adversely affected by imperfect correlation between movements in the price of the security sold short and the securities being hedged.
To the extent that a fund or Underlying Fund engages in short sales, it will provide collateral to the broker-dealer and (except in the case of short sales against the box) will maintain additional asset coverage in the form of segregated assets determined to be liquid in accordance with procedures established by the board. This percentage may be varied by action of the Board. To meet current margin requirements, a fund or Underlying Fund must deposit with the broker additional cash or securities so that it maintains with the broker a total deposit equal to 150% of the current market value of the securities sold short (100% of the current market value if a security is held in the account that is convertible or exchangeable into the security sold short within 90 days) without restriction other than the payment of money.
102
Short sales by a fund or Underlying Fund create opportunities to increase the funds or Underlying Funds return but, at the same time, involve specific risk considerations and may be considered a speculative technique. Since a fund or Underlying Fund in effect profits from a decline in the price of the securities sold short without the need to invest the full purchase price of the securities on the date of the short sale, the funds or Underlying Funds NAV per share tends to increase more when the securities it has sold short decrease in value, and to decrease more when the securities it has sold short increase in value than would otherwise be the case if it had not engaged in such short sales. The amount of any gain will be decreased, and the amount of any loss increased, by the amount of any premium, dividends, or interest a fund or Underlying Fund may be required to pay in connection with the short sale. Short sales theoretically involve unlimited loss potential, as the market price of securities sold short may continually increase, although a fund or Underlying Fund may mitigate such losses by replacing the securities sold short before the market price has increased significantly. Under adverse market conditions a fund or Underlying Fund might have difficulty purchasing securities to meet its short sale delivery obligations and might have to sell portfolio securities to raise the capital necessary to meet its short sale obligations at a time when fundamental investment considerations would not favor such sales.
Short Sales Against the Box
A short sale against the box is a short sale where, at the time of the short sale, a fund or Underlying Fund owns or has the immediate and unconditional right, at no added cost, to obtain the identical security. If a fund or Underlying Fund makes a short sale against the box, the fund or Underlying Fund would not immediately deliver the securities sold and would not receive the proceeds from the sale. The seller is said to have a short position in the securities sold until it delivers the securities sold, at which time it receives the proceeds of the sale. To secure its obligation to deliver securities sold short, a fund or Underlying Fund will deposit in escrow in a separate account with the custodian an equal amount of the securities sold short or securities convertible into or exchangeable for such securities. A fund or Underlying Fund can close out its short position by purchasing and delivering an equal amount of the securities sold short, rather than by delivering securities already held by the fund or Underlying Fund because the fund or Underlying Fund might want to continue to receive interest and dividend payments on securities in its portfolio that are convertible into the securities sold short.
A funds or Underlying Funds decision to make a short sale against the box may be a technique to hedge against market risks when the adviser or sub-adviser believes that the price of a security may decline, causing a decline in the value of a security owned by the fund or Underlying Fund or a security convertible into or exchangeable for such security. In such case, any future losses in a funds or Underlying Funds long position would be reduced by a gain in the short position. The extent to which such gains or losses in the long position are reduced will depend upon the amount of securities sold short relative to the amount of the securities a fund or Underlying Fund owns, either directly or indirectly and, in the case where the fund or Underlying Fund owns convertible securities, changes in the investment values or conversion premiums of such securities.
Short sales against the box are not subject to the percentage limitations on short sales described in the Prospectuses.
To Be Announced (TBA) Sale Commitments
TBA sale commitments are sale commitments wherein the unit price and the estimated principal amount are established upon entering into the contract, with the actual principal amount being within a specified range of the estimate. A fund or Underlying Fund will enter into TBA sale commitments to hedge its positions or to sell mortgage-backed securities it owns under delayed delivery arrangements. Proceeds of
103
TBA sale commitments are not received until the contractual settlement date. During the time a TBA sale commitment is outstanding, a fund or Underlying Fund will maintain, in a segregated account, cash or marketable securities in an amount sufficient to meet the purchase price. Unsettled TBA sale commitments are valued at current market value of the underlying securities. If the TBA sale commitment is closed through the acquisition of an offsetting purchase commitment, a fund or Underlying Fund realizes a gain or loss on the commitment without regard to any unrealized gain or loss on the underlying security. If a fund or Underlying Fund delivers securities under the commitment, the fund or Underlying Fund realizes a gain or loss from the sale of the securities based upon the unit price established at the date the commitment was entered into.
When Issued Securities and Delayed Delivery Transactions
In order to secure prices or yields deemed advantageous at the time a fund or Underlying Fund may purchase or sell securities on a when issued or a delayed delivery basis generally 15 to 45 days after the commitment is made. A fund or Underlying Fund will enter into a when issued transaction for the purpose of acquiring securities and not for the purpose of leverage. In such transactions, delivery of the securities occurs beyond the normal settlement periods, but no payment or delivery is made by, and no interest accrues to, a fund or Underlying Fund prior to the actual delivery or payment by the other party to the transaction. Due to fluctuations in the value of securities purchased on a when issued or a delayed delivery basis, the yields obtained on such securities may be higher or lower than the yields available in the market on the dates when the investments are actually delivered to the buyers. Similarly, the sale of securities for delayed delivery can involve the risk that the prices available in the market when delivery is made may actually be higher than those obtained in the transaction itself.
When a fund or Underlying Fund commits to purchase a security on a when issued or delayed delivery basis, it will set up procedures consistent with the applicable interpretations of the SEC concerning such purchases. Since that policy currently recommends that an amount of a funds or Underlying Funds assets equal to the amount of the purchase be held aside or segregated to be used to pay for the commitment, the fund or Underlying Fund will always have cash, short-term money market instruments, or other liquid securities sufficient to fulfill any commitments or to limit any potential risk. A fund or Underlying Fund will only make commitments to purchase such securities with the intention of actually acquiring the securities, but the fund or Underlying Fund may sell these securities before the settlement date if deemed an advisable investment strategy. In these cases, a fund or Underlying Fund may realize a capital gain or loss. When a fund or Underlying Fund engages in when issued and delayed delivery transactions, it relies on the other party to consummate the trade. Failure to do so may result in a funds or Underlying Funds incurring a loss or missing an opportunity to obtain a price credited to be advantageous.
When the time comes to pay for the securities acquired on a delayed delivery basis, a fund or Underlying Fund will meet its obligations from the available cash flow, sale of the securities held in the segregated account, sale of other securities or, although it would not normally expect to do so, from sale of the when issued securities themselves (which may have a market value greater or less than the funds or Underlying Funds payment obligation). Depending on market conditions, a fund or Underlying Fund could experience fluctuations in share price as a result of delayed delivery or when issued purchases.
Although such purchases will not be made for speculative purposes and SEC policies will be adhered to, purchases of securities on such bases may involve more risk than other types of purchases. For example, a fund or Underlying Fund may have to sell assets which have been set aside in order to meet redemptions. Also, if a fund or Underlying Fund determines it is necessary to sell the when issued or delayed delivery securities before delivery, it may incur a loss because of market fluctuations since the time the commitment to purchase such securities was made.
104
Temporary Defensive and Other Short-term Positions
Investing in short-term, high-quality debt instruments and in U.S. government securities is done for the following purposes: (i) to meet anticipated day-to-day operating expenses; (ii) to invest cash flow pending an advisers or sub-advisers determination to do so within the investment guidelines and policies of the fund; (iii) to permit a fund or Underlying Fund to meet redemption requests; and (iv) to take a temporary defensive position. A fund or Underlying Fund for which the investment objective is capital appreciation may also invest in such securities if the funds or Underlying Funds assets are insufficient for effective investment in equities.
Although it is expected that a fund or Underlying Fund will normally be invested consistent with its investment objectives and policies, the short-term instruments in which a fund or Underlying Fund may invest include: (i) short-term obligations of the U.S. government and its agencies, instrumentalities, authorities, or political subdivisions; (ii) other short-term debt securities; (iii) commercial paper, including master notes; (iv) bank obligations, including certificates of deposit, time deposits, and bankers acceptances; and (v) repurchase agreements. A fund or Underlying Fund will normally invest in short-term instruments that do not have a maturity of greater than one year. To the extent a fund or Underlying Fund is engaged in temporary defensive investments, it will not be pursuing its investment objective.
FUNDAMENTAL AND NON-FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
The investment objective of the Fund is not fundamental and may be changed without a shareholder vote.
The Fund has adopted the following investment restrictions as fundamental policies, which means they cannot be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the Funds outstanding voting securities, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. The term majority is defined in the 1940 Act as the lesser of: (i) 67% or more of the Funds voting securities present at a meeting of shareholders, of which the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund are present in person or represented by proxy; or (ii) more than 50% of the Funds outstanding securities.
As a matter of fundamental policy, the Fund may not:
1. |
purchase any securities which would cause 25% or more of the value of its total assets at the time of purchase to be invested in securities of one or more issuers conducting their principal business activities in the same industry, provided that: (i) there is no limitation with respect to obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, or tax exempt securities issued by any state or territory of the United States, or any of their agencies, instrumentalities, or political subdivisions; and (ii) notwithstanding this limitation or any other fundamental investment limitation, assets may be invested in the securities of one or more management investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any exemptive relief obtained by the Fund; |
2. |
purchase securities of any issuer if as a result, with respect to 75% of the Funds total assets, more than 5% of the value of its total assets would be invested in the securities of any one issuer or the Funds ownership would be more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any issuer, provided that this restriction does not limit the Funds investments in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities, or investments in securities of other investment companies; |
3. |
borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations, interpretations thereunder, and any exemptive relief obtained by the Fund; |
105
4. |
make loans, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations, interpretations, and any exemptive relief obtained by the Fund. For the purposes of this limitation, entering into repurchase agreements, lending securities, and acquiring debt securities are not deemed to be making of loans; |
5. |
underwrite any issue of securities within the meaning of the 1933 Act except when it might technically be deemed to be an underwriter either: (i) in connection with the disposition of a portfolio security; or (ii) in connection with the purchase of securities directly from the issuer thereof in accordance with its investment objective. This restriction shall not limit the Funds ability to invest in securities issued by other registered management investment companies; |
6. |
purchase or sell real estate, except that the Fund may: (i) acquire or lease office space for its own use; (ii) invest in securities of issuers that invest in real estate or interests therein; (iii) invest in mortgage-related securities and other securities that are secured by real estate or interests therein; or (iv) hold and sell real estate acquired by the Fund as a result of the ownership of securities; |
7. |
issue senior securities except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any exemptive relief obtained by the Fund; or |
8. |
purchase or sell physical commodities, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not prevent the Fund from purchasing or selling options and futures contracts or from investing in securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities). This limitation does not apply to foreign currency transactions, including, without limitation, forward currency contracts. |
All percentage limitations set forth above apply immediately after a purchase or initial investment, and any subsequent change in any applicable percentage resulting from market fluctuations will not require elimination of any security from the portfolio. If a percentage limitation is satisfied at the time of investment, a later increase or decrease in such percentage resulting from a change in the value of the Funds investments will not constitute a violation of such limitation, except that any borrowing by the Fund that exceeds the fundamental investment limitations stated above must be reduced to meet such limitations within the period required by the 1940 Act (currently three days). Otherwise, the Fund may continue to hold a security even though it causes the Fund to exceed a percentage limitation because of fluctuation in the value of the Funds assets.
With respect to the Funds concentration policy, industry classifications are in accordance with Barclays industry classifications. The Funds adviser or sub-adviser believes that the industry characteristics selected are reasonable and not so broad that the primary economic characteristics of the companies in a single class are materially different. Industry classifications may be changed from time to time to reflect changes in the market place.
The Fund may sell a portfolio investment soon after its acquisition if the Funds adviser or sub-adviser believes that such a disposition is consistent with the Funds investment objective. Portfolio investments may be sold for a variety of reasons, such as a more favorable investment opportunity or other circumstances bearing on the desirability of continuing to hold such investments. A change in securities held in the portfolio of the Fund is known as portfolio turnover and may involve the payment by the Fund of dealer mark-ups or brokerage or underwriting commissions and other transaction costs on the sale of securities, as well as on the reinvestment of the proceeds in other securities. Portfolio turnover
106
rate for a fiscal year is the percentage determined by dividing the lesser of the cost of purchases or proceeds from sales of portfolio securities by the average of the value of portfolio securities during such year, all excluding securities whose maturities at acquisition were one year or less. The Fund cannot accurately predict its turnover rate, however the rate will be higher when the Fund finds it necessary to significantly change its portfolio to adopt a temporary defensive position or respond to economic or market events. A high turnover rate would increase expenses and may involve realization of capital gains by the Fund. The Funds historical turnover rates are included in the Financial Highlights tables in the Prospectuses.
DISCLOSURE OF THE FUNDS PORTFOLIO SECURITIES
The Fund is required to file its complete portfolio holdings schedule with the SEC on a quarterly basis. This schedule is filed with the Funds annual and semi-annual shareholder reports on Form N-CSR for the second and fourth fiscal quarters and on Form N-Q for the first and third fiscal quarters.
In addition, the Fund posts its portfolio holdings schedule on INGs website on a month-end basis and makes it available 10 calendar days following the previous calendar month or as soon thereafter as practicable. The portfolio holdings schedule is as of the last day of the previous calendar month-end ( i.e., the Fund will post the month-end June 30 holdings on July 11). The Fund may also post its complete or partial portfolio holdings on its website as of a specified date. The Fund may also file information on portfolio holdings with the SEC or other regulatory authority as required by applicable law.
The Fund also compiles a list composed of the Funds ten largest holdings (Top Ten). The Fund will post its Top Ten holdings on INGs website ten calendar days following the end of the previous calendar month. The Top Ten holdings information shall be as of the last day of the previous calendar month ( i.e., release June 30 data on July 11) or as soon thereafter as practicable.
Investors (both individual and institutional), financial intermediaries that distribute the Funds shares and most third parties may receive the Funds annual or semi-annual shareholder reports, or view them on INGs website, along with the Funds portfolio holdings schedule. The Top Ten list also is provided in quarterly Fund descriptions that are included in the offering materials of variable life insurance products and variable annuity contracts.
Other than in regulatory filings or on INGs website, the Fund may provide its portfolio holdings to certain unaffiliated third-parties and affiliates when the Fund has a legitimate business purpose for doing so. Unless otherwise noted below, the Funds disclosure of its portfolio holdings will be on an as-needed basis, with no lag time between the date of which the information is requested and the date information is provided. Specifically, the Funds disclosure of its portfolio holdings may include disclosure:
|
to the Funds independent registered public accounting firm, named herein, for use in providing audit opinions; |
|
to financial printers for the purpose of preparing Fund regulatory filings; |
|
for the purpose of due diligence regarding a merger or acquisition; |
|
to a new adviser prior to the commencement of its management of the Fund; |
|
to rating and ranking agencies such as Bloomberg, Morningstar, Lipper, and S&P ; |
|
to consultants for use in providing asset allocation advice in connection with investments by affiliated funds-of-funds in the Fund; |
|
to service providers, on a daily basis, in connection with their providing services benefiting the Fund such as, but not limited to, the provision of analytics for securities lending oversight and reporting, proxy voting, or class action services providers; |
107
|
to a third party for purposes of effecting in-kind redemptions of securities to facilitate orderly redemption of portfolio assets and minimal impact on remaining Fund shareholders; |
|
to certain wrap fee programs, on a weekly basis, on the first business day following the previous calendar week; or |
|
to a third party who acts as a consultant and supplies the consultants analysis of holdings (but not actual holdings) to the consultants clients (including sponsors of retirement plans or their consultants) or who provides regular analysis of fund portfolios. The types, frequency, and timing of disclosure to such parties vary depending upon information requested. |
In all instances of such disclosure the receiving party, by agreement, is subject to a duty of confidentiality, including a duty not to trade on such information.
The Board has adopted policies and procedures (Policies) designed to ensure that disclosure of information regarding the Funds portfolio securities is in the best interests of Fund shareholders, including procedures to address conflicts between the interests of the Funds shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the Funds adviser, principal underwriter or any affiliated person of the Fund, its adviser, or its principal underwriter, on the other. Such Policies authorize the Funds administrator to implement the Boards policies and direct the administrator to document the expected benefit to shareholders. Among other considerations, the administrator is directed to consider whether such disclosure may create an advantage for the recipient or its affiliates or their clients over that of the Funds shareholders. Similarly, the administrator is directed to consider, among other things, whether the disclosure of portfolio holdings creates a conflict between the interests of shareholders and the interests of ING Investments, LLC, principal underwriter and their affiliates. The Board has authorized the senior officers of the Funds administrator to authorize the release of the Funds portfolio holdings, as necessary, in conformity with the foregoing principles and to monitor for compliance with the Policies. The Funds administrator reports quarterly to the Board regarding the implementation of the Policies.
The Fund has the following ongoing arrangements with certain third parties to provide the Funds full portfolio holdings:
Party | Purpose | Frequency |
Time Lag Between Date of Information and Date Information Released |
|||
The Bank of New York Mellon | Credit Approval Process for ING Funds Line of Credit | As requested | None | |||
Institutional Shareholder Services Inc., a subsidiary of MSCI Inc. | Proxy Voting Services | Daily | None | |||
Institutional Shareholder Services Inc., a subsidiary of MSCI Inc. | Class Action Services | Monthly | 10 days | |||
Charles River Development | Compliance | Daily | None | |||
Albridge Analytics, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of The Bank of New York Mellon | Provision of Analytics for Oversight and Reporting of Securities Lending | Daily | None |
All of the arrangements in the table above are subject to the Policies adopted by the Board to ensure such disclosure is for a legitimate business purpose and is in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders. The Funds Board must approve any material change to the Policies. The Policies may not be waived, or exceptions made, without the consent of INGs Legal Department. All waivers and exceptions involving the Fund will be disclosed to the Funds Board no later than its next regularly scheduled quarterly meeting. No compensation or other consideration may be received by the Fund, the adviser, or any other party in connection with the disclosure of portfolio holdings in accordance with the Policies.
108
The business and affairs of the Trust are managed under the direction of the Trusts Board according to the applicable laws of the State of Delaware. The Board governs the Fund and is responsible for protecting the interests of shareholders. The Trustees are experienced executives who oversee the Trusts activities, review contractual arrangements with companies that provide services to the Fund, and review the Funds performance.
Set forth in the table below is information about each Trustee.
Name, Address and Age |
Position(s) Held With Trust |
Term of Office and Length of Time Served (1) |
Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years |
Number of Funds in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee (2) |
Other Board Positions Held by Trustee |
|||||
Independent Trustees |
||||||||||
Colleen D. Baldwin 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 53 |
Trustee | November 2007 Present | President, Glantuam Partners, LLC, a business consulting firm (January 2009 Present). | 178 | None. | |||||
John V. Boyer 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 60 |
Trustee | January 2005 Present | President and Chief Executive Officer, Bechtler Arts Foundation, an arts and education foundation (January 2008 Present). | 178 | None. | |||||
Patricia W. Chadwick 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 64 |
Trustee | January 2006 Present | Consultant and President, Ravengate Partners LLC, a consulting firm that provides advice regarding financial markets and the global economy (January 2000 Present). | 178 | Wisconsin Energy Corporation (June 2006 Present) and The Royce Fund (35 funds) (December 2009 Present). | |||||
Albert E. DePrince, Jr. 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 72 |
Trustee | May 2013 Present | Professor of Economics and Finance, Middle Tennessee State University (August 1991 Present). | 178 | None. | |||||
Peter S. Drotch 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 71 |
Trustee | November 2007 Present | Retired. | 178 | First Marblehead Corporation (September 2003 Present). | |||||
J. Michael Earley 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 68 |
Trustee | February 2002 Present | Retired. Formerly, Banking President and Chief Executive Officer, Bankers Trust Company, N.A., Des Moines (June 1992 December 2008). | 178 | None. |
109
Name, Address and Age |
Position(s) Held With Trust |
Term of Office and Length of Time Served (1) |
Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years |
Number of Funds in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee (2) |
Other Board Positions Held by Trustee |
|||||
Martin J. Gavin 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 63 |
Trustee | May 2013 Present | President and Chief Executive Officer, Connecticut Childrens Medical Center (May 2006 Present). | 178 | None. | |||||
Russell H. Jones 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 69 |
Trustee | May 2013 Present | Retired. Director, Hill Stead Museum (non-profit) (2008 Present). | 178 | None. | |||||
Patrick W. Kenny 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 70 |
Trustee | January 2005 Present | Retired. Formerly, President and Chief Executive Officer, International Insurance Society (June 2001 June 2009). | 178 | Assured Guaranty Ltd. (April 2004 Present). | |||||
Joseph E. Obermeyer 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 55 |
Trustee | May 2013 Present | President, Obermeyer & Associates, Inc., a provider of financial and economic consulting services (November 1999 Present). | 178 | None. | |||||
Sheryl K. Pressler 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 62 |
Trustee | January 2006 Present | Consultant (May 2001 Present). | 178 | None. | |||||
Roger B. Vincent 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 67 |
Chairman and Trustee | February 2002 Present | Retired. Formerly, President, Springwell Corporation, a corporate finance firm (March 1989 August 2011). | 178 | UGI Corporation (February 2006 Present) and UGI Utilities, Inc. (February 2006 Present). | |||||
Trustee who is an Interested Person | ||||||||||
Shaun P. Mathews ( 3 ) 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 58 |
Trustee | November 2007 Present | President and Chief Executive Officer, ING Investments, LLC (November 2006 Present). | 179 | ING Capital Corporation, LLC and ING Investments Distributor, LLC, (December 2005 Present); ING Funds Services, LLC, ING Investments, LLC and ING Investment Management, LLC, (March 2006 Present); and ING Investment Trust Co (April 2009 Present). |
110
(1) |
Trustees serve until their successors are duly elected and qualified. The tenure of each Independent Trustee (Independent Trustee) is subject to the Boards retirement policy which states that each duly elected or appointed Independent Trustee shall retire from and cease to be a member of the Board of Directors at the close of business on December 31 of the calendar year in which the Independent Trustee aquires the age of 73. A majority vote of the Boards other Independent Trustees may extend the retirement date of an Independent Trustee if the retirement would trigger a requirement to hold a meeting of shareholders of the Trust under applicable law, whether for purposes of appointing a successor to the Independent Trustee or otherwise comply under applicable law, in which case the extension would apply until such time as the shareholder meeting can be held or is no longer required (as determined by a vote of a majority of the other Independent Trustees). |
(2) |
For the purposes of this table, ING Fund Complex means the following investment companies: ING Asia Pacific High Dividend Equity Income Fund; ING Balanced Portfolio, Inc.; ING Emerging Markets High Dividend Equity Fund; ING Emerging Markets Local Bond Fund; ING Equity Trust; ING Funds Trust; ING Global Advantage and Premium Opportunity Fund; ING Global Equity Dividend and Premium Opportunity Fund; ING Global Strategic Income Fund; ING Infrastructure, Industrials and Materials Fund; ING Intermediate Bond Portfolio; ING International High Dividend Equity Income Fund; ING Investors Trust; ING Mayflower Trust; ING Money Market Portfolio; ING Mutual Funds; ING Partners, Inc.; ING Prime Rate Trust; ING Risk Managed Natural Resources Fund; ING Senior Income Fund; ING Separate Portfolios Trust; ING Series Fund, Inc.; ING Short Duration High Income Fund; ING Strategic Allocation Portfolios, Inc.; ING Variable Funds; ING Variable Insurance Trust; ING Variable Portfolios, Inc.; and ING Variable Products Trust. The number of funds in the ING Funds complex is as of June 30, 2013. |
(3) |
Mr. Mathews is deemed to be an interested person of the Trust as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended because of his relationship with ING Groep, N.V., the parent corporation of the investment adviser, ING Investments, LLC and the Distributor, ING Investments Distributor, LLC. |
Information Regarding Officers of the Trust
Set forth in the table below is information for each Officer of the Trust:
Name, Address and Age | Positions Held with the Trust |
Term of Office and Length of Time Served (1) |
Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years | |||
Shaun P. Mathews 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 58 |
President and Chief Executive Officer | November 2006 - Present | President and Chief Executive Officer, ING Investments, LLC (November 2006 Present). | |||
Michael J. Roland 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 55 |
Executive Vice President | February 2002 - Present | Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer, ING Investments, LLC and ING Funds Services, LLC (April 2012 Present) and Chief Compliance Officer, Directed Services LLC and ING Investments, LLC (March 2011 Present). Formerly, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, ING Investments, LLC and ING Funds Services, LLC (January 2007 April 2012) and Chief Compliance Officer, ING Funds (March 2011 February 2012). | |||
Stanley D. Vyner 230 Park Avenue New York, New York 10169 Age: 63 |
Executive Vice President
Chief Investment Risk Officer |
May 1999 Present
September 2009 - Present |
Executive Vice President, ING Investments, LLC (July 2000 Present) and Chief Investment Risk Officer, ING Investments, LLC (January 2003 Present). | |||
Kevin M. Gleason 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 47 |
Chief Compliance Officer | February 2012 - Present | Senior Vice President, ING Investments LLC (February 2012 Present). Formerly, Assistant General Counsel and Assistant Secretary, The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company (June 2004 January 2012). |
111
Name, Address and Age | Positions Held with the Trust |
Term of Office and Length of Time Served (1) |
Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years | |||
Todd Modic 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 45 |
Senior Vice President, Chief/Principal Financial Officer and Assistant Secretary | March 2005 - Present | Senior Vice President, ING Funds Services, LLC (March 2005 Present). | |||
Kimberly A. Anderson 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 49 |
Senior Vice President | November 2003 - Present | Senior Vice President, ING Investments, LLC (October 2003 Present). | |||
Julius Drelick III 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 47 |
Senior Vice President | July 2012 - Present | Senior Vice President Fund Compliance, ING Funds Services, LLC (June 2012 Present). Formerly, Vice President - Platform Product Management and Project Management, ING Investments, LLC (April 2007 June 2012). | |||
Robert Terris 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 43 |
Senior Vice President | May 2006 - Present | Senior Vice President, Head of Division Operations, ING Funds Services, LLC (May 2006 Present). | |||
Maria M. Anderson 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 55 |
Vice President | September 2004 - Present | Vice President, ING Funds Services, LLC (September 2004 Present). | |||
Fred Bedoya 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 40 |
Vice President and Treasurer | September 2012 - Present | Vice President, ING Funds Services, LLC (March 2012 Present). Formerly, Assistant Vice President Director, ING Funds Services, LLC (August 2003 March 2012). | |||
Lauren D. Bensinger 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 59 |
Vice President | February 2003 - Present | Vice President, ING Investments, LLC and ING Funds Services, LLC (February 1996 Present); Director of Compliance, ING Investments, LLC (October 2004 Present); and Vice President and Money Laundering Reporting Officer, ING Investments Distributor, LLC (April 2010 Present). Formerly, Chief Compliance Officer, ING Investments Distributor, LLC (August 1995 April 2010). | |||
Robyn L. Ichilov 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 45 |
Vice President | May 1999 - Present | Vice President, ING Funds Services, LLC (November 1995 Present) and ING Investments, LLC (August 1997 Present). Formerly, Treasurer, ING Funds (November 1999 February 2012). |
112
Name, Address and Age | Positions Held with the Trust |
Term of Office and Length of Time Served (1) |
Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years | |||
Jason Kadavy 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 36 |
Vice President | September 2012 - Present | Vice President, ING Funds Services, LLC (July 2007 Present). | |||
Kimberly K. Springer 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 56 |
Vice President | March 2006 - Present | Vice President Platform Product Management and Product Management, ING Investments, LLC (July 2012 Present); Vice President, ING Investment Management ING Funds (March 2010 Present); and Vice President, ING Funds Services, LLC (March 2006 Present). Formerly, Managing Paralegal, Registration Statements (June 2003 July 2012). | |||
Craig Wheeler 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 44 |
Vice President | May 2008 - Present | Vice President Director of Tax, ING Funds Services, LLC (March 2013 Present). Formerly, Assistant Vice President Director of Tax, ING Funds Services, LLC (March 2008 March 2013). | |||
Huey P. Falgout, Jr . 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 49 |
Secretary | August 2003 - Present | Senior Vice President and Chief Counsel, ING Investment Management ING Funds (March 2010 Present). Formerly, Chief Counsel, ING Americas, U.S. Legal Services (October 2003 March 2010). | |||
Paul Caldarelli 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 61 |
Assistant Secretary | June 2010 - Present | Vice President and Senior Counsel, ING Investment Management ING Funds (March 2010 Present). Formerly, Senior Counsel, ING Americas, U.S. Legal Services (April 2008 March 2010) and Counsel, ING Americas, U.S. Legal Services (May 2005 April 2008). | |||
Theresa K. Kelety 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100 Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 Age: 50 |
Assistant Secretary | August 2003 - Present | Vice President and Senior Counsel, ING Investment Management ING Funds (March 2010 Present). Formerly, Senior Counsel, ING Americas, U.S. Legal Services (April 2008 March 2010) and Counsel, ING Americas, U.S. Legal Services (April 2003 April 2008). |
(1) |
The Officers hold office until the next annual meeting of the Trustees and until their successors shall have been elected and qualified. |
113
The Board of Trustees
The Trust and the Fund are governed by the Trusts Board, which oversees the Trusts business and affairs. The Board delegates the day-to-day management of the Trust and the Fund to the Trusts officers and to various service providers that have been contractually retained to provide such day-to-day services. The ING entities that render services to the Fund do so pursuant to contracts that have been approved by the Board. The Trustees are experienced executives who, among other duties, oversee the Funds activities, review contractual arrangements with companies that provide services to the Fund, and review the Funds investment performance.
Board Leadership Structure and Related Matters
Effective May 21, 2013, the membership of the Boards of Directors/Trustees overseeing the Funds in the ING Funds complex were consolidated (the Consolidation) so that the same members serve on each board in the ING Funds Complex. Following the Consolidation, the Board is now comprised of thirteen (13) members, twelve (12) of whom are independent or disinterested persons, which means that they are not interested persons of the Funds as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act (Independent Trustees). Prior to May 21, 2013, the Board was composed of ten (10) members, eight (8) of whom were Independent Trustees.
The Fund is one of 28 registered investment companies (with a combined total of approximately 178 separate series) in the ING Funds Complex and all of the Trustees serve as members of, as applicable, each investment companys/trusts Board of Directors or Board of Trustees. The Board employs substantially the same leadership structure with respect to each of these investment companies.
One of the Independent Trustees, currently Roger B. Vincent, serves as the Chairman of the Board of the Fund. The responsibilities of the Chairman of the Board include: coordinating with management in the preparation of agendas for Board meetings; presiding at Board meetings; between Board meetings, serving as a primary liaison with other Trustees, Officers of the Fund, management personnel and legal counsel to the Independent Trustees; and such other duties as the Board periodically may determine. Mr. Vincent does not hold a position with any firm that is a sponsor of the Fund. The designation of an individual as the Independent Chairman does not impose on such Independent Trustee any duties, obligations or liabilities greater than the duties, obligations or liabilities imposed on such person as a member of the Board, generally.
The Board performs many of its oversight and other activities through the committee structure described below in the Board Committees section. Each Committee operates pursuant to a written Charter approved by the Board. The Board currently conducts regular meetings eight (8) times a year. Six (6) of these regular meetings consist of sessions held over a two-day period and two of these meetings consist of a one-day session. In addition, during the course of a year, the Board and many of its Committees typically hold special meetings by telephone or in person to discuss specific matters that require action prior to the next regular meetings. The Independent Trustees have engaged independent legal counsel to assist them in performing their oversight responsibilities.
The Board believes that its leadership structure is an effective means of empowering the Trustees to perform their fiduciary and other duties. For example, the Boards committee structure facilitates, as appropriate, the ability of individual Board members to receive detailed presentations on topics under their review and to develop increased familiarity with respect to such topics and with key personnel at relevant service providers. At least annually, with guidance from its Nominating and Governance Committee, the Board analyzes whether there are potential means to enhance the efficiency and effectiveness of the Boards operations.
114
Board Committees
Audit Committee. The Board has established an Audit Committee whose functions include, among other things: (i) meeting with the independent registered public accounting firm of the Funds to review the scope of the Funds audit, the Funds financial statements and accounting controls, and (ii) meeting with management concerning these matters, internal audit activities, and other matters. The Audit Committee currently consists of six (6) Independent Trustees. The following Trustees currently serve as members of the Audit Committee: Ms. Baldwin and Messrs. Boyer, Drotch, Earley, Gavin, and Obermeyer. Mr. Earley currently serves as Chairperson of the Audit Committee. Ms. Baldwin and Messrs. Drotch, Earley, and Obermeyer have each been designated as Audit Committee Financial Experts under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Audit Committee currently meets regularly four (4) times per year, and may hold special meetings by telephone or in person to discuss specific matters that may require action prior to the next regular meeting. The Audit Committee held six (7) meetings during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013.
Compliance Committee. The Board has established a Compliance Committee for the purpose of, among other things: (i) providing oversight with respect to compliance by the Funds and their service providers with applicable laws, regulations, and internal policies and procedures affecting the operations of the Funds; (ii) serving as a committee, and in such capacity, to receive, retain, and act upon reports of evidence of possible material violations of applicable U.S. federal or state securities laws and breaches of fiduciary duty arising under U.S. federal or state laws; (iii) coordinating activities between the Board and the Chief Compliance Officer (CCO) of the Funds; (iv) facilitating information flow among Board members and the CCO between Board meetings; (v) working with the CCO and management to identify the types of reports to be submitted by the CCO to the Compliance Committee and the Board; (vi) coordinating CCO oversight activities with other ING Funds boards; (vii) making recommendations regarding the role, performance and oversight of the CCO; (viii) overseeing the implementation of the Funds valuation procedures and the fair value determinations made with respect to securities held by the Funds for which market value quotations are not readily available; (ix) overseeing managements administration of proxy voting; and (x) overseeing the effectiveness of brokerage usage by the Funds advisers or sub-advisers, as applicable, and compliance with regulations regarding the allocation of brokerage for services.
The Compliance Committee currently consists of six (6) Independent Trustees: Dr. DePrince, Mses. Chadwick and Pressler, and Messrs. Kenny, Vincent, and Jones. Mr. Kenny currently serves as Chairperson of the Compliance Committee. The Compliance Committee currently meets regularly four (4) times per year, and may hold special meetings by telephone or in person to discuss specific matters that may require action prior to the next regular meeting. The Compliance Committee held six (6) meetings during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013.
Contracts Committee. The Board has established a Contracts Committee for the purpose of overseeing the annual renewal process relating to investment advisory and sub-advisory agreements and, at the discretion of the Board, other agreements or plans involving the Funds. The responsibilities of the Contracts Committee include, among other things: (i) identifying the scope and format of information to be provided by service providers in connection with applicable contract approvals or renewals; (ii) providing guidance to independent legal counsel regarding specific information requests to be made by such counsel on behalf of the Trustees; (iii) evaluating regulatory and other developments that might have an impact on applicable approval and renewal processes; (iv) reporting to the Trustees its recommendations and decisions regarding the foregoing matters; (v) assisting in the preparation of a written record of the factors considered by Trustees relating to the approval and renewal of advisory and sub-advisory agreements; (vi) recommending to the Board specific steps to be taken by it regarding the contracts approval and renewal process, including, for example, proposed schedules of meetings by the Trustees; and (vii) otherwise providing assistance in connection with Board decisions to renew, reject, or modify agreements or plans.
115
The Contracts Committee currently consists of eight (8) Independent Trustees. The following Trustees serve as members of the Contracts Committee: Dr. DePrince, Mses. Chadwick and Pressler, and Messrs. Boyer, Drotch, Jones, Obermeyer, and Vincent. Ms. Pressler currently serves as Chairperson of the Contracts Committee. The Contracts Committee, which currently meets regularly seven (7) times per year, held seven (7) meetings during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013.
Investment Review Committees . The Board has established two (2) Investment Review Committees for all of the funds under its direction to, among other things: (i) monitor the investment performance of the Fund; and (ii) make recommendations to the Board with respect to investment management activities performed by the adviser and sub-adviser on behalf of the Funds, and to review and make recommendations regarding proposals by management to retain new or additional sub-advisers for the Funds. The Funds are monitored by the Investment Review Committee for the International/Balanced/Fixed-Income Funds (I/B/F IRC). Each committee is described below:
The Domestic Equity Funds Investment Review Committee (DE IRC) currently consists of six (6) Independent Trustees. The following Trustees serve as members of the DE IRC: Ms. Chadwick, and Messrs. Earley, Kenny, Vincent, Jones and Obermeyer. Ms. Chadwick currently serves as Chairperson of the DE IRC. The DE IRC, which currently meets regularly six (6) times per year, held six (6) meetings during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013.
The I/B/F IRC currently consists of six (6) Independent Trustees and one (1) Trustee who is an interested person, as defined in the 1940 Act. The following Trustees serve as members of the IBF IRC: Dr. DePrince, Mses. Baldwin and Pressler and Messrs. Boyer, Drotch, Gavin, and Mathews. Mr. Boyer currently serves as Chairperson of the I/B/F IRC. The I/B/F IRC, which currently meets regularly six (6) times per year, held six (6) meetings during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013.
Nominating and Governance Committee . The Board has established a Nominating and Governance Committee for the purpose of, among other things: (i) identifying and recommending to the Board candidates it proposes for nomination to fill Independent Trustee vacancies on the Board; (ii) reviewing workload and capabilities of Independent Trustees and recommending changes to the size or composition of the Board, as necessary; (iii) monitoring regulatory developments and recommending modifications to the Committees responsibilities; (iv) considering and, if appropriate, recommending the creation of additional committees or changes to Trustee policies and procedures based on rule changes and best practices in corporate governance; (v) conducting an annual review of the membership and chairpersons of all Board committees and of practices relating to such membership and chairpersons; (vi) undertaking a periodic study of compensation paid to independent board members of investment companies and making recommendations for any compensation changes for the Independent Trustees; (vii) overseeing the Boards annual self-evaluation process; (viii) developing (with assistance from management) an annual meeting calendar for the Board and its committees; and (ix) overseeing actions to facilitate attendance by Independent Trustees at relevant educational seminars and similar programs.
In evaluating potential candidates to fill Independent Trustee vacancies on the Board, each Nominating and Governance Committee will consider a variety of factors, but it has not at this time set any specific minimum qualifications that must be met. Specific qualifications of candidates for Board membership will be based on the needs of the Board at the time of nomination. The Nominating and Governance Committee will consider nominations received from shareholders and shall assess shareholder nominees in the same manner as it reviews nominees that it identifies as potential candidates. A shareholder nominee for Trustee should be submitted in writing to the Trustees Secretary at 7337 East Doubletree
116
Ranch Road, Suite 100, Scottsdale, Arizona 85258. Any such shareholder nomination should include at least the following information as to each individual proposed for nominations as Trustee: such persons written consent to be named in a proxy statement as a nominee (if nominated) and to serve as a Trustee (if elected), and all information relating to such individual that is required to be disclosed in the solicitation of proxies for election of Trustees, or is otherwise required, in each case under applicable federal securities laws, rules, and regulations, including such information as the Board may reasonably deem necessary to satisfy its oversight and due diligence duties.
The Secretary shall submit all nominations received in a timely manner to the Nominating and Governance Committee. To be timely in connection with a shareholder meeting to elect Trustees, any such submission must be delivered to the Funds Secretary not earlier than the 90th day prior to such meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 60th day prior to such meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the meeting is first made, by either the disclosure in a press release or in a document publicly filed by the Fund with the SEC.
The Nominating and Governance Committee currently consists of six (6) Independent Trustees. The following Trustees serve as members of the Nominating and Governance Committee: Mses. Baldwin and Chadwick, and Messrs. Kenny, Gavin, Obermeyer and Vincent. Ms. Baldwin currently serves as Chairperson of the Nominating and Governance Committee. The Nominating and Governance Committee currently meets on an as-needed basis. The Nominating and Governance Committee held two (2) meetings during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013.
The Boards Risk Oversight Role
The day-to-day management of various risks relating to the administration and operation of the Fund is the responsibility of management and other service providers retained by the Board or by management, most of whom employ professional personnel who have risk management responsibilities. The Board oversees this risk management function consistent with and as part of its oversight duties. The Board performs this risk management oversight function directly and, with respect to various matters, through its committees. The following description provides an overview of many, but not all, aspects of the Boards oversight of risk management for the Fund. In this connection, the Board has been advised that it is not practicable to identify all of the risks that may impact the Fund or to develop procedures or controls that are designed to eliminate all such risk exposures, and that applicable securities law regulations do not contemplate that all such risks be identified and addressed.
The Board, working with management personnel and other service providers, has endeavored to identify the primary risks that confront the Fund. In general, these risks include, among others: (i) investment risks, (ii) credit risks, (iii) liquidity risks, (iv) valuation risks, (v) operational risks, (vi) reputational risks, (vii) regulatory risks, (viii) risks related to potential legislative changes, and (ix) the risk of conflicts of interest affecting ING affiliates in managing the Fund. The Board has adopted and periodically reviews various policies and procedures that are designed to address these and other risks confronting the Funds. In addition, many service providers to the Fund have adopted their own policies, procedures and controls designed to address particular risks to the Fund. The Board and persons retained to render advice and service to the Board periodically review and/or monitor changes to and developments relating to the effectiveness of these policies and procedures.
The Board oversees risk management activities in part through receipt and review by the Board or its committees of regular and special reports, presentations and other information from officers of the Trust, including the CCOs for the Trust and its investment adviser and the Trusts Chief Investment Risk Officer (CIRO), and from other service providers. For example, management personnel and the other persons make regular reports and presentations to: (i) the Compliance Committee regarding compliance with
117
regulatory requirements; (ii) the Investment Review Committees regarding investment activities and strategies that may pose particular risks; (iii) the Audit Committee with respect to financial reporting controls and internal audit activities; (iv) the Nominating and Governance Committee regarding corporate governance and best practice developments; and (v) the Contracts Committee regarding regulatory and related developments that might impact the retention of service providers to the Trust. The CIRO oversees an Investment Risk Department (IRD) that provides an independent source of analysis and research for Board members in connection with their oversight of the investment process and performance of Fund portfolio managers. Among its other duties, the IRD seeks to identify and, where practicable, measure the investment risks being taken by the Funds portfolio managers. Although the IRD works closely with management of the Trust in performing its duties, the CIRO is directly accountable to and maintains an ongoing dialogue with the Independent Trustees.
Qualifications of the Trustees
The Board believes that each of its Trustees is qualified to serve as a Trustee of the Trust based on its review of the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills of each Trustee. The Board bases this conclusion on its consideration of various criteria, no one of which is controlling. Among others, the Board has considered the following factors with respect to each Trustee: strong character and high integrity; an ability to review, evaluate, analyze and discuss information provided; the ability to exercise effective business judgment in protecting shareholder interests while taking into account different points of views; a background in financial, investment, accounting, business, regulatory or other skills that would be relevant to the performance of a Trustees duties; the ability and willingness to commit the time necessary to perform his or her duties; and the ability to work in a collegial manner with other Board members. Each Trustees ability to perform his or her duties effectively is evidenced by his or her: experience in the investment management business; related consulting experience; other professional experience; experience serving on the boards of directors/trustees of other public companies; educational background and professional training; prior experience serving on the Board, as well as the boards of other investment companies in the ING Fund Complex and/or of other investment companies; and experience as attendees or participants in conferences and seminars that are focused on investment company matters and/or duties that are specific to board members of registered investment companies.
Information indicating certain of the specific experience and qualifications of each Trustee relevant to the Boards belief that the Trustee should serve in this capacity is provided in the table above in the section entitled Information Regarding Individual Board Members of the Trust. That table includes, for each Trustee, positions held with the Trust, the length of such service, principal occupations during the past five years, the number of series within the ING Fund Complex for which the Trustee serves as a board member and certain directorships held during the past five years. Set forth below are certain additional specific experiences, qualifications, attributes or skills that the Board believes support a conclusion that each Trustee should serve as a board member in light of the Trusts business and structure.
Colleen D. Baldwin has been a Trustee of the Trust and a board member of other investment companies in the ING Fund Complex since 2007. She also has served as the Chairperson of the Boards Nominating and Governance Committee since 2009. Ms. Baldwin has been President of Glantuam Partners, LLC, a business consulting firm, since 2009. Prior to that, she served in senior positions at the following financial services firms: Chief Operating Officer for Ivy Asset Management, Inc. (2002-2004), a hedge fund manager; Chief Operating Officer and Head of Global Business and Product Development for AIG Global Investment Group (1995-2002), a global investment management firm; Senior Vice President at Bankers Trust Company (1994-1995); and Senior Managing Director at J.P. Morgan & Company (1987-1994). Ms. Baldwin holds a B.S. from Fordham University and an M.B.A. from Pace University.
118
John V. Boyer has been a Trustee of the Trust and a board member of other investment companies in the ING Fund Complex since 2005. He also has served as Chairperson of the Trusts I/B/F IRC since 2006 and, prior to that, as Chairperson of the Trusts Compliance Committee. Since 2008, Mr. Boyer has been President of the Bechtler Arts Foundation for which, among his other duties, Mr. Boyer oversees all fiduciary aspects of the Foundation and assists in the oversight of the Foundations endowment fund. Previously, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Franklin and Eleanor Roosevelt Institute (2006-2007) and as Executive Director of The Mark Twain House & Museum (1989-2006) where he was responsible for overseeing business operations, including endowment funds. He also served as a board member of certain predecessor mutual funds of the ING Fund Complex (1997-2005). Mr. Boyer holds a B.A. from the University of California, Santa Barbara and an M.F.A. from Princeton University.
Patricia W. Chadwick has been a Trustee of the Trust and a board member of other investment companies in the ING Fund Complex since 2006. She also has served as Chairperson of the Trusts DE IRC since 2007. Since 2000, Ms. Chadwick has been the Founder and President of Ravengate Partners LLC, a consulting firm that provides advice regarding financial markets and the global economy. She also is a director of The Royce Funds (since 2009), Wisconsin Energy Corp. (since 2006), and AMICA Mutual Insurance Company (since 1992). Previously, she served in senior roles at several major financial services firms where her duties included the management of corporate pension funds, endowments, and foundations, as well as management responsibilities for an asset management business. Ms. Chadwick holds a B.A. from Boston University and is a Chartered Financial Analyst.
Dr. Albert E. DePrince, Jr. has been a Trustee of the Trust since May 21, 2013, the date of the Consolidation, and a board member of other ING Funds since 1998. Dr. DePrince has been a professor of Economics and Finance at Middle Tennessee State University since 1991. Prior to joining the faculty at Middle Tennessee State University, Dr. DePrince served in various business positions, including 12 years at Marine Midland Bank in New York City, where he held the positions of Chief Economist and Senior Vice President, and nine years as an economist with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. Dr. DePrince holds a B.A. in Economics from Bucknell University, an M.A. in Economics from the University of Michigan, and a Ph.D. in Economics from New York University. Dr. DePrince also served as Director at the Business and Economic Research Center at Middle Tennessee State University from 1999 to 2002 and has published numerous scholarly papers and journal articles in the areas of financial markets, financial institutions, mutual fund performance, and monetary policy.
Peter S. Drotch has been a Trustee of the Trust and a board member of other investment companies in the ING Fund Complex since 2007. Prior to his retirement in 2000, he was a partner at the accounting firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, where he was the leader of the firms asset management practice group and acquired extensive experience with respect to audits and other financial matters relating to registered investment companies. Since his retirement, he also has served on the boards of registered investment companies in other fund complexes (the State Street Research Funds and BlackRock Funds) from 2005 to 2007 and as a consultant with respect to investment company regulatory compliance matters. Mr. Drotch holds a B.S. from the University of Connecticut and is a Certified Public Accountant.
J. Michael Earley has been a Trustee of the Trust and a board member of other investment companies in the ING Fund Complex since 2002. He also has served as Chairperson of the Trusts Audit Committee since 2003. Mr. Earley retired in 2008 as President and Chief Executive Officer of Bankers Trust Company, N.A. (Des Moines, Iowa), where he had worked since 1992. He also has served on the boards of directors of that company (1992-2009) and of Midamerica Financial Corporation (2002-2009), and as a board member of certain predecessor mutual funds of the ING Fund Complex (1997-2002). Mr. Earley holds a B.B.A. and a J.D. from the University of Iowa.
119
Martin J. Gavin has been a Trustee of the Trust since May 21, 2013, the date of the Consolidation, and a board member of other ING Funds since 2011. Mr. Gavin previously served as board member of other ING Funds from 2009 until 2010. Mr. Gavin is currently the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Connecticut Childrens Medical Center. Prior to his position at Connecticut Childrens Medical Center, Mr. Gavin worked in the insurance and investment industries for more than 27 years. Mr. Gavin served in several senior executive positions with The Phoenix Companies during a 16 year period, including as President of Phoenix Trust Operations, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Phoenix Duff & Phelps, a publicly-traded investment management company, and Senior Vice President of Investment Operations at Phoenix Home Life. Mr. Gavin holds a B.A. from the University of Connecticut.
Russell H. Jones has been a Trustee of the Trust since May 21, 2013, the date of the Consolidation, and a board member of other ING Funds since December 2007. From 1973 until his retirement in 2008, Mr. Jones served in various positions at Kaman Corporation, an aerospace and industrial distribution manufacturer, including Senior Vice President, Chief Investment Officer and Treasurer, Principal Investor Relations Officer, Principal Public Relations Officer and Corporate Parent Treasurer. Mr. Jones served as an Independent Director and Chair of the Contracts Committee for CIGNA Mutual Funds from 1995 until 2005. Mr. Jones also served as President of the Hartford Area Business Economists from 1986 until 1987. Mr. Jones holds a B.A. from the University of Connecticut and an M.A. from the Hartford Seminary.
Patrick W. Kenny has been a Trustee of the Trust and a board member of other investment companies in the ING Fund Complex since 2005. He also has served as the Chairperson of the Trusts Compliance Committee since 2006. He previously served as President and Chief Executive Officer (2001-2009) of the International Insurance Society (insurance trade association), Executive Vice President (1998-2001) of Frontier Insurance Group (property and casualty insurance company), Senior Vice President (1995-1998) of SS&C Technologies (software and technology company), Chief Financial Officer (1988-1994) of Aetna Life & Casualty Company (multi-line insurance company), and as Partner (until 1988) of KPMG (accounting firm). Mr. Kenny currently serves (since 2004) on the board of directors of Assured Guaranty Ltd. (provider of financial guaranty insurance) and previously served on the boards of Odyssey Re Holdings Corporation (multi-line reinsurance company) (2006-2009) and of certain predecessor mutual funds of the ING Fund Complex (2002-2005). Mr. Kenny holds a B.B.A. from the University of Notre Dame and an M.A. from the University of Missouri and is a Certified Public Accountant.
Joseph E. Obermeyer has been a Trustee of the Trust since May 21, 2013, the date of the Consolidation, and a board member of other ING Funds since 2003. Mr. Obermeyer is the founder and President of Obermeyer & Associates, Inc., a provider of financial and economic consulting services since 1999. Prior to founding Obermeyer & Associates, Mr. Obermeyer had more than 15 years of experience in accounting, including serving as a Senior Manager at Arthur Andersen LLP from 1995 until 1999. Previously, Mr. Obermeyer served as a Senior Manager at Coopers & Lybrand LLP from 1993 until 1995, as a Manager at Price Waterhouse from 1988 until 1993, and a Second Vice President from 1985 until 1988 at Smith Barney, and as a consultant with Arthur Andersen & Co. from 1984 until 1985. Mr. Obermeyer holds a B.A. in Business Administration from the University of Cincinnati, an M.B.A. from Indiana University, and post graduate certificates from the University of Tilburg and INSEAD.
Shaun P. Mathews has been a Trustee of the Trust and a board member of other investment companies in the ING Fund Complex since 2007. He also is President and Chief Executive Officer of ING Investments, LLC (2006 to present). Mr. Mathews previously served as President of ING Mutual Funds and Investment Products (2004-2006) and several other senior management positions in various aspects of the financial services business. These positions and experiences have provided Mr. Mathews with extensive investment management, distribution and oversight experience, as well as with extensive direct knowledge of many of the Trusts key service providers.
120
Sheryl K. Pressler has been a Trustee of the Trust and a board member of other investment companies in the ING Fund Complex since 2006. She also has served as Chairperson of the Trusts Contracts Committee since 2007. Ms. Pressler has served as a consultant on financial matters since 2001. Previously, she held various senior positions involving financial services, including as Chief Executive Officer (2000-2001) of Lend Lease Real Estate Investments, Inc. (real estate investment management and mortgage servicing firm), Chief Investment Officer (1994-2000) of California Public Employees Retirement System (state pension fund), Director of Stillwater Mining Company (May 2002 May 2013), and Director of Retirement Funds Management (1981-1994) of McDonnell Douglas Corporation (aircraft manufacturer). Ms. Pressler holds a B.A. from Webster University and an M.B.A. from Washington University.
Roger B. Vincent has been a Trustee of the Trust and a board member of other investment companies in the ING Fund Complex since 2002. He also has served as Chairman of the Board of Trustees since 2007 and he previously served as Chairperson of the Contracts Committee and the DE IRC. Mr. Vincent recently retired as President of Springwell Corporation (a corporate finance firm). He is a Director of UGI Corporation and UGI Utilities, Inc. (since 2006). He previously worked for 20 years at Bankers Trust Company. He also previously served as a Director of AmeriGas Partners, L.P. (1998-2006), Tatham Offshore, Inc. (1996-2000), and Petrolane, Inc. (1993-1995), and as a board member of certain predecessor funds of the ING Fund Complex (1994-2002). Mr. Vincent is a frequent speaker or panelist at mutual fund industry conferences and seminars. Mr. Vincent holds a B.S. from Yale University and an M.B.A. from Harvard University.
Trustee Ownership of Securities
In order to further align the interests of the Independent Trustees with shareholders, it is the policy of the Board for Independent Trustees to own, beneficially, shares of one or more funds in the ING Fund Complex at all times (Ownership Policy). For this purpose, beneficial ownership of ING Fund shares includes, in addition to direct ownership of ING Fund shares, ownership of a Variable Contract whose proceeds are invested in an ING Fund within the ING Fund Complex, as well as deferred compensation payments under the Boards deferred compensation arrangements pursuant to which the future value of such payments is based on the notional value of designated funds within the ING Fund Complex.
Under this Ownership Policy, the initial value of investments in the ING Fund Complex that are beneficially owned by a Trustee must equal at least $100,000. The Ownership Policy provides that a new Trustee shall satisfy the foregoing requirements within a reasonable amount of time, not to exceed three years, after becoming a Trustee. A decline in the value of any funds investments in the ING Fund Complex will not cause a Trustee to have to make any additional investments under this Ownership Policy. As of December 31, 2012, all Independent Trustees were in compliance with the Ownership Policy.
Investment in mutual funds of the ING Funds Complex by the Trustees pursuant to this Ownership Policy are subject to: (i) policies, applied by the mutual funds of the ING Fund Complex to other similar investors, that are designed to prevent inappropriate market timing trading practices; and (ii) any provisions of the ING Funds Code of Ethics that otherwise apply to the Trustees.
121
Trustees Fund Equity Ownership Positions
Set forth in the table below is information regarding each Trustees ownership of equity securities of the Fund overseen by the Trustees and the aggregate holdings of shares of equity securities of all funds of the Trust for the calendar year ended December 31, 2012:
Name of Trustee | Dollar Range of Equity Securities |
Aggregate Dollar Range
of Equity
Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies |
||
Colleen Baldwin |
None | Over - $100,000 ( 1 ) | ||
John V. Boyer |
None |
Over $100,000 $10,001 - $50,000 ( 1 ) |
||
Patricia W. Chadwick |
None | Over $100,000 | ||
Albert E. DePrince, Jr. |
None | Over $100,000 (1) | ||
Peter S. Drotch |
None | Over $100,000 | ||
J. Michael Earley |
None | Over $100,000 | ||
Martin J. Gavin |
None | Over $100,000 (1) | ||
Russell H. Jones |
None | Over $100,000 (1) | ||
Patrick W. Kenny |
None |
Over $100,000 Over $100,000 (1) |
||
Joseph E. Obermeyer |
None | Over $100,000 (1) | ||
Sheryl K. Pressler |
None | Over $100,000 (1) | ||
Roger B. Vincent |
None |
Over $100,000 Over $100,000 (1) |
||
Shaun P. Mathews |
None |
$50,001 - $100,000 (1) Over $100,000 |
(1) |
Funds held in a Deferred Compensation Account and/or 401(k) account. |
Independent Trustee Ownership of Securities of the Adviser, Underwriter, and their Affiliates
Set forth in the table below is information regarding each Independent Trustees (and his or her immediate family members) share ownership in securities of the Funds investment adviser or principal underwriter, and the ownership of securities in an entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the investment adviser or principal underwriter of the Fund (not including RICs) as of December 31, 2012.
Name of Trustee |
Name of Owners and Relationship to Trustee |
Company | Title of Class |
Value of
Securities |
Percentage
of
Class |
|||||
Colleen Baldwin |
N/A | N/A | N/A | $0 | N/A | |||||
John V. Boyer |
N/A | N/A | N/A | $0 | N/A | |||||
Patricia W. Chadwick |
N/A | N/A | N/A | $0 | N/A | |||||
Albert E. DePrince, Jr. |
N/A | N/A | N/A | $0 | N/A | |||||
Peter S. Drotch |
N/A | N/A | N/A | $0 | N/A | |||||
J. Michael Earley |
N/A | N/A | N/A | $0 | N/A | |||||
Martin J. Gavin |
N/A | N/A | N/A | $0 | N/A | |||||
Russell H. Jones |
N/A | N/A | N/A | $0 | N/A | |||||
Patrick W. Kenny |
N/A | N/A | N/A | $0 | N/A | |||||
Joseph E. Obermeyer |
N/A | N/A | N/A | $0 | N/A | |||||
Sheryl K. Pressler |
N/A | N/A | N/A | $0 | N/A | |||||
Roger B. Vincent |
N/A | N/A | N/A | $0 | N/A |
122
Trustee Compensation
Each Trustee is reimbursed for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with each meeting of the Board or any of its Committee meetings attended. Each Independent Trustee is compensated for his or her services, on a quarterly basis, according to a fee schedule adopted by the Board. The current fee schedule consists of an annual retainer, compensation for Board and Committee Chairpersons, and additional compensation for attendance at regularly scheduled meetings. The Board may from time to time designate other meetings as subject to compensation.
The Fund pays each Trustee who is not an interested person of the Fund his or her pro rata share, as described below, of: (i) an annual retainer of $200,000; (ii) Mr. Vincent, as Chairperson of the Board, receives an additional annual retainer of $80,000; (iii) Mses. Baldwin, Chadwick and Pressler and Messrs. Earley, Boyer, and Kenny as Chairpersons of Committees of the Board, each receives an additional annual retainer of $25,000, $30,000, $65,000, $25,000, $30,000, and $25,000, respectively; (iv) $10,000 per attendance at any of the regularly scheduled meetings (four (4) quarterly meetings, two (2) auxiliary meetings, and two (2) annual contract review meetings); and (v) out-of-pocket expenses. The Board at its discretion may from time to time designate other special meetings as subject to an attendance fee in the amount of $5,000 for in-person meetings and $2,500 for special telephonic meetings.
The pro rata share paid by the Fund is based on the Funds average net assets as a percentage of the average net assets of all the funds managed by the advisers or their affiliate for which the Trustees serve in common as Trustees.
Future Compensation Payment
Certain future payment arrangements were in place prior to the Consolidation. More particularly, each non-interested Trustee, with the exception of Dr. DePrince and Messrs. Gavin, Jones, and Obermeyer, who was a Trustee on or before May 9, 2007, and who will have served as a non-interested Trustee for five or more years for one or more funds in the ING Fund Complex is entitled to a future payment (Future Payment), if such Trustee: (i) retires in accordance with the Boards retirement policy; (ii) dies; or (iii) becomes disabled. The Future Payment shall be made promptly to, as applicable, the Trustee or the Trustees estate, in an amount equal to two times the annual compensation payable to such Trustee, as in effect at the time of his or her retirement, death, or disability if the Trustee had served as Trustee for at least five years as of May 9, 2007, or in a lesser amount calculated based on the proportion of time served by such Trustee (as compared to five years) as of May 9, 2007. The annual compensation determination shall be based upon the annual Board membership retainer fee in effect at the time of that Trustees retirement, death, or disability (but not any separate annual retainer fees for chairpersons of committees and of the Board), provided that the annual compensation used for this purpose shall not exceed the annual retainer fees as of May 9, 2007. This amount shall be paid by the ING Fund or ING Funds on whose Board the Trustee was serving at the time of his or her retirement, death or disability. Each applicable Trustee may elect to receive payment of his or her benefit in a lump sum or in three substantially equal payments.
Compensation Table
The following table sets forth information provided by the Funds Adviser regarding compensation of the Trustees by the Fund and other funds managed by the adviser and its affiliates for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013. Trustees and Officers of the Trust who are interested persons of the Trust do not receive any compensation from the Fund or any other funds managed by the Adviser or its affiliates.
123
Name of Trustee |
Aggregate
Compensation From the Fund |
Pension or
Retirement Benefits Accrued As Part of Fund Expenses |
Estimated Annual
Benefits Upon Retirement |
Total Compensation From
and Fund Complex Paid to
|
||||
Colleen D. Baldwin (1) |
$5 | N/A | N/A | $310,000 ( 2 ) | ||||
John V. Boyer (1) |
$5 | N/A | N/A | $315,000 ( 2 ) | ||||
Patricia W. Chadwick |
$5 | N/A | N/A | $315,000 ( 2 ) | ||||
Albert E. DePrince, Jr |
$0 |
N/A |
N/A | $242,747 ( 3 ) | ||||
Peter S. Drotch |
$7 | N/A | N/A | $285,000 ( 2 ) | ||||
J. Michael Earley |
$8 | N/A | N/A | $310,000 ( 2 ) | ||||
Martin J. Gavin (1) |
$0 | N/A | N/A | $198,372 ( 3 ) | ||||
Russell H. Jones |
$0 | N/A | N/A | $207,747 ( 3 ) | ||||
Patrick W. Kenny (1) |
$8 | N/A | N/A | $310,000 ( 2 ) | ||||
Shaun P. Mathews ( 4 ) |
N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | ||||
Joseph E. Obermeyer (1) |
$0 | N/A | N/A | $235,247 ( 3 ) | ||||
Sheryl Pressler |
$8 | N/A | N/A | $350,000 ( 2 ) | ||||
Roger Vincent |
$9 | N/A | N/A | $365,000 ( 2 ) |
(1) |
During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, Ms. Baldwin, Mr. Boyer, Mr. Gavin, Mr. Kenny, and Mr. Obermeyer deferred $25,000, $20,000, $99,186, $77,500, and $23,525, respectively, of their compensation from the ING Fund Complex. |
(2) |
Represents compensation from 142 funds (total in the ING Funds Complex as of March 31, 2013 overseen by the Board member prior to the Consolidation). |
(3) |
Represents compensation from 34 funds (total in the ING Funds Complex as of March 31, 2013, overseen by the Board member prior to the Consolidation). |
(4) |
Interested Person, as defined by the Investment Company Act of 1940, because of the affiliation with ING Groep N.V., the parent corporation of the Adviser, ING Investments, LLC and the Distributor, ING Investments Distributor, LLC. Officers and Trustees who are interested persons do not receive any compensation from the Trust. |
CONTROL PERSONSAND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
Control is defined by the 1940 Act as the beneficial ownership, either directly or through one or more controlled companies, of more than 25% of the voting securities of the company. A control person may be able to take actions regarding its Fund without the consent or approval of shareholders.
As of July 16, 2013, the Trustees and officers of the Trust owned less than 1% of any shares of the Fund. As of that date, to the knowledge of management, no person owned beneficially or of record more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Fund, except as set forth below. Unless otherwise indicated below, the Trust has no knowledge as to whether all or any portion of the shares owned of record are also owned beneficially.
Fund | Address |
Class and
Type of Ownership |
Percentage
of Class |
Percentage
of Fund |
||||
Strategic Income Fund |
ING Investment Management Co. LLC ATTN Robby Presser 230 Park Avenue 13 th FL New York, NY 10169 |
A | 71.14% | 99.76% | ||||
Strategic Income Fund |
BNYM I S TRUST CO CUST ROTH IRA FBO Daniel Stayte 538 Nelson Dr Brownsburg, IN 46112-1102 |
A | 28.23% | 0.02% | ||||
Strategic Income Fund |
ING Investment Management Co. LLC ATTN Robby Presser 230 Park Avenue 13 th FL New York, NY 10169
|
C | 21.86% | 99.76% |
124
Fund | Address |
Class and
Type of Ownership |
Percentage
of Class |
Percentage
of Fund |
||||
Strategic Income Fund |
BNYM I S TRUST CO CUST IRA FBO Myron Mann 5655 Natick Ave Van Nuys, CA 91411-3322 |
C | 75.68% | 0.21% | ||||
Strategic Income Fund |
ING Investment Management Co. LLC ATTN Robby Presser 230 Park Avenue 13 th FL New York, NY 10169 |
I | 100.00% | 99.76% | ||||
Strategic Income Fund |
ING Investment Management Co. LLC ATTN Robby Presser 230 Park Avenue 13 th FL New York, NY 10169 |
R | 99.67% | 99.76% | ||||
Strategic Income Fund |
ING Investment Management Co. LLC ATTN Robby Presser 230 Park Avenue 13 th FL New York, NY 10169 |
W | 99.67% | 99.76% |
The Fund, the adviser, the sub-adviser, and the Distributor have adopted a code of ethics (Code of Ethics) or written supervisory procedures governing personal trading activities of all Trustees, officers of the Fund, and persons who, in connection with their regular functions, play a role in the recommendation of any purchase or sale of a security by the Fund or obtain information pertaining to such purchase or sale. The Code of Ethics is intended to prohibit fraud against the Fund that may arise from personal trading of securities that may be purchased or held by the Fund or the Funds shares. The Code of Ethics also prohibits short-term trading of the Fund by persons subject to the Code of Ethics. Personal trading is permitted by such persons subject to certain restrictions; however such persons are generally required to pre-clear all security transactions with the Funds Compliance Department and to report all transactions on a regular basis. The sub-adviser has adopted its own Code of Ethics to govern the personal trading activities of its personnel.
The Board has adopted proxy voting procedures and guidelines to govern the voting of proxies relating to the Funds portfolio securities. The proxy voting procedures provide that, under most circumstances, the Fund will echo vote its interests in Underlying Funds. This means that, if the Fund must vote on a proposal with respect to an Underlying Fund, the Fund will vote its interest in that Underlying Fund in the same proportion all other shareholders in the Underlying Fund voted their interests. The effect of echo voting may be that a small number of shareholders may determine the outcome of a vote. The procedures delegate to ING Investments, LLC the authority to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities, and provide a method for responding to potential conflicts of interest. In delegating voting authority to ING Investments, LLC, the Board has also approved ING Investments, LLCs proxy voting procedures, which require ING Investments, LLC to vote proxies in accordance with the Funds proxy voting procedures and guidelines. An independent proxy voting service has been retained to assist in the voting of Fund proxies through the provision of vote analysis, implementation and recordkeeping and disclosure services. In addition, the Compliance Committee oversees the implementation of the Funds proxy voting procedures. A copy of the proxy voting procedures and guidelines of the Fund, including procedures of ING Investments, LLC, is attached hereto as Appendix B. No later than August 31 st of each year, information regarding how the Fund voted proxies relating to portfolio securities for the one-year period ending June 30 th is available through INGs website (www.INGInvestment.com) or by accessing the SECs EDGAR database (www.sec.gov).
125
The adviser for the Fund is ING Investments, LLC (Adviser or ING Investments), which is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser and serves as an investment adviser to registered investment companies (or series thereof), as well as structured finance vehicles. The Adviser, subject to the authority of the Board, has the overall responsibility for the management of the Funds portfolio, subject to delegation of certain responsibilities to another investment adviser. The Adviser is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of ING U.S., Inc. (ING U.S.). ING U.S. is a U.S.-based financial institution whose subsidiaries operate in the retirement, investment, and insurance industries. As of the date of this SAI, ING U.S. is a majority-owned subsidiary of ING Groep N.V. (ING Groep). ING Groep is a global financial institution of Dutch origin with operations in more than 40 countries. The principal executive offices of ING U.S. are located at 5780 Powers Ferry Road N.S., Atlanta, GA 30327-4390 and the principal executive offices of ING Groep are located at Amstelveenseweg 500, 1081 KL, P.O. Box 810, 1000 AV Amsterdam, The Netherlands. The Advisers principal executive offices are located at 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100, Scottsdale, AZ, 85258.
The Adviser serves pursuant to an investment advisory agreement (Investment Advisory Agreement) between ING Investments and the Trust, on behalf of the Fund. The Investment Advisory Agreement requires the Adviser to oversee the provision of all investment advisory and portfolio management services for the Fund. Pursuant to a sub-advisory agreement, (Sub-Advisory Agreement), the Adviser has delegated certain management responsibilities to the Sub-Adviser. The Adviser oversees the investment management of ING Investment Management Co. LLC (ING IM).
The Investment Advisory Agreement requires the Adviser to provide, subject to the supervision of the Board, investment advice and investment services to the Fund and to furnish advice and recommendations with respect to investment of the Funds assets and the purchase or sale of its portfolio securities. The Adviser also provides investment research and analysis. The Investment Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser is not subject to liability to the Fund for any act or omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering services under the Investment Advisory Agreement, except by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the Investment Advisory Agreement.
Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, subject to the expense reimbursement provisions described in this SAI, other expenses incurred in the operation of the Trust are borne by the Fund including, without limitation, brokerage commissions, legal, auditing, taxes or governmental fees, networking servicing costs, fund accounting servicing costs, fulfillment servicing costs, the cost of preparing share certificates, custodian, depository, transfer and shareholder service agent costs, expenses of issue, sale, redemption and repurchase of shares, expenses of registering and qualifying shares for state, insurance premiums on property or personnel (including officers and trustees if available) of the series which insure to each series benefit, expenses relating to trustee and shareholder meetings, the cost of preparing and distributing reports and notices to shareholders, the fees and other Board approved expenses incurred by the Trust in connection with membership in investment company organizations and the cost of printing copies of prospectuses and statements of additional information distributed to shareholders.
After an initial term of two years, the Investment Advisory Agreement continues in effect from year to year so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by: (i) the Board; or (ii) the vote of a majority (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Funds outstanding voting securities (as defined in Section 2(a)(42) of the 1940 Act); and by a vote of at least a majority of the Independent Trustees by a vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
126
The Investment Advisory Agreement is terminable without penalty by a vote of the Board or by a vote of the majority of the holders of the Funds outstanding voting securities, or by the Adviser, on sixty (60) days written notice to the other party. The notice provided for herein may be waived by either party. The Investment Advisory Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as defined in Section 2(a)(4) of the 1940 Act).
Approval of the Investment Advisory Agreement
For information regarding the basis for the Boards approval of the investment advisory relationships for the Fund, please refer to the annual shareholder report dated March 31, 2013.
ING Groep Restructuring
In October 2009, ING Groep submitted a restructuring plan (the Restructuring Plan) to the European Commission in order to receive approval for state aid granted to ING Groep by the Kingdom of the Netherlands in November 2008 and March 2009. To receive approval for this state aid, ING Groep was required to divest its insurance and investment management businesses, including ING U.S., before the end of 2013. In November 2012, the Restructuring Plan was amended to permit ING Groep additional time to complete the divestment. Pursuant to the amended Restructuring Plan, ING Groep must divest at least 25% of ING U.S. by the end of 2013, more than 50% by the end of 2014, and the remaining interest by the end of 2016 (such divestment, the Separation Plan).
On November 9, 2012, ING U.S. filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the Form S-1) with the SEC to register an initial public offering of ING U.S. common stock (the IPO). On May 1, 2013, this Registration Statement including subsequent amendments became effective and the IPO was priced. The IPO closed on May 7, 2013. The overallotment option was exercised on May 28, 2013 and closed on May 31, 2013. ING Groep continues to own a majority of the common stock of ING U.S. ING Groep intends to sell its remaining controlling ownership interest in ING U.S. over time. While the base case for the remainder of the Separation Plan is the divestment of ING Groeps remaining interest in one or more broadly distributed offerings, all options remain open and it is possible that ING Groeps divestment of its remaining interest in ING U.S. may take place by means of a sale to a single buyer or group of buyers.
It is anticipated that one or more of the transactions contemplated by the Separation Plan would result in the automatic termination of the existing Investment Advisory and Sub-Advisory Agreements under which the Adviser and Sub-Adviser provide services to the Fund. In order to ensure that the existing investment advisory and sub-advisory services can continue uninterrupted, the Board approved new advisory and sub-advisory agreements for the Fund, as applicable, in connection with the IPO. In addition, shareholders of the Fund have been asked to approve new investment advisory and sub-advisory agreements prompted by the IPO, as well as any future advisory and sub-advisory agreements prompted by the Separation Plan that are approved by the Board and whose terms are not be materially different from the current agreements. Shareholders of the Fund approved new advisory and sub-advisory agreements. This means that shareholders may not have another opportunity to vote on a new agreement with the Adviser or an affiliated sub-adviser even if they undergo a change of control, as long as no single person or group of persons acting together gains control (as defined in the 1940 Act) of ING U.S.
The Separation Plan, whether implemented through public offerings or other means, may be disruptive to the businesses of ING U.S. and its subsidiaries, including the Adviser and affiliated entities that provide services to the Fund, and may cause, among other things, interruption of business operations or services, diversion of managements attention from day-to-day operations, reduced access to capital, and loss of key employees or customers. The completion of the Separation Plan is expected to result in the Advisers
127
loss of access to the resources of ING Groep, which could adversely affect its business. Since a portion of the shares of ING U.S., as a standalone entity, are publicly held, it is subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as well as other U.S. government and state regulations, and subject to the risk of changing regulation.
The Separation Plan may be implemented in phases. During the time that ING Groep retains a majority interest in ING U.S., circumstances affecting ING Groep, including restrictions or requirements imposed on ING Groep by European and other authorities, may also affect ING U.S. A failure to complete the Separation Plan could create uncertainty about the nature of the relationship between ING U.S. and ING Groep, and could adversely affect ING U.S. and the Adviser and its affiliates. Currently, the Adviser and its affiliates do not anticipate that the Separation Plan will have a material adverse impact on their operations or the Fund and its operations.
Advisory Fees
The Adviser bears the expenses of providing its services, and pays the fees of the Sub-Adviser. For its services, the Fund pays the Adviser, expressed as an annual rate, a monthly fee in arrears equal to the following as a percentage of the Funds average daily net assets during the month:
Fund |
Annual Advisory Fee |
|
ING Strategic Income |
0.55% |
Expense Limitation Agreement
The Adviser has entered into an expense limitation agreement with the Fund (Expense Limitation Agreement) pursuant to which the Adviser has agreed to waive or limit its fees. In connection with this agreement and certain U.S. tax requirements, the Adviser will assume other expenses so that the total annual ordinary operating expenses of the Fund (which excludes interest, taxes, brokerage commissions, other investment-related costs, extraordinary expenses such as litigation, other expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of the Funds business, and expenses of any counsel or other persons or services retained by the Trusts Trustees who are not interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act)) do not exceed:
Class A | Class C | Class I | Class R | Class W | ||||||
Expense Limit |
1.15% | 1.90% | 0.70% | 1.40% | 0.90% |
The Fund may, at a later date, reimburse the Adviser for management fees waived and other expenses assumed by the Adviser during the previous thirty-six (36) months, but only if, after such reimbursement, the Funds expense ratios do not exceed the percentages described above. The Adviser will only be reimbursed for fees waived or expenses assumed after the effective date of the Expense Limitation Agreement.
The Expense Limitation Agreement provides that the expense limitation shall continue until August 1, 2014. The expense limitations are contractual and shall renew automatically for one-year terms unless the Adviser provides written notice of termination of the Expense Limitation Agreement to the Independent Chairman of the Board within ninety (90) days of the end of the then-current term or upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement. The Expense Limitation Agreement may also be terminated by the Trust, without payment of any penalty, or upon ninety (90) days prior written notice to the Adviser at its principal place of business.
128
Total Advisory Fees Paid by the Fund
The following table sets forth the total amounts the Fund paid to the Adviser for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013.
Fund |
March 31 | |||||
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | ||||
ING Strategic Income | 11,194 ( 1 ) | N/A | N/A |
(1) |
The Fund commenced operations on November 2, 2012. The advisory fees paid reflect the period from November 2, 2012 to March 31, 2013. |
The Investment Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser, with the approval of the Board, may select and employ investment advisers to serve as sub-advisers for the Fund, and shall monitor the sub-advisers investment programs and results, and coordinate the investment activities of the sub-advisers to ensure compliance with regulatory restrictions. The Adviser has engaged the services of ING IM to provide sub-advisory services to the Fund. The Adviser and the sub-adviser have entered into a sub-advisory agreement which was approved by the Trustees and by the shareholders of the Fund.
The Adviser pays all of its expenses arising from the performance of its obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement, including all fees payable to the Sub-Adviser, and executive salaries and expenses of the Directors and Officers of the Trust who are employees of the Adviser or its affiliates. The Sub-Adviser pays all of its expenses arising from the performance of its obligations under the Sub-Advisory Agreement.
After an initial term of two (2) years, the Sub-Advisory Agreement continues in effect from year-to-year so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by: (i) the Board; or (ii) the vote of a majority (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Funds outstanding shares voting as a single class; provided, that in either event the continuance is also approved by at least a majority of the Independent Trustees by a vote case in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
The Sub-Advisory Agreement is terminable as to a particular Fund without penalty with not less than sixty (60) days written notice by the Board or by a vote of the holders of a majority of the Funds outstanding voting securities, at any time by: (i) the Trustees; (ii) the Adviser; or (iii) the shareholders of the Fund upon 60 days prior written notice. The Sub-Advisory Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act).
Approval of Sub-Advisory Agreement
For information regarding the basis for the Boards approval of the sub-advisory relationship for the Fund, please refer to the Funds annual shareholder report dated March 31, 2013.
Manager-of-Managers Structure
On May 24, 2002, the SEC issued an Exemptive Order permitting the Adviser to enter into new investment sub-advisory agreements with non-affiliated sub-advisers or to materially amend an existing sub-advisory agreement, subject to the approval by the Board (including a majority of Independent Trustees), but without shareholder approval. This authority is subject to certain conditions, including: (i) the requirement that the Trustees (including a majority of Independent Trustees) must approve any new or
129
amended sub-advisory agreements with a sub-adviser on behalf of a fund; (ii) the condition that an information statement describing any change in sub-adviser will be provided to shareholders within 90 days of the change; and (iii) a funds shareholders have approved the arrangement.
The Adviser remains responsible for providing general management services to the Fund, including overall supervisory responsibility for the general management and investment of the Funds assets, and, subject to the review and approval of the Board, will among other things: (i) set the Funds overall investment strategies; (ii) evaluate, select, and recommend sub-advisers to manage all or part of the Funds assets; (iii) when appropriate, allocate and reallocate the Funds assets among multiple sub-advisers; (iv) monitor and evaluate the investment performance of sub-advisers; and (v) implement procedures reasonably designed to ensure that the sub-advisers comply with the Funds investment objective, policies, and restrictions.
Pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, ING IM serves as the Sub-Adviser to the Fund. In this capacity, the Sub-Adviser, subject to the supervision and control of the Adviser and the Board, manages the Funds portfolio investments consistently with its investment objective, and execute any of the Funds investment policies that it deems appropriate to utilize from time to time. Fees payable under the Sub-Advisory Agreement are based on an annual fee as disclosed below and are paid monthly in arrears by the Adviser. ING IM, a Delaware limited liability company, is located at 230 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10169. ING IM is a wholly-owned subsidiary of ING Groep and an affiliate of ING Investments.
Sub-Advisory Fees
The following table sets forth, expressed as an annual rate, the monthly fee paid by the Adviser to the Sub-Adviser as a percentage of the Funds average daily net assets during the month:
Fund | Annual Sub-Advisory Fee | |
ING Strategic Income | 0.2475% |
Total Sub-Advisory Fees Paid
The following table sets forth the sub-advisory fees paid by the Adviser for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013.
Fund |
March 31 | |||||
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | ||||
ING Strategic Income |
$5, 037 (1) | N/A | N/A |
(1) |
The Fund commenced operations on November 1, 2012. The sub-advisory fees paid reflect the period from November 1, 2012 to March 31, 2013. |
130
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS
Other Accounts Managed
The following table sets forth the number of accounts and total assets in the accounts managed by each portfolio manager as of March 31, 2013:
Portfolio Manager |
Registered Investment Companies |
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
Other Accounts | |||||||||
Number of
Accounts |
Total Assets | Number of Accounts* | Total Assets | Number of Accounts* | Total Assets | |||||||
Christine Hurtsellers |
10 | $5,877,954,031 | 32 | $8,714,652,442 | 16 | $8,101,688,087 | ||||||
Michael Mata |
9 | $9,405,595,145 | 2 | $113,840,078 | 2 | $374,596,583 | ||||||
Matthew Toms |
7 | $8,600,018,091 | 0 | $0 | 0 | $0 |
* None of these accounts have an advisory fee based on performance.
Potential Material Conflicts of Interest
A portfolio manager may be subject to potential conflicts of interest because the portfolio manager is responsible for other accounts in addition to the Fund. These other accounts may include, among others, other mutual funds, separately managed advisory accounts, commingled trust accounts, insurance separate accounts, wrap fee programs, and hedge funds. Potential conflicts may arise out of the implementation of differing investment strategies for the portfolio managers various accounts, the allocation of investment opportunities among those accounts, or differences in the advisory fees paid by the portfolio managers accounts.
A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio managers responsibility for multiple accounts with similar investment guidelines. Under these circumstances, a potential investment may be suitable for more than one of the portfolio managers accounts but the quantity of the investment available for purchase is less than the aggregate amount the accounts would ideally devote to the opportunity. Similar conflicts may arise when multiple accounts seek to dispose of the same investment.
A portfolio manager may also manage accounts whose objectives and policies differ from those of the Fund. These differences may be such that, under certain circumstances, trading activity appropriate for one account managed by the portfolio manager may have adverse consequences for another account managed by the portfolio manager. For example, if an account were to sell a significant position in a security which could cause the market price of that security to decrease while the Fund maintained its position in that security.
A potential conflict may arise when a portfolio manager is responsible for accounts that have different advisory fees the difference in the fees may create an incentive for the portfolio manager to favor one account over another, for example, in terms of access to particularly appealing investment opportunities. This conflict may be heightened where an account is subject to a performance-based fee. As part of its compliance program, the Sub-Adviser has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to address the potential conflicts of interest described above.
Finally, a potential conflict of interest may arise because the investment mandates for certain other accounts, such as hedge funds, may allow extensive use of short sales which, in theory, could allow them to enter into short positions in securities where other accounts hold long positions. The Sub-Adviser has policies and procedures reasonably designed to limit and monitor short sales by the other accounts to avoid harm to the Funds.
131
Compensation
The portfolio managers (Portfolio Managers) compensation consists of: (i) a fixed base salary; (ii) a bonus, which is based on ING IM performance, one, three and five year pre-tax performance of the accounts the portfolio managers are primarily and jointly responsible for relative to account benchmarks, peer universe performance, and revenue growth and net cash flow growth (changes in the accounts net assets not attributable to changes in the value of the accounts investments) of the accounts they are responsible for; and (iii) long-term equity awards tied to the performance of our parent company, ING Groep and/or a notional investment in a pre-defined set of ING IM sub-advised Funds.
Portfolio managers are also eligible to receive an annual cash incentive award delivered in some combination of cash and a deferred award in the form of ING stock. The overall design of the annual incentive plan was developed to tie pay to both performance and cash flows, structured in such a way as to drive performance and promote retention of top talent. As with base salary compensation, individual target awards are determined and set based on external market data and internal comparators. Investment performance is measured on both relative and absolute performance in all areas.
ING IM has a defined index (here, the Barclays U.S. Universal Bond Index for the Portfolio Managers of the Fund). The measures for the team are outlined on a scorecard that is reviewed on an annual basis. These scorecards measure investment performance versus benchmark and peer groups over one-, three-, and five-year periods; and year-to-date net cash flow (changes in the accounts net assets not attributable to changes in the value of the accounts investments) and revenue growth for all accounts managed by the team. The results for overall ING IM scorecards are typically calculated on an asset weighted performance basis of the individual team scorecards.
Investment professionals performance measures for bonus determinations are weighted by 25% being attributable to the overall ING IM performance and 75% attributable to their specific team results (65% investment performance, 5% net cash flow, and 5% revenue growth).
ING IMs long-term incentive plan is designed to provide ownership-like incentives to reward continued employment and to link long-term compensation to the financial performance of the business. Based on job function, internal comparators and external market data, employees may be granted long-term awards. All senior investment professionals participate in the long-term compensation plan. Participants receive annual awards determined by the management committee based largely on investment performance and contribution to firm performance. Plan awards are based on the current years performance as defined by the ING IM component of the annual incentive plan. Awards typically include a combination of performance shares, which vest ratably over a three-year period, and ING restricted stock and/or a notional investment in a predefined set of ING IM sub-advised Funds, each subject to a three-year cliff-vesting schedule.
If a portfolio managers base salary compensation exceeds a particular threshold, he or she may participate in INGs deferred compensation plan. The plan provides an opportunity to invest deferred amounts of compensation in mutual funds, ING stock or at an annual fixed interest rate. Deferral elections are done on an annual basis and the amount of compensation deferred is irrevocable.
132
Ownership of Securities
The following table shows the dollar range of shares of the Fund owned by each portfolio manager as of March 31, 2013, including investments by their immediate family members and amounts invested through retirement and deferred compensation plans:
Portfolio Manager |
Dollar Range of Fund Shares Owned | |
Christine Hurtsellers |
None | |
Michael Mata |
None | |
Matthew Toms |
None |
Shares of the Fund are offered on a continuous basis. The Trust has entered into an underwriting agreement with the Distributor (Distribution Agreement) pursuant to which the Distributor serves as principal underwriter of the Fund. ING Investments Distributor, LLC is a Delaware limited liability company and is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of ING U.S. and an affiliate of the Adviser and ING IM. The Distributors principal offices are located at 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100, Scottsdale, Arizona 85258.
As principal underwriter for the Fund, the Distributor has agreed to use its best efforts to distribute the shares of the Fund, although it is not obligated to sell any particular amount of shares. The Distributor shall be responsible for all expenses of providing distribution services including the costs of printing and distributing prospectuses and SAIs for prospective shareholders and such other sales literature, reports, forms, advertising, and any other marketing efforts by the Distributor in connection with the distribution or sale of the shares.
The Trust shall be responsible for the costs of registering the shares with the SEC and for the costs of preparing prospectuses and SAIs and such other documents as are required to maintain the registration of the shares with the SEC as well as their distribution to existing shareholders. The Distributor does not receive compensation for providing services under the Distribution Agreement.
The Distribution Agreement may be continued from year to year if approved annually by the Trustees or by a vote of holders of a majority of the Funds shares, and by a vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Distributor, or the Trust, appearing in person at a meeting called for the purpose of approving such Agreement.
The Distribution Agreement terminates automatically upon assignment and may be terminated at any time on 60 days written notice by the Trustees, the Distributor, or by vote of holders of a majority of the Funds shares without the payment of any penalty.
The Trust has distribution and/or shareholder service plans pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (Rule 12b-1 Plans) applicable to most classes of shares offered by the Fund.
The Fund intends to operate the Rule 12b-1 Plans in accordance with their terms and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) rules concerning sales charges. Under the Rule 12b-1 Plans, the Distributor may be entitled to a payment each month in connection with the offering, sale, and shareholder servicing of Class A, Class C, and Class R shares in amounts as set forth in the following table. The Fund does not have a 12b-1 Plan with respect to Class I and Class W shares.
133
The following table sets forth the Distribution and Shareholder Servicing Fees for the Fund.
Fund | Fees Based on Average Daily Net Assets | |||||
Class A | Class C | Class R | ||||
ING Strategic Income | 0.25% | 1.00% | 0.50% |
The Rule 12b-1 Plans have been approved by the Board, including all of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust as defined in the 1940 Act. Each Rule 12b-1 Plan must be renewed annually by the Board, including a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Rule 12b-1 Plan, cast in person at a meeting called for that purpose. It is also required that the selection and nomination of such Trustees be committed to the Trustees who are not interested persons. Each Rule 12b-1 Plan and any distribution or service agreement may be terminated by the Fund at any time, without any penalty, by such Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the Funds outstanding shares on written notice. The Distributor or any dealer or other firm may also terminate their respective distribution or service agreement at any time upon written notice.
In approving each Rule 12b-1 Plan, the Board has determined that differing distribution arrangements in connection with the sale of new shares of the Fund are necessary and appropriate to meet the needs of different potential investors. Therefore, the Board, including those Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust, concluded that, in the exercise of their reasonable business judgment and in light of their fiduciary duties, there is a reasonable likelihood that the Rule 12b-1 Plans as tailored to each class of the Fund will benefit such ING Funds and their respective shareholders.
Each Rule 12b-1 Plan and any distribution or service agreement may not be amended to increase materially the amount spent for distribution expenses as to the Fund without approval by a majority of the Funds outstanding shares, and all material amendments to a Rule 12b-1 Plan or any distribution or service agreement shall be approved by the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on any such amendment.
The Distributor is required to report in writing to the Board at least quarterly on the monies reimbursed to it under each Rule 12b-1 Plan, as well as to furnish the Board with such other information as may be reasonably requested in connection with the payments made under the Rule 12b-1 Plan in order to enable the Board to make an informed determination of whether the Rule 12b-1 Plan should be continued. The terms and provision of the Rule 12b-1 Plan and Shareholder Services Plan relating required reports, term and approval are consistent with the requirements of Rule 12b-1 Plan.
Class A, Class C, and Class R Shares
The fees under the 12b-1 Plans may be used to cover the expenses of the Distributor primarily intended to result in the sale of Class A, Class C, and Class R shares of the Fund, including payments to dealers for selling shares of the Fund and for servicing shareholders of these classes of the Fund. Activities for which these fees may be used include: promotional activities; preparation and distribution of advertising materials and sales literature; expenses of organizing and conducting sales seminars; personnel costs and overhead of the Distributor; printing of prospectuses and statements of additional information (and supplements thereto) and reports for other than existing shareholders; payments to dealers and others that provide shareholder services; interest on accrued distribution expenses; and costs of administering the Rule 12b-1 Plans. No more than 0.75% per annum of the Funds average net assets may be used to finance distribution expenses, exclusive of shareholder servicing payments, and no authorized dealer (Authorized Dealer) may receive shareholder servicing payments in excess of 0.25% per annum of the Funds average net assets held by the Authorized Dealers clients or customers.
134
Under the Rule 12b-1 Plans, ongoing payments will generally be made on a quarterly basis to Authorized Dealers for both distribution and shareholder servicing at rates that are based on the average daily net assets of shares that are registered in the name of that Authorized Dealer as nominee or held in a shareholder account that designates that Authorized Dealer as the dealer of record. The rates, on an annual basis, are as follows: 0.25% for Class A, 1.00% for Class C, and 0.50% for Class R. Rights to these payments begin to accrue in the 13 th month following a purchase of Class A, Class C, or Class R shares. The Distributor may, in its discretion, pay such financial intermediary 12b-1 fees prior to the 13 th month following the purchase of Class A, Class C, or Class R shares. With respect to Class A, Class C, and Class R shares of the Fund, the Distributor will receive payment without regard to actual distribution expenses it incurs. If a Rule 12b-1 Plan is terminated in accordance with its terms, the obligations of the Fund to make payments to the Distributor pursuant to the Rule 12b-1 Plan will cease and the Fund will not be required to make any payments for expenses incurred after the date the Rule 12b-1 Plan terminates.
In addition to paying fees under the Funds Rule 12b-1 Plans, the Fund may pay service fees to intermediaries such as brokers-dealers, financial advisors, or other financial institutions, including affiliates of the Adviser (such as ING Funds Services) for administration, sub-transfer agency, and other shareholder services associated with investors whose shares are held of record in omnibus accounts. These additional fees paid by the Fund to intermediaries and are a fixed dollar amount payment per each underlying shareholder account. These may include payments for 401(K) sub-accounting services, networking fees, and omnibus account servicing fees.
Total Distribution Expenses
The following table sets forth the total distribution expenses incurred by the Distributor for the costs of promotion and distribution with respect to each class of shares of the Funds for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013.
Distribution Expenses | Class A | Class C | Class I | Class R | Class W | |||||
ING Strategic Income Fund (1) | ||||||||||
Advertising | $0 | $0 | $160 | $0 | $0 | |||||
Printing | $0 | $0 | $3,046 | $0 | $0 | |||||
Salaries & Commissions | $5,893 | $4,982 | $12,509 | $4,985 | $4,989 | |||||
Broker Servicing | $2,310 | $1,911 | $4,828 | $1,912 | $1,914 | |||||
Miscellaneous | $225 | $187 | $455 | $178 | $178 | |||||
Total | $8,428 | $7,078 | $20,998 | $7,075 | $7,081 |
(1) |
The Fund commenced operations on November 2, 2012. The distribution expenses paid reflect the period from November 2, 2012 to March 31, 2013. |
Underwriting Fees Paid
The following table sets forth the total underwriting fees paid for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013.
Fund | March 31 | |||||
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | ||||
ING Strategic Income |
$25 (1) | N/A | N/A |
(1) |
The Fund commenced operations on November 2, 2012. The underwriting fees paid reflect the period from November 2, 2012 to March 31, 2013. |
135
The Funds assets may decrease or increase within the Funds fiscal year and the Funds operating expense ratios may correspondingly increase or decrease.
In addition to the management fee and other fees described previously, the Fund pays other expenses, such as legal, audit, transfer agency, and custodian out-of-pocket fees; proxy solicitation costs; and the compensation of Trustees who are not affiliated with the Adviser. Certain expenses of the Fund are generally allocated to the Fund, and each class of the Fund, in proportion to its pro rata average net assets; provided that expenses that are specific to a class of the Fund may be charged directly to that class in accordance with the Funds Amended and Restated Multiple Class Plan pursuant to Rule 18f-3. However, the Rule 12b-1 Plan fees for each class of shares are charged proportionately only to the outstanding shares of that class. Certain operating expenses shared by several funds are generally allocated amongst those funds based on average net assets.
ING Funds Services, LLC (Administrator) serves as administrator for the Fund pursuant to an administration agreement between the Trust and the Administrator (Administration Agreement). The Administrators principal offices are located at 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100, Scottsdale, Arizona 85258.
Subject to the supervision of the Board, the Administrator provides the overall business management and administrative services necessary to properly conduct the Funds business, except for those services performed by the Adviser under the Investment Advisory Agreement, ING IM under the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the custodian for the Fund under the Custodian Agreement, the transfer agent for the Fund under the Transfer Agency Agreement, and such other service providers as may be retained by the Fund from time to time. The Administrator acts as a liaison among these service providers to the Fund. The Administrator also furnishes the Fund with adequate personnel, office space, communications facilities and other facilities necessary for the operation of the Fund. These services include preparation of annual and other reports to shareholders and to the SEC. The Administrator also handles the filing of federal, state and local income tax returns for the Fund not being furnished by other service providers. The Administrator is also responsible for monitoring the Funds compliance with applicable legal requirements and with their investment policies and restrictions.
According to the Administration Agreement, the Administrator will pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with its activities, except such expenses as are assumed by the Trust under the Administration Agreement, including, without limitation, the expenses of software licensing and similar products used in the preparation of registration statements including prospectuses and statements of additional information, shareholder reports and notices, proxy materials, and other documents filed with governmental agencies.
The Administration Agreements will remain in effect from year-to-year if approved annually by a majority of the Trustees.
The Administration Agreement may be cancelled by the Board on behalf of the Fund, without payment of any penalty, by a vote of a majority of the Trustees upon sixty (60) days written notice to the Administrator, or by the Administrator at any time, without the payment of any penalty upon sixty (60) days written notice to the Trust.
136
Administrative Services Fees
The Administrator receives an annual administrative services fee equal to 0.10% of the Funds average daily net assets. The Administrators fee is accrued daily against the value of the Funds net assets and is payable by the Fund monthly.
Total Administrative Services Fees Paid
The following table sets forth the administrative service fees paid by the Fund to the Administrator for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.
Fund |
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | |||
ING Strategic Income |
$2, 035 (1) | N/A | N/A |
(1) |
The Fund commenced operations on November 2, 2012. The administrative services fees paid reflect the period from November 2, 2012 to March 31, 2013. |
Custodian
The Bank of New York Mellon, One Wall Street, New York, New York 10286, serves as custodian for the Fund. The custodian does not participate in determining the investment policies of the Fund nor in deciding which securities are purchased or sold by the Fund. The Fund may, however, invest in obligations of the custodian and may purchase or sell securities from or to the custodian. For portfolio securities that are purchased and held outside the United States, the Bank of New York Mellon has entered into sub-custodian arrangements (which are designed to comply with Rule 17f-5 under the 1940 Act) with certain foreign banks and clearing agencies.
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
KPMG LLP serves as the independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund. KPMG LLP provides audit services, tax return preparation and assistance and consultation in connection with review of SEC filings. KPMG LLP is located at Two Financial Center, 60 South Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111.
Legal Counsel
Legal matters for the Trust are passed upon by Dechert LLP, 1900 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006.
Transfer Agent
BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. (Transfer Agent), 301 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, serves as the Transfer Agent and dividend-paying agent to the Fund.
137
The Fund normally invests all of its assets in shares of the Underlying Funds. This section describes the portfolio transactions of the Fund and Underlying Funds.
The Adviser or Sub-Adviser for the Fund places orders for the purchase and sale of investment securities for the Fund, pursuant to authority granted in the Funds Investment Advisory Agreement or Sub-Advisory Agreement. Subject to policies and procedures approved by the Funds Board, the Adviser or Sub-Adviser has discretion to make decisions relating to placing these orders, including, where applicable, selecting the brokers or dealers that will execute the purchase and sale of investment securities, negotiating the commission or other compensation paid to the broker or dealer executing the trade, or using an electronic trading network (ECN) or alternative trading system (ATS).
In situations where the Sub-Adviser resigns or the Adviser otherwise assumes day to day management of the Fund pursuant to its Investment Advisory Agreement with the Fund, the Adviser will perform the services described herein as being performed by the Sub-Adviser.
How Securities Transactions are Effected
Purchases and sales of securities on a securities exchange (which include most equity securities) are effected through brokers who charge a commission for their services. In transactions on securities exchanges in the United States, these commissions are negotiated, while on many foreign securities exchanges commissions are fixed. Securities traded in the over-the-counter markets (such as fixed-income securities and some equity securities) are generally traded on a net basis with market makers acting as dealers; in these transactions, the dealers act as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission, although the price of the security usually includes a profit to the dealer. Transactions in certain over-the-counter securities also may be effected on an agency basis, when, in the Advisers or Sub-Advisers opinion, the total price paid (including commission) is equal to or better than the best total price available from a market maker. In underwritten offerings, securities are usually purchased at a fixed price, which includes an amount of compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the underwriters concession or discount. On occasion, certain money market instruments may be purchased directly from an issuer, in which case no commissions or discounts are paid. The Adviser or Sub-Adviser may also place trades using an ECN or ATS.
How the Adviser or Sub-Adviser Selects Broker-Dealers
The Adviser or Sub-Adviser has a duty to seek to obtain best execution of the Funds orders, taking into consideration a full range of factors designed to produce the most favorable overall terms reasonably available under the circumstances. In selecting brokers and dealers to execute trades, the Adviser or Sub-Adviser may consider both the characteristics of the trade and the full range and quality of the brokerage services available from eligible broker-dealers. This consideration often involves qualitative as well as quantitative judgments. Factors relevant to the nature of the trade may include, among others, price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dollar spread), the size of the order, the nature and characteristics (including liquidity) of the market for the security, the difficulty of execution, the timing of the order, potential market impact, and the need for confidentiality, speed, and certainty of execution. Factors relevant to the range and quality of brokerage services available from eligible brokers and dealers may include, among others, the firms execution, clearance, settlement, and other operational facilities;
1 |
For purposes of this section, the discussion relating to investment decisions made by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser with respect to the Fund also includes investment decisions made by an adviser or sub-adviser with respect to an Underlying Fund. For convenience, only the terms Adviser or Sub-Adviser and Fund are used. |
138
willingness and ability to commit capital or take risk in positioning a block of securities, where necessary; special expertise in particular securities or markets; ability to provide liquidity, speed and anonymity; the nature and quality of other brokerage and research services provided to the Adviser or Sub-Adviser (consistent with the safe harbor described below); and the firms general reputation, financial condition and responsiveness to the Adviser or Sub-Adviser, as demonstrated in the particular transaction or other transactions. Subject to its duty to seek best execution of the Funds orders, the Adviser or Sub-Adviser may select broker-dealers that participate in commission recapture programs that have been established for the benefit of the Fund. Under these programs, the participating broker-dealers will return to the Fund (in the form of a credit to the Fund) a portion of the brokerage commissions paid to the broker-dealers by the Fund. These credits are used to pay certain expenses of the Fund. These commissions recapture payments benefit the Fund, and not the Adviser or Sub-Adviser.
The Safe Harbor for Soft Dollar Practices
In selecting broker-dealers to execute a trade for the Fund, the Adviser or Sub-Adviser may consider the nature and quality of brokerage and research services provided to the Adviser or Sub-Adviser as a factor in evaluating the most favorable overall terms reasonably available under the circumstances . As permitted by Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act, the Adviser or Sub-Adviser may cause the Fund to pay a broker-dealer a commission for effecting a securities transaction for the Fund that is in excess of the commission which another broker-dealer would have charged for effecting the transaction, if the Adviser or Sub-Adviser makes a good faith determination that the brokers commission paid by the Fund is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by the broker-dealer, viewed in terms of either the particular transaction or the Advisers or Sub-Advisers overall responsibilities to the Fund and its other investment advisory clients. The practice of using a portion of the Funds commission dollars to pay for brokerage and research services provided to the Adviser or Sub-Adviser is sometimes referred to as soft dollars. Section 28(e) is sometimes referred to as a safe harbor, because it permits this practice, subject to a number of restrictions, including the Advisers or Sub-Advisers compliance with certain procedural requirements and limitations on the type of brokerage and research services that qualify for the safe harbor.
Brokerage and Research Products and Services Under the Safe Harbor Research products and services may include, but are not limited to, general economic, political, business and market information and reviews, industry and company information and reviews, evaluations of securities and recommendations as to the purchase and sale of securities, financial data on a company or companies, performance and risk measuring services and analysis, stock price quotation services, computerized historical financial databases and related software, credit rating services, analysis of corporate responsibility issues, brokerage analysts earnings estimates, computerized links to current market data, software dedicated to research, and portfolio modeling. Research services may be provided in the form of reports, computer-generated data feeds and other services, telephone contacts, and personal meetings with securities analysts, as well as in the form of meetings arranged with corporate officers and industry spokespersons, economists, academics and governmental representatives. Brokerage products and services assist in the execution, clearance and settlement of securities transactions, as well as functions incidental thereto, including but not limited to related communication and connectivity services and equipment, software related to order routing, market access, algorithmic trading, and other trading activities. On occasion, a broker-dealer may furnish the Adviser or Sub-Adviser with a service that has a mixed use (that is, the service is used both for brokerage and research activities that are within the safe harbor and for other activities). In this case, the Adviser or Sub-Adviser is required to reasonably allocate the cost of the service, so that any portion of the service that does not qualify for the safe harbor is paid for by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser from its own funds, and not by portfolio commissions paid by the Fund.
139
Benefits to the Adviser or Sub-Adviser - Research products and services provided to the Adviser or Sub-Adviser by broker-dealers that effect securities transactions for the Fund may be used by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser in servicing all of its accounts. Accordingly, not all of these services may be used by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser in connection with the Fund or any of the Underlying Funds. Some of these products and services are also available to the Adviser or Sub-Adviser for cash, and some do not have an explicit cost or determinable value. The research received does not reduce the advisory fees paid to the Adviser or sub-advisory fees payable to the Adviser or Sub-Adviser for services provided to the Fund. The Advisers or Sub-Advisers expenses would likely increase if the Adviser or Sub-Adviser had to generate these research products and services through its own efforts, or if it paid for these products or services itself.
Broker-Dealers that are Affiliated with the Adviser or Sub-Adviser
Portfolio transactions may be executed by brokers affiliated with the ING Groep, the Adviser, or Sub-Adviser, so long as the commission paid to the affiliated broker is reasonable and fair compared to the commission that would be charged by an unaffiliated broker in a comparable transaction.
Prohibition on Use of Brokerage Commissions for Sales or Promotional Activities
The placement of portfolio brokerage with broker-dealers who have sold shares of the Fund is subject to rules adopted by the SEC and FINRA. Under these rules, the Adviser or a sub-adviser may not consider a brokers promotional or sales efforts on behalf of the Fund when selecting a broker-dealer for the Funds portfolio transactions, and neither the Fund nor the Adviser or a sub-adviser may enter into an agreement under which the Fund directs brokerage transactions (or revenue generated from such transactions) to a broker-dealer to pay for distribution of Fund shares. The Fund has adopted policies and procedures, approved by its Board of Trustees, which are designed to attain compliance with these prohibitions.
Principal Trades and Research
Purchases of securities for the Fund also may be made directly from issuers or from underwriters. Purchase and sale transactions may be effected through dealers which specialize in the types of securities which the Fund will be holding. Dealers and underwriters usually act as principals for their own account. Purchases from underwriters will include a concession paid by the issuer to the underwriter and purchases from dealers will include the spread between the bid and the asked price. If the execution and price offered by more than one dealer or underwriter are comparable, the order may be allocated to a dealer or underwriter which has provided such research or other services as mentioned above.
More Information About Trading in Fixed-Income Securities
Purchases and sales of fixed-income securities will usually be principal transactions. Such securities often will be purchased or sold from or to dealers serving as market makers for the securities at a net price. The Fund may also purchase such securities in underwritten offerings and will, on occasion, purchase securities directly from the issuer. Generally, fixed-income securities are traded on a net basis and do not involve brokerage commissions. The cost of executing fixed-income securities transactions consists primarily of dealer spreads and underwriting commissions.
In purchasing and selling fixed-income securities, it is the policy of the Fund to obtain the best results, while taking into account the dealers general execution and operational facilities, the type of transaction involved and other factors, such as the dealers risk in positioning the securities involved. While the Adviser or Sub-Adviser generally seeks reasonably competitive spreads or commissions, the Fund will not necessarily pay the lowest spread or commission available.
140
Transition Management
Changes in Sub-Adviser and investment personnel, reorganizations, or mergers of the Fund may result in the sale of a significant portion or even all of the Funds portfolio securities. This type of change will increase trading costs and the portfolio turnover for the Fund. The Fund, the Adviser, or the Sub-Adviser may engage a broker-dealer to provide transition management services in connection with a change in Sub-Adviser, reorganization, or other changes.
Allocation of Trades
Some securities considered for investment by the Fund may also be appropriate for other clients served by the Funds Sub-Adviser. If the purchase or sale of securities consistent with the investment policies of the Fund and one or more of these other clients is considered at or about the same time, transactions in such securities will be placed on an aggregate basis and allocated among the Fund and such other clients in a manner deemed fair and equitable, over time, by the Sub-Adviser and consistent with the Sub-Advisers written policies and procedures. Sub-Advisers may use different methods of allocating the results aggregated trades. Each Sub-Advisers relevant policies and procedures and the results of aggregated trades in which the Fund participated are subject to periodic review by the Funds Board. To the extent the Fund seeks to acquire (or dispose of) the same security at the same time, the Fund may not be able to acquire (or dispose of) as large a position in such security as it desires, or it may have to pay a higher (or receive a lower) price for such security. It is recognized that in some cases, this system could have a detrimental effect on the price or value of the security insofar as the Fund is concerned. However, over time, the Funds ability to participate in aggregate trades is expected to provide better execution for the Fund.
Cross-Transactions
The Board has adopted a policy allowing trades to be made between affiliated registered investment companies or series thereof provided they meet the terms of Rule 17a-7 under the 1940 Act.
Brokerage Commissions Paid
The following table sets forth the total amount of brokerage commissions paid for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013.
Fund |
March 31 | |||||
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | ||||
ING Strategic Income |
$245 (1) | N/A | N/A |
(1) |
The Fund commenced operations November 2, 2012. The brokerage commissions paid reflect the period from November 2, 2012 to March 31, 2013. |
During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, the Fund did not pay any brokerage commissions to affiliated persons.
During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, the Fund acquired securities of its regular brokers or dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act) or their parent companies. The holdings of securities of such brokers and dealers were as follows for March 31, 2013:
Fund |
Broker/Dealer
|
Market Value | ||
ING Strategic Income Fund |
Bank of America | $38,773 |
141
PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES
Purchases
Purchases and exchanges should be made for investment purposes only. The Fund reserves the right to reject any specific purchase or exchange request. In the event the Fund rejects an exchange request, neither the redemption nor the purchase side of the exchange will be processed until the Fund receives further redemption instructions.
A complete description of the manner in which Class A, Class C, Class I, Class R, and Class W shares may be purchased, redeemed, or exchanged appears in the Prospectuses under How to Buy Shares, How to Sell Shares, and How to Exchange Shares, respectively. Shares of the Fund are offered at the NAV next computed following receipt of the order by the dealer (and/or the Distributor) or by the Trusts Transfer Agent, plus, for Class A shares, a varying sales charge depending upon the class of shares purchased and the amount of money invested, as set forth in the Prospectuses. An investor may exchange shares of the Fund for shares of the same class of any ING Fund without paying any additional sales charge. Shares subject to a contingent deferred sales charge (CDSC) will continue to age from the date that the original shares were purchased.
If you invest in the Fund through a financial intermediary, you may be charged a commission or transaction fee by the financial intermediary for the purchase and sale of Fund shares.
Certain brokers or other designated intermediaries such as third-party administrators or plan trustees may accept purchase and redemption orders on behalf of the Fund. The Distributor/the Fund will be deemed to have received such an order when the broker or the designee has accepted the order. Customer orders are priced at the NAV next computed after such acceptance. Such orders may be transmitted to the Fund or its agents several hours after the time of the acceptance and pricing.
Certain investors may purchase shares of the Fund with liquid assets with a value which is readily ascertainable by reference to a domestic exchange price and which would be eligible for purchase by the Fund consistent with the Funds investment policies and restrictions. These transactions only will be effected if the Adviser or Sub-Adviser intends to retain the security in the Fund as an investment. Assets so purchased by the Fund will be valued in generally the same manner as they would be valued for purposes of pricing the Funds shares, if such assets were included in the Funds assets at the time of purchase. The Trust reserves the right to amend or terminate this practice at any time.
Redemptions
Payment to shareholders for shares redeemed will be made within seven days after receipt by the Funds Transfer Agent of the written request in proper form, except that the Fund may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date of payment during any period when: (i) trading on the NYSE is restricted as determined by the SEC or the NYSE is closed for other than weekends and holidays; (ii) an emergency exists as determined by the SEC, as a result of which: (a) disposal by the Fund of securities owned by it is not reasonably practicable; or (b) it is not reasonably practical for the Fund to determine fairly the value of its net assets; or (iii) for such other period as the SEC may permit by rule or by order for the protection of the Funds shareholders. At various times, the Fund may be requested to redeem shares for which it has not yet received good payment. Accordingly, the Fund may delay the mailing of a redemption check until such time as it has assured itself that good payment has been collected for the purchase of such shares, which may take up to 15 days or longer.
142
The Fund intends to pay in cash for all shares redeemed, but under abnormal conditions that make payment in cash unwise, the Fund may make payment wholly or partly in securities at their then current market value equal to the redemption price. In such case, an investor may incur brokerage costs in converting such securities to cash. However, the Trust has elected to be governed by the provisions of Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act, which obligates the Fund to redeem shares with respect to any one shareholder during any 90-day period solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1.00% of the NAV of the Fund at the beginning of the period. In the event the Fund must liquidate portfolio securities to meet redemptions, it reserves the right to reduce the redemption price by an amount equivalent to the pro-rated cost of such liquidation, not to exceed one percent of the NAV of such shares.
Due to the relatively high cost of handling small investments, the Trust reserves the right, upon 30 days prior written notice, to redeem at NAV (less any applicable deferred sales charge), the shares of any shareholder whose account (except for IRAs) has a value of less than the minimum requirements, other than as a result of a decline in the NAV per share. Before the Fund redeems such shares and sends the proceeds to the shareholder, it will notify the shareholder that the value of the shares in the account is less than the minimum allowed and will allow the shareholder 30 days to make an additional investment in an amount that will increase the value of the account to at least the minimum before the redemption is processed. This policy will not be implemented where the Fund has previously waived the minimum investment requirements.
The value of shares on redemption or repurchase may be more or less than the investors cost depending upon the market value of the portfolio securities at the time of redemption or repurchase.
Front-End Sales Charges
Special Purchases at NAV Class A shares
Class A shares of the Fund may be purchased at NAV, without a sales charge by the following:
1 |
Current, retired or former officers, trustees, directors or employees (including members of their immediate families) of ING Groep, registered investment companies in the ING Fund Complex and their affiliates purchasing shares for their own accounts. Immediate family members include: parents; spouse (as recognized under local law); siblings; children; grandparents; aunts/uncles; nieces/nephews; cousins; dependents; parents-in-law; brothers-in-law; and sisters-in-law. |
2 |
Insurance companies (including separate accounts). |
3 |
Registered investment advisors, trust companies and bank trust departments investing on their own behalf or on behalf of their clients. |
4 |
Broker-dealers and financial institutions that have entered into an agreement with the Distributor (or otherwise having an arrangement with a broker-dealer or financial institution with respect to sales of Fund shares), their current employees and their immediate family members. |
5 |
Investments made by accounts that are part of certain qualified fee-based programs (wrap accounts). |
143
6 |
Rollovers from qualified employee benefit plans, provided that the rollover involves a transfer of Class A shares in the same Fund or another ING Fund. |
Investments made through employee benefit plans created under section 401(a), 401(k), 457 and 403(b), and qualified deferred compensation plans that have a plan level or omnibus account maintained with an ING Fund and transacts directly with that ING Fund or through a 3rd party administrator or record keeper that has an agreement in place with ING Funds.
7 |
For investors purchasing Class A shares with proceeds from the following sources: Redemptions from any ING-advised Fund if you: (a) originally paid a front-end sales charge on the shares; and (b) reinvest the money within 90 days of the redemption date. This waiver is subject to the following conditions: |
|
This privilege may only be used once per year. |
|
The amount that may be reinvested is limited to an amount up to the redemption proceeds. |
|
Written order for the purchase of shares may be received by the Transfer Agent (or be postmarked) within 90 days after the date of redemption. |
|
Purchases may be handled by a securities dealer who may charge a fee. |
|
Payment may accompany the request and the purchase will be made at the then current NAV of the Fund. |
If you realize a gain on the transaction, it is taxable and any reinvestment will not alter any applicable federal capital gains tax (except that some or all of the sales charge may be disallowed as an addition to the basis of the shares sold and added to the basis of the subsequent purchased shares). If you realize a loss on the transaction, some or all of the loss may not be allowed as a tax deduction depending on the amount reinvested. However, such disallowance is added to the tax basis of the shares acquired upon the reinvestment.
8 |
Any charitable organization (generally, an organization that meets the requirements of section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, operated solely for a religious, charitable, scientific, literary, educational or similar purpose) or any state, county, or city or any instrumentality, department authority or agency thereof that has determined that the Fund is a legally permissible investment and is prohibited by applicable investment law from paying a sales charge or commission. |
It is possible that a broker-dealer may not be able to offer one or more of these waiver categories. If this situation occurs, it is possible that the investor would need to invest directly through ING in order to take advantage of the waiver. The Fund may terminate or amend the terms of these sales charge waivers at any time.
Letters of Intent and Rights of Accumulation Class A shares
An investor may immediately qualify for a reduced sales charge on a purchase of Class A shares by completing the Letter of Intent section of the Shareholder Application (the Letter of Intent). By completing the Letter of Intent, the investor expresses an intention to invest during the next 13 months a specified amount, which, if made at one time, would qualify for the reduced sales charge. At any time within 90 days after the first investment, which the investor wants to qualify for the reduced sales charge,
144
a signed Shareholder Application, with the Letter of Intent section completed, may be filed with the Fund. After the Letter of Intent is filed, each additional investment made will be entitled to the sales charge applicable to the level of investment indicated on the Letter of Intent as described above. Sales charge reductions based upon purchases in more than one investment in the Fund will be effective only after notification to the Distributor that the investment qualifies for a discount. The shareholders holdings in ING Investments funds acquired within 90 days before the Letter of Intent is filed will be counted towards completion of the Letter of Intent but will not be entitled to a retroactive downward adjustment of sales charge until the Letter of Intent is fulfilled. Any redemptions made by the shareholder during the 13-month period will be subtracted from the amount of the purchases for purposes of determining whether the terms of the Letter of Intent have been completed. If the Letter of Intent is not completed within the 13-month period, there will be an upward adjustment of the sales charge as specified below, depending upon the amount actually purchased (less redemption) during the period.
An investor acknowledges and agrees to the following provisions by completing the Letter of Intent section of the Shareholder Application. A minimum initial investment equal to 25% of the intended total investment is required. An amount equal to the maximum sales charge or 5.75% of the total intended purchase will be held in escrow at ING Funds, in the form of shares in the investors name to assure that the full applicable sales charge will be paid if the intended purchase is not completed. The shares in escrow will be included in the total shares owned as reflected on the monthly statement; income and capital gain distributions on the escrow shares will be paid directly by the investor. The escrow shares will not be available for redemption by the investor until the Letter of Intent has been completed or the higher sales charge paid. If the total purchases, less redemptions, equal the amount specified under the Letter of Intent, the shares in escrow will be released. If the total purchases, less redemptions, exceed the amount specified under the Letter of Intent and is an amount which would qualify for a further quantity discount, a retroactive price adjustment will be made by the Distributor and the dealer with whom purchases were made pursuant to the Letter of Intent (to reflect such further quantity discount) on purchases made within 90 days before, and on those made after filing the Letter of Intent. The resulting difference in offering price will be applied to the purchase of additional shares at the applicable offering price. If the total purchases, less redemptions, are less than the amount specified under the Letter of Intent, the investor will remit to the Distributor an amount equal to the difference in dollar amount of sales charge actually paid and the amount of sales charge which would have applied to the aggregate purchases if the total of such purchases had been made at a single account in the name of the investor or to the investors order. If within ten days after written request such difference in sales charge is not paid, the redemption of an appropriate number of shares in escrow to realize such difference will be made. If the proceeds from a total redemption are inadequate, the investor will be liable to the Distributor for the difference. In the event of a total redemption of the account prior to fulfillment of the Letter of Intent, the additional sales charge due will be deducted from the proceeds of the redemption and the balance will be forwarded to the Investor. By completing the Letter of Intent section of the Shareholder Application, an investor grants to the Distributor a security interest in the shares in escrow and agrees to irrevocably appoint the Distributor as his attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution to surrender for redemption any or all shares for the purpose of paying any additional sales charge due and authorizes the Transfer Agent or Sub-Transfer Agent to receive and redeem shares and pay the proceeds as directed by the Distributor. The investor or the securities dealer must inform the Transfer Agent or the Distributor that the Letter of Intent is in effect each time a purchase is made.
If at any time prior to or after completion of the Letter of Intent the investor wishes to cancel the Letter of Intent, the investor must notify the Distributor in writing. If prior to the completion of the Letter of Intent the investor requests the Distributor to liquidate all shares held by the investor, the Letter of Intent will be terminated automatically. Under either of these situations, the total purchased may be less than the amount specified in the Letter of Intent. If such occurs, the Distributor will redeem at NAV to remit to the Distributor and the appropriate authorized dealer an amount equal to the difference between the dollar amount of the sales charge actually paid and the amount of the sales charge that would have been paid on the total purchases if made at one time.
145
The value of shares of the Fund plus shares of the other open-end ING Funds (including ING Senior Income Fund and excluding any ING Money Market Fund) can be combined with a current purchase to determine the reduced sales charge and applicable offering price of the current purchase. The reduced sales charge apply to quantity purchases made at one time or on a cumulative basis over any period of time by: (i) an investor; (ii) the investors spouse and children under the age of majority; (iii) the investors custodian accounts for the benefit of a child under the Uniform Gift to Minors Act; (iv) a trustee or other fiduciary of a single trust estate or a single fiduciary account (including a pension, profit-sharing, and/or other employee benefit plans qualified under Section 401 of the Code), by trust companies registered investment advisers, banks, and bank trust departments for accounts over which they exercise exclusive investment discretionary authority and which are held in a fiduciary, agency, advisory, custodial, or similar capacity.
The reduced sales charge also applies on a non-cumulative basis, to purchases made at one time by the customers of a single dealer, in excess of $1 million. The Letter of Intent option may be modified or discontinued at any time.
Shares of the Fund and other open-end ING Funds purchased and owned of record or beneficially by a corporation, including employees of a single employer (or affiliates thereof) including shares held by its employees, under one or more retirement plans, can be combined with a current purchase to determine the reduced sales charge and applicable offering price of the current purchase, provided such transactions are not prohibited by one or more provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act or the Code. Individuals and employees should consult with their tax advisors concerning the tax rules applicable to retirement plans before investing.
For the purposes of Rights of Accumulation and the Letter of Intent Privilege, shares held by investors in the Fund which impose a CDSC may be combined with Class A shares for a reduced sales charge but will not affect any CDSC which may be imposed upon the redemption of shares of the Fund which imposes a CDSC.
Contingent Deferred Sales Charges
Certain purchases of Class A shares and most Class C shares may be subject to a CDSC. Shareholders will be charged a CDSC if certain of those shares are redeemed within the applicable time period as stated in the Prospectuses.
No CDSC is imposed on the following:
|
Shares that are no longer subject to the applicable holding period; |
|
Redemption of shares purchased through reinvestment of dividends or capital gain distributions; or |
|
Shares that were exchanged for shares of another fund managed by the Adviser provided that the shares acquired in such exchange and subject exchanges will continue to remain subject o the CDSC, if applicable, until the applicable holding period expires. |
146
CDSC Waivers
The CDSC will be waived for:
|
Redemptions following the death or disability of the shareholder or beneficial owner if the redemption is made within one year of death or initial determination of permanent disability; |
|
Total or partial redemptions of shares owned by an individual or an individual in joint tenancy (with rights of survivorship) but only for redemptions of shares held at the time of death or initial determination of permanent disability; |
|
Redemptions pursuant to a Systematic Withdrawal Plan provided that such redemptions: |
¡ |
are limited annually to no more than 12% of the original account value, and |
¡ |
annually thereafter, provided all dividends and distributions are reinvested and the total redemptions to not exceed 12% annually; and |
|
Total or partial redemption of shares in connection with any mandatory distribution from a tax-deferred retirement plan or an IRA. This waiver does not apply in the case of a tax-free rollover or transfer of assets, other than the one following a separation from services, except that a CDSC or redemption fee may be waived in certain circumstances involving redemptions in connection with a distribution from a qualified employer retirement plan in connection with termination of employment or termination of the employers plan and the transfer to another employers plan or to an IRA. |
A shareholder must notify the Fund either directly or through the Distributor at the time of redemption that the shareholder is entitled to a waiver of CDSC. The waiver will then be granted subject to confirmation of such shareholders entitlement. The CDSC which may be imposed on Class A shares purchased in excess of $1 million will also be waived for registered investment advisers, trust companies, and bank trust departments investing on their own behalf or on behalf of their clients.
These waivers may be changed at any time.
Reinstatement Privilege Class C shares
If you sell Class A or Class C shares of the Fund, you may be eligible for a full or prorated credit of the CDSC paid on the sale when you make an investment up to the amount redeemed in the same share class within 90 days of the eligible sale. Reinstated Class C shares will retain their original cost and purchase date for purposes of the CDSC. This privilege can be used only once per calendar year. To exercise this privilege, the written order for the purchase of shares must be received by the Transfer Agent or be postmarked within 90 days after the date of redemption. If a loss is incurred on the redemption and the reinstatement privilege is used, some or all of the loss may not be allowed as a tax deduction.
Dealer Commissions and Other Incentives
At the discretion of the Distributor, all sales charges may at times be re-allowed to an Authorized Dealer. If 90% or more of the sales commission is re-allowed, such Authorized Dealer may be deemed to be an underwriter as that term is defined under the 1933 Act. The sales charge retained by the Distributor and the commissions re-allowed to selling dealers are not an expense of the Fund and have no effect on the NAV of the Fund.
The Adviser, the Sub-Adviser, or their respective affiliates may make payments to securities dealers that enter into agreements providing the Distributor with preferential access to registered representatives of the securities dealer. These payments may be in an amount up to 0.07% of the total Fund assets held in omnibus accounts or in customer accounts that designate such firm(s) as the selling broker-dealer.
147
In connection with the sale of shares of the Fund, the Distributor may pay Authorized Dealers of record a sales commission as a percentage of the purchase price. In connection with the sale of Class A shares, the Distributor will re-allow to Authorized Dealers of record from the sales charge on such sales the following amounts:
Dealers Reallowance as a Percentage of Offering Price | ||
Amount of Transaction | Class A | |
Less than $99,999 |
2.00% | |
$100,000 to $499,999 |
1.50% | |
$500,000 to $999,999 |
1.00% | |
$1 million and over |
See below |
The Distributor may pay to Authorized Dealers, out of its own assets, commissions on shares sold in Class A and Class C shares at NAV, which at the time of investment would have been subject to the imposition of a CDSC if redeemed. There is no sales charge on purchases of $1,000,000 or more of Class A shares. However, such purchases may be subject to a CDSC, as disclosed in the Prospectuses. The Distributor will pay Authorized Dealers of record commissions at the rate of 1.00% on purchases of $1 million or more of Class A shares that are subject to a CDSC.
Also, the Distributor will pay, out of its own assets, a commission of 1.00% of the amount invested for purchases of Class A shares of less than $1 million by qualified retirement plans with 50 or more participants. In connection with qualified retirement plans that invest $1 million or more in Class A shares of the Fund, the Distributor will pay dealer compensation of 1.00% of the purchase price of the shares to the dealer from its own resources at the time of the initial investment. For purchases of Class C shares subject to a CDSC, the Distributor may pay, out of its own assets, a commission of 1.00% of the amount invested of the Fund.
The Distributor may, from time to time and at its discretion, allow a selling dealer to retain 100% of a sales charge and such dealer may therefore be deemed an underwriter under the 1933 Act.
The Distributor, at its expense, may also provide additional promotional incentives to dealers. The incentives may include payment for travel expenses, including lodging, incurred in connection with trips taken by qualifying registered representatives and members of their families to locations within or outside of the United States, merchandise, or other items. For more information on incentives, see Rule 12b-1 Plans in this SAI.
The Distributor may, at its discretion, pay additional cash compensation to its employee sales staff for sales by certain broker-dealers or focus firms. The Distributor may pay up to an additional 0.10% to its employee sales staff for sales that are made by registered representatives of these focus firms. As of the date of this SAI, the focus firms are: A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc.; AIG Financial Advisors, Inc.; Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc., Banc of America Investment Services, Inc.; Banc of America Securities LLC; Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.; Chase Investment Services; Citigroup Global Markets, Inc.; Commonwealth Financial Network; Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc.; Edward Jones; HSBC Securities (USA), Inc.; H & R Block Financial Advisors LLC; Fidelity Brokerage Services, Inc.; ING Advisors Network; Linsco Private Ledger Financial Services; Merrill Lynch; Morgan Keegan; Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc.; Morgan Stanley Dean Witter; Oppenheimer & Co.; Raymond James Financial Services, Inc.; RBC Capital Markets, LLC; UBS Financial Services, Inc.; Wachovia Bank; Wachovia Brokerage Services, Inc.; Wachovia Securities Financial Network, Inc.; Wachovia Securities LLC; Wells Fargo Bank; Wells Fargo Bank N.A.; and Wells Fargo Investments LLC.
148
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, the Distributor received the following amounts in sales charges, in connection with the sales of shares:
Fund | Class A | Class B | Class C | |||||
Sales Charges before Dealer Re-Allowance |
Sales Charges after Dealer Re- Allowance |
Deferred
Sales
|
Deferred
Sales
|
|||||
ING Strategic Income (1) |
$0 | | | $0 |
(1) |
The Fund commenced operations on November 2, 2012. The amount of sales charges received reflects the period from November 2, 2012 to March 31, 2013. |
The following table shows all commissions and other compensation received by each principal underwriter, who is an affiliated person of the Fund or an affiliated person of that affiliated person, directly or indirectly, from the Fund during the Funds fiscal year ended March 31, 2013:
Fund |
Name of Principal Underwriter |
Net Underwriting Discounts and Commissions |
Compensation on Redemptions and Repurchases |
Brokerage Commissions |
Other Compensation |
|||||
ING Strategic Income |
ING Investments Distributor, LLC | $0 | $0 | $30 | $0 |
Exchanges
The following conditions must be met for all exchanges among the Fund: (i) the shares that will be acquired in the exchange (the Acquired Shares) are available for sale in the shareholders state of residence; (ii) the Acquired Shares will be registered to the same shareholder account as the shares to be surrendered (the Exchanged Shares); (iii) the Exchanged Shares must have been held in the shareholders account for at least 30 days prior to the exchange; and (iv) a properly executed exchange request has been received by the Transfer Agent.
The Fund reserves the right to delay the actual purchase of the Acquired Shares for up to five business days if it determines that it would be disadvantaged by an immediate transfer of proceeds from the redemption of Exchanged Shares. Normally, however, the redemption of Exchanged Shares and the purchase of Acquired Shares will take place on the day that the exchange request is received in proper form. The Fund reserves the right to terminate or modify its exchange privileges at any time upon prominent notice to shareholders. Such notice will be given at least 60 days in advance. It is the policy of ING to discourage and prevent frequent trading by shareholders of the Fund in response to market fluctuations. Accordingly, in order to maintain a stable asset base in the Fund and to reduce administrative expenses borne by the Fund, ING reserves the right to reject any exchange request.
If you exchange into ING Senior Income Fund, your ability to sell or liquidate your investment will be limited. ING Senior Income Fund is a closed-end interval fund and does not redeem its shares on a daily basis, and it is not expected that a secondary market for the funds shares will develop so you will not be able to sell them through a broker or other investment professional. To provide a measure of liquidity, the fund will normally make monthly repurchase offers of not less than 5% of its outstanding common shares. If more than 5% of the funds common shares are tendered, you may not be able to completely liquidate your holdings in any one month. You also would not have liquidity between these monthly repurchase
149
dates. Investors exercising the exchange privilege should carefully review the prospectus of that fund. Investors may obtain a copy of the ING Senior Income Fund prospectus or any other ING Fund prospectus by calling (800) 992-0180.
You are not required to pay an applicable CDSC upon an exchange from any ING Fund into ING Senior Income Fund. However, if you exchange into ING Senior Income Fund and subsequently offer your common shares for repurchase by that fund, the CDSC will apply from the original ING Fund from which you exchanged. The time period for application of the CDSC will be calculated based on the first date you acquired your shares in the original ING Fund.
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Certificates representing shares of the Fund will not be issued to shareholders. The Transfer Agent will maintain an account for each shareholder under which the registration and transfer of shares are recorded and any transfers shall be reflected by bookkeeping entry, without physical delivery.
The Transfer Agent will require that a shareholder provide requests in writing, accompanied by a valid signature guarantee form, when changing certain information in an account ( i.e. , wiring instructions, telephone privileges, etc.).
The Trust reserves the right, if conditions exist that make cash payments undesirable, to honor any request for redemption or repurchase order with respect to shares of the Fund by making payment in whole or in part in readily marketable securities chosen by the Fund and valued as they are for purposes of computing the Funds NAV (known as redemption-in-kind). If payment is made in securities, a shareholder may incur transaction expenses in converting these securities to cash. The Trust has elected, however, to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act as a result of which the Fund is obligated to redeem shares with respect to any one shareholder during any 90-day period solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1.00% of the NAV of the Fund at the beginning of the period.
For investors purchasing shares of the Fund under a tax-qualified individual retirement or pension plan or under a group plan through a person designated for the collection and remittance of monies to be invested in shares of the Fund on a periodic basis, the Fund may, in lieu of furnishing confirmations following each purchase of Fund shares, send statements no less frequently than quarterly pursuant to the provisions of the 1934 Act and the rules thereunder. Such quarterly statements, which would be sent to the investor or to the person designated by the group for distribution to its members, will be made within five business days after the end of each quarterly period and shall reflect all transactions in the investors account during the preceding quarter.
All shareholders will receive a confirmation of each new transaction in their accounts, which will also show the total number of Fund shares owned by each shareholder, the number of shares being held in safekeeping by the Funds Transfer Agent for the account of the shareholder and a cumulative record of the account for the entire year. Shareholders may rely on these statements in lieu of certificates.
Services and Privileges
Pre-Authorized Investment Plan - Class A and Class C shares only
As discussed in the Prospectuses, ING Funds provides a Pre-Authorized Investment Plan for Class A and Class C shares for the convenience of investors who wish to purchase shares of the Fund on a regular basis. Such a Pre-Authorized Investment Plan may be started with an initial investment ($1,000 minimum) and subsequent voluntary purchases ($100 minimum) with no obligation to continue. The Pre-Authorized
150
Investment Plan may be terminated without penalty at any time by the investor or the Fund. The minimum investment requirements may be waived by the Fund for purchases made pursuant to: (i) employer-administered payroll deduction plans; (ii) profit-sharing, pension, or individual or any employee retirement plans; or (iii) purchases made in connection with plans providing for periodic investments in Fund shares.
Self-Employed and Corporate Retirement Plans
For self-employed individuals and corporate investors that wish to purchase shares of the Fund, there is available, through the Fund, a Prototype Plan and Custody Agreement. The Custody Agreement provides that BNY Mellon Investment Servicing Trust Company, Wilmington, DE, will act as Custodian under the Prototype Plan, and will furnish custodial services for an annual maintenance fee of $12.00 for each participant, with no other charges (such fee is in addition to the normal custodial charges paid by the Fund). The annual contract maintenance fee may be waived from time to time. For further details, including the right to appoint a successor Custodian, see the Plan and Custody Agreements as provided by the Trust. Employers who wish to use shares of the Fund under a custodianship with another bank or trust company must make individual arrangements with such institution.
Individual Retirement Accounts
Investors having earned income are eligible to purchase shares of the Fund under an IRA pursuant to Section 408 of the Code. An individual who creates an IRA may contribute annually certain dollar amounts of earned income and an additional amount if there is a non-working spouse. Simple IRA plans that employers may establish on behalf of their employees are also available. Also available are Roth IRA plans that enable employed and self-employed individuals to make non-deductible contributions and, under certain circumstances, effect tax-free withdrawals. Copies of a model Custodial Account Agreement are available from the Distributor. BNY Mellon Investment Servicing Trust Company, Wilmington, DE, will act as the Custodian under this model Agreement for which it will charge the investor an annual fee of $12.00 for maintaining the Account (such fee is in addition to the normal custodial charges paid by the Fund). Full details on the IRA are contained in an IRS required disclosure statement and the Custodian will not open an IRA until seven days after the investor has received such statement from the Trusts. An IRA using shares of the Fund may also be used by employers who have adopted a Simplified Employee Pension Plan.
Purchases of Fund shares by Section 403(b) and other retirement plans are also available. Section 403(b) plans are generally arrangements by a public school organization or a charitable, educational, or scientific organization which employees are permitted to take advantage of the federal income tax deferral benefits provided for in Section 403(b) of the Code. It is advisable for an investor considering the funding of any retirement plan to consult with an attorney or to obtain advice from a competent retirement plan consultant.
Telephone Redemption and Exchange Privileges
As discussed in the Prospectuses, the telephone redemption and exchange privileges are available for all shareholder accounts. However, retirement accounts may not utilize the telephone redemption privilege. The telephone privileges may be modified or terminated at any time. The privileges are subject to the conditions and provisions set forth below and in the Prospectuses.
Telephone redemption and/or exchange instructions received in good order before the pricing of the Fund on any day on which the NYSE is open for business (a Business Day), but not later than close of regular trading (Market Close), will be processed at that days closing NAV. For each exchange, the
151
shareholders account may be charged an exchange fee. There is no fee for telephone redemptions. However, redemptions of Class A and Class C shares may be subject to a CDSC (see Sales Charges in the Prospectuses).
Telephone redemptions and/or exchange instructions should be made by dialing 1-800-992-0180.
|
ING Funds will not permit exchanges in violation of any of the terms and conditions set forth in the Funds Prospectuses or herein. |
|
Telephone redemption requests must meet the following conditions to be accepted by ING Funds: |
|
Proceeds of the redemption may be directly deposited into a predetermined bank account, or mailed to the current address on record. This address cannot reflect any change within the previous 30 days. |
|
Certain account information will need to be provided for verification purposes before the redemption will be executed. |
|
Only one telephone redemption (where proceeds are being mailed to the address of record) can be processed within a 30 day period. |
|
The maximum amount which can be liquidated and sent to the address of record at any one time is $100,000. |
|
The minimum amount which can be liquidated and sent to a predetermined bank account is $5,000. |
|
If the exchange involves the establishment of a new account, the dollar amount being exchanged must at least equal the minimum investment requirement of the ING Fund being acquired. |
|
Any new account established through the exchange privilege will have the same account information and options except as stated in the Prospectuses. |
|
Certificated shares cannot be redeemed or exchanged by telephone but must be forwarded to ING Funds at P.O. Box 9772, Providence, RI 02940-9772 and deposited into your account before any transaction may be processed. |
If a portion of the shares to be exchanged are held in escrow in connection with a Letter of Intent, the smallest number of full shares of the ING Fund to be purchased on the exchange having the same aggregate NAV as the shares being exchanged shall be substituted in the escrow account. Shares held in escrow may not be redeemed until the Letter of Intent has expired and/or the appropriate adjustments have been made to the account.
Shares may not be exchanged and/or redeemed unless an exchange and/or redemption privilege is offered pursuant to the Funds then-current Prospectuses.
Proceeds of a redemption may be delayed up to 15 days or longer until the check used to purchase the shares being redeemed has been paid by the bank upon which it was drawn.
Systematic Withdrawal Plan Class A, Class C, Class I, and Class W Shares Only
The Fund has established a Systematic Withdrawal Plan (Plan) to allow you to make periodic withdrawals from your account in any fixed amount in excess of $100 ($1,000 in the case of Class I and Class W shares) to yourself, or to anyone else you properly designate, as long as the account has a current value of at least $10,000 ($250,000 in the case of Class I shares and $1,000 in the case of Class W shares). To establish a systematic cash withdrawal, complete the Systematic Withdrawal Plan section of the Account Application. To have funds deposited to your bank account, follow the instructions on the Account Application. You may elect to have monthly, quarterly, semi-annual, or annual payments. You
152
may change the amount, frequency and payee, or terminate the plan by giving written notice to the Transfer Agent. A Plan may be modified at any time by the Funds or terminated upon written notice by the Fund.
A CDSC may be applied to withdrawals made under this plan. As shares of the Fund are redeemed under the Plan, you may realize a capital gain or loss for income tax purposes. Please consult your tax adviser.
Additional Information
The Funds Transfer Agent will maintain your account information. Account statements will be sent at least quarterly. A Form 1099 generally will also be sent each year by January 31. Annual and semiannual reports will also be sent to shareholders. The transfer agent may charge you a fee for special requests such as historical transcripts of your account and copies of cancelled checks.
Consolidated statements reflecting current values, share balances, and year-to-date transactions generally will be sent to you each quarter. All accounts identified by the same social security number and address will be consolidated. For example, you could receive a consolidated statement showing your individual and IRA accounts.
As noted in the Prospectuses, the NAV and offering price of each class of the Funds shares will be determined once daily as of Market Close on the NYSE (normally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time unless otherwise designated by the NYSE) during each day on which the NYSE is open for trading. As of the date of this SAI, the NYSE is closed on the following holidays: New Years Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day.
Portfolio securities listed or traded on a national securities exchange will be valued at the last reported sale price on the valuation day. Securities traded on an exchange for which there has been no sale that day and other securities traded in the OTC market will be valued at the mean between the last reported bid and asked prices on the valuation day. Portfolio securities reported by NASDAQ will be valued at the NASDAQ Official Closing Price on the valuation day. In cases in which securities are traded on more than one exchange, the securities are valued on the exchange that is normally the primary market. Investments in securities maturing in 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost which, when combined with accrued interest, approximates market value. This involves valuing a security at cost on the date of acquisition and thereafter assuming a constant accretion of a discount or amortization of a premium to maturity, regardless of the impact of fluctuating interest rates on the market value of the instrument. While this method provides certainty in valuation, it may result in periods during which value, as determined by amortized cost, is higher or lower than the price the Fund would receive if it sold the instrument. (See How Shares are Priced section in the Prospectuses.) The long-term debt obligations held in the Funds portfolio will be valued at the mean between the most recent bid and asked prices as obtained from one or more dealers that make markets in the securities when OTC market quotations are readily available.
Securities and assets for which market quotations are not readily available (which may include certain restricted securities which are subject to limitations as to their sale) or are deemed unreliable, are valued at their fair values as determined in good faith by or under the supervision of the Funds Board, in accordance with methods that are specifically authorized by the Board. Securities traded on exchanges, including foreign exchanges, which close earlier than the time that the Fund calculates its NAV, may also be valued at their fair values as determined in good faith by or under the supervision of the Funds Board,
153
in accordance with methods that are specifically authorized by the Board. The valuation techniques applied in any specific instance may vary from case to case. With respect to a restricted security for example, consideration is generally given to the cost of the investment, the market value of any unrestricted securities of the same class at the time of valuation, the potential expiration of restrictions on the security, the existence of any registration rights, the costs to the Fund related to registration of the security, as well as factors relevant to the issuer itself. Consideration may also be given to the price and extent of any public trading in similar securities of the issuer or comparable companies securities.
The value of a foreign security traded on an exchange outside the United States is generally based on its price on the principal foreign exchange where it trades as of the time the Fund determines its NAV or, if the foreign exchange closes prior to the time the Fund determines its NAV, the most recent closing price of the foreign security on its principal exchange. Trading in certain non-U.S. securities may not take place on all days on which the NYSE is open. Further, trading takes place in various foreign markets on days which the NYSE is not open. Consequently, the calculation of the Funds NAV may not take place contemporaneously with the determination of the prices of securities held by the Fund in foreign securities markets. Further, the value of the Funds assets may be significantly affected by foreign trading on days when a shareholder cannot purchase or redeem shares of the Fund. In calculating the Funds NAV, foreign securities in foreign currency are converted to U.S. dollar equivalents.
If an event occurs after the time at which the market for foreign securities held by the Fund closes but before the time that the Funds NAV is calculated, such event may cause the closing price on the foreign exchange to not represent a readily available reliable market value quotation for such securities at the time the Fund determines its NAV. In such a case, the Fund will use the fair value of such securities as determined under the Funds valuation procedures. Events after the close of trading on a foreign market that could require the Fund to fair value some or all of its foreign securities include, among others, securities trading in the United States and other markets, corporate announcements, natural and other disasters, and political and other events. Among other elements of analysis in the determination of a securitys fair value, the Board has authorized the use of one or more independent research services to assist with such determinations. An independent research service may use statistical analyses and quantitative models to help determine fair value as of the time the Fund calculates its NAV. There can be no assurance that such models accurately reflect the behavior of the applicable markets or the effect of such behavior of such markets on the fair value of securities, nor that such markets will continue to behave in a fashion that is consistent with such models. Unlike the closing price of a security on an exchange, fair value determinations employ elements of judgment. Consequently, the fair value assigned to a security may not represent the actual value that the Fund could obtain if it were to sell the security at the time of the close of the NYSE. Pursuant to procedures adopted by the Board, the Fund is not obligated to use the fair valuations suggested by any research service, and valuation recommendations provided by such research services may be overridden if other events have occurred or if other fair valuations are determined in good faith to be more accurate. Unless an event is such that it causes the Fund to determine that the closing prices for one or more securities do not represent readily available reliable market value quotations at the time the Fund determines its NAV, events that occur between the time of close of the foreign market on which it is traded and the close of the regular trading on the NYSE will not be reflected in the Funds NAV.
Options on securities, currencies, futures, and other financial instruments purchased by the Fund are valued at their last bid price in the case of listed options. If an option does not trade on a particular day, the bid price will be used if the fund or Underlying Fund is long in the option and the ask price will be used if the fund or Underlying Fund is short in the option. If either the bid or the ask price is not available, exchange-traded options will be valued using an industry accepted model such as Black Scholes. Options that are traded OTC will be valued using one of three methods: (1) dealer quotes; (2) industry models with objective inputs; or (3) by using a benchmark arrived at by comparing prior day dealer quotes with the corresponding change in the underlying security or index.
154
The fair value of other assets is added to the value of all securities positions to arrive at the value of the Funds total assets. The Funds liabilities, including accruals for expenses, are deducted from its total assets. Once the total value of the Funds net assets is so determined, that value is then divided by the total number of shares outstanding (excluding treasury shares) and the result, rounded to the nearest cent, is the NAV per share.
In computing the NAV for a class of shares of the Fund, all class-specific liabilities incurred or accrued are deducted from the class net assets. The resulting net assets are divided by the number of shares of the class outstanding at the time of the valuation and the result, rounded to the nearest cent, is the NAV per share.
The per share NAV of Class A shares generally will be higher than the per share NAV of shares of the other classes, reflecting daily expense accruals of the higher service fees applicable to other share classes. It is expected, however, that the per share NAV of the classes will tend to converge immediately after the payment of dividends or distributions that will differ by approximately the amount of the expense accrual differentials between the classes, will tend to converge immediately after the payment of dividends or distributions.
Orders received by dealers prior to Market Close will be confirmed at the offering price computed as of the Market Close provided the order is received by the Transfer Agent prior to Market Close that same day. It is the responsibility of the dealer to insure that all orders are transmitted timely to the Fund. Orders received by dealers after Market Close will be confirmed at the next computed offering price as described in the Prospectuses.
The NAV of the Fund is based upon the NAVs of the Fund and the Underlying Funds.
The following discussion summarizes certain U.S. federal income tax considerations generally affecting the Fund and its shareholders. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of the tax treatment of each Fund and no explanation is provided with respect to the tax treatment of any Fund shareholder. This discussion does not provide a detailed explanation of all tax consequences and shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular federal, state, local, and foreign tax consequences to them from an investment in the Fund. This discussion is based on the Code, U.S. Treasury Regulations issued thereunder, and judicial and administrative authorities as in effect on the date of this SAI, all of which are subject to change and, which change may be retroactive. In addition, future legislative, administrative changes, or court decisions may significantly change the conclusions expressed herein, and any such changes or decisions may have a retroactive effect with respect to the transactions contemplated herein.
Rules of state and local taxation often differ from the rules for U.S. federal income taxation described herein. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisers as to the consequences of state and local tax rules affecting investment in the Fund.
155
Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company
The Fund has elected (or will elect) to be taxed and intends to qualify annually as a RIC under provisions of Subchapter M of the Code. To so qualify and to be taxed as a RIC, the Fund must, among other things: (a) derive at least 90% of its gross income each taxable year from: (i) dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities and gains from the sale or other disposition of foreign currencies, net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership, or other income (including gains from options, futures contracts and forward contracts) derived with respect to the Funds business of investing in stocks, securities, or currencies; (b) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the taxable year: (i) at least 50% of the value of the Funds total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities, with such other securities limited in respect of any one issuer to an amount not greater in value than 5% of the value of the Funds total assets and to not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the Funds total assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RIC) of any one issuer or the securities (other than the securities of other RICs), of any two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same business or similar or related businesses or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships; and (c) distribute at least 90% of its investment company taxable income (which includes, among other items, dividends, interest and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses) each taxable year.
The U.S. Treasury Department is authorized to issue regulations providing that foreign currency gains that are not directly related to the Funds principal business of investing in stocks or securities (or options and futures with respect to stocks or securities) will be excluded from the income which qualifies for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement described above. To date, however, no such regulations have been issued.
As a RIC, the Fund generally will be relieved of liability for U.S. federal income tax on that portion of its investment company taxable income and net realized capital gains which it distributes to its shareholders. Amounts not distributed on a timely basis in accordance with a calendar year distribution requirement also are subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax. To prevent application of the excise tax, the Fund currently intends to make distributions in accordance with the calendar year distribution requirement.
If, in any taxable year, the Fund fails to qualify as a RIC under the Code or fails to meet the distribution requirement, it would be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation and distributions to its shareholders would not be deductible by the Fund in computing its taxable income. In addition, the Funds distributions, to the extent derived from its current or accumulated earnings and profits, would constitute dividends (which may be eligible for the corporate dividends-received deduction, or for treatment as qualified dividends for individual shareholders) which are taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. If the Fund fails to qualify as a RIC in any year, it would not be required to make distributions to its shareholders and it would have to pay out its earnings and profits accumulated in that year in order to qualify again as a RIC. Moreover, if the Fund failed to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, the Fund may be required to recognize any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets (the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized if the Fund had been liquidated) in order to qualify as a RIC in a subsequent year.
Cost Basis Reporting
Effective January 1, 2012, the Internal Revenue Service requires mutual fund companies and brokers to report on Form 1099-B the cost basis on the sale or exchange of Fund shares acquired on or after January 1, 2012 (covered shares). If you acquire and hold shares directly through the Fund and not through a financial intermediary, the Fund will use an average cost single category (ACSC) methodology for tracking and reporting your cost basis on covered shares, unless you request, in writing, another cost basis reporting methodology.
156
The available methods for reporting your cost basis include those set out in the chart below:
ACSC | Shares are depleted on a first-in, first-out basis with the cost basis calculated by multiplying the shares redeemed by the average cost per share on all shares purchased on or after January 1, 2012. | |
FIFO (First In, First Out) | Oldest shares purchased are redeemed first. | |
LIFO (Last In, First Out) | Most recent shares purchased are redeemed first. | |
HIFO (Highest Cost In, First Out) | Shares with highest cost basis are redeemed first. | |
LOFO (Lowest Cost In First Out) | Shares with lowest cost basis are redeemed first. | |
HILT (Highest Cost Long Term In, First Out) | Will redeem the long-term highest cost available shares first. | |
HIST (Highest Cost Short Term In, First Out) | Will redeem the short-term highest cost available shares first. | |
LILT (Lowest Cost Long Term In, First Out) | Will redeem the long-term lowest cost available shares first. | |
LIST (Lowest Cost Short Term In, First Out) | Will redeem the short-term lowest cost available shares first. | |
Specific Lot Depletion | The shares sold are specifically identified by you at the time of redemption. |
You may elect which method you want to use by notifying the Fund in writing. This election may be revoked or changed by you at any time up to the date of your first redemption of covered shares. If you do not affirmatively elect a cost basis method then the Funds default cost basis calculation method, which is currently the ACSC method, will be applied to your account(s). The default method will also be applied to all new accounts established unless otherwise requested by you.
If you acquire and hold shares of the Fund through a financial intermediary, please contact your financial intermediary for information related to cost basis defaults, cost basis selection, and cost basis reporting.
It is important for you to consult with your own tax advisor when selecting which cost basis tracking and relief methodology is in your best interest.
Capital Loss Carryforwards
Pursuant to recently enacted legislation, net capital losses incurred in taxable years beginning after December 22, 2010 can be carried forward without expiration. Capital loss carryforwards may be used to offset future realized capital gains for federal income tax purposes.
The Fund had no capital loss carryforwards for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013.
Dividends and Distributions
Dividends of investment company taxable income (including net short-term capital gains) are generally taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. Distributions of investment company taxable income may be eligible for the corporate dividends-received deduction and, as discussed herein, also may be eligible for federal income taxation at long-term capital gains rates in the case of individual shareholders, to the extent attributable to the Funds qualified dividend income from certain corporations, and if other applicable requirements are met including, in the case of corporate dividends-received deduction, a requirement that the dividends must have been paid by a U.S. corporation. However, the Fund does not expect to derive a material amount of dividend income from U.S. corporations. Furthermore, the alternative minimum tax applicable to corporations may reduce the benefit of the corporate dividends-received deduction.
Distributions of net capital gains (the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) designated by the Fund as capital gain dividends are not eligible for the corporate dividends-received deduction and will generally be taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gains, regardless of the length of time the Funds shares have been held by a shareholder. Net capital gains from assets held for one year or less will be taxed as ordinary income.
157
Generally, dividends and distributions are taxable to shareholders, whether received in cash or reinvested in shares of the Fund. Any distributions that are not from the Funds investment company taxable income or net capital gain may be characterized as a return of capital to shareholders or, in some cases, as capital gain. Shareholders will be notified annually as to the federal tax status of dividends and distributions they receive and any tax withheld thereon.
The maximum individual rate applicable to qualified dividend income and long-term capital gains is generally either 15% or 20%, depending on whether the individuals income exceeds certain threshold amounts. The rate reductions do not apply to corporate taxpayers. The Fund will be able to separately designate distributions of any qualifying long-term capital gains or qualifying dividends derived by the Fund that would be eligible for the lower maximum rate. A shareholder and the Fund would also have to satisfy a 60 day holding period with respect to any distributions of qualifying dividends in order to obtain the benefit of the lower rate. Distributions of earnings from the Fund of non-qualifying dividends, interest income, other types of ordinary income, and short-term capital gains will be taxed at the ordinary income tax rate applicable to the taxpayer. The Fund anticipates that all or substantially all of its dividends will be taxed as ordinary income that would not be qualifying dividends or for the lower tax rate currently applicable for qualified dividend income payable to non-corporate shareholders.
Dividends, including capital gain dividends, declared in October, November, or December with a record date in such month and paid during the following January will be treated as having been paid by the Fund and received by shareholders on December 31 of the calendar year in which declared, rather than the calendar year in which the dividends are actually received.
For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, an additional 3.8% Medicare tax will be imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from the Fund and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of Fund shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such persons modified adjusted gross income (in the case of an individual) or adjusted gross income (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds certain threshold amounts.
Original Issue Discount and Market Discount
Certain debt securities acquired by the Fund may be treated as debt securities that were originally issued at a discount. Original issue discount can generally be defined as the difference between the price at which a security was issued and its stated redemption price at maturity. Although no cash income is actually received by the Fund, original issue discount that accrues on a debt security in a given year generally is treated for federal income tax purposes as interest and, therefore, such income would be subject to the distribution requirements of the Code.
Some of the debt securities may be purchased by the Fund at a discount which exceeds the original issue discount on such debt securities, if any. This additional discount represents market discount for federal income tax purposes. The gain realized on the disposition of any taxable debt security having market discount generally will be treated as ordinary income to the extent it does not exceed the accrued market discount on such debt security. If the amount of market discount is more than a de minimis amount, a portion of such market discount must be included as ordinary income (not capital gain) by the Fund in each taxable year in which such Fund owns an interest in such debt security and receives a principal payment on it. In particular, the Fund will be required to allocate that principal payment first to the
158
portion of the market discount on the debt security that has accrued but has not previously been included in income. In general the amount of market discount that must be included for each period is equal to the lesser of: (i) the amount of market discount accruing during such period (plus any accrued market discount for prior periods not previously taken into account); or (ii) the amount of the principal payment with respect to such period. Generally, market discount accrues on a daily basis for each day the debt security is held by the Fund at a constant rate over the time remaining to the debt securitys maturity or, at the election of the Fund, at a constant yield to maturity which takes into account the semi-annual compounding of interest.
There may be uncertainty as to the appropriate treatment of certain of the Funds investments for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In particular, the Fund may invest a portion of its net assets in below investment-grade instruments. Investments in those types of instruments may present special tax issues for the Fund. U.S. federal income tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when the Fund may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless instruments, how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income and whether exchanges of debt obligations in a bankruptcy or workout context are taxable. These and other issues will be addressed by the Fund, to the extent necessary, in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to ensure that it does not become subject to U.S. federal income or excise tax.
Foreign Currency Transactions
Under the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates which occur between the time the Fund accrues income or other receivable or accrues expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time the Fund actually collects such receivable or pays such liabilities generally are treated as ordinary income or ordinary loss. Similarly, on disposition of debt securities denominated in a foreign currency and on disposition of certain financial contracts and options, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in the value of foreign currency between the date of acquisition of the security or contract and the date of disposition also are treated as ordinary gain or loss. These gains and losses, referred to under the Code as section 988 gains and losses, may increase or decrease the amount of the Funds net investment income to be distributed to its shareholders as ordinary income.
Passive Foreign Investment Companies (PFICs)
The Fund may invest in stocks of foreign companies that are classified under the Code as PFICs. In general, a foreign company is classified as a PFIC if at least one-half of its assets constitute assets which produce passive ( i.e. , investment type) income or held for the production of passive income or 75% or more of its gross income is passive income. Under the PFIC rules, an excess distribution received with respect to PFIC stock is treated as having been realized ratably over the period during which the Fund held the PFIC stock. The Fund itself will be subject to tax on the portion, if any, of the excess distribution that is allocated to that Funds holding period in prior taxable years (and an interest factor will be added to the tax, as if the tax had actually been payable in such prior taxable years) even though the Fund distributes the corresponding income to shareholders. Excess distributions include any gain from the sale of PFIC stock as well as certain distributions from a PFIC. All excess distributions are taxable as ordinary income.
The Fund may be able to elect alternative tax treatment with respect to PFIC stock. Under an election that currently may be available, the Fund generally would be required to include in its gross income its share of the earnings of a PFIC on a current basis, regardless of whether any distributions are received from the PFIC. If this election is made, the special rules, discussed above, relating to the taxation of excess
159
distributions, would not apply. Alternatively, another election may be available that involves marking to market the Funds PFIC stock at the end of each taxable year with the result that unrealized gains are treated as though they were realized and are reported as ordinary income; any marked-to-market losses, as well as loss from an actual disposition of PFIC stock, are reported as ordinary loss to the extent of any net marked-to-market gains included in income in prior years.
Because the application of the PFIC rules may affect, among other things, the character of gains, the amount of gain or loss and the timing of the recognition of income with respect to PFIC stock, as well as subject the Fund itself to tax on certain income from PFIC stock, the amount that must be distributed to shareholders, and which will be taxed to shareholders as ordinary income or long-term capital gain, may be increased or decreased substantially as compared to a fund that did not invest in PFIC stock. Note that distributions from a PFIC are not eligible for the reduced rate of tax on qualifying dividends.
Foreign Withholding Taxes
If more than 50% of the value of the Funds total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of stock or securities of foreign corporations, or if at least 50% of the value of the Funds total assets at the close of each quarter of its taxable year is represented by interests in other RICs, the Fund may elect (the Foreign Election) to pass through to its shareholders the amount of foreign taxes paid or deemed paid by it. If the Fund so elects, each of its shareholders would be required to include in gross income, even though not actually received, its pro rata share of such foreign taxes and would therefore be allowed to either deduct such amount in computing taxable income or use such amount (subject to various limitations) as a foreign tax credit against federal income tax (but not both). It is anticipated that the Fund will qualify to make the Foreign Election; however, the Fund cannot be certain that it will be eligible to make such an election or that you will be eligible for the foreign tax credit.
Options, Hedging Transactions, and Certain Financial Instruments
The taxation of equity options (including options on narrow-based stock indices) and OTC options on debt securities is governed by Section 1234 of the Code. Pursuant to Section 1234 of the Code, with respect to a put or call option that is purchased by the Fund, if the option is sold, any resulting gain or loss will be a capital gain or loss, and will be short term or long term, depending upon the holding period of the option. If the option expires, the resulting loss is a capital loss and is short term or long term, depending upon the holding period of the option. If the option is exercised, the cost of the option, in the case of a call option, is added to the basis of the purchased security and, in the case of a put option, reduces the amount realized on the underlying security in determining gain or loss.
Certain options and financial contracts in which the Funds may invest are section 1256 contracts. Gains or losses on section 1256 contracts generally are considered 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gains or losses; however, foreign currency gains or losses (as discussed herein) arising from certain section 1256 contracts may be treated as ordinary income or loss. Also, section 1256 contracts held by the Fund at the end of each taxable year (and on certain other dates as prescribed under the Code) are marked-to-market with the result that unrealized gains or losses are treated as though they were realized.
Generally, the hedging transactions undertaken by the Fund may result in straddles for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The straddle rules may affect the character of gains (or losses) realized by the Fund. In addition, losses realized by the Fund on positions that are part of the straddle may be deferred under the straddle rules, rather than being taken into account in calculating the taxable income for the taxable year in which the losses are realized. Because only a few regulations implementing the straddle rules have
160
been promulgated, the tax consequences to the Fund of hedging transactions are not entirely clear. The hedging transactions may increase the amount of short-term capital gain realized by the Fund which is taxed as ordinary income when distributed to shareholders.
The Fund may make one or more of the elections available under the Code which are applicable to straddles. If the Fund makes any of the elections, the amount, character, and timing of the recognition of gains or losses from the affected straddle positions will be determined under rules that vary according to the election(s) made. The rules applicable under certain of the elections may operate to accelerate the recognition of gains or losses from the affected straddle positions.
Because application of the straddle rules may affect the character of gains or losses, defer losses and/or accelerate the recognition of gains or losses from the affected straddle positions, the amount which must be distributed to shareholders and which will be taxed to shareholders as ordinary income or long-term capital gain may be increased or decreased as compared to a fund that did not engage in such hedging transactions.
Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the Fund may recognize gain (but not loss) from a constructive sale of certain appreciated financial positions if the Fund enters into a short sale, notional principal contract, futures, or forward contract transaction with respect to the appreciated position or substantially identical property. Appreciated financial positions subject to this constructive sale treatment are interests (including options, futures, forward contracts, and short sales) in stock, partnership interests, certain actively traded trust instruments, and certain debt instruments. Constructive sale treatment does not apply to certain transactions closed in the 90-day period ending with the 30 th day after the close of the Funds taxable year, if certain conditions are met.
Certain hedging activities may cause a dividend that would otherwise be subject to the lower tax rate applicable to a qualified dividend, to instead be taxed as the rate of tax applicable to ordinary income.
Requirements relating to the Funds tax status as a RIC may limit the extent to which the Fund will be able to engage in transactions in options and foreign currency forward contracts.
Short Sales Against the Box
If the Fund sells short against the box, unless certain constructive sale rules (discussed above) apply, it may realize a capital gain or loss upon the closing of the sale. Such gain or loss generally will be long or short term depending upon the length of time the Fund held the security which it sold short. In some circumstances, short sales may have the effect of reducing an otherwise applicable holding period of a security in the portfolio. However, the constructive sale rule alters this treatment by treating certain short sales against the box and other transactions as a constructive sale of the underlying security held by the Fund, thereby requiring current recognition of gain, as described more fully under Options and Hedging Transactions. Similarly, if the Fund enters into a short sale of property that becomes substantially worthless, the Fund will recognize gain at that time as though it had closed the short sale. Future U.S. Treasury regulations may apply similar treatment to other transactions with respect to property that becomes substantially worthless.
Other Investment Companies
It is possible that by investing in other investment companies, the Fund may not be able to meet the calendar year distribution requirement and may be subject to federal income and excise tax. The diversification and distribution requirements applicable to the Fund may limit the extent to which the Fund will be able to invest in other investment companies. When the Fund invests in other investment companies, shareholders of the Fund bear their proportionate share of the underlying investment companys fees and expenses.
161
Sale or Other Disposition of Shares
Upon the sale or exchange of shares, a shareholder generally will realize a taxable gain or loss depending upon the basis in the shares. Such gain or loss will be treated as capital gain or loss if the shares are capital assets in the shareholders hands, which generally may be eligible for reduced federal tax rates, depending on the shareholders holding period for the shares. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent that the shares disposed of are replaced (including replacement through the reinvesting of dividends and capital gain distributions in the Fund) within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition of the shares. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on the sale of the Funds shares held by the shareholder for six months or less will be treated for federal income tax purposes as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions of capital gain dividends received by the shareholder with respect to such shares.
In some cases, shareholders will not be permitted to take sales charges into account for purposes of determining the amount of gain or loss realized on the disposition of their shares. This prohibition generally applies where: (i) the shareholder incurs a sales charge in acquiring the stock of a RIC; (ii) the stock is disposed of before the 91 st day after the date on which it was acquired; (iii) the shareholder subsequently acquires shares of the same or another RIC and the otherwise applicable sales charge is reduced or eliminated under a reinvestment right received upon the initial purchase of shares of stock; and (iv) the subsequently purchased shares are acquired no later than January 31st of the following calendar year. In that case, the gain or loss recognized will be determined by excluding from the tax basis of the shares exchanged all or a portion of the sales charge incurred in acquiring those shares. This exclusion applies to the extent that the otherwise applicable sales charge with respect to the newly acquired shares is reduced as a result of having incurred a sales charge initially. Sales charges affected by this rule are treated as if they were incurred with respect to the stock acquired under the reinvestment right. This provision may be applied to successive acquisitions of stock.
Backup Withholding
The Fund generally will be required to withhold federal income tax (currently at a rate of 28%) (backup withholding) from dividends paid, capital gain distributions, and reportable redemption proceeds to shareholders if: (i) the shareholder fails to furnish the Fund with the shareholders correct taxpayer identification number or social security number and to make such certifications as the Fund may require; (ii) the IRS notifies the shareholder or the Fund that the taxpayer identification number or social security number furnished by the shareholder is incorrect; (iii) the IRS notifies the shareholder or the Fund that the shareholder has failed to report properly certain interest and dividend income to the IRS and to respond to notices to that effect; or (iv) when required to do so, the shareholder fails to certify that he is not subject to backup withholding. Any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholders federal income tax liability.
Foreign Shareholders
Taxation of a shareholder who, as to the United States, is a nonresident alien individual, foreign trust or estate, foreign corporation, or foreign partnership (foreign shareholder), depends on whether the income from the Fund is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on by such shareholder. If the income from the Fund is not effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on by a foreign shareholder, ordinary income dividends (including distributions of any net short-term capital
162
gains) will generally be subject to U.S. withholding tax at the rate of 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate) upon the gross amount of the dividend. Note that preferential rate of tax applicable to certain dividends (discussed above) does not apply to dividends paid to foreign shareholders.
Such a foreign shareholder would generally be exempt from U.S. federal income tax on gains realized on the sale of shares of the Fund, and distributions of net long-term capital gains that are designated as capital gain dividends. If the income from the Fund is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on by a foreign shareholder, then ordinary income dividends, capital gain dividends and any gains realized upon the sale of shares of the Fund will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rates generally applicable to U.S. citizens or domestic corporations, and an additional branch profits tax may apply if the recipient foreign shareholder is classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Effective January 1, 2014, the Fund will be required to withhold U.S. tax (at a 30% rate) on payments of taxable dividends and (effective January 1, 2017) redemption proceeds made to certain non-U.S. entities that fail to comply (or deemed compliant) with extensive new reporting and withholding requirements designed to inform the U.S. Department of the Treasury of U.S.-owned foreign investment accounts. Shareholders may be requested to provide additional information to the Fund to enable the Fund to determine whether withholding is required.
Under the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act of 1980 (FIRPTA), a foreign shareholder is subject to withholding tax in respect of a disposition of a U.S. real property interest and any gain from such disposition is subject to U.S. federal income tax as if such person were a U.S. person. Such gain is sometimes referred to as FIRPTA gain. If the Fund is a U.S. real property holding corporation and is not domestically controlled, any gain realized on the sale or exchange of Fund shares by a foreign shareholder that owns at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of disposition more than 5% of a class of Fund shares would be FIRPTA gain. After December 31, 2013, the same rule will apply to dispositions of Fund shares by foreign shareholders but without regard to whether the Fund is domestically controlled. The Fund will be a U.S. real property holding corporation if, in general, 50% or more of the fair market value of its assets consists of U.S. real property interests, including stock of certain U.S. REITs.
The Code provides a look-through rule for distributions of FIRPTA gain by a RIC if all of the following requirements are met: (i) the RIC is classified as a qualified investment entity (which includes a RIC if, in general more than 50% of the RICs assets consists of interest in REITs and U.S. real property holding corporations); and (ii) you are a foreign shareholder that owns more than 5% of the Funds shares at any time during the one-year period ending on the date of the distribution. If these conditions are met, Fund distributions to you to the extent derived from gain from the disposition of a U.S. real property interest, may also be treated as FIRPTA gain and therefore subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 35%, and requiring that you file a nonresident U.S. income tax return. Also, such gain may be subject to a 30% branch profits tax in the hands of a foreign shareholder that is a corporation. Even if a foreign shareholder does not own more than 5% of the Funds shares, Fund distributions that are attributable to gain from the sale or disposition of a U.S. real property interest will be taxable as ordinary dividends subject to withholding at a 30% or lower treaty rate.
These rules apply to dividends paid by the Fund before January 1, 2014 (unless such sunset date is extended or made permanent). After such sunset date, Fund distributions from a REIT attributable to gain from the disposition of a U.S. real property interest will continue to be subject to the withholding rules described above provided the Fund would otherwise be classified as a qualified investment entity.
For taxable years beginning before January 1, 2014 (unless further extended by Congress), properly designated dividends received by a nonresident alien or foreign entity are generally exempt from U.S.
163
federal withholding tax when they (a) are paid in respect of the Funds qualified net interest income (generally, the Funds U.S. source interest income, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income), or (b) are paid in connection with the Funds qualified short-term capital gains (generally, the excess of a Funds net short-term capital gain over the Funds long-term capital loss for such taxable year). However, depending on the circumstances, the Fund may designate all, some or none of the Funds potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains, and a apportion of the Funds distribution (e.g. interest from non U.S. sources or any foreign currency gains) would be ineligible for this potential exemption from withholding. There can be no assurance as to whether or not legislation will be enacted to extend this exemption.
Also, foreign shareholders may be subject to U.S. estate taxes with respect to their Fund shares.
The tax consequences to a foreign shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may be different from those described herein. Foreign shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund, including the applicability of foreign taxes.
Other Taxes
Distributions also may be subject to state, local and foreign taxes.
This discussion does not purport to deal with all of the tax consequences applicable to shareholders. Shareholders are advised to consult their own tax adviser for details with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund.
CALCULATION OF PERFORMANCE DATA
From time to time, the Fund may advertise its average annual total returns over various periods of time. These total return figures show the average percentage change in value of an investment in the Fund from the beginning date of the measuring period. These figures reflect changes in the price of the Funds shares and assume that any income dividends and/or distributions made by the Fund during the period were reinvested in shares of the Fund. Figures will be given for one, five, and ten year periods (if applicable) and may be given for other periods as well (such as from commencement of the Funds operations, or on a year-by-year basis).
Average Annual Total Return Information
The Fund may, from time to time, include total return in advertisements or reports to shareholders or prospective investors. Quotations of average annual total return will be expressed in terms of the average annual compounded rate of return of a hypothetical investment in the Fund over periods of one, five, and ten years (up to the life of the Fund), calculated pursuant to the following formula which is prescribed by the SEC:
P(1 + T) n = ERV
Where: |
P | = |
a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000, |
|||
T | = |
the average annual total return, |
||||
n | = |
the number of years, and |
||||
ERV | = |
the ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment made at the beginning of the period. |
164
All total return figures assume that all dividends and/or distributions are reinvested when paid.
Average Annual Total Return (After Taxes On Distributions) Quotation
The Fund may, from time to time, include total return after taxes on distributions in advertisements or reports to shareholders or prospective investors. Quotations of average annual total return after taxes on distributions will be expressed in terms of the average annual compounded rate of return of a hypothetical investment in the Fund over periods of one, five, and ten years (up to the life of the Fund), calculated pursuant to the following formula which is prescribed by the SEC:
P(1 + T) n = ATV D
Where: |
P | = |
a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000, |
|||
T | = |
the average annual total return (after taxes on distributions), |
||||
n | = |
the number of years, and |
||||
ATV D | = |
ending value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment made at the beginning of the one, five, or ten year periods (or fractional portion), after taxes on fund distributions but not after taxes on redemptions. |
All total return figures assume that all dividends and/or distributions are reinvested when paid. Taxes are calculated using the highest individual marginal federal income tax rates in effect on the reinvestment date. The rates used correspond to the character of each component of the distributions ( e.g. , ordinary income rate for ordinary income distributions, short-term capital gain rate for short-term capital gain distributions, and long-term capital gain rate for long-term capital gain distributions). The calculations do not consider any potential tax liabilities other than federal tax liability.
Average Annual Total Return (After Taxes on Distributions and Redemption) Quotation
The Fund may, from time to time, include total return after taxes on distributions and redemption in advertisements or reports to shareholders or prospective investors. Quotations of average annual total return after taxes on distributions and redemption will be expressed in terms of the average annual compounded rate of return of a hypothetical investment in the Fund over periods of one, five, and ten years (up to the life of the Fund), calculated pursuant to the following formula which is prescribed by the SEC:
P(1 + T) n = ATV DR
Where: |
P | = |
a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000, |
|||
T | = |
the average annual total return (after taxes on distributions), |
||||
n | = |
the number of years, and |
||||
ATV DR | = |
ending value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment made at the beginning of the one, five, or ten year periods (or fractional portion), after taxes on fund distributions and redemption. |
All total return figures assume that all dividends and/or distributions are reinvested when paid. Taxes are calculated using the highest individual marginal federal income tax rates in effect on the reinvestment date. The rates used correspond to the character of each component of the distributions ( e.g. , ordinary income rate for ordinary income distributions, short-term capital gain rate for short-term capital gain distributions, and long-term capital gain rate for long-term capital gain distributions). The ending value is
165
determined by subtracting capital gain taxes resulting from the redemption and adding the tax benefit from capital losses resulting from the redemption. The calculations do not consider any potential tax liabilities other than federal tax liability.
Yield
Quotations of yield for the Fund will be based on all investment income per share earned during a particular 30-day period (including dividends and interest), less expenses accrued during the period (net investment income) and are computed by dividing net investment income by the maximum offering price per share on the last day of the period, according to the following formula:
Yield= 2[( |
a -b | +1 | ) 6 - 1] | |||||||
cd |
Where: |
a | = |
dividends and interest earned during the period, |
|||
b | = |
expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements), |
||||
c | = |
the average daily number of shares outstanding during the period that were entitled to receive dividends, and |
||||
d | = |
the maximum offering price per share on the last day of the period. |
Under this formula, interest earned on debt obligations for purposes of a above, is calculated by: (i) computing the yield to maturity of each obligation held by the Fund based on the market value of the obligation (including actual accrued interest) at the close of business on the last day of each month; or, with respect to obligations purchased during the month, the purchase price (plus actual accrued interest); (ii) dividing that figure by 360 and multiplying the quotient by the market value of the obligation (including actual accrued interest as referred to above) to determine the interest income on the obligation for each day of the subsequent month that the obligation is in the Funds portfolio (assuming a month of 30 days); and (iii) computing the total of the interest earned on all debt obligations and all dividends accrued on all equity securities during the 30-day or one month period. In computing dividends accrued, dividend income is recognized by accruing 1/360 of the stated dividend rate of a security each day that the security is in the Funds portfolio. For purposes of b above, Rule 12b-1 Plan expenses are included among the expenses accrued for the period. Any amounts representing sales charges will not be included among these expenses; however, the Fund will disclose the maximum sales charge as well as any amount or specific rate of any nonrecurring account charges. Undeclared earned income, computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, may be subtracted from the maximum offering price calculation required pursuant to d above.
The Fund may also from time to time advertise its yield based on a 30 day or 90 day period ended on a date other than the most recent balance sheet included in the Funds Registration Statement, computed in accordance with the yield formula described above, as adjusted to conform with the differing period for which the yield computation is based. Any quotation of performance stated in terms of yield (whether based on a 30 day or 90 day period) will be given no greater prominence than the information prescribed under SEC rules. In addition, all advertisements containing performance data of any kind will include a legend disclosing that such performance data represents past performance and that the investment return and principal value of an investment will fluctuate so that an investors shares, when redeemed, may be worth more or less than their original cost.
The Fund may also publish a distribution rate in sales literature and in investor communications preceded or accompanied by a copy of the current Prospectuses. The current distribution rate for the Fund is the annualization of the Funds distribution per share divided by the maximum offering price per share of the Fund at the respective month-end. The current distribution rate may differ from current yield because the
166
distribution rate may contain items of capital gain and other items of income, while yield reflects only earned net investment income. In each case, the yield, distribution rates, and total return figures will reflect all recurring charges against Fund income and will assume the payment of the maximum sales load, including any applicable CDSC.
Additional Performance Quotations
Advertisements of total return will always show a calculation that includes the effect of the maximum sales charge but may also show total return without giving effect to that charge. Because these additional quotations will not reflect the maximum sales charge payable, these performance quotations will be higher than the performance quotations that reflect the maximum sales charge.
Total returns and yields are based on past results and are not necessarily a prediction of future performance.
PERFORMANCE COMPARISONS
In reports or other communications to shareholders or in advertising material, the Fund may compare the performance of its shares with that of other mutual funds as listed in the rankings prepared by Lipper Analytical Services, Inc., Morningstar, Inc., CDA Technologies, Inc., Value Line, Inc. or similar independent services that monitor the performance of mutual funds or with other appropriate indices of investment securities. In addition, certain indices may be used to illustrate historic performance of select asset classes. The performance information may also include evaluations of the Fund published by nationally recognized ranking services and by financial publications that are nationally recognized, such as Business Week , Forbes , Fortune , Institutional Investor , Money , and The Wall Street Journal . If the Fund compares its performance to other funds or to relevant indices, the Funds performance will be stated in the same terms in which such comparative data and indices are stated, which is normally total return rather than yield. For these purposes the performance of the Fund, as well as the performance of such investment companies or indices, may not reflect sales charges which, if reflected, would reduce performance results.
Performance
Because the Fund did not have a full year of operations as of the fiscal year ending March 31, 2013, there is no performance information included.
Reports and Promotional Literature
Reports and promotional literature may also contain the following information: (i) a description of the gross national or domestic product and populations, including but not limited to age characteristics, of various countries and regions in which the Fund may invest, as compiled by various organizations, and projections of such information; (ii) the performance of worldwide equity and debt markets; (iii) the capitalization of U.S. and foreign stock markets prepared or published by the International Finance Corporation, Morgan Stanley Capital International or a similar financial organization; (iv) the geographic distribution of the Funds portfolio; (v) the major industries located in various jurisdictions; (vi) the number of shareholders in the Fund or other ING Funds and the dollar amount of the assets under management; (vii) descriptions of investing methods such as dollar-cost averaging, best day/worst day scenarios, etc.; (viii) comparisons of the average price to earnings ratio, price to book ratio, price to cash flow and relative currency valuations of the Fund and individual stocks in the Funds portfolio, appropriate indices and descriptions of such comparisons; (ix) quotes from the Adviser of the Fund or other industry specialists; (x) lists or statistics of certain of the Funds holdings including, but not limited
167
to, portfolio composition, sector weightings, portfolio turnover rate, number of holdings, average market capitalization, and modern portfolio theory statistics; and (xi) NASDAQ symbols for each class of shares of the Fund; and descriptions of the benefits of working with investment professionals in selecting investments.
In addition, reports and promotional literature may contain information concerning the Trust, the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser, ING Capital Corporation, LLC (ING Capital), ING Funds Services or affiliates of including: (i) performance rankings of other funds managed by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser, or the individuals employed by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser who exercise responsibility for the day-to-day management of the Fund, including rankings of mutual funds published by Lipper Analytical Services, Inc., Morningstar, Inc., CDA Technologies, Inc., or other rating services, companies, publications or other persons who rank mutual funds or other investment products on overall performance or other criteria; (ii) lists of clients, the number of clients, or assets under management; (iii) information regarding the acquisition of ING Funds by ING Capital; (iv) the past performance of ING Capital and ING Funds Services; (v) the past performance of other funds managed by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser; and (vi) information regarding rights offerings conducted by closed-end funds managed by the Adviser and Sub-Adviser.
Reinvestment of Distributions
As noted in the Prospectuses, shareholders have the privilege of reinvesting both income dividends and capital gains distributions, if any, in additional shares of a respective class of the Fund at the then current NAV, with no sales charge. The Funds management believes that most investors desire to take advantage of this privilege. Therefore it has made arrangements with its Transfer Agent to have all income dividends and capital gains distributions that are declared by the Fund automatically reinvested for the account of each shareholder. A shareholder may elect, at any time, to have subsequent dividends and/or distributions paid in cash by writing to the Fund or the Transfer Agent. In the absence of such an election, each purchase of shares of a class of the Fund is made upon the condition and understanding that the Transfer Agent is automatically appointed the shareholders agent to receive his dividends and distributions upon all shares registered in his name and to reinvest them in full and fractional shares of the respective class of the Fund at the applicable NAV in effect at the close of business on the reinvestment date. A shareholder may still, at any time after a purchase of Fund shares, request that dividends and/or capital gains distributions be paid to him in cash.
General Information
Capitalization
The authorized capital of the Trust consists solely of an unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest with a par value of $0.001 each.
Voting Rights
Holders of shares of the Fund have one vote for each share held. All shares when issued are fully paid, non-assessable, and redeemable. Shares have no preemptive rights. All shares have equal voting, dividend, and liquidation rights. Shares have non-cumulative voting rights, which means that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voting for the election of Trustees can elect 100% of the Trustees if they choose to do so, and in such event the holders of the remaining shares voting for the election of Trustees will not be able to elect any person or persons to the Board. Generally, there will not be annual meetings of shareholders. There will normally be no meetings of shareholders for the purpose of electing Trustees unless and until such time as less than a majority of the Trustees holding office have been elected by
168
shareholders, at which time the Trustees then in office will call a shareholders meeting for the election of Trustees. Shareholders may, in accordance with the Funds charter, cause a meeting, of shareholders to be held for the purpose of voting on the removal of Trustees. Meetings of the shareholders will be called upon written request of shareholders holding in the aggregate not less than 10% of the outstanding shares of the affected Fund or class having voting rights. Except as set forth above and subject to the 1940 Act, the Trustees will continue to hold office, appoint successors Trustees.
The Board may classify or reclassify any unissued shares into shares of any series by setting or changing in any one or more respects, from time to time, prior to the issuance of such shares, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or qualifications of such shares. Any such classification or reclassification will comply with the provisions of the 1940 Act. The Board may create additional series (or classes of series) of shares without shareholder approval. Any series or class of shares may be terminated by a vote of the shareholders of such series or class entitled to vote or by the Trustees of each Trust by written notice to shareholders of such series or class. Shareholders may remove Trustees from office by votes cast at a meeting of shareholders or by written consent.
Other Information
The Trust is registered with the SEC as an open-end management investment company. Such registration does not involve supervision of the management or policies of the Trust by any governmental agency. The Prospectuses and this SAI omit certain of the information contained in the Trusts Registration Statement filed with the SEC, and copies of this information may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the prescribed fee or examined at the SEC in Washington, D.C. without charge.
Investors in the Fund will be kept informed of their progress through annual and semi-annual shareholder reports showing Fund composition, statistical data, and any other significant data, including financial statement audited by an independent registered public accounting firm.
Reports to Shareholders
The fiscal year of the Fund ends on March 31 of each year. The Fund will send financial statements to its shareholders at least semi-annually. An annual shareholder report containing financial statements audited by the independent registered public accounting firm will be sent to shareholders each year.
The financial statements and the independent registered public accounting firms report thereon, appearing in the Funds annual shareholder report for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 are incorporated herein by reference. Copies of the Funds annual and unaudited semi-annual shareholder reports may be obtained without charge by contacting ING Funds at 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100, Scottsdale, Arizona 85258 or calling (800) 992-0180.
169
APPENDIX A DESCRIPTION OF CORPORATE BOND RATINGS
MOODYS INVESTORS SERVICE, INC.
Aaa Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as gilt-edge. Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues.
Aa Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as high grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the long term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.
A Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered as upper medium grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate but elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.
Baa Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium grade obligations, i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present, but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.
Ba Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as well assured. Often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.
B Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.
The modifier 1 indicates that the bond ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates the issuer ranks in the lower end of its rating category.
STANDARD & POORS RATINGS SERVICES
AAA Bonds rated AAA have the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poors to a debt obligation. Capacity to pay interest and repay principal is extremely strong.
AA Bonds rated AA have a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal and differ from the highest rated issues only in small degree.
A Bonds rated A have a strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal although they are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than bonds in higher rated categories.
A-1
BBB Bonds rated BBB are regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Whereas they normally exhibit adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal for bonds in this category than for bonds in higher rated categories.
BB Bonds rated BB have less near-term vulnerability to default than other speculative issues. However, the bonds face major uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments.
B Bonds rated B have a greater vulnerability to default but currently have the capacity to meet interest payments and principal repayments. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair capacity or willingness to pay interest and repay principal.
The ratings from AA to B may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
FITCH RATINGS
AAA: Bonds considered to be investment-grade and of the highest quality. The obligor has an exceptionally strong ability to pay interest and repay principal which is unlikely to be affected by reasonably foreseeable events.
AA: Bonds considered to be investment-grade and of very high credit quality. The obligors ability to pay interest and repay principal is very strong although not quite as strong as bonds rated AAA. Because bonds rated in the AAA and AA categories are not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable future developments, short-term debt of these issuers is generally rated F-1+.
A: Bonds considered to be investment-grade and of high credit quality. The obligors ability to pay interest and repay principal is considered to be strong, but may be more vulnerable to adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances than bonds with higher ratings.
BBB: Bonds considered to be investment-grade and of satisfactory credit quality. The obligors ability to pay interest and repay principal is considered to be adequate. Adverse changes in economic conditions, however, are more likely to have adverse impact on these bonds, and therefore impair timely payment. The likelihood that the ratings of these bonds will fall below investment-grade is higher than for bonds with higher ratings.
BB: Bonds are considered speculative. The obligors ability to pay interest and repay principal may be affected over time by adverse economic changes. However, business and financial alternatives can be identified which could assist the obligor in satisfying its debt service requirements.
B: Bonds are considered highly speculative. While bonds in this class are currently meeting debt service requirements, the probability of continued timely payment of principal and interest reflects the obligors limited margin of safety and the need for reasonable business and economic activity throughout the life of the issue.
CCC: Bonds have certain identifiable characteristics which, if not remedied, may lead to default. The ability to meet obligations requires an advantageous business and economic environment.
CC: Bonds are minimally protected. Default in payment of interest and/or principal seems probable over time.
A-2
C: Bonds are in imminent default in payment of interest or principal.
Plus (+) Minus (-): Plus and minus signs are used with a rating symbol to indicate the relative position of a credit within the rating category. Plus and minus signs, however, are not used in the AAA category.
NR: Indicates that Fitch does not rate the specific issue.
Conditional: A conditional rating is premised on the successful completion of a project or the occurrence of a specific event.
Suspended: A rating is suspended when Fitch deems the amount of information available from the issuer to be inadequate for rating purposes.
Withdrawn: A rating will be withdrawn when an issue matures or is called or refinanced, and, at Fitchs discretion, when an issuer fails to furnish proper and timely information.
RatingWatch: Ratings are placed on RatingWatch to notify investors of an occurrence that is likely to result in a rating change and the likely direction of such change. These are designated as Positive, indicating a potential upgrade, Negative, for potential downgrade, or Evolving, where ratings may be raised or lowered. RatingWatch is relatively short-term, and should be resolved within 12 months.
A-3
APPENDIX B PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES AND GUIDELINES
B-1
ING FUNDS
PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES AND GUIDELINES
Effective Date: July 10, 2003
Revision Date: March 7, 2013
B-1
Table of Contents
I. | Introduction | 1 | ||||
II. | Compliance Committee | 1 | ||||
III. | Delegation of Voting Authority | 1 | ||||
IV. | Approval and Review of Procedures | 3 | ||||
V. | Voting Procedures and Guidelines | 3 | ||||
VI. | Conflicts of Interest | 7 | ||||
VII. | Reporting and Record Retention | 7 | ||||
8 | ||||||
9 | ||||||
I. | Introduction | 9 | ||||
II. | Roles and Responsibilities | 9 | ||||
III. | Voting Procedures | 12 | ||||
IV. | Assessment of the Agent and Conflicts of Interest | 14 | ||||
V. | Reporting and Record Retention | 16 | ||||
17 | ||||||
18 | ||||||
I. | Introduction | 18 | ||||
II. | Guidelines | 18 | ||||
18 | ||||||
1. | 19 | |||||
2. | 26 | |||||
3. | 27 | |||||
4. | 27 | |||||
5. | 28 | |||||
6. | 29 | |||||
7. | 31 | |||||
8. | 34 | |||||
9. | 38 | |||||
10. | 38 | |||||
11. | 39 | |||||
12. | 39 | |||||
13. | 40 |
i
I. |
Introduction |
The following are the Proxy Voting Procedures and Guidelines (the Procedures and Guidelines) of the ING Funds set forth on Exhibit 1 attached hereto and each portfolio or series thereof, except for any Sub-Adviser-Voted Series identified on Exhibit 1 and further described in Section III below (each non-Sub-Adviser-Voted Series hereinafter referred to as a Fund and collectively, the Funds). The purpose of these Procedures and Guidelines is to set forth the process by which each Fund subject to these Procedures and Guidelines will vote proxies related to the equity assets in its investment portfolio (the portfolio securities). The term proxies as used herein shall include votes in connection with annual and special meetings of equity stockholders but not those regarding bankruptcy matters and/or related plans of reorganization. The Procedures and Guidelines have been approved by the Funds Boards of Trustees/Directors 1 (each a Board and collectively, the Boards), including a majority of the independent Trustees/Directors 2 of the Board. These Procedures and Guidelines may be amended only by the Board. The Board shall review these Procedures and Guidelines at its discretion, and make any revisions thereto as deemed appropriate by the Board.
II. |
Compliance Committee |
The Boards hereby delegate to the Compliance Committee of each Board (each a Committee and collectively, the Committees) the authority and responsibility to oversee the implementation of these Procedures and Guidelines, and where applicable, to make determinations on behalf of the Board with respect to the voting of proxies on behalf of each Fund. Furthermore, the Boards hereby delegate to each Committee the authority to review and approve material changes to proxy voting procedures of any Funds investment adviser (the Adviser). The Proxy Voting Procedures of the Adviser (the Adviser Procedures) are attached hereto as Exhibit 2 . Any determination regarding the voting of proxies of each Fund that is made by a Committee, or any member thereof, as permitted herein, shall be deemed to be a good faith determination regarding the voting of proxies by the full Board. Each Committee may rely on the Adviser through the Proxy Coordinator, Agent, and/or Proxy Group (as such terms are defined in the Adviser Procedures ( Exhibit 2 , Sections II.A., B., and C., respectively)) to deal in the first instance with the application of these Procedures and Guidelines. Each Committee shall conduct itself in accordance with its charter.
III. |
Delegation of Voting Authority |
Except as otherwise provided for herein, the Board hereby delegates to the Adviser to each Fund the authority and responsibility to vote all proxies with respect to all portfolio securities of the
1 |
Reference in these Procedures to one or more Funds shall, as applicable, mean those Funds that are under the jurisdiction of the particular Board or Compliance Committee at issue. No provision in these Procedures is intended to impose any duty upon the particular Board or Compliance Committee with respect to any other Fund. |
2 |
The independent Trustees/Directors are those Board members who are not interested persons of the Funds within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940. |
1
Fund in accordance with the current proxy voting procedures and guidelines that have been approved by the Board. The Board may revoke such delegation with respect to any proxy or proposal, and assume the responsibility of voting any Fund proxy or proxies as it deems appropriate. Non-material amendments to the Procedures and Guidelines may be approved for immediate implementation by the President or Chief Financial Officer of a Fund, subject to ratification at the next regularly scheduled meeting of the Compliance Committee.
A Board may elect to delegate the voting of proxies to the Sub-Adviser of a portfolio or series of the ING Funds. In so doing, the Board shall also approve the Sub-Advisers proxy policies for implementation on behalf of such portfolio or series (a Sub-Adviser-Voted Series). Sub-Adviser-Voted Series shall not be covered under these Procedures and Guidelines but rather shall be covered by such Sub-Advisers proxy policies, provided that the Board, including a majority of the independent Trustees/Directors 3 , has approved them on behalf of such Sub-Adviser-Voted Series, and ratifies any subsequent changes at the next regularly scheduled meeting of the Compliance Committee and the Board.
When a Fund participates in the lending of its securities and the securities are on loan at record date, proxies related to such securities will not be forwarded to the Adviser by the Funds custodian and therefore will not be voted. However, the Adviser shall use best efforts to recall or restrict specific securities from loan for the purpose of facilitating a material vote as described in the Adviser Procedures.
Funds that are funds-of-funds will echo vote their interests in underlying mutual funds, which may include ING Funds (or portfolios or series thereof) other than those set forth on Exhibit 1 attached hereto. This means that, if the fund-of-funds must vote on a proposal with respect to an underlying investment company, the fund-of-funds will vote its interest in that underlying fund in the same proportion all other shareholders in the underlying investment company voted their interests.
However, if the underlying fund has no other shareholders, the fund-of-funds will vote as follows:
A. |
If the fund-of-funds and the underlying fund are being solicited to vote on the same proposal ( e.g. , the election of fund directors/trustees), the fund-of-funds will vote the shares it holds in the underlying fund in the same proportion as all votes received from the holders of the fund-of-funds shares with respect to that proposal; and |
B. |
If the fund-of-funds is being solicited to vote on a proposal for an underlying fund ( e.g. , a new Sub-Adviser to the underlying fund), and there is no corresponding proposal at the fund-of-funds level, the Board shall determine the most appropriate method of voting with respect to the underlying fund proposal |
3 |
The independent Trustees/Directors are those Board members who are not interested persons of the Funds within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940. |
2
The foregoing procedure shall also apply to any ING Fund (an Investing Fund) that, while not a fund-of-funds, invests in one or more underlying funds. Accordingly:
A. |
Each Investing Fund will echo vote its interests in an underlying fund, if the underlying fund has shareholders other than the Investing Fund; |
B. |
In the event an underlying fund has no other shareholders, and the Investing Fund and the underlying fund are being solicited to vote on the same proposal, the Investing Fund will vote its interests in the underlying fund in the same proportion as all votes received from the holders of its own shares on that proposal; and |
C. |
In the event an underlying fund has no other shareholders, and there is no corresponding proposal at the Investing Fund level, the Board shall determine the most appropriate method of voting with respect to the underlying fund proposal. |
A fund that is a feeder fund in a master-feeder structure does not echo vote. Rather, it passes votes requested by the underlying master fund to its shareholders. This means that, if the feeder fund is solicited by the master fund, it will request instructions from its own shareholders, either directly or, in the case of an insurance-dedicated Fund, through an insurance product or retirement plan, as to the manner in which to vote its interest in an underlying master fund.
When a Fund is a feeder in a master-feeder structure, proxies for the portfolio securities owned by the master fund will be voted pursuant to the master funds proxy voting policies and procedures. As such, and except as otherwise noted herein with respect to vote reporting requirements, feeder Funds shall not be subject to these Procedures and Guidelines.
IV. |
Approval and Review of Procedures |
Each Funds Adviser has adopted proxy voting procedures in connection with the voting of portfolio securities for the Funds as attached hereto in Exhibit 2 . The Board hereby approves such procedures. All material changes to the Adviser Procedures must be approved by the Board or the Compliance Committee prior to implementation; however, the President or Chief Financial Officer of a Fund may make such non-material changes as they deem appropriate, subject to ratification by the Board or the Compliance Committee at its next regularly scheduled meeting.
V. |
Voting Procedures and Guidelines |
The Guidelines that are set forth in Exhibit 3 hereto specify the manner in which the Funds generally will vote with respect to the proposals discussed therein.
Unless otherwise noted, the defined terms used hereafter shall have the same meaning as defined in the Adviser Procedures.
A. |
Routine Matters |
The Agent shall be instructed to submit a vote in accordance with the Guidelines where such Guidelines provide a clear policy ( e.g. , For, Against, Withhold, or Abstain) on a proposal. However, the Agent shall be directed to refer any proxy proposal to the Proxy Coordinator for instructions as if it were a matter requiring case-by-case consideration under circumstances where the application of the Guidelines is unclear, it
3
appears to involve unusual or controversial issues, or an Investment Professional (as such term is defined in the Adviser Procedures ( Exhibit 2 , Section II.D.)) recommends a vote contrary to the Guidelines.
B. |
Matters Requiring Case-by-Case Consideration |
The Agent shall be directed to refer proxy proposals accompanied by its written analysis and voting recommendation to the Proxy Coordinator where the Guidelines have noted case-by-case consideration.
Upon receipt of a referral from the Agent, the Proxy Coordinator may solicit additional research from the Agent, Investment Professional(s), as well as from any other source or service.
Except in cases in which the Proxy Group has previously provided the Proxy Coordinator with standing instructions to vote in accordance with the Agents recommendation, the Proxy Coordinator will forward the Agents analysis and recommendation and/or any research obtained from the Investment Professional(s), the Agent, or any other source to the Proxy Group. The Proxy Group may consult with the Agent and/or Investment Professional(s), as it deems necessary.
The Proxy Coordinator shall use best efforts to convene the Proxy Group with respect to all matters requiring its consideration. In the event quorum requirements cannot be timely met in connection with a voting deadline, it shall be the policy of the Funds to vote in accordance with the Agents recommendation, unless the Agents recommendation is deemed to be conflicted as provided for under the Adviser Procedures, in which case no action shall be taken on such matter ( i.e. , a Non-Vote).
1. Within-Guidelines Votes: Votes in Accordance with a Funds Guidelines and/or where applicable, Agent Recommendation
In the event the Proxy Group, and where applicable, any Investment Professional participating in the voting process, recommend a vote Within Guidelines, the Proxy Group will instruct the Agent, through the Proxy Coordinator, to vote in this manner, except that the Proxy Coordinator may first consult with a Funds Compliance Committee as described in Section V.B.5. below. Except as provided for herein, no Conflicts Report (as such term is defined in the Adviser Procedures ( Exhibit 2 , Section IV.B.)) is required in connection with Within-Guidelines Votes.
2. Non-Votes: Votes in Which No Action is Taken
The Proxy Group may recommend that a Fund refrain from voting under circumstances including, but not limited to, the following: (1) if the economic effect on shareholders interests or the value of the portfolio holding is indeterminable or insignificant, e.g. , proxies in connection with fractional shares, securities no longer held in the portfolio of an ING Fund or proxies being considered on behalf of a Fund that is no longer in existence; or (2) if the cost of voting a proxy outweighs the benefits, e.g. , certain international proxies,
4
particularly in cases in which share blocking practices may impose trading restrictions on the relevant portfolio security. In such instances, the Proxy Group may instruct the Agent, through the Proxy Coordinator, not to vote such proxy. The Proxy Group may provide the Proxy Coordinator with standing instructions on parameters that would dictate a Non-Vote without the Proxy Groups review of a specific proxy.
Reasonable efforts shall be made to secure and vote all other proxies for the Funds, but, particularly in markets in which shareholders rights are limited, Non-Votes may also occur in connection with a Funds related inability to timely access ballots or other proxy information in connection with its portfolio securities.
Non-Votes may also result in certain cases in which the Agents recommendation has been deemed to be conflicted, as described in V.B. above and V.B.4. below.
3. Out-of-Guidelines Votes: Votes Contrary to Procedures and Guidelines, or Agent Recommendation, where applicable, Where No Recommendation is Provided by Agent, or Where Agents Recommendation is Conflicted
If the Proxy Group recommends that a Fund vote contrary to the Guidelines, or the recommendation of the Agent, where applicable, if the Agent has made no recommendation on a matter and the Procedures and Guidelines are silent, or the Agents recommendation on a matter is deemed to be conflicted as provided for under the Adviser Procedures, the Proxy Coordinator will then request that all members of the Proxy Group, including any members who abstained from voting on the matter or were not in attendance at the meeting at which the relevant proxy is being considered, and each Investment Professional participating in the voting process complete a Conflicts Report. As provided for in the Adviser Procedures, the Proxy Coordinator shall be responsible for identifying to Counsel potential conflicts of interest with respect to the Agent.
If Counsel determines that a conflict of interest appears to exist with respect to the Agent, any member of the Proxy Group, or the participating Investment Professional(s), the Proxy Coordinator will then contact the Compliance Committee(s) and forward to such Committee(s) all information relevant to their review, including the following materials or a summary thereof: the applicable Procedures and Guidelines, the recommendation of the Agent, where applicable, the recommendation of the Investment Professional(s), where applicable, any resources used by the Proxy Group in arriving at its recommendation, the Conflicts Report and any other written materials establishing whether a conflict of interest exists, and findings of Counsel (as such term is defined in the Adviser Procedures ( Exhibit 2 , Section IV.A.)). Upon Counsels finding that a conflict of interest exists with respect to one or more members of the Proxy Group or the Advisers generally, the remaining members of the Proxy Group shall not be required to complete a Conflicts Report in connection with the proxy.
5
If Counsel determines that there does not appear to be a conflict of interest with respect to the Agent, any member of the Proxy Group, or the participating Investment Professional(s), the Proxy Coordinator will instruct the Agent to vote the proxy as recommended by the Proxy Group.
A vote that is contrary to the Agents recommendation, but is based on input from an Investment Professional provided in connection with a Guideline requiring case-by-case review while specifying that primary consideration will be given to such input, shall be not be deemed an Out-of-Guidelines Vote if the Investment Professional completes and returns a Conflicts Report and Counsel determines that no conflict of interest appears to be present. The Proxy Group shall not be required to complete a Conflicts Report in connection with such votes.
4. Referrals to a Funds Compliance Committee
A Funds Compliance Committee may consider all recommendations, analysis, research and Conflicts Reports provided to it by the Agent, Proxy Group and/or Investment Professional(s), and any other written materials used to establish whether a conflict of interest exists, in determining how to vote the proxies referred to the Committee. The Committee will instruct the Agent through the Proxy Coordinator how to vote such referred proposals.
The Proxy Coordinator shall use best efforts to timely refer matters to a Funds Committee for its consideration. In the event any such matter cannot be timely referred to or considered by the Committee, it shall be the policy of the Funds to vote in accordance with the Agents recommendation, unless the Agents recommendation is conflicted on a matter, in which case no action shall be taken on such matter ( i.e. , a Non-Vote).
The Proxy Coordinator will maintain a record of all proxy questions that have been referred to a Funds Committee, as well as all applicable recommendations, analysis, research, Conflicts Reports and vote determinations.
5. Consultation with a Funds Compliance Committee
The Proxy Coordinator may consult with the Chair of a Funds Compliance Committee for guidance on behalf of the Committee if application of the Procedures and Guidelines is unclear or in connection with any unusual or controversial issue or a recommendation received from an Investment Professional. The Chair may consider all recommendations, analysis, research, or Conflicts Reports provided by the Agent, Proxy Group, and/or Investment Professional(s). The Chair may provide guidance or direct the Proxy Coordinator to refer the proposal(s) to the full Compliance Committee. The guidance of the Chair, or the Committee, as applicable, shall be given primary consideration by the Proxy Group in making a vote determination.
6
The Proxy Coordinator will maintain a record of all proxy questions that have been referred to the Chair or Committee for guidance, as well as all applicable recommendations, analysis, research, Conflicts Reports and vote determinations.
VI. |
Conflicts of Interest |
In all cases in which a vote has not been clearly determined in advance by the Procedures and Guidelines or for which the Proxy Group recommends an Out-of-Guidelines Vote, and Counsel has determined that a conflict of interest appears to exist with respect to the Agent, any member of the Proxy Group, or any Investment Professional participating in the voting process, the proposal shall be referred to the Funds Committee for determination so that the Adviser shall have no opportunity to exercise voting discretion over a Funds proxy in a situation in which the Adviser or certain other related parties or the Agent may be deemed to have a conflict of interest. In the event a member of a Funds Committee believes he/she has a conflict of interest that would preclude him/her from making a voting determination in the best interests of the beneficial owners of the applicable Fund, such Committee member shall so advise the Proxy Coordinator and recuse himself/herself with respect to determinations regarding the relevant proxy.
VII. |
Reporting and Record Retention |
A. |
Reporting by the Funds |
Annually in August, each Fund will post its proxy voting record, or a link thereto, for the prior one-year period ending on June 30 th on the ING Funds website. The proxy voting record for each Fund will also be available on Form N-PX in the EDGAR database on the website of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). For any Fund that is a feeder in a master/feeder structure, no proxy voting record related to the portfolio securities owned by the master fund will be posted on the ING Funds website or included in the Funds Form N-PX; however, a cross-reference to the master funds proxy voting record as filed in the SECs EDGAR database will be included in the Funds Form N-PX and posted on the ING Funds website. If any feeder fund was solicited for vote by its underlying master fund during the reporting period, a record of the votes cast by means of the pass-through process described in Section III above will be included on the ING Funds website and in the Funds Form N-PX.
B. |
Reporting to a Funds Compliance Committee |
At each regularly scheduled meeting, the Committee will receive a report from the Proxy Coordinator indicating each proxy proposal, or a summary of such proposals, that was (1) voted Out-of-Guidelines, including any proposals voted Out-of-Guidelines pursuant to special circumstances raised by an Investment Professional; (2) voted Within Guidelines in cases in which an Investment Professionals recommendation was not adopted by the Proxy Group; or (3) referred to the Committee for determination in accordance with Section V. hereof. Such report shall indicate the name of the issuer, the substance of the proposal, a summary of the Investment Professionals recommendation, where applicable and the reasons for voting, or recommending, an Out-of-Guidelines Vote or, in the case of (2) above, a Within-Guidelines Vote.
7
ING ASIA PACIFIC HIGH DIVIDEND EQUITY INCOME FUND
ING EMERGING MARKETS HIGH DIVIDEND EQUITY FUND
ING EMERGING MARKETS LOCAL BOND FUND
ING EQUITY TRUST
ING FUNDS TRUST
ING GLOBAL ADVANTAGE AND PREMIUM OPPORTUNITY FUND
ING GLOBAL EQUITY DIVIDEND AND PREMIUM OPPORTUNITY FUND
ING GLOBAL STRATEGIC INCOME FUND
ING INFRASTRUCTURE, INDUSTRIALS AND MATERIALS FUND
ING INTERNATIONAL HIGH DIVIDEND EQUITY INCOME FUND
ING INVESTORS TRUST 1
ING MAYFLOWER TRUST
ING MUTUAL FUNDS
ING PARTNERS, INC.
ING PRIME RATE TRUST
ING RISK MANAGED NATURAL RESOURCES FUND
ING SENIOR INCOME FUND
ING SEPARATE PORTFOLIOS TRUST
ING VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
ING VARIABLE PRODUCTS TRUST
1 |
Sub-Adviser-Voted Series: ING Franklin Mutual Shares Portfolio |
8
EXHIBIT 2 Proxy Voting Procedures of the Advisers
ING Investments, LLC,
ING Investment Management Co. LLC
and
Directed Services LLC
I. |
Introduction |
ING Investments, LLC, ING Investment Management Co. LLC and Directed Services LLC (each an Adviser and collectively, the Advisers) are the investment advisers for the registered investment companies and each series or portfolio thereof (each a Fund and collectively, the Funds) comprising the ING family of funds. As such, the Advisers have been delegated the authority to vote proxies with respect to securities for certain Funds over which they have day-to-day portfolio management responsibility.
The Advisers will abide by the proxy voting guidelines adopted by a Funds respective Board of Directors or Trustees (each a Board and collectively, the Boards) with regard to the voting of proxies unless otherwise provided in the proxy voting procedures adopted by a Funds Board.
In voting proxies, the Advisers are guided by general fiduciary principles. Each must act prudently, solely in the interest of the beneficial owners of the Funds it manages. The Advisers will not subordinate the interest of beneficial owners to unrelated objectives. Each Adviser will vote proxies in the manner that it believes will do the most to maximize shareholder value.
The following are the Proxy Voting Procedures of ING Investments, LLC, ING Investment Management Co. LLC and Directed Services LLC (the Adviser Procedures) with respect to the voting of proxies on behalf of their client Funds as approved by the respective Board of each Fund.
Unless otherwise noted, best efforts shall be used to vote proxies in all instances.
II. |
Roles and Responsibilities |
A. |
Proxy Coordinator |
The Proxy Coordinator identified in Appendix 1 will assist in the coordination of the voting of each Funds proxies in accordance with the ING Funds Proxy Voting Procedures and Guidelines (the Procedures or Guidelines and collectively the Procedures and Guidelines). The Proxy Coordinator is authorized to direct the Agent to vote a Funds proxy in accordance with the Procedures and Guidelines unless the Proxy Coordinator receives a recommendation from an Investment Professional (as described below) to vote contrary to the Guidelines. In such event, and in connection with proxy proposals requiring case-by-case consideration (except in cases in which the Proxy Group has previously provided the Proxy Coordinator with standing instructions to
9
vote in accordance with the Agents recommendation), the Proxy Coordinator will call a meeting of the Proxy Group (as described below).
Responsibilities assigned herein to the Proxy Coordinator, or activities in support thereof, may be performed by such members of the Proxy Group or employees of the Advisers affiliates as are deemed appropriate by the Proxy Group.
Unless specified otherwise, information provided to the Proxy Coordinator in connection with duties of the parties described herein shall be deemed delivered to the Advisers.
B. |
Agent |
An independent proxy voting service (the Agent), as approved by the Board of each Fund, shall be engaged to assist in the voting of Fund proxies for publicly traded securities through the provision of vote analysis, implementation, recordkeeping, and disclosure services. The Agent is Institutional Shareholder Services Inc., a subsidiary of MSCI Inc. The Agent is responsible for coordinating with the Funds custodians to ensure that all proxy materials received by the custodians relating to the portfolio securities are processed in a timely fashion. To the extent applicable, the Agent is required to vote and/or refer all proxies in accordance with these Adviser Procedures. The Agent will retain a record of all proxy votes handled by the Agent. Such record must reflect all the information required to be disclosed in a Funds Form N-PX pursuant to Rule 30b1-4 under the Investment Company Act. In addition, the Agent is responsible for maintaining copies of all proxy statements received by issuers and to promptly provide such materials to the Adviser upon request.
The Agent shall be instructed to vote all proxies in accordance with a Funds Guidelines, except as otherwise instructed through the Proxy Coordinator by the Advisers Proxy Group or a Funds Compliance Committee (Committee).
The Agent shall be instructed to obtain all proxies from the Funds custodians and to review each proxy proposal against the Guidelines. The Agent also shall be requested to call the Proxy Coordinators attention to specific proxy proposals that although governed by the Guidelines appear to involve unusual or controversial issues.
Subject to the oversight of the Advisers, the Agent shall establish and maintain adequate internal controls and policies in connection with the provision of proxy voting services voting to the Advisers, including methods to reasonably ensure that its analysis and recommendations are not influenced by conflict of interest, and shall disclose such controls and policies to the Advisers when and as provided for herein. Unless otherwise specified, references herein to recommendations of the Agent shall refer to those in which no conflict of interest has been identified.
C. |
Proxy Group |
The Adviser shall establish a Proxy Group (the Group or Proxy Group) which shall assist in the review of the Agents recommendations when a proxy voting issue is referred to the Group through the Proxy Coordinator. The members of the Proxy Group,
10
which may include employees of the Advisers affiliates, are identified in Appendix 1 , as may be amended from time at the Advisers discretion.
A minimum of four (4) members of the Proxy Group (or three (3) if one member of the quorum is either the Funds Chief Investment Risk Officer or Chief Financial Officer) shall constitute a quorum for purposes of taking action at any meeting of the Group. The vote of a simple majority of the members present and voting shall determine any matter submitted to a vote. Tie votes shall be broken by securing the vote of members not present at the meeting; provided, however, that the Proxy Coordinator shall ensure compliance with all applicable voting and conflict of interest procedures and shall use best efforts to secure votes from all or as many absent members as may reasonably be accomplished. A member of the Proxy Group may abstain from voting on any given matter, provided that quorum is not lost for purposes of taking action and that the abstaining member still participates in any conflict of interest processes required in connection with the matter. The Proxy Group may meet in person or by telephone. The Proxy Group also may take action via electronic mail in lieu of a meeting, provided that each Group member has received a copy of any relevant electronic mail transmissions circulated by each other participating Group member prior to voting and provided that the Proxy Coordinator follows the directions of a majority of a quorum (as defined above) responding via electronic mail. For all votes taken in person or by telephone or teleconference, the vote shall be taken outside the presence of any person other than the members of the Proxy Group and such other persons whose attendance may be deemed appropriate by the Proxy Group from time to time in furtherance of its duties or the day-to-day administration of the Funds. In its discretion, the Proxy Group may provide the Proxy Coordinator with standing instructions to perform responsibilities assigned herein to the Proxy Group, or activities in support thereof, on its behalf, provided that such instructions do not contravene any requirements of these Adviser Procedures or a Funds Procedures and Guidelines.
A meeting of the Proxy Group will be held whenever (1) the Proxy Coordinator receives a recommendation from an Investment Professional to vote a Funds proxy contrary to the Guidelines, or the recommendation of the Agent, where applicable, (2) the Agent has made no recommendation on a matter and the Procedures and Guidelines are silent, or (3) a matter requires case-by-case consideration, including those in which the Agents recommendation is deemed to be conflicted as provided for under these Adviser Procedures, provided that, if the Proxy Group has previously provided the Proxy Coordinator with standing instructions to vote in accordance with the Agents recommendation and no issue of conflict must be considered, the Proxy Coordinator may implement the instructions without calling a meeting of the Proxy Group.
For each proposal referred to the Proxy Group, it will review (1) the relevant Procedures and Guidelines, (2) the recommendation of the Agent, if any, (3) the recommendation of the Investment Professional(s), if any, and (4) any other resources that any member of the Proxy Group deems appropriate to aid in a determination of a recommendation.
If the Proxy Group recommends that a Fund vote in accordance with the Procedures and Guidelines, or the recommendation of the Agent, where applicable, it shall instruct the
11
Proxy Coordinator to so advise the Agent, except that the Proxy Coordinator shall follow any procedures established by a Funds Board with respect to recommendations received from an Investment Professional.
If the Proxy Group recommends that a Fund vote contrary to the Guidelines, or the recommendation of the Agent, where applicable, or if the Agents recommendation on a matter is deemed to be conflicted, it shall follow the procedures for such voting as established by a Funds Board. The Proxy Group may vote contrary to the Guidelines based on a recommendation from an Investment Professional, provided that incorporation of any such recommendation shall be subject to the conflict of interest review process established by a Funds Board.
The Proxy Coordinator shall use best efforts to convene the Proxy Group with respect to all matters requiring its consideration. In the event quorum requirements cannot be timely met in connection with a voting deadline, the Proxy Coordinator shall follow the procedures for such voting as established by a Funds Board.
D. |
Investment Professionals |
The Funds Advisers, Sub-Advisers, and/or portfolio managers (each referred to herein as an Investment Professional and collectively, Investment Professionals) may submit, or be asked to submit, a recommendation to the Proxy Group regarding the voting of proxies related to the portfolio securities over which they have day-to-day portfolio management responsibility. The Investment Professionals may accompany their recommendation with any other research materials that they deem appropriate or with a request that the vote be deemed material in the context of the portfolio(s) they manage, such that lending activity on behalf of such portfolio(s) with respect to the relevant security should be reviewed by the Proxy Group and considered for recall and/or restriction. Input from the relevant Sub-Advisers and/or portfolio managers shall be given primary consideration in the Proxy Groups determination of whether a given proxy vote is to be deemed material and the associated security accordingly restricted from lending. The determination that a vote is material in the context of a Funds portfolio shall not mean that such vote is considered material across all Funds voting that meeting. In order to recall or restrict shares timely for material voting purposes, the Proxy Group shall use best efforts to consider, and when deemed appropriate, to act upon, such requests timely, and requests to review lending activity in connection with a potentially material vote may be initiated by any relevant Investment Professional and submitted for the Proxy Groups consideration at any time.
III. |
Voting Procedures |
A. |
In all cases, the Adviser shall follow the voting procedures as set forth in the Procedures and Guidelines of the Fund on whose behalf the Adviser is exercising delegated authority to vote. |
B. |
Routine Matters |
The Agent shall be instructed to submit a vote in accordance with the Guidelines where such Guidelines provide a clear policy ( e.g. , For, Against, Withhold, or Abstain)
12
on a proposal. However, the Agent shall be directed to refer any proxy proposal to the Proxy Coordinator for instructions as if it were a matter requiring case-by-case consideration under circumstances where the application of the Guidelines is unclear, it appears to involve unusual or controversial issues, or an Investment Professional recommends a vote contrary to the Guidelines.
C. |
Matters Requiring Case-by-Case Consideration |
The Agent shall be directed to refer proxy proposals accompanied by its written analysis and voting recommendation to the Proxy Coordinator where the Guidelines have noted case-by-case consideration.
Upon receipt of a referral from the Agent, the Proxy Coordinator may solicit additional research from the Agent, Investment Professional(s), as well as from any other source or service.
Except in cases in which the Proxy Group has previously provided the Proxy Coordinator with standing instructions to vote in accordance with the Agents recommendation, the Proxy Coordinator will forward the Agents analysis and recommendation and/or any research obtained from the Investment Professional(s), the Agent, or any other source to the Proxy Group. The Proxy Group may consult with the Agent and/or Investment Professional(s), as it deems necessary.
1. |
Within-Guidelines Votes: Votes in Accordance with a Funds Guidelines and/or where applicable, Agent Recommendation |
In the event the Proxy Group, and where applicable, any Investment Professional participating in the voting process, recommend a vote Within Guidelines, the Proxy Group will instruct the Agent, through the Proxy Coordinator, to vote in this manner, except that the Proxy Coordinator shall follow any procedures established by a Funds Board with respect to recommendations received from an Investment Professional. Except as provided for herein, no Conflicts Report (as such term is defined herein) is required in connection with Within-Guidelines Votes.
2. |
Non-Votes: Votes in Which No Action is Taken |
The Proxy Group may recommend that a Fund refrain from voting under circumstances including, but not limited to, the following: (1) if the economic effect on shareholders interests or the value of the portfolio holding is indeterminable or insignificant, e.g. , proxies in connection with fractional shares, securities no longer held in the portfolio of an ING Fund or proxies being considered on behalf of a Fund that is no longer in existence; or (2) if the cost of voting a proxy outweighs the benefits, e.g. , certain international proxies, particularly in cases in which share blocking practices may impose trading restrictions on the relevant portfolio security. In such instances, the Proxy Group may instruct the Agent, through the Proxy Coordinator, not to vote such proxy. The Proxy Group may provide the Proxy Coordinator with standing instructions
13
on parameters that would dictate a Non-Vote without the Proxy Groups review of a specific proxy.
Reasonable efforts shall be made to secure and vote all other proxies for the Funds, but, particularly in markets in which shareholders rights are limited, Non-Votes may also occur in connection with a Funds related inability to timely access ballots or other proxy information in connection with its portfolio securities.
Non-Votes may also result in certain cases in which the Agents recommendation has been deemed to be conflicted, as provided for in the Funds Procedures.
3. |
Out-of-Guidelines Votes: Votes Contrary to Procedures and Guidelines, or Agent Recommendation, where applicable, Where No Recommendation is Provided by Agent, or Where Agents Recommendation is Conflicted |
If the Proxy Group or where applicable, an Investment Professional, recommends that a Fund vote contrary to the Guidelines, or the recommendation of the Agent, where applicable, if the Agent has made no recommendation on a matter and the Procedures and Guidelines are silent, or the Agents recommendation on a matter is deemed to be conflicted as provided for under these Adviser Procedures, the Proxy Coordinator will then implement the procedures for handling such votes as adopted by the Funds Board.
The Proxy Coordinator will maintain a record of all recommendations from Investment Professionals to vote contrary to the Guidelines, all proxy questions that have been referred to a Funds Compliance Committee, and all applicable recommendations, analysis, research, Conflicts Reports and vote determinations.
IV. |
In furtherance of the Advisers fiduciary duty to the Funds and their beneficial owners, the Advisers shall establish the following:
A. |
Assessment of the Agent |
The Advisers shall establish that the Agent (1) is independent from the Advisers, (2) has resources that indicate it can competently provide analysis of proxy issues, and (3) can make recommendations in an impartial manner and in the best interests of the Funds and their beneficial owners. The Advisers shall utilize, and the Agent shall comply with, such methods for establishing the foregoing as the Advisers may deem reasonably appropriate and shall do so not less than annually as well as prior to engaging the services of any new proxy service. The Agent shall also notify the Advisers in writing within fifteen (15) calendar days of any material change to information previously provided to an Adviser in connection with establishing the Agents independence, competence, or impartiality.
Information provided in connection with assessment of the Agent shall be forwarded to a member of the mutual funds practice group of ING U.S. Investment
14
Management (Counsel) for review. Counsel shall review such information and advise the Proxy Coordinator as to whether a material concern exists and if so, determine the most appropriate course of action to eliminate such concern.
B. |
Conflicts of Interest |
The Advisers shall establish and maintain procedures to identify and address conflicts that may arise from time to time concerning the Agent. Upon the Advisers request, which shall be not less than annually, and within fifteen (15) calendar days of any material change to such information previously provided to an Adviser, the Agent shall provide the Advisers with such information as the Advisers deem reasonable and appropriate for use in determining material relationships of the Agent that may pose a conflict of interest with respect to the Agents proxy analysis or recommendations. The Proxy Coordinator shall forward all such information to Counsel for review. Counsel shall review such information and provide the Proxy Coordinator with a brief statement regarding whether or not a material conflict of interest is present. Matters as to which a material conflict of interest is deemed to be present shall be handled as provided in the Funds Procedures and Guidelines.
In connection with their participation in the voting process for portfolio securities, each member of the Proxy Group, and each Investment Professional participating in the voting process, must act solely in the best interests of the beneficial owners of the applicable Fund. The members of the Proxy Group may not subordinate the interests of the Funds beneficial owners to unrelated objectives, including taking steps to reasonably insulate the voting process from any conflict of interest that may exist in connection with the Agents services or utilization thereof.
For all matters for which the Proxy Group or where applicable, an Investment Professional, recommends an Out-of-Guidelines Vote, or for which a recommendation contrary to that of the Agent or the Guidelines has been received from an Investment Professional, the Proxy Coordinator will implement the procedures for handling such votes as adopted by the Funds Board, including completion of such Conflicts Reports as may be required under the Funds Procedures. Completed Conflicts Reports should be provided to the Proxy Coordinator within two (2) business days and may be submitted to the Proxy Coordinator verbally, provided the Proxy Coordinator documents the Conflicts Report in writing. Such Conflicts Report should describe any known conflicts of either a business or personal nature, and set forth any contacts with respect to the referral item with non-investment personnel in its organization or with outside parties (except for routine communications from proxy solicitors). The Conflicts Report should also include written confirmation that any recommendation from an Investment Professional provided in connection with an Out-of-Guidelines Vote or under circumstances where a conflict of interest exists was made solely on the investment merits and without regard to any other consideration.
The Proxy Coordinator shall forward all Conflicts Reports to Counsel for review. Counsel shall review each report and provide the Proxy Coordinator with a brief
15
statement regarding whether or not a material conflict of interest is present. Matters as to which a material conflict of interest is deemed to be present shall be handled as provided in the Funds Procedures and Guidelines.
V. |
The Adviser shall maintain the records required by Rule 204-2(c)(2), as may be amended from time to time, including the following: (1) A copy of each proxy statement received regarding a Funds portfolio securities. Such proxy statements received from issuers are available either in the SECs EDGAR database or are kept by the Agent and are available upon request. (2) A record of each vote cast on behalf of a Fund. (3) A copy of any document created by the Adviser that was material to making a decision how to vote a proxy, or that memorializes the basis for that decision. (4) A copy of written requests for Fund proxy voting information and any written response thereto or to any oral request for information on how the Adviser voted proxies on behalf of a Fund. All proxy voting materials and supporting documentation will be retained for a minimum of six (6) years, the first two (2) years in the Advisers office.
16
Name | Title or Affiliation | |
Stanley D. Vyner | Chief Investment Risk Officer and Executive Vice President, ING Investments, LLC | |
Todd Modic | Senior Vice President, ING Funds Services, LLC and ING Investments, LLC; and Chief Financial Officer of the ING Funds | |
Maria Anderson | Vice President, Fund Compliance, ING Funds Services, LLC | |
Karla J. Bos | Proxy Coordinator for the ING Funds and Vice President, Proxy Voting, ING Funds Services, LLC | |
Julius A. Drelick III, CFA | Senior Vice President, Head of Fund Compliance, ING Funds Services, LLC | |
Harley Eisner | Vice President, Financial Analysis, ING Funds Services, LLC | |
Evan Posner | Vice President and Counsel, ING Funds |
Effective as of July 19, 2012
17
EXHIBIT 3 Proxy Voting Guidelines of the ING Funds
I. |
The following is a statement of the Proxy Voting Guidelines (Guidelines) that have been adopted by the respective Boards of Directors or Trustees of each Fund. Unless otherwise provided for herein, any defined term used herein shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Funds and Advisers Proxy Voting Procedures (the Procedures).
Proxies must be voted in the best interest of the Fund(s). The Guidelines summarize the Funds positions on various issues of concern to investors, and give a general indication of how Fund portfolio securities will be voted on proposals dealing with particular issues. The Guidelines are not exhaustive and do not include all potential voting issues.
The Advisers, in exercising their delegated authority, will abide by the Guidelines as outlined below with regard to the voting of proxies except as otherwise provided in the Procedures. In voting proxies, the Advisers are guided by general fiduciary principles. Each must act prudently, solely in the interest of the beneficial owners of the Funds it manages. The Advisers will not subordinate the interest of beneficial owners to unrelated objectives. Each Adviser will vote proxies in the manner that it believes will do the most to maximize shareholder value.
II. |
The following Guidelines are grouped according to the types of proposals generally presented to shareholders of U.S. issuers: Board of Directors, Proxy Contests, Auditors, Proxy Contest Defenses, Tender Offer Defenses, Miscellaneous, Capital Structure, Executive and Director Compensation, State of Incorporation, Mergers and Corporate Restructurings, Mutual Fund Proxies, and Social and Environmental Issues. An additional section addresses proposals most frequently found in global proxies.
These Guidelines apply to securities of publicly traded companies and to those of privately held companies if publicly available disclosure permits such application. All matters for which such disclosure is not available shall be considered CASE-BY-CASE.
In all cases receiving CASE-BY-CASE consideration, including cases not specifically provided for under these Guidelines, unless otherwise determined in accordance with the Procedures or otherwise provided for under these Guidelines, it shall generally be the policy of the Funds to vote in accordance with the recommendation provided by the Funds Agent, Institutional Shareholder Services Inc., a subsidiary of MSCI Inc.
Unless otherwise provided for herein, it shall generally be the policy of the Funds to vote in accordance with the Agents recommendation when such recommendation aligns with the recommendation of the relevant issuers management or management has made no recommendation. However, this policy shall not apply to CASE-BY-CASE proposals for which a contrary recommendation from the relevant Investment Professional(s) has been received and
18
is to be utilized, provided that incorporation of any such recommendation shall be subject to the conflict of interest review process required under the Procedures.
Recommendations from the Investment Professionals, while not required under the Procedures, may be submitted or requested in connection with any proposal and are likely to be requested with respect to proxies for private equity securities and/or proposals related to merger transactions/corporate restructurings, proxy contests, or unusual or controversial issues. Such input shall be given primary consideration with respect to CASE-BY-CASE proposals being considered on behalf of the relevant Fund, provided that incorporation of any such recommendation shall be subject to the conflict of interest review process required under the Procedures.
Except as otherwise provided for herein, it shall generally be the policy of the Funds not to support proposals that would impose a negative impact on existing rights of the Funds to the extent that any positive impact would not be deemed sufficient to outweigh removal or diminution of such rights.
The foregoing policies may be overridden in any case as provided for in the Procedures. Similarly, the Procedures provide that proposals whose Guidelines prescribe a firm voting position may instead be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis when unusual or controversial circumstances so dictate.
Interpretation and application of these Guidelines is not intended to supersede any law, regulation, binding agreement, or other legal requirement to which an issuer may be or become subject. No proposal shall be supported whose implementation would contravene such requirements.
1. |
Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections
Unless otherwise provided for herein, the Agents standards with respect to determining director independence shall apply. These standards generally provide that, to be considered completely independent, a director shall have no material connection to the company other than the board seat.
Agreement with the Agents independence standards shall not dictate that a Funds vote shall be cast according to the Agents corresponding recommendation. Votes on director nominees not subject to specific policies described herein should be made on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Where applicable and except as otherwise provided for herein, it shall generally be the policy of the Funds to lodge disagreement with an issuers policies or practices by withholding support from a proposal for the relevant policy or practice rather than the director nominee(s) to which the Agent assigns a correlation. Support shall be withheld from nominees deemed responsible for governance shortfalls, but if they are not standing for election ( e.g. , the board is classified), support shall generally not be withheld from others in their stead. When a determination is made to withhold support due to concerns other than those related to an individual directors independence or actions, responsibility may be attributed to the entire board, a committee, or an
19
individual (such as the CEO or committee chair), taking into consideration whether the desired effect is to send a message or to remove the director from service.
Where applicable and except as otherwise provided for herein, generally vote FOR nominees in connection with issues raised by the Agent if the nominee did not serve on the board or relevant committee during the majority of the time period relevant to the concerns cited by the Agent.
WITHHOLD support from a nominee who, during both of the most recent two years, attended less than 75 percent of the board and committee meetings during the nominees period of service without a valid reason for the absences. WITHHOLD support if two-year attendance cannot be ascertained from available disclosure. DO NOT WITHHOLD support in connection with attendance issues for nominees who have served on the board for less than the two most recent years.
Unless a company has implemented a policy that should reasonably prevent abusive use of its poison pill, WITHHOLD support from nominees responsible for implementing excessive anti-takeover measures, including failure to remove restrictive poison pill features or to ensure a pills expiration or timely submission to shareholders for vote. Responsibility will generally be assigned to the board chair or, if not standing for election, the lead director. If neither is standing for election, WITHHOLD support from all continuing directors.
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis any nominee whom the Agent cites as having failed to implement a majority-approved shareholder proposal. Vote FOR if the shareholder proposal has been reasonably addressed. Proposals seeking shareholder ratification of a poison pill may be deemed reasonably addressed if the company has implemented a policy that should reasonably prevent abusive use of the pill. WITHHOLD support if the shareholder proposal at issue is supported under these Guidelines and the board has not disclosed a credible rationale for not implementing the proposal.
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis any nominee whom the Agent cites as having failed to opt out of a state law requiring companies to implement a staggered board structure, generally withholding support when the company:
(1) |
Demonstrates sustained poor stock performance (measured by one- and three-year total shareholder returns); |
(2) |
Has a non-shareholder-approved poison pill in place, without provisions to redeem or seek approval in a reasonable period of time; and |
(3) |
Maintains a dual class capital structure, imposes a supermajority vote requirement, or has authority to issue blank check preferred stock. |
20
If the board has not acted upon negative votes (WITHHOLD or AGAINST, as applicable based on the issuers election standard) representing a majority of the votes cast at the previous annual meeting, consider board nominees on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Generally, vote FOR nominees when:
(1) |
The issue relevant to the majority negative vote has been adequately addressed or cured, which may include disclosure of the boards rationale; or |
(2) |
The Funds Guidelines or voting record do not support the relevant issue causing the majority negative vote. |
If the above provisions have not been satisfied, generally WITHHOLD support from the chair of the nominating committee, or if not standing for election, consider CASE-BY-CASE.
WITHHOLD support from inside or affiliated outside directors who sit on the audit committee.
Vote FOR inside or affiliated outside directors who sit on the nominating or compensation committee, provided that such committee meets the applicable independence requirements of the relevant listing exchange.
Vote FOR inside or affiliated outside directors if the full board serves as the compensation or nominating committee OR has not created one or both committees, provided that the issuer is in compliance with all provisions of the listing exchange in connection with performance of relevant functions ( e.g. , performance of relevant functions by a majority of independent directors in lieu of the formation of a separate committee).
Compensation Practices:
It shall generally be the policy of the Funds that matters of compensation are best determined by an independent board and compensation committee, but that support may be withheld from compensation committee members whose actions or disclosure do not appear to support compensation practices aligned with the best interests of the company and its shareholders. Votes on compensation committee members in connection with compensation practices should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, and generally:
(1) |
Say on pay . If shareholders have been provided with an advisory vote on executive compensation (say on pay, or SOP), and practices not supported under these Guidelines have been identified, it shall generally be the policy of the Funds to align with the Agent when a vote AGAINST the say on pay proposal has been recommended in lieu of withholding support from certain nominees for compensation concerns. Issuers receiving negative recommendations on both compensation committee members and say on pay regarding issues not otherwise supported by these Guidelines will be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. |
(2) |
Say on pay responsiveness . Compensation committee members opposed by the Agent for failure to sufficiently address compensation concerns evidenced by significant opposition to the most recent SOP vote will be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, factoring in the following: |
(a) |
If the most recent SOP vote received majority opposition, generally vote AGAINST the compensation committee chair if the company has not demonstrated an adequate level of responsiveness. |
21
(b) |
If the most recent SOP vote passed but received significant opposition, generally vote FOR the nominee(s) if a Fund voted FOR that SOP proposal or did not have voting rights on that proposal. If a Fund voted AGAINST the SOP proposal and the company has not demonstrated an adequate level of responsiveness, generally vote AGAINST the compensation committee chair. |
(c) |
If the compensation committee chair is not standing for election under circumstances meriting the chairs opposition, consider the compensation committee member(s) opposed by the Agent on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. |
(3) |
Say on frequency . If the Agent opposes nominees because the company has implemented an SOP schedule that is less frequent than the frequency most recently preferred by at least a plurality of shareholders, generally WITHHOLD support from the compensation committee chair. If the compensation committee chair is not standing for election, WITHHOLD support from the other compensation committee members. If no compensation committee members are standing for election, consider other nominees opposed by the Agent on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. |
(4) |
Tenure . Where applicable and except as otherwise provided for herein, vote FOR compensation committee members who did not serve on the compensation committee during the majority of the time period relevant to the concerns cited by the Agent. |
(5) |
Pay for performance . Consider compensation committee members receiving an adverse recommendation from the Agent CASE-BY-CASE when the Agent has identified a pay practice (or combination of practices) not otherwise supported under these Guidelines that appears to have created a misalignment between CEO pay and performance with regard to shareholder value. Generally vote FOR nominees if the company has provided a reasonable rationale regarding pay and performance and/or they appear reasonably correlated. Generally WITHHOLD support from compensation committee members for structuring compensation packages that unreasonably insulate pay from performance conditions. |
(6) |
Pay disparity . Generally DO NOT WITHHOLD support from compensation committee members solely due to internal pay disparity as assessed by the Agent, but consider pay magnitude concerns on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. |
(7) |
Change in control provisions . If the Agent recommends withholding support from compensation committee members in connection with overly liberal change in control provisions, including those lacking a double trigger, generally WITHHOLD support from such nominees. If the Agent recommends withholding support from compensation committee members in connection with potential change in control payments or tax-gross-ups on change in control payments, vote FOR the nominees if the amount appears reasonable and no material governance concerns exist. Generally WITHHOLD support if the amount is so significant (individually or collectively) as to potentially influence an executives decision to enter into a transaction or to effectively act as a poison pill. |
(8) |
Repricing . If the Agent recommends withholding support from compensation committee members in connection with their failure to seek, or acknowledge, a shareholder vote on plans to reprice, replace, buy back, or exchange options, generally |
22
WITHHOLD support from such nominees, except that cancellation of options would not be considered an exchange unless the cancelled options were regranted or expressly returned to the plan reserve for reissuance. |
(9) |
Tax benefits . If the Agent recommends withholding support from compensation committee members that have approved compensation that is ineligible for tax benefits to the company ( e.g. , under Section 162(m) of OBRA), generally vote FOR such nominees if the company has provided an adequate rationale or the plan itself is being put to shareholder vote at the same meeting. If the plan is up for vote, the provisions under Section 8. OBRA-Related Compensation Proposals shall apply. |
(10) |
Director perquisites . If the Agent recommends withholding support from compensation committee members in connection with director compensation in the form of perquisites, generally vote FOR the nominees if the cost is reasonable in the context of the directors total compensation and the perquisites themselves appear reasonable given their purpose, the directors duties, and the companys line of business. |
(11) |
Incentive plans . Generally consider nominees on a CASE-BY-CASE basis in connection with short-term incentive plans over which the nominee has exercised discretion to exclude extraordinary items, and WITHHOLD support if treatment of such items has been inconsistent ( e.g. , exclusion of losses but not gains). Generally WITHHOLD support from compensation committee members opposed by the Agent in connection with long-term incentive plans, or total executive compensation packages, inadequately aligned with shareholders because the performance period is too short or they lack an appropriate equity component ( e.g., overly cash-based plans), except that the latter will be considered CASE-BY-CASE in connection with executives already holding significant equity positions. |
(12) |
Options backdating . If the Agent has raised issues of options backdating, consider members of the compensation committee, as well as company executives nominated as directors, on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. |
(13) |
Independence from management . Generally WITHHOLD support from compensation committee members cited by the Agent for permitting named executives to have excessive input into setting their own compensation. |
(14) |
Multiple concerns . If the Agent recommends withholding support from compensation committee members in connection with other compensation practices such as tax gross-ups, perquisites, retention or recruitment provisions (including contract length or renewal provisions), guaranteed awards, pensions/SERPs, or severance or termination arrangements, vote FOR such nominees if the issuer has provided adequate rationale and/or disclosure, factoring in any overall adjustments or reductions to the compensation package at issue. Except as otherwise provided for herein, generally DO NOT WITHHOLD support solely due to any single such practice if the total compensation appears reasonable, but consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis compensation packages representing a combination of such provisions and deemed by the Agent to be excessive. |
(15) |
Commitments . Generally, vote FOR compensation committee members receiving an adverse recommendation from the Agent due to problematic pay practices if the issuer |
23
makes a public commitment ( e.g. , via a Form 8-K filing) to rectify the practice on a going-forward basis. |
(16) |
Other . If the Agent has raised other considerations regarding poor compensation practices, consider compensation committee members on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. |
Accounting Practices:
(1) |
Generally, except as otherwise provided for herein, vote FOR independent outside director nominees serving on the audit committee. |
(2) |
Where applicable and except as otherwise provided for herein, generally vote FOR nominees serving on the audit committee, or the companys CEO or CFO if nominated as directors, who did not serve on that committee or have responsibility over the relevant financial function, as applicable, during the majority of the time period relevant to the concerns cited by the Agent. |
(3) |
If the Agent has raised concerns regarding poor accounting practices, consider the companys CEO and CFO, if nominated as directors, and nominees serving on the audit committee on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Generally vote FOR nominees if the company has taken adequate steps to remediate the concerns cited, which would typically include removing or replacing the responsible executives, and if the concerns are not re-occurring and/or the company has not yet had a full year to remediate the concerns since the time they were identified. |
(4) |
If total non-audit fees exceed the total of audit fees, audit-related fees, and tax compliance and preparation fees, the provisions under Section 3. Auditor Ratification shall apply. |
Board Independence:
It shall generally be the policy of the Funds that a board should be majority independent and therefore to consider inside or affiliated outside director nominees when the full board is not majority independent on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Generally:
(1) |
WITHHOLD support from the fewest directors whose removal would achieve majority independence across the remaining board, except that support may be withheld from additional nominees whose relative level of independence cannot be differentiated. |
(2) |
WITHHOLD support from all non-independent nominees, including the founder, chairman, or CEO, if the number required to achieve majority independence is equal to or greater than the number of non-independent nominees. |
(3) |
Except as provided above, vote FOR non-independent nominees in the role of CEO, and when appropriate, founder or chairman, and determine support for other non-independent nominees based on the qualifications and contributions of the nominee as well as the Funds voting precedent for assessing relative independence to management, e.g. , insiders holding senior executive positions are deemed less independent than affiliated outsiders with a transactional or advisory relationship to the company, and affiliated outsiders with a material transactional or advisory relationship are deemed less independent than those with lesser relationships. |
24
(4) |
Non-voting directors ( e.g. , director emeritus or advisory director) shall be excluded from calculations with respect to majority board independence. |
(5) |
When conditions contributing to a lack of majority independence remain substantially similar to those in the previous year, it shall generally be the policy of the Funds to vote on nominees in a manner consistent with votes cast by the Fund(s) in the previous year. |
Generally vote FOR nominees without regard to over-boarding issues raised by the Agent unless other concerns requiring CASE-BY-CASE consideration have been raised.
Generally, when the Agent recommends withholding support due to assessment that a nominee acted in bad faith or against shareholder interests in connection with a major transaction, such as a merger or acquisition, or if the Agent recommends withholding support due to other material failures or egregious actions, consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, factoring in the merits of the nominees performance and rationale and disclosure provided. If the Agent cites concerns regarding actions in connection with a candidates service on another board, vote FOR the nominee if the issuer has provided adequate rationale regarding the appropriateness of the nominee to serve on the board under consideration.
Performance Test for Directors
Consider nominees failing the Agents performance test, which includes market-based and operating performance measures, on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Input from the relevant Investment Professional(s) shall be given primary consideration with respect to such proposals.
Support will generally be WITHHELD from nominees receiving a negative recommendation from the Agent due to sustained poor stock performance (measured by one- and three-year total shareholder returns) combined with multiple takeover defenses/entrenchment devices if the issuer:
(1) |
Is a controlled company or has a non-shareholder-approved poison pill in place, without provisions to redeem or seek approval in a reasonable period of time; and |
(2) |
Maintains a dual class capital structure, imposes a supermajority vote requirement, or has authority to issue blank check preferred stock. |
Nominees receiving a negative recommendation from the Agent due to sustained poor stock performance combined with other takeover defenses/entrenchment devices will be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Proposals Regarding Board Composition or Board Service
Generally, except as otherwise provided for herein, vote AGAINST shareholder proposals to impose new board structures or policies, including those requiring that the positions of chairman and CEO be held separately, but vote FOR proposals in connection with a binding agreement or other legal requirement to which an issuer has or reasonably may expect to become subject, and consider such proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis if the board is not majority independent or corporate governance concerns have been identified. Generally, except as otherwise provided for herein, vote FOR management proposals to adopt or amend board structures or policies, except consider such proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis if the board is not majority independent, corporate governance concerns have been identified, or the proposal may result in a material reduction in shareholders rights.
25
Generally, vote AGAINST shareholder proposals:
|
Asking that more than a simple majority of directors be independent. |
|
Asking that the independence of the compensation and/or nominating committees be greater than that required by the listing exchange. |
|
Limiting the number of public company boards on which a director may serve. |
|
Seeking to redefine director independence or directors specific roles ( e.g. , responsibilities of the lead director). |
|
Requesting creation of additional board committees or offices, except as otherwise provided for herein. |
|
Limiting the tenure of outside directors or imposing a mandatory retirement age for outside directors (unless the proposal seeks to relax existing standards), but generally vote FOR management proposals in this regard. |
Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals that seek creation of an audit, compensation, or nominating committee of the board, unless the committee in question is already in existence or the issuer has availed itself of an applicable exemption of the listing exchange ( e.g. , performance of relevant functions by a majority of independent directors in lieu of the formation of a separate committee).
Stock Ownership Requirements
Generally, vote AGAINST shareholder proposals requiring directors to own a minimum amount of company stock in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board.
Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection
Proposals on director and officer indemnification and liability protection should be evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, using Delaware law as the standard. Vote AGAINST proposals to limit or eliminate entirely directors and officers liability for monetary damages for violating the duty of care. Vote AGAINST indemnification proposals that would expand coverage beyond just legal expenses to acts, such as negligence, that are more serious violations of fiduciary obligation than mere carelessness. Vote FOR only those proposals providing such expanded coverage in cases when a directors or officers legal defense was unsuccessful if:
(1) |
The director was found to have acted in good faith and in a manner that he reasonably believed was in the best interests of the company; and |
(2) |
Only if the directors legal expenses would be covered. |
2. |
Proxy Contests |
These proposals should generally be analyzed on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Input from the relevant Investment Professional(s) shall be given primary consideration with respect to proposals in connection with proxy contests being considered on behalf of that Fund.
Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections
Votes in a contested election of directors must be evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
26
Reimburse Proxy Solicitation Expenses
Voting to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses should be analyzed on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, generally voting FOR if associated nominees are also supported.
3. |
Auditors |
Ratifying Auditors
Generally, except in cases of poor accounting practices or high non-audit fees, vote FOR management proposals to ratify auditors. Consider management proposals to ratify auditors on a CASE-BY-CASE basis if the Agent cites poor accounting practices. If fees for non-audit services exceed 50 percent of total auditor fees as described below, consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, voting AGAINST management proposals to ratify auditors only if concerns exist that remuneration for the non-audit work is so lucrative as to taint the auditors independence. For purposes of this review, fees deemed to be reasonable, generally non-recurring exceptions to the non-audit fee category ( e.g. , those related to an IPO) shall be excluded. Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals asking the issuer to present its auditor annually for ratification.
Auditor Independence
Generally, consider shareholder proposals asking companies to prohibit their auditors from engaging in non-audit services (or capping the level of non-audit services) on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Audit Firm Rotation
Generally, vote AGAINST shareholder proposals asking for mandatory audit firm rotation.
4. |
Proxy Contest Defenses |
Presentation of management and shareholder proposals on the same matter on the same agenda shall not require a Fund to vote FOR one and AGAINST the other.
Board Structure: Staggered vs. Annual Elections
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals to classify the board or otherwise restrict shareholders ability to vote upon directors and FOR proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors annually.
Shareholder Ability to Remove Directors
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals that provide that directors may be removed only for cause.
Generally, vote FOR proposals to restore shareholder ability to remove directors with or without cause.
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals that provide that only continuing directors may elect replacements to fill board vacancies.
Generally, vote FOR proposals that permit shareholders to elect directors to fill board vacancies.
Cumulative Voting
If the company is controlled or maintains a classified board of directors or a dual class voting structure, generally, vote AGAINST management proposals to eliminate cumulative voting (except that such proposals may be supported irrespective of classification in furtherance of an
27
issuers plan to declassify its board or adopt a majority voting standard), and vote FOR shareholder proposals to restore or permit cumulative voting.
Time-Phased Voting
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals to implement, and FOR proposals to eliminate, time-phased or other forms of voting that do not promote a one share, one vote standard.
Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings
Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to call special meetings when either (1) the company does not currently permit shareholders to do so or (2) the existing ownership threshold is greater than 25 percent.
Consider management proposals to permit shareholders to call special meetings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, generally voting FOR such proposals not opposed by the Agent. Generally vote FOR such proposals if the Agents sole concern relates to a net-long position requirement.
Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent
Generally, vote AGAINST shareholder proposals seeking the right to act by written consent if the issuer:
(1) |
Permits shareholders to call special meetings; |
(2) |
Does not impose supermajority vote requirements; and |
(3) |
Has otherwise demonstrated its accountability to shareholders ( e.g. , the company has reasonably addressed majority-supported shareholder proposals). |
Consider management proposals to eliminate the right to act by written consent on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, generally voting FOR if the above conditions are present.
Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals seeking the right to act by written consent if the above conditions are not present.
Shareholder Ability to Alter the Size of the Board
Generally, vote FOR proposals that seek to fix the size of the board or designate a range for its size.
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals that give management the ability to alter the size of the board outside of a specified range without shareholder approval.
5. |
Tender Offer Defenses |
Poison Pills
Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals that ask a company to submit its poison pill for shareholder ratification, or to redeem its pill in lieu thereof, unless (1) shareholders have approved adoption of the plan, (2) a policy has already been implemented by the company that should reasonably prevent abusive use of the pill, or (3) the board had determined that it was in the best interest of shareholders to adopt a pill without delay, provided that such plan would be put to shareholder vote within twelve months of adoption or expire, and if not approved by a majority of the votes cast, would immediately terminate.
Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis shareholder proposals to redeem a companys poison pill.
28
Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis management proposals to approve or ratify a poison pill or any plan or charter amendment ( e.g. , investment restrictions) that can reasonably be construed as an anti-takeover measure, with voting decisions generally based on the Agents approach to evaluating such proposals, considering factors such as rationale, trigger level, and sunset provisions. Votes will generally be cast in a manner that seeks to preserve shareholder value and the right to consider a valid offer, voting AGAINST management proposals in connection with poison pills or anti-takeover activities that do not meet the Agents standards.
Fair Price Provisions
Vote proposals to adopt fair price provisions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Generally, vote AGAINST fair price provisions with shareholder vote requirements greater than a majority of disinterested shares.
Greenmail
Generally, vote FOR proposals to adopt anti-greenmail charter or bylaw amendments or otherwise restrict a companys ability to make greenmail payments.
Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis anti-greenmail proposals when they are bundled with other charter or bylaw amendments.
Pale Greenmail
Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis restructuring plans that involve the payment of pale greenmail.
Unequal Voting Rights
Generally, except as otherwise provided for herein, vote AGAINST dual-class exchange offers and dual-class recapitalizations.
Supermajority Shareholder Vote Requirement
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote and FOR management or shareholder proposals to lower supermajority shareholder vote requirements, unless, for companies with shareholder(s) with significant ownership levels, the Agent recommends retention of existing supermajority requirements in order to protect minority shareholder interests.
White Squire Placements
Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals to require approval of blank check preferred stock issues for other than general corporate purposes.
6. |
Miscellaneous |
Amendments to Corporate Documents
Except to align with legislative or regulatory changes or when support is recommended by the Agent or relevant Investment Professional(s) (including, for example, as a condition to a major transaction such as a merger), generally, vote AGAINST proposals seeking to remove shareholder approval requirements or otherwise remove or diminish shareholder rights, e.g. , by (1) adding restrictive provisions, (2) removing provisions or moving them to portions of the charter not requiring shareholder approval, or (3) in corporate structures such as holding companies, removing provisions in an active subsidiarys charter that provide voting rights to parent company
29
shareholders. This policy would also generally apply to proposals seeking approval of corporate agreements or amendments to such agreements that the Agent recommends AGAINST because a similar reduction in shareholder rights is requested.
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals for charter amendments that support board entrenchment or may be used as an anti-takeover device (or to further anti-takeover conditions), particularly if the proposal is bundled or the board is classified.
Generally, vote FOR proposals seeking charter or bylaw amendments to remove anti-takeover provisions.
Consider proposals seeking charter or bylaw amendments not addressed under these Guidelines on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Confidential Voting
Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals that request companies to adopt confidential voting, use independent tabulators, and use independent inspectors of election as long as the proposals include clauses for proxy contests as follows:
|
In the case of a contested election, management should be permitted to request that the dissident group honor its confidential voting policy. |
|
If the dissidents agree, the policy remains in place. |
|
If the dissidents do not agree, the confidential voting policy is waived. |
Generally, vote FOR management proposals to adopt confidential voting.
Proxy Access
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to provide shareholders with access to managements proxy material in order to nominate their own candidates(s) to the board.
Majority Voting Standard
Except as otherwise provided for herein, it shall generally be the policy of the Funds to extend discretion to issuers to determine when it may be appropriate to adopt a majority voting standard. Generally, vote FOR management proposals, provided the proposal contains a plurality carve-out for contested elections, but AGAINST shareholder proposals unless also supported by management, seeking election of directors by the affirmative vote of the majority of votes cast in connection with a meeting of shareholders, including amendments to corporate documents or other actions in furtherance of a majority standard, and provided such standard does not conflict with state law in which the company is incorporated. For issuers with a history of significant corporate governance concerns, consider such proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. (See also Section 11. Mutual Fund Proxies.)
Bundled Proposals
Except as otherwise provided for herein, review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis bundled or conditioned proxy proposals, generally voting AGAINST bundled proposals containing one or more items not supported under these Guidelines if the Agent or relevant Investment Professional(s) deems the negative impact, on balance, to outweigh any positive impact.
Shareholder Advisory Committees
Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to establish a shareholder advisory committee.
30
Reimburse Shareholder for Expenses Incurred
Voting to reimburse expenses incurred in connection with shareholder proposals should be analyzed on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Other Business
In connection with proxies of U.S. issuers ( e.g. , those filing a DEF 14A and considered domestic by the Agent), generally vote FOR management proposals for Other Business, except when the primary proposal is not supported by a Fund or in connection with a proxy contest in which a Fund is not voting in support of management.
Quorum Requirements
Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to lower quorum requirements for shareholder meetings below a majority of the shares outstanding.
Advance Notice for Shareholder Proposals
Generally, vote FOR management proposals related to advance notice period requirements, provided that the period requested is in accordance with applicable law and no material governance concerns have been identified in connection with the issuer.
Multiple Proposals
Multiple proposals of a similar nature presented as options to the course of action favored by management may all be voted FOR, provided that support for a single proposal is not operationally required, no one proposal is deemed superior in the interest of the Fund(s), and each proposal would otherwise be supported under these Guidelines.
7. |
Capital Structure |
Common Stock Authorization
Review proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Except where otherwise indicated, the Agents proprietary approach of determining appropriate thresholds and, for requests above such allowable threshold, applying a company-specific, qualitative review ( e.g. , considering rationale and prudent historical usage), will generally be utilized in evaluating such proposals.
Generally, vote FOR:
|
Proposals to authorize capital increases within the Agents allowable thresholds or those in excess but meeting Agents qualitative standards, but consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis those requests failing the Agents review for proposals in connection with which a contrary recommendation from the relevant Investment Professional(s) has been received and is to be utilized ( e.g., in support of a merger or acquisition proposal). |
|
Proposals to authorize capital increases within the Agents allowable thresholds or those in excess but meeting Agents qualitative standards, unless the company states that the stock may be used as a takeover defense. In those cases, consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis if a contrary recommendation from the relevant Investment Professional(s) has been received and is to be utilized. |
31
|
Proposals to authorize capital increases exceeding the Agents thresholds when a companys shares are in danger of being delisted or if a companys ability to continue to operate as a going concern is uncertain. |
Generally, vote AGAINST:
|
Proposals to increase the number of authorized shares of a class of stock if the issuance which the increase is intended to service is not supported under these Guidelines. |
|
Nonspecific proposals authorizing excessive discretion to a board. |
Consider management proposals to make changes to the capital structure not otherwise addressed under these Guidelines CASE-BY-CASE, generally voting with the Agents recommendation unless a contrary recommendation has been received from the relevant Investment Professional(s) and is to be utilized.
Dual Class Capital Structures
Generally, vote AGAINST:
|
Proposals to create or perpetuate dual class capital structures unless supported by the Agent ( e.g. , to avert bankruptcy or generate non-dilutive financing, and not designed to increase the voting power of an insider or significant shareholder). |
|
Proposals to increase the number of authorized shares of the class of stock that has superior voting rights in companies that have dual class capital structures. |
However, consider such proposals CASE-BY-CASE if (1) bundled with favorable proposal(s), (2) approval of such proposal(s) is a condition of such favorable proposal(s), or (3) part of a recapitalization for which support is recommended by the Agent or relevant Investment Professional(s).
Consider management proposals to eliminate or make changes to dual class capital structures CASE-BY-CASE, generally voting with the Agents recommendation unless a contrary recommendation has been received from the relevant Investment Professional(s) and is to be utilized.
Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals to eliminate dual class capital structures unless the relevant Fund owns a class with superior voting rights.
Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends
Generally, vote FOR management proposals to increase common share authorization for a stock split, provided that the increase in authorized shares falls within the Agents allowable thresholds, but consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis those proposals exceeding the Agents threshold for proposals in connection with which a contrary recommendation from the relevant Investment Professional(s) has been received and is to be utilized.
Reverse Stock Splits
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis management proposals to implement a reverse stock split. In the event the split constitutes a capital increase effectively exceeding the Agents allowable threshold because the request does not proportionately reduce the number of shares authorized, consider managements rationale and/or disclosure, generally voting FOR, but generally not supporting additional requests for capital increases on the same agenda.
32
Preferred Stock
Review proposals to increase the number of shares of preferred stock authorized for issuance on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, and except where otherwise indicated, generally utilize the Agents approach for evaluating such proposals. This approach incorporates both qualitative and quantitative measures, including a review of past performance ( e.g. , board governance, shareholder returns and historical share usage) and the current request ( e.g. , rationale, whether shares are blank check and declawed, and dilutive impact as determined through the Agents proprietary model for assessing appropriate thresholds).
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals authorizing the issuance of preferred stock or creation of new classes of preferred stock with unspecified voting, conversion, dividend distribution, and other rights (blank check preferred stock), but vote FOR if the Agent or relevant Investment Professional(s) so recommends because the issuance is required to effect a merger or acquisition proposal.
Generally, vote FOR proposals to issue or create blank check preferred stock in cases when the company expressly states that the stock will not be used as a takeover defense. Generally vote AGAINST in cases where the company expressly states that, or fails to disclose whether, the stock may be used as a takeover defense, but vote FOR if the Agent or relevant Investment Professional(s) so recommends because the issuance is required to address special circumstances such as a merger or acquisition.
Generally, vote FOR proposals to authorize or issue preferred stock in cases where the company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion, and other rights of such stock and the terms of the preferred stock appear reasonable.
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of blank check preferred shares after analyzing the number of preferred shares available for issue given a companys industry and performance in terms of shareholder returns.
Shareholder Proposals Regarding Blank Check Preferred Stock
Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals to have blank check preferred stock placements, other than those shares issued for the purpose of raising capital or making acquisitions in the normal course of business, submitted for shareholder ratification.
Adjustments to Par Value of Common Stock
Generally, vote FOR management proposals to reduce the par value of common stock, unless doing so raises other concerns not otherwise supported under these Guidelines.
Preemptive Rights
Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis shareholder proposals that seek preemptive rights or management proposals that seek to eliminate them. In evaluating proposals on preemptive rights, consider the size of a company and the characteristics of its shareholder base.
Debt Restructurings
Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to increase common and/or preferred shares and to issue shares as part of a debt restructuring plan.
Share Repurchase Programs
Generally, vote FOR management proposals to institute open-market share repurchase plans in
33
which all shareholders may participate on equal terms, but vote AGAINST plans with terms favoring selected parties. This policy shall also apply to companies incorporated outside the U.S. if they are listed on a U.S. exchange and treated as a U.S. domestic issuer by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).
Generally, vote FOR management proposals to cancel repurchased shares.
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals for share repurchase methods lacking adequate risk mitigation or exceeding appropriate volume or duration parameters for the market.
Consider shareholder proposals seeking share repurchase programs on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with input from the relevant Investment Professional(s) to be given primary consideration.
Tracking Stock
Votes on the creation of tracking stock are determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
8. |
Executive and Director Compensation |
Except as otherwise provided for herein, votes with respect to compensation and employee benefit plans, or the issuance of shares in connection with such plans, should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agents approach to evaluating such plans, which includes determination of costs and comparison to an allowable cap, except as otherwise provided herein.
|
Generally, vote in accordance with the Agents recommendations FOR equity-based plans with costs within such cap and AGAINST those with costs in excess of it, except that plans above the cap may be supported if so recommended by the Agent or relevant Investment Professional(s) as a condition to a major transaction such as a merger. |
|
Generally, vote AGAINST plans if the Agent suggests cost or dilution assessment may not be possible due to the method of disclosing shares allocated to the plan(s). |
|
Generally, vote AGAINST equity-based plans whose awards further a misalignment between CEO pay and performance with regard to shareholder value, including where pay appears unreasonably insulated from performance conditions and/or awards under the plan are concentrated among named executive officers. |
|
Generally, vote AGAINST plans with inadequate disclosure regarding vesting or performance requirements. However, except as otherwise provided herein, consider plans CASE-BY-CASE if the Agent questions the form or stringency of the vesting or performance criteria. |
|
Generally, vote FOR plans with costs within the cap if the primary concerns raised by the Agent pertain to matters that would not result in a negative vote under these Guidelines on a management say on pay proposal or the relevant board or committee member(s). |
|
Generally, vote AGAINST plans administered by potential grant recipients. |
|
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals to eliminate existing shareholder approval requirements for material plan changes, unless the company has provided a reasonable rationale and/or adequate disclosure regarding the requested changes. |
34
|
Generally vote AGAINST long-term incentive plans that are inadequately aligned with shareholders because the performance period is too short or they lack an appropriate equity component, except that such cases will be considered CASE-BY-CASE in connection with executives already holding significant equity positions. |
|
Generally, vote AGAINST plans that contain an overly liberal change in control definition ( e.g. , does not result in actual change in control). |
|
Consider plans CASE-BY-CASE if the Agent raises other considerations not otherwise provided for herein. |
Management Proposals Seeking Approval to Reprice Options
Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis management proposals seeking approval to reprice, replace, or exchange options, considering factors such as rationale, historic trading patterns, value-for-value exchange, vesting periods, and replacement option terms. Generally, vote FOR proposals that meet the Agents criteria for acceptable repricing, replacement, or exchange transactions. Generally, vote AGAINST compensation plans that (1) permit or may permit ( e.g. , history of repricing and no express prohibition against future repricing) repricing of stock options, or any form or alternative to repricing, without shareholder approval, (2) include provisions that permit repricing, replacement, or exchange transactions that do not meet the Agents criteria, or (3) give the board sole discretion to approve option repricing, replacement, or exchange programs.
Director Compensation
Votes on stock-based plans for directors are made on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agents quantitative approach described above as well as a review of qualitative features of the plan when costs exceed the Agents threshold.
Employee Stock Purchase Plans
Votes on employee stock purchase plans, and capital issuances in support of such plans, should be made on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agents approach to evaluating such plans.
OBRA-Related Compensation Proposals
Votes on plans intended to qualify for favorable tax treatment under the provisions of Section 162(m) of OBRA should be evaluated irrespective of the Agents assessment of board independence, provided that the board meets the independence requirements of the relevant listing exchange and no potential recipient under the plan(s) sits on the committee that exercises discretion over the related compensation awards. Unless the issuer has provided a compelling rationale, generally vote with the Agents recommendations AGAINST plans that include practices or features not supported under these Guidelines or deliver excessive compensation that fails to qualify for favorable tax treatment.
Amendments that Place a Cap on Annual Grants or Amend Administrative Features
Generally, vote FOR plans that simply amend shareholder-approved plans to include administrative features or place a cap on the annual grants any one participant may receive to comply with the provisions of Section 162(m) of OBRA.
Amendments to Add Performance-Based Goals
Generally, vote FOR amendments to add performance goals to existing compensation plans to comply with the provisions of Section 162(m) of OBRA, unless they are clearly
35
inappropriate.
Amendments to Increase Shares and Retain Tax Deductions Under OBRA
Votes on amendments to existing plans to increase shares reserved and to qualify the plan for favorable tax treatment under the provisions of Section 162(m) should be evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, generally voting FOR such plans that do not raise any negative concerns under these Guidelines.
Approval of Cash or Cash-and-Stock Bonus Plans
Generally, vote FOR cash or cash-and-stock bonus plans to exempt the compensation from taxes under the provisions of Section 162(m) of OBRA, with primary consideration given to managements assessment that such plan meets the requirements for exemption of performance-based compensation. However, consider CASE-BY-CASE when broader compensation concerns exist.
Shareholder Proposals Regarding Executive and Director Pay
Unless evidence exists of abuse in historical compensation practices, and except as otherwise provided for herein, generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals that seek to impose new compensation structures or policies.
Severance and Termination Payments
Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals to have parachute arrangements submitted for shareholder ratification (with parachutes defined as compensation arrangements related to termination that specify change in control events) and provided that the proposal does not include unduly restrictive or arbitrary provisions such as advance approval requirements.
Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals seeking double triggers on change in control awards. Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals seeking a specific treatment of equity that vests upon change in control.
Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals to submit executive severance agreements for shareholder ratification, if such proposals specify change in control events, Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans, or deferred executive compensation plans, or if ratification is required by the listing exchange.
Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis all proposals to approve, ratify, or cancel executive severance or termination arrangements, including those related to executive recruitment or retention. Generally vote FOR such compensation arrangements if:
(1) |
The primary concerns raised by the Agent would not result in a negative vote under these Guidelines on a management say on pay proposal or the relevant board or committee member(s); |
(2) |
The issuer has provided adequate rationale and/or disclosure; or |
(3) |
Support is recommended by the Agent or relevant Investment Professional(s) ( e.g. , as a condition to a major transaction such as a merger). |
However, vote in accordance with the Agents recommendations AGAINST new or materially amended plans, contracts, or payments that include single trigger change in control cash severance provisions or do not require an actual change in control in order to be triggered.
36
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis any proposals opposed by the Agent due to single trigger equity acceleration or legacy single trigger change in control cash severance provisions.
Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs)
Generally, vote FOR proposals that request shareholder approval in order to implement an ESOP or to increase authorized shares for existing ESOPs, except in cases when the number of shares allocated to the ESOP is excessive ( i.e. , generally greater than five percent of outstanding shares).
401(k) Employee Benefit Plans
Generally, vote FOR proposals to implement a 401(k) savings plan for employees.
Holding Periods
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals requiring mandatory periods for officers and directors to hold company stock.
Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation (Say on Pay)
Generally, management proposals seeking ratification of the companys compensation program will be voted FOR unless the program includes practices or features not supported under these Guidelines (including those referenced under Section 1. The Board of Directors, Compensation Practices) and the proposal receives a negative recommendation from the Agent. Unless otherwise provided for herein, proposals not receiving the Agents support due to concerns regarding incentive structures, severance/termination payments, or vesting or performance criteria not otherwise supported by these Guidelines will be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, factoring in whether the issuer has made improvements to its overall compensation program, and generally voting FOR if CEO pay appears aligned with performance and/or the company has provided a reasonable rationale and/or adequate disclosure regarding the matter(s) under consideration. For say on pay proposals not supported by the Agent and referencing incentive plan concerns:
(1) |
Short-term incentive plans : Proposals will be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis if they cite short-term incentive plans over which the board has exercised discretion to exclude extraordinary items, and voted AGAINST if treatment of such items has been inconsistent ( e.g. , exclusion of losses but not gains). |
(2) |
Long-term incentive plans : Proposals will be voted AGAINST if they cite long-term incentive plans that are inadequately aligned with shareholders because the performance period is too short or they lack an appropriate equity component ( e.g., overly cash-based plans), except that the latter will be considered CASE-BY-CASE in connection with executives already holding significant equity positions. |
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals when named executives have material input into setting their own compensation.
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals presented by issuers subject to Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP) provisions if there is inadequate discussion of the process for ensuring that incentive compensation does not encourage excessive risk-taking.
Frequency of Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation
Generally, support proposals seeking an annual say on pay and oppose those seeking a less
37
frequent say on pay.
9. |
State of Incorporation |
Voting on State Takeover Statutes
Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to opt in or out of state takeover statutes (including control share acquisition statutes, control share cash-out statutes, freezeout provisions, fair price provisions, stakeholder laws, poison pill endorsements, severance pay and labor contract provisions, anti-greenmail provisions, and disgorgement provisions).
Voting on Reincorporation Proposals
Proposals to change a companys state of incorporation should be examined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, generally supporting management proposals not assessed as a potential takeover defense, but if so assessed, weighing managements rationale for the change. Generally, vote FOR management reincorporation proposals upon which another key proposal, such as a merger transaction, is contingent if the other key proposal is also supported. Generally, vote AGAINST shareholder reincorporation proposals not also supported by the company.
10. |
Mergers and Corporate Restructurings |
Input from the relevant Investment Professional(s) shall be given primary consideration with respect to proposals regarding business combinations, particularly those between otherwise unaffiliated parties, or other corporate restructurings being considered on behalf of that Fund.
Generally, vote FOR a proposal not typically supported under these Guidelines if a key proposal, such as a merger transaction, is contingent upon its support and a vote FOR is accordingly recommended by the Agent or relevant Investment Professional(s).
Mergers and Acquisitions
Votes on mergers and acquisitions should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agents approach to evaluating such proposals if no input is provided by the relevant Investment Professional(s).
Corporate Restructurings
Votes on corporate restructuring proposals, including demergers, minority squeezeouts, leveraged buyouts, spinoffs, liquidations, dispositions, divestitures, and asset sales, should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agents approach to evaluating such proposals if no input is provided by the relevant Investment Professional(s).
Adjournment
Generally, vote FOR proposals to adjourn a meeting to provide additional time for vote solicitation when the primary proposal, such as a merger or corporate restructuring, is also supported. Absent such a proposal, vote FOR adjournment if all other proposals are supported and AGAINST if all others are opposed. Under any other circumstances, consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Appraisal Rights
Generally, vote FOR proposals to restore, or provide shareholders with, rights of appraisal.
38
Changing Corporate Name
Generally, vote FOR changing the corporate name.
11. |
Mutual Fund Proxies |
Approving New Classes or Series of Shares
Generally, vote FOR the establishment of new classes or series of shares.
Authorizing the Board to Hire and Terminate Sub-Advisers Without Shareholder Approval
Generally, vote FOR these proposals.
Master-Feeder Structure
Generally, vote FOR the establishment of a master-feeder structure.
Establish Director Ownership Requirement
Generally, vote AGAINST shareholder proposals for the establishment of a director ownership requirement.
The matters below should be examined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis:
|
Election of Directors |
|
Converting Closed-end Fund to Open-end Fund |
|
Proxy Contests |
|
Investment Advisory Agreements |
|
Preferred Stock Proposals |
|
1940 Act Policies |
|
Changing a Fundamental Restriction to a Nonfundamental Restriction |
|
Change Fundamental Investment Objective to Nonfundamental |
|
Name Rule Proposals |
|
Disposition of Assets/Termination/Liquidation |
|
Changes to the Charter Document |
|
Changing the Domicile of a Fund |
|
Change in Funds Subclassification |
|
Distribution Agreements |
|
Mergers |
|
Reimburse Shareholder for Expenses Incurred |
|
Terminate the Investment Adviser |
12. |
Social and Environmental Issues |
Boards of directors and company management are responsible for guiding the corporation in connection with matters that are most often the subject of shareholder proposals on social and environmental issues: ensuring that the companies they oversee comply with applicable legal, regulatory and ethical standards, effectively managing risk, and assessing and addressing matters that may have a financial impact on shareholder value. The Funds will generally vote in
39
accordance with the boards recommendation on such proposals unless it appears both that the stewardship noted above has fallen short and the issue is material to the company. The former may be evidenced by the companys failure to align its actions and disclosure with market practice and that of its peers, or the companys having been subject to significant controversies, litigation, fines, or penalties in connection with the relevant issue. Such instances will be considered CASE-BY-CASE. The Funds will generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals seeking to dictate corporate conduct, impose excessive costs or restrictions, duplicate policies already substantially in place, or release information that would not help a shareholder evaluate an investment in the corporation as an economic matter. The Funds may ABSTAIN from voting on shareholder proposals where application of the Guidelines is unclear. This may include cases where the concerns raised are considered valid but the policies or actions requested are not deemed appropriate or the issues are not clearly relevant to corporate performance or are not deemed appropriate for shareholder consideration.
13. |
Global Proxies |
Companies incorporated outside the U.S. shall generally be subject to the foregoing U.S. Guidelines if they are listed on a U.S. exchange and treated as a U.S. domestic issuer by the SEC. Where applicable and not provided for otherwise herein, certain U.S. Guidelines may also be applied to companies incorporated outside the U.S., e.g. , companies with a significant base of U.S. operations and employees. However, the following provide for differing regulatory and legal requirements, market practices, and political and economic systems existing in various global markets.
Unless otherwise provided for herein, it shall generally be the policy of the Funds to vote AGAINST global proxy proposals when the Agent recommends voting AGAINST such proposal because relevant disclosure by the issuer, or the time provided for consideration of such disclosure, is inadequate. For purposes of these global Guidelines, AGAINST shall mean withholding of support for a proposal, resulting in submission of a vote of AGAINST or ABSTAIN, as appropriate for the given market and level of concern raised by the Agent regarding the issue or lack of disclosure or time provided.
In connection with practices described herein that are associated with a firm AGAINST vote, it shall generally be the policy of the Funds to consider them on a CASE-BY-CASE basis if the Agent recommends their support (1) as the issuer or market transitions to better practices ( e.g. , having committed to new regulations or governance codes) or (2) as the more favorable choice when shareholders must choose between alternate proposals.
Routine Management Proposals
Generally, vote FOR the following and other similar routine management proposals:
|
the opening of the shareholder meeting |
|
that the meeting has been convened under local regulatory requirements |
|
the presence of quorum |
|
the agenda for the shareholder meeting |
|
the election of the chair of the meeting |
|
the appointment of shareholders to co-sign the minutes of the meeting |
|
regulatory filings ( e.g. , to effect approved share issuances) |
40
|
the designation of inspector or shareholder representative(s) of minutes of meeting |
|
the designation of two shareholders to approve and sign minutes of meeting |
|
the allowance of questions |
|
the publication of minutes |
|
the closing of the shareholder meeting |
Consider proposals seeking authority to call shareholder meetings on less than 21 days notice on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agents approach to consider whether the issuer has provided clear disclosure of its compliance with any hurdle conditions for the authority imposed by applicable law and has historically limited its use of such authority to time-sensitive matters.
Discharge of Management/Supervisory Board Members
Generally, vote FOR management proposals seeking the discharge of management and supervisory board members, unless the Agent recommends AGAINST due to concern about the past actions of the companys auditors or directors or legal action is being taken against the board by other shareholders, including when the proposal is bundled. Generally do not withhold support from such proposals in connection with remuneration practices otherwise supported under these Guidelines or as a means of expressing disapproval of broader practices of the issuer or its board.
Director Elections
Unless otherwise provided for herein, the Agents standards with respect to determining director independence shall apply. These standards generally provide that, to be considered completely independent, a director shall have no material connection to the company other than the board seat.
Agreement with the Agents independence standards shall not dictate that a Funds vote shall be cast according to the Agents corresponding recommendation. Further, unless otherwise provided for herein, the application of Guidelines in connection with such standards shall apply only when the nominees level of independence can be ascertained based on available disclosure. These policies generally apply to director nominees in uncontested elections; votes in contested elections, and votes on director nominees not subject to policies described herein, should be made on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with primary consideration in contested elections given to input from the relevant Investment Professional(s).
For issuers domiciled in Finland, France, Ireland, the Netherlands, Sweden, or tax haven markets, generally vote AGAINST non-independent directors opposed by the Agent when the full board serves as the audit committee, or the company does not have an audit committee.
For issuers in all markets, vote AGAINST non-independent nominees to the audit committee, as well as bundled slates including such nominees, unless the Agent otherwise recommends support ( e.g. , due to market practices or requirements). If the slate is bundled and audit committee membership is unclear or proposed as a separate agenda item, vote FOR if the Agent otherwise recommends support. For Canadian issuers, the Funds U.S. Guidelines with respect to audit committees shall apply. For issuers in all markets, nominees (or slates of nominees) will be voted AGAINST if opposed by the Agent for failing to disclose audit fees broken down by category. If the Agent opposes audit committee members because fees for non-audit services
41
(excluding significant, one-time events) exceed 50 percent of total auditor fees, the provisions under Section 13. Ratification of Auditors and Approval of Auditors Fees shall apply.
Generally, vote FOR non-independent directors when the full board serves as the remuneration (compensation) or nominating committee, or the company does not have a remuneration or nominating committee, if the board meets the applicable independence requirements of the relevant listing exchange. Vote FOR non-independent directors who sit on the remuneration or nominating committees if such committee meets the applicable independence requirements of the relevant listing exchange.
Generally follow the Agents recommendations to vote AGAINST individuals nominated as outside/non-executive directors who do not meet the Agents standard for independence, unless the slate of nominees is bundled and includes independent nominees, in which case the proposal(s) to elect board members shall be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Generally follow the Agents standards for withholding support (AGAINST or ABSTAIN, as appropriate) from bundled slates or non-independent directors (typically, but not always, excluding the CEO), as applicable, if the board does not meet the Agents independence standards or the boards independence cannot be ascertained due to inadequate disclosure.
For issuers in Italy presenting multiple slates of directors ( voto di lista ), generally withhold support (AGAINST or ABSTAIN, as appropriate) from all slates until nominee names are disclosed, and upon disclosure, generally follow the Agents standards for assessing which slate is best suited to represent shareholder interests.
For issuers in Japan, generally follow the Agents recommendations in furtherance of greater board independence and minority shareholder protections, including:
|
At companies with controlling shareholders, if the board after the shareholder meeting does not include at least two directors deemed independent under the Agents standards, generally vote AGAINST reelection of top executives. |
|
At companies with a three-committee structure, generally vote AGAINST (1) outside director nominees not deemed independent under the Agents standards if the board after the shareholder meeting is not majority independent and (2) non-independent directors on the nominating committee if the board does not include at least two directors deemed independent under the Agents standards. |
|
At all companies, vote AGAINST the top executive if the board does not include at least one outside director. |
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis any nominee whom the Agent cites as having failed to implement a majority-approved shareholder proposal. Vote FOR if the shareholder proposal has been reasonably addressed. Vote AGAINST if the shareholder proposal is supported under these Guidelines and the board has not disclosed a credible rationale for not implementing the proposal.
Generally, withhold support (AGAINST or ABSTAIN, as appropriate) from nominees or slates of nominees opposed by the Agent because they are presented in a manner not aligned with market best practice and/or regulation, including:
|
Bundled slates of nominees ( e.g. , Canada, France, Hong Kong, or Spain); |
42
|
Simultaneous reappointment of retiring directors ( e.g. , South Africa); |
|
In markets with term lengths capped by regulation or market practice, nominees whose terms exceed the caps or are not disclosed; or |
|
Nominees whose names are not disclosed in advance of the meeting or far enough in advance relative to voting deadlines to make an informed voting decision. |
Generally vote FOR nominees without regard to recommendations that the position of chairman should be separate from that of CEO or otherwise required to be independent, unless other concerns requiring CASE-BY-CASE consideration have been raised. The latter would include former CEOs proposed as board chairmen in markets such as the United Kingdom for which best practice and the Agent recommend against such practice.
When cumulative or net voting applies, generally vote with the Agents recommendation to support nominees asserted by the issuer to be independent, irrespective of audit committee membership, even if independence disclosure or criteria fall short of Agents standards.
Consider nominees for whom the Agent has raised concerns regarding scandals or internal controls on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, generally withholding support (AGAINST or ABSTAIN, as appropriate) from nominees or slates of nominees when:
|
The scandal or shortfall in controls took place at the company, or an affiliate, for which the nominee is being considered; |
|
Culpability can be attributed to the nominee ( e.g. , nominee manages or audits the relevant function); and |
|
The nominee has been directly implicated, with resulting arrest and criminal charge or regulatory sanction. |
Consider non-independent nominees on a CASE-BY-CASE basis when the Agent has raised concerns regarding diminished shareholder value as evidenced by a significant drop in share price, generally voting with Agents recommendation AGAINST such nominees when few, if any, outside directors are present on the board and:
|
The founding family has retained undue influence over the company despite a history of scandal or problematic controls; |
|
The nominees have engaged in protectionist activities such as introduction of a poison pill or preferential and/or dilutive share issuances; or |
|
Evidence exists regarding compliance or accounting shortfalls. |
If the Agent recommends withholding support due to other material failures or egregious actions, the Funds U.S. Guidelines with respect to such issues shall apply.
Consider nominees serving on the remuneration committee on a CASE-BY-CASE basis if the Agent recommends withholding support from nominees in connection with remuneration practices not otherwise supported by these Guidelines, including cases in which the issuer has not followed market practice by submitting a resolution on executive compensation. For Canadian issuers, the Funds U.S. Guidelines with respect to Section 1. Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections, Compensation Practices, shall apply.
43
For issuers in markets in which it is common practice for nominees attendance records to be disclosed, the Funds U.S. Guidelines with respect to director attendance shall apply. The same two-year attendance policy shall be applied regarding attendance by directors and statutory auditors of Japanese companies if year-over-year data can be tracked by nominee.
Consider self-nominated director candidates on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agents approach to evaluating such candidates, except that (1) an unqualified candidate will generally not be supported simply to effect a protest vote and (2) cases of multiple self-nominated candidates may be considered as a proxy contest if similar issues are raised ( e.g. , potential change in control).
Generally vote FOR nominees without regard to over-boarding issues raised by the Agent unless other concerns requiring CASE-BY-CASE consideration have been raised.
In cases where a director holds more than one board seat and corresponding votes, manifested as one seat as a physical person plus an additional seat as a representative of a legal entity, generally vote with the Agents recommendation to withhold support (AGAINST or ABSTAIN, as appropriate) from the legal entity and vote on the physical person.
Generally, vote with the Agents recommendation to withhold support (AGAINST or ABSTAIN, as appropriate) from nominees for whom support has become moot since the time the individual was nominated ( e.g. , due to death, disqualification, or determination not to accept appointment).
Generally, vote with the Agents recommendation when more candidates are presented than available seats and no other provisions under these Guidelines apply.
Board Structure
Generally, vote FOR proposals to fix board size, but vote AGAINST if the Agent opposes due to corporate governance, anti-takeover, or board independence concerns. Generally, vote FOR proposals seeking a board range if the range is reasonable in the context of market practice and anti-takeover considerations. Proposed article amendments in this regard shall be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agents approach to evaluating such proposals. Consider other proposals regarding board structure or policies on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, voting AGAINST if they promote practices not supported under these Guidelines.
Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection
Generally, vote in accordance with the Agents standards for indemnification and liability protection for officers and directors, voting AGAINST overly broad provisions.
Independent Statutory Auditors
With respect to Japanese companies that have not adopted the three-committee structure, vote AGAINST any nominee to the position of independent statutory auditor whom the Agent considers affiliated, e.g. , if the nominee has worked a significant portion of his career for the company, its main bank, or one of its top shareholders. Where shareholders must vote on multiple nominees in a single resolution, vote AGAINST all nominees. When multiple slates of statutory auditors are presented, generally vote with the Agents recommendation, typically to support nominees deemed to be more independent and/or aligned with interests of minority shareholders.
44
Generally, vote AGAINST incumbent nominees at companies implicated in scandals or exhibiting poor internal controls.
Key Committees
Generally, except where market practice otherwise dictates, vote AGAINST proposals that permit non-board members to serve on the audit, remuneration (compensation), or nominating committee, provided that bundled slates, if otherwise acceptable under these Guidelines, may be supported if no slate nominee serves on the relevant committee(s). If not otherwise addressed under these Guidelines, consider other negative recommendations from the Agent regarding committee members on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Director and Statutory Auditor Remuneration
Consider director compensation plans on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agents approach to evaluating such proposals, while also factoring in the merits of the rationale and disclosure provided.
Generally, vote FOR proposals to approve the remuneration of directors and auditors as long as the amount is not excessive ( e.g. , significant increases should be supported by adequate rationale and disclosure), there is no evidence of abuse, the recipients overall compensation appears reasonable, and the board and/or responsible committee meet exchange or market standards for independence.
For European issuers, vote AGAINST non-executive director remuneration if:
|
The advance general meeting documents do not specify fees paid to non-executive directors; |
|
The company seeks to excessively increase the fees relative to market or sector practices without providing a reasonable rationale for the increase; or |
|
It provides for granting of stock options or similarly structured equity-based compensation. |
For Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX) issuers, the Agents limits with respect to equity awards to non-employee directors shall apply.
Bonus Payments
With respect to Japanese companies, generally follow the Agents guidelines on retirement and annual bonus payments, which include voting FOR retirement bonus proposals if all payments are for directors or auditors who have served as executives of the company and AGAINST such proposals if any payments are for outsiders, except when deemed appropriate by the Agent, provided that no payments shall be supported unless the individual or aggregate amounts are disclosed. In all markets, if issues have been raised regarding a scandal or internal controls, generally vote AGAINST bonus proposals for retiring directors or continuing directors or auditors when culpability can be attributed to the nominee ( e.g. , if a Fund is also voting AGAINST the nominee under criteria herein regarding issues of scandal or internal controls), unless bundled with bonuses for a majority of directors or auditors a Fund is voting FOR.
Stock Option Plans for Independent Internal Statutory Auditors
With respect to Japanese companies, follow the Agents guidelines with respect to proposals regarding option grants to independent internal statutory auditors or other outside parties, generally voting AGAINST such plans.
45
Amendment Procedures for Equity Compensation Plans and Employee Share Purchase Plans (ESPPs)
For TSX issuers, votes with respect to amendment procedures for security-based compensation arrangements and ESPPs shall generally be cast in a manner designed to preserve shareholder approval rights, with voting decisions generally based on the Agents recommendation.
Compensation Plans and Shares Reserved for Equity Compensation Plans
Unless otherwise provided for herein, votes with respect to equity compensation plans ( e.g. , option, warrant, restricted stock, or employee share purchase plans or participation in company offerings such as IPOs or private placements) or awards thereunder, the issuance of shares in connection with such plans, cash-based plans where appropriate, or related management proposals ( e.g. , article amendments), should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agents approach to evaluating such proposals, considering quantitative or qualitative factors as appropriate for the market and utilizing the Agents methodology, including classification of a companys stage of development as growth or mature and the corresponding determination as to reasonability of the share requests.
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals that:
|
Exceed Agents recommended burn rates or dilution limits, including cases in which the Agent suggests dilution cannot be fully assessed ( e.g. , due to inadequate disclosure); |
|
Provide deep or near-term discounts (or the equivalent, such as dividend equivalents on unexercised options) to executives or directors, unless discounts to executives are deemed by the Agent to be adequately mitigated by other requirements such as long-term vesting or performance requirements ( e.g. , Japan) or broad-based employee participation otherwise meeting the Agents standards ( e.g. , France); |
|
Are administered with discretion by potential grant recipients, unless such discretion is deemed acceptable due to market practice or other mitigating provisions; |
|
Provide for retirement benefits or equity incentive awards to outside directors if not in line with market practice ( e.g. , Australia, Belgium, or The Netherlands); |
|
Permit financial assistance to executives, directors, subsidiaries, affiliates, or related parties under conditions not supported by the Agent ( e.g. , misaligned with shareholders interests and/or posing excessive risk or independence concerns); |
|
For matching share plans, do not meet the Agents standards, considering holding period, discounts, dilution, participation, purchase price, and performance criteria; |
|
Provide for vesting upon change in control if deemed to evidence a potential conflict of interest or anti-takeover device or if the change in control definition is too liberal ( e.g., does not result in actual change in control); |
|
Provide inadequate disclosure regarding vesting or performance requirements. |
|
Include vesting or performance periods that do not meet market standards (or the Agents standards where market standards are unclear); |
|
Permit post-employment vesting or exercise if deemed inappropriate by the Agent; |
|
Allow plan administrators to make material amendments without shareholder approval unless adequate prior disclosure has been provided, with such voting decisions generally based on the Agents approach to evaluating such plans; |
46
|
Provide for contract or notice periods or severance/termination payments that exceed market practice, e.g. , relative to multiples of annual compensation; |
|
Promote a pay practice (or combination of practices) not otherwise supported under these Guidelines that appears to diminish accountability to shareholders and/or has created a misalignment between CEO pay and performance with regard to shareholder value; or |
|
Provide for retesting in connection with achievement of performance hurdles unless the Agents analysis indicates that (1) performance targets are adequately increased in proportion to the additional time available, (2) the retesting is de minimis as a percentage of overall compensation or is acceptable relative to market practice, or (3) the issuer has committed to cease retesting within a reasonable period of time. |
Generally, vote FOR such plans/awards or the related issuance of shares that (1) do not suffer from the defects noted above or (2) otherwise meet the Agents tests if the considerations raised by the Agent pertain primarily to vesting provisions, performance hurdles, discretionary bonuses, recruitment awards, retention incentives, non-compete payments, severance/termination payments, or incentive structures if:
(1) |
The company has provided adequate disclosure and/or a reasonable rationale regarding the relevant plan/award, practice, or participation; |
(2) |
The recipients overall compensation appears reasonable; |
(3) |
Potential payments or awards are not so significant (individually or collectively) as to potentially influence an executives decision-making ( e.g. , to enter into a transaction that will result in a change of control payment) or to effectively act as a poison pill; and |
(4) |
The board and/or responsible committee meet exchange or market standards for independence. |
Unless otherwise provided for herein, market practice of the primary country in which a company does business or competes for talent, or in which an employee is serving, as applicable, shall supersede that of the issuers domicile.
Consider proposals in connection with such plans or the related issuance of shares in other instances on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Remuneration Reports (Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation)
Generally, withhold support (AGAINST or ABSTAIN as appropriate for specific market and level of concerns identified) from remuneration reports/advisory votes on compensation that include compensation plans that:
(1) |
Permit practices or features not supported under these Guidelines, including conditions described under Compensation Plans and Shares Reserved for Equity Compensation Plans above; |
(2) |
Permit retesting excessive relative to market practice (irrespective of the Agents support for the report as a whole); |
(3) |
Cite long-term incentive plans deemed to be inadequately aligned with shareholders because the performance period is too short or they lack an appropriate equity component ( e.g. , overly cash-based plans), except that the latter will be considered CASE-BY-CASE in connection with executives already holding significant equity positions; |
47
(4) |
Cite equity award valuation methods triggering a negative recommendation from the Agent; |
(5) |
Include components, metrics, or rationales that have not been disclosed in line with market practice (although retrospective disclosure may be considered adequate); |
(6) |
For issuers in Australia, permit open market purchase of shares in support of equity grants in lieu of seeking shareholder approval, but only if the issuer has a history of significant negative votes when formally seeking approval for such grants; or |
(7) |
Include provisions for retirement benefits or equity incentive awards to outside directors if not in line with market practice, except that reports will generally be voted FOR if contractual components are reasonably aligned with market practices on a going-forward basis ( e.g. , existing obligations related to retirement benefits or terms contrary to evolving standards would not preclude support for the report). |
Reports receiving the Agents support and not triggering the concerns cited above will generally be voted FOR. Unless otherwise provided for herein, reports not receiving the Agents support due to concerns regarding vesting provisions, performance hurdles, discretionary bonuses, recruitment awards, retention incentives, non-compete payments, severance/termination payments, or incentive structures not otherwise supported by these Guidelines shall be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, generally voted FOR if:
(1) |
The company has provided a reasonable rationale and/or adequate disclosure regarding the matter(s) under consideration; |
(2) |
The recipients overall compensation appears reasonable; |
(3) |
Potential payments or awards are not so significant (individually or collectively) as to potentially influence an executives decision-making ( e.g. , to enter into a transaction that will result in a change of control payment) or to effectively act as a poison pill; and |
(4) |
The board and/or responsible committee meet exchange or market standards for independence. |
Reports with typically unsupported features may be voted FOR when the Agent recommends their initial support as the issuer or market transitions to better practices ( e.g. , having committed to new regulations or governance codes).
Proposals to Provide an Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation
For issuers in Canada, generally support proposals seeking a say on pay, with a preference for an annual vote.
Shareholder Proposals Regarding Executive and Director Pay
Except as otherwise provided for herein, the Funds U.S. Guidelines with respect to shareholder proposals regarding executive and director pay shall generally apply.
General Share Issuances
Unless otherwise provided for herein, voting decisions shall generally be based on the Agents practice to determine support for general issuance requests (with or without preemptive rights), or related requests to repurchase and reissue shares, based on their amount relative to currently issued capital, appropriate volume and duration parameters, and market-specific considerations ( e.g. , priority right protections in France, reasonable levels of dilution and discount in Hong
48
Kong). Requests to reissue repurchased shares will not be supported unless a related general issuance request is also supported.
Consider specific issuance requests on a CASE-BY-CASE basis based on the proposed use and the companys rationale.
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals to issue shares (with or without preemptive rights), convertible bonds, or warrants, to grant rights to acquire shares, or to amend the corporate charter relative to such issuances or grants when concerns have been identified by the Agent with respect to inadequate disclosure, inadequate restrictions on discounts, failure to meet the Agents standards for general issuance requests, or authority to refresh share issuance amounts without prior shareholder approval.
Generally, vote AGAINST nonspecific proposals authorizing excessive discretion to a board.
Increases in Authorized Capital
Unless otherwise provided for herein, voting decisions should generally be based on the Agents approach, as follows. Generally:
|
Vote FOR nonspecific proposals, including bundled proposals, to increase authorized capital up to 100 percent over the current authorization unless the increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding. |
|
Vote FOR specific proposals to increase authorized capital, unless: |
¡ |
The specific purpose of the increase (such as a share-based acquisition or merger) does not meet these Guidelines for the purpose being proposed; or |
¡ |
The increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding after adjusting for all proposed issuances. |
|
Vote AGAINST proposals to adopt unlimited capital authorizations. |
|
The Agents market-specific exceptions to the above parameters shall be applied. |
Preferred Stock
Unless otherwise provided for herein, voting decisions should generally be based on the Agents approach, including:
|
Vote FOR the creation of a new class of preferred stock or issuances of preferred stock up to 50 percent of issued capital unless the terms of the preferred stock would adversely affect the rights of existing shareholders. |
|
Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible preferred stock as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets the Agents guidelines on equity issuance requests. |
|
Vote AGAINST the creation of (1) a new class of preference shares that would carry superior voting rights to the common shares or (2) blank check preferred stock, unless the board states that the authorization will not be used to thwart a takeover bid. |
Poison Pills/Protective Preference Shares
Generally, vote AGAINST management proposals in connection with poison pills or anti-takeover activities ( e.g. , disclosure requirements or issuances, transfers, or repurchases) that do not meet the Agents standards. Generally vote in accordance with Agents recommendation to withhold support from a nominee in connection with poison pill or anti-takeover considerations
49
when responsibility for the actions can be reasonably attributed to the nominee. Generally DO NOT VOTE AGAINST director remuneration in connection with poison pill considerations raised by the Agent.
Waiver on Tender-Bid Requirement
Generally, consider proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis seeking a waiver for a major shareholder or concert party from the requirement to make a buyout offer to minority shareholders, voting FOR when little concern of a creeping takeover exists and the company has provided a reasonable rationale for the request, and with voting decisions generally based on the Agents approach to evaluating such requests.
Approval of Financial Statements and Director and Auditor Reports
Generally, vote FOR management proposals seeking approval of financial accounts and reports, unless there is concern about the companys financial accounts and reporting, which, in the case of related party transactions, would include concerns raised by the Agent regarding inadequate disclosure, remuneration arrangements (including severance/termination payments exceeding local standards for multiples of annual compensation), or consulting agreements with non-executive directors. Unless otherwise provided for herein, reports not receiving the Agents support due to other concerns regarding severance/termination payments not otherwise supported by these Guidelines shall be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, factoring in the merits of the rationale or disclosure provided and generally voted FOR if the overall remuneration package and/or program at issue appears reasonable and the board and/or responsible committee meet exchange or market standards for independence. Generally, vote AGAINST board-issued reports receiving a negative recommendation from the Agent due to concerns regarding independence of the board or the presence of non-independent directors on the audit committee. However, generally do not withhold support from such proposals in connection with remuneration practices otherwise supported under these Guidelines or as a means of expressing disapproval of broader practices of the issuer or its board.
Remuneration of Auditors
Generally, vote FOR proposals to authorize the board to determine the remuneration of auditors, unless there is evidence of excessive compensation relative to the size and nature of the company.
Indemnification of Auditors
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals to indemnify auditors.
Ratification of Auditors and Approval of Auditors Fees
For Canadian issuers, the Funds U.S. Guidelines with respect to auditors and auditor fees shall apply.
For other markets, generally, follow the Agents standards for proposals seeking auditor ratification or approval of auditors fees, which generally indicate a vote FOR such proposals if the level of disclosure and independence meet the Agents standards. However, if fees for non-audit services (excluding significant, one-time events) exceed 50 percent of total auditor fees, consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, and vote AGAINST ratification of auditors or approval of auditors fees opposed by the Agent if it appears that remuneration for the non-audit work is so lucrative as to taint the auditors independence, including circumstances where no rationale is provided.
50
In other cases, generally vote FOR such proposals unless there are material concerns raised by the Agent about the auditors practices or independence.
Audit Commission
Consider nominees to the audit commission on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agents approach to evaluating such candidates.
Allocation of Income and Dividends
With respect to Japanese companies, consider management proposals concerning allocation of income and the distribution of dividends, including adjustments to reserves to make capital available for such purposes, on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, generally voting with the Agents recommendations to support such proposals unless:
|
The dividend payout ratio has been consistently below 30 percent without adequate explanation; or |
|
The payout is excessive given the companys financial position. |
Generally vote FOR such proposals by issuers in other markets.
In any markets, in the event management offers multiple dividend proposals on the same agenda, consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with primary consideration given to input from the relevant Investment Professional(s) and voting decisions generally based on the Agents recommendation if no input is received.
Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternatives
Generally, vote FOR most stock (scrip) dividend proposals, but vote AGAINST proposals that do not allow for a cash option unless management demonstrates that the cash option is harmful to shareholder value.
Debt Instruments and Issuance Requests
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals authorizing excessive discretion to a board to issue or set terms for debt instruments ( e.g. , commercial paper). Generally, vote FOR debt issuances for companies when the gearing level (current debt-to-equity ratio ) is between zero and 100 percent. Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals where the issuance of debt will result in the gearing level being greater than 100 percent, or for which inadequate disclosure precludes calculation of the gearing level, comparing any such proposed debt issuance to industry and market standards, and with voting decisions generally based on the Agents approach to evaluating such requests.
Financing Plans
Generally, vote FOR the adoption of financing plans if they are in the best economic interests of shareholders.
Related Party Transactions
Consider related party transactions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Generally, vote FOR approval of such transactions unless the agreement requests a strategic move outside the companys charter, contains unfavorable or high-risk terms ( e.g. , deposits without security interest or guaranty), or is deemed likely to have a negative impact on director independence.
51
Approval of Donations
Generally, vote AGAINST such proposals unless adequate, prior disclosure of amounts is provided; if so, single- or multi-year authorities may be supported.
Capitalization of Reserves
Generally, vote FOR proposals to capitalize the companys reserves for bonus issues of shares or to increase the par value of shares, unless concerns not otherwise supported under these Guidelines are raised by the Agent.
Investment of Company Reserves
These proposals should generally be analyzed on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with primary consideration given to input from the relevant Investment Professional(s).
Article and Bylaw Amendments
Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis all proposals seeking adoption of, or amendments to, the articles of association, bylaws, or related board policies.
Generally, vote FOR the proposal if:
|
The change or policy is editorial in nature; |
|
Shareholder rights are protected; |
|
There is negligible or positive impact on shareholder value; |
|
Management provides adequate reasons for the amendments or the Agent otherwise supports managements position; |
|
It seeks to discontinue and/or delist a form of the issuers securities when the relevant Fund does not hold the affected security type; |
|
Notice or disclosure requirements are reasonable; or |
|
The company is required to do so by law (if applicable). |
Generally, vote AGAINST the proposal if:
|
It removes or lowers quorum requirements for board or shareholder meetings below levels recommended by the Agent; |
|
It reduces relevant disclosure to shareholders; |
|
It seeks to align the articles with provisions of another proposal not supported by these Guidelines; |
|
It is not supported under these Guidelines, is presented within a bundled proposal, and the negative impact, on balance, outweighs any positive impact; or |
|
It imposes a negative impact on existing shareholder rights, including rights of the Funds, or diminishes accountability to shareholders to the extent that any positive impact would not be deemed to be sufficient to outweigh removal or diminution of such rights. |
With respect to article amendments for Japanese companies:
|
Generally vote FOR management proposals to amend a companys articles to expand its business lines. |
|
Generally vote FOR management proposals to amend a companys articles to provide for an expansion or reduction in the size of the board, unless the expansion/reduction is clearly disproportionate to the growth/decrease in the scale of the business or raises anti-takeover concerns. |
52
|
If anti-takeover concerns exist, generally vote AGAINST management proposals, including bundled proposals, to amend a companys articles to authorize the Board to vary the annual meeting record date or to otherwise align them with provisions of a takeover defense. |
|
Generally follow the Agents guidelines with respect to management proposals regarding amendments to authorize share repurchases at the boards discretion, voting AGAINST proposals unless there is little to no likelihood of a creeping takeover or constraints on liquidity (free float of shares is low), and where the company is trading at below book value or is facing a real likelihood of substantial share sales; or where this amendment is bundled with other amendments which are clearly in shareholders interest. |
Other Business
In connection with global proxies, vote in accordance with the Agents market-specific recommendations on management proposals for Other Business, generally AGAINST.
53
PART C:
OTHER INFORMATION
ING FUNDS TRUST
(Registrant)
ITEM 28. |
EXHIBITS |
|||
(a) |
(1) |
Trust Instrument dated July 30, 1998 Filed as an Exhibit to the Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on October 28, 1998 and incorporated herein by reference. |
||
(2) |
Amendment dated February 22, 2001 to the Trust Instrument Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 8 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on March 1, 2001 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||
(3) |
Certificate of Amendment dated February 27, 2001 to the Trust Instrument Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 9 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on June 15, 2001 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||
(4) |
Certificate of Amendment dated May 9, 2001 to the Trust Instrument Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 24 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on July 29, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||
(5) |
Amendment No. 1 dated November 2, 2001 to the Trust Instrument Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 17 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on February 27, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||
(6) |
Amendment No. 2 dated November 2, 2001 to the Trust Instrument Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 17 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on February 27, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||
(7) |
Amendment No. 3 dated November 2, 2001 to the Trust Instrument Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 17 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on February 27, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||
(8) |
Certificate of Amendment dated December 17, 2001 to the Trust Instrument Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 42 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on August 1, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||
(9) |
Certificate of Amendment dated February 15, 2002 to the Trust Instrument Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 24 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on July 29, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||
(10) |
Amendment No. 4 dated March 1, 2002 to the Trust Instrument Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 24 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on July 29, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||
(11) |
Amendment No. 5, effective September 23, 2002, to the Trust Instrument, Abolition of Series of Shares of Beneficial Interest Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 24 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on July 29, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||
(12) |
Amendment No. 6, effective September 23, 2002, to the Trust Instrument, Name Change of Series Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 24 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on July 29, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference. |
C - 1
(13) |
Amendment No. 7, effective November 22, 2002, to the Trust Instrument, Abolition of Series of Shares of Beneficial Interest Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 24 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on July 29, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||
(14) |
Amendment No. 8, effective June 2, 2003, to the Trust Instrument, Establishment of New Shares Class Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 24 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on July 29, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||
(15) |
Amendment No. 9, effective August 25, 2003, to the Trust Instrument (ING National Tax-Exempt Money Market Fund), Abolition of Series of Shares of Beneficial Interest Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 25 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on May 25, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||
(16) |
Amendment No. 10, effective August 25, 2003, to the Trust Instrument (ING Classic Money Market Fund), Abolition of Series of Shares of Beneficial Interest Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 25 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on May 25, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||
(17) |
Amendment No. 11, effective April 23, 2004, to the Trust Instrument (ING Strategic Bond Fund), Abolition of Series of Shares of Beneficial Interest Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 25 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on May 25, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||
(18) |
Amendment No. 12, effective March 24, 2004, to the Trust Instrument (Class O shares of ING Intermediate Bond), Establishing of New Shares Class Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 25 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on May 25, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||
(19) |
Plan of Liquidation and Dissolution of Series to the Trust Instrument (ING Strategic Bond Fund), effective February 26, 2004 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 25 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on May 25, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||
(20) |
Amendment No. 13, effective September 2, 2004, to the Trust instrument (ING High Yield Opportunity Fund), Dissolution of Shares Class Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 28 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on May 13, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||
(21) |
Amendment No. 14, effective October 25, 2004, (ING High Yield Opportunity Fund), Abolition of Series of Shares of Beneficial Interest Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 28 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on May 13, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||
(22) |
Amendment No. 15, effective March 15, 2005, (ING Lexington Money Market Trust), Abolition of Series of Shares of Beneficial Interest Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 30 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on July 21, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||
(23) |
Amendment No. 16, effective July 29, 2005, (ING Institutional Prime Money Market Fund) Establishment of New Series Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 30 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on July 21, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||
(24) |
Amendment No. 17, effective January 3, 2007, Conversion of Series, Shares and Classes, and the Abolition of a Class of Shares Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 34 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on May 30, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference. |
C - 2
(25) |
Amendment No. 18, effective November 19, 2007, (ING Institutional Prime Money Market Fund) Establishment of Class IS shares and Re-designation of Current Shares to Class I Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 38 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on December 4, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||
(26) |
Amendment No. 19, effective November 19, 2007, (ING GNMA Income Fund and ING Intermediate Bond Fund) Establishment of Class W Shares Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 38 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on December 4, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||
(27) |
Amendment No. 20, effective July 21, 2008, (ING High Yield Bond Fund) Establishment of Class I shares Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 42 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on August 1, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||
(28) |
Amendment No. 21, effective October 23, 2008, (ING National Tax-Exempt Bond Fund) Abolition of Series of Shares of Beneficial Interest Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 44 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on July 30, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||
(29) |
Amendment No. 22, effective November 20, 2009, Conversion of Series, Shares and Classes, and the Abolition of a Class of Shares Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 47 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on July 26, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||
(30) |
Amendment No. 23, effective May 27, 2010, (ING Floating Rate Fund) Establishment of New Series Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 47 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on July 26, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||
(31) |
Amendment No. 24, effective May 19, 2011, (ING GNMA Income Fund and ING High Yield Bond Fund) Establishment of Class R Shares Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 53 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on July 30, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||
(32) |
Amendment No. 25, effective May 19, 2011, (ING High Yield Bond Fund) Establishment of Class W Shares Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 53 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on July 30, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||
(33) |
Plan of Liquidation and Dissolution of Series, effective November 4, 2010, (ING Institutional Prime Money Market Fund) Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 50 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on July 27, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||
(34) |
Plan of Liquidation and Dissolution of Series, effective January 25, 2011, (ING Classic Money Market Fund) Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 50 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on July 27, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||
(35) |
Amendment No. 26, effective July 12, 2012, (ING Strategic Income Fund) Establishment of New Series Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 60 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on October 31, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||
(36) |
Amendment No. 27, effective July 12, 2012, (ING Short Term Bond Fund) Establishment of New Series Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 62 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on November 30, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference. |
C - 3
(37) |
Amendment No. 28, effective September 6, 2012, (ING Floating Rate Fund and ING High Yield Bond Fund) Establishment of Class P Shares Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 62 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on November 30, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(38) |
Amendment No. 29, effective September 6, 2012, (ING Floating Rate Fund, ING GNMA Income Fund, and ING Intermediate Bond Fund) Establishment of Class R6 Shares Filed herein. |
|||||
(39) |
Amendment No. 30, effective May 23, 2013, (ING Short Term Bond Fund) Establishment of Class R6 Shares Filed herein. |
|||||
(b) |
Bylaws Filed as an Exhibit to the Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on October 28, 1998 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(c) |
The rights of holders of the securities being registered are set out in Articles II, VII, IX, and X of the Declaration of Trust referenced in Exhibit (a) above and in Articles IV, VI, and XIII of the Bylaws referenced in Exhibit (b) above. |
|||||
(d) |
(1) |
Amended and Restated Investment Management Agreement between the Registrant and ING Investments, LLC dated July 29, 2005 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 30 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on July 21, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference. |
||||
(i) |
Amended Schedule A, effective December 17, 2012, with respect to the Amended and Restated Investment Management Agreement between the Registrant and ING Investments, LLC dated July 29, 2005 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 63 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on December 13, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(ii) |
Waiver of Fee Payable with respect to Class P shares of ING Floating Rate Fund and ING High Yield Bond Fund under Amended and Restated Investment Management Agreement between the Registrant and ING Investments, LLC dated December 3, 2012 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 63 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on December 13, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(iii) |
Amendment, effective December 15, 2006, to the Amended and Restated Management Agreement between the Registrant and ING Investments, LLC dated July 29, 2005 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 34 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on May 30, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(2) |
Investment Management Agreement between the Registrant and ING Investments, LLC with respect to ING GNMA Income Fund dated September 23, 2002 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 24 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on July 29, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(i) |
First Amendment, effective September 2, 2004, to the Investment Management Agreement between the Registrant and ING Investments, LLC dated September 23, 2002 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-effective Amendment No. 28 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on May 13, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(ii) |
Second Amendment, effective December 15, 2006, to the Investment Management Agreement between the Registrant and ING Investments, LLC dated September 23, 2002 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 34 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on May 30, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference. |
C - 4
(iii) |
Amended Schedule A dated January 20, 2006 with respect to the Investment Management Agreement between the Registrant and ING Investments, LLC dated September 23, 2002 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 33 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on July 28, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(3) |
Form of Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and ING Investments, LLC dated May 13, 2013 Filed herein. |
|||||
(4) |
Form of Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and ING Investments, LLC with respect to ING GNMA Income Fund dated June 13, 2013 Filed herein. |
|||||
(5) |
Amended and Restated Expense Limitation Agreement between the Registrant and ING Investments, LLC effective September 23, 2002 and amended and restated on February 1, 2005 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 28 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on May 13, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(i) |
Amended Schedule A dated December 3, 2012 to the Amended and Restated Expense Limitation Agreement between the Registrant and ING Investments, LLC dated February 1, 2005 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 62 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on November 30, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(ii) |
First Amendment dated January 30, 2009 to the Amended and Restated Expense Limitation Agreement between the Registrant and ING Investments, LLC dated February 1, 2005 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 47 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on July 26, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(iii) |
Expense Limitation Recoupment Letter dated August 1, 2009 with respect to ING Intermediate Bond Fund Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 50 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on July 27, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(iv) |
Form of Amended Schedule A dated July 31, 2013 to the Amended and Restated Expense Limitation Agreement between the Registrant and ING Investments, LLC dated February 1, 2005 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 72 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on May 30, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(6) |
Sub-Advisory Agreement between ING Investments, LLC and ING Investment Management Co. LLC (formerly, Aeltus Investment Management, Inc.) dated August 1, 2003 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 24 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on July 29, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(i) |
First Amendment, effective September 1, 2003, to Sub-Advisory Agreement between ING Investments, LLC and ING Investment Management Co. LLC dated August 1, 2003 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 25 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on May 25, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference. |
C - 5
(ii) |
Second Amendment, effective December 15, 2006, to the Sub-Advisory Agreement between ING Investments, LLC and ING Investment Management Co. LLC dated August 1, 2003 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 40 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on May 23, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(iii) |
Third Amendment, effective September 15, 2007, to the Sub-Advisory Agreement between ING Investments, LLC and ING Investment Management Co. LLC dated August 1, 2003 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 38 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on December 4, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(iv) |
Fourth Amendment, effective August 1, 2008, to the Sub-Advisory Agreement between ING Investments, LLC and ING Investment Management Co. LLC dated August 1, 2003 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 47 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on July 26, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(v) |
Amended Schedule A, dated December 17, 2012, with respect to the Sub-Advisory Agreement between ING Investments, LLC and ING Investment Management Co. LLC dated August 1, 2003 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 72 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on May 30, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(7) |
Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between ING Investments, LLC and ING Investment Management Co. LLC dated May 13, 2013 Filed herein. |
|||||
(e) |
(1) |
Underwriting Agreement between the Registrant and ING Investments Distributor, LLC (formerly, ING Funds Distributor, LLC) dated September 23, 2002 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 24 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on July 29, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference. |
||||
(i) |
Substitution Agreement dated October 8, 2002 between the Registrant and ING Investments Distributor, LLC dated September 23, 2002 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 25 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on May 25, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(ii) |
Amended Schedule A dated December 17, 2012 to the Underwriting Agreement between the Registrant and ING Investments Distributor, LLC dated September 23, 2002 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 63 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on December 13, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(f) |
Not Applicable. |
|||||
(g) |
(1) |
Custody Agreement with The Bank of New York Mellon dated January 6, 2003 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 24 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on July 29, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference. |
||||
(i) |
Amended Exhibit A, dated March 28, 2013, to the Custody Agreement with The Bank of New York Mellon dated January 6, 2003 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 72 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on May 30, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(2) |
Foreign Custody Manager Agreement with The Bank of New York Mellon dated January 6, 2003 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 24 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on July 29, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference. |
C - 6
(i) |
Amended Exhibit A, dated March 28, 2013, to the Foreign Custody Manager Agreement with The Bank of New York Mellon dated January 6, 2003 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 72 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on May 30, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(ii) |
Amended Schedule 1 dated May 1, 2003 to the Foreign Custody Manager Agreement between with The Bank of New York Mellon dated January 6, 2003 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 24 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on July 29, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(iii) |
Amended Schedule 2 dated June 4, 2008 to the Foreign Custody Manager Agreement with The Bank of New York Mellon dated January 6, 2003 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 42 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on August 1, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(3) |
Amended Master Repurchase Agreement between the Registrant and Goldman, Sachs & Co., effective August 4, 2006 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 44 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on July 30, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(4) |
Fund Accounting Agreement with The Bank of New York Mellon dated January 6, 2003 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 25 to the Form N-1A Registrants Registration Statement on May 25, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(i) |
Amended Exhibit A, dated March 28, 2013, to the Fund Accounting Agreement with The Bank of New York Mellon dated January 6, 2003 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 72 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on May 30, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(5) |
Securities Lending Agreement and Guaranty with The Bank of New York Mellon dated August 7, 2003 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 25 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on May 25, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(i) |
Amended Exhibit A, effective March 28, 2013, to the Securities Lending Agreement and Guaranty with The Bank of New York Mellon dated August 7, 2003 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 72 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on May 30, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(ii) |
Amendment effective October 1, 2011 to Securities Lending Agreement and Guaranty with The Bank of New York Mellon dated August 7, 2003 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 72 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on May 30, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(6) |
The Bank of New York Cash Reserve Agreement with The Bank of New York Mellon dated March 31, 2003 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 25 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on May 25, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(i) |
Amended Exhibit A, dated March 28, 2013, to the Cash Reserve Agreement with The Bank of New York Mellon dated March 31, 2003 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 72 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on May 30, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(h) |
(1) |
Amended and Restated Administration Agreement between the Registrant and ING Funds Services, LLC dated September 23, 2002, as amended and restated November 30, 2008 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 44 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on July 30, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference. |
C - 7
(i) |
Amended Schedule A, effective December 17, 2012, to the Amended and Restated Administration Agreement between the Registrant and ING Funds Services, LLC dated September 23, 2002, as amended and restated November 30, 2008 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 63 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on December 13, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(ii) |
Waiver of Fee Payable with respect to Class P shares of ING Floating Rate Fund and ING High Yield Bond Fund under Amended and Restated Administration Agreement between the Registrant and ING Funds Services, LLC dated December 3, 2012 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 63 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on December 13, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(2) |
Transfer Agency Services Agreement dated February 5, 2009, between the Registrant and BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc., (formerly, PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc.), effective April 20, 2009 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 44 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on July 30, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(i) |
Amended Exhibit A dated March 28, 2013 to the Transfer Agency Services Agreement between the Registrant and BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc., effective April 20, 2009 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 72 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on May 30, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(ii) |
Amendment, effective February 8, 2011, to the Transfer Agency Services Agreement between the Registrant and BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc., effective April 20, 2009 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 50 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on July 27, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(i) |
(1) |
Opinion and Consent of Counsel Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 24 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on July 29, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference. |
||||
(2) |
Opinion and Consent of Counsel regarding the legality of shares being registered (ING Institutional Prime Money Market Fund) Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 31 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on July 26, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(3) |
Opinion and Consent of Counsel regarding the legality of shares being registered (Class W shares of ING GNMA Income Fund and ING Intermediate Bond Fund) Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 39 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on December 14, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(4) |
Opinion and Consent of Counsel regarding the legality of shares being registered (Class IS shares of ING Institutional Prime Money Market Fund) Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 38 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on December 4, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference. |
C - 8
(5) |
Opinion and Consent of Counsel regarding the legality of shares being registered (Class I shares of ING High Yield Bond Fund) Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 42 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on August 1, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||
(6) |
Opinion and Consent of Counsel regarding the legality of shares being registered (ING Floating Rate Fund) Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 48 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on August 13, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||
(7) |
Opinion and Consent of Counsel regarding the legality of shares being registered (Class W shares of ING High Yield Bond Fund) Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 50 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on July 27, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||
(8) |
Opinion and Consent of Counsel regarding the legality of shares being registered (ING Strategic Income Fund) Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on November 30, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||
(9) |
Opinion and Consent of Counsel regarding the legality of shares being registered (Class R6 shares for ING Intermediate Bond Fund) Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 73 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on May 31, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||
(10) |
Opinion and Consent of Counsel regarding the legality of shares being registered (Class P shares for ING Floating Rate Fund and ING High Yield Bond Fund) Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 62 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on November 30, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||
(11) |
Opinion and Consent of Counsel regarding the legality of shares being registered (ING Short Term Bond Fund) Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 63 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on December 13, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||
(12) |
Opinion and Consent of Counsel regarding the legality of shares being registered (Class R6 shares for ING Short Term Bond Fund) Filed herein. |
|||
(j) |
(1) |
Consent of Dechert LLP Filed herein. |
||
(2) |
Consent of KPMG LLP Filed herein. |
|||
(k) |
Not applicable. |
|||
(l) |
Not applicable. |
|||
(m) |
(1) |
Amended and Restated Service and Distribution Plan (Class A shares) dated November 29, 2012 with respect to ING GNMA Income Fund Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 72 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on May 30, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference. |
||
(2) |
Amended and Restated Distribution Plan (Class B shares) dated November 29, 2012 with respect to ING High Yield Bond Fund, and ING Intermediate Bond Fund Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 72 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on May 30, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference. |
C - 9
(3) |
Amended and Restated Service and Distribution Plan (Class B shares) dated November 29, 2012 with respect to ING GNMA Income Fund Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 72 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on May 30, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(4) |
Second Amended and Restated Distribution Plan (Class C shares) dated November 29, 2012 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 63 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on December 13, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(i) |
Amended Schedule A dated December 17, 2012 to the Second Amended and Restated Distribution Plan (Class C shares) dated November 29, 2012 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 63 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on December 13, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(5) |
Amended and Restated Service and Distribution Plan (Class C shares) dated November 29, 2012 with respect to ING GNMA Income Fund Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 72 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on May 30, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(6) |
Second Amended and Restated Shareholder Servicing Plan (Class A, Class B, and Class C shares) dated November 29, 2012 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 63 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on December 13, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(i) |
Amended Schedule A dated December 17, 2012 to the Second Amended and Restated Shareholder Servicing Plan (Class A, Class B, and Class C shares) dated November 29, 2012 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 63 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on December 13, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(7) |
Amended and Restated Shareholder Service and Distribution Plan dated November 29, 2012 (Class R shares) Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 72 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on May 30, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(8) |
Amended and Restated Shareholder Services Plan (Class O shares) dated November 29, 2012 with respect to ING Intermediate Bond Fund Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 72 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on May 30, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference. |
|||||
(n) |
(1) |
Seventh Amended and Restated Multiple Class Plan Pursuant to 18f-3 last approved September 6, 2012 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on November 30, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference. |
||||
(i) |
Amended Schedule A, last amended May 23, 2013 to the Seventh Amended and Restated Multiple Class Plan Pursuant to 18f-3 last approved on September 6, 2012 Filed herein. |
|||||
(ii) |
Amended Schedule B, last amended May 23, 2013 to the Seventh Amended and Restated Multiple Class Plan Pursuant to 18f-3 last approved on September 6, 2012 Filed herein. |
C - 10
(o) |
Not applicable. |
|||
(p) |
(1) |
ING Funds and Advisers Code of Ethics effective January 2013 Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 72 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on May 30, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference. |
ITEM 29. PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH REGISTRANT
The Trust is a Delaware statutory trust. As of July 16, 2013, no affiliated insurance companies or affiliated companies owned more than 25% of the outstanding voting securities of the Funds except as set forth below.
Fund | Affiliated Company | Percentage of Fund Owned | ||
Short Term Bond Fund |
ING Solution 2015 Portfolio Attn: Carneen Stokes 7337 E Doubletree Ranch Rd, Ste 100 Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034 |
28.59% | ||
Short Term Bond Fund |
ING Solution 2025 Portfolio Attn: Carneen Stokes 7337 E Doubletree Ranch Rd, Ste 100 Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034 |
43.63% |
ITEM 30. INDEMNIFICATION.
Article X of the Registrants Declaration of Trust provides the following:
Section 10.1 Limitation of Liability. A trustee, when acting in such capacity, shall not be personally liable to any person other than the Trust or a beneficial owner for any act, omission or obligation of the Trust or any trustee. A trustee shall not be liable for any act or omission or any conduct whatsoever in his capacity as trustee, provided that nothing contained herein or in the Delaware Act shall protect any trustee against any liability to the Trust or to Shareholders to which he or she would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of the office of trustee hereunder.
Section 10.2 Indemnification.
(a) |
Subject to the exceptions and limitations contained in Section (b) below: |
(i) |
every person who is, or has been a trustee or officer of the Trust (hereinafter referred to as a Covered Person) shall be indemnified by the Trust to the fullest extent permitted by law against liability and against all expenses reasonably incurred or paid by him or her in connection with any claim, action, suit, or proceeding in which he or she becomes involved as a party or otherwise by virtue of his or her being or having been a trustee or officer and against amounts paid or incurred by him or her in the settlement thereof; |
(ii) |
the words claim, action, suit, or proceeding shall apply to all claims, actions, suits, or proceedings (civil, criminal, or other, including appeals) actual or threatened while in office or thereafter, and the words liability and expenses shall include, without limitation, attorneys fees, costs, judgments, amounts paid in settlement, fines, penalties, and other liabilities. |
C - 11
(b) |
No indemnification shall be provided hereunder to a Covered Person: |
(i) |
who shall have been adjudicated by a court or body before which the proceeding was brought (A) to be liable to the Trust or its Shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office or (B) not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his or her action was in the best interest of the Trust; or |
(ii) |
in the event of a settlement, unless there has been a determination that such trustee or officer did not engage in willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office, |
(A) |
by the court or other body approving the settlement; |
(B) |
by at least a majority of those trustees who are neither interested persons of the Trust nor are parties to the matter based upon a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry); or |
(C) |
by written opinion of independent legal counsel based upon a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry) provided; however, that any Shareholder may, by appropriate legal proceedings, challenge any such determination by the trustees or by independent counsel. |
(c) |
The rights of indemnification therein provided may be insured against by policies maintained by the Trust, shall be severable, shall not be exclusive of or affect any other rights to which any Covered Person may now or hereafter be entitled, shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Covered Person and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such a person. Nothing contained herein shall affect any rights to indemnification to which Trust personnel, other than Covered Persons, and other persons may be entitled by contract or otherwise under law. |
(d) |
Expenses in connection with the preparation and presentation of a defense to any claim, action, suit, or proceeding of the character described in paragraph (a) of this Section 10.2 may be paid by the Trust or Series from time to time prior to final disposition thereof upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Covered Person that such amount will be paid over by him or her to the Trust or Series if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification under this Section 10.2 provided; however, that either: (a) such Covered Person shall have provided appropriate security for such undertaking; (b) the Trust is insured against losses arising out of any such advance payments; or (c) either a majority of the trustees who are neither interested persons of the Trust nor parties to the matter, or independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall have determined, based upon a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a trial-type inquiry or full investigation), that there is reason to believe that such Covered Person will be found entitled to indemnification under this Section 10.2. |
Article IX of the Registrants By-Laws provides the following:
The Trust may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any Covered Person or employee of the Trust, including any Covered Person or employee of the Trust who is or was serving at the request of the Trust as a trustee, officer, or employee of a corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the trustees would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability.
The Trust may not acquire or obtain a contract for insurance that protects or purports to protect any trustee or officer of the Trust against any liability to the Trust or its Shareholders to which he or she would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office.
Reference is made to Article IX of the Registrants By-Law and paragraph 1.11 of the Distribution Agreement.
C - 12
The Registrant is covered under an insurance policy, insuring its officers and trustees against liabilities, and certain costs of defending claims against such officers and trustees; to the extent such officers and trustees are not found to have committed conduct constituting willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard in the performance of their duties. The insurance policy also insures the Registrant against the cost of indemnification payments to officers under certain circumstances.
Section 12 of the Management Agreement between the Registrant and investment manager, Section 8 of the Sub-Advisory Agreement and Section 20 of the Distribution Agreement between the Registrant and the distributor limit the liability of the investment manager, the sub-advisor and the distributor to liabilities arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of their respective duties, or from reckless disregard by them of their respective obligations and duties under the agreements.
The Registrant hereby undertakes that it will apply the indemnification provisions of its Trust Instrument, By-Laws, Management Agreement, and Distribution Agreement in a manner consistent with Release No. 11330 of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended so long as the interpretations of Section 17 (h) and 17(i) of such Act remain in effect and are consistently applied.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act) may be permitted to trustees, officers, and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant understands that in the opinion of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a trustee, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such trustee, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
Section 7 of the Registrants Administration Agreement provides for the indemnification of Registrants administrator against all liabilities incurred by it in performing its obligations under the agreement, except with respect to matters involving its disabling conduct.
ITEM 31. BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISER.
Information as to the directors and officers of the investment adviser, together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation, or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by the directors and officers of the investment adviser in the last two years, is included in its application for registration as an investment adviser on Form ADV (File No. 801-48282) filed under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended and is incorporated herein by reference thereto.
Information as to the directors and officers of the sub-adviser, together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation, or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by the directors and officers of the sub-adviser in the last two years, are included in its application for registration as an investment adviser on Form ADV for ING Investment Management Co. LLC (File No. 801-55232).
ITEM 32. PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS.
(a) |
ING Investments Distributor, LLC is the principal underwriter for ING Mutual Funds; ING Equity Trust; ING Funds Trust; ING Investors Trust; ING Prime Rate Trust; ING Mayflower Trust; ING Senior Income Fund; ING Separate Portfolios Trust; ING Series Fund, Inc.; ING Variable Products Trust; ING Variable Insurance Trust; ING Balanced Portfolio, Inc.; ING Variable Portfolios, Inc.; ING Variable Funds; ING Intermediate Bond Portfolio; ING Money Market Portfolio; ING Strategic Allocation Portfolios, Inc.; and ING Partners, Inc. |
C - 13
(b) |
Information as to the directors and officers of the distributor, together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation, or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by the directors and officers of the distributor in the last two years, is included in its application for registration as a broker-dealer on Form BD (File No. 8-48020) filed under the U.S. Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is incorporated herein by reference thereto. |
(c) |
Not applicable. |
ITEM 33. LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS
All accounts, books, and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder are maintained at the offices of: (a) the Registrant; (b) the adviser; (c) the administrator; (d) the distributor; (e) the sub-adviser; (f) the custodian; and (g) the transfer agent. The address of each is as follows:
(a) |
ING Funds Trust |
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034
(b) |
ING Investments, LLC |
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034
(c) |
ING Funds Services, LLC |
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034
(d) |
ING Investments Distributor, LLC |
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034
(e) |
ING Investment Management Co. LLC |
230 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10169
(f) |
The Bank of New York Mellon |
One Wall Street
New York, New York 10286
State Street Bank and Trust Company
801 Pennsylvania Avenue
Kansas City, MO 64105
(g) |
BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. |
301 Bellevue Parkway
Wilmington, Delaware 19809
ITEM 34. MANAGEMENT SERVICES.
Not applicable.
ITEM 35. UNDERTAKINGS
Not applicable.
C - 14
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the 1933 Act), and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant certifies that it meets all the requirements for effectiveness of this Post-Effective Amendment No. 75 to its Registration Statement on Form N-1A pursuant to Rule 485(b) under the 1933 Act and has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment No. 75 to its Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Scottsdale and State of Arizona on the 26th day of July, 2013.
ING FUNDS TRUST | ||||
By: |
/s/ Huey P. Falgout, Jr. |
|||
Huey P. Falgout, Jr. | ||||
Secretary |
Pursuant to the requirements of the 1933 Act, this Post-Effective Amendment to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.
Signature |
Title |
Date |
||
Shaun P. Mathews* |
President, Chief Executive Officer and Interested Trustee |
July 26, 2013 | ||
Todd Modic* |
Senior Vice President and Chief/Principal Financial Officer |
July 26, 2013 | ||
Colleen D. Baldwin* |
Trustee | July 26, 2013 | ||
John V. Boyer* |
Trustee | July 26, 2013 | ||
Patricia W. Chadwick* |
Trustee | July 26, 2013 | ||
Albert E. DePrince, Jr.* |
Trustee | July 26, 2013 | ||
Peter S. Drotch* |
Trustee | July 26, 2013 | ||
J. Michael Earley* |
Trustee | July 26, 2013 | ||
Martin J. Gavin* |
Trustee | July 26, 2013 | ||
Russell H. Jones |
Trustee | July 26, 2013 | ||
Patrick W. Kenny* |
Trustee | July 26, 2013 | ||
Joseph E. Obermeyer |
Trustee | July 26, 2013 | ||
Sheryl K. Pressler* |
Trustee | July 26, 2013 | ||
Roger B. Vincent* |
Chairman and Trustee | July 26, 2013 | ||
*By: /s/ Huey P. Falgout, Jr. |
||||
Huey P. Falgout, Jr. As Attorney-in-Fact |
* | Powers of Attorney for Shaun P. Mathews, Todd Modic and each Trustee dated May 22, 2013 where filed as an attachment to Post-Effective Amendment No. 72 to the Registrants Form N-1A Registration Statement on May 30, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference. |
C - 15
ING Funds Trust
Exhibits
Exhibit Number | Exhibit Description | |
(a)(38) |
Amendment No. 29, effective September 6, 2012, (ING Floating Rate Fund, ING GNMA Income Fund, and ING Intermediate Bond Fund) Establishment of Class R6 Shares |
|
(a)(39) |
Amendment No. 30, effective May 23, 2013, (ING Short Term Bond Fund) Establishment of Class R6 Shares |
|
(d)(3) |
Form of Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and ING Investments, LLC dated May 13, 2013 |
|
(d)(4) |
Form of Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and ING Investments, LLC with respect to ING GNMA Income Fund dated June 13, 2013 |
|
(d)(7) |
Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between ING Investments, LLC and ING Investment Management Co. LLC dated May 13, 2013 |
|
(i)(12) |
Opinion and Consent of Counsel regarding the legality of shares being registered (Class R6 shares for ING Short Term Bond Fund) |
|
(j)(1) |
Consent of Dechert LLP |
|
(j)(2) |
Consent of KPMG LLP |
|
(n)(1)(i) |
Amended Schedule A, last amended May 23, 2013 to the Seventh Amended and Restated Multiple Class Plan Pursuant to 18f-3 last approved on September 6, 2012 |
|
(n)(1)(ii) |
Amended Schedule B, last amended May 23, 2013 to the Seventh Amended and Restated Multiple Class Plan Pursuant to 18f-3 last approved on September 6, 2012 |
C - 16
(a)(38)
AMENDMENT NO. 29 TO TRUST INSTRUMENT OF
ING FUNDS TRUST
Establishment of New Share Class
Effective: September 6, 2012
THIS AMENDMENT NO. 29 TO THE TRUST INSTRUMENT OF ING FUNDS TRUST (IFT), a Delaware statutory trust, dated July 30, 1998, as amended (the Trust Instrument), reflects resolutions adopted by the Board of Trustees of IFT (the Board) on September 6, 2012, with respect to ING Intermediate Bond Fund, a series of IFT (the Fund), acting pursuant to the Trust Instrument, including Article II, Sections 2.1 and 2.6 and Article XI, Section 11.8 of IFTs Trust Instrument. The resolutions serve to establish and designate a new share class for the Fund. The resolutions also reflect approval by the Board of the establishment and designation of a new share class for ING Floating Rate Fund and ING GNMA Income Fund. The determination has been made not to move forward with adding the new share class for ING Floating Rate Fund and ING GNMA Income Fund at this time.
ING FUNDS TRUST
SECRETARYS CERTIFICATE
I, Huey P. Falgout, Jr., Secretary of ING Funds Trust (IFT), do hereby certify that the following is a true copy of resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Trustees of IFT at a meeting held on September 6, 2012 with regard to the establishment of Class R6 shares of IFT on behalf of ING Intermediate Bond Fund. The resolutions also reflect the establishment of Class R6 shares on behalf of ING Floating Rate Fund and ING GNMA Income Fund. The determination has been made not to move forward with adding the Class R6 shares for ING Floating Rate Fund and ING GNMA Income Fund at this time:
RESOLVED, that pursuant to the Trust Instrument, dated July 30, 1998, as amended (the Trust Instrument), of ING Funds Trust (IFT), including Article II, Sections 2.1 and 2.6 and Article XI, Section 11.8 of the Trust Instrument, the designation of an additional class of shares for ING Floating Rate Fund, ING GNMA Income Fund, and ING Intermediate Bond Fund (collectively, the Funds), which shall be designated as Class R6 shares be, and each hereby is, approved; and
FURTHER RESOLVED , that the officers of IFT be, and each hereby is, authorized, with the assistance of counsel, to take any and all such actions they determine, in their discretion, to be necessary to prepare, execute and deliver an Amendment to the Trust Instrument, to establish the Class R6 shares, to be effective on a date deemed appropriate by the officers of IFT; and
FURTHER RESOLVED , that the officers of IFT be, and each hereby is, authorized to prepare, execute and deliver such instruments as are necessary to effect the addition of the Class R6 shares, including, but not limited to, the post-effective amendments to IFTs Registration Statement on Form N-1A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, for the purpose of establishing the Class R6 shares for the Funds and to prepare and file such amendments to the Registration Statement in such form as may be approved by such officers and counsel.
/s/ Huey P. Falgout, Jr. |
||
Huey P. Falgout, Jr. | ||
Secretary |
Dated: May 29, 2013
(a)(39)
AMENDMENT NO. 30 TO TRUST INSTRUMENT OF
ING FUNDS TRUST
Establishment of New Share Class
Effective: May 23, 2013
THIS AMENDMENT NO. 30 TO THE TRUST INSTRUMENT OF ING FUNDS TRUST (IFT), a Delaware statutory trust, dated July 30, 1998, as amended (the Trust Instrument), reflects resolutions adopted by the Board of Trustees of IFT on May 23, 2013, with respect to ING Short Term Bond Fund, a series of IFT (the Fund), acting pursuant to the Trust Instrument, including Article II, Sections 2.1 and 2.6 and Article XI, Section 11.8 of IFTs Trust Instrument. The resolutions serve to establish and designate a new share class for the Fund.
ING FUNDS TRUST
SECRETARYS CERTIFICATE
I, Huey P. Falgout, Jr., Secretary of ING Funds Trust (IFT), do hereby certify that the following is a true copy of resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Trustees of IFT at a meeting held on May 23, 2013 with regard to the establishment of Class R6 shares of IFT on behalf of ING Short Term Bond Fund:
RESOLVED, that pursuant to the Trust Instrument, dated July 30, 1998, as amended (the Trust Instrument), of ING Funds Trust (IFT), including Article II, Sections 2.1 and 2.6 and Article XI, Section 11.8 of the Trust Instrument, the designation of an additional class of shares for ING Short Term Bond Fund (the Fund), which shall be designated as Class R6 shares be, and each hereby is, approved;
FURTHER RESOLVED , that the officers of IFT be, and each hereby is, authorized, with the assistance of counsel, to take any and all such actions they determine, in their discretion, to be necessary to prepare, execute and deliver an Amendment to the Trust Instrument, to establish the Class R6 shares, to be effective on a date deemed appropriate by the officers of IFT; and
FURTHER RESOLVED , that the officers of IFT be, and each hereby is, authorized to prepare, execute and deliver such instruments as are necessary to effect the addition of the Class R6 shares, including, but not limited to, the post-effective amendments to IFTs Registration Statement on Form N-1A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, for the purpose of establishing the Class R6 shares for the Fund and to prepare and file such amendments to the Registration Statement in such form as may be approved by such officers and counsel.
/s/ Huey P. Falgout, Jr.
Huey P. Falgout, Jr.
Secretary
Dated: July 23, 2013
(d)(3)
FORM OF
ADVISORY AGREEMENT
ING FUNDS TRUST
Agreement dated May 13, 2013, between ING Funds Trust (the Trust), a a Delaware business trust, and ING Investments, LLC (the Adviser), limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the State of Arizona (the Agreement)).
WHEREAS , the Trust is an open-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act);
WHEREAS , the Trust is authorized to issue shares of beneficial interest in separate series with each such series representing interests in a separate portfolio of securities and other assets;
WHEREAS , the Trust may offer shares of additional series in the future;
WHEREAS , the Trust desires to avail itself of the services of the Adviser for the provision of advisory and management services for the Trust; and
WHEREAS , the Adviser is willing to render such services to the Trust.
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises, the promises and mutual covenants herein contained, it is agreed between the parties as follows:
1. Appointment . The Trust hereby appoints the Adviser, subject to the direction of the Board of Trustees, for the period and on the terms set forth in this Agreement, to provide advisory, management, and other services, as described herein, with respect to each series of the Trust set forth on Schedule A hereto (individually and collectively referred to herein as Series). The Adviser accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services herein set forth for the compensation herein provided.
In the event the Trust establishes and designates additional series (other than the Series) with respect to which it desires to retain the Adviser to render advisory services hereunder, it shall notify the Adviser in writing. If the Adviser is willing to render such services, it shall notify the Trust in writing, whereupon such additional series shall become a Series hereunder, and be subject to this Agreement.
With respect to those Series that have obtained shareholder approval, subject to the approval of the Board of Trustees of the Series, the Adviser is authorized to enter into sub-advisory agreements with other registered investment advisers to serve as investment sub-advisers, whether or not affiliated with the Adviser (each a Sub-Adviser). The Adviser will continue to have responsibility for all services furnished pursuant to any sub-advisory agreement (each a Sub-Advisory Agreement). The Series and Adviser understand and agree that the Adviser may manage each Series in a Manager-of-Managers style with either a single or multiple sub-advisers, which contemplates that the Adviser will, among other things and pursuant to an order issued by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC) or applicable regulation under the 1940 Act: (i) continually evaluate the performance of any Sub-Adviser to the Series; and (ii) periodically make recommendations to the Series Board of Trustees regarding the results of its evaluation and monitoring functions. The Series recognizes that, subject to the approval of the Board of Trustees of the Series, a Sub-Advisers services may be terminated or modified and that the Adviser may appoint a new Sub-Adviser for a Series, subject to an applicable SEC order.
(d)(3)
2. Services of the Adviser . In carrying out its obligations under this Agreement, the Adviser shall:
(a) supervise and manage all aspects of the Series operations;
(b) provide the Series or obtain for each, and thereafter supervise, such executive, administrative, clerical and shareholder servicing services as are deemed advisable by the Board;
(c) arrange, but not pay for, the periodic updating of prospectuses and supplements thereto, proxy material, tax returns, reports to the Series shareholders and reports to and filings with the SEC and state Blue Sky authorities;
(d) provide the Series with, or obtain for each, adequate office space and all necessary office equipment and services, including telephone service, heat, utilities, stationery supplies and similar items for the Series principal office;
(e) provide the Board of Trustees of the Trust on a regular basis with financial reports and analyses on the Series operations and the operations of comparable investment companies;
(f) obtain and evaluate pertinent information about significant developments and economic, statistical and financial data, domestic, foreign or otherwise, whether affecting the economy generally or the Series, and whether concerning the individual issuers whose securities are included in the Series or the activities in which they engage, or with respect to securities which the Adviser considers desirable for inclusion in the Series;
(g) determine what issuers and securities shall be represented in the Series respective portfolios and regularly report them to the Board of Trustees of the Trust;
(h) formulate and implement continuing programs for the purchases and sales of the securities of such issuers and regularly report thereon to the Board of Trustees of the Trust; and
(i) take, on behalf of the series, all actions which appear necessary to carry into effect such purchase and sale programs and supervisory functions as aforesaid, including the placing of orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio securities.
3. Services of Adviser with respect to Sub-Advisers . In the event that the Adviser wishes to select others to render investment management services, the Adviser shall analyze, select and recommend for consideration and approval by the Trusts Board of Trustees investment advisory firms (however organized) to provide investment advice to one or more of the Series, and, at the expense of the Adviser, engage (which engagement may also be by the Trust) any such investment advisory firm to render investment advice and manage the investments of each such Series and the composition of each such Series portfolio of securities and investments, including cash, and the purchase, retention and disposition thereof, or any offering thereof, in accordance with the Series investment objective or objectives and policies as stated in the Trusts Registration Statement. The Adviser shall take the following actions in respect of the performance by the Sub-Adviser of its obligations in respect of the Fund:
(a) Periodically monitor and evaluate the performance of the Sub-Advisers with respect to the investment objectives and policies of the Series, including without limitation, perform periodic detailed analysis and review of the Sub-Advisers investment performance in respect of the Series and in respect of other accounts managed by the Sub-Adviser with similar investment strategies;;
(d)(3)
(b) prepare and present periodic reports to the Board of Trustees regarding the investment performance of the Sub-Adviser and other information regarding the Sub-Adviser, at such times and in such forms as the Board of Trustees may reasonably request;
(c) review and consider any changes in the personnel of the Sub-Adviser responsible for performing the Sub-Advisers obligations and make appropriate reports to the Board of Trustees;
(d) review and consider any changes in the ownership or senior management of the Sub-Adviser and make appropriate reports to the Board of Trustees;
(e) perform periodic in-person or telephonic diligence meetings with representatives of the Sub-Adviser;
(f) supervise Sub-Advisers with respect to the services that such Sub-Advisers provide under each Sub-Advisers Sub-Advisory Agreement;
(g) assist the Board of Trustees and management of the Trust in developing and reviewing information with respect to the initial approval of the Sub-Advisory Agreement with the Sub-Adviser and annual consideration of the agreement thereafter;
(h) monitor the Sub-Advisers for compliance with the investment objective or objectives, policies and restrictions of each Series, the 1940 Act, Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code, and if applicable, regulations under such provisions, and other applicable law;
(i) if appropriate, analyze and recommend for consideration by the Trusts Board of Trustees termination of a contract with a Sub-Adviser under which the Sub-Adviser provides investment advisory services to one or more of the Series;
(j) identify potential successors to or replacements of the Sub-Adviser or potential additional Sub-Advisers, perform appropriate due diligence, and develop and present to the Board of Trustees a recommendation as to any such successor, replacement, or additional Sub-Adviser;
(k) designate and compensate from its own resources such personnel as the Adviser may consider necessary or appropriate to the performance of its services hereunder; and
(l) perform such other review and reporting functions as the Board of Trustees shall reasonably request consistent with this Agreement and applicable law.
4. Investment Management Authority . In the event the Adviser wishes to render investment management services directly to a Series, then with respect to any such Series, the Adviser, subject to the supervision of the Trusts Board, will provide a continuous investment program for the Series portfolio and determine the composition of the assets of the Series portfolio, including determination of the purchase, retention, or sale of the securities, cash, and other investments contained in the portfolio. The Adviser will provide investment research and conduct a continuous program of evaluation, investment, sales, and reinvestment of the Series assets by determining the securities and other investments that shall be purchased, entered into, sold, closed, offered to the public, or exchanged for the Series, when these transactions should be executed, and what portion of the assets of the Series should be held in the various securities and other investments in which it may invest, and the Adviser is hereby authorized to execute and
(d)(3)
perform such services on behalf of the Series. To the extent permitted by the investment policies of the Series, the Adviser shall make decisions for the Series as to foreign currency matters and make determinations as to, and execute and perform, foreign currency exchange contracts on behalf of the Series. The Adviser will provide the services under this Agreement in accordance with the Series investment objective or objectives, policies, and restrictions as stated in the Trusts Registration Statement. Furthermore:
(a) The Adviser will manage the Series so that each will qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code and so as to ensure compliance by the Series with the diversification requirements of Section 817(h) of the Internal Revenue Code and with any other rules and regulations pertaining to investment vehicles underlying variable annuity or variable life insurance policies. In managing the Series in accordance with these requirements, the Adviser shall be entitled to receive and act upon advice of counsel to the Trust or counsel to the Adviser.
(b) The Adviser will conform with the 1940 Act and all rules and regulations thereunder, all other applicable federal and state laws and regulations, with any applicable procedures adopted by the Trusts Board, and the provisions of the Registration Statement of the Trust under the Securities Act of 1933 and the 1940 Act, as supplemented or amended.
(c) On occasions when the Adviser deems the purchase or sale of a security to be in the interest of the Series as well as any other investment advisory clients, the Adviser may, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations and any applicable procedures adopted by the Trusts Board, but shall not be obligated to, aggregate the securities to be so sold or purchased with those of its other clients where such aggregation is not inconsistent with the policies set forth in the Registration Statement. In such event, allocation of the securities so purchased or sold, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, will be made by the Adviser in a manner that is fair and equitable in the judgment of the Adviser in the exercise of its fiduciary obligations to the Trust and to such other clients.
(d) In connection with the purchase and sale of securities of the Series, the Adviser will arrange for the transmission to the custodian for the Trust on a daily basis, of such confirmation, trade tickets, and other documents and information, including, but not limited to, Cusip, Cedel, or other numbers that identify securities to be purchased or sold on behalf of the Series, as may be reasonably necessary to enable the custodian to perform its administrative and recordkeeping responsibilities with respect to the Series. With respect to portfolio securities to be purchased or sold through the Depository Trust Company, the Adviser will arrange for the prompt transmission of the confirmation of such trades to the Trusts custodian.
(e) The Adviser will assist the custodian or portfolio accounting agent for the Trust in determining, consistent with the procedures and policies stated in the Registration Statement for the Trust and any applicable procedures adopted by the Trusts Board, the value of any portfolio securities or other assets of the Series for which the custodian or portfolio accounting agent seeks assistance or review from the Adviser.
(f) The Adviser will make available to the Trust, promptly upon request, any of the Series or the Advisers investment records and ledgers as are necessary to assist the Trust to comply with requirements of the 1940 Act, as well as other applicable laws. The Adviser will furnish to regulatory authorities having the requisite authority any information or reports in connection with its services which may be requested in order to ascertain whether the operations of the Trust are being conducted in a manner consistent with applicable laws and regulations.
(d)(3)
(g) The Adviser will regularly report to the Trusts Board on the investment program for the Series and the issuers and securities represented in the Series portfolio, and will furnish the Trusts Board with respect to the Series such periodic and special reports as the Trustees may reasonably request.
(h) In connection with its responsibilities under this Section 3, the Adviser is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities and other investments for the Series portfolio, broker-dealer selection, and negotiation of brokerage commission rates. The Advisers primary consideration in effecting a security transaction will be to obtain the best execution for the Series, taking into account the factors specified in the Registration Statement for the Trust. Subject to such policies as the Board may determine and consistent with Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the 1934 Act), the Adviser shall not be deemed to have acted unlawfully or to have breached any duty created by this Agreement or otherwise solely by reason of its having caused the Series to pay a broker-dealer for effecting a portfolio investment transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker-dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction, if the Adviser determines in good faith that such amount of commission was reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker-dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the Advisers overall responsibilities with respect to the Series and to its other clients as to which it exercises investment discretion. To the extent consistent with these standards and in accordance with Section 11(a) of the 1934 Act and Rule 11a2-2(T) thereunder, the Adviser is further authorized to allocate the orders placed by it on behalf of the Series to the Adviser if it is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC, to an affiliated broker-dealer, or to such brokers and dealers who also provide research or statistical material or other services to the Series, the Adviser or an affiliate of the Adviser. Such allocation shall be in such amounts and proportions as the Adviser shall determine consistent with the above standards, and the Adviser will report on said allocation regularly to the Board of the Trust indicating the broker-dealers to which such allocations have been made and the basis therefor.
5. Conformity with Applicable Law . The Adviser, in the performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement, shall act in conformity with the Registration Statement of the Trust and with the instructions and directions of the Board of the Trust and will conform to, and comply with, the requirements of the 1940 Act and all other applicable federal and state laws and regulations.
6. Exclusivity . The services of the Adviser to the Trust under this Agreement are not to be deemed exclusive, and the Adviser, or any affiliate thereof, shall be free to render similar services to other investment companies and other clients (whether or not their investment objectives and policies are similar to those of any of the Series) and to engage in other activities, so long as its services hereunder are not impaired thereby.
7. Documents . The Trust has delivered properly certified or authenticated copies of each of the following documents to the Adviser and will deliver to it all future amendments and supplements thereto, if any:
(a) certified resolution of the Board of the Trust authorizing the appointment of the Adviser and approving the form of this Agreement;
(d)(3)
(b) the Registration Statement as filed with the SEC and any amendments thereto; and
(c) exhibits, powers of attorney, certificates and any and all other documents relating to or filed in connection with the Registration Statement described above.
8. Records . The Trust agrees to maintain and to preserve for the periods prescribed under the 1940 Act any such records as are required to be maintained by the Trust with respect to the Series by the 1940 Act. The Adviser further agrees that all records of the Series are the property of the Trust and, to the extent held by the Adviser, it will promptly surrender any of such records upon request.
9. Expenses . During the term of this Agreement, the Adviser will pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with its activities under this Agreement, except such expenses as are assumed by the Trust under this Agreement and such expenses as are assumed by a Sub-Adviser under its Sub-Advisory Agreement. The Adviser further agrees to pay all fees payable to the Sub-Advisers, executive salaries and expenses of the Trustees of the Trust who are employees of the Adviser or its affiliates, and office rent of the Trust. The Trust shall be responsible for all of the other expenses of its operations, including, without limitation: the management fee payable hereunder; brokerage commissions; interest; legal fees and expenses of attorneys; fees of auditors, transfer agents and dividend disbursing agents, custodians and shareholder servicing agents; the expense of obtaining quotations for calculating the Trusts net asset value; taxes, if any, and the preparation of the Trusts tax returns; cost of stock certificates and any other expenses (including clerical expenses) of issue, sale, repurchase or redemption of shares; expenses of registering and qualifying shares of the Trust under federal and state laws and regulations (including the salary of employees of the Adviser engaged in the registering and qualifying of shares of the Trust under federal and state laws and regulations or a pro-rata portion of the salary of employees to the extent so engaged); salaries of personnel involved in placing orders for the execution of the Trusts portfolio transactions; expenses of disposition or offering any of the portfolio securities held by a Series; expenses of printing and distributing reports, notices and proxy materials to existing shareholders; expenses of printing and filing reports and other documents filed with governmental agencies; expenses in connection with shareholder and director meetings; expenses of printing and distributing prospectuses and statements of additional information to existing shareholders; fees and expenses of Trustees of the Trust who are not employees of the Adviser or any Sub-Adviser, or their affiliates; Board approved trade association dues; insurance premiums; and extraordinary expenses such as litigation expenses. To the extent the Adviser incurs any costs or performs any services which are an obligation of the Trust, as set forth herein, the Trust shall promptly reimburse the Adviser for such costs and expenses. To the extent the services for which the Trust is obligated to pay are performed by the Adviser, the Adviser shall be entitled to recover from the Trust only to the extent of its costs for such services.
10. Compensation . For the services provided by the Adviser to each Series pursuant to this Agreement, the Trust will pay to the Adviser an annual fee equal to the amount specified for such Series in Schedule A hereto, payable monthly in arrears. Payment of the above fees shall be in addition to any amount paid to the Adviser for the salary of its employees for performing services which are an obligation of the Trust as provided in Section 9. The fee will be appropriately pro-rated to reflect any portion of a calendar month that this Agreement is not in effect between the Adviser and the Trust.
(d)(3)
11. Liability of the Adviser . In the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of obligations or duties hereunder on the part of the Adviser or any of its officers, trustees or employees, the Adviser shall not be subject to liability to the Trust or to the Series or to any shareholder of the Series for any act or omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering services hereunder or for any losses that may be sustained in the purchase, holding or sale of any security. In the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of obligations or duties hereunder on the part of the Adviser or any officer, director or employee of the Adviser, the Trust hereby agrees to indemnify and hold the Adviser harmless from and against all claims, actions, suits, and proceedings at law or in equity whether brought or asserted by a private party or a governmental agency, instrumentality or entity of any kind, relating to the sale, purchase, pledge of, advertisement of, or solicitation of sales or purchases of any security (whether of a Series or otherwise) by the Trust, its officers, directors, employees or agents in alleged violation of applicable federal, state or foreign laws, rules or regulations.
12. Continuation and Termination . With respect to each Series identified as a Series on Schedule A hereto as in effect on the date of this Agreement, unless earlier terminated with respect to any Series this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect through two years from the effective date with respect to each such Series of this Agreement. Thereafter, unless earlier terminated as provided herein with respect to a Series, the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect with respect to each such Series for periods of one year, provided that such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by (i) the vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Series, or (ii) the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting shares of the Series (as defined in the 1940 Act), and provided that such continuance is also approved by the vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Series who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Series or the Adviser, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
With respect to any Series added to Schedule A hereto as a Series after the date of this Agreement, the Agreement shall become effective on the later of: (i) the date Schedule A is amended to reflect the addition of such Series as a Series under the Agreement; or (ii) the date upon which the shares of the Series are first sold to the public, subject to the condition that the Funds Board of Trustees, including a majority of those Trustees who are not interested persons (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of the Adviser, and the shareholders of such Series, shall have approved this Agreement. Unless terminated earlier as provided herein with respect to any such Series, the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect for a period of two years from the date of its effectiveness (as identified above) with respect to that Series. Thereafter, unless earlier terminated with respect to a Series, the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect with respect to each such Series for periods of one year, provided that such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by: (i) the vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Series, or (ii) vote of a majority of the outstanding voting shares of such Series (as defined in the 1940 Act), and provided that such continuance is also approved by the vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Series who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Series or the Adviser, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
However, any approval of this Agreement by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares (as defined in the 1940 Act) of a Series shall be effective to continue this Agreement with
(d)(3)
respect to such Series notwithstanding: (i) that this Agreement has not been approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of any other Series; or (ii) that this Agreement has not been approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Trust, unless such approval shall be required by any other applicable law or otherwise.
This Agreement may be terminated by the Trust at any time, in its entirety or with respect to a Series, without the payment of any penalty, by vote of a majority of the Board of the Trust or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting shares of the Trust, or with respect to a Series, by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting shares of such Series, on sixty (60) days written notice to the Adviser, or by the Adviser at any time, without the payment of any penalty, on sixty (60) days written notice to the Trust. This Agreement will automatically and immediately terminate in the event of its assignment as defined in the 1940 Act.
13. Amendments . No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought. If shareholder approval of an amendment is required under the 1940 Act, no such amendment shall become effective until approved by a vote of the majority of the outstanding shares (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust. Otherwise, a written amendment of this Agreement is effective upon the approval of the Board and the Adviser.
14. Use of Name . It is understood that the name [Adviser Name] or any derivative thereof or logo associated with that name is the valuable property of the Adviser and its affiliates, and that the Trust and/or the Series have the right to use such name (or derivative or logo) only so long as this Agreement shall continue with respect to such Trust and/or Series. Upon termination of this Agreement, the Trust (or Series) shall forthwith cease to use such name (or derivative or logo) and, in the case of the Trust, shall promptly amend its [Charter] to change its name (if such name is included therein).
15. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original.
16. Applicable Law .
(a) This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, provided that nothing herein shall be construed in a manner inconsistent with the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act, or any rules or order of the SEC thereunder.
(b) If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby and, to this extent, the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to be severable.
(c) The captions of this Agreement are included for convenience only and in no way define or limit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.
(REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)
(d)(3)
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be executed as of the day and year first above written.
ING FUNDS TRUST | ||||||||
By: |
|
|||||||
Name: |
|
|||||||
Title: |
|
|||||||
ING INVESTMENTS, LLC | ||||||||
By: |
|
|||||||
Name: |
|
|||||||
Title: |
|
(d)(3)
SCHEDULE A
with respect to the
ADVISORY AGREEMENT
between
ING INVESTMENTS, LLC
and
ING FUNDS TRUST
Series
|
Effective Date
|
Annual Advisory Fee (as a percentage of average daily Assets)
|
||
ING Floating Rate Fund
|
May 13, 2013
|
0.55%
|
||
ING High Yield Bond Fund
|
May 13, 2013
|
0.51% on first $500 million of assets 0.45% on next $4.5 billion of assets 0.40% on assets thereafter
|
||
ING Intermediate Bond Fund
|
May 13, 2013
|
0.17%
|
||
ING Short Term Bond Fund
|
May 13, 2013
|
0.35%
|
||
ING Strategic Income Fund
|
May 13, 2013
|
0.55%
|
(d)(4)
FORM OF
ADVISORY AGREEMENT
ING FUNDS TRUST
Agreement dated June 13, 2013, between ING Funds Trust (the Trust), a Massachusetts business trust, and ING Investments, LLC (the Adviser), limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the State of Arizona (the Agreement)).
WHEREAS , the Trust is an open-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act);
WHEREAS , the Trust is authorized to issue shares of beneficial interest in separate series with each such series representing interests in a separate portfolio of securities and other assets;
WHEREAS , the Trust may offer shares of additional series in the future;
WHEREAS , the Trust desires to avail itself of the services of the Adviser for the provision of advisory and management services for the Trust; and
WHEREAS , the Adviser is willing to render such services to the Trust.
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises, the promises and mutual covenants herein contained, it is agreed between the parties as follows:
1. Appointment . The Trust hereby appoints the Adviser, subject to the direction of the Board of Trustees, for the period and on the terms set forth in this Agreement, to provide advisory, management, and other services, as described herein, with respect to each series of the Trust set forth on Schedule A hereto (individually and collectively referred to herein as Series). The Adviser accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services herein set forth for the compensation herein provided.
In the event the Trust establishes and designates additional series (other than the Series) with respect to which it desires to retain the Adviser to render advisory services hereunder, it shall notify the Adviser in writing. If the Adviser is willing to render such services, it shall notify the Trust in writing, whereupon such additional series shall become a Series hereunder, and be subject to this Agreement.
With respect to those Series that have obtained shareholder approval, subject to the approval of the Board of Trustees of the Series, the Adviser is authorized to enter into sub-advisory agreements with other registered investment advisers to serve as investment sub-advisers, whether or not affiliated with the Adviser (each a Sub-Adviser). The Adviser will continue to have responsibility for all services furnished pursuant to any sub-advisory agreement (each a Sub-Advisory Agreement). The Series and Adviser understand and agree that the Adviser may manage each Series in a Manager-of-Managers style with either a single or multiple sub-advisers, which contemplates that the Adviser will, among other things and pursuant to an order issued by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC) or applicable regulation under the 1940 Act: (i) continually evaluate the performance of any Sub-Adviser to the Series; and (ii) periodically make recommendations to the Series Board of Trustees regarding the results of its evaluation and monitoring functions. The Series recognizes that, subject to the approval of the Board of Trustees of the Series, a Sub-Advisers services may be terminated or modified and that the Adviser may appoint a new Sub-Adviser for a Series, subject to an applicable SEC order.
(d)(4)
2. Services of the Adviser . The Adviser represents and warrants that it is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the Advisers Act) and will maintain such registration for so long as required by applicable law. Subject to the general supervision of the Board of the Trust, the Adviser shall provide the following advisory, management, and other services with respect to the Series:
(a) provide general investment advice and guidance with respect to the Series and provide advice and guidance to the Trusts Trustees, and oversee the management of the investments of the Series and the composition of each Series portfolio of securities and investments, including cash, and the purchase, retention and disposition thereof, in accordance with each Series investment objective or objectives and policies as stated in the Trusts current registration statement, as may be amended or supplemented from time to time (the Registration Statement), which management may be provided by others selected by the Adviser and approved by the Board as provided below or directly by the Adviser as provided in Section 3 of this Agreement;
(b) render to the Board of the Trust such periodic and special reports as the Board may reasonably request; and
(c) make available its officers and employees to the Board and officers of the Trust for consultation and discussions regarding the administration and management of the Series and services provided to the Trust under this Agreement.
(f) obtain and evaluate pertinent information about significant developments and economic, statistical and financial data, domestic, foreign or otherwise, whether affecting the economy generally or the Series, and whether concerning the individual issuers whose securities are included in the Series or the activities in which they engage, or with respect to securities which the Adviser considers desirable for inclusion in the Series;
(g) determine what issuers and securities shall be represented in the Series respective portfolios and regularly report them to the Board of Trustees of the Trust;
(h) formulate and implement continuing programs for the purchases and sales of the securities of such issuers and regularly report thereon to the Board of Trustees of the Trust; and
(i) take, on behalf of the series, all actions which appear necessary to carry into effect such purchase and sale programs and supervisory functions as aforesaid, including the placing of orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio securities.
3. Services of Adviser with respect to Sub-Advisers . In the event that the Adviser wishes to select others to render investment management services, the Adviser shall analyze, select and recommend for consideration and approval by the Trusts Board of Trustees investment advisory firms (however organized) to provide investment advice to one or more of the Series, and, at the expense of the Adviser, engage (which engagement may also be by the Trust) any such investment advisory firm to render investment advice and manage the investments of each such Series and the composition of each such Series portfolio of securities and investments, including cash, and the purchase, retention and disposition thereof, or any offering thereof, in accordance with the Series investment objective or objectives and policies as stated in the Trusts Registration Statement. The Adviser shall take the following actions in respect of the performance by the Sub-Adviser of its obligations in respect of the Fund:
(a) Periodically monitor and evaluate the performance of the Sub-Advisers with respect to the investment objectives and policies of the Series, including without limitation, perform periodic detailed analysis and review of the Sub-Advisers investment performance in respect of the Series and in respect of other accounts managed by the Sub-Adviser with similar investment strategies;;
(d)(4)
(b) prepare and present periodic reports to the Board of Trustees regarding the investment performance of the Sub-Adviser and other information regarding the Sub-Adviser, at such times and in such forms as the Board of Trustees may reasonably request;
(c) review and consider any changes in the personnel of the Sub-Adviser responsible for performing the Sub-Advisers obligations and make appropriate reports to the Board of Trustees;
(d) review and consider any changes in the ownership or senior management of the Sub-Adviser and make appropriate reports to the Board of Trustees;
(e) perform periodic in-person or telephonic diligence meetings with representatives of the Sub-Adviser;
(f) supervise Sub-Advisers with respect to the services that such Sub-Advisers provide under each Sub-Advisers Sub-Advisory Agreement;
(g) assist the Board of Trustees and management of the Trust in developing and reviewing information with respect to the initial approval of the Sub-Advisory Agreement with the Sub-Adviser and annual consideration of the agreement thereafter;
(h) monitor the Sub-Advisers for compliance with the investment objective or objectives, policies and restrictions of each Series, the 1940 Act, Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code, and if applicable, regulations under such provisions, and other applicable law;
(i) if appropriate, analyze and recommend for consideration by the Trusts Board of Trustees termination of a contract with a Sub-Adviser under which the Sub-Adviser provides investment advisory services to one or more of the Series;
(j) identify potential successors to or replacements of the Sub-Adviser or potential additional Sub-Advisers, perform appropriate due diligence, and develop and present to the Board of Trustees a recommendation as to any such successor, replacement, or additional Sub-Adviser;
(k) designate and compensate from its own resources such personnel as the Adviser may consider necessary or appropriate to the performance of its services hereunder; and
(l) perform such other review and reporting functions as the Board of Trustees shall reasonably request consistent with this Agreement and applicable law.
4. Investment Management Authority . In the event the Adviser wishes to render investment management services directly to a Series, then with respect to any such Series, the Adviser, subject to the supervision of the Trusts Board, will provide a continuous investment program for the Series portfolio and determine the composition of the assets of the Series portfolio, including determination of the purchase, retention, or sale of the securities, cash, and other investments contained in the portfolio. The Adviser will provide investment research and
(d)(4)
conduct a continuous program of evaluation, investment, sales, and reinvestment of the Series assets by determining the securities and other investments that shall be purchased, entered into, sold, closed, offered to the public, or exchanged for the Series, when these transactions should be executed, and what portion of the assets of the Series should be held in the various securities and other investments in which it may invest, and the Adviser is hereby authorized to execute and perform such services on behalf of the Series. To the extent permitted by the investment policies of the Series, the Adviser shall make decisions for the Series as to foreign currency matters and make determinations as to, and execute and perform, foreign currency exchange contracts on behalf of the Series. The Adviser will provide the services under this Agreement in accordance with the Series investment objective or objectives, policies, and restrictions as stated in the Trusts Registration Statement. Furthermore:
(a) The Adviser will manage the Series so that each will qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code and so as to ensure compliance by the Series with the diversification requirements of Section 817(h) of the Internal Revenue Code and with any other rules and regulations pertaining to investment vehicles underlying variable annuity or variable life insurance policies. In managing the Series in accordance with these requirements, the Adviser shall be entitled to receive and act upon advice of counsel to the Trust or counsel to the Adviser.
(b) The Adviser will conform with the 1940 Act and all rules and regulations thereunder, all other applicable federal and state laws and regulations, with any applicable procedures adopted by the Trusts Board, and the provisions of the Registration Statement of the Trust under the Securities Act of 1933 and the 1940 Act, as supplemented or amended.
(c) On occasions when the Adviser deems the purchase or sale of a security to be in the interest of the Series as well as any other investment advisory clients, the Adviser may, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations and any applicable procedures adopted by the Trusts Board, but shall not be obligated to, aggregate the securities to be so sold or purchased with those of its other clients where such aggregation is not inconsistent with the policies set forth in the Registration Statement. In such event, allocation of the securities so purchased or sold, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, will be made by the Adviser in a manner that is fair and equitable in the judgment of the Adviser in the exercise of its fiduciary obligations to the Trust and to such other clients.
(d) In connection with the purchase and sale of securities of the Series, the Adviser will arrange for the transmission to the custodian for the Trust on a daily basis, of such confirmation, trade tickets, and other documents and information, including, but not limited to, Cusip, Cedel, or other numbers that identify securities to be purchased or sold on behalf of the Series, as may be reasonably necessary to enable the custodian to perform its administrative and recordkeeping responsibilities with respect to the Series. With respect to portfolio securities to be purchased or sold through the Depository Trust Company, the Adviser will arrange for the prompt transmission of the confirmation of such trades to the Trusts custodian.
(e) The Adviser will assist the custodian or portfolio accounting agent for the Trust in determining, consistent with the procedures and policies stated in the Registration Statement for the Trust and any applicable procedures adopted by the Trusts Board, the value of any portfolio securities or other assets of the Series for which the custodian or portfolio accounting agent seeks assistance or review from the Adviser.
(d)(4)
(f) The Adviser will make available to the Trust, promptly upon request, any of the Series or the Advisers investment records and ledgers as are necessary to assist the Trust to comply with requirements of the 1940 Act, as well as other applicable laws. The Adviser will furnish to regulatory authorities having the requisite authority any information or reports in connection with its services which may be requested in order to ascertain whether the operations of the Trust are being conducted in a manner consistent with applicable laws and regulations.
(g) The Adviser will regularly report to the Trusts Board on the investment program for the Series and the issuers and securities represented in the Series portfolio, and will furnish the Trusts Board with respect to the Series such periodic and special reports as the Trustees may reasonably request.
(h) In connection with its responsibilities under this Section 3, the Adviser is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities and other investments for the Series portfolio, broker-dealer selection, and negotiation of brokerage commission rates. The Advisers primary consideration in effecting a security transaction will be to obtain the best execution for the Series, taking into account the factors specified in the Registration Statement for the Trust. Subject to such policies as the Board may determine and consistent with Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the 1934 Act), the Adviser shall not be deemed to have acted unlawfully or to have breached any duty created by this Agreement or otherwise solely by reason of its having caused the Series to pay a broker-dealer for effecting a portfolio investment transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker-dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction, if the Adviser determines in good faith that such amount of commission was reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker-dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the Advisers overall responsibilities with respect to the Series and to its other clients as to which it exercises investment discretion. To the extent consistent with these standards and in accordance with Section 11(a) of the 1934 Act and Rule 11a2-2(T) thereunder, the Adviser is further authorized to allocate the orders placed by it on behalf of the Series to the Adviser if it is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC, to an affiliated broker-dealer, or to such brokers and dealers who also provide research or statistical material or other services to the Series, the Adviser or an affiliate of the Adviser. Such allocation shall be in such amounts and proportions as the Adviser shall determine consistent with the above standards, and the Adviser will report on said allocation regularly to the Board of the Trust indicating the broker-dealers to which such allocations have been made and the basis therefor.
5. Conformity with Applicable Law . The Adviser, in the performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement, shall act in conformity with the Registration Statement of the Trust and with the instructions and directions of the Board of the Trust and will conform to, and comply with, the requirements of the 1940 Act and all other applicable federal and state laws and regulations.
6. Exclusivity . The services of the Adviser to the Trust under this Agreement are not to be deemed exclusive, and the Adviser, or any affiliate thereof, shall be free to render similar services to other investment companies and other clients (whether or not their investment objectives and policies are similar to those of any of the Series) and to engage in other activities, so long as its services hereunder are not impaired thereby.
(d)(4)
7. Documents . The Trust has delivered properly certified or authenticated copies of each of the following documents to the Adviser and will deliver to it all future amendments and supplements thereto, if any:
(a) certified resolution of the Board of the Trust authorizing the appointment of the Adviser and approving the form of this Agreement;
(b) the Registration Statement as filed with the SEC and any amendments thereto; and
(c) exhibits, powers of attorney, certificates and any and all other documents relating to or filed in connection with the Registration Statement described above.
8. Records . The Trust agrees to maintain and to preserve for the periods prescribed under the 1940 Act any such records as are required to be maintained by the Trust with respect to the Series by the 1940 Act. The Adviser further agrees that all records of the Series are the property of the Trust and, to the extent held by the Adviser, it will promptly surrender any of such records upon request.
9. Expenses . During the term of this Agreement, the Adviser will pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with its activities under this Agreement, except such expenses as are assumed by the Trust under this Agreement and such expenses as are assumed by a Sub-Adviser under its Sub-Advisory Agreement. The Adviser further agrees to pay all fees payable to the Sub-Advisers, executive salaries and expenses of the Trustees of the Trust who are employees of the Adviser or its affiliates, and office rent of the Trust. The Trust shall be responsible for all of the other expenses of its operations, including, without limitation: the management fee payable hereunder; brokerage commissions; interest; legal fees and expenses of attorneys; fees of auditors, transfer agents and dividend disbursing agents, custodians and shareholder servicing agents; the expense of obtaining quotations for calculating the Trusts net asset value; taxes, if any, and the preparation of the Trusts tax returns; cost of stock certificates and any other expenses (including clerical expenses) of issue, sale, repurchase or redemption of shares; expenses of registering and qualifying shares of the Trust under federal and state laws and regulations (including the salary of employees of the Adviser engaged in the registering and qualifying of shares of the Trust under federal and state laws and regulations or a pro-rata portion of the salary of employees to the extent so engaged); salaries of personnel involved in placing orders for the execution of the Trusts portfolio transactions; expenses of disposition or offering any of the portfolio securities held by a Series; expenses of printing and distributing reports, notices and proxy materials to existing shareholders; expenses of printing and filing reports and other documents filed with governmental agencies; expenses in connection with shareholder and director meetings; expenses of printing and distributing prospectuses and statements of additional information to existing shareholders; fees and expenses of Trustees of the Trust who are not employees of the Adviser or any Sub-Adviser, or their affiliates; Board approved trade association dues; insurance premiums; and extraordinary expenses such as litigation expenses. To the extent the Adviser incurs any costs or performs any services which are an obligation of the Trust, as set forth herein, the Trust shall promptly reimburse the Adviser for such costs and expenses. To the extent the services for which the Trust is obligated to pay are performed by the Adviser, the Adviser shall be entitled to recover from the Trust only to the extent of its costs for such services.
10. Compensation . For the services provided by the Adviser to each Series pursuant to this Agreement, the Trust will pay to the Adviser an annual fee equal to the amount specified for
(d)(4)
such Series in Schedule A hereto, payable monthly in arrears. Payment of the above fees shall be in addition to any amount paid to the Adviser for the salary of its employees for performing services which are an obligation of the Trust as provided in Section 9. The fee will be appropriately pro-rated to reflect any portion of a calendar month that this Agreement is not in effect between the Adviser and the Trust.
11. Liability of the Adviser . The Adviser may rely on information reasonably believed by it to be accurate and reliable. Except as may otherwise be required by the 1940 Act or the rules thereunder, neither the Adviser nor its stockholders, officers, trustees, employees, or agents shall be subject to, and the Trust will indemnify such persons from and against, any liability for, or any damages, expenses, or losses incurred in connection with, any act or omission connected with or arising out of any services rendered under this Agreement, except by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of the Advisers duties, or by reason of reckless disregard of the Advisers obligations and duties under this Agreement. Except as may otherwise be required by the 1940 Act or the rules thereunder, neither the Adviser nor its stockholders, officers, trustees, employees, or agents shall be subject to, and the Trust will indemnify such persons from and against, any liability for, or any damages, expenses, or losses incurred in connection with, any act or omission by a Sub-Adviser or any of the Sub-Advisers stockholders or partners, officers, trustees, employees, or agents connected with or arising out of any services rendered under a Sub-Advisory Agreement, except by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of the Advisers duties under this Agreement, or by reason of reckless disregard of the Advisers obligations and duties under this Agreement. No trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust shall be subject to any personal liability whatsoever, in their official capacity, to any person, including the Sub-Adviser, other than to the Trust or its shareholders, in connection with Trust property or the affairs of the Trust, save only that arising from their bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of their duty to such person; and all such persons shall look solely to the Trust property for satisfaction of claims of any nature against a trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust arising in connection with the affairs of the Trust. Moreover, the debts, liabilities, obligations and expenses incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to a Series shall be enforceable against the assets and property of that Series only, and not against the assets or property of any other series of the Trust.
12. Continuation and Termination . With respect to each Series identified as a Series on Schedule A hereto as in effect on the date of this Agreement, unless earlier terminated with respect to any Series this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect through two years from the effective date with respect to each such Series of this Agreement. Thereafter, unless earlier terminated as provided herein with respect to a Series, the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect with respect to each such Series for periods of one year, provided that such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by (i) the vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Series, or (ii) the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting shares of the Series (as defined in the 1940 Act), and provided that such continuance is also approved by the vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Series who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Series or the Adviser, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
With respect to any Series added to Schedule A hereto as a Series after the date of this Agreement, the Agreement shall become effective on the later of: (i) the date Schedule A is
(d)(4)
amended to reflect the addition of such Series as a Series under the Agreement; or (ii) the date upon which the shares of the Series are first sold to the public, subject to the condition that the Funds Board of Trustees, including a majority of those Trustees who are not interested persons (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of the Adviser, and the shareholders of such Series, shall have approved this Agreement. Unless terminated earlier as provided herein with respect to any such Series, the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect for a period of two years from the date of its effectiveness (as identified above) with respect to that Series. Thereafter, unless earlier terminated with respect to a Series, the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect with respect to each such Series for periods of one year, provided that such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by: (i) the vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Series, or (ii) vote of a majority of the outstanding voting shares of such Series (as defined in the 1940 Act), and provided that such continuance is also approved by the vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Series who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Series or the Adviser, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
However, any approval of this Agreement by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares (as defined in the 1940 Act) of a Series shall be effective to continue this Agreement with respect to such Series notwithstanding: (i) that this Agreement has not been approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of any other Series; or (ii) that this Agreement has not been approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Trust, unless such approval shall be required by any other applicable law or otherwise.
This Agreement may be terminated by the Trust at any time, in its entirety or with respect to a Series, without the payment of any penalty, by vote of a majority of the Board of the Trust or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting shares of the Trust, or with respect to a Series, by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting shares of such Series, on sixty (60) days written notice to the Adviser, or by the Adviser at any time, without the payment of any penalty, on sixty (60) days written notice to the Trust. This Agreement will automatically and immediately terminate in the event of its assignment as defined in the 1940 Act.
13. Amendments . No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought. If shareholder approval of an amendment is required under the 1940 Act, no such amendment shall become effective until approved by a vote of the majority of the outstanding shares (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust. Otherwise, a written amendment of this Agreement is effective upon the approval of the Board and the Adviser.
14. Use of Name . It is understood that the name [Adviser Name] or any derivative thereof or logo associated with that name is the valuable property of the Adviser and its affiliates, and that the Trust and/or the Series have the right to use such name (or derivative or logo) only so long as this Agreement shall continue with respect to such Trust and/or Series. Upon termination of this Agreement, the Trust (or Series) shall forthwith cease to use such name (or derivative or logo) and, in the case of the Trust, shall promptly amend its [Charter] to change its name (if such name is included therein).
15. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original.
(d)(4)
16. Applicable Law .
(a) This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, provided that nothing herein shall be construed in a manner inconsistent with the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act, or any rules or order of the SEC thereunder.
(b) If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby and, to this extent, the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to be severable.
(c) The captions of this Agreement are included for convenience only and in no way define or limit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.
(REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)
(d)(4)
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be executed as of the day and year first above written.
ING FUNDS TRUST | ||||||||
By: |
|
|||||||
Name: |
|
|||||||
Title: |
|
|||||||
ING INVESTMENTS, LLC | ||||||||
By: |
|
|||||||
Name: |
|
|||||||
Title: |
|
(d)(4)
SCHEDULE A
with respect to the
ADVISORY AGREEMENT
between
ING INVESTMENTS, LLC
and
ING FUNDS TRUST
Series
|
Effective Date
|
Annual Advisory Fee (as a percentage of average daily Assets)
|
||
ING GNMA Income Fund | June 13, 2013 |
0.47% on the first $1 billion; 0.40% on the next $4 billion; and 0.35% in excess of $5 billion. |
(d)(7)
FORM OF
SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
ING FUNDS TRUST
This Agreement is made as of this 13 th day of May, 2013, between ING Investments, LLC, an Arizona limited liability company (the Manager), and ING Investment Management Co. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the Sub-Adviser).
WHEREAS , ING Funds Trust (the Trust) is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act), as an open-end, management investment company; and
WHEREAS , the Trust is authorized to issue separate series, each series having its own investment objective or objectives, policies, and limitations; and
WHEREAS , the Trust may offer shares of additional series in the future; and
WHEREAS , pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement, dated May 13, 2013, as amended (the Advisory Agreement), a copy of which has been provided to the Sub-Adviser, the Trust has retained the Manager to render advisory and management services with respect to certain of the Trusts series; and
WHEREAS , pursuant to authority granted to the Manager in the Advisory Agreement, the Manager wishes to retain the Sub-Adviser to furnish investment advisory services to one or more of the series of the Trust, and the Sub-Adviser is willing to furnish such services to the Trust and the Manager.
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the promises and mutual covenants herein contained, it is agreed between the Manager and the Sub-Adviser as follows:
1. Appointment . The Manager hereby appoints the Sub-Adviser to act as the investment adviser and manager to the series of the Trust set forth on Schedule A hereto (the Series) for the periods and on the terms set forth in this Agreement. The Sub-Adviser accepts such appointment and agrees to furnish the services herein set forth for the compensation herein provided. To the extent that the Sub-Adviser is not the only person providing investment advisory services to a Series, the term Series shall be interpreted for purposes of this Agreement to include only those assets of the Series over which the Sub-Adviser is directed by the Manager to provide investment advisory services.
In the event the Trust designates one or more series (other than the Series) with respect to which the Manager wishes to retain the Sub-Adviser to render investment advisory services hereunder, it shall notify the Sub-Adviser in writing. If the Sub-Adviser is willing to render such services, it shall notify the Manager in writing, whereupon such series shall become a Series hereunder, and be subject to this Agreement.
2. Sub-Adviser Duties . Subject to the supervision of the Trusts Board of Trustees and the Manager, the Sub-Adviser will provide a continuous investment program for each Series portfolio and determine in its discretion the composition of the assets of each Series portfolio, including determination of the purchase, retention, or sale of the securities, cash, and other investments contained in the portfolio. The Sub-Adviser will provide investment research and
(d)(7)
conduct a continuous program of evaluation, investment, sales, and reinvestment of each Series assets by determining the securities and other investments that shall be purchased, entered into, sold, closed, or exchanged for the Series, when these transactions should be executed, and what portion of the assets of the Series should be held in the various securities and other investments in which it may invest. To the extent permitted by the investment policies of each Series, the Sub-Adviser shall make decisions for the Series as to foreign currency matters and make determinations as to and execute and perform foreign currency exchange contracts on behalf of the Series. The Sub-Adviser will provide the services under this Agreement in accordance with each Series investment objective or objectives, policies, and restrictions as stated in the Trusts Registration Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), as amended, copies of which shall be sent to the Sub-Adviser by the Manager prior to the commencement of this Agreement and promptly following any such amendment. The Sub-Adviser further agrees as follows:
(a) The Sub-Adviser will conform with the 1940 Act and all rules and regulations thereunder, all other applicable federal and state laws and regulations, with any applicable procedures adopted by the Trusts Board of Trustees of which the Sub-Adviser has been sent a copy, and the provisions of the Registration Statement of the Trust filed under the Securities Act of 1933 (the 1933 Act) and the 1940 Act, as supplemented or amended, of which the Sub-Adviser has received a copy, and with the Managers portfolio manager operating policies and procedures as in effect on the date hereof, as such policies and procedures may be revised or amended by the Manager and agreed to by the Sub-Adviser. In carrying out its duties under the Sub-Adviser Agreement, the Sub-Adviser will comply with the following policies and procedures:
(i) The Sub-Adviser will (1) manage each Series so that it meets the income and asset diversification requirements of Section 851 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), and (2), if applicable, manage each Series so that no action or omission on the part of the Sub-Adviser shall cause a Series to fail to comply with the diversification requirements of Section 817(h) of the Code, and the regulations issued thereunder.
(ii) The Sub-Adviser will have no duty to vote any proxy solicited by or with respect to the issuers of securities in which assets of the Series are invested in connection with annual and special meetings of equity stockholders, provided however, that the Sub-Adviser retains responsibility to vote or abstain from voting all solicitations with respect to non-equity portfolio securities and all portfolio securities for matters with regard to bankruptcy or related plans of reorganization unless the Manager gives the Sub-Adviser written instructions to the contrary. The Sub-Adviser will immediately forward any proxy it receives on behalf of the Trust solicited by or with respect to the issuers of securities in which assets of the Series are invested to the Manager or to any agent of the Manager designated by the Manager in writing.
The Sub-Adviser will make appropriate personnel reasonably available for consultation for the purpose of reviewing with representatives of the Manager and/or the Board any proxy solicited by or with respect to the issuers of securities in which assets of the Series are invested. Upon request, the Sub-Adviser will submit a written voting recommendation to the Manager for such proxies. In
(d)(7)
making such recommendations, the Sub-Adviser shall use its good faith judgment to act in the best interests of the Series. The Sub-Adviser shall disclose to the best of its knowledge any conflict of interest with the issuers of securities that are the subject of such recommendation including whether such issuers are clients or are being solicited as clients of the Sub-Adviser or of its affiliates.
(iii) In connection with the purchase and sale of securities for each Series, the Sub-Adviser will arrange for the transmission to the custodian and portfolio accounting agent for the Series on a daily basis, such confirmation, trade tickets, and other documents and information, including, but not limited to, Cusip, Sedol, or other numbers that identify securities to be purchased or sold on behalf of the Series, as may be reasonably necessary to enable the custodian and portfolio accounting agent to perform its administrative and recordkeeping responsibilities with respect to the Series. With respect to portfolio securities to be settled through the Depository Trust Company, the Sub-Adviser will arrange for the prompt transmission of the confirmation of such trades to the Trusts custodian and portfolio accounting agent.
(iv) The Sub-Adviser will assist the custodian and portfolio accounting agent for the Trust in determining or confirming, consistent with the procedures and policies stated in the Registration Statement for the Trust or adopted by the Board of Trustees, the value of any portfolio securities or other assets of the Series for which the custodian and portfolio accounting agent seeks assistance from or identifies for review by the Sub-Adviser. The parties acknowledge that the Sub-Adviser is not a custodian of the Series assets and will not take possession or custody of such assets.
(v) The Sub-Adviser will provide the Manager, no later than the 10 th business day following the end of each Series semi-annual period and fiscal year, a letter to shareholders (to be subject to review and editing by the Manager) containing a discussion of those factors referred to in Item 22(b)(7) of 1940 Act Form N-1A in respect of both the prior quarter and the fiscal year to date.
(vi) The Sub-Adviser will complete and deliver to the Manager a written compliance checklist in a form provided by the Manager for each month by the 10 th business day of the following month.
(b) The Sub-Adviser will make available to the Trust and the Manager, promptly upon request, any of the Series investment records and ledgers maintained by the Sub-Adviser (which shall not include the records and ledgers maintained by the custodian or portfolio accounting agent for the Trust) as are necessary to assist the Trust and the Manager to comply with requirements of the 1940 Act and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the Advisers Act), as well as other applicable laws. The Sub-Adviser will furnish to regulatory authorities having the requisite authority any information or reports in connection with such services in respect to the Series which may be requested in order to ascertain whether the operations of the Trust are being conducted in a manner consistent with applicable laws and regulations.
(c) The Sub-Adviser will provide reports to the Trusts Board of Trustees for consideration at meetings of the Board of Trustees on the investment program for each
(d)(7)
Series and the issuers and securities represented in each Series portfolio, and will furnish the Trusts Board of Trustees with respect to each Series such periodic and special reports as the Trustees and the Manager may reasonably request.
(d) With respect to any investments, including, but not limited to, repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements, derivatives contracts, futures contracts, International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. Master Agreements, and options on futures contracts (futures), which are permitted to be made by the Sub-Adviser in accordance with this Agreement and the investment objectives and strategies of the Series as outlined in the Registration Statement for the Trust, the Manager hereby authorizes and directs the Sub-Adviser to do and perform every act and thing whatsoever necessary or incidental in performing its duties and obligations under this Agreement including, but not limited to, executing as agent, on behalf of each Series, brokerage agreements and other documents to establish, operate and conduct all brokerage or other trading accounts, and executing as agent, on behalf of each Series, such agreements and other documentation as may be required for the purchase or sale, assignment, transfer and ownership of any permitted investment, including limited partnership agreements, repurchase and derivative master agreements, including any schedules and annexes to such agreements, releases, consents, elections and confirmations. The Manager acknowledges and understands that it will be bound by any such trading accounts established, and agreements and other documentation executed, by the Sub-Adviser for such investment purposes.
3. Broker-Dealer Selection . The Sub-Adviser is authorized to make decisions to buy and sell securities and other investments for each Series portfolio, broker-dealer selection, and negotiation of brokerage commission rates in effecting a security transaction. The Sub-Advisers primary consideration in effecting a security transaction will be to obtain the best execution for the Series, taking into account the factors specified in the prospectus and/or statement of additional information for the Trust, and determined in consultation with the Manager, which include price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dollar spread), the size of the order, the nature of the market for the security, the timing of the transaction, the reputation, the experience and financial stability of the broker-dealer involved, the quality of the service, the difficulty of execution, and the execution capabilities and operational facilities of the firm involved, and the firms risk in positioning a block of securities. Accordingly, the price to a Series in any transaction may be less favorable than that available from another broker-dealer if the difference is reasonably justified, in the judgment of the Sub-Adviser in the exercise of its fiduciary obligations to the Trust, by other aspects of the portfolio execution services offered. Subject to such policies as the Trusts Board of Trustees or Manager may determine and consistent with Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sub-Adviser shall not be deemed to have acted unlawfully or to have breached any duty created by this Agreement or otherwise solely by reason of its having caused a Series to pay a broker-dealer for effecting a portfolio investment transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker-dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction, if the Sub-Adviser determines in good faith that such amount of commission was reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker-dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the Sub-Advisers or the Managers overall responsibilities with respect to the Series and to their respective other clients as to which they exercise investment discretion. The Sub-Adviser will consult with the Manager to the end that portfolio transactions on behalf of a Series are directed to broker-dealers on the basis of criteria reasonably considered appropriate by
(d)(7)
the Manager. To the extent consistent with these standards, the Sub-Adviser is further authorized to allocate the orders placed by it on behalf of a Series to the Sub-Adviser if it is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC, to an affiliated broker-dealer, or to such brokers and dealers who also provide research or statistical material, or other services to the Series, the Sub-Adviser, or an affiliate of the Sub-Adviser. Such allocation shall be in such amounts and proportions as the Sub-Adviser shall determine consistent with the above standards, and the Sub-Adviser will report on said allocation regularly to the Trusts Board of Trustees indicating the broker-dealers to which such allocations have been made and the basis therefor.
4. Disclosure about Sub-Adviser . The Sub-Adviser has reviewed the most recent Post-Effective Amendment to the Registration Statement for the Trust filed with the SEC that contains disclosure about the Sub-Adviser, and represents and warrants that, with respect to the disclosure about the Sub-Adviser or information relating, directly or indirectly, to the Sub-Adviser, such Registration Statement contains, as of the date hereof, no untrue statement of any material fact and does not omit any statement of a material fact which was required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Sub-Adviser further represents and warrants that it is a duly registered investment adviser under the Advisers Act and will maintain such registration so long as this Agreement remains in effect. The Sub-Adviser will provide the Manager with a copy of the Sub-Advisers Form ADV, Part II at the time the Form ADV is filed with the SEC.
5. Expenses . During the term of this Agreement, the Sub-Adviser will pay all expenses incurred by it and its staff and for their activities in connection with its portfolio management duties under this Agreement. The Manager or the Trust shall be responsible for all the expenses of the Trusts operations. In addition, if the Fund is required, under applicable law, to supplement the Registration Statement because of a change requested by the Sub-Adviser, the Sub-Adviser will reimburse the Fund and/or the Manager for the cost of preparing, printing and distributing such supplement, unless the Sub-Adviser is requesting the change in order to comply with an applicable law, rule or regulation.
6. Compensation . For the services provided to each Series, the Manager will pay the Sub-Adviser an annual fee equal to the amount specified for such Series in Schedule A hereto, payable monthly in arrears. The fee will be appropriately prorated to reflect any portion of a calendar month that this Agreement is not in effect among the parties. In accordance with the provisions of the Advisory Agreement, the Manager is solely responsible for the payment of fees to the Sub-Adviser, and the Sub-Adviser agrees to seek payment of its fees solely from the Manager; provided, however, that if the Trust fails to pay the Manager all or a portion of the advisory fee under said Advisory Agreement when due, and the amount that was paid is insufficient to cover the Sub-Advisers fee under this Agreement for the period in question, then the Sub-Adviser may enforce against the Trust any rights it may have as a third-party beneficiary under the Advisory Agreement and the Manager will take all steps appropriate under the circumstances to collect the amount due from the Trust.
7. Marketing Materials .
(a) During the term of this Agreement, the Sub-Adviser agrees to furnish the Manager at its principal office for prior review and approval by the Manager all written and/or printed materials, including but not limited to, PowerPoint® or slide presentations, news releases, advertisements, brochures, fact sheets and other promotional,
(d)(7)
informational or marketing materials (the Marketing Materials) for internal use or public dissemination, that are produced or are for use or reference by the Sub-Adviser, its affiliates or other designees, broker-dealers or the public in connection with the Series, and Sub-Adviser shall not use any such materials if the Manager reasonably objects in writing within five business days (or such other period as may be mutually agreed) after receipt thereof. Marketing Materials may be furnished to the Manager by first class or overnight mail, facsimile transmission equipment, electronic delivery or hand delivery.
(b) During the term of this Agreement, the Manager agrees to furnish the Sub-Adviser at its principal office all prospectuses, proxy statements, reports to shareholders, or Marketing Materials prepared for distribution to shareholders of each Series, or the public that refer to the Sub-Adviser in any way, prior to the use thereof, and the Manager shall not use any such materials if the Sub-Adviser reasonably objects in writing within five business days (or such other period as may be mutually agreed) after receipt thereof. The Sub-Advisers right to object to such materials is limited to the portions of such materials that expressly relate to the Sub-Adviser, its services and its clients. The Manager agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to ensure that materials prepared by its employees or agents or its affiliates that refer to the Sub-Adviser or its clients in any way are consistent with those materials previously approved by the Sub-Adviser as referenced in the first sentence of this paragraph. Marketing Materials may be furnished to the Sub-Adviser by first class or overnight mail, facsimile transmission equipment, electronic delivery or hand delivery.
8. Compliance .
(a) The Sub-Adviser agrees to use reasonable compliance techniques as the Manager or the Board of Trustees may adopt, including any written compliance procedures.
(b) The Sub-Adviser agrees that it shall promptly notify the Manager and the Trust (1) in the event that the SEC has censured the Sub-Adviser; placed limitations upon its activities, functions or operations; suspended or revoked its registration as an investment adviser; or has commenced proceedings or an investigation that may result in any of these actions, or (2) upon having a reasonable basis for believing that the Series has ceased to qualify or might not qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code. The Sub-Adviser further agrees to notify the Manager and the Trust promptly of any material fact known to the Sub-Adviser respecting or relating to the Sub-Adviser that is not contained in the Registration Statement or prospectus for the Trust (which describes the Series), or any amendment or supplement thereto, or if any statement contained therein that becomes untrue in any material respect.
(c) The Manager agrees that it shall promptly notify the Sub-Adviser (1) in the event that the SEC has censured the Manager or the Trust; placed limitations upon either of their activities, functions, or operations; suspended or revoked the Managers registration as an investment adviser; or has commenced proceedings or an investigation that may result in any of these actions, or (2) upon having a reasonable basis for believing that the Series has ceased to qualify or might not qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code.
(d)(7)
9. Books and Records . The Sub-Adviser hereby agrees that all records which it maintains for the Series may be the property of the Trust and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Trust any of such records upon the Trusts or the Managers request in compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, although the Sub-Adviser may, at its own expense, make and retain a copy of such records. The Sub-Adviser further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act the records required to be maintained by Rule 31a-l under the 1940 Act.
10. Cooperation; Confidentiality . Each party to this Agreement agrees to cooperate with the other party and with all appropriate governmental authorities having the requisite jurisdiction (including, but not limited to, the SEC) in connection with any investigation or inquiry relating to this Agreement or the Trust. Subject to the foregoing, the Sub-Adviser shall treat as confidential all information pertaining to the Trust and actions of the Trust, the Manager and the Sub-Adviser, and the Manager shall treat as confidential and use only in connection with the Series all information furnished to the Trust or the Manager by the Sub-Adviser, in connection with its duties under the Agreement except that the aforesaid information need not be treated as confidential if required to be disclosed under applicable law, if generally available to the public through means other than by disclosure by the Sub-Adviser or the Manager, or if available from a source other than the Manager, Sub-Adviser or this Trust.
11. Non-Exclusivity . The services of the Sub-Adviser to the Series and the Trust are not to be deemed to be exclusive, and the Sub-Adviser shall be free to render investment advisory or other services to others (including other investment companies) and to engage in other activities, provided, however, that the Sub-Adviser may not consult with any other sub-adviser of the Trust concerning transactions in securities or other assets for any investment portfolio of the Trust, including the Series, except that such consultations are permitted between the current and successor sub-advisers of the Series in order to effect an orderly transition of sub-advisory duties so long as such consultations are not concerning transactions prohibited by Section 17(a) of the 1940 Act.
12. Representations Respecting Sub-Adviser . The Manager agrees that neither the Manager, nor affiliated persons of the Manager, shall give any information or make any representations or statements in connection with the sale of shares of the Series concerning the Sub-Adviser or the Series other than the information or representations contained in the Registration Statement, prospectus, or statement of additional information for the Trusts shares, as they may be amended or supplemented from time to time, or in reports or proxy statements for the Trust, or in sales literature or other promotional material approved in advance by the Sub-Adviser, except with the prior permission of the Sub-Adviser.
13. Control . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement, it is understood and agreed that the Trust shall at all times retain the ultimate responsibility for and control of all functions performed pursuant to this Agreement and has reserved the right to reasonably direct any action hereunder taken on its behalf by the Sub-Adviser.
14. Liability .
Except as may otherwise be required by the 1940 Act or the rules thereunder or other applicable law, the Manager agrees that the Sub-Adviser, any affiliated person of the Sub-Adviser, and each person, if any, who, within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act controls the Sub-Adviser (1) shall bear no responsibility and shall not be subject to any liability for any
(d)(7)
act or omission respecting any series of the Trust that is not a Series hereunder, and (2) shall not be liable for, or subject to any damages, expenses, or losses in connection with, any act or omission connected with or arising out of any services rendered under this Agreement, except by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of the Sub-Advisers duties, or by reason of reckless disregard of the Sub-Advisers obligations and duties under this Agreement.
15. Indemnification .
(a) The Manager agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Sub-Adviser, any affiliated person of the Sub-Adviser, and each person, if any, who, within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act controls (controlling person) the Sub-Adviser (all of such persons being referred to as Sub-Adviser Indemnified Persons) against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or litigation (including legal and other expenses) to which a Sub-Adviser Indemnified Person may become subject under the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act, under any other statute, at common law or otherwise, arising out of the Managers responsibilities to the Trust which (1) may be based upon the Managers negligence, willful misfeasance, or bad faith in the performance of its duties (which could include a negligent action or a negligent omission to act), or by reason of the Managers reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement, or (2) may be based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or prospectus covering shares of the Trust or any Series, or any amendment thereof or any supplement thereto, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, unless such statement or omission was made in reliance upon information furnished to the Manager or the Trust or to any affiliated person of the Manager by a Sub-Adviser Indemnified Person; provided however, that in no case shall the indemnity in favor of the Sub-Adviser Indemnified Person be deemed to protect such person against any liability to which any such person would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of its duties, or by reason of its reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement.
(b) Notwithstanding Section 14 of this Agreement, the Sub-Adviser agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Manager, any affiliated person of the Manager, and any controlling person of the Manager (all of such persons being referred to as Manager Indemnified Persons) against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or litigation (including legal and other expenses) to which a Manager Indemnified Person may become subject under the 1933 Act, 1940 Act, the Advisers Act, under any other statute, at common law or otherwise, arising out of the Sub-Advisers responsibilities as Sub-Adviser of the Series which (1) may be based upon the Sub-Advisers negligence, willful misfeasance, or bad faith in the performance of its duties (which could include a negligent action or a negligent omission to act), or by reason of the Sub-Advisers reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement, or (2) may be based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or prospectus covering the shares of the Trust or any Series, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact known or which should have been known to the Sub-Adviser and
(d)(7)
was required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, if such a statement or omission was made in reliance upon information furnished to the Manager, the Trust, or any affiliated person of the Manager or Trust by the Sub-Adviser or any affiliated person of the Sub-Adviser; provided, however, that in no case shall the indemnity in favor of a Manager Indemnified Person be deemed to protect such person against any liability to which any such person would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence in the performance of its duties, or by reason of its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement.
(c) The Manager shall not be liable under Paragraph (a) of this Section 15 with respect to any claim made against a Sub-Adviser Indemnified Person unless such Sub-Adviser Indemnified Person shall have notified the Manager in writing within a reasonable time after the summons or other first legal process giving information of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon such Sub-Adviser Indemnified Person (or after such Sub-Adviser Indemnified Person shall have received notice of such service on any designated agent), but failure to notify the Manager of any such claim shall not relieve the Manager from any liability which it may have to the Sub-Adviser Indemnified Person against whom such action is brought except to the extent the Manager is prejudiced by the failure or delay in giving such notice. In case any such action is brought against the Sub-Adviser Indemnified Person, the Manager will be entitled to participate, at its own expense, in the defense thereof or, after notice to the Sub-Adviser Indemnified Person, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the Sub-Adviser Indemnified Person. If the Manager assumes the defense of any such action and the selection of counsel by the Manager to represent the Manager and the Sub-Adviser Indemnified Person would result in a conflict of interests and therefore, would not, in the reasonable judgment of the Sub-Adviser Indemnified Person, adequately represent the interests of the Sub-Adviser Indemnified Person, the Manager will, at its own expense, assume the defense with counsel to the Manager and, also at its own expense, with separate counsel to the Sub-Adviser Indemnified Person, which counsel shall be satisfactory to the Manager and to the Sub-Adviser Indemnified Person. The Sub-Adviser Indemnified Person shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by it, and the Manager shall not be liable to the Sub-Adviser Indemnified Person under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the Sub-Adviser Indemnified Person independently in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. The Manager shall not have the right to compromise on or settle the litigation without the prior written consent of the Sub-Adviser Indemnified Person if the compromise or settlement results, or may result in a finding of wrongdoing on the part of the Sub-Adviser Indemnified Person.
(d) The Sub-Adviser shall not be liable under Paragraph (b) of this Section 15 with respect to any claim made against a Manager Indemnified Person unless such Manager Indemnified Person shall have notified the Sub-Adviser in writing within a reasonable time after the summons or other first legal process giving information of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon such Manager Indemnified Person (or after such Manager Indemnified Person shall have received notice of such service on any designated agent), but failure to notify the Sub-Adviser of any such claim shall not relieve the Sub-Adviser from any liability which it may have to the Manager Indemnified
(d)(7)
Person against whom such action is brought except to the extent the Sub-Adviser is prejudiced by the failure or delay in giving such notice. In case any such action is brought against the Manager Indemnified Person, the Sub-Adviser will be entitled to participate, at its own expense, in the defense thereof or, after notice to the Manager Indemnified Person, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the Manager Indemnified Person. If the Sub-Adviser assumes the defense of any such action and the selection of counsel by the Sub-Adviser to represent both the Sub-Adviser and the Manager Indemnified Person would result in a conflict of interests and therefore, would not, in the reasonable judgment of the Manager Indemnified Person, adequately represent the interests of the Manager Indemnified Person, the Sub-Adviser will, at its own expense, assume the defense with counsel to the Sub-Adviser and, also at its own expense, with separate counsel to the Manager Indemnified Person, which counsel shall be satisfactory to the Sub-Adviser and to the Manager Indemnified Person. The Manager Indemnified Person shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by it, and the Sub-Adviser shall not be liable to the Manager Indemnified Person under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the Manager Indemnified Person independently in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. The Sub-Adviser shall not have the right to compromise on or settle the litigation without the prior written consent of the Manager Indemnified Person if the compromise or settlement results, or may result in a finding of wrongdoing on the part of the Manager Indemnified Person.
16. Duration and Termination .
(a) With respect to each Series identified as a Series on Schedule A hereto as in effect on the date of this Agreement, unless earlier terminated with respect to any Series this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect through two years from the effective date with respect to each such Series of this Agreement. Thereafter, unless earlier terminated with respect to a Series, the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect with respect to each such Series for periods of one year, provided that such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by (i) the vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Trust, or (ii) the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting shares of the Series (as defined in the 1940 Act), and provided that such continuance is also approved by the vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Trust who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust or the Manager, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
With respect to any Series that was added to Schedule A hereto as a Series after the date of this Amendment, the Agreement shall become effective on the later of (i) the date Schedule A is amended to reflect the addition of such Series as a Series under the Agreement or (ii) the date upon which the shares of the Series are first sold to the public, subject to the condition that the Trusts Board of Trustees, including a majority of those Trustees who are not interested persons (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of the Manager, and, to the extent necessary under applicable Law, the shareholders of such Series, shall have approved this Agreement. Unless terminated earlier as provided herein with respect to any such Series, the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect for a period of two years from the date of its effectiveness (as identified above) with respect to
(d)(7)
that Series. Thereafter, unless earlier terminated with respect to a Series, the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect with respect to each such Series for periods of one year, provided that such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by (i) the vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Trust, or (ii) vote of a majority of the outstanding voting shares of such Series (as defined in the 1940 Act), and provided that such continuance is also approved by the vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Trust who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust or the Manager, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. However, any approval of this Agreement by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares (as defined in the 1940 Act) of a Series shall be effective to continue this Agreement with respect to such Series notwithstanding (i) that this Agreement has not been approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of any other Series or (ii) that this Agreement has not been approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Trust, unless such approval shall be required by any other applicable law or otherwise.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be terminated with respect to any Series covered by this Agreement: (a) by the Manager at any time, upon sixty (60) days written notice to the Sub-Adviser and the Trust, (b) at any time without payment of any penalty by the Trust, by the Trusts Board of Trustees or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of each Series, upon sixty (60) days written notice to the Manager and the Sub-Adviser, or (c) by the Sub-Adviser upon three (3) months written notice unless the Trust; or the Manager requests additional time to find a replacement for the Sub-Adviser, in which case the Sub-Adviser shall allow the additional time requested by the Trust or Manager not to exceed three (3) additional months beyond the initial three-month notice period; provided, however, that the Sub-Adviser may terminate this Agreement at any time without penalty, effective upon written notice to the Manager and the Trust, in the event either the Sub-Adviser (acting in good faith) or the Manager ceases to be registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act or otherwise becomes legally incapable of providing investment management services pursuant to its respective contract with the Trust, or in the event the Manager becomes bankrupt or otherwise incapable of carrying out its obligations under this Agreement, or in the event that the Sub-Adviser does not receive compensation for its services from the Manager or the Trust as required by the terms of this Agreement.
In the event of termination for any reason, all records of each Series for which the Agreement is terminated shall promptly be returned to the Manager or the Trust, free from any claim or retention of rights in such record by the Sub-Adviser, although the Sub-Adviser may, at its own expense, make and retain a copy of such records. This Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of its assignment (as such term is described in the 1940 Act). In the event this Agreement is terminated or is not approved in the manner described above, the Sections or Paragraphs numbered 9, 10, 12, 13, 14 and 15 of this Agreement shall remain in effect, as well as any applicable provision of this Section numbered 16 and, to the extent that only amounts are owed to the Sub-Adviser as compensation for services rendered while the Agreement was in effect, Section 6.
(d)(7)
(b) Notices. Any notice must be in writing and shall be sufficiently given (1) when delivered in person, (2) when dispatched by telegram or electronic facsimile transfer (confirmed in writing by postage prepaid first class air mail simultaneously dispatched), (3) when sent by internationally recognized overnight courier service (with receipt confirmed by such overnight courier service), or (4) when sent by registered or certified mail, to the other party at the address of such party set forth below or at such other address as such party may from time to time specify in writing to the other party.
If to the Trust:
ING Funds Trust
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034
Attention: Kimberly A. Anderson
If to the Sub-Adviser:
ING Investment Management Co. LLC
One Orange Way, C1-N
Windsor, CT 06095
Attention: Christopher Kurtz
With a copy to:
ING Investment Management Co. LLC
230 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10169
Attention: Gerald Lins
If to the Manager:
ING Investments, LLC
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road
Suite 100
Scottsdale, AZ 85258
Attention: Michael J. Roland
17. Amendments . No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought, and no amendment of this Agreement shall be effective until approved as required by applicable law.
18. Miscellaneous .
(a) This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, provided that nothing herein shall be construed in a manner inconsistent with the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act or rules or orders of the SEC thereunder, and without regard for the conflicts of laws principle thereof. The term affiliate or affiliated person as used in this Agreement shall mean affiliated person as defined in Section 2(a)(3) of the 1940 Act.
(d)(7)
(b) The Manager and the Sub-Adviser acknowledge that the Trust enjoys the rights of a third-party beneficiary under this Agreement, and the Manager acknowledges that the Sub-Adviser enjoys the rights of a third party beneficiary under the Advisory Agreement.
(c) The captions of this Agreement are included for convenience only and in no way define or limit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.
(d) To the extent permitted under Section 16 of this Agreement, this Agreement may only be assigned by any party with the prior written consent of the other parties.
(e) If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby, and to this extent, the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to be severable.
(f) Nothing herein shall be construed as constituting the Sub-Adviser as an agent or co-partner of the Manager, or constituting the Manager as an agent or co-partner of the Sub-Adviser.
(g) This Agreement may be executed in counterparts.
(REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)
(d)(7)
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be executed as of the day and year first above written.
ING INVESTMENTS, LLC | ||||||||
By: |
|
|||||||
Name: |
|
|||||||
Title: |
|
|||||||
ING INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT CO. LLC | ||||||||
By: |
|
|||||||
Name: |
|
|||||||
Title: |
|
(d)(7)
SCHEDULE A
with respect to the
SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
between
ING INVESTMENTS, LLC
and
ING INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT CO. LLC
Series
|
Effective Date
|
Annual Sub-Advisory Fee (as a percentage of average daily Assets allocated to the Sub-Adviser)
|
||
ING Floating Rate Fund
|
May 13, 2013
|
0.2475%
|
||
ING GNMA Income Fund | June 13, 2013 |
0.2115% on first $1 billion of assets 0.1800% on next $4 billion of assets 0.1575% on assets thereafter |
||
ING High Yield Bond Fund | May 13, 2013 |
0.2295% on first $1 billion of assets 0.2025% on next $4 billion of assets 0.1800% on assets thereafter |
||
ING Intermediate Bond Fund
|
May 13, 2013 | 0.0765% | ||
ING Short Term Bond Fund
|
May 13, 2013 | 0.1575% | ||
ING Strategic Income Fund
|
May 13, 2013 | 0.2475% |
(i)(12)
[DECHERT LLP LETTERHEAD]
July 26, 2013
ING Funds Trust
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, AZ 85258
Re: | Securities Act Registration No. 333-59745 |
Investment Company Act File No. 811-08895
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have acted as counsel to ING Funds Trust (the Trust), a Delaware statutory trust, and its series, the ING Short Term Bond Fund (the Fund), in connection with Post-Effective Amendment No. 75 to the Registration Statement of the Trust (the Registration Statement) and have a general familiarity with the Trusts business operations, practices and procedures. You have asked for our opinion regarding the issuance of shares of beneficial interest by the Trust in connection with the registration of the Class R6 shares on behalf of the Fund.
We have examined originals and certified copies, or copies otherwise identified to our satisfaction as being true copies, of various corporate records of the Trust and such other instruments, documents and records as we have deemed necessary in order to render this opinion. We have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents examined by us and the correctness of all statements of fact contained in those documents.
On the basis of the foregoing, it is our opinion that the Class R6 shares of beneficial interest of the Fund, registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (1933 Act) in the Registration Statement, when issued in accordance with the terms described in the Registration Statement as filed on or about July 26, 2013, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable by the Trust.
We hereby consent to the inclusion of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not hereby admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required by Section 7 of the 1933 Act, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
Sincerely, |
/s/ Dechert LLP |
(j)(1)
[DECHERT LETTERHEAD]
July 26, 2013
ING Funds Trust
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, AZ 85258-2034
Re: ING Funds Trust
(File Nos. 333-59745 and 811-08895)
Dear Ladies and Gentlemen:
We hereby consent to all references to our firm in Post-Effective Amendment No. 75 to the Registration Statement of ING Funds Trust. In giving such consent, however, we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required by Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
Very truly yours, |
/s/ Dechert LLP |
(j)(2)
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Trustees
ING Funds Trust
We consent to the use of our report dated May 28, 2013, incorporated herein by reference, for ING GNMA Income Fund, ING High Yield Bond Fund, ING Intermediate Bond Fund, ING Short Term Bond Fund, and ING Strategic Income Fund each a series of the ING Funds Trust, and to the use of our report dated May 24, 2013, incorporated herein by reference, for ING Floating Rate Fund, a series of the ING Funds Trust. We also consent to the references to our firm under the headings Financial Highlights in the Prospectuses, and Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm in the Statement of Additional Information.
Boston, Massachusetts |
July 26, 2013 |
(n)(1)(i)
AMENDED SCHEDULE A
to the
SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED MULTIPLE CLASS PLAN
PURSUANT TO RULE 18f-3
for
ING FUNDS TRUST
Funds |
Classes of Shares |
|||||||||||||||||
A |
B |
C |
I |
O |
P |
R |
R6 |
W |
||||||||||
ING Floating Rate Fund |
Ö | N/A | Ö | Ö | N/A | Ö | Ö | Ö | Ö | |||||||||
ING GNMA Income Fund 1,3 |
Ö | Ö | Ö | Ö | N/A | N/A | Ö | Ö | Ö | |||||||||
ING High Yield Bond Fund 2,3,4 |
Ö | Ö | Ö | Ö | N/A | Ö | Ö | N/A | Ö | |||||||||
ING Intermediate Bond Fund 1 |
Ö | Ö | Ö | Ö | Ö | N/A | Ö | Ö | Ö | |||||||||
ING Short Term Bond Fund |
Ö | N/A | Ö | Ö | N/A | N/A | N/A | Ö | Ö | |||||||||
ING Strategic Income Fund |
Ö | N/A | Ö | Ö | N/A | N/A | Ö | N/A | Ö |
Last Approved: May 23, 2013
Last Amended: May 23, 2013 to add Class R6 shares for ING Short Term Bond Fund.
1 ING GNMA Income Fund and ING Intermediate Bond Fund Class W shares effective December 17, 2007.
2 ING High Yield Bond Fund Class I shares effective July 31, 2008.
3 ING GNMA Income Fund and ING HighYield Bond Fund Class R shares effective date to be determined.
4 ING High Yield Bond Fund Class W shares effective July 29, 2011.
(n)(1)(ii)
AMENDED SCHEDULE B
to the
SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED MULTIPLE CLASS PLAN
PURSUANT TO RULE 18f-3
for
ING FUNDS TRUST
12b-1 Distribution and Service Fees
Paid Each Year by the Funds
(as a percentage of average net assets)
Funds |
Classes of Shares |
|||||||||||||||||
A |
B |
C |
I |
O |
P |
R |
R6 |
W |
||||||||||
ING Floating Rate Fund |
0.25 | N/A | 1.00 | N/A | N/A | N/A | 0.50 | N/A | N/A | |||||||||
ING GNMA Income Fund 1,3 |
0.25 | 1.00 | 1.00 | N/A | N/A | N/A | 0.50 | N/A | N/A | |||||||||
ING High Yield Bond Fund 2,3,4 |
0.25 | 1.00 | 1.00 | N/A | N/A | N/A | 0.50 | N/A | N/A | |||||||||
ING Intermediate Bond Fund 1 |
0.25 | 1.00 | 1.00 | N/A | 0.25 | N/A | 0.50 | N/A | N/A | |||||||||
ING Short Term Bond Fund |
0.25 | N/A | 1.00 | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | |||||||||
ING Strategic Income Fund |
0.25 | N/A | 1.00 | N/A | N/A | N/A | 0.50 | N/A | N/A |
Last Approved: May 23, 2013
Last Amended: May 23, 2013 to add Class R6 shares for ING Short Term Bond Fund.
1 ING GNMA Income Fund and ING Intermediate Bond Fund Class W shares effective December 17, 2007
2 ING High Yield Bond Fund Class I shares effective July 31, 2008.
3 ING GNMA Income Fund and ING HighYield Bond Fund Class R shares effective date to be determined.
4 ING High Yield Bond Fund Class W shares effective July 29, 2011.